1-  life  *\ 


3 


Hi 


c  !( 


vwt*  dw^i 


DUKE 

UNIVERSITY 

LIBRARY 


Treasure  %gom 


AN 

ANGLO-SAXON  READER 


EDITED,  WITH  NOTES,  A  COMPLETE  GLOSSARY, 
A  CHAPTER  ON  VERSIFICATION 


AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR 


BY 

JAMES   W.    BRIGHT,   Ph.D. 

PROFESSOR  OF  ENGLISH   PHILOLOGY  AT  THE  JOHNS   HOPKINS 
UNIVERSITY 


THIRD  EDITION 

REVISED   AND   AUGMENTED 


NEW  YORK 

HENRY    HOLT    AND    COMPANY 

1908 


Copyright,  1891,  1894, 

BY 

HENRY  HOLT  &  CO. 


R  ?rs  ex 


PREFACE. 


This  book  is  planned  for  an  introductory  course  in  Anglo- 
Saxon.  The  glossary  has  been  constructed  so  as  both  to 
facilitate  the  use  of  a  grammar  and  to  reduce  the  necessity 
of  grammatical  notes.  Cook's  excellent  translation  of 
Sievers'  Grammar  has  made  available  for  reference  the 
best  exposition  of  Anglo-Saxon  phonology  and  inflection. 
March's  Grammar  will  assist  the  teacher  in  matters  relating 
to  syntax. 

In  the  choice  of  texts  by  which  the  student  is  to  be  intro- 
duced to  the  language  and  literature  of  Anglo-Saxon  times, 
an  editor  is  compelled,  in  view  of  the  practical  end,  to 
suppress  many  considerations :  there  must  be  gradation 
that  may  contradict  chronology,  or  dialectal  relationship ; 
there  must  be  a  degree  of  variety  that  may  do  violence  to 
completeness.  An  adjustment  in  partial  harmony  with  all 
reasonable  requirements  is  as  much  as  can  be  hoped  for. 

The  West-Saxon  dialect,  though  not  exactly  in  the  line  of 
the  subsequent  development  of  the  language,  is  yet  best 
adapted  to  the  conditions  of  the  beginner,  for  it  possesses 
sufficient  uniformity  in  phonology  and  inflection,  the  gram- 
mars are  based  upon  it,  and  it  embraces  most  of  the  litera- 
ture. The  style  and  the  character  of  the  literature  also 
determine  the  easiest  introduction  to  be  through  the  later 
form  of  this  dialect.  The  following  texts  have  been  selected 
and  arranged  in  accordance  with  these  views.     The  first 

iii 


IV  PREFACE. 

three  extracts  are  intended  to  supply  a  sufficient  basis  for 
an  elementary  preparation  that  will  fit  the  student  to  pass 
to  the  study  of  the  Early  West-Saxon  dialect,  and  there- 
after to  read  the  literature  in  chronological  order.  Any 
slight  admixture  of  dialectal  forms  will  be  easily  under- 
stood by  the  use  of  Sievers'  Grammar. 

Most  of  the  selected  texts,  it  will  be  observed,  are  such 
as  have  been  employed,  either  wholly  or  in  part,  in  other 
Anglo-Saxon  Readers.  In  the  case  of  some  of  them,  exclu- 
sion from  an  introductory  course  would  be  welcome  to 
few  teachers;  in  the  case  of  others,  the  choice  cannot  be 
expected  to  please  all.  The  selections  which  are  now 
admitted  for  the  first  time  will,  it  is  hoped,  serve  an 
obvious  purpose. 

The  texts  are  given  according  to  the  best  manuscript 
sources,  without  normalization,  without  silent  changes,  and, 
for  the  most  part,  with  but  slight  emendations.  The  vari- 
ant readings,  in  some  cases  complete  even  for  unessential 
details,  are  to  give  a  wider  view  of  the  condition  of  the 
language  and  of  the  orthographic  fashion  of  the  scribes- 
The  first,  second,  ninth,  tenth,  eleventh,  and  eighteenth 
selections  are  based  upon  my  own  copies  and  collations  of 
the  manuscripts.  For  the  homily  on  St.  Gregory  Professor 
W.  W.  Skeat,  of  Cambridge,  has  collated  the  Cambridge 
MS.,  and  Professor  Arthur  Napier,  of  Oxford,  has  supplied 
the  readings  (given  in  full)  of  the  next  best  MS.,  that  of 
the  Bodleian  Library.  The  seventeenth  and  nineteenth 
selections  are  according  to  the  collations  of  Dr.  Frank  G. 
Hubbard,  of  the  University  of  California.  For  the  ex- 
tracts from  the  Bede  the  recent  edition  by  Miller  has  been 
used,  and  for  the  '  Wars  of  Alfred,'  Plummer's  edition  of 
the  Chronicles.  The  remaining  texts  have  been  taken 
from  the  publications  of  Thorpe,  Sweet,  Earle,  and  Morris. 


PREFACE.  V 

.  Orthographic  variation  (chiefly  due  to  chronological 
differences  in  the  texts)  has  made  difficult  a  compact  yet 
clear  arrangement  of  the  glossary  ;  however,  the  variant 
forms  in  parentheses,  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs,  and 
the  citations  will  be  found,  it  is  believed,  to  mitigate  the 
somewhat  sparing  use  of  cross-references.  The  etymologi- 
cal hints  conveyed  either  in  the  definitions  or  by  the  brack- 
eted forms  will  suggest  some  of  the  fundamental  principles 
of  derivation,  but  they  are  especially  meant  to  lead  the 
student  to  consult  the  Etymological  Dictionaries  of  Skeat 
and  Kluge. 

It  is  pleasant  to  acknowledge  the  special  obligations 
incurred  in  the  preparation  of  this  book.  The  kind  assist- 
ance, already  mentioned,  given  by  Professor  Skeat  and  Pro- 
fessor Napier  is  to  be  added  to  many  personal  kindnesses 
in  the  past;  I  also  regard  it  as  a  further  pledge  of  their 
hearty  interest  in  the  cause  of  English  studies  in  America. 
My  thanks  are  due  to  Dr.  Frank  G.  Hubbard  for  the  use  of 
a  sheaf  of  his  first  gleanings  in  the  libraries  of  England, 
and  to  Professor  James  Morgan  Hart,  of  Cornell  Univer- 
sity, for  valuable  suggestions  always  freely  given.  More 
than  can  be  expressed  in  a  brief  acknowledgment  is  due  to 
Professor  George  Lyman  Kittredge,  of  Harvard  University; 
he  has  read  the  entire  work  in  proof,  with  the  discrimina- 
tion of  a  scholar  and  with  the  helpfulness  of  a  friend. 

JAMES  W.  BRIGHT. 
Johns  Hopkins  University, 
December  1,  1891. 


NOTE   TO   THE   THIKD  EDITION. 


In  compliance  with  a  persistent  request  made  by  teachers,, 
this  edition  has  been  augmented  by  An  Outline  of  Anglo- 
Saxon  Grammar.  This  Outline  is  to  be  sufficient  for  a 
thorough  elementary  course.  Moreover,  it  has  been  planned 
so  as  to  direct  the  teacher  to  the  more  complete  work  of 
Sievers,  and  it  may  serve  perchance  to  give  to  the  student 
an  impulse  toward  subsequent  study  of  the  more  technical 
aspects  of  the  subject. 

The  favorable  reception  of  this  Reader  has  created  wel- 
come opportunities  for  the  correction  of  misprints  and  for 
supplying  omissions  in  the  Glossary.  I  owe  much  to  the 
exact  observation  of  those  teachers  who  have  discovered 
and  kindly  reported  many  of  these  errors  and  omissions. 

J.  W.  B. 

May  1,  IflWL 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 

Aw  OTm/mT!  of  Anglo-Saxon  Grammar ix 

PART    I. 

I.    From  the  Gospels  :  St.  Mark,  Chap.  IV 1 

5     II.    Orpheus  and  Eurydice 6 

*7  III.    Account  of  the  Poet  Cedmon 8 

PART    II. 

3    IV.    Cynewulf  and  Cyneheard 14 

2.      V.     Wars  of  Alfred  the  Great 16 

b     VI.     Alfred's  Preface  to  the  Pastoral  Care 26 

VII.     From  the  Pastoral  Care 30 

J  VIII.     The  Voyages  of  Ohthere  and  Wulfstan 38 

IX.     It  is  better  to  suffer  an  Injury  than  to  inflict  one  45 

X.     Providence  and  Fate 48 

XI.     The  Nature  of  God .     .  59 

XII.    The  Conversion  of  Edwin 62 

PART    III. 

XIII.  A  Buckling  Homily 67 

XIV.  jElfric's  Homily  on  the  Assumption  of  St.  John  the 

Apostle 74 

XV.     ^Elfric's  Homily  on  St.  Gregory  the  Great  ....  86 

XVI.    jElfric's  Life  of  King  Oswald 98 

vii 


^1 


Vlll  CONTENTS. 

TASK 

XVII.    ^Elfric's  Preface  to  Genesis 107 

XVIII.     The  Legend  of  St.  Andrew 113 

XIX.    The  Harrowing  of  Hell 129 

PART    IV. 

XX.    Cedmon's  Genesis  :  The  Offering  of  Isaac     .    .    .  142 

XXI.     The  Battle  of  Brunanburh 146 

XXII.    The  Battle  of  Maldon 149 

XXIII.  The  Wanderer 160 

XXIV.  The  Phosnix 165 

APPENDIX  I.    Lactantius  De  Ave  Phoenice 189 

NOTES 195 

APPENDIX  II.    Anglo-Saxon  Versification 229 

GLOSSARY 241 


"5 

>15 


f»««««u» 


»*c 


H49 


tA*lS 
MM4 


/If       IOC  0-1  w  (La-jU^ 

ii  J"C        t  y  o  o 


Oi^      S^C       JJL-/I  |  my 

AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON 
GRAMMAR. 


:>XKo 


INTRODUCTORY   REMARK. 

1.  The  following  outline  of  Anglo-Saxon  Grammar 
is  restricted  to  the  West-Saxon  Dialect,  that  form  of 
the  language  which  in  the  reign  of  Alfred  the  Great 
(871-901)  became  dominant  for  literary  purposes  and 
maintained  that  supremacy  to  the  close  of  the  Anglo- 
Saxon  period.  The  changes  which  took  place  within 
the  West^Saxon  Dialect,  though  slight  in  respect  of 
phonology  and  inflection,  make  it  necessary  to  dis- 
tinguish Early  West-Saxon  (EWS),  the  language  of 
Alfred's  time,  from  Late  West-Saxon  (LWS),  the  lan- 
guage of  the  following  two  and  a  half  centuries,  with 
iElfric  (died  between  1020  and  1025)  as  the  central 
literary  figure.  In  this  outline  EWS  is  regarded  as 
the  norm  to  which  LWS  is  subordinated. 

PHONOLOGY. 

ALPHABET   AND   PRONUNCIATION. 

2.  The  Anglo-Saxon  alphabet,  as  here  employed,  has 
two  characters  (J?,  ff)  that  are  not  employed  in  Modern 
English. 

Note. — The  MSS.  use  a  special  character  forto;  5  for  g;  7  (=  and) 
and  t  (=  />at)  are  usual. 


AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


** 


l 
l 

o 
o 
Q 
11 
u 

y 

y 

6e 

ie 

le 

ea 

ea 

eo 

eo 

io 

10 


VOWELS  AND  DIPHTHONGS. 

3.   An  approximate  pronunciation  of  the  vowels  is 
indicated  in  the  following  table : 

as  in  German  Mann. 

the  preceding  sound  lengthened. 

like  a  in  at,  man. 

the  preceding  sound  lengthened.  |i  cun 

as  in  let,  men.  |  ^^  (  ^^^u^  <  Z^£  ■ 

the  preceding  sound  lengthened,  as  in  they. 

as  in  hit,  sit,  in. 

the  preceding  sound  lengthened,  as  in  machine. 

as  in  German  brott.     k*<    AvaT 

the  preceding  sound  lengthened,  as  in  German  so. 

as  m^Zotf^  4>lOwdL.  do-irJL-,  ^IWK«.  .>vcrYW«. 

as  in  /w?Z,  put. 

the  preceding  sound  lengthened,  as  in  rule. 

like  w  in  German :  hiibsch,  Brucke. 

the  preceding  sound  lengthened,  as  in  German  griin. 

like  6  in  German  schon. 

These  diphthongs  (long  and  short)  receive  the 
stress  upon  the  first  element ;  the  second  element, 
being  unaccented,  is  very  much  obscured  in  pro- 
)■  nunciation.  The  sound  of  ea,  ea  is  approximately 
that  of  ae  +  a,  se  +  a  (perhaps  more  nearly  se  +  uli)  ; 
otherwise  the  component  parts  of  these  diphthongs 
are  to  be  pronounced  as  indicated  above. 


Note.  —  The  diphthongs  ie,  Ie  are  peculiar  to  EWS,  where  they, 
however,  begin  to  change  into  i,  I ;  in  LWS  the  most  usual  representa- 
tion is  y,  y.     (S.  §§  22,  31,  41,  97.) 


S.  ti  Ui    Oervc~A«--#  1$. 

PHONOLOGY.  Xi 

. 

CONSONANTS.  ^  ^    /v^A/*^* 

4.  (a)  The  following  consonants  are  pronounced  as 
in  Modern  English :  b,  d,  1,  m,  n,  p,  r  (trilled),  t,  w,  x. 
The  pronunciation  of  the  remaining  consonants  requires 
special  attention.  c*w~  (Wk* 

(6)  c  has  always  the  sound  of  k  (the  use  of  the  symbol  ^      >  w 
k  is  exceptional).     The  sound  of  Jew  or  qu  is,  accord-  Cva~~  tt«  ^ 
ingly,  represented  by  cw  (or  cu),  as  in  cwen,  cwe<yan,    .« 
etc.,  and  cs  has  the  value  of  x.  tL*»o^~  !uJ 

Note. — This  i-sound  has  a  guttural  or  a  palatal  quality  (somewhat  VtixUo 

as  in  English  cold,  and  kin),    according  to  its  pronunciation  with  gut-  $[»**<:***. 
tural  or  with  palatal  vowels.  +Sca^  «4«li 

(e)  f  has  two  values.      (1)  In  the  initial  and  final  ^  j^  t  ^ 

positions,  in  the  combinations  ff,  fs,  ft,  and  in  the  medial    ^^Jl^ 

position  (cf.  the  note  below),  it  has  the  usual  (voiceless)    i^^^ 

sound.     (2)  In  the  medial  position  between  vowels  and    <^ajl  <- 

voiced  consonants  it  has  the  sound  of  v ;  e.g.,  hlaford,     . 

ofer,  sealfian,  sefre. 

Notk.  —  In  compounds  like  a-fyrhtan,  of-lystan,  etc.,  /  is  strictly 
not  in  the  medial  position,  and  has  therefore  its  usual  sound. 

(d)  g  has  two  values.  (1)  It  almost  always  repre- 
sents a  voiced  spirant,  which  is  either  guttural,  or  pala- 
tal (like  g  in  German  sagen,  or  like  y  in  English  you'), 
according  to  its  pronunciation  with  guttural  or  with 
palatal  vowels.  (2)  It  is  pronounced  like  g  in  English 
go  only  when  doubled,  as  in  frogga,  frog;  and  in  the 
combination  ng,  as  in  English  longer. 

The  combination  eg  (by  origin  a  geminated  g)  may 
be  pronounced  as  dg  in  English  ridge.       ^  ^    <^rl 

(e)  h  is  never  silent ;  it  is  always  to  be  pronounced 
as  a  voiceless  spirant  either  guttural  (as  in  German  ach), 
or  palatal  (as  in  German  ich)  in  quality,  according  to 


the  sounds  with  which  it  is  combined,     fuur    o-»  l*.  Sc+fi 

\Uer.   (. tack  cry^  ^^^-a)  ■•  <fr<L   4pw<v.  ■  <&**•<  £^~-»- 

^Jl    [Y**     '■  ••      )    <fr*ty~~  ^<*wV),  "fro*  t^***-.  t>* ~*^*k  v*M") 

o^SSUL^.{^ii)t  AJLA>wv*lU(Vv~).  ^a/U*t.V&*^j 


xii       AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

(/)  s  has,  in  all  positions,  the  voiceless  sound,  except-- 
single  s  between  vowels,  which  has  the  voiced  sound  (z) ; 
e.g.,  wesan,  rlsan,  etc. 

(#)  <JF  and  p  are  used  without  distinction  to  denote 
the  dental  spirant  th,  in  all  positions,  presumably,  the 
voiceless  spirant  (as  in  English  thin),  except  (as  in  the 
case  of  f)  between  vowels  and  voiced  consonants  where 
the  voiced  spirant  (as  in  English  thine)  is  employed; 
e.g.,  o^or,  cweffan,  sitnJan,  weorflFan,  etc.  The  voiced 
spirant  may  also  be  employed  in  the  pronominal  forms  3u, 
3"aet,  fifes,  etc. 

ACCENTUATION. 

5.  In  Anglo-Saxon  words  are  accented  according  to 
the  following  rules : 

Mule  I. —  Simple  (uncompounded)  words  are  accented 
on  the  first  syllable  (the  radical  syllable) ;  derivative  and 
inflectional  syllables  are  unaccented. 

Thus,  ftfeder,  dagas,  l£omunga,  tiinge,  Mngan,  tiin- 

gena,  sw^otole,  b^rende,  fr^mede,  wiinode,  s£alfode.  '. 

Note.  —  There  are  no  tests  by  which  to  determine  the  limits  in 
prose  of  a  secondary  stress  on  derivative  and  inflectional  syllables. 
In  metrical  usage  a  secondary  stress  may  fall  on  the  ptc.  ending  -ende ; 
on  the  adj.  and  pron.  endings  -en,  -er,  -ig ;  on  the  patronymic  ending 
-ing;  on  the  subst.  endings  -ung,  -ing,  -er;  on  the  inflectional  ending 
(gen.  pi.)  -ena;  on  the  class-vowel  in  verbs  of  the  second  weak  conju- 
gation, etc.     See  the  chapter  on  Versification. 

Mule  II  —  Compound  words  constitute  two  classes, 
(1)  substantive  compounds,  and  (2)  verbal  compounds. 

A  substantive  compound  receives  the  chief  stress  upon 
the  first  syllable  of  its  first  component  (cf .  Rule  I) ;  the 
accent  of  the  second  component  is  usually  retained  as  a 
secondary  stress. 

A  verbal  compound  is  accented  on  the  radical  syllable 
of  the  verb ;  the  prefix  is  therefore  unaccented. 


PHONOLOGY.  xiil 

Thus,  (1)  substantive  compounds  :  gdld-smiST,  m<Jnn- 
cynn,  swiff-mod  (adj.),  ^arfoflF-lice  (adv.),  <J»d-ffiet, 
dnd-swaru,  bi-g<?ng,  bf-spell,  for-weard  (adj.),  fn-gQng, 
mfs-di»d,  on-ginn,  6r-eald  (adj.),  to-weard  (adj.),  ^mb- 
liwyrft. 

(2)  Verbal  compounds  :  a-risan,  be-batan,  for-laetan, 
ge-bfddan,  for-w^orffan,  mis-filran,  ofer-swiarian,  to- 
w^orpan,  wiff-styndan,  ymb  sfttan. 

Note  1.  —  An  important  exception  to  Rule  II  is  to  be  observed  in 
tbe  accentuation  of  substantive  compounds  witb  the  prefixes  ge-,  be-, 
and  for-;  these  prefixes  are  unaccented;  e.g.,  ge-b6d,  ge  broffor, 
ge-feoht,  ge-\v£ald  ;  be-bdd,  be-ggng,  be-hat;  for-gytol  (adj.), 
for-wyrd.  That,  however,  these  prefixes  were  formerly  accented  in 
substantive  compounds,  according  to  the  rule,  is  shown  by  gafol, 
gQmel,  etc.,  in  which  the  first  element  is  ga-,  the  accented  form  of 
ge- ;  the  accented  form  of  be-  is  also  left  in  words  like  bi-gQng, 
bi-spell,  bi-wist,  etc.,  and  notice  beot  <  *bf-hat,  by  the  side  of  the 
later  be-hat;  and  frgfe-beorht  (adj.),  frae-micel,  fra-coff,  show  a 
survival  of  the  accented  form  of  for-. 

Note  2.  —  This  difference  in  accentuation  between  substantive  and 
verbal  compounds  (cf.  English  abstract  :  abstrdct;  present  :  present; 
subject :  subject)  has  (as,  in  part,  seen  above)  resulted  in  a  correspond- 
ing difference  of  form  in  certain  prefixes : 

Qnd-giet,  intelligence  :  on-gietan,  to  understand. 

Qnd-saec,  resistance  :  on-saean,  to  resist. 

sef-J>unca,  grudge  :  of-J>yncan,  to  displease. 

bi-g^ng,  practice  :  be-gQngan,  to  practice. 

6r-cnawe  (adj.),  recognizable  :  a-cnawan,  to  know. 

6r-J>Qnc,  device  :  a-J>4ncan,  to  devise. 

uff-g^ng,  escape  :  off-ggngan,  to  escape. 

wiffer-saec,  hostility  :  wiff-sacan,  to  7-esist. 

PHONOLOGICAL    CHANGES. 

6.   By  the  operation  of  phonetic  processes,  the  Anglo- 
Saxon  system  of  vowels  is  made  somewhat  diversified   tv  £ 
and  complicated.    The  most  important  of  these  processes    T 
affecting  the  radical  vowels  will  now  be  briefly  described. 


XIV      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 
THE   CHANGE   OF   a   INTO   ae. 

7.  The  occurrence  of  the  vowel  a  is  very  much  re- 
stricted. In  a  closed  syllable,  and  in  an  open  syllable 
followed  by  e(i)  in  the  next  syllable,  the  vowel  a  is 
mostly  modified  to  ae;  but  a  remains  unchanged  in  an 
open  syllable  that  is  followed  by  a,  o,  or  u  in  the  next 
syllable.     (S.  §  49  f.) 

Thus,  daeg,  daeges,  daege,  (Taet,  waes,  faegen,  waeter ; 
dagas,  daga,  dagum,  faran,  liafoc,  wacol. 

Note.  — It  might  be  supposed  that  the  i  of  endings  in  the  second 
weak  conjugation,  as  in  the  infinitive  ending  -ian,  would  change  a  into 
ae  in  an  open  syllable ;  but  this  i  was  originally  o,  therefore  words  like 
laffian,  manian,  wanian,  etc.,  constitute  only  an  apparent  exception 
to  the  rule. 

THE   CHANGE   OF   a   INTO   Q. 

8.  Before  a  nasal  consonant  the  vowel  a  is  changed 
into  q.  But  there  is  no  uniformity  in  the  employment 
of  9  for  a.  The  predominant  form  in  EWS  is  <?;  in 
LWS  it  is  a.     (S.  §  65.) 

Thus,  <?nd,  and ;  hond,  hand ;  l<?nd,  land ;  niQnig, 
manig;  g<?ngan,  gangan ;  gesqmirian,  gesanmian. 

Note.  —  When  the  preceding  on  (<  an)  occurs  before  a  voiceless 
spirant,  f,  ff,  s,  the  nasal  disappears,  and,  in  compensation,  the  vowel 
is  lengthened  into  o.  Under  the  same  conditions,  in  and  un  become 
i  and  5.     (S.  §§  66,  185.) 

Thus,  softe  (<*8Qufte),  softly;  toff  «*tonff),  tooth;  offor 
(<*onffor),  other;  gos  (<*gQns),  goose;  siff  (Goth.  sin]>s),  a 
going;  swiff  (Goth,  swings),  strong ;  muff  (Goth.  mun)>s),  mouth. 

BREAKING.  -  K&crv^. 

9.  Before  r  + consonant,  1  + consonant,  h  + consonant, 
and  h  final,  the  vowels  ae  (froiri  a.  7),  e,  and  i  are 
"broken"  into  short  diphthongs,  ae  becoming  ea,  and 
e,  i  becoming  eo,  io.     (S.  §§  77-84.) 

2-     i 

i      •>     CO 


trwc«»JU.t    /v^O-a^-C.         l*P»y\ 


t>»4  ->.>«. .  a  .  I  4  .a     Q.S 


PHONOLOGY.  XV 

(a)  Thus,  se  into  ea:  *hserd  (for  hard,  7)  >  heard, 
hard;  *hself  >healf,  half;  wearcT,  pret.  sg.  of  weorfran,  to 
become;  weaklan,  to  wield;  heald,  bold;  f  eallan,  to  fall ; 
heall,  hall;  eahta,  eight;  seah,  pret.  sg.  of  seon,  to  see. 

(6)  e  into  eo  (io):  weorffan,  to  become  ;  eorfie,  earth  ; 
heorte,  heart;  feorr,  far;  weorc,  work. 

e  into  eo  (io)  before  1  -f  consonant  is  restricted  to 
1  +  c  or  h :  meolcan,  to  milk;  seolh,  seal.  Otherwise 
the  e  remains:  helpan,  to  help;  swelgan,  to  siv allow ; 
sweltan,  to  die. 

Before  h  +  consonant,  and  h  final:  feohtan,  to  fight; 
teohhian,  to  arrange;  feoh,  cattle. 

(<?)  i  into  io  (eo) :  stem  *hirdio  >  *hiordi  >  hierde 
(i-umlaut),  herdsman.  *liht  (<  liht)  >  lioht,  leoht.  light, 
not  heavy;  Piht,  Pioht,  Peoht,  Pict.  *bet\vih  >  betwih, 
hetweoh,  between. 

Note.  — Breaking  results  from  the  combination  of  a  palatal  vowel 
(ae,  e,  i)  and  a  guttural  consonant  (r,  1,  h).  In  passing  from  the 
pronunciation  of  the  vowel  to  that  of  the  consonant,  a  glide-sound  is 
produced  which  is  a  more  or  less  definite  guttural  vowel.  This  may 
be  observed  in  pronouncing  well  as  wce-al ;  there  as  thce-ar  or  the-ur  ; 
fire  as  fi-ur  or  fi-or.  It  is  this  glide-vowel  that  has  supplied  the  second 
element  of  these  short  diphthongs. 

PALATALIZATION. 

10.  The  palatals  g,  c,  and  sc,  in  the  initial  position 
change  a  following  se  into  ea;  se  (  =  Germanic  e)  into 
ea;  and  e  into  ie  (i,  y;  see  3,  Note).     (S.  §  75.) 

(a)  Thus,  ae  into  ea :  *gief  (7)  >  greaf,  gave;  *gset  > 
great,  got;  *csef  >  ceaf,  chaff;  Lat.  castra  >  *caester  > 
ceaster,  town  ;  *scael  >  sceal,  shall ;  *scaef t  >  sceaf t, 
shaft;  *scser  >  sceax,  sheared  (pret.  sg.). 

(6)  se  into  ea :  "*g-sefon  >  geafon,  gave  (pret.  pi.) ; 
*gsetoii  >  geaton,  got  (pret.  pi.) ;  Lat.  caseus  >  *csesi  > 

*-    ">  JLft. 

4*    >  La^ 


XVI      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


X 


*ceasi>ciese  (i-umlaut),  cheese;  *scsep  >  sceap,  sheep; 
*scseron  >  scearon,  sJ\ep,re<%  (pret.  pl.)« 

(e)  e  into  ie  (i,  y) :  *getan  >  gief an,  to  give  ;  *getan  > 
gietan,  to  get;  *sceran  >  scieran,  to  shear. 

Note  1.  —  Before  all  vowels  except  ae,  se  (=  Germanic  e)  and 
e,  initial  g  and  c  do  not  change  the  following  vowel  (S.  §  76);  but 
initial  sea-  and  sco-  frequently  become  scea-,  sceo-,  e.g.,  scand, 
sceand,  scond,  sce^nd,  shame;  pret.  scan,  scean,  shone;  Scottas, 
Sceottas,  the  Scots ;  scop,  sceop,  poet ;  scacan,  sceacan,  pret.  scoc, 
sceoc,  shake ;  pret.  scop,  sceop,  created. 

Note  2.  —  The  palatal  pronunciation  of  medial  c,  cc,  g,  and  cg> 
followed  by  a,  o,  or  u,  is  often  indicated  by  the  insertion  of  an  e 
(sometimes  of  an  i).  This  inserted  e  (i)  represents  a  trace  of  an 
original  formative  i  or  j.     (S.  §  206,  6.) 

Thus,  sec(e)an  (<*socian,  S.  §  45,  8 ;  Goth,  sokjan),  to  seek; 
cwecc(e)an  (<  *cwaecjan),  to  quake;  menig(e)o  (<  *manigi ; 
Goth,  manage!) ,  multitude;  bycg(e)an  (Goth,  bugjau),  to  buy; 
se,cg(e)as,  s^cg(e)a,  secg(i)um,  pi.  of  secg  (stem  *saegjo),  man. 

Note  3.  —  The  inserted  letter  observed  in  the  preceding  note  marks 
with  prominence  the  "glide"  effect  of  palatals.  This  element  in  the 
pronunciation  leads  to  further  variation  in  the  written  forms.  Thus, 
for  example,  for  ia  (ja)  the  graphic  substitutes  may  be  ga,  iga,  igea  ; 
for  ie  they  may  be  ge,  ige :  nerian,  nergan,  nerigan,  nerigean, 
to  save;  her(i)g(e)as,  her(i)g(e)a,  her(i)gum,  pi.  of  here  (stem 
*b.aerjo-),  army;  wundriende,  wundrigende,  wondering;  wini- 
g(e)a,  gen.  pi.  of  wine  (stem  *wini-),  friend. 

Also  as  a  graphic  substitute  for  final  i,  some  use  is  made  of  ig: 
bi-spell,  big-spell,  parable;  hi,  hig,  pron. ;  si,  sig  (Opt.),  be;  and 
medial  ig  is  occasionally  represented  by  igg :  igaff,  iggaff,  small 
island.     (S.  §  24,  Note.) 

Note  4.  —  It  is  also  to  be  observed  that  initial  *jse,  *jo  become 
gea,  geo  (gio).  Thus,  gear  (<*jser;  Goth,  jer),  year ;  geoc,  gioc 
(<*joc  ;  Goth,  juk),  yoke.  In  like  manner  initial  *ju  becomes  geo, 
gio,  or  is  represented  by  iu  (io).  Thus,  geong,  giong,  lung  «  ^ung ; 
Goth,  juggs),  young ;  geo,  gio,  iu,  io  (Goth,  ju),  formerly.    (S.  §  74.) 


GEMINATION   BEFORE  j. 

11.   A  single  consonant  (except  r)  when  preceded 
by  a  short  vowel  is  geminated  by  a  following  j.     The 


PHONOLOGY.  XV11 

vowel  is  also  umlauted  (13),  and  the  j  itself  disappears. 
(S.  §  228.)  Co  ^  te^»  t^w  H 

Thus,  cynu  (stem  *cunjo),  &m;  saltan  (<  *s8eljan ; 
Goth,  sal jan).  to  give;  l^cgan  (<  *laeg:jan ;  Goth,  las 
jan),  to  lay;  liejbban  (*bsefjan;  Goth,  hafjan),  to  heave; 
scieppan,  13  (<*sceapjan,  10<*scaepjan;  Goth,  skap-  — .oS  tkt 
jan),  to  create;  liliehhau  (<*hleabjan,  9  < *hlaehjaii ; 
Goth,  blab  jan),  to  laugh. 

But  r  is  not  geminated :  h^re  (stem  *baerjo ;  Goth. 
harjis),  army;  n^rian,  10,  Note  3  (<*naerjan;  Goth. 
nasjan),  to  save. 

Note  1.  —  It  will  be  noticed  that  geminated  f  and  g  become  bb 
and  eg  respectively. 

Note  2.  —  On  the  other  hand,  when  the  radical  vowel  or  radical 
syllable  is  long,  this  formative  j,  first  becoming  i  (S.  §  45,  8),  has  not 
caused  gemination  of  the  preceding  consonant. 

Thus,  sec (e) an  (<*socian),  to  seek;  deman  (<*domian),  to 
judge  ;  sendan  (<  *SQndian) ,  to  send. 

FINAL  DOUBLE  CONSONANTS. 

12.  Double  consonants  (except  eg:)  at  the  end  of  a 
word  are  usually  simplified.     (S.  §  225.) 

Thus,  monn,  mon,  man;  m^nn,  meji,  men;  eall,  eal, 
all;  cynn,  cyn,  kin;  b§dd,  b§d,  bed;  sibb,  sib,  peace. — 
But,  s^cgr,  man;  brycg:,  ridge;  w^cg,  wedge. 

UMLAUT   (i-UMLAUT). 

13.  The  accented  vowels  (radical  vowels)  are  palatal- 
ized by  an  i  or  j  of  the  following  syllable.  This  species 
of  palatalization  is  called  i-umlaut,  or,  briefly,  umlaut. 
The  i  and  j  causing  the  umlaut  were,  for  the  most  part, 
either  changed  into  e  or  entirely  lost  in  an  early  period 
of  the  language.     (S.  §§  85-100.) 


xviii      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

The  results  of  umlaut  may  be  tabulated  thus : 

f  becomes  $.    (Sometimes  se.    S.  §  89, 
se(<a.  7)  j      1,  Note  1.)  aT«_ . 

<?  (<  a.  8)  becomes  §. 

a  (<  Germanic  ai)  becomes  se. 

se  (<  Germanic  e)  remains  se. 

o,  o  become   e,  e. 

u,  u  become   y,  y. 

'  -     I  become   ie,  le;  i,  I;  in  LWS  usually 

eo,  eo  >  ,     '    • '  J 

io,  lo  J  **  &  Note> 

(a)  Thus,  se  into  §:  here  (<  stem  *hserjo),  army; 
lecgan  (<  *lsegjan),  to  lay;  senan  (<  *sseJljan),  to 
give;  mete  (stem  *maeti),  meat. 

(6)  <j  into  §:  dat.  sg.  m§n(n)  (<  *m<?nni),  nom. 
(ace.)  pi.  men(n)  (<  *m<?imiz),  man;  <yenc(e)an 
(<  *8F<(>iician),  to  think;  wendan  (<  *wondian),  to 
turn.        »  tio^~<Uo~~ 

(c)  a  and  se  into  se :  clsel  (stem  *dali ;  Goth,  dails), 
portion;  dselan  (<*dalian;  Goth,  dailjan),  to  share; 
liselan  (<*halian;  Goth,  hailjan),  to  heal;  dsed  (stem 
*dsedi ;  Goth,  -deds),  deed;  lsece  (stem  *lsecio;  Goth. 
lekeis),  leech. 

(d)  o,  o  into  e,  e :  morgen  (<  *inorgan),  but  mer- 

gen  (<*morgin;    Goth,  maurgins),  morrow;   dat.  sg. 

deliter   (<  *dohtri),   daughter;   deman   (<  *domian), 

to  judge;  fet,  tetT,  ges,  dat.  sg.  and  nom.  (ace.)  pi.  of 

fot,  foot,  toSF  (8,  Note),  tooth,  gos,  goose. 

Note. — The  umlaut  of  o  (short)  is  restricted  by  reason  of  the 
Germanic  law  according  to  which  o  is  changed  into  u  before  a  fol- 
lowing! or  j.     (S.  §45,  3.) 


PHONOLOGY.  xix 

-,'  fet*v  Ua< 

(e)  u,  u  into  y,  y:  cyning  (<*cnning?),  /cm//;  cyme 
(stem  *cumi),  a  coming;  lyre  (stem  *luri),  loss;  gylden 
(<*guldin  <*goldin,  S.  §  93,  Note),  -ddj.  golden  ;  bycgan 
(Goth,  bngjan),  to  buy;  lys,  mys,  dat.  sg.  and  nom. 
(ace.)  pi.  of  mus,  mouse,  lus,  louse;  cyffan  (<*cu8Fian< 
*cun<yiaii,  8,  Note  ;  Goth,  kunjrjan),  to  make  known. 

(/)  ea,  eo,  io  into  ie  (i,  y),  and  ea,  eo,  Io  into  le 
(I,  y):  wielm,  wylm  (stem  *waelmi  >*wealmi,  J)),  a 
surf/in;/;  eald,  oLL  eomp.  ieldra,  supl.  ieklesta ;  hierde 
(stem  *hirdio  >  *beordio,  9),  herdsman.  feorr,  far, 
afyrran,  to  remove;  lucraii  (<  *hearian ;  Goth,  bans 
jan  ),  to  hear:  gellefan  (<*geleafian ;  Goth,  galaubjan), 
to  believe;  leobt,  light,  llebtan,  to  illuminate ;  friend, 
fiend,  dat.  sg.  and  nom.  (ace.)  pi.  of  frlond  (freond), 
friend,  flond  (feond),  foe. 

tj^K^cJ.    ^      u_  o-UMLAUT. 

14.  In  the  accented  syllable,  and  when  followed  by 
a  single  consonant,  a  may  be  changed  into  ea,  and  e,  i 
into  eo,  io,  by  the  influence  of  u  or  o  (a)  in  the  follow- 
ing syllable.  This  process  is  called  u-  o-umlaut.  It 
is,  however,  not  uniformly  operative  in  the  West-Saxon 
dialect.     (S.  §§  103-109.) 

Thus,  eafora,  heir;  beafola,  head;  weorold,  world; 
beofon,  heaven;  metod,  ineotod,  Creator;  seofon,  seven; 
wita,  wiota,  wise  man;  tilian,  tiolian  (<  *tiloian),  to 
endeavor;  clipian,  cliopian,  cleopian,  to  erg  out;  medu, 
medo,  meodo,  mead ;  siodu,  custom. 

Intervening  c  and  g  prevent  the  operation  of  this 
umlaut:  nacod,  adj.  naked;  magn,  mago,  son;  raca, 
narrative;  sacu,  strife;  regol,rule;  plega,play;  sigor, 
victory. 

>     JLCv 
>.  >     JUS 

L  >       U 


XX       AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 
PALATAL-UMLAUT. 

15.  In  some  instances,  eo  (io)  which  resulted  from 
the  breaking  of  e  before  h  +  consonant  (9)  becomes  ie 
(i,  y).  This  process  presupposes  the  change  of  the 
guttural  h,  which  caused  the  breaking,  into  a  palatal 
h,  which  then  produces  an  effect  agreeing  with  that  of 
i-umlaut.     (S.  §  101.) 

Thus,  reoht,  rieht,  riht,  ryht,  right;  cneoht,  cnieht. 
cnibt,  cnyht,  boy  ;  seox  (x  =  lis),  siex,  six,  syx,  six. 

Note  1.  —  In  LWS  ea,  ea  before  h,  x,  g,  and  c  are  sometimes 
changed  into  e,  e :  sleh  (for  sleah)  imp.  sg.  of  slean,  to  strike ;  seh 
(for  seah)  pret.  sg.  of  seon,  to  see ;  geneahhe,  geneh(h;e,  enough  ; 
neah,  neh,  near;  Ueah,  iSfeh,  though;  weaxan,  wexan,  to  grow; 
beag,  beg,  ring  ;  eac,  ec,  also. 

Note  2.  —  In  LWS  ea,  ea  after  the  palatals  g,  e,  and  sc  are  also 
sometimes  changed  into  e,  e  (S.  §  102) :  gef  (for  geaf )  pret.  sg.  of 
giefan,  to  give;  get  (for  geat)  pret.  sg.  of  gietan,  to  get;  geat. 
get,  gate;  gear,  ger,  year;  ongean,  ongen,  against;  cealf,  celf, 
calf;  sceap,  seep,  sheep. 

LOSS   OF   MEDIAL   g. 

16.  After  a  palatal  vowel,  g  (palatal)  often  disap- 
pears before  d  and  n,  and,  in  compensation,  the  vowel 
is  lengthened.     (S.  §  214,  3.) 

Thus,  bregdaii,  bredan,  pret.  sg.  brsegd,  brsed,  to 
brandish;  pret.  sg.  saegde.  ssede,  pp.  gesaegd,  gessed,  of 
s^cgan,  to  say ;  frignan,  frinan,  to  inquire;  maegden, 
niseden,  maiden ;  Sfegen,  9en,  servant;  iffegiiian,  arenian, 
to  serve;  waegn,  wsen,  wain. 

The  occasional  disappearance  of  g  (guttural)  after 
a  guttural  vowel  is  therefore  due  to  the  influence  of 
palatal  forms :  pret.  pi.  brudoii,  pp.  broden  (for  brug- 
don,  brogden)  follow  the  pattern  of  bregdan,  bredau, 
etc. 


PHONOLOGY.  XXI 

Note.  —  The  spirant  quality  of  medial  g,  which  underlies  this 
process  of  disappearance,  is  further  shown  in  the  frequent  change 
(especially  in  LWS)  of  final  (and  occasionally  of  medial)  g  into  h. 
This  change  is  most  frequent  after  a  long  guttural  vowel  and  after 
1  and  r,  hut  it  occurs  also  under  other  conditions.  Thus,  beag 
(beah),  ring;  burg  (burh),  borough;  earg  (earh),  coxcardly ; 
lergffa  (ierhUu),  cowardice;  sorg  (sorh),  sorrow;  flog  (floh), 
log  (loh),  slog  (sloh),  ptet.  of  flean,  to  flay,  lean,  to  blame,  slean. 
to  slay. 

LOSS   OF   MEDIAL   h. 

17.  Medial  h  (not  lili )  preceded  by  a  consonant  and 
followed  by  an  inflectional  vowel  disappears,  and,  in 
compensation,  the  stem-vowel  is  lengthened.    (S.  §  218.) 

Thus,  mearh,  gen.  meares,  horse;  feorh,  gen.  feores, 
life;  seolh,  gen.  seoles,  seal. 

CONTRACTION. 

18.  Intervocalic  h  disappears,  and  the  vowels  thus 
brought  together  are  contracted,  or  the  first  vowel 
absorbs  the  second.     (S.  §§  110-119,  218,  222.) 

Thus,  feoh,  gen.  feos,  property ;  eoh,  gen.  eos,  horse; 
pleoh,  gen.  pleos,  peril;  heah,  gen.  heas,  and  hean 
(<  *heahan),  high. 

Note  1.  —  This  disappearance  of  h  also  occurs  (with  variation) 
before  inflexional  syllables  beginning  with  n  and  r;  before  the  com- 
parative ending  in  r,  and  in  composition  and  derivation :  heah,  ace. 
masc.  henne  (heanne.  S.  §  222.  Note  2),  dat.  fem.  heare.  comp. 
hlera  (hierra);  healic,  high;  pleolic,  perilous;  nea-liecan,  to 
draw  near. 

Note  2.  —  Many  contracted  themes  are  due  to  the  early  loss  of 
intervocalic  h. 

Thus,  ah  +  a  (q),  o,  u  results  in  ea:  slean  (Goth,  slahan),  to 
strike;  Swean  (Goth.  Uwahan),  to  wash;  tear  (<*tahur),  tear. 

eh  +  a  (q),  o,  u  results  in  eo  (io) :  seon  (<  *seh(w)an  ;  the  end- 
ing of  these  infinitives  should  perhaps  be  written  -on),  to  see;  gefeon 
(<*gifehan),  to  rejoice;  tweo  (<*tweho),  doubt. 

i,  I  +  a  (q),  o,  u  results  in  io  (eo) :  9eon  (<  *$ihan  <  *3enhaa ; 


y 


XX11      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

Goth.   J»eihan),   to   thrive;    wreon   (<  *wrlhan),  to   cover;    beot 
(<*bihat),  boast. 

A  long  vowel  absorbs  the  following  vowel :  fon  (<  *fohan  < 
*fonhan),  to  seize;  hon  (<  *hohan  <  *honhan),  to  hang;  teon 
(<*teohan),  to  draw;  fleon  (<*fleohan),  to  flee. 

INFLUENCE   OF  W. 

19.  The  diphthongs  eo,  io  produced  by  the  breaking 
(9)  or  by  the  u-o-umlaut  (14)  of  e,  i  are  sometimes 
labialized  by  a  preceding  av  into  u  or  o.  (S.  §§  71, 
72.) 

Thus,  weorftaii  (<  *werafan,  9),  to  become,  appears 
also  in  the  form  wurfraii  ;  weoriflfian,  wurSFian,  to 
honor;  weorpan,  wurpan,  to  throw;  weorold  (14), 
worold,  worulcl,  world;  sweord,  swurd,  sicord ;  wita, 
wiota  (14),  weota,  wuta,  wise  man;  widuwe,  wioduwe 
(14),  wuduwe,  widow;  betwili,  betweob  (9),  betwuh, 
with  disappearance  of  w,  betub,  between. 


■ 


.  3« 

3« 


a-o  •>• 


INFLECTION :  DECLENSION. 


XXlll 


A    ctcx-<ev-K 


,o  xva 


INFLECTION. 
DECLENSION  OF  NOUNS. 


THE   O-DECLENSION.      (S.  §§  235-250.) 

20.  The  o-declension  (which  includes  the  stems  in 
-jo  and  -wo)  represents  the  inflection  of  the  greater 
number  of  the  masculine  and  the  neuter  nouns. 


Masculine  o-Stems. 


•  t   o  \  \vkc  a. 


21.   (a)  Monosyllabic  themes :  stan,  stone;  daeg,  day; 
weal(l),  wall;  mearh,  horse. 


Sing.  N.A. 

G. 

D.I. 

stan 

stanes 

stane 

da>g 

daeges 

daege 

weal(l)  (12) 

wealles 

wealle 

mearh 
meares  (17) 
meare 

Plur.  N.A. 

G. 

D.I. 

stanas 

stana 

stanum 

dagas (7) 

daga 

dagum 

weallas 

wealla 

weallum 

mearas 

meara 

mearum 

22.  (5)  Dissyllabic  themes:    etTel,  property;   $ngel, 
angel;  heofon,  heaven;  fugol,  bird. 

Sing.  N.A.    effel  engel  heofon  fugol 

G.    eft  lee  angles  heofones  fugles 

D.I.     effle  engle  heofone  fugle 

Plur.  N.A.     eSias  englas  heofenas  fuglas 

G.     effla  engla  heofena  fugla 

D.I.     efflum  englum  heofenum  fuglum 

23.  (I)  In  the  inflection  of  dissyllabic  themes,  when 
the  radical  syllable  is  long,  the  (short)  middle  vowel  is 


XXIV      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


■te* 


syncopated  (e8Fles,  angles);  when  the  radical  syllable 
is  short,  the  middle  vowel  is  retained  (heofones). 

(2)  But  certain  of  the  themes  in  -el,  -ol,  -er,  -or  almost 
regularly  do  not  retain  the  middle  vowel  after  a  short 
radical  syllable  (fugles ;  S.  §  245). 

(3)  A  middle  vowel  which  is  long  (by  position)  is 
retained:  wsefels,  wsefelses,  covering;  faetels,  fsetelses, 
vessel;  hengest,  hengestes,  stallion;  faereld,  faereldes, 
journey. 

Note.  —  There  is  always  more  or  less  deviation  from  the  normal 
forms  in  the  matter  of  the  loss  and  the  retention  of  the  middle  vowel. 
The  middle  vowel  tends  to  assume  the  form  e  before  a  following  a,  o, 
u  (heofones,  but  heofenas  ;  S.  §  129),  but  there  is  much  of  unregu- 
lated distribution  of  o  and  e  as  middle  vowels. 


Neuter  o-Stems. 

24.    (a)  Monosyllabic   themes:    gear,   year;   word, 
word;  fset,  vessel;  lim,  limb;  feoh,  property. 


»L        S.  N.A. 

gear 

■word 

fset 

lim                            feoh  (f6o) 

*&*■             G- 

geares 

wordes 

fsetes 

limes                        f  eos  (18) 

*ty.           D.I. 

geare 

worde 

fsete 

lime                          feo 

P.N.A. 

gear 

word 

fatu  (7) 

limu,  leomu  (14) 

G. 

geara 

worda 

fata 

lima,  leoma 

■jt-^Ww        D.I. 

gearum 

wordum 

fatum 

limu m,  leomum 

25.  The  case-ending  (u)  of  the  nom.  and  ace.  pi. 
disappears  after  a  long  radical  syllable ;  after  a  short 
radical  syllable  it  is  retained:  gear,  word,  but  fatu, 
limu  (liomu,  leomu). 

Note.  —  The  case-ending  u  of  the  nom.  ace.  pi.  is  often  weakened 
to  o  or  a.  Monosyllabic  themes  may  also  have  prefixes :  gebed, 
prayer  ;  gefeoht,  fight ;  gewrit,  writing  ;  bebod,  command. 


JTU^j,     Ur<-#4c-  OwvJo 


INFLECTION :    DECLENSION. 


XXV 


26.    (i)  Dissyllabic   themes :    henfod,  head;   nieten 
(nyten),  animal;  waepen,  weapon;  waeter,  water. 

nieten 


B.N.A.  heafod 

G.  heafdes 

D.I.  heafde 

P.N. A.  heaf(o)du 

G.  heafda 

D.I.  heafdum 


nietenes 
nietene 

nletenu 
nietena 
nietehum 


w  aspen 

waipnes 

wajpne 

wdepnu,  -en 

wiepna 
wiepnum 


waeter 
wae  teres 
waetere 

waeter,  -u 

waetera 

waeterum 


27.  The  middle  vowel  is  generally  syncopated  after 
a  long  radical  syllable  (heafdes,  wsepnes);  it  is  retained 
after  a  short  radical  syllable  (wae teres),  and  in  some 
words  in  -en  having  a  long  radical  syllable  (nietenes). 
The  case-ending  u  (o,  a)  of  the  nom.  ace.  pi.  gener- 
ally remains  after  a  long  radical  syllable  (heaf(o)du, 
nletenu),  and  disappears  when  the  radical  syllable  is 
short  (waeter). 

Note.  —  Usage  is  not  uniform  in  the  treatment  of  either  the  middle 
vowel  or  the  case-ending  u. 


<■ 


Masculine  and  Neuter  jo-Stems. 

28.  (a)  Monosyllabic  themes :  Masculine,  hierde, 
shepherd;  here,  army;  hrycg,  ridge.  —  Neuter,  wite, 
punishment ;  cynn,  kin. 


S.  N.A 
G 
D.I.   hierde 


P.N.A. 
G. 


hierde  (13,/)  here  (13,  a)  hrycg(12)  wite 

hierdes  her(i)ges(10,3)  hryeges       wites 

her(i)ge  hryege 

her(i)g(e)as  hryegas 

her(i)g(e)a  hryega 

h^r(l)gum  hryegum 


hierdas 
hierda 


wite 

witu 
wita 


D.I.   hierdum 


cyn(n)(12) 

cynnes 

cynne 

cyn(n) 
cynn  a 


witum  c.mi  mi  m 


29.  Nouns  in  -jo  (=  io  after  a  long  radical  syllable, 
11,  Note  2)  have  umlaut  of  the  radical  vowel  (if  it  be 
a  vowel  that  can  be  affected  by  umlaut),  and  gemination 


•U*~v.     -u.   im    M  ^u*.     «-{/£-  ^l«<- *  *+■' 


XXVI     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


of  a  single  consonant  (except  r)  before  j  when  the  radical 
vowel  is  short  (11):  stem  *hrug-jo- >  hrycg,  etc. 


30.    (b~)  Dissyllabic  themes :    Masculine,  aefen,  even- 
ing ;  fiscere,  fisher.  —  Neuter,  westen,  waste. 

fiscere 

fisceres 

fiscere 


S.  N.A. 

G. 

D.I. 

P.  N.A. 

G. 

D.I. 


a'fen 

iefeu(n)es 

aefen(n)e 

iefeii(n)as 

Befen(n)a 

aefen(n)nm 


fisceras 

fiscera 

fiscerum 


westen 
westen(n)es 
westen  (n)e 
westen  (n)u 
westen(n)a 
westen  (n)um 


beam,  -o 

S'eo(w) 

sear u, -o 

cneo(w) 

bearwes 

ffeowes 

searwes 

cneowes 

bearwe 

ffeowe 

searwe 

cneowe 

bearwas 

ffeowas 

seam,  -o 

cneow(u),  cneo 

bearwa 

.  ffeowa 

searwa 

cneowa 

bearwum 

Ueowum 

searwum 

cneowum 

Note.  —  A  medial  geminated  consonant  is  often  simplified  before 
an  inflectional  ending:  sefen(n)es,  westen(n)es,  etc. 

Masculine  and  Neuter  wo-Stems. 

31.  Themes:  Masculine,  hearu,  grove;  <Teow,  servant. 
—  Neuter,  searu,  device;  cneo(w),  knee. 

S.  N.A. 

G. 

D.I. 

P.  N.A. 

G. 

D.I. 

32.  (1)  After  a  short  radical  syllable  the  w  of  the  stem 
has  become  final  u  (o)  of  the  theme :  stem  *barwo-  > 
*baru ;  gen.  *barwes  >  bearwes  (9) ;  the  broken  vowel 
ea  is  transferred  to  the  theme. 

(2)  The  wo-stems  are  relatively  few  in  number.  Some 
of  the  more  common  ones  are:  masc.  sna(w),  snotv ; 
ffeaw,  custom;  —  masc.  and  neut.  deaw,  dew ;  hlaw, 
blaew,  mound;  hra(w),  brae(w),  corpse;  —  neut.  bealu, 
evil;  mealu,  meal;  bleo(w),  protection;  treo(w),  tree. 

Note.  —  A  parasitic  vowel,  u,  o,  or  e,  is  often  developed  before  w: 
bear(u)we,  bear (o) we  j  aear(u-)we,  sear(e)we ;  beal(o)wes,  etc. 
(cf.  37,  Sote). 


(J     'iJL&^T. 


.  jtVec*- 


xxv  11 


A  3  *>••*»•        OH*-*~~ifr FLECTION:   DECLENSION. 

%<*>(>«  v 

THE   a-DECLENSION.       (S.  §§  251-260.) 

33.  All  nouns  of  the  a-declension  (which  includes  the 
stems  in  -ja  and  -wa)  are  feminine. 

\Q  a  >  Vwt    o 

S-Stems. 

34.  Themes:    giefu,  gift;  lar,  fore;  fr5for,  consola- 


tion; firen,  rim 

S.N.  giefu,  -o 

G.  giefe 

D.I.  glefe 

A.  giefe 

P.  N.A.  giefa,  -e 

G.  giefa,  -ena 

D.I.  giefum 


costung,  temptation. 

X 


lar 
lare 
lare 
lare 

lara,  -e 
lara,  -ena 
larum 


frofor 
frofre 
frofre 
frofre 


firen 
firene 
firene 
firene 


frofra,  -e    firena,  -e 
frofra         firena 
frofrum     firenuin 


X 

costung 
costunga,  -e 
costunga,  -e 
costunga,  -e 

costunga,  -e 

costunga 

costungum 


35.  The  case-ending  u  of  the  nom.  sg.  is  retained  only 
in  words  like  giefu  (with  short  radical  syllable) .  In  the 
geri.  pi.  some  use  is  made  of  the  case-ending  -ena,  which 
is  taken  from  the  n-declension  (44).  Nouns  in  -ung 
have  commonly  the  case-ending  -a  in  the  gen.  dat.  ace.  sg. 
After  a  long  radical  syllable  the  middle  vowel  is  synco- 
pated (frofre) ;  it  is  retained  when  the  radical  syllable 
is  short  (firene). 

ja-STEMS. 

36.  Themes:  wylf,  she-wolf;  sib(b),  peace;  byr<Jen, 
burden;  halignes,  holiness. 


S.N. 

G. 

D.I. 

A. 

.N.A. 

G. 

D.I. 


wylf    . 
wylfe 
wylfe 
wylfe 

wylfa,  -e 
wylfa 

wylfum 


X 

sib(b)  (12) 
sib  be 
sibbe 
sibbe 

sibba,  -e 
sibba 

bibbum, 


byrffen 
byrScTen(n)e 
byrffen(n)e 
byr3'en(n)e 

byro>n(n)a, -e 

by.r3'en(n)a 

byr9eu(n)um 


halignes 
halignesse 
halignesse 
halignesse 

halignessa,  -e 

halignessa 

haliguecsuiw 


XXV111     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

Some  of  the  more  common  ja-stems  are :  b^a(n), 
wound;  blip's,  bliss,  bliss;  brycg,  bridge;  byrgen,  tomb; 
condel,  candle;  ecg,  edge;  g-iemen,  care;  gyden,  god- 
dess; hell,  hell;  hild,  battle;  lifts,  liss,  favor;  milds, 
milts,  mercy;  sciell,  scyll,  shell,  synn,  sin;  wynn,  joy; 
y3f,  wave. 

wS-Stems. 


37.    Themes:   st5w,  place;  beadu, 
ture;  niaed,  meadow. 


battle;  laes,  pas- 


S.N. 

stow 

beadu 

lies 

meed 

G. 

stowe 

beadwe 

lies(w)e 

m*d(w)e 

D.I. 

stowe 

beadwe 

lses(w)e 

msed(w)e 

A. 

stowe 

beadwe 

lses(w)e 

maid(w)e,  (maid) 

N.A. 

stowa,  -e 

beadwa,  -e 

lses(w)a, -e 

mied(w)a, -e 

G. 

stowa 

beadwa 

laes(w)a 

maid(w)a 

D.I. 

stowum 

bead  w  um 

lis(w)um 

mied(w)um 

Here  belong  also  hreow,  repentance  ;  treow,  faithful- 
ness; nearu,  distress;  the  plurals  fraetwa,  -e,  geatwa, 
-e,  getawa,  -e,  ornaments,  arms;  and  ea,  water  (<*ahu, 
18,  Note  2 ;  Goth,  ahwa),  gen.  sg.  ea  (eas,  le),  dat.  sg. 
ea  (ie,  ei),  ace.  sg.  ea ;  nom.  ace.  pi.  ea  (ean) ;  dat.  pi. 
eaum  (earn).  There  is  also  a  trace  of  this  declension 
in  the  nom.  ace.  pi.  clea,  cleo,  dat.  pi.  cleam  (clam), 
claws. 

Note.  —  A  parasitic  vowel,  u,  o,  or  e,  may  be  developed  before  w: 
bead(u)we,  bead(o)we,  near(o)we,  geat(e)we,  etc.  (cf.  32,  Note). 


THE   i-DECLENSION.      (S.  §§  261-269.) 

38.  The  i-declension  includes  nouns  of  all  genders, 
but  it  has  been  much  affected  by  the  adoption  of  case- 
endings  of  the  o-declension.        .  , 


C    -  -ojt  -    ^vo 


C    UUwJt   -  ,"L#^Lc<. 


INFLECTION :  DECLENSION. 


xxix 


Masculine  and  Neuter  1-Stems. 

39.  Themes :  Masculine,  hryre,  fall;  freondscipe, 
friendship ;  pi.  Dejie,  the  Danes;  fejig,  grasp;  pi. 
Engle,  £Ae  Angles.  —  Neuter,  sife,  sieve,  tyu*\&  (h^am.) 

tvyvu-         S.  N.A. 

UrW-JLO.  G. 

UlAa-JL,  D.I. 

UrVrv*.  -0Lft.P.  N.A. 


hryre 
hryres 
hryre 

hryras 

hryra 

hryrum 


freondscipe 

freondscipes 

freondscipe 

Dene 
Den(ige)a 

D^num 


feng 

f^nges 

fenge 

Engle 
JCngla 
^pnglum 


slfe 
sifes 
sife 

slfu 
sifa 

sifum 


A  ft 

r*SL 


40.  The  original  i  of  the  stem  has  produced  umlaut 
of  the  radical  vowel,  and  survives  as  e  in  the  nom.  ace. 
sg.  when  the  radical  syllable  is  short :  *kruri  >  hryre. 
The  proper  case-ending  of  the  nom.  ace.  pi.  masc.  is 
e  (<i),  but  it  has  been  almost  totally  superseded  by 
-as  of  the  o-declension,  except  in  proper  nouns  like 
D$ne,  Engle,  etc. 

Note.  —  Traces  of  the  original  inflection  of  the  plural  are  wine, 
friends;  gen.  pi.  wlnigea ;  stede,  places,  etc.,  occurring  by  the  side 
of  the  usual  forms  winas,  gen.  wina,  stedas,  etc.  The  permanent 
trace  of  the  original  declension  is  the  umlaut  of  the  radical  vowel. 


Feminine  1-Stems. 


41.   Themes:  deed,  deed;  cwen,  woman;  scyld,  guilt. 


S.N. 

died 

cwen 

scyld 

G. 

diede 

cwene 

scylde 

D.I. 

diede 

cwene 

scylde 

A. 

dad  (-e) 

cwen  (-e) 

scyld 

P.  N.A. 

diede  (-a) 

cwene  (-a) 

scylde  (-a) 

G. 

dieda 

cwena 

scylda 

D.I. 

diedum 

cwenuin 

scyldum 

42.   The  case-endings  ace.  sg.  -e,  nom.  ace.  pi.  -a  are 
often  employed;  they  are  adopted  from  the  a-declension. 


XXX     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


W-tadL<L 


The  nouns  here  represented  have  the  radical  syllable 
long;  those  with  a  short  radical  syllable  have  conformed 
to  the  a-declension. 

THE   U-DECLENSION.      (S.  §§  270-275.) 

43.  Themes :  Masculine,  sunu,  son.  —  Feminine, 
liond,  hand. 

S.  N.A.  sunu,  -o,  -a     liond 
G.  suna  honda 

D.I.  suna,  -u,  -o     honda 

P.  N.A.  suna,  -u,  -o     honda 
G.  suna  honda 

D.I.  sun  u  m         hondum 

This  declension  has  been  reduced  to  comparatively 
few  surviving  forms,  such  as :  masc.  wudu  (<  wiodu, 
19),  gen.  dat.  sg.  wuda ;  sidu  (siodu,  14),  custom, 
ace.  pi.  siodo ;  medu  (meodu,  14),  mead,  dat.  sg. 
meodu,  -o ;  feld,  field,  dat.  sg.  felda ;  ford,  ford*  dat. 
sg.  forda ;  winter,  ivinter,  dat.  sg.  wiritra ;  sumor, 
summer,  dat.  sg.  sumera ;  —  fem.  duru,  door,  dat.  sg. 
dura,  -a ;  —  neut.  fela  ffeola,  14),  much. 


THE  WEAK  DECLENSION"  (n-DECLENSION).     (S.  §§  276-278,  280.) 

44.    Themes :  masc,  nqma,  name;  fem.,  tunge,  tongue; 
neut.,  eage,  eye;  masc,  gefea,  joy. 


S.  X. 

noma 

tunge 

eage 

gefea 

G.D.I. 

nonian 

tungan 

eagan 

gefean 

A. 

noniaii 

tungan 

eage 

gefean 

P.  N.A. 

noman 

tungan 

eagan 

gefean 

G. 

nQmena 

tungena 

eagena 

gefeana 

D.I. 

nQinuin 

tuuguni 

eaguin 

gefea(u)m 

INFLECTION :   DECLENSION.  XXXI 

45.  The  case-ending  of  the  gen.  pi.  -ena  (which  may 
also  occur  as  -ana,  -ona,  -una)  is  sometimes  reduced  to 
-na,  or  even  to  -a  (in  agreement  with  other  declensions). 
an  often  becomes  -on. 

gefea  represents  a  small  class  of  stems  ending  in  a 
vowel,  which  is  contracted  with  the  case-endings.  Other 
words  of  this  form  are :  masc.  frea,  lord;  leo,  lion,  gen. 
leon,  etc.;  tweo,  doubt;  3"rea,  threat;  —  fem.  fla,  arrow. 

eage  and  eare,  ear,  almost  exhaust  the  neuter  nouns 
of  this  declension. 


FEMININE   ABSTRACT   NOUNS   IN   -U,  -O.      (S.  §  279.) 

46.  Themes:  wl^ncu,  pride;  str^ngu  (str^ngffu, 
strejagflf)*  strength. 

S.  N.    wl^ncu,  -o  str^ngu,  -o  str^ngSFu,  -o,  str^ngff 

0.1 
D.I.  (■  wl^nce ;  -u,  -o  strange ;  -u,  -o  str^ngffe ;  -u,  -o 

A.J 

P.N.A.    wl§nc(e)a,-u,-o       strange, -a ; -u, -o      str^nglffe, -a ; -u, -o 
G.    wlenc(e)a  str^nga  str^ngffa 

D.I.     wl^ncum  str^ngum  str^ngffum 

47.  These  nouns  represent  primarily  an  original 
weak  declension  in  I(n)  (e.g.,  brsedu,  braed  =  Goth. 
braidei ;  ei  =  I) ;  and  secondarily  abstracts  of  the 
a-declension  in  *-i9'u,  (Goth,  -iflfa) :  str^ngSTu  < 
*str<?ngiara.  The  -u  of  the  nom.  sg.  has  been  obtained 
from  the  a-declension,  and  extended  to  other  cases  so 
as  to  produce  often  an  uninflected  singular.  There 
is  always  more  or  less  conformity  to  the  a-declension, 
especially  by  nouns  in  *-iaru.     (S.  §  255,  3.) 


XXxii      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


MINOR  DECLENSIONS. 
THE   r-DECLENSION.       (S.  §  285.) 

48.  Themes  (nouns  of  relationship):  faeder,  father; 
modor,  mother;  broSfor,  brother;  sweostor,  sister;  doh- 
tor,  daughter. 


S.  N.A. 

G. 

D.I. 

P.  N.A. 

G. 

D.I. 


feeder 

feeder,  -(e)  re9 
feeder 

faed(e)ras 

fsed(e)ra 

faed(e)rum 


modor,  -ur,  -er 
modor  (meder) 
meder  (13,  d) 

modru,  -a 
modra 

modrum 


broUor,  -ur,  -er 
broffor 
breffer  (13,  d) 

broffor,  -ffru 
broffra 

broffrum 


S.  N.A.  sweostor,  -ur,  -er 

G.  sweostor 

D.I.  sweostor 

P.  N.A.  sweostor,  -tru,  -tra 

G.  sweostra 

D.I.  sweostrum 


doh tor,  -ur,  -er 
dohtor  (dehter) 
dohtor,  dehter  (13,  d) 
dohtor,  -tru,  -tra 
dohtra 
dohtrum 


The  datives  meder,  dehter  (which  are  sometimes 
transferred  into  the  genitive)  exhibit  umlaut  of  the 
radical  vowel  (meder  <  *modri;  dehter  <  *dohtri). 
sweostor  also  becomes  swoster,  swuster  (19),  swyster. 

Here  belong  also  the  collective  plurals  gebroffor, 
brethren,  gesweostor,  sisters. 


THE   nd-DECLENSION.      (S.  §  286.) 
49.   Themes  :  freond,  friend;  hettend,  enemy. 


S.  N.A.  freond 

G.  freondes 

D.I.  friend  (13,/),  freonde 

P.  N.A.  friend,  freond,  freondas 

G.  freonda 

D.I.  freondum 


hettend 

h^ttendes 

h^ttende 

hettend,  -das,  -de 

h^ttendra 

hettenduro 


INFLECTION   DECLENSION.  xxxiii 

50.  This  declension  comprises  masculine  nouns  of 
agency  derived  from  present  participles.  Like  freond 
are  declined  feond,/oe;  the  collective  plurals  gefiiend, 
friends;  geflend,  foes.  Like  hettend  are  declined 
agend,  owner;  demend,  judge;  ehtend,  persecutor; 
fultuiu(i)end,  helper;  goddond  (pi.  goddend),  bene- 
factor; bealdend,  keeper;  hselend,  iiergcnd,  saviour; 
wealdend,  ruler;  wigend,  warrior;  etc.  The  case- 
endings  gen.  sg.  -es,  dat.  sg.  -e,  nom.  pi.  -as  show 
conformity  to  the  o-declension,  and  nom.  pi.  -e,  gen. 
pi.  -ra  are  in  accordance  with  the  regular  strong 
adjective  inflection  of  present  participles  (62). 


THE   OS-es-DECLENS10N.      (S.  §§  288-290.) 

51.  Themes:   Neuter,  lqmb,  lamb;  cealf,  calf;  seg, 

S.  N.A.  lomb  cealf  aeg 

G.  lQmbes  cealfes  aege3 

D.I.  lQinbe  cealfe  iege 

P.  N.A.     iQinbru,  lumber,  lQmb  cealfru  aigru 

G.     l<jmbra  lQmba  cealfra  aigra 

D.I.     iQiiibruin  iQmbum  cealfrum  aigrum 

The  plurals  in  r,  given  in  the  paradigms,  to  which 
may  be  added  the  occasional  pi.  cildru,  children,  are  the 
most  important  relics  of  this  declension  of  neuter  nouns. 

52.  The  original  stem-endings  -or,  -er  (<  -os,  -es) 
also  survive  in  themes  like  dogor,  day ;  sigor.  victory ; 
liryffer,  cattle;  but  these  have  adopted  the  o-declension, 
and  often  a  change  of  gender.  Sometimes  -er  is  reduced 
to  -e,  as  in  sige  (<*siger;    Goth,  sigis),  victory;   £ge 


xxxiv     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

(Goth,  agis),  fear,  and  such  words  have  generally 
become  masculine  and  follow  the  i-declension.  Other- 
wise the  total  loss  of  the  stem-ending  (as  in  the  sing, 
of  the  paradigms)  has  resulted  in  a  theme  like  sael, 
hall  (by  the  side  of  salor). 


THE  RADICAL  CONSONANT  DECLENSION.      (S.  §§281-284.) 

53.  Themes:  Masculine,  monn,  man;  tot,  foot;  too", 
tooth.  —  Feminine,  boc,  book;  burg,  borough. 

S.  N.A.    mQn(n)  fot  toff        boc  burg 

<^a*  (i).  t^ ,  t*2,  G.    monnes  f otes  toffes     bee,  boce  byr(i)g  (13,  c) 

D.I.    men(n)(13,6)  fet(13,d)  teff         bee  byr(i)g 

P.  N.A.     men(n)  fet  teff         bee  byr(i)g 

to\v  j  (k   ujvv*  Q-     monna  f ota  toffa      boca  burga 

v»~  ,i--Jcvvn       D.I.     mQnnum  fotum        toff  urn  bocum       burgum 

54.  (1)  A  weak  ace.  sg.  monnan,  and  the  pi.  fotas, 
toaras  sometimes  occur.  Other  masculine  forms  of  this 
declension  survive  in  haele  (haelear),  hero,  pi.  hsele, 
haeleo"  (by  the  side  of  hseleffas) ;  monao",  month,  pi. 
monad'  (by  the  side  of  mon(e)o'as).  There  are  also 
the  neuter  forms :  scriid,  garment,  dat.  sg.  scryd ;  ealu, 
ale,  gen.  dat.  sg.  ealoft,  -ao\ 

(2)  Like  boc  are  also  declined  the  feminines  broc, 
breeches,  pi.  brec ;  gat,  goat,  pi.  get ;  gos,  goose,  pi.  ges  ; 
lus,  louse,  pi.  lys ;  mus,  mouse,  pi.  nays ;  cu,  cow  (gen. 
cu(e),  cy,  cus ;  dat.  cy ;  pi.  nom.  ace.  cy(e),  gen. 
cii(ii)a,  cyna ;  dat.  cuura,  cum).  —  nibt,  ?iight,  pre- 
serves a  trace  of  this  declension  in  dat.  sg.,  nom.  ace. 
pi.  niht  (the  adverbial  gen.  nihtes  (70)  is  due  to  asso- 
ciation with   daeges) ;    and   maegeo",  maegae,  maid,  in 


INFLECTION:  DECLENSION.  XXXV 

undergoing  no  change  in  the  sing,  and  the  nom.  ace.  pi. 
—  burg  sometimes  shows  departure  from  this  declension 
by  the  gen.  dat.  sg.  burge,  nom.  ace.  pi.  burge,  -a. 


ADJECTIVES. 

DECLENSION  OF  ADJECTIVES.     (S.  §§  291-304.) 

55.  Adjectives  have  a  double  inflection :  (1)  the 
Strong  (or  Indefinite),  and  (2)  the  Weak  (or  Definite) 
declension. 

(1)  The  Strong  declension  is  used  whenever  none  of 
the  conditions  for  the  use  of  the  Weak  declension  are 
present.  It  has  some  special  case-endings,  which  are  of 
pronominal  origin :  masc.  neut.  dat.  sg.  -um ;  masc.  ace. 
sg.  -ne;  fem.  gen.  dat.  sg.  -re;  masc.  nom.  ace.  pi.  -e ; 
gen.  pi.  -ra;  with  these  exceptions  this  declension  agrees 
with  that  of  o-  (jo-,  wo-)  stems  for  the  masc.  and  neut., 
and  with  that  of  a-  (ja.-,  wa-)  stems  for  the  fem.  forms. 
A  few  traces  are  all  that  is  left  to  represent  the  declen- 
sion of  i-  and  u-stems  (59,  2,  3). 

(2)  The  Weak  declension  is  used  when  the  adjective 
is  preceded  by  a  demonstrative  (sometimes  a  possessive) 
pronoun ;  in  direct  address  (vocative) ;  and  in  poetry 
sometimes  in  place  of  the  Strong  declension.  More- 
over, the  comparatives  always  follow  this  declension, 
and  usually  the  superlatives ;  and  all  the  ordinals  (ex- 
cept airest,  fyrmest,  fyrest,  fyrst,  first;  and  oflFor, 
second.     74,  7). 

This  declension  agrees  throughout  with  the  n-declen- 
sion  of  nouns  (44),  except  that  the  gen.  pi.  often  ends 
in  -ra. 


XXXvi      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


STRONG  DECLENSION   OF   ADJECTIVES. 
(a)    o-  (a-)  Stems. 
56.    Themes:  hrsed,  rapid;  god,  good. 


MASCULINE. 

S.  N.  hrasd 

G.  hraedes 

D.  hradum  (7) 

A.  hrcedne 

I.  hraede 

P.  N.A.  hroecle 

G.  hrcedra 

D.I.  hradum 

MASCULINE. 

S.  N.  god 

G.  godes 

D.  godum 

A.  godne 

I.  gode 

P.  N.A.  gode 

G.  godra 

D.I.  godum 


NEUTER. 

hrsed 

hraedes 

hradtim 

hraed 

hraede 

hradu,  -o ;  -e 

hrcedra 

hradum 

NEUTER. 

god 

godes 

godum 

god 

gode 

god;  -e 

godra 

godum 


FEMININE. 

hradu,  -o 

hrcedre  (7) 

hrcedre 

hraede 

hrada,  -e 

hrcedra 
hradum 

FEMININE. 

god 
godre 
godre 
gode 

goda,  -e 

godra 

godum 


Note.  —  The  special  case-endings,  of  pronominal  origin  (55, 1),  are 
marked  by  difference  of  type  in  the  paradigm  of  hrsed. 


57.  (1)  In  LWS  the  nom.  ace.  pi.  neut.  generally 
ends  in  -e  (in  conformity  to  the  masc);  the  cases  in 
-um  sometimes  appear  in  -on,  -an  ;  and  -re,  -ra  may 
become  -ere,  -era. 

Note.  —  The  nom.  ace.  pi.  masc.  feawe,  few,  and  manege,  many, 
because  of  association  with  the  noun  fela,  much  (which  is  also  used 
as  an  adjective),  frequently  become  feawa  and  manega;  so  too 
ealla  for  ealle,  all,  is  found. 

(2)  Adjectives  in  -h  :  heah,  high,  fem.  heah,  hea ; 
gen.  heas   (18),   LWS    also    heages ;    fem.   gen.    dat. 


INFLECTION :   DECLENSION. 


xxxvil 


heare,  heahre,  hearre ;  dat.  heaum,  heam,  heagum  ; 
ace.  masc.  heanne,  heane,  liealme,  etc.  —  hreoh,  rough; 
dat.  lireoum;  ace.  masc.  hreone;  gen.  pi.  hreora ;  etc. 
—  ruh,  rough,  gen.  ruwes,  ruges  ;  ace.  masc.  riihiie  ; 
etc.  —  ffweorh,  transverse,  gen.  ffweores  ;  etc.  —  woh, 
wrong,  gen.  wos,  woges;  etc. 

(3)  In  the  declension  of  dissyllabic  themes  the  same 
principles  generally  prevail  in  the  retention  and  the  loss 
of  the  middle  vowels  which  have  been  observed  in  the 
corresponding  declensions  of  nouns. 


(&)    jo-  (jft-)  AND  wo-  (wa-)  Stems. 

58.   Themes:    jo-  (ja-)   theme,  grene,  green;    wo- 
(wa-)  theme,  gearu,  ready. 


.^        MASCULINE.  NEUTER. 

S.  N.  grene  grene 

G.  grenes  grenes 

D.  gremlin  grenunj 

A.  grenne  grene 

I.  grene  grene 

P.  N.A.    grene  grenu, -o;-e 

G.     grenra  grenra 

D.I.     grenum  grenum 

MASCULINE.  NEUTER. 

S.  N.  gearu,  -o              gearu,  -o 

G.  gearwes 

D.  gearwum 

A.  gearone              gearu,  -o 

I.  gearvve 

gearwe 


P.  N.A 

G 

D.I 


gearu;  -we 

gear(o)ra 

gearwum 


FEMININE. 

grenu,  -o 
grenre. 
greure 
grene 

grena,  -e 

grenra 

grenum 

FEMININE. 

gearu,  -o 
gear (o) re 
gear (o) re 
gearwe 

gearwa,  -e 


59.    (1)  frio  (freo,  frloh,  freoh),  free  (stem  *frijo-), 
gen.  friges ;    dat.  frigum ;   pi.  frige,  etc.,  has  also  con- 


xxxvill     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

tracted  forms:  dat.  frloum;  gen.  dat.  fem.  friore;  ace. 
masc.  frlone ;  pi.  frio ;  gen.  friora,  etc. 

Note.  —  The  wo -stems  often  exhibit  a  parasitic  vowel  before  w: 
gear(o)wes,  gear(e)wes,  gear(u)we,  etc.  (cf.  32,  Note). 

(2)  Adjective  i-stems  follow  the  declension  of  grene 
(jo-stem).  Thus,  bryce  (stem  *bruci;  13,  e),  frag- 
ile; gemyne,  mindful;  swice,  deceitful.  —  With  long 
radical  syllable:  bryce,  useful;  blWe,  blithe;  swete, 
sweet. 

(3)  Adjective  u-stems  have  adopted  either  the  o-  or 
the  jo-declension.  Relics  of  the  original  declension 
are  the  forms :  c(w)icu,  c(w)ucu  (<  cwiocu ;  19), 
alive;  and  wlacu,  tepid. 


WEAK  DECLENSION  OF  ADJECTIVES. 

60.   Theme :  g5d,  good. 


MASCULINE. 

NEDTER.        FEMININE. 

S.  N.V. 

goda 

gode        gode 

G. 

godan 

godan       godan 

D.I. 

godan 

godan       godan 

A. 

godan 

gode        godan 

ALL  GENDERS. 

\  N.V  Jl. 

godan 

G. 

godena,  -ra  (55, 2) 

D.I. 

godum 

Note  1.  —  The  gen.  pi.  sometimes  occurs  in  -ana,  -an  (conforming 
to  the  other  cases);  or  in  -na,  and  -a  (conforming  to  nouns).  The 
case-ending  -an  sometimes  appears  as  -on ;  and  -um  may  become 
-an,  -on. 

Note  2.  —  Adjectives  in  h  are  contracted:  heah,  high;  hea,  hean 
(18),  etc.  —  ffweorh,  transverse :  ffweora,  -e,  etc. ;  won,  wrong :  gen. 
pi.  wona,  etc. 


INFLECTION :   DECLENSION.  xxxix 


DECLENSION  OF  PARTICIPLES.     (S.  §§  305,  306.) 

61.  Participles  admit  of  the  double  inflection  of  ad- 
jectives. When  the  strong  inflection  is  employed,  the 
present  participle  follows  the  declension  of  jo-stems 
(58,  grene) ;  the  past  participles  (of  both  Strong  and 
Weak  verbs)  are  declined  like  o-stems  (56). 


STRONG  DECLENSION   OF   THE  PRESENT   PARTICLPLE. 

62.   Theme :  Present  Participle,  singende,  singing,   „ 


MASCULINE. 

NKUTER. 

FEMININE. 

S.N. 

singcnde 

singende 

singendu,  -o 

G. 

singendes 

singendes 

singendre 

D. 

singendum 

singendum 

singendre 

A. 

singendne 

singende 

singende 

I. 

singcnde 

singende 

P.  NA. 

singende 

singendu,-o; -e     singenda, -e 

G. 

singendra 

singendra 

singendra 

D.I. 

singendum 

singendum 

singendum 

Note.  —  The  ace.  sg.  masc.  is  often  uninflected  (having  the  ending 
-e,  instead  of  -ne).  When  a  present  participle  is  used  as  a  noun  of 
agency,  it  follows  the  declension  of  nd-stems  (49,  hettend). 


COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES.     (S.  §§  307-314.) 

~-63.  (1)  An  adjective  forms  its  Comparative  in  the 
ending  -ra  (<  *-ira  and  *-ora  =  Goth,  -iza  and  -oza) ; 
its  Superlative  in  -est,  or  -ost  (=  Goth,  -ist,  -ost). 
There  may  be  umlaut  of  the  radical  vowel,  but  in 
most  instances  umlaut  does  not  occur. 
Thus,  (a)  with  umlaut: 

eald,  old  ieldra  ieldest 

eaSe,  easy  leffra  leffest 


xl         AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

geong,  young  giengra  giengest 

great,  great  grietra  grietest 

heah,  high  hie  lira  (hierra)  hieh(e)st 

lQng,  long  lengra  longest 

sceort,  short  sciertra  sciertest 


(6)  Without  umlaut : 


ceald,  cold 
earm,  poor 
heard,  hard 
hlad,  loud 
leof,  dear 
rice,  powerful 
swiff,  strong 
swift,  swift 


cealdra 

earmra 

heardra 

hlndra 

leofra 

ricra 

swiffra 

swiftra 


cealdost 

earmost 

heardost 

hludost 

leofost 

ricost 

swiffost 

swiftost 


.Ft, 


(2)  In  the  limited  class  of  umlauted  forms  the 
original  endings  were  -ira,  -ist ;  while  the  more 
common  absence  of  umlaut  proves  the  preference  for 
-ora,  -ost. 

Note  1.  —  It  is  because  comparatives  follow  the  weak  declen- 
sion (55,  2)  that  the  masculine  theme  (in  -a)  is  adopted  as  the 
theme  of  the  comparative ;  superlatives  admit  of  double  inflection, 
therefore  the  strong  theme  is  here  employed  (in  -ist,  -ost,  not  -ista, 
-osta). 

Note  2.  —  The  ending  -ost  (which  is  often  represented  by  -ust, 
-ast)  is  occasionally  iransferred  to  umlauted  forms ;  and  -est  is 
often  found  with  the  unumlauted  forms,  particularly  when  these  are 
inflected:  heardesta,  rlcestan,  etc. 


64.  Some  few  comparatives  and  superlatives  have 
no  positive,  but  are  based  on  corresponding  adverbs  or 
prepositions: 


(feorr,  far) 

(neah,  near) 

(ser,  earlier) 

-(fore,  before) 


flerra 
nearra 
aerra 
furffra 


flerr««r 

niehit 

Merest 

fyr(«>t 


'<%.       !  % 


INFLECTION :   DECLENSION. 


xli 


65.  A  trace  of  superlatives  in  -m  survives  in  forma, 
the  first,  and  hindema,  the  hiwhnost.  But  to  this  -in 
the  regular  ending  -est  has  been  joined;  the  result  is  a 
(double)  superlative  ending  -mest  (-maest ;  =  Goth. 
-m-ist-),  which  appears  in  the  following  list.  These 
adjectives  are,  in  the  greater  number  of  instances,  also 
based  upon  adverbs  or  prepositions,  and  usually  have 
the  comparative  in  -erra. 


(sift,  late) 
laet,  late 
(inne,  wtthi  i) 

(ate,  icithr  at) 
11  fan.  above) 
■  iiicTan.  below) 
1  (fore,  before) 
(after,  after) 
mid(d),  mM 
(norU,  northward) 
(sOft,  southward) 
(east,  eastward) 
(west,  westward) 


siiffra 

latra 

inn(er)ra 

ut(er)ra,  ytrra 

uferra,  yfer(r)a 

nifferra 

furfrra 

afterra 

nor3'(er)ra,  nyrUra 
sQU(er)ra,  sySerra 

east(er)ra 
(west(er)ra) 


siffemest,  slffest 

latemest,  latest 

innemest 

ytemest,  Qtemest 

yf(e)mest,  ufemest 

niffemest 

fyrmest,  forma 

aeftemest 

mid  (e)  mest     -^xdU^^x, 

norffmest 

snffmest 

eastmest 

westinest 


66.    In  the  following  list  the  root  of  the  comparative 
and  superlative  differs  from  that  of  the  positive. 


god, good 
yfel,  evil 
micel,  great 
lytel  (lyt),  little 


b^t(e)ra,  b^ttra 
wiersa 
mara,  mirra 
hessa 


bet(e)st 
wierrest,  wierst 
mast 
las(e)st,  larest 


Note.  —  With  god  is  to  be  associated  (in  meaning)  the  adv.  sel, 
hotter,  comp.  adj.  sella,  selra,  superl.  adj.  selost,  selest;  and  the  adv. 
and  subst.  ma  (ma),  more,  belongs  to  mara. 


xlii      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


ADVERBS. 

CLASSIFICATION  AND  FORMATION  OF  ADVERBS. 
(S.  §§  315-321.) 

67.   Some  of  the  more  important  adverbs  of  place  are 


Hie   lunuwiny  . 

hwir  (LWS  hwar),  where 

/Vrvtfury*  4*.  w< 

WtU^f* 

hwlder,  whither 

hwonan,  whence 

ffaer  (LWS  ffar),  there" 

older,  ffidres, 

~ihither 

ffonan,  thence 

her,  here 

hider,  hldres, 

hither 

heonan,  hence 

inne,  innan,  within 

in(n) 

innan 

ate,  utan,  icithout 

fit 

5  tan 

uppe,  nppan,  up,  above 

up(p) 

uppan 

ufan,  above 

neoffan,  below,  beneath 
foran,  before 
hindan,  behind 

ufan 

?0^ 

niffor 

neoffan 

forff 
hinder 

foran 
hindan 

east,  east 

e  as  tan 

west,  west 

westan 

norff,  north 
sn!&,  south 

norffan 
sfiffan 

feorran,  far 

feor(r) 

feorran 

neah  (neh),  near 

near 

nean 

ADVERBS   FORMED   FROM   ADJECTIVES   AND   NOUNS. 

68.  (1)  Many  adverbs  in  their  formation  have  a 
definite  relation  either  to  adjectives  or  to  nouns.  The 
largest  class  is  derived  from  adjectives  by  the  addi- 
tion of  the  adverbial  ending  -e.  Adjectives  in  -e 
remain  unchanged. 

Thus,  adj.  georn,  eager,  —  adv.  georne  ;  hi  fid,  loud, 
—  hlude  ;  hlutor,  clear,  —  hlutre  ;  l<?ng,  long,  —  l<?nge  ; 
deop,  deoplic,  deep,  —  deope,  deopllce ;  glsed,  glaedlic, 
glad,  etc.  —  glaedlice.  —  From  adjectives  in  -e  :  adj. 
bliafe,  joyful^  —  adv.  bHUTe ;   clsene,  clean,  —  clsene. 


O.JLO, 


-*    V~^  ^H  i  u~ 


INFLECTION :   DECLENSION.  xliii 

Note  1.  —  In  consequence  of  a  marked  preference  for  the  termi- 
nation -lice,  these  adverbs  come  to  exceed  in  number  adjectives  in  -lie. 

Note  2.  —  The  adverbs  sof  te,  swote  are  without  the  umlaut  of  the 
corresponding  adjectives  sefte,  soft,  swete,  sweet. 

69.  Other  adverbial  endings  are  -a  and  -unga  (-enga, 
-inga\    "  ■  '  '  •*"  '-♦v^1-^*  ■  *■£-)'• 

Thus:  geara,  of  yore  (=  gen.  pi.  of  gear,  year);  sona, 
soon;  tela ' ^tedta^  teala,  tala),  properly;  tuwa  (twu- 
wa,  twiwa),  twice;  ffriwa,  thrice.  — {-  aeninga  (aninga, 
anunga),  entirely;  eallunga  (eallinga),  altogether; 
grundlunga  (grundlinga),  completely ;  SQmnunga 
(s^mniuga),  suddenly ;   weninga,  perhaps. 

70.  Oblique  cases  of  nouns  and  adjectives  are  used 
adverbially,  and  from  these,  as  well  as  from  prepo- 
sitional phrases,  have  sprung  more  or  less  permanent 
adverbial  forms : 

-  Thus  (a)  genitive  adverbs:  daeges,  by  day;  nihtes, 
by  night;  ealles,  altogether;  nealles  (=  na  +  ealles; 
nalles,  nalas,  nalaes,  mils"),  not  at  all;  eUes,  otherwise; 
micles,  very ;  neades,  needs ;  simbles,  singales,  always; 
willes,  gewealdes,  willingly;  self-willes,  voluntarily; 
up-weardes,  upwards;  tSgegnes,  against;  ungewisses, 
unconsciously ;  hu  geares,  at  what  time  of  year. 

(6)  Accusative  adverbs:  fyrn,  gefym,  formerly  ;  full, 
fully;  genog,  enough;  hwon,  somewhat;  lytel,  lyt,  little; 
ungem^t,  immoderately ;  upweard,  upward. 

(c)  Dative  (Instr.)  adverbs  :  hwene  (instr.),  some- 
what;  ham  (hame),  home;  sare,  sorely;  hwilum, 
sometimes;  stundmselum,  time  after  time;  lytlum, 
little;  miclum,  very. 


xliv     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS.     (S.  §§  322,  323.) 

71.  Adverbs  (chiefly  those  which  are  derived  from 
adjectives)  adopt  the  comparative  and  superlative  end- 
ings -or,  -ost  (-ust,  -ast)  :  georne,  eagerly ;  geornor, 
geornost. 

72.  Certain  monosyllabic  comparatives  are  without  the 
comparative  ending;  these  were  originally  in -iz  (=  Goth, 
-is),  and  have  therefore  umlaut :  ser,  earlier  (<  *ariz  < 
*airiz,  Goth,  airis) ;  bet,  better  (<  *batiz,  Goth,  batis) ; 
§nd,  formerly ;  fierr,  farther ;  ietf  (ea9"),  easier;  lses, 
less ;  leng,  longer ;  mae  (ma),  more ;  nyr  (near), 
nearer;  seft,  softer;  sel,  better;  siflF,  later;  tylg,  more 
willingly. 

NUMERALS. 
CARDINAL  AND  ORDINAL  NUMERALS.     (S.  §§  324-331.) 

73.  The  cardinal  and  the  ordinal  numerals  are  as 


)110 

ws:  — 

Cardinal. 

Ordinal. 

1 

J  forma,  formesta,  fyrmest 
[  f  yrest,  f yrst ;  merest 

an 

2 

twegen,  to,  twa 

offer,  aef  terra 

3 

ffrle,  ffrio  (ffreo) 

ffridda 

4 

flower  (feower) 

f  eowerffa,  feorffa 

5* 

fif 

fifta 

6 

siex,  six 

siexta 

7 

siofon  (seofon) 

seofoffa,  -effa 

8 

eahta 

eahtoffa,  -eSa,  -eoffa 

9 

nigon 

nigoffa,  -effa,  -eofra 

10 

tien,  tyn 

teoffa 

11 

endlefan,  -leofan,  -lufan,  etc. 

^ndlef  ta,  e,llef  ta,  etc. 

12 

twetf 

twejfta 

-Jo-  l  w     : 

1  o 
(  n  <> 


18 

14 
15 
10 
17 
18 
19 
•jo 
21 
80 
40 
50 
GO 
70 
80 
90 
100 


\J^jLVWJt»^>    C~K>^  -     VYI~K**-    --v~Kt^ c 

-rt-^t-C_ft-»-»-tj        l^  , 

S.  MV47 

-      ■^^^liLojl-^j-cn-^-^ 

-      W-w*    0-^)      QJ>-^V«r^;K5 

,             INFLECTION:   DECLENSION.                      xlv 

Cardinal. 

Ordinal. 

ffreotiene,  -tene,  -tyne 

ffreot6offa 

feowertiene 

feowerteoffa 

fiftiene 

fifteoffa 

siextiene 

siexteoffa 

seofontiene 

seofonteoffa 

eahtatiene 

eahtateoffa 

nigontiene 

nigonteoffa 

twentig    "4  w-*  c*->-  -f"  -K^ 

twentigoffa,  -tigffa,  -tlga,  etc. 

an  ond  twentig    <^*jy^rS. 
ffritig                            ,     "*?' 

an  Qnd  twentigoffa 
ffritigoffa 

feowertig 

feowertigoffa 

fiftig 

fiftigoffa 

slextig 

siextigoffa 

(hund)seofontlg 

(hund)seofontigoffa 

(  hund)  eahtatig 

(hund)  eahtigoff  a 

(hund)  nigontig 

(hund)nigontigoffa 

hundteontig,  hund,  hundred 

(hundteontigoffa) 

hundenrilefantig 
hundsellef  tig,  etc. 

(hund)  endlef  tigoff  a 

hundtwelftig 

(hund)  twelf  tigoff  a 

twa  (tfi)  hund 

9  a  send 

DECLENSION  OF  NUMERALS. 

74.  (1)  The  cardinal  an,  one,  is  generally  declined 
like  a  strong  adjective,  with  the  ace.  sg.  masc.  senne, 
anne,  and  the  instr.  sg.  sene,  ane.  When  it  signifies 
alone,  it  is  often  declined  weak.  (See  also  the  Indefinite 
Pronouns.) 

(2)  Themes:  twegen,  twain,  two;  tSrle,  three. 


MASCULINE. 

NEUTER. 

FEMININE 

N.  A.    twegen 
G. 
D. 

tn,  twa 

tweg(e)a,  twegra 
twa; m,  twain 

twa 

xlvi      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

MASCULINE.  NEUTER.  FEMININE. 

N.  A.    ffrie,  ffri  (fifry")         ffrio,  ffreo  ffrio,  Iffreo 

G.  ffriora,  ffreora 

D.  ffrim 

(3)  Like  twegen  is  declined  begen  (beggen),  both; 
neut.  bu ;  fern,  ba ;  gen.  beg(r)a ;  dat.  bsem,  bam. 

Note.  —  There  is  more  or  less  disregard  of  gender  in  the  use  of  the 
above  forms.  The  fern,  twa,  which  has  been  extended  to  the  neut., 
is  sometimes  used  for  twegen ;  and  ba  and  ba  for  begen,  and  8freo 
for  ffrie,  occur.  When  nouns  of  different  gender  are  referred  to,  the 
neut.  form  of  the  numeral  is  generally  employed.  There  is  a  tendency 
to  use  conjointly  the  monosyllabic  forms  of  twegen  and  begen,  with 
some  freedom  as  to  gender:  masc.  fern,  ba  twa ;  neut.  (also  masc.  fem.) 
bnto,  buta,  both. 

(4)  The  cardinals  from  4  to  19  are,  as  a  rule,  not 
inflected,  except  when  they  are  used  absolutely  (i.e. 
without  a  noun);  they  then  take  the  case-endings 
nom.  ace.  -e,  gen.  -a,  dat.  -um. 

(5)  The  cardinals  in  -tig  are  often  not  inflected; 
when  inflected,  the  case-endings  are  gen.  -a,  -ra,  dat. 
•um,  and  sometimes  gen.  sg.  -es. 

(6)  bund,  usually  uninflected,  has  the  dat.  sg.  hunde, 
and  the  nom.  ace.  pi.  hunde,  dat.  pi.  hundum.  When 
inflected,  hundred  has  the  following  case-endings :  gen. 
sg.  -es,  dat.  sg.  -e ;  nom.  ace.  pi.  -u,  -o ;  gen.  pi.  -a,  dat. 
pi.  -um.  The  same  case-endings  with  the  addition  of 
gen.  pi.  -ra  occur  with  Ousend. 

(7)  The  ordinals  are  all  declined  like  weak  adjectives, 
except  serest,  fyrmest,  fyrest,  fyrst,  which  conform  to 
both  the  strong  and  the  weak  declension,  and  Sifter  which 
conforms  to  the  strong  declension  only. 


INFLECTION :  DECLENSION,  xlvii 

PRONOUNS. 

PERSONAL  PRONOUNS.     (S.  §§  332-334.) 

75.    Themes :  First  Person,  ic,  /;  Second  Person,  3u, 
thou;  Third  Person,  he,  he,  hit,  it,  heo,  she. 


Sing.  N. 

ic 

ore 

G. 

min 

ffin 

D. 

me 

ffe 

A. 

mec,  me 

ffec,  ffe 

Dual  N. 

wit 

git 

G. 

uncer 

incer 

D. 

unc 

inc 

A. 

uncit,  unc 

incit,  inc 

Plur.  N. 

we 

ge 

G. 

fiser,  ore 

eower  (iower) 

D. 

is 

eow  (low) 

A. 

usie,  us 

eowic,  eow  (iow) 

S.N. 

he 

hit 

heo  (hio),  hie,  hi 

G. 

his 

his 

hiere,  hire,  hyre 

D. 

him 

him 

hiere,  hire,  hyre 

A. 

hiene,  hine 

hit 

hie,  hi  (hig),  heo 

P.  N.A. 

hie,  hi  (hig) 

,hy, 

heo  (hio) 

G. 

hiera,  hira,  hyra, 

heora  (hiora) 

D. 

hi 

m,  heom 

Note.  —  The  Personal  Pronouns  are  also  used  as  Reflexives. 

POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS.     (S.  §§335,  336.) 

76.  The  Possessive  Pronouns  min,  mine  ;  9in,  thine ; 
iire,  our;  eower,  your;  sin,  his,  her,  its;  uncer,  of  us 
two;  incer,  of  you  two,  are  declined  like  adjectives 
(strong  declension). 

Note.  —  The  genitives  of  the  Third  Personal  Pronouns  are  often 
used  as  Possessives. 


So  '      I*    0,  Y)    \&>     i*    ,   *°  p  T    ;     Tov      "Tv,, 

xlviii      ^4iV  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

DEMONSTRATIVE  PRONOUNS.     (S.  §§  337-339.) 

77.  Themes :  masc,  se,  neut.,  tfset,  fern.,  seo,  the, 
that ;  —  masc.,  ares,  neut.,  3>is,  fern.,  ffeos,  this. 

S.  N.  Be  iff  set  seo  (slo) 

G.  ffaes  ffaes  ffsere 

D.  ffaim,  <5am  ffaiin,  8'am  Sasre 

A.  ffone  (Uane,  ffaene)  ffaet  fffi 

I.  ffy,  3"e,  ffon  ffy,  ffe,  ffon 

P.  N.A.  ffa 

G.  ffara,  ffajra 

D.I.  Uam/ffam)  <  "E.'si* 

£+-&•.,- si      S.N.  Vis  Vis  Veos(Vios) 

;   ,v     G.  Vis(s)es,  Vys(s)es  Visse,  Veosse  (Visre) 

D.  Vis(s)um,  Vys(s)um,  Veosum  Visse,  Veosse  (Visre) 

A.  Visne,  Vysne  Vis  Vas 

I.  Vys,  Vis 

P.  N.A.  Vas 

G.  Vissa,  Veossa  (Vissera) 

D.I.  Vis(s)um,  ffys(s)um,  Seos(s)nm 

The  Demonstrative  ilea,  the  same,  is  generally  declined 
like  a  weak  adjective  ;  self  (seolf,  silf,  sylf),  self,  is  both 
strong  and  weak  in  its  declension. 


RELATIVE  PRONOUNS.     (S.  §  340.) 

78.  There  is  no  inflected  Relative  Pronoun.  This 
want  is  supplied  by  the  use  of  the  Relative  Particle  tfe, 
used  either  alone  or  in  combination  with  the  weaker 
demonstrative  se,  tfset,  seo  (and  sometimes  in  combina- 
tion with  a  Personal  Pronoun),  and  by  the  relative  use 
of  this  demonstrative- 


INFLECTION :   DECLENSION.  xlix 

INTERROGATIVE   PRONOUNS.     (S.  §§  341,  342.) 
79.    Theme:  masc,  hwa,  ivho?  neut.,  hwaet,  what? 


S.N. 

hwa 

hwaet 

G. 

hwaes 

hwaes 

D. 

hwaiin,  hwam 

hwiem,  hwam 

A. 

hwone  (hwane,  hwaene) 

hwaet 

I. 

hwi,  hwy,  hwon  (hwan) 

hwi,  hwy,  hwon  (hwan) 

hwaeffer,  winch  of  two?  hvvilc  (hwylc,  hwelc),  which? 
and  lull ic,  of  what  sort?  follow  the  strong  declension  of 
adjectives. 

INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS.     (S.  §§  343-349.) 

80.  (1)  The  Indefinites  selc,  each;  an,  a,  an;  aenig, 
a-ty ;  iiaenig  (<  ne  +  aenig),  none;  offer,  other;  sum, 
certain;  swilc,  such,  are  declined  like  strong  adjectives. 

Note.  —  The  nom.  sg.  mon  (man)  is  used  as  an  indefinite,  one. 

(2)  The  Interrogatives  hwa,  hwaeffer  and  hvvilc  are 
often  used  as  Indefinites.  They  are  also  made  indefinite 
by  the  use  of  swa,  so:  swa  hwa  swa,  who (jso) ever ;  gwa 
hwaeffer  swa,  which(so~)ever  of  two ;  swa  hwilc  swa. 
ioho(so)ever.  Moreover,  the  Interrogatives  in  compo- 
sition yield  many  Indefinites :  aliwa,  any  one  ;  ahwaet, 
anything ;  aeghwa,  aetliwa,  gehwa,  each,  every;  ahwae- 
2fer  (ohwaeafer,  awacer,  owarer,  after,  offer) ;  aeghwaeffer 
(aegffer,  affer),  either,  each,  nahwaeffer,  neither;  aeg- 
hwilc,  gehwilc,  each;  somhwylc,  some  one.  With  the 
indeclinable  -hwega  (-hwegu,  -hwuga,  -u,  etc.)  as  the 
second  member  of  the  compound  :  hwaethwega,  some- 
thing; hwilchwega,  any  one;  and  aethwega,  somewhat. 

(3)  Other  substantival  indefinites  are:  awiht  (awuht. 
auht,  aht;  owiht,  owulit,  oht),  anything;  nawiht 
(nauht,  naht,  noht,  t-tc.)  and  nanwuht,  nothing. 


AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


**"     . 


CONJUGATION. 
GENERAL   CLASSIFICATION   OF  VERBS. 

81.  (1)  The  two  comprehensive  classes  of  verbs  are  : 

(1)  Strong  Verbs,  (a)  those  which  form  the  Principal 
Parts  with  a  variation  of  the  radical  vowel  (Ablaut), 
and  (b)  those  which  have  Reduplicating  Preterits ;  and 

(2)  Weak  Verbs,  those  which  (without  ablaut)  form  the 
Preterit  and  Past  Participle  in  d  (t). 

(2)  The  Principal  Parts  of  a  verb  are  the  Infinitive 
(which  contains  that  form  of  the  radical  vowel  which  is 
employed  in  the  entire  system  of  the  present  tense),  the 
Preterit  Singular  (and,  in  the  case  of  Strong  Verbs,  the 
Preterit  Plural),  and  the  Past  Participle.     Thus, 

drifan,  to  drive  ;  draf,   drlfon;  (ge)drifen. 

deman,  to  judge;  demde ;  (ge)demed. 

CLASSIFICATION  OF  STRONG  VERBS, 
(a)    ABLAUT   VERBS.      (S.  §§  379-392.) 

82.  Ablaut  verbs  are  divided  into  six  classes,  in 
accordance  with  the  principal  variations  in  ablaut 
(which  are  due  in  part  to  differences  in  character  of 
the  final  consonants  of  the  radical  syllable). 

83.  (1)  Class  I.  —  Vowels :  I ;  a,  i :  i.  —  (Germanic 
ei>i;  ai,  i;  i).      Ihus, 

—  (a)      bidan,  bide;  bad,    bidon ;  (ge)biden. 

bitan,  bite;  bat,     biton;  (ge)biten. 


INFLECTION:    CONJUGATION. 


glidan,  glide  ; 

glad, 

glidon ; 

(ge)gliden. 

ridan,  ride  ; 

rad, 

ridon ; 

(ge)riden. 

risan,  rise  ; 

ras, 

rison ; 

(ge)ri8en. 

writan,  write; 

wrat, 

writon ; 

(ge)writen. 

(6) 

sniffan,  cut ; 

snaff, 

snidon ; 

(ge)sniden. 

(0 

ffeon  (18,  N.  2), 

thrive  ; 

ffah, 

ff  igon ; 

(ge)ffigen. 

(2)  In  sniffan  and  ffeon  (<  *fflhan,  18,  Note  2) 
medial  ff  and  h  of  the  first  two  parts  are  changed 
into  d  and  g  in  the  pret.  pi.  and  pp.  (past  participle). 
This  change  from  ff  to  d,  h  to  g,  also  (in  other  classes 
of  verbs)  from  h  to  w  (g)  (<  hw  —  gw)  and  s  to  r,  is 
called  Grammatical  Change  (S.  §§  233-234).  '•'     -y^»'   ^-3*. 

Note  1.  —  Grammatical  Change  (only  partially  preserved)  is  due  to 
an  original  (proto-Germanic)  difference  of  accent,  according  to  which 
the  pret.  pi.  and  the  pp.  were  accented  on  the  final  syllable  (Verner's 
Law). 

""Note  2. — The  weak  verb  rignan  >  rinan  (16),  to  rain,  pret.  rinde, 
has  also  a  preterit  ran  (cf.  f  rignan  >  f rinan,  85,  Note  3). 

(3)  To  the  contract  verb  ffeon  is  to  be  added  leon, 
to  lend;  seon,  to  strain,  sift;  teon,  to  censure;  wreon, 
to  cover.  The  accidental  agreement  in  the  present 
between  these  verbs  and  the  contract  verbs  of  Class  II 
has  resulted  in  the  production  of  double  forms  in  the 
other  tenses.     Thus, 

teon;  tan  (teah),         tigon  (tugon);  tigen  (togen). 

ffeon;  ffah,  ffigon  (ffugon);  ffigen  (ffogen). 

wreon;        wrah  (wreah),  wrigon  (wrugon);     wrigen  (wrogen). 

Note  3.  —  ffeon  has  also  forms  according  to  Class  III,  such  as 
pret.  pi.  ofer-ffungon ;  pp.  ofer-ffungen ;  pp.  (adj.)  ge-ffungen, 
grown,  excellent,  etc.  These  are  traces  of  the  original  form 
"l&_*ffenhan  >  *ffihan  (18,  Note  2). 

Note  4.  —  The  prefix  ge-  is  not  always  used  with  the  past  parti- 
ciple.    Hereafter  it  will  be  omitted  in  giving  principal  parts. 


Hi        AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


61 A 1 


-^ 


84.  Class  II.  —  Vowels:  eo  (u) ;  ea,  u ;  o.  —  (Germ. 
eu  (u);  au,  u  ;  u).     Thus, 

(a)  beodan,  command; 
cleofan,  cleave  ; 
creopan,  creep  ; 
dreogan,  endure  ; 
fleogan,  fly  ; 

(b)  brBcan,  enjoy; 
bugan,  bow; 
dufan,  dive  ; 

(c)  ceosan,  choose; 
freosan,  freeze  ; 
hreosan,  fall ; 
(for)leosan,  lose; 
seoffaa,  seethe; 

(d\  fleon(18,N.2),^ec/ 
j   teon,  draw;  4  d 

: — 

85.  Class  III.  —  Vowels :  e  (i,  eo) ;  ae  (<?,  ea),  u ; 
u  (o).  —  (Germ,  e  (>  i  before  nasal  +  cons.) ;  a,  u ; 
u  (o)).  The  verbs  of  this  class  are  best  considered 
in  three  divisions. 

(1)  Verbs  with  a  nasal  +  consonant  after  the  radical 
vowel.     Thus, 


v 


bead, 

budon ; 

boden. 

cleaf, 

clufon ; 

clofen. 

creap, 

crupon ; 

cropen. 

dreag, 

drugon ; 

drogen. 

fleag, 

flugon ; 

flogen. 

breac, 

brucon ; 

brocen. 

beag, 

bugon; 

bogen. 

deaf, 

dufon ; 

dofen. 

ceas. 

curon(83,2); 

coren. 

freas, 

frurou ; 

froren. 

hreas, 

hruron ; 

hroren. 

leas, 

luron ; 

loren. 

seaff, 

sudon ; 

soden. 

fleah, 

flugon ; 

flogen. 

teah, 

tugon ; 

togen. 

"—  bindan,  bind; 


bond  (8),     bundon; 


drincan,  drink; 
findan,  find  ; 
(on)ginnan,  begin  ; 
grindan,  grind; 
singan,  sing  ; 


dr^nc, 

fQnd, 

gQn(n), 

grqnd, 

song, 


druncon ; 
fundon ; 
gunnon ; 
grundon ; 
sungon ; 


swimmam,  swim ;         swQm(m),    swummon 


bunden. 

druncen. 

funden. 

gunnen. 

grunden. 

sungen. 

swummen. 


Note  1. — The  verb  rinnan,  to  run,  r<jn(n),  runnon,  runnen,  is 
more  commonly  used  with  metathesis  in  the  first  two  parts:  inian 
(iernan,  yrnan),  Qrn  (am).  —  There  is  also  metathesis  in  beornan 
(=  Goth,  brinnan),  to  burn,  brQn(n)  (bQrn,  barn,  beam),  burnon, 
burnen. 


INFLECTION :    CONJUGATION. 


liii 


(2)  Verbs  with  1  +  consonant  after  the  radical  vowel. 
Thus, 


{a)  helpan  (9,  b),  help; 

healp  (9, 

a),  hulpon  ; 

holpen. 

belgun,  be  angry  ; 

bealg, 

bulgon  ; 

bolgen. 

delfan,  delve; 

dealf, 

dulfon  ; 

dolfen 

meltan,  melt ; 

mealt, 

mull  on  ; 

molten. 

swelgau,  swallow  ; 

swealg, 

swulgon  ; 

swolgcn 

swellan,  swell ; 

sweal(l), 

swiil Ion  ; 

swollen. 

sweltan,  die  ; 

swealt, 

swulton ; 

swolten. 

(  b)  gieldan  (10,  c),  yield  ; 

geald, 

guidon ; 

golden. 

giellan,  yell; 

geal(l), 

gullon ; 

gollen. 

giclpan,  boast ; 

gealp, 

gulpon ; 

golpen. 

(c)   f  eolan,  reach  ; 

fealh, 

fulgon(83,2) 

;  folgen. 

Note  2.  — f  eolan  <  *feolhan  (9,  b)  (=  Goth,  filhan) ;   there  is 
also  a  pret.  pi.  failon  and  a  pp.  folen  according  to  Class  IV. 


(3)  Verbs  with  r  or 

li  +  consonant  after  the  radical 

vowel.     Thus, 

(a)  feohtan  (9,  b),  fight; 
beorgan,  protect ; 
ceorfan,  carve  ; 

feaht(9, 

bearg, 

cearf, 

a),  fuhton ; 
burgon ; 
curfon ; 

fohten. 
borgen 
corfen. 

deorfan, labor ; 

dearf, 

durfon ; 

dorfen. 

smeortan,  smart ; 

sineart, 

smurton  ; 

8morten. 

(b)  hweorfan            \  ,        . 
(hwurfan,19)/,r        ' 

hwearf, 

hwurfon ; 

hworfen. 

weorpan     \   cast  . 
(wurpan)  J 

wearp, 

wurpon ; 

worpen. 

(c)  weorffan            \become 
(wurffan,19)  J 

;  wearS1, 

f  wurdon 
I    (83,2); 

worden. 

(4)  Certain  remaining  verbs  of  this  class  are  best 
considered  together. 


bregdan 
(brgdan,16) 

"****"  A,  strew; 
(str§dan)  f 

berstan,  burst ; 


I,  brandish ;  < 


braegd  fbrugdon  fbrogden 
(breed),  \  (bradon);  I  (broden 
f  straegd  f  strugdon  (  strogifcn 
I    (straed),\    (strudon);\    (stroden) 

baerst,  burston ;  borsten. 


liv        AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


fferscan,  thresh ; 

frignan  "I 

,1  -  -.«»  r>  inquire;' 

(frinan,  16)  i       *         ' 

murnan,  mourn; 

spurnan       ") 

(spornan)  /'  ' 


ffperse,        ffurscon ; 
J  f  rsegn      /  frugnon 
I    (fran),  I    (frOnon) 

mearn,       murnou. 

spearn,      spurnon. 


UTorscen. 
/ frugnen 
;    I    (franen). 


Note  3.  —  stregdan  has  also  become  a  weak  verb.  —  By  the  loss 
of  g  and  the  compensatory  lengthening  of  the  radical  vowel  frignan 
becomes  frinan  (16),  and  being  thus  attracted  to  Class  I,  yields  the 
preterit  fran.  There  is  also  occasionally  assimilation  of  g  to  n  result- 
ing in  frinnan,  pret.  pi.  f runnon,  etc.  The  metathesis  of  n  appears 
in  pret.  sg.  freng,  pret.  pi.  fruugon.  Other  forms  are:  pret.  pi. 
f rugon ;  pp.  gef rugen,  gef regen,  gefraegen  and  gefrigen  (cf .  87, 
Note). 


1 


86.  Class  IV.  —  Vowels:  e;  ae,  se;  o  (u).  —  (Germ. 
e;  a,  e;  o  (u)).  In  this  class  the  radical  vowel  is  fol- 
lowed by  a  single  liquid  or  nasal  (1,  r,  m).     Thus, 


(a)  beran,  bear; 
cwelan,  die  ; 
hclan,  conceal; 
st  el  an,  steal ; 
teran,  tear; 

(b)  brecan,  break; 

(c)  scieran  (10),  shear  ; 

(d)  nlman,  take; 
cuman,  come  ; 


baer  (7),    bseron;  boren. 

cwael,         cwajlon ;         cwolen. 
hael,  hielon ;  holen. 

stael.  station ;  stolen, 

taer,  tairon ;  toren. 

braec,         brsecon ;  brocen. 

scear,         scearon ;         scoren. 

f  nom         /  nomon  „„«.«« 

<  <        _  numen. 

I    (nam),  I    (namon); 

c(w)om,    c(w)omon;(c"men    . 

— >     • — ~  I    (cymen). 


Note.  —  In  brecan  the  r  precedes  the  radical  vowel ;  it  should 
therefore  be  found  in  Class  V  (cf.  sprecan).  —  niman  has  changed 
e  to  I  before  m,  and  the  u  of  cuman  is  exceptional.  The  preterits  of 
these  two  verbs  are  also  exceptional  in  having  5  (<  8>  before  a  nasal) 
in  the  pi.,  which  has  also  been  transferred  into  the  sing.  The  LWS 
forms  are  usually  nam,  namon,  corn,  comon. 


INFLECTION:    CONJUGATION. 


Iv 


87.  Class  V.  —  Vowels:  e  (i);  a,  se  ;  e.  —  (Germ. 
e  (i);  a,  e;  e).  The  radical  vowel  is  followed  by  a 
single  consonant  (except  a  liquid  or  nasal;  cf.  Class 
IV).     Thus, 

maet(7),  mseton; 
draep,       driepon ; 


«(a)  metan,  measure ; 
drepan,  strike  ; 


lesau.  collect :  laes, 

(ge)nesiin.  recover;  naes, 

f  spreean,  speak  ;  spraec, 

Ispecan  (LWS);  spaee, 

tredan,  tread ;  trsed. 

wegan,  carry;  waeg, 

(b)  etan,  eat;  set, 

f retan,  devour ;  f  rait, 

(c)  cweffan,  say  ; 

(d)  giefan (10),  give;  geaf, 
gietan,  get ;  g<'at, 


la'son  ; 

nieson  ; 

sprScon ; 

spaieon  ; 

traedon ; 
f  wajgon 
1    (-wagon); 

cfiton ; 
f  rseton ; 


metcn. 
J drepen 
I    (dropen). 

lesen. 

nesen. 

sprecen. 

specen. 

treden. 

wegen. 

eten. 
freten. 


cwaefr,     cwSdon  (83, 2);  cweden. 


geafon  ; 
geaton ; 


giefen. 
gieten. 


(«)  (ge)feon  )    rejoice  .  ( , 


;efeah 
(9."), 
pleon,  risk;  pleah. 

seah       f  sawon  (83,2);    j  sewen(sawen). 
.  siegon  ; 


seon,  see  ; 


gefSgon  (83, 2) ;  (adj.)  gefaegen. 
I  stegon  ;  I  segen* 


(/)  Several  presents  are  formed  in  -jan.  In  Ger- 
manic the  radical  vowel  e,  when  thus  followed  by  -j, 
became  i  (cf.  13,  Note);  and  the  final  radical  conso- 
nant is  geminated  (11).     Thus, 


bsedon ; 


beden. 


biddan  (=   Goth.)     bged 
bidjan),  bid;         i  ' 

Hcg(e)an,  lie;  laeg,         lasgon  (lagon) ;     legen. 

sittan.  sit;  eaet,  sseton;  seten. 

fricg(e)an,  inquire;  frigen. 

ffieg(e)an,  take;  ffeah  (ffah). 

Note.  —  The  quantity  of  aet  and  frait  a*<5  exceptional.  — Verbs  in 
g  niay  have  8  in  the  pret.  pi.  (lagon,  wagon).  — frlcg(e) an  does 


1/ 


lvi        AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

not  occur  in  the  pret.    The  pp.  frigen  may  belong  to  frij«nan  (ci.  85, 
Note  3).  —  fficg(e)an  has  also  weak  preterits  ffigede  and  iffigde. 


88.   Class  VI.  — Vowels 
5,5;  a).     Thus, 


a ;   o,  o  ;    a.  —  (Germ,  a  ; 


(a)  faran,  go  ; 

for, 

f oron  ; 

faren  (farpn 

bacan,  bake  ; 

boc, 

bocon ; 

bacen. 

dragan,  draw  ; 

drog, 

drogon ; 

dragen. 

galan,  sing  ; 

gol, 

golon  ; 

galen. 

grafan,  grave  ; 

gr5f, 

grofon ; 

graven 

hladan,  load; 

Mod, 

hlodon ; 

hladen. 

sacan,  contend ; 

SOC, 

6oeon ; 

sacen  (saecen). 

stQndan,  stand  ; 

stod, 

stodon ; 

sty  ii  den 

wadan,  go  ; 

wod, 

wodon ; 

waden. 

[waecnan],  awake; 

woe, 

wocon. 

(6)  sc(e)acan  |    shake, 
(10,  N.  1)  ['   hasten, 

\  scoc, 
;     sceoc, 

scocon. 
sceocen ; 

f  sc(e)acen 

(    (screen). 

sc(e)afan,  shave; 

seof. 

scofon  ; 

sc(e)afen. 

(c)   spQnan,  entice ; 

j  spon 

I    (speon), 

f sponon 

I    (speonon) 

spanen. 

weaxan  (9),  grow ; 

/  (wox) 
I    weox, 

(  (woxon) 
(.    weoxon ; 

weaxen. 

(d)  flean(18,N.2),.#a?/; 

flog (floh) 

,   flogon ; 

flagen. 

lean,  blame; 

log(loh), 

logon ; 

j  lagen  (l<jgen, 
1    laegen). 

slean,  strike  ; 

slog(sloh),   slogon  ; 

f  slagen  (slejjen, 
\    slaegen). 

j  ffw5g 

1     (ffwoh), 

r  Sfwagen 

ffwean,  wash; 

UwSgon ; 

J    (ffw^gen, 
|     ffwaegen, 

i 

L    ffwogen). 

(e)  Presents  in  -jan  (cf.  87, 

/)  = 

h^bban  (11),  heave  ; 

h5f, 

h5fon  ; 

hafen   liaefen). 

hliehhan,  laugh; 

hlOh, 

hlSgon  (83,2V 

( scetftTan,  injure, 
UceaSffaa(10,N.  1); 

scod. 
sceod, 

sco  don. 
soeodon. 

INFLECTION:    CONJUGATION.  lvii 


j   serpen 


r  scop,  scopon  ; 

scieppan  (11),  create:         \  sceop  (10,  _  - -I   m^^L. N 

v     y  I  v        sceopon;  (sceapen) 

'(It^ppan) }'  ** '  8t5p'  8t5p°n ;  8tapen' 

67™vtn}>™are;      8w5r>     8w5ron=     l87aren  i 

(10,  N.  3)     J  I    (sworen). 

Note  1.  —  In  the  pp.  the  vowel  a  is  often  changed  to  e,  or  ae.  — 
waecnan  is  a  weak  present,  which,  in  the  absence  of  a  strong  form,  is 
associated  with  the  pret.  woe.  —  sponan  (LWS  also  sponnan)  has 
the  additional  pret.  spoon,  which  is  due  to  association  with  redupli- 
cating verbs  (cf.  sponnan,  to  span).  —  weaxan  (weahsan)  has 
adopted  commonly  the  pret.  of  a  reduplicating  verb. 

Note  2. —  In  flog,  log,  slog,  etc.  (for  floh,  etc.),  grammatical 
change  (83,  2)  has  yielded  to  the  influence  of  the  pi. ;  the  return  to 
floh,  etc.,  is  due  to  the  change  of  final  g  to  h  (16,  Note). 

Note  3. —  Some  of  these  verbs  have  also  weak  forms:  hebban, 
pret.  hefde,  pp.  hefod  ;  sceffd'an,  pret.  scefrede ;  Bwerian,  sw§- 
rede,  etc. 

(b)   REDUPLICATING  VERBS.      (S.  §§  393-397.)    I'vdU^*  ^  I*  L-  '- 

89.  (1)  Reduplicating  verbs  originally  formed  the 
preterit  by  prefixing  to  the  radical  syllable  a  syllable 
of  reduplication,  which  consisted  of  the  initial  radical 
consonant  +  e,  the  vowel  of  reduplication.  A  fusion 
of  these  two  syllables  resulted  in  the  surviving  pret- 
erits. In  a  few  instances  there  are  indications  of  the 
mode  of  that  fusion;  e.g.,  pret.  of  hatan:  *he-hat 
(=  Goth,  haihait)  >  *h£-hat  >  lielit  >  het ;  similarly 
leolc,  leort,  reord,  ondreord,  occasional  (Anglian) 
preterits  of  lacan.  lsetan,  rsedan,  ondraedan. 

(2)  Reduplicating  verbs  have  the  same  resultant 
radical  vowel  in  the  entire  preterit ;  and  the  radical 
vowel  of  the  past  participle  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
present. 


Iviii     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


90.  Reduplicating  verbs  may  be  considered  as  form- 
ing two  classes :  (1)  the  e-preterit  class,  and  (2)  the 
eo-preterit  class.  The  radical  vowels  of  the  present  are 
regarded  in  subdivisions  of  these  classes. 

(1)  e-Preterit  Class. 


(a)  blondan  (8),  blend; 

blend, 

blendon ; 

blQnden. 

(6)  ha  tan,  call; 

heht,  het, 

lieton  ; 

haten. 

lacan,  leap  ; 

(leolc)  lee, 

lecon ; 

lacen. 

i  scadan,  separate, 

seed, 

scedon ; 

scaden. 

\  sceadan  (10,  N.  1); 

scead, 

sceadon ; 

sceaden. 

Note  1.  —  The  verb  hatan  has  other  forms  of  special  importance: 
(ic)  hatte,  lam  called  (named,  lhighf)  is  the  sole  relic  of  a  medio- 
passive  conjugation,  and  corresponds  to  Goth,  haitada ;  the  corre- 
sponding pi.  hatton  has  the  common  weak  pret.  form.  As  to  tense 
hatte,  hatton  are  used  both  as  presents  and  as  preterits,  and  the 
infinitive  hatan  is  also  used  with  this  passive  sense. 


dredon ; 


/  (dreord) 
I    dred, 

(leort)  let,     leton ; 

(reord)  red,  redon ; 

slep,  slepon ; 


(c)   (on)  dr iedan,  fear  ; 

1* tan,  let ; 
rsedan,  counsel; 
slSpan      |    a 
(slapan)  / '  ' 

Note  2.  —  (on)drJedan  and  sltepan  occasionally  have  the  pret. 
weak:  ondriedde,  slepte,  slapte,  etc.  —  rS5dan,  on  the  other  hand, 
is  commonly  conjugated  as  a  weak  verb :  pret.  riSdde. 


drieden. 

laeten. 

rjedeu. 
f  site  pen. 
\    (slapen) 


(d)  fon  (18,  N.  2),  seize  ; 

feng, 

f  engon ; 

fongen. 

hon,  hang ; 

heng, 

hengon ; 

hQngen. 

(2)  eo-Preterit  Class. 

(a)  fealdan  (9,  a) ,  fold  ; 

feold, 

f  eoldon ; 

fealden. 

feallan,  fall; 

feoU, 

f  gollon ; 

feallen. 

heal  dan,  hold; 

h€old, 

hSoldon ; 

healden. 

wealcan,  roll ; 

w5olc, 

weolcon ; 

wealcen. 

wealdan,  wield; 

■wgold, 

weoldon ; 

wealden, 

weallan,  well ; 

weoll, 

weollon ; 

weallen. 

weaxan     \             . 

weox. 

wSoxon; 

weaxea. 

INFLECTION :    CONJUGATION. 


lix 


(b)  bonnan,  summon  ; 
sponnan,  attack ; 
gongan,  go  ; 


(benn)  beonn,       -on;  bonnen. 

(spenn)speonn,    -ou;  spQnnen. 

(geng)  geong,         -on ;  gQngen. 


Note  3.  —  gongan  is  very  irregular ;  there  is  an  inf.  gengan,  pret. 
geng  and  gengde ;  also  gang.  The  most  commonly  used  pret.  eode 
belongs  to  gan  (107,  4). 


(o)  beatan,  beat ; 

beot, 

beoton ; 

beaten. 

heawan,  hew  ; 

heow, 

heowon ; 

heawen. 

hleapan,  leap ; 

hleop, 

hleopon ; 

h  lea  pen 

(a)hneapan,  pluck; 

hneop, 

hneopon ; 

hneapen 

(o.)  blotan.  sac rifice; 

bleot, 

bleoton ; 

bloten. 

hropan,  shout  ; 

hreop, 

hreopon ; 

hropen. 

hwopan,  threaten  ; 

hweop, 

hweopon; 

hwopen. 

blowan,  bloom; 

bleow, 

bleowon ; 

blowen. 

no  wan,  flow  ; 

fleow, 

fleowon ; 

flowen. 

growan,  grow; 

greow, 

greowon ; 

growen. 

rowan,  row  ; 

reow, 

reowon ; 

r5wen. 

spowan,  succeed; 

speow, 

speowon ; 

spowen. 

(e)  jan-presents  (cf 

•87,/): 

hwesan,  wheeze  ; 

hw8os, 

hweoson ; 

hwosen. 

wepan,  weep  ; 

weop, 

wSopon ; 

w5pen. 

(/)  blawan,  blow; 

bleow, 

bleowon ; 

blawen. 

cnawan,  know  ; 

cneow, 

cneowon ; 

cnawen. 

crSwan,  crow; 

creow, 

creowon ; 

crawen. 

sawan,  sow  ; 

seow, 

seo  won ; 

sawen. 

swapan,  sweep; 

sweop, 

8  we  opon ; 

swapen. 

lx         AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


CONJUGATION   OF   STRONG    VERBS.      (S.  §§  350-378.) 

91.    Themes:   Ablaut  verbs,  singan,  to  sing;  foeran, 
to  bear.  —  Reduplicating  verb,  heaidan,  to  hold. 


Sing.  1. 

2. 

3. 
Plur.  1-3. 


Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 


Sing.  2. 
Plur.  2. 


singe 

slngest 

singe? 

sin  "raff 


singe 
singen 

sing 
singaff 


Present. 
Indicative. 

bere 

—  bir(e)st 

■»  bir(e)ff 

beraft 

Optative. 

bere 

beren 

Imperative. 
ber 
beraff 


Infinitive 
Gerund. 


singan 
to  singanne 
(-enne,  -onne) 
Pres.  Part,    singende  berende 


beran 
beranne 


healde 

hleltst,  healdest 

hielt,  healt,  healdeff 

healdaS1 


healde 
healden 


heald 
healdaff 

heaidan 

healdanne 

healdende 


Sing.  1. 

2. 

3. 
Plur.  1-3. 

song 
sunge 
song 
sungon 

Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 

sunge 
sungen 

Preterit. 

Indicative. 

baer 
baere 
baer 
bseron 

Optative. 

baere 

baeren 


heold 

heolde 

heold 

heoldon 


hgolde 
h6olden 


Past  Part,     (ge)  sungen  (ge)boren         (ge)  healden 


INFLECTION :   CONJUGATION. 


lxi 


92.  Themes:  Contracted  presents  (18,  Note  2),  seon, 
to  see;  fdn,  to  seize  (reduplicating  verb).  —  Presents  in 
-jan,  biddaii,  to  bid;  licgan,  to  lie. 


Present. 

Indicative. 

Sing.  1. 

2.      ^ 

seo 
siehst 

fo 
fehst 

bidde 
fbid(e)st 
Ibitst 

liege 

,}lig(e)st 

3.      - 

siehff 

fehff 

fbideff          flig(e)ff 
\bit(t)          lliff 

Plur.  1-3. 

seoff 

foff 

biddaff 

licgaff 

Sing.  1-3. 

sSo 

Optative. 
fo 

bidde 

liege 

Plur.  1-3. 

seon 

fdn 

Imperative. 

bidden 

licgen 

Sing.  2.      - 

seoh 

foh 

bide 

lige 

Plur.  2. 

seoff 

foff 

biddaff 

licgaff 

Infinitive. 

seon 

fon 

biddan 

licgan 

Gerund. 

to  seonne 

fonne 

biddanne 

licganne 

Pres.  Part. 

seonde 

fonde 

Preterit. 
Indicative. 

biddende 

licgende 

Sing.  1. 
2. 
3. 

seah 
sawe 
seah 

feng 

fenge 

feng 

bad 
mr  baide 
bffld 

l«g 

liege 
laeg 

Plur.  1-3. 

sawon 

fengon 

Optative. 

beedon 

ltegon 

Sing.  1-3. 

sawe 

fenge 

baide 

liege 

Plur.  1-3. 

sawen 

fengen 

baiden 

liegen 

Past  Part,     (ge)sewen    (ge)fQngen 


(ge)beden    (ge)legen 


lxii      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

93.  (1)  The  personal  endings  of  the  verb  exhibit 
some  variations.  The  older  ending  of  the  1  sg.  pres. 
indie,  is  -u  (-o),  but  its  use  is  restricted  even  in  EWS ; 
the  prevailing  ending  is  -e  (conforming  to  -est,  -etf). 

The  2  sg.  pres.  indie,  originally  ended  in  -es  (<  *-is) ; 
the  subjoined  pronoun  tfu  contributed  the  added  t.  In 
EWS  -es  is  occasionally  found,  and  sometimes  the  inter- 
mediate form  -eso\  but  the  common  form  is  -est. 

The  older  ending  of  the  pret.  indie,  pi.  -un  is  used  in 
EWS,  but  not  as  frequently  as  -on  (-an).  In  LWS  the 
regular  ending  -on  is  often  weakened  to  -an,  -un,  etc. 

For  the  opt.  pi.  ending  -en,  pres.  and  pret.,  -on  and 
-an  sometimes  occur  in  EWS  ;  but  in  LWS  this  ending 
-en  is  very  commonly  disguised  under  the  weakened 
forms  -on,  -an,  -un,  etc. 

(2)  When  the  pronominal  subjects  we,  we,  ge,  ye,  are 
placed  immediately  after  the  verb,  the  verbal  ending  is 
often  (not  uniformly)  reduced  to  -e.  Originally  this 
form  was  in  all  probability  restricted  to  the  adhortative 
optative ;  the  -e  would  therefore  represent  a  reduction 
of  -en.  But  in  the  historic  periods  of  West-Saxon  the 
indie,  pres.  and  pret.  and  the  imperative  (-a<y  and  -on  also 
giving  way  to  -e)  are  found  attracted  into  this  usage. 

Thus,  we  (ge)  cwe8Fao\  but  cweffe  we  (ge) ;  we 
(ge)  magon,  but  mage  we  (ge);  we  (ge)  nimen,  but 
nime  we  (ge) ;  we  (ge)  comon  (sohton),  but  come 
(sohte)  we  (ge). 

(3)  The  2  sg.  imperative  of  presents  in  -jan  with 
short  radical  vowel  have  the  ending  -e,  and  simplify 
the  geminated  consonant  (bide,  lige). 

Note.  —  The  2  sg.  pret.  of  ablaut  verbs  has  that  form  of  the  radical 
vowel  which  belongs  to  the  pret.  pi.  and  optative ;  it  is,  presumably,  an 
optative  form  transferred  into  the  indicative  (cf.  105,2). 


I- 


INFLECTION:   CONJUGATION.  lxiii 

(4)  The  2  and  3  sg.  pres.  indie,  have  three  special  feat- 
ures :  (1)  The  geminated  consonants  of  presents  in  -jan 
are  simplified :  bidest,  bideff ;  ligest,  ligeiflF.  (2)  The 
radical  vowel  is  changed  in  a  manner  corresponding  to 
the  operation  of  umlaut.  This  process  is  therefore  called 
umlaut,  although  it  is  older  than  the  ordinary  umlaut 
and  includes  the  change  of  e  into  i.  This  umlaut  is 
not  uniformly  operative;  it  is  most  regular  in  EWS. 
(3)  The  personal  endings  may  be  syncopated,  that  is, 
the  e  of  -est,  -ear  may  disappear*;  the  consequent  combi- 
nation of  the  final  radical  consonant  and  -st,  -tf  produces 
results  the  more  common  of  which  are  the  following : 

(a)  d  +  st  becomes  tst:  biddan,  tfu.  bitst;  stonrian. 
tfu.  stentst.  This  coincides  with  t  -f  st :  bitan,  tfu 
bitst;  gietan,  tfu  gi(e)tst. 

(6)  9"  -f  st  becomes  tst  or  st:  sniffan,  tfu.  snitst; 
iveoraran,  tfu  wi(e)rst;  cwetTan,  tfu  cwist. 

(0  S  +  st  becomes  (less  frequently)  bst :  leogan,  tfu 
li(e)hst;  stigan,  tfu  stigst,  stlhst.  And  occasionally 
c  4-  st  becomes  bst:  secan,  tfu  secst,  sehst;  but  brucan, 
tfu  bryest,  etc. 

(c?)  d  and  t  +  ff  become  t  or  tt:  biddan,  he  bidt, 
bit(t) ;  bebeodan,  he  bebiet(t) ;  etan,  he  it(t) ; 
feohtan,  he  fieht ;  hatan,  he  hset. 

(e)  tf  +  tf  becomes  tf :  cweffan,  he  cwitf ;  sniffan, 
he  sniff  ;  weorffan,  he  wierflF. 

(/)  s  4  tf  becomes  st :  ceosan,  he  ciest ;  gehreosan, 
he  gehri(e)st ;  forleosan,  he  forli(e)st. 

(#)  S  4  tf  becomes  (less  frequently)  htf :  dreogan, 
he  dri(e)g<y,  dri(e)h9' ;  leogan,  he  li(e)g<y,  H(e)h<y. 
Occasionally  c  +  9  becomes  hSF :  secan,  he  seeff,  sehtf ; 
but  ffyncan,  tfynctf,  etc. 


lxiv      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  WEAK  VERBS.     (S.  §  398.) 

94.  There  are  three  classes  of  Weak  Verbs :  (1)  the 
jo-class,  (2)  the  o-class,  and  (3)  the  ai-class.  The  Pret- 
erit and  the  Past  Participle  of  all  classes  are  formed  in 
d(t). 

Note  1.  —  The  formative  and  derivative  -jo-  (more  strictly,  -ejo-) 
is  the  same  element  which  is  employed  hi  the  presents  of  strong  verbs 
in  -jan.  The  verbs  of  the  First  Class  may,  therefore,  with  equal  pro- 
priety, be  called  verbs  in  -jan. 

Note  2.  —  Most  weak  verbs  are  derivative.  Thus,  dom,  judgment,  > 
deman  (<*domian),  to  judge  ;  cnS1,  adj.,  known,  >  cyffan  (<*cuff- 
ian),  to  make  known  ;  feorr,  adv.,  far,  >  a-fierran  «  *-feorrian),  to 
remove;  tac(e)n,  token,  >  tacnian  (<  *tacnojan),  to  betoken. 

Some  weak  verbs  are  the  transitive  (or  causative)  complements  of 
corresponding  intransitive  strong  verbs,  the  radical  syllable  of  the  weak 
verb  corresponding  to  that  of  the  pret.  sg.  of  the  strong  verb.  Thus, 
licgan,  to  lie,  pret.  sg.  laeg,  —  lecgan,  to  lay  (<  *laegjan) ;  sittan,  to 
sit,  pret.  sg.  saet,  —  sittan,  to  set  (<*saetjan);  cwelan,  to  die,  pret. 
sg.  cwael,  —  cweUan,  to  kill  (<  *cwieljan) ;  risan,  to  rise,  pret.  sg. 
ras,  —  rairan,  to  rear,  raise  (<  *rarian  ;  r  <  s)  ;  drincan,  to  drink, 
pret.  sg.  drcjnc, —  drencan,  to  drench  (<*droncian). 


CONJUGATION   OF    THE   FIRST   CLASS    OF   WEAK   VERBS. 
(S.  §§  409,  410.) 

95.    Themes:  fr^mman,  to  perform;  herian,  to  praise 
deman,  to  judge;  lsedan,  to  lead. 


Present. 

Indicative. 

Sing.  1. 
2. 

f  rem  me 
fremest 

herie 
herest 

deme 
dem(e)st 

laide 
/lied(e)8t 
I  laitst 

3.      - 

frejneS' 

hereff 

dem(e)ff 

/  ladeff,  la 
t    lat 

Plur.  1-3. 

fr^mmaff 

heriaff 

demaU 

lsedaff 

INFLECTION :    CON  JUG  A  TION. 


lxv 


Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 


Sing.  2. 
Plur.  2. 


Infinitive. 
Genind. 


fr^mme 
fre_  milieu 


fr^me 
fremmaff 


Optative. 

herle  deme 

herien  demea 


Imperative. 
here 
heriaff 

herian 


fremman 

f  to  fremmanne     -,--.. 

■{  x  „    nerianne 

l    (enne, -onne) 

Pres.  Part,    fr^mmende         heriende 


dem 
demaff 


lsede 
lieden 


laid 
lSdaff 


demari  laedan 

deninne         kTdanne 
demende        liedeude 


Sing.  1.  fremede 

2.  fremedest 

3.  fremede 
Plur.  1-3.  fremedon 


Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 


fremede 
fremeden 


Past  Part,     (ge)  fremed 


Preterit. 
Indicative. 

herede  demde  lSdde 

h^redest  demdest  lieddest 

herede  demde  l&dde 

heredon  demdon  lasddon 


Optative. 

herede 

hereden 


demde 
demden 


laidde 
lffidden 


(ge)hered    (ge)demed  {  <«£™£d) 


96.  (1)  The  j  (i)  of  the  element  -jo  (which  became 
-io-  after  a  long  radical  syllable;  cf.  11,  Note  2)  pro- 
duces umlaut  of  the  radical  vowel,  and  gemination  of 
the  final  radical  consonant,  when  single  (except  r),  after 
a  short  radical  vowel  (11). 

Thus,  fr^niman  (<*frQmjan);  herian  (<*haerjan); 
deman  (<  *domian). 

(2)  The  geminated  consonant  is  simplified  in  the  2 
and  3  sg.  pres.  indie,  and  in  the  2  sg.  imperative  (cf. 
93,  3,  4):  fr^mest,  fr^mear,  fr^me. 


lxvi     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

Verbs  in  r  exhibit  the  various  graphic  substitutions 
for  i  (j)  +  a  vowel  (10,  Note  3).  Thus,  h§rian, 
hergan,  herigean,  etc. ;  1  sg.  pres.  indie,  herie,  herge, 
herige,  etc. 

Note  1.  —  In  the  2  and  3  sg.  pres.  indie,  syncope  of  the  vowel  of 
the  personal  ending  is  most  frequent  with  verbs  having  a  long  radical 
syllable:  dem(e)st,  dem(e)8',  etc. 

(3)  The  2  sg.  imperative  ends  in  -e  (with  simplifica- 
tion of  the  geminated  consonant),  but  when  the  radical 
syllable  is  long  this  ending  disappears :  freme,  dein 
(cf.  93,  3). 

Note  2.  —  In  a  few  instances  in  EWS  and  somewhat  oftener  in 
LWS,  the  2  sg.  imperative  ending  -e  is  found  after  a  long  radical 
syllable:  lsere,  teach;  se,nde,  send;  hiere,  hear. 

(4)  An  external  agreement  in  some  forms  between 
verbs  in  r  (like  herian ;  nerian,  to  save ;  derian,  to 
injure)  and  verbs  of  the  Second  Class,  has  gradually 
brought  these  verbs  in  r  into  more  or  less  frequent  and 
complete  conformity  with  the  conjugation  of  the  Second 
Class.  Thus,  3  sg.  pres.  indie,  derear  and  dera^F;  pret. 
sg.  nerede  and  nerode ;  styrian,  to  stir,  pret.  sg.  styrede 
and  styrode. 

This  resultant  double  mode  of  conjugation  has  also  been 
extended  to  other  verbs.  Thus,  fremman  and  fr^mian, 
3  sg.  pres.  indie,  fr^meff  and  fr^maflf,  pret.  sg.  fr^mede 
and  fremode,  pp.  framed  and  fremod;  dweUan  (98) 
and  dweHan,  to  deceive;  trymnian  and  trymian,  to  con- 
firm, etc. 


INFLECTION:   CONJUGATION.  lxvii 

FORMATION   OF   THE  PRETERIT  TENSE  AND   OF  THE 
PAST  PARTICIPLE.      (S.  §§  401-108.) 

97.    (1)  Verbs  with  an  originally  short  radical  sylla- 
ble (i.e.  those  which  admit  of  gemination  of  the  final    ' 
radical  consonant  and  those  in  r;   11)  have  the  pret. 
(sg.)  in  -ede  and  the  pp.  in  -ed,  with  simplification  of 
the  geminated  consonant  and  with  umlaut  of  the  radical  j 
vowel :  framed©,  (ge)fr^med ;  h§rede,  (ge)h^red. 

Note  1.  —  lecgan,  to  lay,  is  exceptional  in  having  syncope  of  the 
middle  vowel:  pret.  l^gde  (lede,  16),  pp.  l?gd  (led). 

Note  2.  —  Verbs  in  d  or  t  syncopate  the  middle  vowel  and  t  +  d 
becomes  tt:  hre,ddan,  to  liberate,  pret.  hr^dde,  pp.  hr^d(d);  tr§d- 
dan,  to  tread,  pret.  tr^dde,  pp.  tr^d(d) ;  Icjttan,  to  hinder,  pret.  lette, 
pp.  l^t(t) ;  settan,  to  set,  pret.  sette,  pp.  s^t(t).  In  the  uninflected 
form  these  participles  sometimes  retain  the  middle  vowel :  t  reded, 
seted,  etc. 

So  also  verbs  in  the  derivative  -ettan  (=  -e^tan;  Goth,  -atjan), 
like  bliccettan,  to  lighten,  ondettau,  to  confess,  onettan,  to  hasten, 
etc.:  llcettan,  to  pretend,  pret.  licette,  pp.  licet(t). 

(2)  Verbs  with  an  originally  long  radical  syllable 
syncopate  the  middle  vowel  in  the  preterit  (-ede  >  -de), 
and  usually  in  the  inflected  forms  of  the  past  participle 
that  have  a  vocalic  case-ending.  The  radical  vowel  is 
umlauted:  pret.  denide,  pp.  demed,  pi.  demde. 

Note  3.  —  The  pp.  of  verbs  in  d  or  t  (cf.  97,  Note  2)  often  synco- 
pate the  middle  vowel :  landed,  lied(d) ;  hydan,  to  hide,  pret.  hydde, 
pp.  hyded,  hyd(d)  ;  metan,  to  meet,  pret.  mette,  pp.  meted,  met(t). 

When  preceded  by  a  consonant,  d  +  d  and  tt  (<  t  +  d)  are  simpli- 
fied :  sendan,  to  send,  pret.  s^nde,  pp.  sanded,  s^nd ;  wejidan,  to  turn, 
pret.  wejide,  pp.  winded,  w§nd ;  hsef  tan,  to  seize,  pret.  haef  te,  pp. 
haefted,  haeft ;  westan,  to  lay  toaste,  pret.  weste,  pp.  wested,  west. 

Note  4.  —  Other  phonetic  changes  resulting  from  the  combination 
of  a  final  radical  consonant  and  the  d  of  the  pret.  and  pp.  are  the 
following : 

(a)  After  a  voiceless  consonant  (c,  p,  t,  IF,  ss,  x  (=  cs)),  d  becomes 
t:  drencan,  to  drench,  pret.  drenete,  pp.  dre,nced,  pi.  drencte;  hys- 


lxviii      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

pan,  to  revile,  pret.  hyspte;  clyppan,  to  embrace,  pret.  clypte,  pp. 
clypt ;  for  verbs  in  t  see  the  preceding  Note ;  cyssan,  to  kiss,  pret. 
cyste,  pp.  cyssed ;  lixan,  to  shine,  pret.  lixte. 

Verbs  in  the  derivative  -lajc(e)an  have  the  pret.  and  pp.  in  ct  or 
ht :  nealaJcan,  to  approach,  pret.  nealaiete,  nealaihte,  pp.  nealSct, 
nealaiht.  This  change  of  ct  into  ht  is  found  occasionally  in  other 
verbs:  lecan,  to  increase,  pret.  iecte,  lehte,  pp.  leced,  iect,  lent; 
ffryccan,  to  oppress,  pret.  ffrycte,  ffryhte,  pp.  ffrycced. 

(6)  8F  +  d  remains,  or  becomes  dd :  cyffan,  to  make  known,  pret. 
cyffde,  cydde,  pp.  cyffed,  cyd(d);  neffan,  to  venture,  pret.  neffde, 
nedde. 

(c)  The  usual  pret.  of  nemnan,  to  name,  is  nemde,  and  of  % f nan, 
raefnan,  to  perform,  efnde,  rsef  nde ;  but  verbs  in  a  consonant  +  n,  1, 
r  generally  retain  the  n,  1,  or  r  in  the  form  of  a  syllable  (ne ;  el,  le ; 
er,  re),  and  are  thus  attracted,  particularly  in  LWS,  into  the  Second 
Conjugation :  pret.  n^mnode,  efnede ;  pp.  nemned,  ne,mnod,  pi. 
n^mde,  nemnede,  nemnode  ;  timbran  (timbrian),  to  build,  pret. 
timberde,  timbrede,  timbrode,  pp.  timbred,  timbrod  ;  dieglan, 
to  conceal,  pret.  diegelde,  dieglede,  dieglode,  etc. 

(d)  In  the  pret.  and  pp.  of  verbs  in  rw  and  lw  the  w  sometimes 
disappears :  gierwan,  to  prepare,  pret.  gierede,  pp.  gierwed,  giered ; 
wielwan,  to  roll,  pret.  wielede,  pp.  wielwed.  Many  of  these  verbs 
(with  or  without  the  w  in  all  forms)  are  attracted  in  LWS  into  the 
Second  Conjugation :  smierwan,  to  anoint,  smyrian ;  pret.  amyrode, 
pp.  smyrod ;  wielwan  (wylwian,  wylian) . 

VERBS   WITHOUT  THE  MIDDLE  VOWEL.'     (S.  §  407.) 

98.  In  the  verbs  of  the  following  group  the  middle 
vowel  e  (<i)  was  never  present^  These  verbs  have 
therefore  two  special  features :  (1)  The  lack  of  umlaut 
in  the  preterit  and  in  the  past  participle ;  and  (2)  the 
(Germanic)  change  of  oiiginal  c  and  g  +  trinto  lit. 

Thus,  cw§cc(e)an  (10.  Note  2),  to  shake,  <*cwaecjan 
(11),  pret.  cweahte  <  *cwaehte  (9,  a)\  sec(e)an,  to 
seek,  <  *socian,  pret.  sohte;  ar^nc(e)au,  to  think,  < 
*afQncian  (8),  pret.  3ohte  <  *9'<?nhte ;  <3Fync(e)an,  to 
seeni,  pret.  3uhte  <  *3Tunhte. 

w  C  iu-  &  c  i  a^.   ,    cu>9«c  etc       O-  c  ujoe  c"^ 


INFLECTION :    VON  JUG  A  TION. 


lxix 


Note  1.  —  Sohte  and  ffnhte  illustrate  the  Germanic  disappearance 
of  n  before  the  voiceless  spirant  h,  with  compensatory  lengthening  of 
the  preceding  vowel  (cf.  8,  Note).  S^w^~ 


Vl*Ufr*-0-~~   <JLgC 


.z:t 


The  group  is  as  follows : 


ijit' 


cwellan,  kill,' 
dweUan,  deceive  ; 
sellan,  give; 
stellan,  place  ; 
tellan,  count; 

cwecc(e)an,  shake; 

drecc(e)an,  vex; 
lecc(e)an,  moisten; 
recc(e)an,  expound; 
etrecc(e)an,  stretch; 
<Fecc(e)an,  cover; 
wecc(c)an,  wake; 
laecc(e)an,  seize ; 
bep«ec(e)an,  deceive; 
raec(e)an.  reach; 
taic(e)an.  teach ; 
rec(e)an   >  fc 

recc(e)an  J 
sec (e) an,  seek ; 
ffenc(e)an,  think; 
ffync(e)an,  seem ; 
wyrc(e)an,  work ; 
bycg(e)an,  buy  ; 
bringan^  ft 
br^ngan  J  t 


cwealde ; 

dweakio ; 

sealde ; 

stealde ; 

tealde ; 
/  cweatate ; 
I  cwehte ; 

dreahte,  ($) ; 

leahte,  (ej ; 

reahte,  (e) ; 

streahte,  ($) ; 

fifeahte,  ($) ; 

weahte,  (ej ; 

lah te ; 

bepaihte ; 

rsehte; 

tsehte ; 

rohte. 

sohte ; 
ffohte ; 
ffiihte ; 
worhte ; 

bohte ; 

brohte ; 


T^ 


(ge)c  weald. 
(ge)dweald. 
(ge)seald. 
(ge)steald. 
(ge)teald. 
(ge)cweaht. 
(ge)cweht. 
(ge)dreaht,  (e,). 
(ge)leatat,  (ej. 
(ge)reaht,  (ej. 
(ge)streaht,  (ej. 
(ge)3"eaht,  (e.) 
(ge)weaht,  (?). 
(ge)laeht. 
bepaiht. 
(ge)raiht. 
(ge)  taint. 


(ge)soht. 

(ge)ffoht. 

(ge)ffQht. 

(ge)worht. 

(ge)boht. 


gebroht. 


Note  2. —  In  LWS  dwellan  has  also  the  forms  dwellan,  pret. 
dwelede,  dwejode,  pp.  divvied,  dwelod  (96,  4).  A  trace  of  an 
ablaut  verb  dwelan  is  found  in  the  pret.  d(w)ael.  The  pp.  of  teUan 
also  appears  as  teted,  and  sellan  is  in  LWS  usually  syllan. 

Note  3.  —  In  LWS  wecc(e)an  often  becomes  wrecc(e)an.  A 
difference  of  origin,  apparently,  underlies  rec(e)an  (<*roclan)  and 
recc(e)an  (<*raecjan)  ;  so,  too,  bringan  and  brengan.  A  trace  of 
an  ablaut  verb  is  the  pp.  brungen.    I      A^-it-vo- 

Note  4. —  In  bepaec(e)an,  ri!ec(e)au,  and  taec(e)an  the  umlauted 
vowel  of  the  present  has  been  transferred  to  the  pret.  and  pp.     The 


Ixx      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

more  correct  forms,  raht(e)  and  taht(e),  occur  occasionally  in  both 
EWS  and  LWS. 

Note  5.  —  In  LWS  metathesis  occasionally  takes  place  in  the  pret. 
and  pp.  of  wyrc(e)an  :  wrohte,  wroht;  and  forwyrhte,  forwyrht 
(with  the  vowel  of  the  present)  occur. 

Note  6.  —  Occasionally  in  EWS  and  almost  always  in  LWS  the 
ea  before  ht  in  the  pret.  and  pp.  of  verbs  in  c  becomes  §;  this  is 
either  by  transference  of  the  vowel  of  the  present,  or  (less  proba- 
bly) by  palatal-umlaut  (15,  Note  1):  cwejite,  (ge)cweht;  drehte, 
(ge)drejit,  etc. 

THE   SECOND   CLASS   OF  WEAK  VERBS.      (S.  §§  411^14.) 

99.  The  class-suffix  of  verbs  of  the  Second  Con- 
jugation is  -o  (94);  by  the  addition  of  -jan  the  full 
(infinitive)  ending  became  *-ojan,  and  this  became  -ian. 
Because  of  the  original  o,  the  class-suffix  in  the  form  i 
does  not  occasion  umlaut  or  any  other  change  that  might 
be  wrought  by  an  original  i  (cf .  7,  Note) ;  on  the  other 
hand,  the  class-suffix  may  cause  u-o-umlaut  (14) :  clip- 
ian,  cliopian,  to  cry  out;  hlinian,  hlionian,  to  lean,  etc. 

Note  1.  — Umlaut  appearing  in  a  verb  of  this  class  is  due  either  to 
transference  from  the  First  Class  (96,  4;  97,  Note  4,  c),  or  to  the 
word  from  which  the  verb  is  derived:  endian,  to  end  [ejnde,  end]; 
clainsian,  to  cleanse  [claine,  adj.  jo-stem,  clean']. 

Note  2.  —  In  metrical  usage  the  class-suffix  has  a  secondary  stress 
(5,  Note). 

CONJUGATION  OF  THE  SECOND  CLASS  OF  WEAK  VERBS. 

100.  Themes :  bodian,  to  proclaim;  smeag(e)an,  to 

consider. 

>v>  Present. 

Indicative. 

Sing.  1.  bodle,  (-lge)  smeage 

2.  bodast  smeast 

3.  bodaft  smeaST 
Plur.  1-3.       bodiaff,  (-ig(e)aff)  smeag(e)aff 


INFLECTION :   CONJUGATION. 


lxxi 


Optative. 

Sing.  1-3. 

bodle,  (-Ige) 

smeage 

Plur.  1-3. 

bodlen,  (-igen) 

smeagen 

Sing.  2. 

Imperative. 
boda 

smea 

Plur.  2. 

bodiaff,  (-lg(e)aff) 

smeag(e)aff 

Infinitive. 

bodian,  (-ig(e)an) 

smeag(e)an,  (smeau) 

Gerund. 

/  bodianne,  (-ig(e)anne, 

I    -eiiiie,  -onne) 

smeag(e)anne 

Pres.  Part. 

,    bodiende,  (-Igende) 

Preterit. 
Indicative. 

smeagende 

Sing.  1. 

bodode,  (-ade,  -ude) 

smeade 

2. 

bododest 

smeadest 

3. 

bodode 

smeade 

Plur.  1-3. 

bododon,  (-edon) 

Optative. 

smeadon 

Sing.  1-3. 

bodode,  (-ade,  -ude) 

smeade 

Plur.  1-3. 

bododen  (-edon) 

smeaden 

Past  Part. 

(ge)bodod,  (-ad,  -ud) 

(ge)smead 

Note  1.  —  In  these  verbs  the  graphic  substitutions  for  le,  la  are 
common  (10,  Note  3). 

Note  2.  —  The  variant  forms  of  the  class-vowel  o  of  the  pret.  are 
a,  u  ;  less  frequently  e,  except  in  the  pi.,  where  e  shares  the  preference 
equally  with  o. 

Note  3.  —  trfiwian,  to  trust  (originally  of  the  Third  Class),  and 
ffeowian,  to  serve,  sometimes  syncopate  the  middle  vowel  in  the 
preterit:  trfiwde,  ffeowde;  with  loss  of  the  w,  ffeode  (ffeodde). 


101.   smeag(e)an    (<  *smeahojan  <  *smauhojan) 

represents  a  small  number  of  contract  verbs  :  feog-(e)an 
(<*fio3an),  to  hate;  freog(e)an  (<  *friojan),  to  love, 


lxxii     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

to  free;  scog-(e)an  (<  *sc5hojan),  to  shoe;  tweog(e)an 
(<  *twehojan),  to  doubt;  9reag(e)an,  to  rebuke;  *teo- 
g(e)an  (pret.  teode),  to  arrange;  and  apparently  b5- 
g(e)an  (3  sg.  hbtf),  to  boast. 

THE  THIRD  CLASS   OF   WEAK  VERBS.      (S.  §§  415,  416.) 

102.  Weak  verbs  of  the  Third  Class,  of  which  the 
original  class-suffix  was  -ai  (94),  are  few  in  number, 
and  these  retain  only  in  part  the  features  of  the  original 
conjugation. 


CONJUGATION"   OF  THE  THIRD   CLASS   OF  WEAK  VERBS. 


103.    Themes:    habban,   to   have;   libban,    to   live; 


, 


s§cg(e)an,  to  say. 


Sing.  1. 

2. 

3. 
Plur.  1-3. 


Present. 
Indicative. 


haebbe 
ha  fast,  haefst 
hafaff,  haefff 
habbaff,  haebbaS1 


/ 


libbe,  lifge 
liofast(14),lifast 
liofaff,  lifaff 

libbaff,  llf(i)g(e)aV,  lifiaff 


Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 


haebbe 
haebben 


Optative. 


libbe,  lifi(g)e 
libben,  lifi(g)en 


Sing.  2. 
Plur.  2. 

Infinitive. 

Gerund. 


hafa 
habbaff 


Imperative. 


liofa 

libbaff,  lif  (l)g(e)aff 


f  libban,  lif  (i)g(e)an,  lifian, 
I    liofian 


habban 

habbanne,  (-enne,  -onne)      llbbanne,  lif(i)(g)enne 


Pres.  Part,    haebbende 


libbende,  lif  (i)(g)ende 


INFLECTION :   CON  JUG  A  TION. 


lxxiii 


Preterit. 

Sing.  1. 
2. 
3. 

haefde 

haefdest 

haefde 

Indicative. 

lifde,  Hofode 
lifdest,  liofodest 
lifde,  liofode 

Plur.  1-3. 

haefdon 

lifdou,  llofdon 

Sing.  1-3. 

haefde 

Optative. 

lifde,  liofode 

Plur.  1-3. 

haefden 

lifden,  liofoden 

Past  Part. 

(ge)haBfd 

(ge)lifd,  (ge)liofod 

Note.  —  habban  with  1 
naebban. 

;he  negative  adverb 

ne  prefixed  becomes 

'  7^«-3 

Sing.  1. 

2. 

3. 
Plur.  1-3. 

Present. 

Indicative. 
s?cge 

sagast,  saegst,  segst 
sagaff,  saeg(e)8',  s^g(e)ff 
secg(e)aff 

Preterit. 

saegde,  saede  (16) 
saegdest,  saedest 
saegde,  saede 
saegdon,  saedon 

'  v'4 

Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 

secge 
secgen 

Imperative. 

Optative. 

saegde,  saede 
ssegden,  saeden 

Sing.  2. 
Plur.  2. 

saga,  s^ge 

secg(e)aff 

■■\    ■ 

Infinitive. 

secg(e)an 

Past  Part. 

(ge)saegd,  (ge)saed 

Gerund. 

/  secg(e)anne,  (-onne, 

I    secgenne) 
Pres.  Part,    secgende 


104.  Traces  of  this  conjugation  are  left  in  fylg(e)an, 
to  follow,  pret.  fylgde,  and  hycg(e)an,  to  think,  pret. 
hogde ;  but  these  verbs  have  besides  conformed  com- 
pletely to  the  Second  Conjugation :  folgian,  folgode ; 
hogian,  hogode. 


lxxiv     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

preteritive  present  verbs,    (s.  §§  417-425.) 

105.  (1)  There  are  some  verbs  which,  in  all  the 
Germanic  languages,  employ  in  the  present  exclusively 
(Indicative  and  Optative)  forms  of  original  ablaut  pret- 
erits (the  original  presents  being  lost).  Accordingly 
they  are  called  preteritive  present  verbs. 

The  other  parts  of  the  system  of  present  forms, 
namely,  the  Imperative,  the  Infinitive,  the  Gerund,  and 
the  Present  Participle,  are  based  upon  the  indicative 
plural  of  these  preteritive  presents.  Upon  the  basis 
of  the  same  form  of  the  radical  syllable,  the  conjuga- 
tion of  the  tenses  is  made  complete  by  weak  preterits 
in  d  (t);  whereas  the  Past  Participles  (so  far  as  they 
occur)  are  in  -en,  as  with  Strong  verbs. 

(2)  These  verbs  are  special  in  retaining  some  feat- 
ures of  the  more  primitive  conjugation  of  ablaut  verbs : 
(a)  the  2  sg.  of  the  preteritive  present  is  in  t  or  st, 
without  change  of  the  radical  syllable  (cf.  93,  Note) ; 
(6)  there  is  a  partial  survival  of  the  umlauted  optative : 
dyge,  duge;  flfyrfe,  <3Furfe.  On  the  other  hand,  the 
influence  of  the  regular  conjugation  has  occasioned  such 
forms  as  pi.  (ge)muna<3f ;  2  pi.  imperative  witacT. 

106.  The  preteritive  present  verbs  are  classified  in 
accordance  with  their  relation  to  the  ablaut  verbs : 

(1)  Class  I.  —  (a)  Infinitive,  witan  (wietan ;  wiotan, 
weotan ;  14),  to  know. 


Present. 

Preterit. 

Indicative  sg.  1. 
2. 
3. 

wfit 

wast 

wat 

wi(e)8te,  wlsse 
wi(e)ste,  wisse 

pi.  1-3. 

wi(e)ton,  wloton  (14) 

wi(e)ston,  wissou 

INFLECTION:   CONJUGATION.  lxxv 

Present.  Preterit. 

Optative  sg.  wi(e)te;  pi.  -en  wi(e)ste,  wlsse;  pi. -en 

Imperative  sg.  2.    wite         Past  Part.   (ge)wi(e)ten 
pi.  2.    wltaff 

Gerund.  {  ^  (e) tanne'  ^iotonne. 

I    (enne,  etc.) 

Pres.  Part.  witende 

Note  1.  —  nytan  (<  ne  +  witan),  not  to  know,  pres.  indie,  sg.  nit, 
nfist,  nat,  pi.  nyton,  has  uniformly  y,  for  1  (ie,  io,  eo),  in  the  radical 
syllable. 

(6)  Infinitive,  agan,  to  possess.  -'fa"  '***  7*^.^  ruJU^ai- 

Pres.  Part.,  agende. 

Indicative.,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  ah  (Sg),  2.  ahst;  pi.  agon. 

Optative,  pres.,  age,  etc.        Imperative,  age. 

Preterit,  ante,  etc.  Past  Part.,  adj.,  agen,  aegen,  own. 

Note  2.  —  In  the  present  the  radical  vowel  of  the  singular  has  been 
transferred  to  the  plural  (agon,  for  *igon),  hence  the  uniformity  of 
the  radical  vowel  (infinitive  agan,  pret.  ante,  etc.).  The  negative 
theme  is  nagan  «  ne  +  agan),  not  to  possess. 

(2)  Class  II.  —  Infinitive,  dugan,  to  avail. 

Pres.  Part.,  dugende.  p 

Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  dean  (deag);  pi.  dugon. 
Optative,  pres.,  dyge  (105,  2),  duge,  etc. 
Preterit,  dohte,  etc. 

(3)  Class  III.  —  (a)  Infinitive,  unnan,  to  grant. 

Pres.  Part.,  unnende. 

Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  Qn(n),  an(n);  pi.  unnon. 
Optative,  pres.,  unne,  etc.      Imperative,  unne. 
Preterit,  fiffe,  etc.  Past  Part.,  (ge)unnen 


lxxvi     AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 

(b~)  Infinitive,  cunnan,  to  know,  can. 

Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  con(n),  can(n),  2.  const;  pi.  cunnon. 

Optative,  pres.,  cunne,  etc. 

Preterit,  cnffe,  etc.    Past  Part.,  (ge)cunnen ;  adj.,  cuff,  known. 

(c)  Infinitive,  ffurfan,  to  need. 

Pres.  Part.,  ffearfende. 

Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  frearf,  2.  ffearft;  pi.  ffurfon. 
Optative,  pres.,  ffyrfe  (105,  2),  ffurfe,  etc. 
Preterit,  fforfte,  etc. 

(d)  Infinitive,  durran,  to  dare. 

Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  dear(r),  2.  dearst;  pi.  durron. 
Optative,  pres.,  dyrre  (105,  2),  durre,  etc. 
Preterit,  dorste,  etc. 

(4)  Class  IV.  —  (a)  Infinitive,  sculon,  sceolan,  shall. 

Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  sceal,  2.  scealt;  pi.  sculon,  sceolon. 
Optative,  pres.,  scyle,  scl(e)le  (105,  2),  scule,  sceole,  etc. 
Preterit,  sceolde,  scolde,  etc. 

(6)  Infinitive,  munan,  to  be  mindful  of. 
Pres.  Part.,  munende. 

Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  mon,  man,  2.  monst;  -j  ^  '     ' "'       ' 
Optative,  pres.,  myne  (105,  2),  mune,  etc. 
Imperative,  myn(e),  mun(e);  pi.  munaff. 
Preterit,  munde,  etc.  Past  Part.,  (ge)munen. 

(5)  Class  V.  —  (a)  Infinitive,  magan,  may,  to  be  able. 

Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  maeg,  2.  meant,  mint  ;\^  '  maSon' 

I        niiegon. 
Optative,  pres.,  msege,  mage,  etc. 

Preterit,  meahte  (msehte,  mehte),  mihte,  etc. 

Note  3.  —  The  preteritive  present  sg.  maeg,  pi.  magon,  belonged, 
in  its  primitive  form,  *mog,  *magume,  to  Class  VI.    In  this  instance 


INFLECTION:   CONJUGATION. 


lxxvii 


the  radical  vowel  of  the  plural  was  extended  to  the  singular ;  associa- 
tion with  cann  may  also  have  favored  the  transformation  of  *mog. 

(5)  Infinitive,  (ge-,  be-)nugan,  to  suffice. 
Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  3.  neah  (impersonal) ;  pi.  nugon. 
Optative,  pres.,  nuge,  etc. 

Preterit,  nohte,  etc. 

(6)  Class  VI. — Infinitive,  mdtan,  may. 
Indicative,  pres.,  sg.  1.  3.  mot,  2.  most ;  pi.  moton. 
Optative,  pres.,  mote,  etc. 

Preterit,  moste,  etc. 


CONJUGATION   OF   SPECIAL  VERBS.      (S.  §§  426-430.) 

107.   Themes:  (1)  beon  (wesan),  to  be;  (2)  willan, 
to  will;  (3)  don,  to  do;  (4)  gan,  to  go. 


(1) 


Sing.  1. 
2. 
3. 

Plur.  1-3. 


Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 

Imperative. 
Infinitive. 
Gerund. 
Pres.  Part. 


eom 
eart 
is 


1/7* 


Present. 

Preterit. 

Indicative.      -  v   j£  a 

beom  (biom) 
bist    W-, 

wees 

waere 

waes 

in                 beoff  (bloff) 

wairon 

sind,  si(e)nt 
si(e)n<lon,  -uii 
siondou,  -uu 


Optative. 
sie  (si,  sig,  sy),  sio  (seo)     beo  (bio) 
sien  (sin,  syn)  beon  (bion) 

2  sg.  beo,  wes  ;  2  pi.  beoff,  wesaff 
beon  (bion),  wesan 
beonne  (bionne) 
beonde,  wesende 


wsere 
wairen 


Note  1.  —  Negative  forms  are  neom  «  ne  +  eom),  nis  (<  ne  +  is); 
naes  (<  ne  +  waes),  naere,  nSrou,  etc. — was,  nas  appear  to  be 
unaccented  forms. 


Ixxviii      AN  OUTLINE  OF  ANGLO-SAXON  GRAMMAR. 


Note  2.  —  Some  of  the  special  features  of  the  substantive  verb  are  .- 
(a)  the  employment  of  different  radicals;  (ft)  traces  of  non-thematic 
conjugation,  such  as  m  for  the  ending  of  the  1  sg.  pres.  indie,  (eoin, 
beom);  (c)  the  ending  -on  (-un)  of  the  pres.  indie,  pi.  (slndon,  etc.), 
which  is  due  to  the  influence  of  the  preteritive  presents. 

(2) 


Present. 

Indicative. 

Preterit. 

Sing.  1. 

2. 

3. 
Plur.  1-5. 

wille  (wielle),  wile 

wilt 

wille  (wielle),  wile 

willaff  (wiellaff) 

Optative. 

wolde 
woldest 
wolde 
woldon 

Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 

wille  (wielle),  wile 
willen  (wiellen) 

wolde 
wolden 

Imperative,    (only  with  negative)  2  pi.  nyllaff,  nellaff 
Infinitive.      willan  (wiellan) 
Pres.  Part,    willende  (wiellende) 

Note  3.  —  The  negative  nyllan  (<  ne  +  willan),  pret.  nolde,  etc., 
has  usually  the  vowel  y  or  e  in  the  radical  syllable  of  the  present: 
nylle,  nelle,  etc. 

Note  4. — willan  is  special  in  having  derived  its  Present  Indicative 
from  the  Optative.  The  2  sg.  wilt  is  in  conformity  with  the  preteritive 
presents,  and  the  pi.  willaff  is  the  result  of  the  influence  of  the  regular 
conjugation. 

(3)  Present.  Preterit. 

Indicative. 


Sing.  1. 

2. 

3. 
Plur.  1-5. 

Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 

Imperative. 
Infinitive. 
Pres.  Part. 


do 

dest 
deff 
doff 

do 
don 


Optative. 


dyde 

dydest 

dyde 

dydon 

dyde 
dyden 


2  sg.  do ;  2  pi.  doff 


Past  Part.  {^lf_n 
l(ge)den 
don  Gerund,    donne 

donde  Cdoende) 


INFLECTION:   CONJUGATION.  lxxix 

Note  5.  —  don  is  a  non-thematic  verb  (dialectal  1  sg.  pres.  indie. 
dom),  and  has  in  the  preterit  a  reduplicated  form  of  the  radical. 

(4)  Present.  Preterit. 

Indicative. 


Sing.  1. 
2. 
3. 

giest 
g»ff 

Plur.  1-3. 

gaff 

Sing.  1-3. 
Plur.  1-3. 

Of 

gs 

gan 

Imperative. 

2  sg.  ga ;  2  pi.  gaff 

Infinitive. 

gan 

Gerund. 

ganne 

Pres.  Part. 

gande 

eode 

eodest  Q0t  U 


eode 
eodon 


Optative. , 

Past  Part,    (ge)gfin 


eode 
eoden 


Note  6.  —  The  non-thematic  verb  gan  has  a  special  feature  in  the 
preterit  eode,  which  in  use  is  also  associated  with  the  present  gongan 
(90,  Note  3). 


PART  I. 


I. 

FROM  THE   GOSPELS. 

St.  Mark,  Chapter  IV. 

[The  text  is  based  on  the  Corpus  MS.  140  (Corp.)  in  the  library 
of  Corpus  Christi  College,  Cambridge.  Variants  are  taken  from 
A  (=  MS.  Ii.  2.  11.  of  the  Camb.  Univ.  Lib.),  and  from  B  (=  MS. 
Bodl.  441).] 

(1)  And  eft  he  origan  hi  set  )>£ere  sae  l«ran.  And  him 
waes  mycel  me_negu  to  gegaderod,  swa  }>aet  he  on  scip 
eode,  and  on  ])aere  ste  waes ;  and  eall  seo  me_negu  ymbe 
J>a  see1  wseron2  on  lancle.  (2)  And  he  hi  fela  on  bigspel- 
lum  lterde,  and  him  to  cwaeo"  on  his  lare,  (3)  Gehyrafi :    5 

.  Ut  eode  se  saedere  his  seed  to  sawenne.  .  (4)  And  pa  he 
seow,3  sum  feoll  wis  }>one  weg,  and  fugelas  comon  and 
hit  frseton.  (5)  Sum  feoll  ofer  stanscyligean,4  far  hit 
nasfde  mycele  eoroan; and  sona  up  eode,  and  for  J>am  hit 
naefde  eorSan  biccnessej  (6)  \>H  hit  up  eode,  seo  sunne  10 
hit  forswallde,  and  hit  forscrjoic,  for  )>am  hit  wyrtruman 
naefde.      (7)   And  sum   feoll   on   hornas  ;    ba  stigon  oa 

*  bornas  and  forfirysmoclcm  fset,  and  hit  wasstm  ne  baer.       t' '. 
(8)  And  sum  feoll  on  god  land,  and  hit  lealde  uppst'ig-  '"    J^a  .  ^/"V^ 
endne    and    wexendne5  waestm ;    and   an   brohte   }>ritig-  15 

1  Only  in  A.  2  A,  wses.  3  Corp.,  B,  sew. 

4  A,  stanscylian.  6  MSS..  -stigende  and  wexende. 


I.    FROM  THE  GOSPELS. 


fealdne,1  sum  syxtigfealdne,  sum  hundfealdne.     (9)  And 
he  cwseS,  Gehyre  se  oe  earan  haebbe  to  gehyrshme. 

(10)  And  pa  lie  ana  waes,  hine  axodon  past  bigspell  ]  a 
twejfe  pe  mid  him  wseron.     (11)  And  he  saxle  him,  Eow 

5  is  geseald  to  witanne  Godes  rices  gerynu ;  pain  pe  ute  synt    *  _" 

ealle  ping  on  bigspellum  gewurpafc * :  (12^  past  hi  geseonde 

^•j.    geseon,  and  na  ne  geseon ;  and  gehyrende  gehyren,  and 

ne   ongyteu  ;    pe   lass   hi   hwasnne   syn  gecyrrede,3   and 

V*"4  him  sin  hyra  syima  forgyfene.     (13)  Da  siede  he  him, 

io  Ge  nyton  pis  bigspell?   and  hu  mage  ge  ealle  bigspell 
&  fu  witan?     (14)   Se  pe  saewS,  word  he  saswS.     (15)   S3S- 

liceJ>§i.  syn*  w^   pone  weg  par  past  word  is  gesawen;     7 
and  ponne  hi  hit  gehyraiS,  sona  cymS  Satanas,  and  afyro 
past  word  pe  on  heora  heortan  asawen  vs.     (16)   And 

15  pa  synt  gelfee  pe  synt  ofer  pa  stanscyligean*  gesawen  ; 
sona  paenne5  hi  past  word  gehyraS,  and  past  mid  blisse  "' 
j-o        onfoS;   (17)  and  hi  nabbaft  wyrtruman  on  him,  ac  beo$ 
unstaftolfasste ;    and   syppan  up  cymo"  deofles  costnung e 
and  his  ehtnys  for  pam  worde,  [and  hrasdllce  hi  beoo"  ' 

20  geuntreowsode].  (18)  Hi  synd  on  porhum  gesawen,  past 
synd  pa  Se  past  word  gehyraS,  (19)  and  [-pon-no]  yrrada 
and  swicdom  woroldwelena  and  oSra  gewilnunga  paet 
word  ofprysmiaS,  and  [bit]  is  buton  wasstme  geworden.7 
(20)  And  pa  fie  gesawene  synt  ofer  past  gode  land,  pa 

25  synd  pe  paet  word  gehyrao"  and  onfofi,  and  waestm  bringafi, 
sum  prltigfealdne,  sum  syxtigfealdne,  and  sum  hund- 
fealdne. 

1  A,  pryttyg-fealdne  wsestm.  2  A,  geweorSa'S. 

8  Corp.,  B,  gescyrede  {error).        4  MSS.,  stanscylian. 

8  A,  bonne.  c  A,  costung,  B,  costnunge. 

7  MSS..  and  of  yrnrSe  and  swicdome ;  Corp.,  woroldwelene,  B, 
woroldewelene,  A,  worldwelena ;  Corp.,  B,  ofprysma'5;  MSS.,  synt 
buton  (A,  synd  butan)  .  .  .  gewordene. 


I.    FROM   THE  GOSPELS.  3 

(21)  He  sSdahim,  Cwyst  ]u  cym$  )>aet  leohtfset  }>aet  hit 
beo  under  by dene  ase.tt,  ofiSe  under  be/lde  ?  wite  geare1 
paet  hit  sy  ofer  candelstaef  ase,tt.  (22)  SoSHce  nis  nan 
Sing  behydd  J>e  ne  sy  geswutelod,  ne  nis  digle  geworden 
ac  }>aet  hit  openllce  cume.  (23)  Gehyre,  gif  hwa  earan  5 
haebbe  to  gehyranne.  (24)  And  he  cwaeS  to  him,  War- 
niaS  hwaet  ge  gehyran2 :  and  on  j>am  gemete  be  ge  metaiS, 
eow  bi6  genieten;  and  eow  bi$  gelct.3  (25)  pain  bifc 
geseald  be  hset'5 ;  and  jam  $e  naefS,  eac  J>aet  he  haef  5  him 
biS  aetbroden.  A.*.  io 

(26)  And  he  cwaeS,  Godes  rice  ys  swylce  man  wurpe 4 
god  said  on  his  land ;  (27)  and  slap0  and  arise  daeges 
and  nihtes,  and  ]>set  said  growe  and  wexe,  ponne  he  nat. 

(28)  SoSlIce  sylfwilles  seo  eorSe  waestm  bereft6;  ierest 
gaers,  sySSan  Jiar,  syj>ban   fullne   hweete   on   pirn   eare.   15 

(29)  And  bonne  se  waestm  hine  forS  bringS,  sona  he  sejit 
Iris  sicol,  for  ]>am  )>aet  rip  set  is. 

(30)  And  eft  he  cwaeS,  For  hwam  geanllcie  we  heofena 
rice  ?  o5Se  hwylcum  bigspelle  wiSmete  we  hit  ?  (31)  Swa 
swa  senepes  said,  ponne  hit  biS  on  eorSan  gesawen,  hit  is  20 
ealra  saida  laest  be  on  eorSan  synt;  (32)  and  fonne  hit 
asawen  biS,  hit  astlhS,  and  biS  ealra  wyrta  msest,  and 
haef'5  swa  mycele  bogas  baet  heofenes  fugelas  eardian 
magon  under  his  sceade.  (33)  And  manegum  swylcum 
bigspellum  he  sprsec  to  him  \>stt  hi  mihton  gehyran.  25 
(34)  Ne  spaec^he  na  butan  bigspelle ;  eall  he  his  leorn- 
ingcnihtum  asundron  relite. 

(.'!.*>)   And   [he]  saede  him  bonne  .aefen  wearS,6  Uton  ? 
faran  agen.'     (36)  And  ]a1"me,nigu  forlaetende,11  hi  on- 

1  Corp.,  B,  gere.  2  A,  geliy™^  8  A,  yht. 

4  A,  worpe.  5  .MSS.,  .sawe.a  °  Corp.,  B,  benfS. 

7  A,  gpra  8  Mss..  bra  9  A,  ongean. 

10  Corp.,  pas.  n  Corp.,  forlstan. 


- 


t+>jA^JL^.r>^.    1 


4  I.    FROM  THE  GOSPELS. 

fengon  hine  swa  he  on  scipe  waes.  And  6\>re  scipu 
waeron  mid  him.  (37)  And  fa  waes  mycel  jst  windes 
geworden,  and  yj>a  he  awearp  on  )>aet  scyp,  feet  hit  gefylled  ^  ? 
waes.1  (38)  And  he  waes  on  scipe  ofer  bolster  slapende, 
5  and  hi  awe_hton  hine,  and  cwaedon,  Ne  belimpo"  to  ]>e  paet 
we  forwnrpaft2?  (39)  And  he  aras,  and  pam  wincle  be- 
head, and  cwaeS  to  tSaere  sae,  Suwa  and  gestille.3  And  se 
wind  geswac  ]>a,  and  wearft  mycel  smyltnes.  (40)  And  he 
saede  him,  Hwi  synt  ge  forhte  ?  gyt  nabbe  geVgeleafan  ? 
(41)  And  hi  micclum5  §ge  him  ondredon,  and  cwaedon 
aelc  to  oorurn,  Hwaet  wenst  J>u  hwaet  is  *5es,  faet  him 
ivindas  and6  sae  hyrsumiaft?  (Q0  ac-U.^ 

1  A,  B,  wses  gefylled.  2  A,  forweor|>a$.  3  A,  gestyl. 

4  MSS.,  ge  nabbaff.  6  A,  mycelum ;  B,  myclum. 

6  A,  B,  wyndas  and  ;  Corp.,  wanting. 


''■■j- 

P\\j 

{&  <n- 

Jv    -H**^--. 

INS 

t  *■     /. 

S 

^i 

a 

- 

<Z  U(W    -      U>~w  ^* 


0'  X  6\  • 


^.ta.'W*^   *ll    •     5"?     rv.      n   yJU+J^     r-        &JUL 

'  J 


B(e13 


a^v 


to  4   vwcej*.   i  $** 


t_v^v~a*,-- 


yvA^»^v«.au-.-« 


O-r  /^ 


mU 


C  l/v 


T 
0  "4a 


_ 


2**.  -iff^fs  i-m*-^ -J  >  *^*c 


*-l^       '       -A.  L-_>fi«»». 


|   3  .55  .^ 

II. 

ORPHEUS  AND  EURYDICE. 

[From  the  Alfredian  version  of  the  De  Consolatione  Philosophiae 
Of  Boethius.  The  text  represents  MS.  C  (Cotton,  Otho  A.  6) ;  MS.  B 
(Bodl.  180  =  NE.  C.  3.  11)  and  Junius's  transcript  of  the  same,  J 
(Bodl.  Jun.  12),  supply  variants.] 

Hit  gelamp  'glo  ftaette  an  hearpere  waes  on  ftaere  olode 
Se  Dracia 1  vhatte,  sio  waes  on  Creca  rice ;  se  hearpere 
wees  swISe  ungefraigllce  good,  Sees  nama  wses  Orfeus ;  he 
hsefde  an  swISe  ainllc  wlf,  sio  woes  haten  Eurudice.2  Da 
ongon  mon  se_cgan  be  8am  hearpere,  haet  he  ineahte  5 
hearpian  ]>set  se  wudu  wagode,  ond  pa  stanas  hi  styredon3 
for  Sy  swege,  ond  wildu  dlbr  Sier  woldon  to  irnan  ond 
stondan  swilce  hi  tamu  wieren,  swa  stille,  Seah  hirn  me_n 
oSSe  hundas  wis  eoden,  Saet  hi  hi  na4  ne' onscunedon. 
Da  saMon  hi  haet  Sees  hearperes  wif  sceolde  acwelan,  ond  ic 
hire  saule5  mon  sceolde  laedan  to  helle.  Da,  sceolde  se 
hearpere  weorSan  swa  sarig,  ]>set  he  ne  meahte  ongernong 
oSrum  nionnum  blon,  ac  teah  to  wuda,  ond  saet  on  Saem 
muntum,  SgSer  ge  daeges  ge  nihtes,  weop  ond  hearpode, 
Saet  8a  wudas  bifedon,6  ond  8a  ea  stodon,  ond  nan  heort 
ne  onscunede7  naenne8  leon,  ne  nan  hara  naenne  hund,  ne 
nan  neat  nyste  naenne  andan  ne  naenne  e_ge  to  oSruin,  for 


1  B,  racia ; 

J,  thracia.            2  J,  Eurydice. 

8  B,  hirgedon 

*  B,  J>aet  hi 

na.                         5  B,  sawle. 

. 8  B,  bifodon. 

'B,  onscunode;  C,  -debroken.off. 

8  C,  naene. 

1  O      Av>  a. 

5 

1 


6  II.    ORPHEUS  AND  EUR  Y DICE. 

fa  Y' 
&ere  mergfte1  ftaes  sones.     D§,  Seem  hearpere  6a,  6Ghte 
6aet  hine  nanes  binges  ne  lyste  on  6isse  worulde,  6a  66hte 
he  6get  he  wolde  gesecan  heHe  godu,2  ond  onginnan  him 
6le,ccan  mid  his  hearpan,  ond  biddan  fast  hi  him  ageofen3 
5  eft  his  wlf.     pa  he  6a  6ider  com,  6a  sceolde  cunian  6iere 
helle   hund  ongean  hine,  ]>ses  nama  waes   Ceruerus*  se 
sceolde   habban   f>rio   heafdu,  ond   onf segnian 5  mid   his-1-^-^ 
steorte,   ond   plegian  wi6  hine  for  his  hearpunga.     Da    fr***"^ 
wses  6ier  eac  swI6e  $geslic  geatweard,  6ses  nama  sceolde 

10  bion  Caron,  se  haefde  eac  J'rio  heafdu,  ond  waes  swISe 
ureald.  Da  ongon  se  hearpere  hine  biddan  ]?set  he  hine 
gemundbyrde  6a,  hwile  ]>e  he  6&3r  wsere,  ond  hine  ge- 
sundne  eft  Sonan  brohte.  Da  gehet  lie  him  6aet,  for  Ssem 
he  wges  oflyst  6ses  seldcuSan  sones.     Da  eode  he  furSor 6 

15  06   he  "gemette7   '6a   graman   gydena8  Se   folcisce    m§n 
bataS  Parcas,  Sa .hL.s^cga^JSaet  on  nanura  m^n  nyten9 
nane  are,  ac  selcum  me,n  wrecen  be  his10  gewyrhtum; 
]>a,  hi   se,cga6  6eet  iveahlen11  selces  mannes  wyrde.     Da    ' 
ongon  he  biddan  heora  Iniltse  ; 12  6a  ongunnon  hi  wepan 

20  mid  him.  Da  §ode  he  furSor,6  ond  him  union  ealle^heU- 
waran  ongean,  ond  laeddon  hine  to  hiora  cyninge,15  ond 
ongunnon  ealle  sprecan  mid  him,  ond  biddan  ]>ees  Se  he 
baed.  Qnd  ]>eet  unstille  hweol  6e  Ixion  waes  to  gebunden, 
Leuita u  cy ning,  for  hisJscylde,  6aet  o6stod  for  his  hearp- 

7.5  unga ;  ond  Tantulus  se  cyning,  Se  on  Sisse  worulde 
ungemetlice  gifre  waes,  Qnd  him  Seer  Saet  ilce  yfel  filgde 15 

1  B,  mirh)>e ;  J,  mirhte.  2  B,  gatu. 

8  C,  agefen  ;  B,  ageafan.  *  C,  cerueruerus ;  B,  aruerus. 

6  B,  ongan  fssgenian.  6  C,  fur«um. 

7  C,  mette.  8  C,  metena. 

9  B,  nyton.  10  C,  be  his  broken  off. 
11  C,  walden;  B,  wealdao.  i2  C,  blisse. 

&  C,  ciainge.  » B,  lauita.  »  B,  fyljgde. 


II.    ORPHEUS 


.LVD  EURYDICE, 


Caere  gifernesse,  lie  gestilde.  Qnd  sc  vultor1  sceolde  for- 
la'tan  &et  he  ne2slat  <5a  lifre  Tyties3  Sies  oyninges,  (Se 
Line  ger  mid  8y  wltnode;  ond  eall  hellwara  wltu  gestil- 
don,  53,  hwlle  ]>e  he  beforan  Mm  cyninge  hearpodc.  Da 
he  8a  longe  ond  longe  hearpode,  ?>a  cleopode  se  hellwara 
cyning,  ond  cwse5:  <1,Wuton  agifan  'Saim'^sne  his  wif,  for 
(S;T'iu  he  Li  hseffi  geearnad  mid  his  hearpunga.'  Behead 
him  3a  Cset  lie  geare  wisse,  ftset  [he]  4  hine  ntefre  under 
I ).:c  ne  besawe,  s'ifrSan5  he  'Sonanweard  waire,  ond  sakle, 
gif  he  hine  under  baec  besawe,  tiaet  he  sceolde  forlaltan  10 
(5aet  wif.  Ac  fSa  lufe  mon  maeg  swISe  uneaSe  o^5tSe  na,6 
forbeodan :  wei  la  wei !  hweet  Orpheus  ?>a  ladde  his  wif 
mid  him,  ofi  3e  he7  com  on  faet  gemeere  leohtes  ond 
8i  »stro ;  ISa,  eode  ]>set  wif  aefter  him.  Da  he  forfi  on 8  (5eet 
leoht  com,  tSa  beseah  he  hine  under  baec  wiS  ftaes  wlfes :  13 
8a  losade  hlo  him  sona.  ^Das  leasan  spell 9  laJraft  ge- 
hwylcne  mon  (Sara  (Se  wilna'S  helle  fclostro  to  flionne, 
ond  to  (Sies  sofian  Godes  liohte  to  cumanne,  Sset  he  hine 
ne  beslo  to  his  ealdum  10  yflum,  swa  Saet  he  hi  eft  swa 
fullice  fid  lire;  m  me  swa  lie  hi  aer  dyde;  for  BSem  swa  hwa  >o 
swa  mid  tulle  "  wi!l;m  his  mod  went  to  fisem  yflum  fie  he 
;er  forlet,  ond  hi  (Sonne  fullfre^meS,  ond  hi  him  Sonne 
fullice  llciaft,  and  he  hi  naefre  forlaitan  ne  j'^nceS,12  'Sonne 


c  <*  ^-     IaVv. 


forlyst  he  eall  his  serran  good,  buton  he  hit  eft  gebete. 


1  MSS.,  ultor ;  J,  Uultor.  2  B,  wanting. 

8  C,  sticces  ;  B,  ticcies  changed  to  tyceiea  ;  J.,  Tyties. 


4  Sweet. 

7  B,  oSe  he  ;  C,  oS  he. 

i0  C,  ealdan. 


\vcr 
1 "  *1  Vs" 


6  B,  for  bam. 
8  C,  furSum. 
"  B,  fullon. 
5-  In 

ci'  r- 

/O     A 

I  1 


6  B,  oSSe  na  wanting. 
9  C,  wanting. 
12  B,  bene*,     j  -t^LUv>^ou 


■ 
-  lA^o^^-few    v. 


j     -  PNLA    it  W^» 

ACCOUNT  OF  THE  POET 

[From  the  Anglo-Saxon  version  of  Bede's  Ecclesiastical  History. 

The  text  follows  the  Tanner  MS.  (=  Tanner  10,  Bodl.  Lib.);  the 

,  <    ..j        variants  are  from  C  (=  MS.  Cotton,  Otho  B.  xi.),  0  (=MS.  279 

Corp.  C.  C.  Camb.),  and  Ca  f=  MS.  Kk.  3.  18,  Camb.  Univ.  Lib.).] 

In  Seosse  abbudissan  mynstre  waes  sum  brooor  syndrig- 
lice  mid  godcundre  gif e  'gemaered *  ond  geweorSad,  for  )>on 
lie  gewunade  gerisenlice  leoo"  wyrcan,  ]>a,  Se  to  aife^stnisse 
ond  to  arfsestnisse  belumpon  ;  swa  'Ssette  swa  h. wset_swa 
5  he  of  godcundum?stafum  ]mrh  bSceras  geleornode,  ftaet  he 
sefter  medmiclum  "faece  in  scopgereorde  mid  )>a  masstan 
e.tu>  swetnisse  ond  inbrjyrarflsse  geglengde/  ond  in  Englisc-  ^  \ 
gereorde  wel  geworht 4  for)?  brohte.  Qnd  for  his  leof- 
songum  monigra  monna  m5d  oft  to  worulde  f orhogdnisse 5 

io  ond  to  ge]>eodnisse  ]>aes  heofonlican  Hfes  onbaernde  waeron. 
Qnd  eac  swelce  monige  6$re  sefter  him  in  QngelpeodeV 
ongunnon  sef^ste  leoft  wyrcan,  ac  nsenig  hwaeSre  him  past 
gelice  don  ne 6  meahte ;  for  pon  he  nalaes  from  monnum 
ne  burh  mon  gelaered  waes  fast  he  ]?one  leoScraeft  leornade, 

15  ac  he'wass  godcundlice  gefultumod,7  ond  jmrh  Godes  gife 
pone  songcraeft  onfeng ;  ond  he  for  Son  naafre  noht  leas- 
unge,8  ne  Idles  leopes  wyrcan  ne 9  meahte,  ac  efne  pa  an     M^ 

1  Ca,  gemsersad.  2  T,  belumpen ;  0,  -on. 

3  T,  geglaengde  ;  O,  Ca,  geglencde.  4  0,  Ca,  gehwaer. 

6  0,  forhohnesse.  6  Ca.  7  O ;  T,  -med ;  Ca,  -mad. 

8  Ca,  leasunga.  9  Ca. 


8 


V*~f\ 


a.±{~ 


III.    ACCOUNT  OF  THE  POET  CjEDMON.  9 

8a  Se  to  iefe,stnisse  belumpon,  ond  his  ba1  aife,stan  tungan 

^gedeofanade 2  singan.  I       _      ^ 

Wtes  he.  se  mon,  in  weoruldhade  geseted  08  )>a  tide  j>e  .    ^-^ 
lie  wees  gelyfdre  ylde,  ond  nietre  numig  leoS  geleornade. 
(hid  he  for  pon  oft  in  gebeorscipe,  bonne  )>;er  \va±s  blisse     5    ' 

iWa^  intinga  gedemed,  ]>aet  heo  ealle  sceolden"  )mrh  e_ndebyrd- 
nesse  be  hearpan  singan,  )>onne  he  geseah  )>a  hearpan  him 
nealecan,  bonne  aras  he  for  scome4  from  fyem  symble, 
ond  ham  eode  to  his  huse.  J)a  he  pset  Jni  sumre  tide 
dyde,  gaet  he  forlet  J>aet  hus  bses  gebeorscipes,  Qnd  ut  wses  10 
gongende  to  neata  scipene,   bara  heord  him  wees  beere 

****•        ueahte  bebodenf  fa  he  8a  bier  in  gelimplice5  tide  his 

leomu  on  re_ste  gese,tte  ond  onslepte,  }>a  stod  him  sum     Pj^lvS 
•■'-  mon  aet  burh  swefn,  ond  nine  halette  ond  grette,  ond  hine  :^C'  t^T 

/0she  his  nQnian  nejnnde :  'Cedmon,  sing  me  hwaethwugu.'  15 
pa  ondswarede  he,  <jnd  cwaeS :  '  Ne  cqu  ic  noht  singan ; 
ond  ic  for  bon  of  |>eossum  gebeorscipe  ut  eode  ond  hider 
gewat,  for  bon  ic  naht  singan  ne  cuSe.'  Eft  he  cwteS  se  Se 
wis  hine6  sprecende  wses :  'HwseSre  bQ  meaht  me7  singan.' 
pa  cwaeS  he :  'Hwaet  sceal  ic  singan  ? '  CwseS  he :  '  Sing  me  20 

i-.'uftf    frumsceaft.'     pa  he  8a  }>as  andsware  onfeng,  J>a  ongon  he 

^^^sona  singan,  in  he_renesse  Godes  Scyppendes,  ]>sl  fers  ond  ba 

»+~*.  st    word  ]>e  he  nyefre  ne7  gehyrde,  bara8  e_ndebyrdnes 9  ]>is  is  : 

a.b  t  \4. 

+-  rXc^a*-  Nu  we 10  sculon.  hqrigean     heofonrlces  Weard,  25 

— sklfi  Meotodes  meShte     ond  his  in6dgej>anc, 

weorc  u  Wuldorfeeder,     swa  he  wundra  gehwaes, 

.  ece  Drihten .   or 12  onstealde. 

1  Sweet,  b«re.  2  q,  Ca,  gedafenode.  ' 

8  T,  sealde ;  O,  sceolde"  ;  Ca,  -an  ;  B,  -011.  %A  »  '^~\y*  -^ 

4  T,  for  f orscome.  5  Ca,  on  gelimplicre.  ^v  ^ 

6  C,  0,  mid  him  ;  Ca,  wr5  him.  "  T,  wanting. 

8  T,  bsere.  9  0 ;  T,  Ca,  -nesse. 

1°  T,  wanting ;  Q,abov$. the  line;  Ca... ,u,0,  Ca,  wera.  ..  .  .12.Qa,  Ord. 


IO        111.    ACCOUNT  OF  THE  POET  C^EHMON.     ^  ^ 

He  ajrest  sceop     eorgan  bearnum          ,^  ,,• 
heoi'on  to  hrofe,     halig  Scyppend ; 
fa  middangeard     monncynnes  Weard        p  ^  <  a  i  \*% 
ece  Drihten,     sefter  teode  ( ^vk^i^  J 
5  firumfoldan,  ~Frea  aelmihtig.  f'-V^T 

pa  aras  he  from  ]>a3m  slaipe,  ond  eal/pa  ]>e  he  slaipende 
song  faiste  in  gemynde  hyel'de ;  ond, ' J»i5iu  wordum  sona 
monig  word  in  ]>get  ilce  gemet  Godj3  wyrSes '  songes  to- 
gefeodde.  pa  com  he  on  morgenne 2  to  paem'tungerefan, 
^V0-  io  se 3  j>e  his  ealdormon  wees  :  ssegde  him  hvvylc  gife  he  on- 
feng;  ond  he  hine  sona  to  peere  abbudissan  gelsedde,  ond 
hire  feet 4  cyfide  ond  ssegde.  pa  heht  heo  gesomnian 
ealle  ]>&  gelteredestan  m^n  ond  pa  leorneras,  ond  him 
ondweardum  het  slogan  ]>set  swefn,  ond  past  leoft  singan, 

15  ]>set  ealra  heora  dome  gecoren  wsere,  hwaet  o$$e  hwonan 
|>aet  cumen  weere.  pa  wses  him  eallum  gesegen,  swa  swa 
hit  wses,  past  him  weere  from  Drihtne  sylfum  heofonllc 
gifu  forgifen.  pa  rehton  heo  him  ond  ssegdon  sum  halig 
spell  ond  godcundre  lare  word :  ''bebudon  him  \>sl,  gif  he 

20  meahte,  fset  he  in  swlnsunge  leo)>songes  ]>set  gehwyrfde. 
pa,  he  8a,  hsefde  ]>§,  wisan  onfongne,'  ]>a,  eode  he  ham  to 
his  huse,  ond  cwom  eft  on  morgenne,  ond  \>y  be_tstan 
leoSe  gegle.nged  him  asong  ond  ageaf  pset  him  beboden 
wees. 

25  Da,  ongan  seo  abbudisse  clyppan  ond  lufigean  ]>&  Godes 
gife  in  ]>{jam  men,  ond  heo  hine  ]>a,  monade  ond  lairde  fset 
he  wornldhad  anforlete6  ond  munuchad  onfenge :  ond 
he  ]>aet  wel  )> afode.  Qnd  heo  hine  in  paet  mynster  onfeng 
mid  his  godum,  ond  hine  gefeodde  to  gesomnunge  }>ara 

1  T,  godes  wordes.  2  Ca,  -ene ;  0,  marne. 

8  T,  wanting.  *  T,  \>&. 

*  O,  oafangerre ;  Ca,  ooiangeime. ,      6  O,  forlete ;  Ca,  forlaete. 


- 

1    I 


*\ 


'    T 


,/veru^-*^     .ZXja- 


^  V^ 


jju 


6  -C*. 


///.    ACCOUNT  OF   THE  POET  GjEDMON.         II 

Godes  )eowa,  Qnd  heht  hine  lairan  faet  getael  faes  halgan 

stteres  Qnd  spelles.     Qnd  he  eal  fa  [fe]  he  in  gehyrnesse 

geleornian  meahte,  mid  hine  gemyndgade,1  Qnd  swa  swa 

claene  neten  eodorcende3  in  paet  sweteste  leoo  gehwyrfde.3 

Qnd  his  SQng  Qnd  his  leoS  wiercm  swa  wynsumu4  to  gehyr-    5 

anne,  paette  seolfan  fa5  his  lareowas  set  his  muSe  wreqt-  n^  u-^4.. 

on6  Qnd  leornodon.      SQng  he  serest  be  middangeardes 

gescea^e,  Qnd  bi  fruman  moncynnes,  Qnd  eal  fast  stasr 

Genesis,  fast  is  seo  aereste  Moyses  booc;  Qnd  eft  bi  ut- 

gorige  Israhela  folces  of  ^Egypta  lQnde,  Qnd  bi  ingQnge  10 

fees  gehatlandes ;  Qnd  bi  oSrum  mQnegum  spellum  fees 

halgan  gewrites  canones  boca;   Qnd  bi  Cristes  m^nnisc- 

nesse,  Qnd  bi  his  frowunge,  Qnd  bi  his  upastignesse  in 

heofonas ;    Qnd  bi  faes  Halgan  Gastes   cyme,  Qnd   fara    -va  ;. 

apostola  lare ;    Qnd   eft   bi   fsem   daege7  faes   tdweardan  15 

*r-     domes,  ond  bi  fyrhtu  faes  tintregllcan  wiites,  Qnd  bi  swet- 
nesse   faes  heofonlecan  rices,  he  mQnig  leo$  geworhte ; 
ond  swelce  eac  6Ser  mQnig  be  faem  godcundan  fre_msum-  Uv^  t-CwU^, 
nessuin  ond  domnm  he  geworhte.     In  eallum  f<jera  he 
^ — geornlice  gemde 8  feet  he  me_n  atuge  from  synna  lufan  20 
Qnd  mandeeda,  ond  to  lufan  Qnd  to  geornfulnesse  awe^hte 
godra  daeda;  for  fon  he  woes,se  mon,swIj>e  aefe_st  Qnd 
regollecum  \ eodscipum  eaSmodllce  underfeodea ;  Qnd  wi?5 
f  iem  fa  tSe  in  68re  wlsan  don  woldon,  he  waes  mid  welme^J  <  Uj^xXi-**-  •  ^t- 
Ji.    micelre  e_llenwodnisse  onbaerned.  UQnd  he  for  'Son  faegre  25 

*!.io-S»de10  his  Hf  betynde  Qnd  gee.ndade.    <-*~dl~sJdt-  (-m.jiHv 

For  fon  fa  Sasre  tide  nealeecte  his  gewTtenesse  Qnd  forg- 

f5re,  fa  waes  he  feowertynum  dagum  air,  faet  he  waes 

c  HchQmllcre  untrymnesse  fryceed  Qnd  h$fgad,n  hwaeSre  to 

1  0,  gemyngade  ;  Ca,  gemynegode.  2  Ca,  oflercende. 

8  O,  Ca ;  T,  gehwerfde.  4  O,  wynsum  ;  Ca,  wynsume. 

5  O,  ba  sylfan.         6  0,  writon.  "  O,  ege.  8  0,  gymde. 

±0j  wylme.  gJ^T^^j  aende.  u  O,  befigad. 


r 


L.    k. 


1  ^aaJLv,  -ljCU*.    er^cJLi^-. 


12 


777.    ACCOUNT  OF  THE  POET  CsEDMON. 


t*»i-4st^/W  %r\^j\ 


}?on  gemetlice  faet  he  ealle  )>§,  tid  meahte  ge  sprecan  ge 
gongan.  Wses  )?ser  in  neaweste  untrumra  monna  hus,  in 
paem  heora  feaw  wses  )>aet  heo  )?a  untruman *  ond  J?a  Se  set 
forSfore  wairon  in  lsedan2  sceoldon,  ond  hiin  fasr  setsomne 
pegnianr  pa  bsed  he  his  }?egn  on  aifenne  J?sere  neahte  ]>e 
he  of  worulde  gongende  wses  fset  he  in  pseni  huse  him 
stowe  gegearwode,  fast  he  ger^stan  meahte.  pa  wund- 
rode  se  )?egn  for  hwon  he  Sses  baMe,  for  fon  him  Jmhte 
pset  his  forMor  swa  neah  ne  wsere :  dyde  hwseSre  swa 
swa  he  cwseo"  ond  bibead.  Qnd  mid  |>y  he  tSa  J?ser  on 
re_ste  eode,  ond  he  gefeonde  mode  s'u'mu  ]nng  mid  him 
sprecende  setgsedere3  ond  gleowieTide  wses  J?e  jiser  ser  inne 
wseron,  J?a  wses  ofer  middeneaht  fast  he  frsegn,  hwsefter 
heo  senig  husl  inne  hsefdon.  pa  ondswarodon  heo  ond 
cwsedon :  '  Hwylc  fearf  is  oe  husles  ?  Ne  Junre  for)? fore 
swa  neah  is,  nu  )>u  )?us  rotlice  ond  )?us  glaedlice  to  us 
sprecende  eart.'  Cwseo"  he  eft:  'Berao"  me4  husl  to.' 
pa  he  hit  )?a  on  honda  hsefde,  )?a  frsegn  he,  hwsefer  heo 
ealle  smolt5  mod  ond  buton  eallum  incan  b'li&e  to  him 
hsefdon.  pa  ondswaredon  hy  ealle,  ond  cwsedon  J?aet 
heo  nsenigne  incan  to  him  wiston,  ac  heo  ealle  him  swioe 
bljfiemode  wseron ;  ond  heo  wrixendllce  bine  bsedon  J?set 
he  him  eallum  blioe  wsere.  pa  ondswarade  he  Qnd  cwseft : 
f  Mine  broSor,6  mine  ]>a,  leofan,  ic  eoin  swiSe  blioemod  to 
eow  ond  to  eallum  Godes  monnum.'  Ond  he 7  swa  wses 
hine  getrymmende  mid  )?y  heofonlecan  wegne'ste,  ond 
him  oSres  Hfes  ingong  gegearwode.  pa  gyt  he  frsegn, 
hu  neah  }>sere  tide  weere  fsette  )>a  brooor  arlsan  sceolden* 
ond  Godes  lof  rseran9  ond  heora  uhtsong  singan.      pa 

1  O ;  %  mitrumran.  *  U ;  T,  -^57 

8  O,  setgsedere  is  placed  before  mid  him.  4  0,  me  hwaej>ere. 

5  O,  smylte.  .    . 6  0,  bro)>ro.  7  T,  wanting. 

8  T,  scolden ;  0,  sceoldon.    .  .  9.  O,  folc  l'aeran.  " 


^Lo./va«v^—       «P/vou^y««.       E-rjuua^Y^cr.^     Jy 


t)v  ? 


III.    ACCOUNT  OF  THE  POET  CJZLMON.         1 3 

ondswaredon  heo:  'Nis  hit  feor  to  f)on.'  Cwaeo-  he: 
1  Teala,1  wuton  we  wel  fsere  tide  bidan ; '  ond  )>a  him 
gebaed,  ond  hine  gesegnode  mid  Cristes  rodetacne,  ond 
his  heafod  onhylde2  to  )>am  bolstre,  ond  medmicel  fsec 
onslepte,3  ond  swa  mid  stilnesse  his  lif  gee,ndade.  Qnd 
swa  waes  geworden  )>sette  swa  swa  he 4  hluttre  mode  ond 
bilwitre  ond  smyltre  wilsumnesse  Drihtne  freode,  |>set  he 
eac  swylce  swa  smylte  deaoe  middangeard  wses  forlget-^ 
ende,  ond  to  his  gesihBe  becwom.  a  Qnd  seo  tunge  ]>e 
swa  monig  halwe_nde  word  in  }>aes  Scyppendes  lof  ges^tte, 
he  $a  swelce  eac  pa  ytmgestan  word  pa  his  he_renisse,  hine 
seolfne  segniende  Qnd  his  gast  in  his  honda  bebeodende, 
betynde.  Eac  swelce  }>aet  is  gesegen 5  pset  he  wgere  gewis  -. 
his  seolfes  forftfore  of  J»Sm  ]>e 6  we  nu  s^cgan  hyrdon.  \  *!  'lJ1/u^*w 

/ 

1  O,  tela.v         ,  ■;  2  T,  oh- ;  O,  Ca,  B,  -on.         8  O,  onslaepte. 

4  T,  wanting.  5  O,  geeewen./  •  T,  wanting. 


--'-J^ 


PART   II. 


IV. 

CYNEWULF  AND  CYNEHEARD. 

[From  the  Parker  MS.  of  the  Chronicle  (A)  in  the  library  of 
Corpus  Christi  College,  Cambridge.]  . 

755.  Her  Cynewulf  benam  Sigebryht  his  rices  ond 
Westseaxna  wiotan  for  unryhtum  deedum,  buton  Ham- 
tunscire ;  ond  he  hsefde  ba,  oj>  he  ofslog  pone  aldormon  ]>e  ^•iM^>i^tl 
him  longest  wunode.  Qnd  hiene  pa  Cynewulf  on  Andred 
5  adraifde ;  ond  he  pair  wunade,  op  peet  hiene  an  swan 
ofstang  set  Pry  fetes  fiodan,  —  ond  he  wrsec  pone  aldor- 
v%  ,  mon  Cumbran.     Qnd  se  Cynewulf  oft  miclum  gefeohtum 

feaht  uuip  Bretwalum  ;  ond  ymb  xxxi  wintra '  paes_pe  he  i*«(v 
rice  haefde,  he  wolde  adraifan  anne  aepeling,  se  waes  Cyne-  ^^j££** 
io  heard  haten,  —  ond  se  Cj^neheard  wses  pses  Sigebryhtes 
bropur.     Qnd -pa 'geascode.  he  pone  cyning  lytle  werode 
on  wifcyppe  on  M^rantune,  ond  hine  pser'berad,  ond  pone 
7  ...;.  -j— -""»       bur  utan  beeode,  eer  hine  pa,  m^n  onfunden  pe  mid  fain 
^^^        kyninge  wserun.  *  a •  •  l*«  $H3 

^^-Ci  E        iS       Qnd  pa,  ongeat  se  cyning  feet,  ond  he  on  pa  duru  eode, 
^*^rr^  <jnd  pa  unheanlice  hine  we_rede,  op  lie  on  j>one  aepeling 

locude,  ond  pa,  ut  reesde  on  hine,  ond  hine  miclum  gewund- 
ode ;  ond  hie  alle  on  pone  cyning  wserun  feohtende,  op 

pset  hie  hine  ofslaegenne  hsefdon.     Qnd  pa  on  paes  wlfes 
*«.  s. 

1  wint. 

'4  ts 


jsMl^Jl^-  ^*HJ   J^>C?    vIa*<J     S*ji><0*^ 

^\AJ  *Iy<j  Ay<f 


^kl^jx^c    h  *-tS~  bo-L  C.(v^  -£*<***%- 

^c^JU.  jn^cU  t*/S, 

5-(#  T>uo  ^,.. — «_  j^   v-»      ^        X+JCj^    t  \+ 


I 


to    iMj.»v- 


IF.     CYNEWULF  AND   CYNEHEARD.  1 5 

._ 

gebaerum  onfundon  paes  cyninges  fegnas  fa  unstilnesise, 
ond  pa  pider  urnon  swa  hwelc  swa  ponne  gearo  wear})  Qnd 
radost.  Qnd  hiera  se  aepeling  gehwelcum  feoh  end  feorh 
'gebead,  Qnd  hiera  naenig  hit  "'gepicgean  nolde;  ac  lile 
***-simle  feohtende  waeran,  op  hie  alle'liegon  butan  anum  5 
Bryttiscum  glsle,  Qnd  se  swipe  gewundad  waes. 

pa  on  mforgenne  gehierdun  paet  paes  cyninges  pegnas,  pe 
*  him  beaeftan  waerun,  paet  se  cyning  ofslaegen  waes.     pa 
ridon  lne  ]»ider,  Qnd  his  aldormon  Ugric,  ond  Wlferj^his 
pegn,  ond  pa  me_n  pe  he  beaeftan  him  lsefde  eer,  ond  ];one  10  (  5 

Beveling  qn  ]>aere  byrig  metton,  paer  se  cyning  ofslaegen    ^"*"1  IT**  Vvs-' 
keg  (ond  pa  gatu^him  to  belocen^haefdon)  Qnd  ]  il  paer  to  _ 

eodon.     Ond  la  crebead  he  him  hiera  agenne "dom  feos 

A'  K  W 

Qnd  hmdes,  gif  hi?  him  paes  rices  ujfon;  Qnd  him  cypdoh 

paet  mera  maegas  him  mid  waeron,  ]>a  pe  him  from  noldon.   15 

Qnd   pa   cuaedon'^iie  paet  him  naenig  maig  leofra  naere 

ponne  hiera  hlaford,  Qnd  hie  nsefre  his  banan  folgian 

noldon.    Qnd  |>a  budon  hie  hiera  maegum  paet  hie  gesunde 

frQm  eodon;  Qnd  hleicuaedon  paet  taet  ilee  hiera  geferum  ^         -*-»  s-m> 

geboden  waere  pe  aer  mid  pam  cyninge  waerun.     pa  cuaed-  20 

on  hi*  paet  hie  hie  paes  ne  onmunden  ']>on  ma  pe  eowre*^ 

geferan  pe  mid  pam  cyninge  ofslaegene  waerun.'     Qnd  hie*  ^-/^u 

pa  ymb  pa  gatu  feohtende  waeron  op  )>aet  hie  peer  inne 

fulgon,  Qnd  pone  aepeling  ofslogon,  Qnd  pa  me_n  pe  him 

mid  waerun,  alle  butan  anum,  se  waes  paes  aldormonnes  25   n     . 

godsunu ;  Qnd  he  his  feorh  gene_rede,  Qnd  peah  he  waas 

oft  gewundad.  »  £****.     i?JU^-Jt^Uv 


'  X    3 

WARS   OF  ALFRED  THE   GREAT. 

[From  the  Parker  MS.  of  the  Chronicle  (A)  in  the  library  of 
Corpus  Christi  College,  Cambridge  ;  other  MSS.  supply  variants.] 

pAJOo  6/ucb        871.    Her  cuom  se  he_re\  to  Readinguni  on  Westseaxe, 
ond  fees  ymb  iii  niht  ridon  ii  eorlas  up.     pa  gemette  hie 
iEpelwulf  aldorman  on  Englafelda,  ond  him  pair  wip  ge- 
<■'  L-stu^  3feaht,  ond  sige  nam,     pses  ymb  iiii  nihtiEpered  cyning  J**^*^ 

5  ond  iElfred  Lis  bropur  peer  micle  herd  to  Readingum 
c-**fc_  tic-gjQoCj     gelgeddon,  ond  wip  pone  here  gefuhton;   ond  peer  wsesvwto^ 
micel  wsej  geslaegen  on  gehweepre  hond,  ond  iEpelwulf      ^ 
aldormon  wearp  ofslsegen ;  ond  pa  D^niscan  ahton  weel- 
stowe  gewald.  ^^ 

io  Qnd  paes  ymb  iiii  niht  gefeaht  iEpered  cyning  ond 
iElfred  his  bropur  wip  alne  pone  h^re  on  -<35scesdune.  &**J» 
Qnd  hie  weerun  on  twaem  gefylcum :  on  oprum  waes 
Bachs^cg  ond  Halfd^ne  pa  haepnan  cyningas,  ond  on 
oprum  wseron  pa  eorlas.  Qnd  pa  gefeaht  se  cyning 
15  ^Epered  wip  para  cyninga  getruman,  ond  pair  wearp  se 
cyning  Bagse_cg  ofslaegen;  ond  iElfred  his  bropur  wip 
para  eorla  getruman,  ond  peer  wearp  Sidroc  eorl  ofslaegen 
se  alda-,  ond  Sidroc  eorl  se  gioncga,  ond  Osbearn  eorl, 
ond  Fraena  eorl,  ond  Hareld  eorl;  ond  pa  he_rgas  begen 
20  gefliemde,  ond  fela  pusenda  ofslaegenra,  ond  onfeohtende 
weeron  op  niht. 

Qnd  paes  ymb  xiiii  niht  gefeaht  ^Epered  cyning  ond 
iElfred  his  broour  wip  pone  he,re  set  Basengum,  ond  pair 
pa  D^niscan  sige  namon.  &co.^U«    ^ 


uX    "Ct«_ 


tt:,  j^A^uxj-.  v  a^^x  •cu-w  ^ud^.  i  *r*~. ,  v*^  ^ 


fcfc<?3 


*•  ••      a.  a .    -I**-  •  _ 

<~  +m^L  ,    +*  -Ka^L        J>^z .  }"va_    I*10-!*40 


"*-^  *^- 


I 

■  **  _ 


T.  WARS  OF  ALFRED   THE  CHEAT.  17 

Qnd  pses  ynib  ii  mOna)'  gefeaht  iEpered  cyning  Qnd 
JSlfred  his  brdpur  wip  pone  he.re  a>t  Meretune,  Qnd  hie 
wil'i'un  on  tusem  gefylcium,  ond  hie  butu  gefllemdon,  Qnd 
longe  on  daeg  sigc  ahton ;  ond  Jjaer  wearj  micel  waelsliht   -aHaaXj  (-*,., 
on  gehwaepere  bond ;  ond  pa  De,niscan  ahton  waelstowe    5 
gewald;   ond  pair  wear))  Heabmund  bisceop*  ofslaegen,    <rfM±*.lr+^x. 
ond  fela  godra  niQnna.     Qnd  seftei  pissum  gefeohte  euom 
micel  sumorlida.  L^P*^  ^  k<*«*~.^:*>v^  l*«)5  -ci^La.  v^«a»^5J 

Qnd  pees  ofer  Eastron  gefor  JSpered  cyning;  ond  he 
rlcsode  v  gear ;  ond  his  lie  llj>  set  A\ 'inhuman.     sj^"0  I0 

pa  feng  JElfred  /Epelwulfing  his  brojmr  t5  ATesseaxna  X  (^*V'*^A*^^- 
rice.  Qnd  pees  ymb  anne  monap  gefeaht  iElfred  cyning  .  i*>Ux«k*^fc- 
wip  alne  pone  he,re  lytle  werede  set  Wiltune,  ond  hine  r^lr****** 

longe  on  daeg  gefliemde,  ond  fa  De,niscan  ahton  weelstowe 
gewald.     *&~^«l^    '  ^^  iS 

Qnd  pass  geajces  wnrdon  viiii  folcgefcoht  gefohten  wi)> 
pone  h^re  on  py  cynerlce  be  sGpan  Te,mese,  biitan2pam  pe 
him  Alfred  pass  cyninges  bropur  ond  anllpig  aldormQn 
ond  C3rninges  pegnas  oft  rade  onridon  pe  mQii  na  ne 
rimde ;  Qnd  pees  geares  waerun  ofshegene  viiii  eorlas  ond  20 
an  cyning.  Qnd  py  geare  namon  Westseaxe  ixip  wip  pone 
he,  re.  lm"*i- 


893.  Her  on  pysum  geare  for  se  micla  he,re,  pe  we 
gefyrn  ymbe  spraecon,  eft  of  pasm  eastrlce  westweard  to 
Bunnan,  ond  pair  wurdon  gescipode  swa  past  hie  asettan  25 
him  on  anne  sip  ofer  mid  horsum  mid  ealle ;  Qnd  ]  a 
comon  up  on  Limene  mupan  mid  ecl  hunde  scipa.  Se 
mupa  is  on  easteweardre  Cgnt,  aet  paes  miclan 3  wuda  east- 
e.nde  pe  we  Andred   hataS.     Se  wudu   is   eastlang  Qnd 

1  A,  bisc.  2  A,  "W,  ond  butan. 


3  A,  miclam ;  E,  mycclan ;  F,  mucelan ;  B,  C,  D,  ilean. 


wl     *•  13.  ^  t. 


lv*-v^  d—   uv-l^aU   "(/*-• 


F.     WARS   OF  ALFRED   THE  GREAT. 


westlang  hundtwe_lftiges  mila  lang,  offe  le_ngra,  Qnd  frl- 

tiges  mila  brad.     Seo  ea,  fe  we  ser  ymbe  spraecon,  116  ut 

.wfc^W^  Ks.        of  faem  wealda.     On  fa,  §a  hi  tugon  up  hiora  scipu  of 

_u>*^  fone  weald,  iiii  mila  fram  faem  in  u  fan  uteweardum,  onti 

5  f  aer  abraecon  an  geweorc :  inne  on  faem  ^s^enne 1  saeton 

MJl«^     r-^fcl    feawa  cirlisce  me_n  on,  ond  wees  samworht.  -lix^^tl^. 

x         pa  sona  eefter  faem  com  Heesten  mid  lxxx  scipa  up  on 

Te_mese  uiiioan,  ond  worhte  him  geweorc  seb  Middeltune, 

~~7Z      ~~ — i     ond  se  ofer  he,re  set  Apuldre.  ** *£**». 

it>i-i  >  f°       ^94.    ^n  ]yys  geare,  faet  wses  ymb  twejf  monao"  fees  fe 

~~-t  \jA**»  hie   on   faem   eastrice   geweorc   geworht   haefdon,   Norf- 

^~\^~i~^. — _l    bymbre   ond   East^ngle  haefdon  iElfrede   cyninge   afas" 

4J^rv&^sj         geseald,  ond  East^ngle   foregisla  vi :   ond  feh  ofer  fa^^. 

treowa,  swa  oft  swa,  fa  ofre  hej-gas  mid  ealle  he/ige  ut 
'*jLAi**tf\f4i      15  foron,  fonne  foron  hie,  o]>]>e  mu^offe  on  heora,healfe.££- 
c^x^  r*^.    j  Qn(j  j,-  gegaderade  Alfred  cyning  his  fierd,  ond  for  faet 

tai,  he  gewicode  betwuh  faem  twain  he_rgum,  fair  feer  he  uiehst 

***+*.  *rymet'  haefde  for  wudufeestenne  $nd  for  weeterfaestenner'' 

swa  feet  he  mejite  eegferne  geraecan,  gif  hie  eenigne  feld  r^c^^l 
^♦^.-yU^        3o  gggajj  Wolden.     pa  foron  hie  siffan  eefter  faem  wealda^. 

hlojrum  ond  flocradum,  bi  swa  .hwaferre  efej3  swa,  hit  g-? 
fonne  fierdleas  waes.  Qnalmn  moh  eac  mid  ofrum  flo_c:^"-^' 
cum  sohje  meestra  daga  glee,  offe  on  daeg 4  of f e  on  niht,  % 

ge  of  feere  fierde  ge  eac  of  faem  burgum.  Ilaofde  se  cyn- 
25  ing  his  fierd  on  tu  tonumen,  swa,  faet  hie  wseron  simle 
healfe  aet  ham,  healfe  ute,  butan  faem  monnum  fe  fa, 
burga  healdan  scolden.  Ne  com  se  h$re  oftor  eall  ute  of 
faem  setum  f onne  tuwwa :  ofre.  *^if e  fa,  hie  eerest  to 
londe  comon,  aer  slo  fierd  gesamnod  weere;  ofre  sife  fa 

1  A,  W,  F,  fenne ;  E,  fsenne  ;  B,  iaostenne ;  C,  D,  fsestene. 

2  After  healfe  A,  on  (originally  a*i  ?);  B,  W,  on ;  C,  D,  ond  pa; 
Eds.,  an  or  on. 

8  D,  healfe.  4  C,  iy,  offe  on  da^g ;  A,  B,  wanting. 


r.     WMBS   OF  ALFRED    THE  GREAT.  1 9 

• 

hie  of  p&m  setum  fa  ran  woldon.     pa,  hie  gefengon  micle 
U>*^  hyehyS,  qimI  &a  woldon  f$rian  norpweardes  ofer  Te_mese 
in  on  Eastseaxe  ongean  pa  scipu.     pa  forrad  sio  fierd  hie 
foran,  ond  him  witi  gefeaht  aet  Fearnhamme,  Qnd  pone  ^^^^ 
_,  he_re  gefliemde,  ond  pa  hejehy^>a  SJarijddon  ;  ond  hie  flugon    5 

>t    ofer  Temese  buton  ailcum  forda;  pa,  up  be  Colne  on  anne  |^  §V3 
jggafi.     pa  besaet  sio  fierd  hie  pair  iitan  pa,  hwlle  pe  hie 
pair  longest  m'^te  haefdon ;  ac  hi  haefdon  fa  heora  stemn ' 
.  gesetenne  ond  hiora  mete  genotudne2;  ond  waes  se  cyng 

pa,  piderweardes  on  faere,  mid  paire  scire  pe  mid  him  fier-  10 
%  dedon.     pa  he  ba  waes  piderweardes,  ond  sio  opera  fierd 
waes  hiimweardes ;  Qnd  8a,  De_niscan  saeton  pair  behindan, 
for  paem  hiora  cyning  waes  gewundod  on  paem  gefeohte, 
feet  hi  nine  ne  mejiton  fe^rian. 

pa  gegaderedon  fa,  j>e  in  Norfhymbrum  bugeaft  ond  on  13 
East^nglum  sum  hund  scipa,  ond  foron  su8  ynibutan,  ond 
sum  feowertig  scipa  nor])  ymbutan,  ond  ymbsaeton  an 
Sit,        geweorc  on  Defnasclre  be  paere  Norpsae;  ond  pa,  pe  suft     / 
ymbutan  foron,  ymbsaeton  Exancester.     pa  se  cyng  past 
hlerde,   pa  wende  he  hine  west  wis  Exanceastres^inid  20 
ealre  paire  fierde,  buton  swipe  gewaldenum  diele  easte-    w-Lids  h**md 
t{wCtbieij.  weardes  paes  folces.     pa,  foron  forS  op  pe  hie  oomon  to 

Lundenbyrg,  ond  pa  mid  paeni  burgwarum  ond  paem  ful-  _^±j^l^ 
^•j*.  xi.il       tume  pe  him  westan  com,  foron  east  to  Beamfieote.    Waes 

Haesten  pa  paer  cumen  mid  his  he_rge  pe  aer  aet  Middel-  25 
tune  saet ;  ond  eac  se  micla  he_re  waes  pa  pair  to  cumen  pe 
f       aer  on  Limene  mupan  saet  aet  Apuldre.     Haefde  Haesten 
g&r  geworht  past  geweorc  aet  Beamfieote,  ond  waes  pa,  fit 
W^L^.   afaren  on  he.rgap,  ond  waes  se  micla  he_re  aet  ham,     pa     -  ^.^^^ 
QiLwL    foron  hie  to,  ond  gefllemdon  pone  here.  Qnd  paet  geweorc  30 
abraecon,  ond  genamon  eal  paet  paer  binnan  waes,  ge  on 

p       l  B,  C,  stemninge ;  D,  steininge.  2  B,  benotodne. 

(     J 


20 


V.     WARS   OF  ALFRED   THE  GREAT. 


feo,  ge  on  wifum,  ge  eac  on  bearnum,  ond  brohton  eall  in 

to  Lundenbyrig;  ond  pa,  scipu  eall  oftpe  tobrsecon,  oppe 

forbaerndon,  oppe  to  Lundenbyrig  brohton,  oppe  to  Hro- 

{.Ki~*)     fesceastre ;  ond  Haestenes  wif  ond  his  suna  twegen  mon 

5  brohte  td  paim  cyninge,  ond  he  hi  him  eft  ageaf,  for  J>aem 

pe  hiora  wees  oper  his  godsunu,  oper  ^ESeredes  ealdor- 

frrTJJujUj^        monnes.    Haefdon  hi  hiora  onfangen  eer  Haesten  to  Beam- 

fleote  come,  ondTienim  hsefde  geseald  gislas  ond  aftas ; 

ond  se  cyng  him  eac  wel  feoh  sealde,  ond  eac- swa,  pa  he 

*""  ^ — -  *o  -o  p one  cniht  agef  ond  paet  wif.     Ac  sona  swa  hie  to  Beam- 

Jleote1  comon,  ond  past  geweorc  geworct  wyes,  swa  he_rgode 

he  on  his  rice,  pone  ilcan  §nde  pe  JEpered  his  cumpaeder 

healdan  sceolde  ;   ond  eft  opre  slpe  he  waes  on  he,rga<5 

gele_nd  on  paet  ilce  rice,  pa  pa  mon  his  geweorc  abraec. 

15       |)a  se  cyning  hine  pa  west  we_nde  mid  peere  fierde  wiS 

Exance_stres,  swa,  ic  air  syede,  ond  se  h§re  pa,  burg  beseten 

haef de,  Jpa,  he  paer  to  gefaren  waes,  pa  eodon  hie  to  hiora 

scipu  m. 

pa,  he  pa  wis  pone  he_re  pair  west2  abisgod  waes,  ond 
20  pa,  hejgas  waeron  pa  gegaderode  begen  to  Sceobyrig3  on    <**J^ 


W*o»w 


25 


Eastseaxum,  ond  paer  geweorc  worhtim*.  foron  begen  aet- 
gaedere  up  be  Te_mese ;  ond  him  com  micel  e^caT'to  aegper 
ge  of  Easteuglum  ge  of  Norphymbrum.  Foron  pa,  up  be 
Tejnese  op  paet  hie  gedydon  aet  Saiferne;  pa,  up  be  See- 
ferne.5  pa  gegaderode  ^Epered  ealclormon,  ond  iEpelm 
ealdorman,  ond  ^Epelnop  ealdorman,  ond  pa,  cinges  pegnas 
pe  pa,  aet  ham  aet  paem  geweorcum  wasron,  of  aelcre  byrig 
be  eastan  Pedredan,  ge  be  westan  Sealwuda  ge  be  eastan, 
ge  eac  be  norpan  T^niese,  gnd  be  westan  Saefern,  ge  eac 
30  sum  dael  paes  NorSweal-cynnes.     pa,  hie  pa  ealle  gegade* 

1  Sweet ;  A,  Blearafleote.  2  A,  waest. 

3  C,  Sceabyrig ;  D,  Sceore  byrig.  *  A,  worhtum. 

6  D,  foron  fc>a  up  be  Temese  ond  be  Sseferne ;  B,  C,  wanting. 


•*vu*. 


AT.     A        21 


r  /iv^^  * 


T.     JF4RS   OF  ALFRED   THE  GREAT. 

\ 
rode  waeron,  pa  offoron  hie  pone  h$re  hindan  set  feutting- 

'^Sui*.     tune,  on  Sseferne  stape,  ond  hine  pair  iitan  besaiton  on  aelce1 

<***$        healfe,  on  anum  faestenne.     pa  hie  5a  fela  wucena  seeton 

on  twa  healfe  poire2  e,  Qnd  se  cyng  waes  west  on  Defnum 

wif  pone  sciph$re, )  a  waeron  hie  mid  me_teheste6ge\va3gde, 

$nd  haefdon  miclne  diJel  para  horsa  freten,  ond  pa  opre 

H    w.eron  hungre  acwolen.     pa  eodon  hie  fit  to  Saem  mon- 

nuin  pe  on  easthealfe  piere  e  wjcodon,  $nd  him  wip  ge- 

itju.        f uhton ;  ond  pa  Crlstnan  haefdon  sige.     Qnd  peer  wearft 

Ordheh  cyninges  pegn  ofslaegen,  ond  eac  monige   opre  10 

cyninges   pegnas;    ond  para  De_niscra  pair  wearft  swipe 

mycel  wael  gesl^gen3;  ond  se  dasl  pe  pair  aweg  com  wur- 

don  on  fleaifre  gene_rede. 

pa  hie  on  Eastseaxe  comon  to  hiora  geweorce  ond  to 

hiora  scipum,  pa  gegaderade  slo  laf  eft  of  East^nglum  15 

ond  of  Xorfthymbrum  micelue  h^re  onforan  winter,  ond 

■*  befaeston  hira  wlf  ond  hira  scipu  Qnd  hira  feoh  on  East- 

e_nglum,  ond  foron  anstreces  daeges  ond  nihtes,  paet  hie 

gedydon  on  anre  weslre  ceastre  on  WIrhealum,  seo  is 

Legaceaster4  gehatea      pa  ne   me^hte   seo   fird   hie   na  20 

hindan  offaran,  ser  hie  waeron  inne  on  palm   geweorce; 

besaston  peah  past  geweorc  utan  sume  twegen  dagas,  ond 

kauj^x    genamon  ceapes  eall  paet  pair  buton  waes,  ond  pa  men 

ofslogon  pe  hie  foran  forrldan 5  me_hton  butan  geweorce, 

ond  paet  corn  eall  forbaerndon,  ond  mid  hira  horsum  fr§t 

ton 6  on  aelcre  efenehSe.     Qnd  paet  wraes  ymb  tweK  monaft       oU^u^j. 

paes  pe  hie  eer  hider  ofer  sae  comon.  r^-t  .w^to.^ 

895.    Qnd  pa  sona  aefter  paam,  on  "Sys  gere,  for  se  he,re    : 

of  Wlrheale  in  on  NorSwealas,  for  paem  hie  ftier  sittan  ne 


25 

1i — «HU 


N-^fy 


^ 


1  D,  aelcere.  2  A,  J>ser. 

3  A,  gnd  to  geslegen  icanting  ;  supplied  by  B,  C  ;  wsel  from  D. 

4  B,  Leg  ceaster ;  C,  Liege  cester ;  D,  Lige  ceaster. 

5  D,  of  ridan.  «  D,  frseton. 


22  V.     WABS   OF  ALFliED   THE  GREAT. 

mehton :  past  waes  for  oy  ]> e  hie  wseron  benumene  segSer 
ge  pass  ceapes  ge  pass  cornes  oe  hie  geh^rgod  hasfdon. 
pa  hie  fta  eft  ut  of  NorSwealum  w^ndon  mid  pasre  h§re- 
hySe   pe  hie  Seer   genumen   hasfdon,   pa   foron   hie   ofer 

5  NorShy rubra  lond  ond  Easte,ngla,  swa  swa  seo  fird  hie 
gerascan  ne  me^hte,  op  past  hie  comon  on  Eastseaxna  lond 
easteweard  on  an  Igland  past  is  Cite  on  pasre  sas,  past  is 
Me/eslg  haten.      h-«^a^  CC-*-»*-*j 

Qnd  pa  se  he^re  eft  hamweard  we^nde  pe  Exanceaster 

jo  beseten  hasfde,  pa,  hej'godon  hie  up  on  SuSseaxuin  neah 
Cisseceastre,  ond  pa  burgware  hie  gefllemdon,  Qnd  hira 
monig  hund  ofslogon,  ond  hira  scipu  sumu  genamon. 

Da  py  ylcan  gere  onforan 1  winter  pa  D^niscan  pe  on 
M^resige  saston  tugon  hira  scipu  up  on  Te^mese,  ond  pa 

15  up  on  Lygan.2    past  wees  ymb  twa  ger  pass  pe  hie  hider 
^*i   s  ofer  see  comon.  -(ji'^.Tw^^,  *j-  i_»^&^)    i 

896.  Qnd  py 3  ylcan  gere  worhte  se  foresprecena  h$re 
geweorc  be  Lygan,2  xx  mila  bufan  Lundenbyrig.  pa  pas 
on -sum  era  foron  micel  dsel  para  burgwara,  ond  eac  swa 

20  opres  folces,  past  hie  gedydon  set  para  D^niscana  ge- 
weorce,  ond  pasr  wurdon  gefllemde,  ond  sume  feower  cyn- 
inges  pegnas  ofslasgene.  pa  pass  on  haerfeste  pa  wicode  iKw- 
se  cyng  on  lreawesle^fare  byrig,  pa  hwile  pe  hie  hira  corn 
gerypon,  pget  pa  D^niscan  him  ne  mehton  pass  ripes  for- 
■jju^o  25  wiernan?    pa  snme^dasge  rad  se  cyng  up  be  pasre  eas,  Qnd 

gehawTlde  hwasr  mon  mehte  pa  ea  forwyrcan,  past  hie  ne 
meliton  pa  scipn  ut  br^ngan.     Qnd  hie  fta  swa,  dydon  : 
worhton  fta  tu  geweorc  on  twa  healfe  pasre  eas.     pa  hi'     £30 
fia  past  geweorc  furpum  ongunnen  hasfdon,  ond  pair   to 

30  gewlcod  hasfdon,  pa  onge_t  se  heje  past  hie  ne  mehton  pa 

1  B,  on  forewerdne ;  C,  on  fore  weardne  ;  D,  on  fore  weard. 

2  B,  Liggean  ;  C,  Ligenan  ;  D,  Ligean,  Lygean. 

»  A,  On  >y ;  B,  On  hon ;  C,  Ond  \>y ;  D,  Ond  pa  J>y. 


^ 


u^-        V-     WARS   0F  ALFRED   THE  GREAT.  2$ 

scipu  ut  bre^ngan.  pa  forleton  hie  hie,  ond  eodon  ofer 
land  J>set  hie  gedydon  set  Cwal/brycge1  be  Ssefern,  ond  ]>aer 
geiveorc 2  worhton.  pa  rad  seo  fird  west  aefter  paim  her- 
lge,  ond  J'a  m^n  of  Lundenbyrig  gc  fete  don  J>a  scipu,  Qnd 
)>§,  ealle  j>e  hie  aliedan  ne  mehton  tobraecoD,  ond  J>a  \>e  )>air  i 
stselwyrfle  wieron  binnan  Lundenbyrig  gebrohton.  Qnd 
j;a  De_niscan  haefdon  hira  wif  befsest  innan  Easte_ngle,  aer 
hie  fit  of  Jneni  geweoree  foron.  pa  sieton  hie  pone  winter 
aet  Cwatbrycge.3  past  waes  ymb  J'leo  ger  paes  J>e  hie  on 
Limene  muoan  comon  hider  ofer  sue.  , ,  10 

897.    Da  J>aes  on  suniera  on  ftysum  gere  tofor  se  here, 
sum  on  Easte_ngle,  sum  on  Norfihynibre.    Qnd  )>a  ]  e  feoh- 
lease  waeron  him  )>aer  scipu  begeton,  ond  sufi  ofer  sae  J^  .. 
foron  to  Sigene.  ^ .  J 

Naefde   sehe_re,    Crowes   p<$£es,   Angelcyn   eallesior  15 
swi5e  *  gebrocod ;  ac  hie  wieron  micle  swij'or  gcbrocede  on 
])asm  Jjiim  gearum  mid  ceapes  cwilde  ond  monna,  ealles     -k.I.-k. 
s\vT|H)st  mid  ]>tein  ]>xt  manige  para  Belestena*  oynges  bena 
)n>  jnl'r  on  londe  wieron  forSferdon  on  ]>iem  |>ryni  gearum.      ^s&)  ^a 
para  waes   sum    SwTSulf   biscop   on   Hrofesceaetre,   ond  20  ^      *" 

Ceolmund  ealdormon  on  C§nt,  ond  Beorhtulf  ealdormon 
on  Eastseaxum,  ond  Wulfred  ealdormon  on  Hamtun- 
scire,6  ond  Ealhheard  biscop  aet  Dorceceastre,  ond  Eadulf 
cynges  |>egn  on  Siiftseaxum,  ond  Beornulf  wicgefera7  on  <ra^o- 

Winteceastre,  ond  Ecgulf  cynges  horspegn,  ond  manige  25 
eac  him,  )>eh  ic  ?a  gefiungnestan 8  n^mde. 

py  ilcan  geare  dre_hton  fa  hergas  on  East^nglum  Qnd 
on  NorShymbruin  Westseaxna  lond  swISe  be  J>aem  suS- 

1 D,  set  Brygce.         *#Ud-      '  2  A,  gewerc. 

8  B,  C,  set  Bricge ;  D,  set  Brygce. 

*  B,  C,  D,  Angel  cynnes  ealles  fulswi^e. 

6  B,  C,  selestra.  6  B,  C,  D,  omit  Wulfred 

7  A,  W ;  B,  C,  D,  gerefa.  8  B  adds  witan. 


i^'u^^- 


: 


■  ■ 


o  Ha. 


24     V.     WARS   OF  ALFRED   THE  GREAT. 

staeSe  mid  staelhe,rgum,  ealra  swifust  mid  Saiin  aescum 
fe  hie  feia  geara  air  timbredon.  pa  het  iElfred  cyng 
timbran  lang  scipu  ongen  Sa  sescas ;  fa  waeron  ful  neah 
tu  swa  lange  swa  fa  65ru ;  sume  haefdon  lx  'ara,1  sume 
5  ma ;  fa  wseron  aigSer  ge  swiftran,  ge  unwealtran,2  ge  eac 
"^i*l  <  Merran 3  fonne  fa  6Sru ;  nairon  nawSer  ne  011  Fresisc 
gescaepene  ne  on  De^nisc,  bute  swa  him  selfum  Suhte  feet 


u    4     ^         hie  nytwyrSoste  beon  meahten.     pa  eet  sumum  cirre  f  aes    ^j.-^ 


ae. 


ilcan  geares  comon  fair  sex  scipu  to  Wiht,  ond  fair  mycel 

10  yfel  gedydon,  aigSer  ge  on  Defenum  ge  wel  hwser  be  Saim 

saeriman.     pa  bet  se  cyng  faran  mid  nigonum  to  para    v^*-  + 
nlwena  scipa;    ond  forforon  him  fone  niuSan  to  ran  on 
utermere.     pa  foron  hie  mid  frim  scipum  ut  ongen  hiej 
ond  J/xeo  stodon  set  ufeweardum  J?eem  muSan  on  dry  gum ; 

15  weeron  fa  m^n  uppe  on  lohde  oTagahe.     pa  gefengon  hie^    %>  ■> 
f  ara  f reora  scipa  tu  aet  Seem  muSan  uteweardum,  ond  fa     ^£<  ^ 
me_n  ofslogon,  ond  faet  an  oSwand;  on  faim  waeron  eac  Sj 

fa  m^n  ofslaegene  biiton  fifum ;  fa  comon  for  Sy  on  weg 
Se  Sara  ofefra  scipu  asaeto'n.     pa  wurdon  eac  swISe  uneS-  (3**^^, 

20  elice  aseten :  treo  asaiton  on  Sa  healfe  f aes  deopes 4  Se  Sa 
D^niscan  scipu  llseten  wairon,  ond  fa  6Sru  eall6  on  of  re 
healfe,  faet  hira  ne  me^hte  nan  to  oSruin.  Ac  Sa  faet 
waeter  waes  ahebbad  fela  furlanga  from  faim  scipum,  fa 
eodan  Sa  D^niscan  from  faim  fiim  scipum  to  faim  oSrum 

25  frim  fe  on  hira  healfe  beehbade  wseron,  ond  hie  fa  fair 
gefuhton.  pair  wearS  ofslaegen  Lucumon  cynges  gerefa, 
ond  Wulfheard  Friesa,  ond  iEbbe  Friesa,  ond  iESelhere 
FrTesa,  ond  iESelferS  cynges  geneat,  ond  ealra  monna, 
Fresiscra  ond  Engliscra  lxii,  ond  fara  D^niscena  cxx. 

1  B,  arena.  ^^*^c  t, 

2  A,  C  ;  D,  untealran;  B,  unge  (end  of  line)  -trail.  <^u**-?  <*"£^a^,. 

3  A,  hieran  ;  B,  C,  hearran ;  D,  hearra.  c^-  .i<Jw^^^~r  . 
*  B,  Ssere  dypan.                                                 6  B,  C,  D,c 


> J  r —  7    -7—7    — ■*=,—  ■  .    . 


V.    WARS   OF  ALFRED   THE  GREAT.  2$ 

pa  com  yedm  De_niscum  scipuin  )  eh  ger  nod  to,  ;er  )  a  Crist- 
nan  lighten  hira  Qt  ascufan,1  Qnd  li|e  for  Sy  ut  oftreowon. 
pa  wierou  hie  to  j»iem  gesiirgode2  }>set  hie  ne  mejiton  SuS- 
«««vv«a)  seaxna  loud  titan  berowan,  ac  hira  |>eer  tti  sie  on  lond 

wearp;  ond  J»a  111311  mon  laidde  to  Winteceastre 3  to  )>teni    5 
cynge,  ond  he  hie  Ster  ahon  het ;  ond  J>a  111311  comon  on 
Eastgngle  ]>e  on  paini  auum  scipe  wieron  svvISe  forwund- 
ode. 

py  ilcan  sumera  forwearS  no  lais  ]>onne  xx  scipa  mid 
mon  num.  mid  ealle  be  J'am  stifiriman.     py  ilcan  gere  for<5-  10 
ferde  Wulfric  cynges  horsSegn  ;  se  waes  eac  Wealhgefera.* 

Vli      ******* 

901.    Her  gefor  Alfred  Ajmlfing,  syx  nihtum  eer  ealra 
haligra  msessano    Se  waes  cyning  ofer  eall  Qngelcyn  btitan 
firem  chele  ]>e  under  De^na  onwalde  waes ;  ond  he  heold 
]>eet  rice  o|>rum  healfum   lass  ]>e  xxx  wintra.     Qnd  )<a  15 
feng  Eadweard  his  sunu  to  rice.        i<i 

%~\i  -{HIM*  \ 

2  D,  gegaderode. 


Sooi., 


1  A,  changed  from  ascuton. 
8  D,  Wiltun  ceastre. 


*  A,  W;  B,  C,  D,  gerefa. 


I*> 


CUO^u., 
0 


\u 


VI. 

ALFRED'S  PREFACE  TO  THE  PASTORAL  CARE. 

Hi 

[The  Preface  to  the  Alfredian  version  of  Gregory's  De  Cura 
Pastorali,  according  to  the  Hatton  MS.  (Hatton  20,  Bodl.  Lib.), 
with  variants  from  C  (=  C.  i  =  MS.  Cotton  Tiberius  B.  xi.  Brit. 

MUS.).]     fi  ciL  w^is    a^*   «-»v^Cju^)  .    L(,  Si*-**.}"    t£T5 

Alfred  kyning  hateS  gretan  WeerferS  biscep  his  word- 
um  luflice  ond  freondlice ;    ond  Se  cyoiin   hate  Seet  me 
com  swISe  oft  on  gemynd,  hwelce  wiotan  lu  w&ron  giond  =  y„ 
"-^  +  <-c^l  Angelcynn,  eegSer  ge  godcundra  hada  ge  woruldcundra ; 

5  ond  hu  gesailiglica  tidu  5a  weeron  giond  Angelcynn ;  ond 
hu  Sa  kyningas  <5e  Cone  onwald  haefdon  'Sees  folces  on 
Sam  dagum  Gode  ond  his  serendwrecum   hersumedon ;      ^^ 
ond  hu1hie  aegSer  ge  hiora  sibbe  ge  hiora  siodo  ge  hiora 
to.  Q.  onweald  innanbordes  gehioldon,  ond  eac  fit  hiora  eSel2^^"0^ 

\.vt\.j ,  u-      IO  gerymdon;  ond  hu  him  Sa  speow  tegoer  ge  mid  wige  ge 
**-t  -°.  ^°  mid  wlsdome ;   ond  eac  Sa  godcundan  hadas  Lu  giorne        5^5^ 

.J^u^i)  hie  wseron  EegSer  ge  ymb  lare  ge  ymb  liornunga,  ge  ymb 

x-^Uvv,,  -^  ealle  Sa  Siowotdomas  Se  hie  Gode  don  scoldon  ;  ond  hu 

■•■  c  TLA*    \*  ' 

man  utanbordes  wisdom  ond  lare  hieder  on  lond  sohte, 

p  ond  Lu  we.  hie  nu  sceoldon  ute  begietan,  gif  we  hie  hab- 

ban  sceoldon.      Swse   cleene  hio  wees  oSfeallenu  on  An- 


gelcynne  Saet  swiSe  feawa  wseron  behionan  Humbre  Se 

ol^vo         hiora  Seninga  cufien  understondan  on  Englisc.oSSe  fur-  g 

Sum  an  eerendgewrit  of  Lsedene  on  Englisc  areccean  ;  ond 

20  ic  wene  Seette  noht  monige  begiondan  Humbre  nieren. 

Swse  feawa  hiora  weeron  Seet  ic  furSum  anne  anlepne  ne 

i  H,  wanting.  a  C,  oeSel. 

26 


-♦\J1--IA. 


VI.    PREFACE   TO   THE  CUBA   PASTOEALIS.       2J    6^  u^j  <-.  ^  o^-. 

^  J 

meeg  geS^ncean  be  sfiflan  T^mese,  Sa  fla  ic  to  rice  feng. 

Gode  eelmihtegum  sle  flone  Seette  we  nil  eenigne  onstal^1- 

habbaS  lareuwa.     Qnd  for  6011  ic  Se  bebiode  Seet  Su  do     ^  f-^.  <  •<?• 

swa>  ic  geliefe  fleet  flu  wille,  tSeet  SQ  Se  Sissa  woraldflinga 

to  (S;T'iii  geeenietige,  swie  Su  oftost  jneege,  fleet  Su  flone    5    1 

wisdom   (Se   fie  God  sealde  fleer  fleer  flu  hiene  befeestau 

maege,  befeeste.    .GeSe.nc  hwelc  witu  us  Sa  becomon  for      ^p^\  ISi*^^ 

flisse  worulde,  fla  5a  we  bit  nohweeSer  ne  selt'e  ne  lufo- 

—  ** 

don,  ne  eac  5flru.ni  monnum  ne  lefdoir~  flone  naman  anne 
we  lufodon '  Seette  we  Crlstne  weeren,2  ond  swISe  feawe  10 
flil  Seawas. 

Da  ic  fla  flis  eall  gemunde,  fla  gemunde  ic  eac  hu  ic 
geseah,  eer  Seem  fle  bit   eall   forhe/god  weere   Qnd   for- 
bserned,   hu   Sa  ciricean   giond   eall   Angelcynn    stodon 
maSnia  ond  boca  gefylda^3  ond  eac  micel  menigeo  Godes  15 
Slowa,  ond  Sa,  swISe  lyEle  fiorme  Sara  boca  wiston,  for      >k*ww  i:  ^ 
Seem  Se  hie  hiora  nanwuht  ongietan4  ne  meahton,  for 
Seem   Se   hie  neeron   on   hiora   agen5  gefllode   awritene.  ; 
Swglce  hie  cweeden:  'Ure  ieldran,  Sa  Se  Sas  stowa  eer 
hloldon,  hie  lufodon  wisdom,  ond  flurh  flone  hie  begeaton  20 
welan,  ond  us  leefdon.     Her  mon  meeg  giet  gesion  hiora 
swsefl,  ac  we  him  ne  cunnon  eefter  spyrigean,  ond  for  ■>  sfcwc. 
flaem  we  habbaS  nu  eegfler  forleeten  ge  Sone  welan  ge  flone 
wisdom,  for  Seem  Se  we  noldon  to  Seem  spore  mid  ure 
mode  onlutan.'  >  ^<^*  O~0  25 

Da  ic  Sa  Sis  eall  gemunde,  Sa  wundrade  ic  swlfle  swISe 
Sara  godena  wiotona  Se  gm  weeron  giond  Angelcynn,  ond 
Sa  bee  ealla6  be  fullan  geliornod  heefdon,  Seet  hie  hiora  Sa 
naenne  dail  noldon  on  hiora  agen 7  geSIode  w^ndan.  Ac 
ic  Sa  sona  eft  me  selfum  andwyrde,  ond  cweeS :  '  Hie  ne  30 

1  C,  haefdon.       2  C,  wseron.        8  H,  gefyldse.      *  H,  ongiotan. 
6  C,  segen.  6  H,  eallae.  7  C,  segen. 


-f~   l  v-r-i.  rL 


28  VI.    ALFRED  THE  GREAT. 

wendon  feette  sefre  m^nn  sceolden  swse  reccelease  weor- 
8an,  ond  sio  lar  swee  oSfeallan;  for  8iere  wilnunga  hie 
hit  forleton,  ond  woldon  tSset  her  8y  mara  wisdom  on 
londe  waere  8y  we  ma  ge„oeoda  ciiSon.'        ">  orM-J.-w*^  • 
5       Da  geuiunde  ie  hu  sio®  wees  serest  on  Ebreisc  ge8Iode    S.w 
I  funden,  ond  eft,  8a 1  hie  ICreacas  geliornodon,  6a  wendon 
hie  hie  on  hiora  agen 2  geSIode  ealle,  ond  eac  ealle  68re 
bee.     Qnd  eft  Leedenware  swse  same,*si88an  hie  hie  ge- 
liornodon, hie  hie  wendon  ealla  8urh  wise  wealhstodas 
io  on  hiora  agen  geSIode.     Qnd  eac  ealla  68 ra  Crlstena8 
8Ioda  sumne  dsel  hiora  on  hiora  agen  geSIode  wendon. 
For  8y  me  8ync8  be,tre,  gif  low  swee  8ync8,  8set  we  eac    I 
suma 4  bee,  8a,  8e  nledbeSearf osta 5  slen  eallum  monnum 
to  wiotonne^Seet  we  8a  on  8aet  ge8Iode  wen  den  8e  we 
is  ealle  gecnawan  maegen,  ond  ^ecZo/if^swse  we  swISe  eaSe   S*-  &■&*. 
magon  mid  Godes  fultume,  gif  we  8a  stilnesse  habba8,) 
Seette  eall  sio  °giogu8   8e   nii   is   on   Angelcynne   frlora  \r^j 
monna,  Sara  8e  8a  speaahgebben  Sget  hie  Seem  befeolan 
ma3gen,  slen  to  liornunga  oSfgeste,(Sa  hwlle  8e  hie  to 
*^**]    20  nanre  68erre  note  ne  meegen,^  08  8one  first  8e  hie  wel 
cunnen  Englisc  gewrit  arsedan^  (are  mon  siSSan  furSur 
on  LsedengeSIode  8a  8e  mon  fur8or  lairan  wille,  ond  to 
<W»-«u.    hlerran 7  hade  don  wille.     Da,  ic  8a  gemunde  hu  sio  lar 
LeedengeSIodes  ser  8issum  afeallen8  wees  giond  Angel- 
as cynn,  ond  Seah  monige  cuSon  Englisc  gewrit  arsedan,  8a 
ongan  ic  ongemang  68rum  misllcum  ond  manigfealdum 
I    tw-^  bisgum  8isses  kynerlces  8a  boc  wendan  on  Englisc  8e  is 

genemSed  on  Lseden  'Pastoralis,'  ond  on  Englisc  'Hier- 
deboc/  hwilum  word  be  worde,  hwllum  andgit  of  and- 
30  giete,  swse  swee  ic  hie  geliornode  set  Plegmunde  minum 

1  C,  Sa  6a.  2  C,  segen.     8  H,  cSrse  Cristnse.    4  H,  sumse. 

6  C,  nidbe'Syrf esta.    6MSS.,  gedon.    7  H,  hieran.       8  C,  oSfeallen. 


VI.    PREFACE  TO   THE  CUBA   PASTORALIS.       29 


aercebiscepe,  ond  set  Assere  minum  biscepe,  ond  set  Grim- 
bolde  minum  msesseprloste,  ond  set  Iohanne  minum  maes- 
sepreoste.  SiSftan  ic  hie  fia  geliornod  hsefde,  swae  swse 
ic  hie  forstod,  Qnd  swai  ic  hie  andgitfulllcost  are,ccean 
meahte,  ic  hie  on  Fmglisc  awe,nde ;  ond  to  telcum  biscep- 
stole  on  minum  rice  wille  ane  ons^ndan;  ond  on  selcre 
bio  an  sestel,  se  bib  on  flftegum  mancessa.  Qnd  ic  be- 
blode  on  Godes  naman  'Saet  nan  mon  bone  aestel  from 
fiaire  bee  ne  do,1  ne  <5a  boc  from  Saem  mynstre ;  uncuS  hu 
longe  fcier  swee  gelserede  biscepas  slen,  swig  swse  nfi,  Gode 
Sonc,  wel  hwter  siendon.  For  $y  ic  wolde  Ssette  hie  eal- 
'~+r^Jk~-  neg  get  fteere  stowe  wseren,  buton  se  biscep  hie  mid  him 
habban  wille,  ofr5e  hlo  hwier  to  laine  sle,  oftte  hwa  68re 
bl  write.  ^v 

..^f  »C,doe. 


liAA^rO- 


ss 


\/sXajls>~      1^«J-vvh,  1    l/Vt^-*--*  Uj-eJL«*»  .     X  ■  <-* 


S* 


• 


-n-H 


t*"*~ 


\      >+«<\'**~9,»n^v  _  cfl-v<,  .   1904,  - 
\Oiwv  Ct^^jKt^tr 


^ 


«-^f-»~ 


v_re-c< 


FROM  THE  PASTORAL  CARE. 
[According  to  the  Hatton  MS.  and  with  variants  from  C.  i.] 


1A\0J»^$ 


Gregory's  Prologue. 


*^-ovlrv  pu  leofusta  broSur,  suiSe  freondlice  ond  suiSe  fre_m-     » 

c  l<?u>'  sumlice  SQ  me  t&ldesS1  ond  mid  eaSmode  ingeSonce  t5u    -L^u^ 

me  ciddesS,1  for  Son   ic   min  niaS  ond  wolde  fieon  Sa 
^■^(^S  Jai      byrSenne   Ssere   hirdelecan    giemenne.      Dara   byrSenna 

5  he,fignesse,(eall  Saet   ic   his  geman,)  ic  awnle*  on  Sisse    |uw,o 
andweardan  bee,  tSy  lass  hi  hwseui  leohte  Syncen  to  un 
derfonne;  ond  ic  eac  laere  Saet  hira  nan  Sara  ne  wilnie  rr 
Se   hine   unwaerlice   bega;   ond  se  Se  hi  nnweerlice  Qnd 
unryhtlice  gewilnige,  ondriMe  he  5aet  he  hi  gefre  under- 
io  ienge.     Nu  ic  wilnige  Seette  Seos  spraec  stigge  on  6set 
ingeSonc  Sees  leorneres,  swai  swse  on  snme  hlaklre,  staep- 
mselum  near  ond  near,  oS  Seet  hio  faestlice  gestonde  on 
Stem  solore  Sees  modes  Se  hi  leornige.     Qnd  for  ]>y  ic  hi 
todyele  on  feower:  an  is  Sara  doela,  hii  he  on  Sone  folgoS 
15  becume;  6Ser,  hii  he  Sair  on  libbe;  Sridda  is,  hii  he  Sger 
on  leere ;  f eorSa 2  is,  hii  he  his  agene  unSeawas  ongictan 
wille  ond  hira  geSjef  bion,  Sy  laes  he  for  Sy  underf^nge 
his  eaSmodnesse  forlaete,  oSSe  eft  his  lif  sle  ungelic  hia 
oenunga,  oSSe  he  to  Srfete  ond  to  stIS  sie  for  Sy  undi  r- 
Lrv^j^^^u^g.  f^nge  his  lareowdomes ;   ac  gemetgige   hit   se  §ge   his     t*~^. 
agenra  unSeawa,  ond  befaeste  he  mid  his  lifes  bisenufh  Sa  (^ 
lare  Sam  Se  his  wordum  ne  geliefen;  ond  Sonne  he  god 

2  H,  feorSe. 


TV/.     77/2?  PASTORAL   CARE. 

weorc  wyrce,  gemyne  he  tSaes  yfeles  Se  lie  worhte,  paette  * 
Ovjc^.     slo  unrotnes,  Se  he  for  Saiin  yflaii  weorcum  haebbe,  ge- 
metgige   Sone   gefean   Se   he   for  'Stem  godan  weorcum 
haefde,  Sy  lies  he  beforan  Saes  dieglan  Deman  eagum  sie 
ahafea  on  his  mode  ond  on  ofermettum  aSUnden,  ond    5  U*-i».ia 
(Sonne  Surh  Saet  selfllce  his  godan  weorc  forleose.     Ac 
monige  sindon  me  suISe  onlice  on  ungelairednesserSeah 
Se  hi  naefre  leorningcnihtas  naeren,  wilniaS  Seah  lareowas 
to  beonne,  ond  SynceS 2  him  suiSe  leoht  sio  byrSen  Sses 
lareowdomes,  for  Son  Se  hi  ne  cunnon  Saet  maegen  his  10 
micelnesse.    Frgm  Saare  dura  self  re  Sisse  bee,  Saet  is  from 
onginne  Sisse  spraece,  sint  adrifene  giid  getaekle  Sa  un-   "^-ip^o^t 
waran  Se  him  agniaS 3  Sone  craeft  Saes  lareowdomes  Se  hi 
na  ne  geleornodonT  *fr*  ^^w^)  \<^«^  .  c^tUv. 


I.   Daette  unlaerde  ne  dyrren  underfon  lareowdom.  15 

For  Son  Se  nan  craeft  nis  to  laeranne  Seem  Se  hine  aer 
geornlice  ne  leornode,  for  hwon  beoS  aefre  suae  Sriste  S3, 
ungelaeredan  Saet  hi  underfon  Sa  heirde  Saes  laiiowdoines,     ^oa^ 
Sonne  se  craeft  Saes  lareowdomes  biS  craeft  ealra  craefta? 
Hua  nat  Saet  Sa  wilnda  Saes  modes  bioS  digelran  Sonne  Sa  20 
wunda  Saes  lichaman?     Qnd  Seah  Sa  woroldlecan  laecas  --e-C^oj 
scomaft  Saet  hi  onginnen  Sa  wunda  lacnian  Se  hi  geslon  ne     =  *~iUv&V-  (*jl, 
magon,  Qnd  hiifu  gif  hi  nouSer  gecnawan  ne  cunnan  ne 
Sa  medtrymnesse  ne  eac  Sa  wyrta  Se  Seer  wis  sculon.      *.  {,- 
Qnd  hull  on  ne  scomaS  Sa  Se  Saes  modes  laeceas  beon  25 
scoldon,  Seah  Se  hi  nane  wuht  ongitan  ne  cunnon  Sara 
gaestlecena  beboda,  Saet  hie  him  onteoS  Saet  hie   slen 
heortan  laecas.     Ac  for  Son  Se  nu  eall  se  weorSscipe  Sisse    -*,.{._ 
worolde  is  gecierred  —  Gode  S$nc —  to  weorSscipe  Saem 

»  H,  Sette.  2  H,  Syncet.  •  H,  agniaL 


.    ^  ^(^^^U.  NW^   IrM- 


HE  PASTOKSJTCARE. 


eewfaestum,1  Sset  6a  sindon  nu  weorSoste  Se  sewfsestoste' 

^^  T\      sindon,  for  Son  licet  suISe  monig  tSaet  he  aewfaesjji8  lareow 

sie,  _Se   he  wilnaS   micle   woroldare    habban.      Be   gain 

CrisS 4  selfa  cleopode  ond  Sus  cwseS :   '  Hi  secaS  Sset  hi 


5  mon  serest  grete  ond  weorSige  on  ceapstowum  ond  on 
gebeorscipum,  ond  Sset  hie  fyrmest  hlynigen  set  gefengief- 
lum,  ond  Sset  iel_des6e 5  setl  (on  gemetengnjn 6  hi  secaS.' .  (\ 
For  Son  hie  sua  on  ofermevtum  ond  raid  upahafenesse " ' 
becumaS  to  Ssere  are  Sajre  hirdelecan  giemerme,  hi  ne 

w  magon  medomllce  Senian  Sa  Seniing^  ond  Siere  eaSmod- 

nesse  lareowas  blon ;  ac  sio  tunge  bits  gescinded 7  on  Mm 

^^^t^.  j       lariowdome  Sonm JiiOjOSer  laarS^oSer  hio8  liornode.    Suel- 

cum  monnum  Dryhten  cidde  Surh  Sone  witgan,  ond  him 

suelc  oSwat,  Sa  he  cwseS:  'Hie  ricsedon,  nses  Seah  mines 

15  Nonces ;  ealdorme_n  hi  wseron,  ond  ic  hie  ne  cuSe.'     Da  tSe 
sua  ricsiaS,9  hi  ricsiaS  of  hira  agnum  dome,  nses  of  Saes 
hiehstan  Deman,  'Sonne  hi  ne  beoS  mid  nanre  sylle  1111-    <)  ° 
derscotene  Sses   godcundlican  msegenes,  ne  for  nanum 
crsefte  gecorene,  ac  mid  hira  agenre  gewilnunge  hie  bioS 

20  onbsernede,  Sset  hie  gereafiaS  sua  heane  lariowdom  suISor 
Sonne  hi  hine  geearnien.  Hie  Sonne  se  eca  ond  se  dlegla 
Dema  upahe_feS  suelce  he  hi  nyte,  ond  geSafiende  he  hit 
forbireS  for  Sara  dome  his  geSylde.     Ac  Seah  hi  on  Sam 


<j*-d^< 


ijp^o 


tu.wU  hade  fela  wundra  wyrcen,  eft  Sonne  hi  t5  him  cumaS,  he 

*•■  t^Ke^~ ^^5  cuiS:  'GewitaS  from  me,  ge  unryhtwyrhtan !  nat  ic  hwaet  ^\A.c 
ge  sint.'     Eft  he  hie  Sreade  Surh  Sone  witgan  for  hira 
ungeleerednesse,  Sa  he  cuaeS :  '  Da  hierdas  nsefdon  ondgit : 
hie  hsefdon  mine  se,  ond  hi  me  ne  gecniowon.'     Se  Se 
Godes  bebodu  ne  gecnsewS,  ne  biS  he  oncnawen  from  Gode. 

1  H,  -am  (originally  -um) ;  C,  -estan ;  C.  ii,  sewfestum. 

2  C,  -os-Se.  8  C,  aewfest.  *  C,  Crist. 

•  C,  yldeste.  6  C,  -ingum.  •  C,  gescended. 

»  C,  wanting.  9  H.ricsieaS. 


\>   >i       "^5~«f.        Lo.  J.«       O^t      ^ 


II-   iu^Ml-^    -4ju>l~v^*-  oax^CU^    (S-Vr**jH 


2/s 


-ki  ~^^&}*^-~~t/  ^-^?  jls  -fc^o  .m.sl  «4->j    ,^-r%st3    -S{ 
r  t^^ux*— ~a>_j  "joc»jJb  «>--><^-A^"-«-*^v>jkj 


1*//.     THE  PASTORAL    CARE.  33 

Dset  ilce  cuaeS  sanctus  Paulus :  'Se  Se  God  ne  ongit,  ne  *  *lv-3<? 

ongit  God  Line.'     Unwise  lareowas  cumaS  for  Saes  folces 

synnum ;  for  Son  oft  for  Saes  lareowes  unwlsdome  mis- 

faraS  6a  hlereme_nn,  ond  oft  for  Sees  lareowes  wlsdome 

unwlsum  hieremonnum  bits  geborgen.     Gif  Sonne  aigSer    5 

biS  unwls,  tSonne  is  to  geSe^ncanne  hwset  CrlsS *  self  cuseS 

on  his  godspelle;  he  cwaeS  :  'Gif  se  blinda  Sone  blindan 

liet,2  hi  feallaS  begen  on  senile  pytt.'     Be  Saini  ilean  se  XV-'M- 

sealmscop  cuaeS :  '  Sien  hira  eagan  aSIstrode  Saet  hi  ne  p 

geseon,  ond  hiora  hryeg3  simle  gebleged.4'     Ne  cwaiS  he  10  ^v"mv 

Saet  for  Sy  Se  he  amegum  m$n  Saes  wyscte  oSSe  wilnode,  ^** 

ac  he  wltgode  sua  sua  hit  geweorSan  sceolde.     SoSlIce  Sa 

eagan  Saet  beoS  Sa  lareowas,  ond  se  hrycg8  Saet  sint  Sa 

biereme,nn;  for  (San  Sa  eagan  bloS  on  (Sam  llchoman  fore- 

weardum  ond  ufeweardum,  ond  se  hrycg  faerS  aefter  aelcre  15 

wuhte  ;  sua  gaS  (Sa  lareowas  beforan  Siem  folce,  ond  Saet 

folc  aefter.     Donne  (Sam  lareowum  aSIstriaS  Saes  modes 

eagan,   Se   beforan   gan   scoldon   mid    godum    blsenum, 

Sonne  geblgS  Saet  folc  hira  hrycg  to  he_fegum  byrSenurn 

manegum.  20 


II.  Ne  eft  Sa  gela&redan,  Se  swa  nyllaS  libban  swa,  hie  on 
bocum  leornodon  Saet  hi  scoldon,  ne  underfon  Sa  are 
Saes  lareowdomes. 

Monige  eac  wise  lareowas  winnaS  mid  hira  Seawum 
wis  Sa,  gaesSlecan  bebodu  Se  hi  mid  wordum  laeraS,  Sonne  25 
hie  on  6Sre  wlsan  libbaS,  on  6Sre  hi  laeraS.  Oft  Sonne  se 
hirde  gaeS  on  frecne  wegas,  slo  hiord,  Se  unwserre  biS, 
gehrist.  Be  suelcum  hirdum  cwaeS  se  wltga:  'Ge  for- 
traidon  Godes  sceapa  gaers,  ond  ge  gedrefdon  hiora  waeter 

1  C,  Crist  a  C,  lsedeS.  «  H,  hrygc.  *  C,  gebigged. 


34  VII.    THE  PASTORAL   CARE. 

mid  lowrum  fotum,  Seah  ge  hit  ser  undrefed  druncen.1 ' 
Sua  6a  lareowas,  hi  drincaS  suISe  hliiter  waeter,  Sonne  hi 
Sone  godcundan  wisdom  leorniaS,  ond  eac  Sonne  hie  hiene 
laeraS ;  ac  hie  hit  gedrefaS  mid  hira  agnum  unSeawum, 

5  Sonne  Saet  folc  blsenaS  on  hira  unSeawum  nals 2  on  hira 
lare.  Deah  Saet  folc  Syrste  Saere  lare,  hie  hie  ne  magon 
drincan,  ac  hlo  biS  gedrefed  mid  Sam  Se  Sa  lareowas  6Ser 
doS  oSer  hie  laeraS.  Be  Saem  Dryhten  cwaeS  eft  Surh 
Sone   wltgan :    '  Yfle   preostas   b!o}>   folces    hryre.'      Ne 

io  de_reS  nan  mon  suISor  Siere  halgan  ges^mnunge  Sonne 
Sa,  Se  Sone  noman  underfoS  ond  Sa  e.ndebyrdnesse  Sees 
halgan  hades,  ond  Sonne  on  woh  doS ;  for  Son  hie  nan 
monn  ne  dearr  Sreagean  Seah  hie  agylten,  ac  mid  Sam 
beoS  synna  suISe  gebraedda  Se  hie  beoS  sua  geweorSade. 

15  Ac  hie  woldon  selfe  fleon  Sa  byrSenne  sua,  micelre  scylde, 
Sa  Se  his  unwierSe  wseron,  gif  hie  mid  hiora  heortan 
earum  woldon  gehleran  ond  geornllce  geSe_ncan  Sone 
Cristes  cuide,  Sa  he  cuaeS :  { Se  Se  aenigne  Sissa  ierminga 
besuIcS,  him  walre  be_tere  Saet  him  waire  sumu  e_sulbweorn 

20  to  Stem  sulran  getlged,3  ond  sua  aworpen  to  saes  grunde.' 
Durh  Sa  cweorne  is  getacnod  se  ymbhwyrft  Sisse  worolde 
ond  eac  monna  llfes  ond  hira  gesuinces,  ond  Surh  Sone 
seegrund  hira  e,nde  ond  se  slSemesSa4  d$mm.5  Donne 
biS  slo  cweorn  becierred,  Sonne  se  monn  biS  gee,ndod; 

25  Sonne  biS  sio  micle  cweorn  becierred,  Sonne  Seos  weorld 
biS  gee_ndod.  Se  Sonne  ]>ee  to  halgum  hade  becymS,  ond 
Sonne  mid  yflum  bisnum  oSSe  worda  oSSe  weorca  6Sre 
on  won  gebringS,  b^tre  him  waere  Saet  he  on  laessan 
hade  <md  on  eorSHcum  weorcum  his  Hf  gee_ndode ;   for 

30  Saem  gif  he  on  Saem  wel  deS,  he  haefS  Saes  god  lean,  gif 

1  C,  druncon.  *  C,  nalles.  s  C,  getigged 

*  C,  -eata.  *  C,  dom.  a  H,  wanting. 

\ 


VII.     THE  PASTORAL    CARE.  35 

he  yfle  deS,  kesse  wlte  he  SrowaS  on  hejle  gif  he  ana 
Sider1  cyniS,  Sonne  he  do  gif  he  oSerne  mid  him  Sider1 
Oring«.  _____ 

XXII.   Hu  swKe  se  re_ccere  sceal  beon  on  his  smeaunga 
abisgod  ymb  Sa2  halgau  ai.  3    5 

Ac  eall  Sis3  aredaS  se  re_ccere  suiSe  ryhte,  Sonne  he 
for  Godes  lufum  c;nd  for  Godes  e_ge  deS  Saet  Saet  he  deS, 
ond  yelce  dtege  geornfullice  smeaS  Sa  bebodu  halegra  ge- 
writa, Siette  on  him  sle  uppargred  se  craeft  S*re  glemenne 
ymbe  Sa  foresceawunga  Sees  .hefonllcan  llfes,  Sone4  sin-  10 
galli-e  Sisse  eorSlican  drohtungi  gewnna  wile  toweorpan, 
buton  hine  slo  myndgung  Sara  haligra  gewrita  onbryrde. 
For  Ssem  se  eorSHca  geferscipe  hine  tiehS  on  Sa  lufe 
his  ealdan  ungewunan,  he  sceal  simle  higian  Saet  he 
weorSe  onbryrd  ond  geednlwad  to  Saim  hefonllcan  eSle.  15  - 
Ac  his  mod  biS  suISe  leSegende5  ond  suISe  abisgad  mid 
eorSHcra  monna  wordum,  for  Sam  hit  is  openllce  cuS 
Saette  slo  iiterre  abisgung  Sissa  woroldSinga  Sees  monnes 
mod  gedrefS,  ond  hine  scofett6  hidres  Sidres7  oS  Saet  he 
afielS  of  his  agnum  willan ;  ac  him  biS  Searf  Saet  he  hine  2c 
genime  simle  be  Stere  leornunge  haligra  gewrita,  ond  be 
Sam  arise.  For  Siosum  Singnm  nianade8  Paulus  Timo- 
theum  his  cniht,  ond  cwaeS  '  Donne  ic  cume,  Sonne  beo 
5u  abisgad  ymbe  raldinge.'  Qnd  eft  DauuPbe  Sam  ilcan 
spraec,  Sa  he  cuaeS :  'Loca,  Dryhten,  hu  suISe  ic  lufige  23 
Sine  ae;  ealne  daeg  Sset  bi5  mm  smeaung.'  Eft  bl  Sys 
ilcan  Dryhten  bebead  Moyse  hu  he  scolde  beran  Sa  earce, 
6a  he  cwaeS :  'Wyrc  feower  hringas  aelgyldene,  Qnd  ahoh 

1  C,  Saeder.  *  C,  on  Ssere  (for  ymb  Sa).       8  H,  Siss. 

4  H,  Sonne.  6  C,  yfie£ende.  6  C,  scofeS. 

7  H,  Ssedres.  8  C,  manoda,  •  H,  Dauit. 


36  VII.    THE  PASTORAL   CARE. 

hie  suISe  fgeste  on  Sa,  feower  hyrnan  Sgere  earce ;  ond 
hat  wyrcean  twegen  ste_ngas  of  Sgeni  treowe  Se  is  haten 
sethim,  Sget  ne  wyrS  ngefre  forrotad,  ond  befoh  utan  mid 
golde ;  ond  sting  tit  Surh  Sa,  hringas  bi  Seere  earce  sldan, 
5  Sset  hie  man  maege  beran  on  Sam,  ond  lget  hi  stician  Seer 
on,  ne  tlo  hie  mon  ngefre  of.'  Hwget  mgeg  Sonne  $lles 
seo  earc  tacnian  buton  Sa  halgan  ciricean,1  on  Sgere  sculon 
hangian  Sa  feower  hringas  on  Sam  feower  hyrnum,  Seet 
sint  Sa  feower  hyrnan  Sises  middangeardes,  binnan  Seem 

io  is  tobrgedd  Godes  folc,  Sget  is  utan  begyrdd  mid  Sam 

feower  godspellum  ?     Da  sjlglas 2  Sonne,  Se  mon  Sa  earce  ***  *-*<■*. 
big  beran  sceal,  sticiaS  eallne  weg  inn  on  Sam  hringum      «•■*'*• 
Sa  earce  mid  to  beranne,  Sa  beoS  geworht  of  Stem  treowe 
sethim,  Sset   ngefre   ne   rotaS.     Sua  sindon  to  seceanne 

15  stronge  ond  unaSrotene  lareowas  ond  Surhwuniende  on 

Sgere  lare  haligra  boca,  Sa  simle  sculon  blon  bodiende  ' 

ymbe  Sa,  anmodnesse  Sgere  halgan  gesomnunga,3  sua,  sua 

l">fiJ   Sa,  an^stungnan4  saglas2  Sa  earce  beraS.     Dget  is  Sonne 

Sget  mon  Sa,  earce  bere  on  Sgem  saglum,5  Sgette  Sa  god  an 

20  lareowas, Sa  halgan  gesomnunge  lgerende,6  Sa  niwan  ond 
Sa,  ungeleaffullan  mod  mid  hira  lare  gelgede_  to  ryhtum 
geleafan.  Da  saglas2  is  beboden  Sget  scoldon  beon  mid 
golde  befongne.  Dget  is,  Sonne  Sa  lareowas  mid  wordum 
6Sre  m^nn  lgeraS,7  Sget  h!  eac  selfe  on  hira  agnum  weorcum 

25  biorhte  semen.8  Be  Sam  saglum5  is  suiSe  gesceadlice 
gecueden  Sget  hie  sculon  simle  stician  on  Sam  hringum, 
ond  ngefre  ne  mSton  him  beon  of  atogene,  for  Stem  is  micel 
niedSearf  Seette  Sa  Se  beoS  gese_tte  to  Sgere  Senunga  Sees 
lareowdomes,  Sget  hi  ngefre  ne  gewiten9  from  Sgere  georn- 

30  fulnesse  Seere   reedinge   ond  leornunge  haligra  gewrita. 

1  C,  cyricean.  2  C,  sahlas.  8  C,  -unge. 

4  H,  anbestungne.  6  C,  sahlum.  6  C,  beoS  lserende. 

7  H,  lserat.  8  C,  scienen.  » C,  gewieten. 


VII.     THE  PASTORAL   CAKE.  37 

For  Saim   is  eac  gecueden   Saette   simle   Sa   ofergyldan 
saglas1  sceolden  stician  on  Saim.  gyldnum   hringum,  Sy 
Los  hine  ienig  wuht  geelde  ungearowes,  Sonne  111911  Sa 
earce  beran  scolde.     Dset  is,  Sonne  Sonne  Sara  lareowa 
hlereme_nn  hweethwugu  giesSHces2  to  him  secaS  ond   hi    5 
frinaS,3  Sonne  is  suiSe  micel  scand  gif  he  Sonne  fserS 
sScende  hwset  he  s^llan  scyle,  Sonne  he  Iqwan4  scolde    ^l1 
5»t  him   111011   to   ascaS.     Ac  Sonne   sticiaS  Sa  saglas1 
suISe   singallice   on   Saim   hringum,  Sonne   Sa  lareowas 
simle   on   liira  heortum    smeagaS    Sa    lialgan    gewritu.   ic 
V^cJdh    Qud  Sonne  hi  he_bbaS5  suiSe  arodllce  Sa  earce  up,  Sonne 
hi  suISe  hrsedllce  bioS  gearwe  to  laeranne  Ssette  Sonne 
Searf  biS.     Bi  Siem  suISe  wel  se  forma  hierde  Sa?re  hal- 
gan  ciricean,  Saet  is  sanctus  Petrus,  manode  6Sre  hierdas, 
Sa  he  cuyeS :  '  BioS  simle  gearwe  to  lairanne  ond  to  for-  15 
giefanne  eelcum  Sara  Se  low  ryhtlice  bidde  ymbe  Sone 
tohopan  Se   ge   habbaS   on   eow.'      Suelce    he   openllce 
cutede:  'Ne  bregde  ge6  no  Sa  ste_ngas  of  Seem  hringum, 
Sy  laes  slo  earc  si  ungearo  to  beranne.' 

1  C,  sahlas.        2  C,  gast-.  3  C,  frienaS. 

*  C,  iewan.        5  C,  hsebbaft.        6  H,  bregden  ge ;  C,  brede  ge. 


it 


Wve. 


W\VUt  VIIL 

1  THE  VOYAGES  OF  OHTHEEE  AND  WULFSTAN. 

[This  narrative  is  inserted  in  the  Alfredian  version  of  Orosius's 
>fe.7  _JL-  I .         Compendious  History  of  the  World.     The  text  follows  the  Lauder- 
S  i  3  J§m  dale  MS.  (Helmingham  Hall,  Suffolk)  at  the  beginning;  after  that 


the  Cotton  MS.,  Tiberius  B.  i.  (Brit.  Mus.] 


JO  ou 


.*- 


Ohthere  ssede  his  hlaforde,  ^Elfrede  cyninge,  fast  he 
ealra  NorSmonna  norfinest  bude.  He  cwaeo"  feet  he  bude 
on  f  eem  lande  norf  weardum  wif  fa  Wests*.  He  saede 
feah  feet1  feet  land  sie  swlfe  lang  norf  fonan;  ac  hit  is 

5  eal  weste,  buton  on  feawum  stowum  styccemeelum  wlciao" 
Finnas,  on  huntoSe  on  wintra,  ond  on  sumera  on  fiscafe2 
be  fsere  see._  He  seede  feet  he  set  sumum  cirre  wolde 
fandian  hii  longe  fset  land  norfryhte  leege,  offe  hwseSer 
eenig  mon  be  norSan  fsem  westerfne  bude.     pa,  for  he 

io  norfryhte  be  faim  lande :  let  him  ealne  weg  feet  weste 
land  on  Saet  steorbord,  ond  fa,  widsee  on  Sect  baecbord  frle 
dagas.  pa  waes  he  swa  feor  nor))  swa,  fa  hwaelhuntan 
firrest  faraf.  pa  for  he  fa  giet  norfryhte  swa  feor3  swa 
he  meahte  on  fsem  ofrum  frlm  dagum  gesiglau.4    pa  beag 

15  fast  land  feer  eastryhte,  offe  seo  see  in  on  tSset  lond,  he 
nysse  hweefter,  buton  he  wisse  ^set  he  'Ster  bad  westan- 
windes  ond  hwon  norfan,  ond  siglde  8a5  east  be  lande 
swa  swa,  he  meahte  on  feower  dagum  gesiglan.4  pa 
sceolde  he  'Seer6  bidan  ryhtnorfanwindes,7  for  8eem  faet 

1  L,  wanting.     2  C,  fiscoJ?e.  3  C,  swa  feor  wanting. 

*  C,  geseglian.    6  C,  seglede  i>anon.    6  C,  wanting.      7  C,  rihte-. 

. 


1'  t  *fi  a^*T 

VIII.    VOYAGES  OF  OIITIIERE  AM)  WVLF8TAN.       39 

land  beag  faer  sufryhte,  offe  seo  sie  in  on  Saet  land,  he" 

nysse  hwaefer.     pa  siglde1  he  fonan  sQftryhte  be  lande 

swa  swa  he  melite  on  fif  daguni  gesiglan.2     Da  laeg  fair 

vve^  an  niicel  ea  up  in  on3  faet  land,     pa  cirdon  hie  up  in  on 

tSa  ea,  for  faeni  hie  ne  dqrston  forf  bl  j>aere  ea  siglan4  for    g 

""*  unfrife ;  for  faem  Saet  land  wses  eall  gebun  on  of  re  healfe 

faere  eas.5     Ne  mette  he  air  nan  gebun  land,  siffan  he 

frQin  his  agnum  ham^for;  ac  him  waes  ealne  weg  weste 

land  on  faet  steorbord,  biitan  fisceruni  Qnd  fugelerum  ond 

huntura,  ond  faet  waeron  eall  Finnas;   $nd  him  waes  a  is 

wldsae  on  Saet  baecbord.     pa  Beormas  haefdon  swlfe  wel 

'***  ^2^  gebud7  hira  land:  ac  hie  ne  dorston  fser  on  cuman.     Ac 

]  ara  Terfinna  land  waes   eal  weste,  buton  fcaer  huntan 

gewlcodon,  offe  fiscwas,  offe  fugeleras. 

Fela  spella  him  saedon  fa  Beormas  eegfer  ge  of  hiera  15 

agnum  lande  ge  of  faem  landum  f  e  ymb  hie  utan  waeron ; 

ac  he  nyste  hwaet  fees  sofes  wses,  for  faem  he  hit  self  ne 

geseah.     pa  Finnas,  him  fuhte,  ond  fa  Beormas  spraecon 

l-u^'Io      neah  an  gefeode.     Swifost  he  for  Sider,  to  eaean  faes 
•«u. 


y^-     landes  sceawunge,  for  faem  horshwaelum,8  for  fcaem  hie  20 
habbaS  swlfe  aefele  ban  on  hiora  tofum- — fa  teS  hie  broh- 
ton  sume  faem  cyninge  —  ond  hiora  hyd9bi5  swISe  god  to 


sciprapum.    ^Se  hwael  bits  micle  laessa  f  onne  6$re  hwalas : 
xi*~         ne  bi5  he  le_ngra  Sonne  syfan  ejna  lang;  ac  on  his  agnum 

lande  is  se  be.tsta  hwaelhuntaS :  fa  beoS  eahta  and  feo-  25 
wertiges  e_lna  lange,  and  fa  maestan  flftiges  e,lna  lange ; 
fara  he  saede  fast  he  syxa  sum  ofsloge  syxtig  on  twain 
dagum. 

He  waes  swySe  spedig  man  on  faem  aehtum  fe  heora 
speda  on  beoS,  faet  is,  on  wildrum.     He  haefde  fa  gyt,  Sa  3c 

1  C,  seglede.  2  C,  geseglian.  8  C,  wanting. 

*  C,  seglian.  *  C,  ea.  •  C,  hanie. 

7  C,  gebun.  8  L,  horschwaelum.  9  L  ends  here. 


40       VIU.     VOYAGES  OF  OHTHERE  AND  WULFSTAN. 

he  pone  cyningc  sohte,  tamra  deora  unbebohtra  syx  hund. 

pa  deor  hi  hataft  '  hranas  ; '  )>ara  wseron  syx  staelhranas  ; 

fta  beoft  swyfte  dyre   mid  Finnum,  for  ftsem  hy  foft   fa 

wildan  hranas  mid.     He  wees  mid  )>aam  fyr.stum  manaunij^ 

5  on  ])83in  lande :  naefde  he  ]  eah  ma,  ftonne  twentig  hryftera,  -^^^ 

and  twentig  sceapa,  and  twentig  swyna;  and  paet  lytle 

AL)  „T       pset  he  e,rede,  he  e,rede  mid  horsan."    Ac  hyra  ar  is  niaest 

l.xol,  a.  D  on  ]>aem~gafole  ]>e  6a  Finnas  him  gfldaft.     past  gafol  bift  i-faj 

on  deora  fellum,  and  on  fugela  fefterum,  and  hwales  bane, 

10  and  on  pajm  sciprapum  ]>e  beoft  of  hwseles  hyde  gewofht 

and  of  seoles.     iEghwilc  gylt  be  hys  gebyrdum.     Se  byrd- 

-«-«4w        esta  sceall  gyldan  fiftyne  mearftes  fell,  and  flf  hranes, 

^,    _  and  an  beren1  fel,  and  tyn  ambra  feftra,  and  berenne  kyr- 

tel  oftfte  yterenne,  and  twegen  sciprapas ;  aeg]>er  sy  syxtig 

15  -elna  lang,  6)>er  sy  of  hwaeles  hyd|'geworht,  6J>er  of  sioles. 

He  saede  ftaet  Norftmanna  land  waere  swype  lang  and 

swyfte  smeel.    jEal  past  his  man  after  oftfte  e^ttan  oftfte  §rian  > 

masg,  feet  lift  wift  fta  saa;   and  ]>set  is  ]-eah  on  sumum 

stowum  swyfte  cludig ;  and  licgaft  wilde  moras  wift  eastan 

20  and  wift  iipp  on  emnlange  }>aeui  bynum  lande.     On  ]>83in 

£UL<rv,-$ '  morum  eardiaft  Finnas.     And  past  byne  land  is  easte- 

weard  braclost,  and  symle  swa  norftor  swa  sinaelre.    Easte- 

we.rd  hit  masg  blon  syxtig  mila  brad,  o]>]>e  hwene  breedre2; 

and  middeweard  )>ritig  oftfte  bradre ;  and  norfteweard  he 

25  cwaeft,  ]>sqv  hit  smalost  waere,  fast  hit  mihte  beon  freora 

mila  brad  to  feem  more ;  and  se  mor  syftfan,  on  sumum 

stowum,  swa  brad  swa,  man  maeg  on  twam  wucum  ofer- 

feran;  and  on  sumum  stowum  swa,  brad  swa  man  maeg 

on  syx  dagum  oferferan.     jj^^oW-W 

"30       Donne   is    toemnes  ]>sem  lande  suSeweardum,  on  oftre 

healfe  J?ses  mores,  SweolaM,  op  ]>aet  land  norfteweard; 

1.        %  V  ' 

o 

1  C,  beran ;  Sweet.  *°  "^  •"**«..  a  Sweet,  bradre. 


a  n 


V1U.    VOYAGES  Of  OHTllERE  AND  WULF8TAN.       41 

f  W2i 

and  toemnes  paem  lande  norSeweardum,  Cwena  land,  pa, 
Cwenas  he/giaft  hwllum  on  Sa  Nor$me,n  ofer  Sone  mor, 
hwlluin  pa  Nor8nie,n  on  hy.  And  pier  sint  swftie  micle 
meras  ijetysce  geond  J  a  moras ;  and  berati  ja  Cwenas  hyra 
scypn  ofer  land  on  '6a  me,ras,  and  panon  he,rgiaS  on  6a 
jSTor<5me,n ;  hy  habba'S  swy5e  lytle  scypa  and  swySe 
leohte.    (V~c>  £  WS  >+~^i  4*+~+  ns^^  ?  h*l^ 


Tf 


Ohthere  saede  feet  slo  sclr  hatte  Helgoland,  pe  he  on    <~'ru^tu0^oL_ 
bude.     He  cwaeS  paet  nan  man  ne  bude  be  norftan  him. 
•ponne  is  an  port  on  sfifteweardum  paem  lande,  pone1  man  ic 
haet  Sciringesheal.     pyder  he  cwaeft  paet  man  ne  mihte 
geseglian  on  anum  monSe,  gyf  man  on  hiht  wicode,  and 

j^au^o  selce  daege  haefde  ambyrne  wind ;  and  ealle  fta,  hwlle  he 
sceal  seglian  be  lande.     And  on  paet  steorbord  him  bift 

/wt^*    arrest  Iraland^  and  ponne  8a,  Igland  pe  synd  betux  Ira-  15  U.tw*<, 
lande  and  pissum  lande.     ponne  Jis  fis  land,  08  he  cym5    c^vct^^ 
to  Scirincgesheale,  and  ealne  weg  on  paet  baecbord  Norfi- 
weg.     Wi8  suSan  pone  Sciringesheal  fylft  swyfte  mycel 
see  up  in  on  8aet  land;  seo  is  bradre  ponne  aenig  man  ofer 
seon  maege.     And  is  Gotland  on  68re  healfe  ongean,  and  %a 
siftfian 2  Sillende.     Seo  see  115  maenig  hund  mila  up  in  on 
paet  land.       '  ^**l«^ 

And  of  Sciringesheale  he  cwaeft  $aet  he  seglode  on  fif 
dagan  to  paem  porte  pe  mon  hset  jet  Haepum;  se^st^nt 
betuh  Winedum,  and  Seaxum,  and  Angle,  and  hyr6  in  25 
on  Dene.  Da,  he  piderweard  seglode  fram  Sciringes- 
heale, pa,  waes  him  on  feet  baecbord  D^namearc  and  on 
past  steorbord  widsae  pry  dagas ;  and  pa,,  twegen  dagas  aer 
he  to  Haepum  come,  him  waes  on  paet  steorbord  Gotland, 
and  Sillende,  and  Iglanda  fela.  On  paem  landum  eardo-  30 
don  ^ngle,  aer  hi  hider  on  land  coman.     And  hym  waes 

1 C,  >onne.  »  C,  gr&Sa. 


4.2       VIII.    VOYAGES  OF  OHTHERE  AND  WULFSTAN 


fta  twegen  dagas  on  tSset  baecbord  fa  Igland  pe  in  [on] ' 
De,nemearce  hyraft. 


«5 


I3  frl  V    " 


Wulfstan  ssede  paet  he  gefore  of  Haeftum,  paet  he  wsere 
on  Truso  on  syfan  daguin  and  nihtum,  }>8et  p set  scip  waes 
ealne  weg  yrnende  under  segle.  Weonoftland  him  waes  on 
steorbord,  and  on  baecbord  Jum  waes  Langaland^*  and 
Laeland,  and  Falster,  and  Sconeg;  and  pas  land  eall 
hyraft  to  De,nemearcan.  And  ponne  Burgenda  land  waes 
us  on  baecbord,  and  pa  habbaft  him  sylf e 2  cyning.  ponne 
aefter  Burgenda  lande  waeron  us  pas  land,  pa  synd  hatene 
aerest  Blecinga-eg,  and  Meore,  and  Eowland,  and  Gotland 
on  baecbord ;  and  pas  land  hyraft  to  Sweom.3  And  Weo- 
nodland  waes  us  ealne  weg  on  steorbord  oft  Wlslemuftan. 
Seo  Wisle  is  swyfte  mycel  ea,  and  hio  tollft  Witland  and 
Weonodland ;  and  paet  Witland  beliinpeft  to  Estum ;  and 
seo  Wisle  lift  ut  of  Weonodlande,  and  lift  in  Estme_re ; 
and  se  Estme_re  is  huru  fiftene  mila  brad,  ponne  cymeft 
Ilfing  eastan  in  Estme_re  of  ftaem  m$r$7"fte  Truso  standeft 
in  staefte ;  and  curaaft  ut  samod  in  Estme_re,  Ilfing  eastan  Du^. 
20  of  Estlande,4  and  Wisle  suftan  of  Winodlande.  And 
ponne  benimft  Wisle  Ilfing  hire  naman,  and  ligeft  of  paem 
me,re  west  and  norft  on  sae ;  for  fty  hit  man  haet  Wlsle- 
tnufta. 

paet  Estland4  is  swyfte  mycel,  and  paer  bift  swyfte  manig 
burh,  and  on  aelcere  byrig  bift  cyningc.     And  peer  biS 
swyfte  mycel  hunig,  and  fiscnaft ;  and  se  cyning  and  pa 
rlcostan  me,n  drincaft  my  ran  meolc,  and  pa  unspedigan   i^vcj 
and  pa  peowan  drincaft  medo.      paer  bift   swyfte   mycelA^ 
gewinn  betweonan   him.     And  ne  bift  fteer  naenig  ea 

8  C,  Sweon  ;  Sweet. 


- 


i  Sweet.  3  C,  sylf ;  Sweet. 

*  C,  Eastlande  ;  Sweet. 


«  C,  Eastland ;  Sweet. 


>; 


I 


VIII.    VOYAGES  OF  OBTIIERE  AND  WULFSTAN.       43 

gebrowen  mid  Estum,  ac  peer  biS  medo  genoh.  And  paer 
W*m>%  is  mid  Estum  -Seaw,  ponne  pier  biS  man  dead,  past  he  IIS 
inne  unforbaerned  mid  his  maguni  and  freondum  monaS, 
ge  hwlluin  twegen ;  and  pa  kyuingas,  and  pa  oSre  heah- 
Sungene  men,  swa  micle  le,ncg  swa  hi  maran  speda  5 
habbaS,  hwllum  healf  gear  paet  hi  beoS  unforbaerned,  and 
^licgaS  bufan  eorSan  on  hyra  husum.     And  ealle  pa  hwile 

/Hi 

L  pe  paet  He  bi5  inne,  peer  sceal  beon  gedrync  and  plega, 
oS  Sone  daeg  pe  hi  hine^forbaernaS.  ponne  py  ylcan  daege 
[pe]  1  hi  nine  to  paem  ade  beran  wyllaS,  fonne  todaelaS  hi'  10 
his  feoh,  fast  paer  to  lafe  biS  sefter  psem  gedrynce  and  |wra 
plegan,  on  flf  oSSe  syx,  hwylum  on  ma,  swa  swa.  paes  feos 
andefn  biS.  Ale,cgaS  hit  Sonne  forhwaega  on  anre  mile 
t^^  pone  maestan  daal  fram  paem  tune,  ponne  oSerne,  Sonne 
pone2  priddan,  op  pe  hyt  eall  aled  biS  on  peere  anre  mile;  15 
and  sceall  beon  se  kesta  dael  nyhst  paem  tune  Se  se  deada 
man  on  115.  Donne  sceolon  beon  gesamnode  ealle  Sa 
me,nn  Se  swyftoste  hors  habbaS  on  paem  lande,  forhwaega 
on  fif  mllum  oSSe  on  syx  mllum  fram  psem  feo.     ponne 

?pJL**>P.  sernaS  hy  ealle  toweard  paem  feo :  Sonne  cymeS  se  man  20 
"""lie  paet  swiftoste3  hors  hafaS  to  psem  aerestan  dale  and  to 
paem  maestan,  and  swa  aslc  sefter  oSrum,  op  hit  biS  eall 
genumen;  and  se  nimS  pone  laestan  dael  se  nyhst  psem 
tune  pset  feoh  geaernej5.  And  ponne  rldeS  aelc  hys  weges 
mid  9"cem4  feo,  and  hyt  motan  habban  eall ;  and  for  Sy  25 

*k*^,  pair  beoS  pa  swiftan  hors  ungefoge  dyre.  And  ponne  his 
gestreon  beoS  pus  eall  aspended,  ponne  byrS  man  hine  fit, 
and  forbaerneS  mid  his  waepnum  and  hraegle  ;  and  swISost 
ealle  hys  speda  hy  forsp^ndaS  mid  pceraMangan  legere 
paes  deadan  mannes  inne,  and  paes  pe  hy  be  paem  wegum  30 
ale_cgaS,  pe  Sa  fre.mdan  to  aernaS,  and  nimaS.     And  paet 

*  Sweet.         a  C,  >aene.         8  C,  swifte ;  Sweet.  *  C.  'San. 


"s 


p****"- 


44       FJJI    VOYAGES  OF  OHTHERE  AND   WULFSTAX 

is  mid  Estum  }eaw  J?aet  }>£ir  sceal  eelces  geSfpdes  man 
beon  forbabrned ;  and  gyf  far  man  an  ban  tindefi  uni'or- 
beerned,  lil  liit  sceolan  miclum  gebetan.  And  pair  is  mid 
Estum '  au  iaeegj5  pset  hi  magon  cyl~e*  gewyrcan ;  and  py 
5  pair  licga'5  pa  deadan  meji  swa  lange,  and  ne  fuliatS,  J  set 
hy  wyrcafc  pone  cyle  him2  on.  And  peah  man  as^tte 
twegen  faitels  full  ealaS  oSfie  wseteres,  hy  gedoS  past 
aigper3  brS  oferfroren,  sam  hit  sy  sumor  sam  winter. 

1  C,  Eastum ;  Sweet.        2  C,  hine ;  Sweet        3  C,  o>er ;  Sweet. 


^^^  ^^ 


"^ 


toh  )•■ 


fs. 


CW^ 


V< 


~\ 


&~ 


EC 


IT  IS  BETTER  TO  SUFFER  AN  INJURY  THAN 
TO   INFLICT   ONE.    B^ifc.  .  Ufe.AV 


[From  the  Alfredian  version  of  Boethius's  De  Consolatione  Phi- 
losophiae,  according  to  MS.  C  (Cotton,  Otho  A.  0) ;  with  variants 
from  MS.  B  (Bodl.  180,  formerly  marked  NE.  C.  3.  11),  and  from 
J  (Bodl.  Jun.  12),  which  is  Junius's  transcript  of  B.] 

6 
Ic  pe  wolde  glet  re^ccan  sume  swrISe  rihte  race,1  ac  ic 

wat  paet  pis  folc  his  nele  gelyfan2:  paet  is,  paet  Sa  bioo- 

gesa3ligran  pe  mon  wltrfaS,  ponne  pa  blon  pe  hi  wltniaS. 

Da  wundrode  ic  Sees,  ond  cwaeft,  'Ic  wolde  paet  ]u  me  ge- 

reahte3  hu  hit  swa  bion 4  meahte.'    Da  cwaeS  he,  'Hwaefier 

))u  ongite  )>set  ailc  yfehvillende  mon  ond5  yfelwyrcende 

sle  wites  wyriSe  ? '     Da  cwaeS  ic,  '  Genog  sweotole  ic  paet 

ongite.'     Da  cwaeo"  he,  '  Hu  ne  is  se  Sonne  yfehvillende 

ond  yfelwyrcende   tSe   pone   unscyldigan   witnaS?'     Da 

cweeS  ic,  'Swa,  hit   is   swa,   ]>u   ssegst.6'     Da   cwaeb"   he, 

1  HwaeSer  Jm  Avene  past  Sa  sien  earme  ond  ungesselige  pe 

wites  wyrSe  bioo"  ? '     Da  cwaeS  ic,  '  Ne  wene  ic  his  no,7  ac 

wat  geare.'     Da  cwaefi  he,  'Gif  ]m  nu  deman  moste,8  hwie- 

Serne  woldes 9  pu  deman  wites  wyrSran,  pe  Sone  pe  Sone 

unscyldgan10  wltnode,  Se  Sone  pe  paet  wite  polade?'     Da 

cwaeb"  ic,  'Nis  paet  gelic;   ic  wolde  helpan  pass  oe  8aer 

unscyldig  weere,  ond  henan  pone  pe  hine  yfiode.'     Da 

\ 
1  C,  raca.  2  B,  nyle  gelefan.      8  B,  gerehtesi.      4  B,  wanting. 

0  J,  and  selc.         6  B,  segst.  7  B,  na.  8  B,  mostost. 

a  B,  woldest.       10  B,  wyrfcran  J>e  none  scyldgan. 


- 


">u 


^ 


I.JlfUn*^ 


46 


IX.    THE  ALFBEDIAN  BOETHIUS. 


I .  'J?  (ln*LL 


Y^-^^ILSLKKti^^ 


LWvo-h., 


r 


cweeS  he,  'ponne  pe  SincS  se  earmra,  se  [pe]  peet  yfel 
deS,  ponne  se  pe  hit  pafaS  ? '  Da  cweeS  ic, '  pees  ic  gelefe, 
peette  eelc  unriht  witnung  sle  pees *  yfel  pe  hit  deS,  nees 
pees 2  Se  hit  Saf aft,  for  Seeni  his  yfel  hine  gedeS  earmne. 
5  Qnd  ic  ongite  Seet  pis  is  swiSe3  riht  racu  peet  pu  nu  re.cst, 
ond  swISe  anlic  peem  pe  pu  ter  reahtes4;  ac  ic  wat  peah 
peet  pis3  folce  swa  ne  pincS/ 

Da  cweeS  he,   'Wei  )>u  hit  ongitst.     Ac  Sa  pingeras 
pingiaS  nu  hwilum  peem  pe  leessan  j  earfe  ahton ;  pingiaS 

10  peem  }>e 6  peer  man  ynaS,  ond  ne  pingiaS  petim  pe  peet  yfel 
doS.  peem  weere  mare  Searf  pe  pa  6Sre  unscyldge  yflaS, 
peet  him  mon  pingode  to  Seem  ricum,  ond  beede  peet  him 
mon  dyde  swa  micel  wite  swa  hi  peem  oSrum  unscyldgum 
dydon.     Swa  swa  se  sioca  ah  pearfe  peet  hine  mon  leede 

15  to  peem  leece  peet  he  his  tilige,  swa  ah  se  pe6  Seet  yfel 
deS,  peet  hine  mon  leede  to  peem  ricum,  peet  mon  peer  meege 
snlSan  ond  beernan  his  unpeawas.  Ne  cweSe  ic  na  peet 
peet  yfel  sle  peet  mon  helpe  pees  unscyldgan,  ond  him  fore- 
pingie,  ac  ic  cweSe  peet  hit  is  be^tere7  peet  mon  wrege  pone 
m  20  scyldgan;  Qnd  ic  se^cge  peet  sio  forespreec  ne  dyge  nauSer  i._. 
ne  peem  scyldgan  ne  Seem  pe  him  forepingaS,  gif  hi  pees 
wilniaS  peet  him  heora  yfel  unwrecen  sle  be  Sees  gyltes 
andefne.  Ac  ic  wat  gif  Sa  scyldgan  eenigne  spearcan 
wlsdomes  heefden,  ond  be  cenigum8  deele  ongeaten  peet 
-4i±  cx^ju^-^f  Iq,  hi  meahten  heora  scylda  purh 9  peet  wite  gebetan  pe  him 
her  on  weorulde  on  become,  ponne  noldon  hi  na  cweSan 
peet  hit  weere  wite,  ac  woldon10  cweSan  peet  hit  weere 
heora  cleensung  ond  heora  beirung;  ond  noldon  neenne 
pingere  gesecan,  ac  lustlice  hi  woldon  leetan  pa  rlcan  hi 

30  tucian  eefter  hiora  agnum  willan.     For  Seem  ne  scyle  nan 

1 B,  wanting.         2  B,  bas.        8  B,  swa.  *  B,  rehtest. 

6  B,  J>ys.  6  C,  wanting.         7  B,  betre. 

8  C,  aenegnum  ;  B,  sengum.        9  C,  )>urg.  10  C,  woldan. 


IX.     THE  ALFBEDIAN  BOETHIUS.  47 

wis  man  nSnne  mannan  hatian.  Ne  hataS  nan  mon  j'one 
godan,  butan  se  eallra  dysgosta;  ne  ]>ddt  nis  nan  riht 
}>;et  111911  ))one  yflan  hatige,  ac  hit  is  rihtre  paet  him  mon 
miltsige1:  ]>aet  is  )>onne  hiora  mildsung,  f»set  in<m  wrece 
liiora  unfteawas  be  hiora  gewyrhtum.2  Ne  scyle  nan  niQn  3 
slocne  monnan  qnds  gesargodne  swe_ncau;  ac  hine  mon 


sceal*  laedan  to  paem  lasce,  f>set  he  his  tilige.     £)ol  ,14,  VVoaoL  fj 

1 B,  mildsige.  ^Cunw^htum  nff      :^^^- 

8  B,  wanting.  *  C,  seel ;  B,  sceolde.     7  b'vx*    (Luj<£  ; 


■ 


ft]J,/vw>  PEOVIDENCE  AND  FATE. 

[From  the  Alfredian  version  of  Boethius's  De  Consolation6 
PhDosophiae,  according  to  the  Cotton  MS.] 

pa  ongan  he  sprecan  swISe  fiorran  ymbutan,  swelce  he 

na  pa  spraice  ne  inainde,  ond  tiohhode  hit  Seali  }uder- 

weardes,   ond  cwseS,   '  Ealla  ^gesceafta   gesewenlica  ond 

ungesewenlica,  stillu  ond  unstillu,  onfoS  set  faem  stillan, 

s  ond  33t  ]>8em  gestseSftegan,  ond  set  ]>aem  anfealdan  Gode 

2w+eU.~         7e,ndeby  rdnesse x  ond?andwlitan2  ond  "gemetgunge3;   ond 

for  hivcem  hit  swa4  gesSeapen  wses,  for  Seem  he  wat  hwy5  y~*j£-  =j 
he  gesceop  eall  )>set  he  gesceop:  nis  him  nan  wiht6uhnyt 
)>ses  Se  he  gesceop.  Se  God  wunaS  symle  on  paBre  hean 
■*  <>i/^.  io  ceastre  his  anfaldnesse7  and  bilewitnesse,  fonan  he  ds&lS 
manega  ond  misleca8  gemetgunga  eallum  his  gesceaftum, 
ond  fonan  he  welt  eallra.  Ac  Sset  Sset9  we  hataS  Godes 
foregone  ond  his  '^oresceawung,  ]>set  biS  ]>a,  hwile  ]>e  hit 
Saer  mid  him  biS  on  his  mode  aar  Saem  pe  hit '  gef  reamed 
15  weorSe,  fa,  hwile  Se  hit  ge]i5ht  biS ;  ac  siSSan  hit  full- 
framed  biS,  ponne  hata'S  we  hit  wyrd:  be  ]?y  maeg  selc 
mon  witan  J>set  hit  sint  aegper  ge  twegen  naman  ge  twa 
ping,10  foregone  ond  wyrd.  Se  foregone  is  seo  godcunde 
gesceadwlsnes,  slo  is  fsest  on  pasm  hean  Sce,ppendeu  pe 

1  C,  endeberdnesse.  2  C,  an-  (rest  broken  off). 

3  C,  gemetunge.  4  B,  for  hwam  hit  swa ;  C,  broken  off 

5  B,  fry.  6  B,  wuht.  7  B,  anfealdnesse. 

8  B,  mistlice.     9  C,  Saette.  M  C,  Mncg.  u  B,  sceoppende. 


X.    THE  ALFRED  IAN  BOETHIUS.  49 

eall  forewat,  hu  hit  geweorSan  sceaPter  air  hit  geweorSe. 
Ac  j»aet  )>8et  we  wyrd  hatati,  )>tet  bi5  Godes  weorc  )'aet2  he 
ailce  daeg  wyrcS,  ;I'g)>er  ge  pses  )>e3  we  gesiotS  ge  ]ws  }>e 
us  ungesewenllc  bis.  Ac  se  godcunda  foregone  'heatSeraS 
eulle  gesceafta  y<Mt  hi  ne  moton  tosliipan  of4  heora  $nde-  5 
byrdnesse."  Sio  wyrd  Sonne  dsel)?  eallum  gesceai'tum 
andwlitan/'  ond  slovva,  ond  tlda,  ond  gemetgunga.  Ac 
sio  wyrd  cynro'  of  Stem  gewitte  ond  of  8s6m  fore)Qnce  ]>aes 
aelmehtigan  Godes,  se  wyrco*  aefter  his  ^unas_gcgendllcum 
forejxjnce  swa7  hwset  swa  he3  wile.  10 

Swa  swa  aelc  eraeftega  o^ndS  ond  mearcao'  his  weorc  on 
his  mode  air  aer  he  hit  wyrce,  ond  wyrcS  siSSan  eall,  ]>ios 
wandriende  wyrd  )>e  we  wyrd  hataS,  faerS  aefter  his  fore- 
j>once  ond  aefter  his  gepeahte,  swa  swa,  he  tiohhaS  ]>aet  hit 
sle.  peah  hit  us  manigfaldlic 8  Since,  sum  good,  sum  yfel,  15 
hit  is  Seah  him  anfeald  good,  for  ciem  he  hit  eall  to 
godum  §nde  br^ngfi,9  ond  for  g5de  deS  eall  faet  }>aet  he 
deft.  SiftSan  we  hit  hataft  wyrd,  sy$5an  hit  geworht  bio" ; 
ser  hit  wraes  Godes10  foregone  ond  his  foretiohhung :  fia 
wyrd  he  )>onne  wyrcS,  ofrSe  jairh  tSa  goodan  englas,  o5Se  20 
)>urh  monna  sawla,  o5Se  )>urh  65erra  gesceafta  llf,  ofrSe 
Jnirh  heofones  tungl,  oftSe  fiurh  ]>ara  scuccena11  misllce 
lotwre,ncas;  hwilum  }mrh  an  Sara,  hwllum12  }>urh  eall  $a. 
Ac  paet  is  openllce  ciift,  }>aet  sio  godcunde  foretiohhung  is 
anfeald  Qnd  unawe_ndendllc,13  ond  welt  aelces  )>inges  $nde-  25  *tyc 

byrdlice,  ond  eall  J'ing  gehlwafi/1  Sumu  ]>ing  j)onne  on 
pisse  weorulde  sint  under&Ied  ]>a6re  wyrde ;  sume  hire 
nan14  wuht  un  lerSIed15  ne  sint.     Ac  sio  wyrd  ond  eall  $a 

1  C,  sceall.  2  B,  \>e.  s  q^  wanting. 

4  C,  gesceafta  to  of  broken  off.    6  B,  wyrdnesse.         6  C,  anwlitan. 

7  B,  bonne  swa.  8  B,  manigfealdlic.    9  B,  brings. 

10  C,  goodes.  u  C,  scuccena.  1S  B,  hwilcuin. 

18  C,  unandwendlic.  u  B,  nane.   ^^       16  B,  underj>iede. 


50  X.    THE  ALFRED1AN  B0ETH1US. 

fing  fe  hire  underftled  sint,  sint  undertiied  'Seem  god 
cundau  forefonce.  Be  diem  ic  Se  inaeg  sum  bispell 
se_cgan,  feet  f  u  meaht '  fy  sweotolor  ongitan  hwilce  me,n 
bloS  underSIed  faire  wyrde;  hwylce2ne  bioS.     Eall  ftios 

5  unstille  gesceaft  ond  fios  hwearfiende  hwearfaS  on  Saini 
stillan  Gode,  ond  on  Siena  gestaefrSegan,  ond  on  ftaiin  an- 
fealdan;  ond  he  welt  eallra  gesceafta  swa  swa  he  aet 
fruman  getiohhod3  haefde,  ond  get  haefft. 

Swa,  swa,  on  waenes  eaxe  hwearfiaS  fa,  hweol,  ond  slo 

io  eax  ste,nt4  stille,  ond  byr5  feah  ealne5  fone  ween,  ond6 
welt  ealles  faes  faereltes^- — faet  hweol  hwerfS  ymbutan, 
ond  sio  nafu,  nehst8  oaare8  eaxe,  sio  faerS9  micle  feest- 
llcor8  ond  orsorglicor  fonne  Sa  felgan8  dodw  —  swelce  sio 


-jp^^j 


eax  sie  feet  hehste  god8  fe11  we11  ne_mna(5  God;  ond  fa, 
15  selestan11  m^n  u  farad 12  nehste13  Gode,  swa  swa  sio  nafu 
faerS  neahst13  fiere  eaxe;  ond  fa  midmestan  swa,  swa,  fca 
spacan.  For  Seem  f  e  aalces  spacan 14  biS  6Ser  $nde  f  rest 
on  Ssere  nafe,  6Ser  on  fiere  felge,  swa,  biS  fiem  midlestan 
monnum ;  6Sre  hwlle  he  smeaS  on  his  mode  ymb  fis 
20  eor&lice,  6Sre  hwlle  ymb  Saet  godcundllce,  swilce  he  locie 
mid  6Sre  eagan  to  heofonum,  mid  63re  to  eorfan.  Swa 
swa  fa,  spacan  sticiaS,  6$er  ende  on  fiere  felge,  ofer  on 
fiere  nafe,  middeweard 15  se  spaca  biS  iegSruni  emn  neah; 
Seah  otier  e_nde  bio  faest  on  fiere  nafe,  6Ser  on  fiere  felge ; 
swa  bioS  fa  midmestan16  m§n  onmiddan  f  am .spacan,  ond 
fa  be^tran  near  fiere  nafe,  ond  fa  meetran17  hear  Saem 

1  B,  miht.  2  B,  wanting.                   8  B,  getihhod. 

4  C,  stint.  5  B,  byr5  eal  ealne.         6  C,  wanting, 

7  B,  fsereldes.  H«*»           s  c,  partly  broken  off.     9  B,  ferS. 

10  C,  broken  off;  B,  don.        u  0,  broken  off. 

12  C,  broken  off;  B,  faran.     13  B,  nehst. 

14  C,  span.  15  B,  middeweardre. 

16  B,  msestan.  l"  Cardale,  rusestan. 


25 


X.    THE  ALFIiELIAN  BOETHIUS.  5 1 

felgum :  biot5  f eah  f teste  on  fSiere  naf e,  <jnd  sio  nafu l  on 
SSre  eaxe.  Hwset  fa  felga  f  eah  h^ngiaS  on  faem  spacum* 
feah  hi  eallunga  wealowigen  on  fiere  eoroan ;  svva  doS  |  a 
maitestan3  me_n  on  fiem  midmestum,  Qnd  fa  midmestan* 
on  fiem  betstum,5  Qiul  ja  be,tstan  on  Gode.6  peah  fa 
inietestan8  ealle  Mora  lufe 7  we_nden  to  Sisse  weorolde,  hi 
ne  magon  fair  onwunigan,  ne  to  nauhte  ne  weorftafi,  gif 
hi  be  nanum  dtele  ne  beoS  gefaestnode  to  Gode,  fon  ma 
fe  faes  hweoles8  felga  magon  blon  on9  oaem  faerelte,10  gif 
hi  ne  bloS  faeste  on  0*111  spacum,"  qikI  fa  spacan  on  faire 
eaxe.  pa  felgea12  blots  fyrrest  fiere  eaxe,  for  fSaim  hi 
faratS  ungeredellcost^  Sio  nafu  faerS  neaxst M  fiere  eaxe, 
for  oy  hlo  faerb'  gesundllcost.15  Swa  doS  5a  selestan 
me,n.  Swa  hi9  hiora  lufe  near  Gode  lieta'8,  ond  swISor 
fas  eorftllcan  fing  forseofyl^swa  hi  beo6  orsorgran,  ond 
laes  reccao"  hu  sio  wyrd  wandrige,  obSe  hwaet  hlo " 
bre_nge.  Swa  swa  sio  nafu  bib  symle  swa9  gesund, 
hnaeppen  fa  felga  on  faet  be  hi  hnaeppen ;  ond  feah  bib 
sio  nafu  hwaethwugu  todaeled  from  faere  eaxe.  Be  fy  fu 
meaht  ongitan  fast  se  wain18  bib  micle  le_ng  gesund,  fe  lies 
bi8  todaeled  from  faere  eaxe.  Swa  blob  fa  me_n  eallra 
^rsorgoste,19  seg8er  ge  fisses  andweardan  llfes  earfoba20 
ge  faes  toweardan,  fa  fe  faeste  blob  on  Gode;   ac  swa 


1  MSS.,  se  nafa.  2  MSS.,  spacan. 

8  B,  msestan.  4  C,  -mestan  broken  off. 

6  MSS.,  betstan.  *  C,  on  Gode  broken  off. 

7  C,  broken  off.  8  B,  hweoliles. 

9  B,  wanting.  10  B,  faerelde. 
11  B,  spacanm ;  J,  spacanum.  12  B,  felga. 

18  B,  ungerydelicost.  i^rvoW^t  14  B,  nehst.  J    -Lax  fro 

15  B,  gesundfullicost.  16  C,  ond  to  forsitif  wanting. 

17  C,  hi.  18  C,  J>e  wen.    da+jaiv.  ^  sy+^JLo-ris. 


19  C,  orsorgestae.  ^  C,  earfofle. 


*Aj«--i 


52  X.     THE  ALFREDIAN  BOETHIUS. 

hi  swISur  bioti  asyndrode  fram  Gode,  swa  hi  swISur 
bioS  gedrefde  ond  geswe.ncte,  aigfer  ge  on  mode  ge  on 
Hchoman. 

Swilc  is  fast  fast  we  wyrd  hataft,  be  faim  godcundan  ■  . 
;  lorefonce  :  swylce  sio i  smeaung,  ond  sio  gesceaclwisnes, 
is  to  metanne  wis  f  one  gearowitan ;  ond  swylce  ]>as  lte- 
nan  fing  bio5  to  metanne  wiS  t5a  ecan 2 ;  ond  swilce  fast 
hweol  biS  to  metanne  wiS  Sa  eaxe.  For  Saim  sio  eax 
welt  ealles  faes  ws&nes ;  swa  deS  se  godcunda  foregone. 
>  He  astereft3  fone  rodor  ond  fa  tunglu,  ond  ];a  eorSan 
gedeS  stille ;  ond  gemetgaS  fa  feower  gesceafta,  fset  is, 
waeter,  ond  eorSe,  ond  fyr,  ond  lyft.  pa  he  getSwaerafi 
ond  wlitegaS,  hwilnm  eft  unwlitegaS,  ond  on  oSrum  hiwe 
gebre_ngS  ond  eft  geedniwaS ;  ond  tydrefM'  tele  tudor,  ond 

15  7nY5  eft  gehyt  ond  gehelt  fonne  hit  forealdod  biS  ond 
forsearod,  ond  eft  geeowSv  ond  geednlwaS  fonne  fonne 
he  wile.7  Sume  uSwiotan  Seali  se^cgaS,  feet  sio  wyrd 
wealde 8  aigfer  ge  gesaelga  ge  ungesselSa  ailces  monnes. 
Ic  fonne  se_cge,[swa  swa  ealle  cristene  m§n  se/gaS,  ^  ast 

20  sio  godcunde  foretiohhung  his  wealde,9  naes  sio  wyrd ; 
ond  ic  wat  ]>aet  hio  demS  eall  fing  swiSe  rihte,  ]>eah  nn- 
gesceadwisum  me_n  swa  ne  fince.  Hi  wenaS  faet  fara 
aelc  sle  god  "Se  hiora  willan 10  f ulgseS ;  nis  hit  nan  wundor, 
for  Seem  hi  beoS  ablende  mid  Seem  Jnostrum  heora  scylda. 

25  Ac  se  godcunda  foregone  hit  underste_nt  eall  swISe  rihte, 
feah  us  fince  for  iirum  dysige  J>aet  hit  on11  woh  fare, 
for  Saam  we  ne  cunnon  fast  rihte12  understandan.  He 
dem^S  Seah  eall  swiSe  rihte,  feah  us  hwllum  swa  ne 
Since. 


ng.  2  B,  entire  clause  wanting.   8  B,  styreft. 

..  JL*.  ■■  5  MSS.,  hi.  e  C,  geew«.'°< 


1  C,  wanting 
«C,  tidreS 

7  C,  he  wile  wanting.  8  C,  wyrS  wold.  9  C,  walde. 

10  C,  hiora  willan  broken  off.   n  B,  wanting.  12  MSS.,  riht. 


X.     THE  ALFRED1AJS    hOETIIWS.  53 

Ealle  men  spyriaS x  sefter  ptem  hehstan  goode,  [ajgfter] 
ge  goode  ge  yfle.  Ac  for  8y  ne  magon  pa  yflan  cuman  to 
'fttUiu  hean  hrofe  eallra  gooda,  for  Seem  hi  ne  spyriaft  on 
riht  aefter.  Ic  wat  Jeuh  []»set]  pu  cwe5e2nu  hwonne  to 
me,  '  Hwylc  unriht  inaeg  boon  mare  ponne  [)wt]  he8  5 
pafige  paet  hit  geweorSe/swa  hit  hwilum  gewyriS,  past paem 
goodum  becymS  anfeald  yfel  on  pisse  weorulde,  Qnd  paem 
yflum  anfeald  god;  ond  68re4  hwlle  aigfier  gem^nged, 
seg5er5  ge  8sem  goodum  ge  JnSm  yflum?'  Ac  ic  Re  acsige 
hwaeSer  pii  wene  puat  iBnig  mon  sic  swa  andgitf ull  ]  ;et  he  10 
maege  ongitan  selcne  mon  on  riht,  hwylc  he  sie,  paet  he 
nawSer  ne  sie  ne  betra6  ne  wyrsa  ponne  he  his  wene? 
Ic  wat  Seali  paet  hi  ne  magon.  Ac  wyrfi 7  swTSe8  oft  on 
won  se  sido  pe  sume  me,n  se^cgaS  paet  [he]  sie  mede 
wyr<5e,  sume  men  se,cgaS  paet  he  sie  wltes  wyrfie.  peah  15 
hwa  imege  ongitan  hwaet  6(Ser  do,  he  ne  mseg  witan  hwaet 
he  pencS ;  ]  eah  he  maege  sume  his  willan  ongitan,  ponne 
ne  mseg5  lie  eallne.  Ic  J  e  mseg  eac  reccan  sum  blspell  be 
paem  pset  J'Q  hit'meaht  pe  sweotoior  ongitan,  peahhit10 
ungesceadwlse  men  ongitan  ne  maegen.  paet  is,  For  hwy  20 
se  gooda  lsece  selle  paem  halum  me_n  seftne  dre_nc  Qnd 
swetne,  ond  GiSrum  halum  Interne  ond  strangne?  Qnd 
hwilum  eft  paem  unhalum,  sumum  118  ne,  sumum  strangne ; 
sumum  swetne,  sumum  biterne  ?  Ic  wat  paet  aelc  para  pe 
pone  craeft  ne  can,  wile  paes  wundrian  for  hwl  hi ll  swa  25 
don;  ac  his  ne  wundriaS  ]a  hecas  nauht,  for  ftaem  hi 
witon  paet  85  o8re  nyton  :  for  Seem  hi  cunnon 12  ielces 
hiora  medtrymnesse13  ongitan  o_nd  oncnawan,14  ond  eac  Ra 

1  C,  spiriaS.  2  C,  cwae-5e.  8  C,  ge. 

*  C,  oSSre.  6  C,  wanting.  •  B,  betera. 

7  B,  weorSaS.  8  C,  "Seah  to  swifle  broken  off.  9  B,  wanting. 

10  C,  Kah  hit  illegible.  "  C,  hwi  hi  illegible.  12  C,  illegible. 

13  B,  medtrumnesse.  u  B,  tocnawan. 


54  X     THE  ALFBEDIAN  B0ETH1US. 

crseftas  ]>e  ]>a:r  wis  sceolon.  Hwset  is  sawla 1  hitlo  bute 
rihtwisnes?  ofiSe  hwset  is  hiora  untrumnes2  bute  un- 
)eawas?  Hwa  is  }>onne  b^tera  lsece  fsere  sawle  ]>onne  se 
}>e  hi  gesceop,  ]>set  is  God?     He  arab"  )>a8  gooclan,  ond 

5  witnafi  Sa  yflan.    He  wat  hwses  selc  wyroe  biS ;  nis  hit  nan 

wundor,  for  'Sseni  he  of  Saini  hean  hrofe  hit  eall  gesihS, 

ond  ]>onan  miscaft  ond  metgaft  selcum  be  his  gewyrhtum. 

pset  we  jjonne  hataft  *  wyrd,  ]>onne  se  gesceadwisa  God, 

]>e  ielces  monnes  ftearfe  wat,  hwset  wyrcft  oftSe  gejiafab' 

:o  ]ses  ]>e  we  nes  wenaS.  Qnd  git6  ic  ]>e  mseg  sume  bisne 
feaum7  wordum  se^cgan  be  ]>sem.  daile  ]>e  sio  me_nnisce 
gesceadAvisnes  mseg  ongitan  fa  godcundnesse.  pset  is 
fonne,  pset8  we  ongitaft"  hwilum  mon 9  on  oftre  wisan,  on 
65re  hine  God  ongit.10     Hwilum  we  tiohhiaS  ]>set  he  sie 

15  se  be_tra,u  ond  fonne  wat  God  J>set  hit  swa  ne  br8.  ponnc 
hwsem  hwset  cymS,  oSSe  goodes  oftfte  yfles,  mare  ]>onne 
fie  fincS  ]?set  he  wyrSe  sie,  ne  bits  sio  unrihtwisnes  no  on 
Gode,  ac  sio  ungleawnes  biS  on  8e  selfum,  pset  ]>n  hit  ne 
canst  on  riht  gecnawan.     Oft  gebyrefi  ]eah  jisette  me_n 

20  ongitaft  mon  on8  Sa  ilcan  wisan  ]>e  hine  God  ongit.  Oft 
hit8  gebyreS  Ssette  manige  m^n  biofi  swa  ungetrume 
seg]>er  ge  on  mode 12  ge  on  lichoman,  pset  hi  ne  magon 
ne8  nan  good  don,  ne  nan  yfel  nyllaS  unnedige ;  Qnd 
bioS  eac  swa  ungepyldige,  pset  hi  ne  magon  nan  earfoSu 13 

25  gepyldelice  aberan.  For  Seem  hit  gebyrefi  oft  pset  God 
nylle  for  his  mildheortnesse  nan  unaberendlice  M  broc  him 
ans^ttan,  py  lees  hi  forlteten  hiora  unsceafifulnesse,"-  Qnd 

1  C,  sawle.  a  B,  untrymnes  ;  C,  illegible. 

8  B,  f>sem.  *  C,  hseta«.  5  C,  \>&s  \>e  we  na$. 
6  B,  get.                          7  B,  feawum.  8  B,  wanting. 

9  C,  wanting.  10  C,  andgit.  »  B,  J>c  bctsat. 
12  C,  men  to  mode  broken  off,  »  B,  earfoSa. 

14  B,  ftberendlio,  '3  C,  unsceS-,  i^c*-^ 


IX. 


I^JCUs-^-t^  vVJ-*-^    irk.    't  +*>  1 


X.     THE  ALFRED1AN  BOETUIUS.  55 

weoroen  wyrsan,  gif  In  asterede1  bloft  9ml  geswe_ncte.a 
Sume  me,n  beob"  ailces  crseftes  fullcraeftige,  ond  fullhalige 
weras  ond  rihtwlse.  ponne  JuncS  past  Gode  unriht  paet 
lie  swylce  swe_nce ;  ge  furSuin  }>one  deatS,  j?e  eallum  niQn- 
num  is  gecynde  to  polianne,  he  him  gedeS  seftran  ]>onne 
dorum  monnuni :  swa  swa  glo  wlsm^n  cwseS,  }>aet  se  god- 
cunda  anwald  gefriooode  his  deorlingas  under  his3  fiSra 4 
sceade/  ond  hi  scilde  swa  geornllce  swa  man  deft  J'one 
aeppel e  on  his  eagan.  Manige  tiliaSjGode  to  cwemanne 
td  |'on  georne,  )>aet  hi  wilniaS  hiora  agnum  willum  manig- 
feald  earfoou  t5  tSrowianne  ;  for  ott>m  hi  wilniao"  maran 
are  ond  maran  hllsan  ond  weortSscipe  mid  Gode  to  hab- 
banne  ponne  }>a  habbao-  )>e  softor 7  libbaS. 

Oft   eac   becyrno"   se   anwald   ]>isse   worulde   to  swISe 
gooduin  monnum,  for  $iem   J'set  se  anwald  ]>ara  yflena8  15 
weorSe  toworpen.     Sumum  monnum   God  se,le39  aigoer 
ge  good  ge  yfel  gem^nged,  for  Ssem  hi  eegpres  earniaS. 
Sume  he  bereafaS  hiora  welan  .swlfie  hrao'e,  J>ses  ]>e  hi 
arrest  gesselige  weorSaS,  ]>y  laGs  hi  for  longum  gesadftum 
hi  to  up  ahebben10  ond  ]>onan  on  ofermettum  weor<5en.  20 
Sume  he"  ket  preagan  mid  heardum  broce,  pset  hi  leorn- 
igen    pone   creeft   gepylde12  on    ftiem    langan   geswince. 
Sume    him    ondnedaS  earfoou  swISor   ponne  hi  pyrfen, 
peah  hi  hi13  eafte  adreogan  msegen.     Sume  hi  gebycgao" 
weorSlicne    hllsan    pisses    andweardan   llfes   mid  hiora  25 
agnum  deafie ;   for  Siem  hi  wenao"  paet  hi  naebben M  nan 
6oer  fioh 1S  p aes  hllsan 16  wy  roe,  buton  hiora  agnum  flore. 

1  B,  astyred.   .  2  B,  geswenced.        8  C,  xcanting. 

*  B,  fiSera.  ^^P  6  c>  sceate.  «  B,  telp ;  J,  aepl. 

7  C,  habbanne  to  softor  broken  off;  J  cites  C,  hsebBen. 

8  C,  yfelana.  9  B,  selleS.  m  C,  ahajbben. 
11  B,  hi  to  he  wanting.      12  C,  ge)>yldelice.      18  B,  icantint 
M  B,  bahbea,                  »  B,  flo*.  w  B,  hliosar. 


CL-l    P*r^ 


>-~i 


56  X.    THE  ALFRED  IAN  BOETHIUS. 

Sume  men  wairon  gio  unoferswISedllce,  swa  j-aet  hi  nan 
ne  meahte  mid  nanum  wlte  oferswldan.     "pa  bysnodon  " 
hiora  aeftergejiguin,  feet  hi  neeren  mid  wltum  oferswISde. 
On  feeni  waes  sweotol  feet  hi,  for  heora  godum  weorcum,1 

5  heefden2  Sone  creeft  feet  him  mon  ne  meahte  oferswISan. 
Ac  ]>a,  yflan,  for  hiora  yflum  weorcum,  weeron  gewltnode 
ond  oferswlMe,3  for  Seem  feet  8a  wltu  gestlrden  68rum  ,otj 
]set  hi*  swa  geclon  ne  dorsten,  ond  eac  ]>a  gebeten5  ]>e  hi 
fonne  brociaS.     peet  is  swiSe  sweotol  tacn  peem  wlsan, 

io  fast  he  ne  sceal  lufian  to  ungemetlice  3as  woruldgesailSa, 
for  Seem  hie  oft  cumaft  to  Seem  wyrrestum6  monnum. 
Ac  hweet  wille  we  cweSan  be  feein  andweardan  welan  \>e 
oft  cymS  to  Seem  goodum?  Hweet  he7  $lles  sle  buton 
tacn  ]?ees  toweardan  welan,  ond  pees  edleanes  angin  }e 

15  him  God  tiohhod  heefo"  for  his  goodan  willan?  Ic  wene 
eac  ]>eette  God  s^lle  meenegum  yfelum  monnum 8  geseeloa, 
for  peeru  ]>e  he  wat  hiora  gecynd  ond  hiora  willan  swa 
geradne  J>eet  hi  for  nanum  ermihim 9  b!o<5 10  ne  ]> y  b^tran, 
ac  }>yu  wyrsan.     Ac  se  goda  leece,  feet  is  God,  lacnaft  oua**. 

20  hiora  mod  mid  Seem  welan ;  wile  feet  hi4  ongiten  hwonan 
him  se  wela  come,  ond  6le_cce  paem  pe  lass  he  him  pone 
welan  afyrre,  o<5'5e  hine  ]>cem*  welan,  ond  w^nde  his 
peawas  to  gode,  ond  forhete  Sa  un];eawas 12  ond  }>a  yfel 
]>e  he  air  for4  his  ermSum  dyde.      Sume  bloS  ]>eah  py 

25  wyrsan13  gif  hi  welan  habbaS,  for  Seem  hi  oferraodigaS  " 
for  Seein  welan,  ond  his  ungemetlice  brucaft. 

1  C,  )>set  to  weorcum  broken  off.  2  C,  only  -den  left;  B,  haefdon. 

s  B,  gewitnode  ofer  swib*e.  4  C,  wanting. 

5  MSS.,  gebetan.  6  B,  wyrston. 

7  B,  wanting.  >  8  C,  men. 

9  B,  earmSum.  M  C,  byo'8  ;  B,  biS. 

11  B,  no  >y  bettran  ne  na  >y.  12  C,  beawas  to  un^eawas  broken  off. 

18  C,  wyrson.  14  B,  for  |?ain  ofermodgian. 

f^  »^>»»^.Z>  £*X*  K**~  t(*~j    ^t**^!*. 


X     THE  ALFRELIAN   BOETIIll.<.  57 

Manegum  men  blofi  eac  forgifene  for  fta?m  )^as  weoruld- 
gesaelSa,  ]>set  he  scyle1  |;T'in  goodum  leanian  hiora  good, 
qik!    I'ieni   yfliua    hiora   yfel.      For  Saem   symle  b!o5   |>a 
goodan  ond   |il  yflau   ungefrwaere>) betwuh    him,  ge  eac 
hwllum  |ii  yflan  l>T<>(S  ungerade  betwuh  him  selfum ;  ge    5 
furSuin  an  yfel  man  bi5  hwllum3  unge]»wiere  him  selfum, 
for  Siem  J>e  he  wat  past  he  untela  deS,  ond  \ven5  him   \r*^y 
fara4  leana,  ond  nyle  ]eah  fees  geswlcan  ne  hit  furSum    v.-.^-v^ 
t'f»M-   him  ne  het  hreowan :  ond  ]>onne  for  Saem  singalan'e^ge 

ne  mieg  no  weorSan  gefwsere  on  him  selfum.     Oft  hit  10 
eac6  gebyreS7  fast  se  yfla  forlaet  his  yfel  for7  sumes  oSres 
yfles  mannes  andan,  for7  5sem  he  wolde  mid  }>e  tielan8 
j>one  6<5erne7  J>aet  he  onscunode  his  |  eawas  :  swinco7  J;onne 
ymb  [set  swa  he  swiSost  lmeg,  ftget7  he7  tiolatS  ungellc  to     ?S' 
bionne9  )>iem  oSrum7;    for  Stem   hit   is   ]>ses   godcundan   15 
amvealdes7  gewuna,  J>aBt  he  wircS10  of  yfle  good.     Ac  hit 
nis  nanura  meai  alefed  J^set  he  msege11  witan  eall  }>set  God 
getiohhod  haeffi,   ne  eac  are/can12  }>aet  pset  he  geworht 
hsefft.     Ac  on  (win  hi  habbaS  genoh  t5  ongitanne,  )>8et  se 
Scippend13  ond  se  Waldend14  eallra  gescealta  welt,  ond  20 
rihte15  gesceop  eall  past  he  gesceop,   ond  nan   yfel   ne 
worhte  ne  get  ne  wyrcS,  ac  Sic  yfel  he  adriffi  of  eallum 
his  rice.     Ac  gif  Jm  sefter  ]>iem  hean16  anwalde  spyrian17 
wilt  fses  selmehtigan  Godes,  J>onne  ne16  ongitst  Jul  nan 

1  C,  scile.  2  C,  unge>were. 

3  C,  simle.  *  B,  maran. 

s  C,  singalum.  6  C,  icanting. 

7  C,  broken  off.  8  B,  lsetan. 

9  B,  bion.  10  B,  wyrc«. 

11  C,  Ac  to  mage  broken  off.  12  B,  arecan. 

13  B,  sceoppend.  14  B,  wealdend. 

15  C,  rehte.  16  B,  icanting. 

17  B,  anwealde  scyrian.  /, , ;.  .    ^«.^/     ) 


58  X.    THE  ALFREDIAN  B0ETHIU8. 

yfel  on  nanum  finge,  ]?eah  ]  e  nu l  Since  Jiset  her  micel  on 
]>ys  middangearde  sle  ;  for  Ssem  hit  is  riht  )>9et  M  goodau 
haebben2  good  edlean  hiora  goodes,  ond  ]>sl  yflan  haebben2 
wite  hiora  yfles  ;  ne  bi$  faet  nan  yfel  Saet3  riht  brS,  ac 
5    bi5  good. 

1  C,  hinge  \>e  nu  nu ;  B,  J>inge  ]>eah  nu ;  J,  }>eah  Se  nu. 

a  B,  babban.  8  B,  J>sette. 


XL 

THE  NATURE  OF  GOD.  A^-fM  ,  f  ;V7 

[From  the  Alfredian  version  of  Boethius's  De  Consolatione 
Philosophiae,  according  to  the  Cotton  MS.] 

<s 
Da  cwaeo"  he,  •  For  oy  we  sceoldon l  ealle 2  msegene  spyr- 

ian  sefter  Gode,  paet  we  wissen3  hwaet  he  waere.     Deah 

hit  Ore  maeo"  ne  sie  }>aet  we  witen  hwylc  he  sie,4  we  sculon 

}>eah  be  paes  andgites  maeSe  ]>e  he  us  gifo"  f andian s ;  swa 

swa  we  aer  cwaedon  J>aet  111911  sceolde6  aelc  ping  ongitan    5 

be  his  andgites  maepe,  for  Seem  we  ne  magon  aelc  ping 

ongitan  swylc  swylce  hit  biS.     JElc  gesceaft  deah,  aegfter 

ge 7  gesceadwls  ge  ungesceadwls,  j'set  sweotolao"  paet  God 

ece  is.     For  Stem  neefre  swa  manega  geseeafta,  gnd  swa 

micla  ond  swa7  faegra,8  hi  ne  underSIodden  laessan  ge-  10 

sceafte  Qnd  laessan  anwalde  ponne  hi9  ealle  sindon,  ne 

furoum^emne  miclum.'     Da  cwaeft  ic,  '  Hwaet  is  ecnes  ?  ' 

Da  cwaefi  he,  'pu  me  ahsast  micles  earfoftes  to  ongitanne. 

Gif  ]>u  hit  witan  wilt,  t5u  scealt  habban  aer  |>Ines  modes 

eagan  cltene  ond  hlutor.10    Xe  maeg  ic  oe  nauht  helan  paes  15 

pe  ic  wat.     Wast  pu  paet  preo  Sing  sindon  on  pis  middan- 

gearde  ?     An  is  hwilendllc,  paet  haefo"  "  aegfter  ge  f ruman     L^ix .  1^^^, 

ge  e_nde,  ond  nat12  6eah  nan  wuht  Sees  tSe*  hwilendllc  is,        W^^-rt^ 

nauSer  ne  his  fruman  ne  his  e,nde.     Ooer  Sing  is  ece, 

1  C,  scoldon.  2  B,  eallon.  *  B,  wiston. 

*  B,  witan  he  sie.  6  B,  fundigan.  6  C,  scolde. 

7  B,  wanting.  8  B,  swsegra.  •  C,  wanting. 

10  B,  hlutore  with  erasure  of  0;  J,  hluttrQ, 

»  B,  {.sea  J>e  (/or  J>»t  hBft).  ^  B,  ic  nat. 

tVt„^      '    juC-^Olik 

■J:    H  ^    l^^si.  ' 


>.C. 


60  XL     THE  ALFREDIAN  B0ET111US. 

j'set  hsefS  fruman  ond  naefS  nsenne  e_nde,  gnd  wat 1 
hwonne  hit  onginS,  ond  wat  feet  hit  na?fre  ne  gee_ndaS; 
)'3et  sint  e_nglas,  ond  monna  saula.2  pridde  Sing  is  ece, 
biiton  e_nde  ond  biiton  anginne,  ]>set  is  God.     Betweoh 

5  ]>sem  ]>rim  is  swI8e  micel  toscead.  Gif  wit  ]>set  eall  sculon 
tosmeagianjS  fonne  cume  wit  late  to  e_nde  ]>isse  bee,  oSSe 
naif  re.  Ac  an  fing  SQ  scealt  nede*  peer  eer5  witau,  for 
hwy  God  is  gehaten  sio  hehste  ecnes.'  Da  cwseS  ic 
' Hwy  ? '    Da  cwseS  he,  '  For  Son  ]>eG  we  witon  swISe  lytel 

10  Sees  Se  ger  us  wees,  biiton  be  gemynde  ond  be  geascunge7; 
ond  get  laesse  faes  Se  aefter  us  biS.  paet  an  us  is6  gewis- 
Hce  andweard,  ]>3et  )>e8  ]>onne  biS ;  ac  him  is  eall  andweard, 
ge  ]>£et  \>e9  eer  wses,  ge  fset  ]>e9  nil  is,  ge  ]>set  )>e9  sefter  vis 
biS  ;  eall  ]?set  is  him  andweard.     Ne  wexS10  his  wela11  na,6 

15  ne  eac  naif  re  ne  wanaS.     Ne  of  man  he  naif  re  nan  wuht, 
for  }mm  he 12  naif re  nauht  ne  forgeat.     Ne  secS  he  nan 
wuht  ne  ne  smeaS,  for  Saim  fe  he  hit  wat  eall.     Ne  secS 
he  nan  wuht,  for  Sy  he  nan  wuht  ne  forleas.     Ne  eht© 
he  nanre  wuhte,  for  Sy  hine  nan  wuht  ne  mteg  fllon.    Ne 

20  ondrait  he  him6  nan14  wuht,  for  Seem  he  neefS  nainne 
ricran,  ne  furSum  ntenne  gelican.  Simle  he  biS  gifende, 
ond  ne  wanaS  his  naifre  nauht.  Symle  he  biS  selmihtig, 
for  Seem  he  symle  wile  good,  gnd  metre  nan  yfel.  Nis 
him  nanes  Jnnges  nedj^earf.     Symle  he  biS  lociemle,  ne 

25  slgepS  he  neefre.  Symle  he  biS  gelice  monJnvaJreV  Symle 
he  biS  ece,  for  Silm  naifre  sio  tiid  nyes  feet  he  naere,  ne 
naifre  ne  wyrS.  Simle  he  biS  frloh,  ne  biS  he  to  nanum 
weorce  geneded.  For  his  godcundllcum  anwalde  he  is 
seghwger  andweard.     His  micelnesse  ne  maeg  nan  man 

1  B,  ic  wat.  2  B,  sawla.  8  B,  asmeagan.  *  B,  nyde. 

5  C,  an.  6  B,  wanting.  7  C,  gesescum.  8  B,  te. 

■  »MSS.,  >sette  (/or  J>set  }>e).  *>  C,  sceaxS  (?).  «  B,  welena. 

12  B  places  he  after  nauht.  13  B,  efst.  14  C,  nane. 


£>U/V1«.  g.  tf 


XL     THE  ALFREB1AN  BOETHIUS.  6 1 

ametan ;  nis  )-set  oe  ih  ne1  lichomllee5  to  wenanne,  ac  gast- 
lice,  BWS  swa  nu  wisdom  is  ond  rilitwlsnes,  for  Saim  lie 
fast  is  self.  Ac  hwaet  ofermodie  ge  ]>onne,  oftfie  hwy 
ah^bbe  ye  eow  witS  swa  heane  anwald?  For  oaim  ge 
mlulit  wi6  hine  don  ne  inagonJ  For  Stern  se  eca  qnd  se 
aelmehtiga  symle  sit  on  ]>aiin  /teem3  setle  his  anwaldes, 
fQiian  lie  maeg  eall  gesion,  ond  gilt1  selcum  swioe4  rilite 
sefter  his  gewyrhtum.  For  Seem  hit  nis  no  nnnetiFj  set  we 
hopien  toGode;  for  Sa?m  he  ne  we,nt6  ml  swa  swa  we 
doS.  Ac  biddaft7  hine  eaomodlice/  for  ■Stem  he  is  swISe 
rummod  ond  swISe  mildheort.  [Hebba<5  eower  mod  to 
him  mid  eowrum  hondum,  ond  biddao"  )>ses  )>e  riht  sle  ond 
eower  ]>earf  sle,  for  fiiem  he  eow  nele  wyrnan.?  Hatiaft 
yfel  ond  fleoo"  swa,  ge  swISost  magen.  Lunao"  craeftas  ond 
folgiafi  J>aem.  Ge  habbafi  micle  nedSearfe9  J>set  ge  symle 
wel  don,  for  Siem  ge  S}rmle  beforan  fsem  ecan  ond  fsem 
selmihtigan  Gode  doft  eall  ]>set  ]>set  ge  doS.  Eall  he  hit 
gesiht5,'ond  eall  he  hit  forgilt.' 

1  B,  no.  2  C,  licumlice.  *  MSS.,  heah. 

4  B,  be  t>am  (for  swrSe).       5  B,  umi^  6  B,  welt. 

»  B,  abiddaS.  8  C,  eaduiodlice.        9  B,  Searfe. 


5/?  S?o;Lff%T 


XII. 

THE  CONVERSION  01       I       :: 


i.  fii  t-v*  •  Irww* 


(Ue5  c-i*, 

[From  the  Anglo-Saxon  version  of  Bede's  Ecclesiastical  History. 
The  text  follows  the  Tanner  MS.  (=  Tanner  10,  Bodl.  Lib.),  except 
at  the  middle  part  of  the  extract,  where  the  reading  of  O  (=  MS. 
279  Corp.  C.  C.  Cainb.)  is  introduced.  The  variants  are  from  C 
(=  MS.  Cotton,  Otho  B.  xi.  Brit.  Mus.),  Ca  (=  MS.  Kk.  3.  18, 
Camb.  Univ.  Lib.),  and  B  (=  MS.  41  Corp.  C.  C.  Camb.).] 

Mid  by  he  ba,  Paullnus  se  biscop  Godes  word  bodade 
ond  lterde,  ond  se  eyning  elde  }<a  gyt  to  gelyfanne,  ond 
burh  sunie  tide,  swa  swa  we  ter  cwtedon,  gelimpllcum  ana 
saet,  ond  georullce  mid  him  seolfum  smeade  ond  bohte  JR 
5  hwaet  him  selest  to  donne  wsere  ond  hwylc  sefaestnes  him 
to  healdanne  wsere,  ba,  waes  sume  dsege  se  Godes  wer 
ingongende  to  him  beer  he  ana  saet,  ond  setae  his  ba  swm- 
ran  bond  him  on  bset  heafod,  ond  hine  ahsode  hwaeoer 
he  beet  tacen  ongytan  meahte.     pa,  oncneow  he  hit  sona 

io  sweotole,  ond  wses  swiSe  forht  geworden,  ond  him  to 
fotum  feoll ;  <md  hine  se  Godes  monn  up  hof  ond  him 
cuSlice  to  sprsec,  ond  bus  cwseS :  Ono  hwset,  bu  nu  hafast 
burh  Godes  gife  binra  feonda  hond  beswicade,  fa  $u  Se 
ondrede,  Qnd  bu  burh  his  sylene  ond  gife  b<=em  rice  on- 

15  fenge  be  ou  wilnadest.  Ac  gemyne  nu  beet  bu  beet  bridde 
gelaestest  ]>set  bu  gehete,  baet  bu  onfo  his  geleafan  ond  his 
bebodu  healde,  se  tSe  be  from  ^wTlwe,ndlecum  earfeoum 
gene_rede  ond  eac  in  are  wilw^ndllces  rices  ahof.  Qnd 
gif  $Q  forS  his  willan  hearsum  beon  wilt,  bone  he  burh 

20  me  bodaS  ond  laireS,  he  bonne  be  eac  from  tinttregum 
62 


XII.    THE  CONVERSION   OF  EDWIN.  63 

gene,re5  ecra  yfela,  ond  fee  dailneomende  gedeS  mid  him 
faes  ecan  rices  in  heofonum.1 

pa-  se  cyning  fa  fas  word  gehyrde,  fa  ondswarode  he 
him,  ond  cwaeS,  faet  he  eeghwaefer  ge  wolde  ge  sceolde 
faeni  geleafan  onfon  f  e  he  laerde ;  cwaeS  hwaef  ere,  faet  he  5 
wolde  mid3  his  freonduni  ond  mid3  his  wytum  gesprec 
ond  gefeaht  habban,  faet  gif  hi  mid  hine  faet  gefafian 
woldan,  faet  hi  ealle  aetsomne  on  lifes  willan  Criste  ge- 
halgade  wujran.  pa  dyde  se  cyning  swa  swa  he  cwseS, 
Qnd  se  bisceop  faet  gefafade.  10 

pa  haefde  he  gesprec 4  ond  gefeaht  mid  his  witum,  ond 
syndriglice  waes  fram  him  eallum  frignende  hwyle  him 
puhte  Qiid  gesawen  waere  feos  niwe  lar  ond  faire  godcund- 
nesse  bigong  fe  fair  liered  waes.  Him  fa  ondswarode  his 
ealdorbisceop,  Cefi  waes  haten :  '  Geseoh  ffi,  cyning,  hwelc  15 
feos  lar  sie  fe  us  nfi  bodad  is.  Ic  fe  soSlice  andette,  faet 
ic  cuSlice  geleornad  haebbe,  faet  eallinga  nawiht  maegenes 
ne  nyttnesse  hafa5  sio  aM'aestnes  fe  we  oS  Sis  haefdon  ond 
beeodon.  For  fon  ntenig  flnra  f egna  neodlicor  ne  gelust- 
fulllcor  hine  sylfne  underfeodde  to  fira  goda  bigange  20 
fonne  ic ;  ond  noht  fon  laes  monige  syndon  fa  fe  maran 
gefe  ond  fr^rasumnesse  set  fe  onfengon  fonne  ic,  ond  on 
eallum  fingum  maran  gesynto  haefdon.  Hwaet  ic  wat,  gif 
fire  godo  aenige  mihte  haefdon,  fonne  woldan  hie  me  ma 
fultumian,  for  fon  ic  him  geornlicor  feodde  ond  hyrde.  25 
For  fon  me  fynceS  wislle,  gif  ffi  geseo  ]a  fing  be_teran 
ond  strangran  fe  us  niwan  bodad  syndon,  faet  we  fain 
onfon.5 

paes  wordum  ofer  cyninges  wita  ond  ealdormann  ge- 
fafunge  sealde,  ond  to  faere  spraece  feng  ond  fus  cwaeS :  30 

1  Thus  far  the  textfolloics  T.         2  Here  O  begins. 

8  Ca,  B  ;  O,  wanting.  *  Ca,  gesprasce ;  B,  spraece. 


tcru. 


64  XII.     THE  CONVERSION   OF  EDWIN. 

'pyslic  me  is  gesewen,  pu  cyning,  pis  andwearde  lif 
manna  on  eorSan(to  wii5metenesse  paire  tide  pe  us  uncufi 
is,  swylc1  swa  pu  »t  swsesendum  sitte  mid  pinum  ealdor- 
mannuin  ond  ]>egnum  on  wintertlde,  ond  sie  fyr  onaded 2 
5  ond  pin  heall  gewyrmed,  ond  hit  rlne,  ond  sniwe,  ond 
stymie3  ute;  cume  an  spearwa  ond  hraedlice  feet  has 
purhfleo,  cume  purh  opre  dura  in,  }>urh  opre  fit  gewite  . 
Hwset  he  on  pa  tid  pe  he  inne  bi6,  ne  bi6  hrinen4  mid  py 
storme  pses  wintres;   ac  pset  bi6  an  eagan  bryhtrn  Qnd 

to  ptet  liesste6  fsec,  ac  he  sona  of  wintra  on  pone  winter  eft 
cyme6.  Swa  ponne  pis  rno.nna  Hf  to  medmiclum  fsece 
setyweft ;  hwset  p ser  f  oregange,  o66e  hwset  p air  sefterfylige, 
Ave  ne  cunnun.  For  'Son  gif  peos  lar  owiht  cu6licre  ond 
gerisenlicre 6  bre_nge,  pses  weorpe  is  pset  we  paire  fylgen.'   (v 

15  peossum  wordum  gellcum  66 re  aldorme^n  ond  6a3S  cyn- 
inges  gepeahteras  sprsecan. 

pa  gen  tcpflyhte  Cefi,  ond  cwse6,  pset  he  wolde  Paulinus 
]>one  bisceop  geornlicor  gehyran  be  pam  Gode  sprecende 
);am  pe  he  bodade.     pa  het  se  cyning  swa  don.     pa  he  pa 

20  his  word  gehyrde,  pa  clypode  he  ond  pus  cwse6 :  '  Geare 
ic  pe_t  ongeat  pset  6set  nowiht  wses  past  we  beeodan ;  for 
pon  swa  micle  swa  ic  geornlicor  on  pam  bigange  pset 
sylfe  s68  s5hte,  swa  ic  hit  la?s  mette.  jSTu  ponne  ic  open- 
lice  ondette  pset  on  pysse  lare  pset  sylfe  s66  scineS  past 

?5  us  mseg  pa  gyfe  syllan  ecre  eadignesse  ond  eces  Iifea 
hj&lo.  For  pon  ic  ponne  nu  leere,  cyning,  past  past  tempi 
ond  pa  wigbedo,7  pa  6e8  we  bflton  wsestmum  senigre 
nytnisse  halgodon,  pset  we  pa  hrape  forleosen  ond  fyre 

1  B ;  0,  sw  lie  swa  (a  erased  after  sw) ;  Ca,  swa  gelic  swa. 

2  0,  onaslaed.  3  C,  B,  hagelge  (for  styrme). 

*  B ;  O,  hrined  (h  above  the  Uhp);  Ca,  rined. 

6  Ca,  B,  laeste.  6  C,  geweorlicre. 

*  O  ends  with  wig ;  T  begins  icith  bedo ;  Ca,  weofedu.       8  T,  "5a. 


XII.    THE  COy  VERSION    OF  EDWIN.  6$ 

forbeerne.  Ono  hwset,  he  pa  waes  se  cyning  openlice 
ondettende1  pain  biscope  ond  him  eallum,  paet  he  wolde 
ia.'6tllcu  pam  deofolgildum  wiSsacan  ond  Ciistes  geleafan 
onion. 

Mid  py  pe  he  pa,  se  cyning,  from  psein  foresprecenan    5 
biscope  sohte  ond  ahsode  heora  halignesse  pe  heo  ser     <At-x 
bieodon,  hwa  M  wlgbed  ond  pa  he,rgas  para  deofolgilda^        Kjua-xA, 
mid  heora  heowum  pe  heo  ymbsette  wseron,  heo  ierest  ,1(i 
a£dligan  ond  toweorpan  scolde,  pa  ondsworede  he:  'Efne 
ic.     Hwa  mseg  pa  no  eaS,  pe  ic  longe  mid  dysignesse  10    :  l*S  . 
beeode,  to  bysene  oSerra  monna  gerisenlecor  toweorpan,  to^p 

)>onne  ic  seolfa  Jmrh  ]a  snytro  pe  ic  from   paam  s65an 
Gode  onfeng?'     Qnd  he  8a  sona  from  him   awearp  pa 
idlan  dysignesse  pe  he  Sr  beeode,  ond  pone  cyning  baed 
pset  he  him  wsepen  sealde  ond  stodhors,  pset  he  meahte  15 
on    cuman   ond   deofolgyld   toweorpan.      For   pon   pam 
biscope  heora  halignesse  ne  wees  alyfed  pset  he  moste 
wsepen  wegan  ne  e,lcor  buton  on  myran  ridan.     pa  sealde 
se  cyning  him  sweord,  pset  he  hine  mid  gyrde :  ond  nom 
his  spere  on  bond  ond  hleop  on  pses  cyninges  stedan,  ond  20 
to  psem  deofulgeldum  ferde.     pa  ftset  folc  hine  pa  geseah 
Bwa  gescyrpedne,  pa  wendon  heo  pset  he  teola  ne  wiste, 
ac  pset  he  wedde.     Sona  pses   pe   he  nealehte   to   psem       Urv^iL 
h^rige,  pa  sceat  he  mid  py  spere  pset  hit  sticode  fseste  on 
psem  herige,  ond  wses  swtSe  gefeoude  psere  ongytenesse  25 
pses  softan  Godes  blgonges.     Qnd  he  8a  heht  his  geferan 
toweorpan  ealne  pone  h^rig  ond  pa,  getimbro,  ond  for- 
baernan.2    Is  seo  stow  gyt  seteawed  gu  8eara  deofulgilda 
noht  feor  east  from  Eoforwicceastre   begeondan   Deor- 
wentan  psere  ea,  Qnd  gen  to  dsege  is  n^mned  Godmund-  30 

1  Miller;  T,  ondette ;  0,  Ca,  andette  (loith  omission  of  waes); 
B,  andetteude.  2  O,  Ca,  B ;  T,  -ndon. 


66  XII.     THE   COSVEllSlON   OF  EDWIN. 

ingahain,  pair  se  biscop  purh  ]>ses  soSan  Godes  inbry'rd- 
nesse  tovvearp  <md  fordyde  ]a  wlgbed  pe  he  seolfa  a&r 
gehalgode. 

Da  onfeng  Eadwine  cyning  mid  eallum  paem  aeoelingum 

5  his    peode   ond   mid   micle   folce    Ciistes    geleafan    ond 

fulwihte  bseoe  py  ^ndlyftan  geare  his  rices.     Wses  he 

gefulwad   from    Paulini,    faein    biscope   his   lareowe,   in 

/  T-  Eof  orwlcceastre  py  halgestan  Eastordasge  in  See.  Petres 

civican,  pses  apostoles,  pa  he  pair  hreede  geweorce  of  treo 

io  cirican  getimbrode.1  SiSpan  he  gecristnad  wses,  swylce 
eac  his  lareowe  ond  biscope  Paulini  biscopseftl  forgeaf. 
Qnd  sona  pees  pe  he  gefulwad  wass,  he  ongon  mid  pa?s 
biscopes  lare  maran  cirican  ond  hyrran  stgenenne  timbran 
ond  wyrcan  ymb  pa  cirican  utan  pe  he  air  worhte.     Ac 

15  eer  pon  heo  seo  -  heannis  pass  wealles  gefylled  waire  ond 

ge^ndad,  peet  he  se  cyning  mid  arleasre  cwale  ofsl^gen  ^k^ 
wees,  ond  pset  ilee   geweorc  his  aefterfylgende  Oswalde 
forlet  to  ge^ndianne.     Of  piere  tide  Paulinus,  se  biscop, 
syx  ger  ful,  paet  is  06  §nde3  pses  cyninges  rices,  _pset  he      n 

20  mid  his  fultome  in  psere  maigfte  Godes  word  bodade  ond 
herde ;  ond  rnen  gelyfdon  ond  gefnlwade  waeron,  swa 
monige  swa  forteode  waeron  to  ecum  life. 

1  B,  hratSe  geworhte  cyricean  treowene.  2  B,  Ac  ser  Son  "Se  seo. 

f*n.£a<     8T,  endan. 

...         Vj 


PART   III. 

XIII. 

A  BUCKLING  HOMILY. 

[From  the  Homilies  contained  in  a  manuscript  in  the  library  of 
Blickling  Hall,  Norfolk.] 

pisses  middangeardes  e,nde  neah  is. 

Me^n  fa  leofostan  Invaet !  nu  ama  manna  gehwylcne  ic 
myngie  ond  li£re,  ge  weras  ge  wlf,  ge  geonge  ge  ealde,  gc 
snottre  ge  unwise,  ge  }  a  welegan  ge  )>a  pearfan,  J>aet  anra 
gehvvylc  hiue  sylfne  sceawige  ond  ongyte,  ond  swa  hwset    5 
swa  he  on  mycclum  gyltuni  o]>]>e  on  raedraycclum  ge-, 
fr^mede,  faet  he  J'onne  hrsedllce  gecyrre  to  j>ain  selran 
ond  to  ('Oft  s65an  ltEcedome ;    )>onne  magon  we  us   God 
aelmihtigne  mildne  habban,  for  pon  ]>e  Drihten  wile  ]>set 
ealle  ni§n  syn  hale  ond  gesunde,  ond  to  fon  so|>an  and-  10 
gite  gecyrran,  swa  Dauid  cwse)> :  '  pa  eaftmodan  heortan 
ond  ]>a  forhtgendan  ond  )>a  bifigendan  Qnd  }>a  cwacigendan 
qnd  pa  ondrsBdendan  heora  Scyppend,  ne  forhogap   ]  a 
naefre  God  ne  ne  forsyh}»;   ah  heora  bena  he  gehyrefi, 
fonne  hie  to  him  cleopiao"  ond  him  are  bidda|>.'  15 

Magon  we  )>onne  nu  geseon  ond  oncnawan  ond  swfye 
gearellce  ongeotan  )>aet  pisses  middangeardes  §nde  swi|>e 
neah  is,  qnd  mauige  fiecnessa  seteowde,  qnd  manna 
wohdaida  ond  wonessa  swl}>e  gemonigfealdode ;  ond  we 
fram   dsege   to  oprum  geaxiao'  ungocyndelico  witu  ond  20 

67 


68  XIII.    A   BLICKLING   HOMILY. 

ungecyndelice 1  deapas  geond  peodland  to  mannum  cumene ; 
ond  we  oft  ongytap  pset  arise))  peod  wip  peode,  ond  unge- 
limpllco  gefeoht  on  wolicum  dSdum ;  ond  we  gehyrap 
oft  SQCggan  gelome  worldiicra  manna  deap  pe  heora  lif 

5  mannum  leof  wsere,  ond  puhte  fseger  ond  wlitig  heora 
lif  ond  wynsumllc ;  swa  we  eac  geaxiaft  misllce  adla  on 
manegum  stowuni  middangeardes,  ond  hungras  wexende ; 
ond  manig  yfel  we  geaxiap  her  on  life  gelomllcian  ond 
wsestmian,  ond  nsenig  god  awunigende,  ond  ealle  world- 

io  lieu  ping  swipe  synllcu ;  ond  colap  to  swipe  seo  lufu  pe  we 
to  urum  Hgelende  habban  sceoldan,  ond  pa  godan  weorc 
we  anforlietap  pe  we  for  Ore  saule  hsele  began  sceoldan. 
pas  tacno  pysllco  syndon  pe  ic  nu  hwlle  big  ssegde  be 
pisse  worlde  earfojmessum   ond  frsecnessuni,   swa  Crist 

15  sylfa.his  geongrum  ssegde,  pset  fas  ping  ealle  geweorpan 
sceoldan  eer  pisse  worlde  ende. 

Uton  we  nu  efstan  ealle  moegene  godra  weorca,  ond 
geornfulle  beon  Godes  miltsa,  nu  we  ongeotan  magon 
pset  pis  nealeecp  worlde  forwyrde  ;  for  pon  ic  myngige  ond 

20  manige  manna  geliwylcne  pset  lie  his  agene  deeda  georne 
smeage,  pset  he  her  on  worlde  for  Gode  rihtlice  lifge,  ond 
on  gesyhpe  pses  hehstan  Cyninges.  Syn  we  rummode 
pearfendum  mannum,  ond  earmum  selmesgeorne,  swa  us 
God  sylfa  behead  pset  we  s5pe  sibbe  heoldan,  ond  ge- 

25  pwsernesse  us  betweonon  habban.  Qnd  pa  men  pe  beam 
habban,  lairan  hie  paem  rihtne  peodscipe,  ond  him  tsecean 
lifes  weg  ond  rihtne  gang  to  heofonum ;  ond  gif  hie  on 
amigum  dsele  wollce  libban  heora  lif,  syn  hie  ponne  sona 
from  heora  wonessum  omvende,  ond  fram  heora  unrihtum 

30  oncyrron,  pset  we  purh  pset  ealle  Gode  Hcian,  swa  hit 
eallum  geleaffullum  folcum  beboden  standep,  nses  na  pam 

1  -cynelice. 


XIII.    A   BLICKLING   HOMILY.  69 

anum  ]>e  Gode  sylfum  under)  eodde  syndon  mid  myclum 
hadum,  biscopas  ond  cyningas  ond  maessepreostas  ond 
heahdiaconas,  ac  eac  sojdice  hit  is  beboden  subdlaconum 
ond  munecum.  Qnd  is  eallum  mannum  nedpearf  trad 
nytllc  )>set  hie  heora  fulwihthadas  wel  gehealdan.  5 

Ne  beo  n&nig  man  her  on  worldrlce  on  his  ge]  ohte  to 
modig,  ne  on  his  llchoman  to  Strang,  ne  nTj'a  to  georn,  ne 
bealwes  to  beald,  ne  bregda  to  full,  ne  inwit  to  leof,  ne 
wrohtas  to  w^bgenne,  ne  searo  to  renigenne.  Ne  |>eai 'f 
]>ses  nan  man  wenan  ]>aet  his  Hchama  mote  o}>)>e  maege  ]  a  10 
synbyrjjenna  on  eor)>scrafe  gebetan ;  ah  he  fair  on  rnoldan 
gemolsna)),  ond  Jjser  wyrde  bidej?  hwonne  se  aelmihtiga 
God  wille  pisse  worlde  e_nde  gewyricean,  ond  fonne  he  his 
byrnsweord  getyh}>  ond  )  as  world  ealle  )mrhslyhj),  ond  }H 
llchoman  Jmrhsceotefi,  ond  Jjysne  middangeard  tocleofefi,  15 
ond  jia  deadan  up  astandap;  bij>  fonne  se  flajschoma 
ascyred  swa  glaes:  ne  maeg  Saes  unrihtes  beon  awiht 
bedlgled.  For  fon  we  habba]>  ned)?earfe  past  we  to  lange 
ne  fylgeon  unwitweorcum,  ac  we  sceolan  us  geearnian  }>a 
siblecan  waira  Godes  ond  manna,  ond  pone  rihtan  geleafan  20 
faeste  statielian  on  urum  heortum,  \>set  he  ftser  wunian 
maege  qnd  mote,  ond  ]>xr  growan  ond  blowan.  Qnd  we 
sceolan  andettan  \>a.  sofan  geleaffulnesse  on  urne  Drihten 
Hailende  Crist,  ond  on  his  fione  ac^ndan  Suna,  ond  on 
fione  Halgan  Gast,  se  is  efnece  Faeder  ond  Sunu.  Qnd  25 
we  sceolan  gehyhtan  on  Godes  ]>a  gehalgodan  cyricean, 
ond  on  fta  rihtgelefedan.  Qnd  we  sceolan  gelyfan  synna 
forlaatnessa,  Qnd  llchoman  aarlstes  on  domes1  daeg.  Qnd 
we  sceolan  gelefan  on  }>aet  ece  llf,  ond  on  fast  heofonlloe 
rice  peet  is  gehaten  eallum  )>e  nu  syndan  Godes  wyrhtan.  3a 
pis  is  se  rihta  geleafa  ]>e  aeghwylcum  me,n  gebyreS  )>aet  he 

•  -  _ '•  1  domos. ;••■  '"  • 


70  XIII.    A   BLICKLING  HOMILY. 

wel  gehealde  Qnd  gelseste,  for  Son  pe  nan  wyrhta  ne  mseg 
god  weorc  wyrcean  for  Gode  buton  lufan J  quel  geleat'an. 
Qnd  us  is  my  eel  nedpearf  feet  we  us  sylfe  geSe,ncean  Qnd 
gemunan,  ond  ponne  geornost  ponne  we  gehyron  Godes 
5  bee  us  beforan  r^ccean  ond  raedan,  ond  godspell  se,cggean, 
ond  his  wuldorprynimas  mannum  cypan.  Uton2  we  ponne 
georne  teoliau  pset  we  setter  pon  Se  beteran  syn  Qnd  pe 
selran  for  Ssere  lare  tSe  we  oft  gehyvdon. 

Eala  m$n  Sa  leofostan,  hwset !  we  sceolan  geSe,ncean 

io  pset  we  ne  lufian  to  swipe  pset  pset  we  forlcetan3  sceolan, 
ne  J. set  huru  ne  forlsetan  t5  swipe  pset  we  ecelice  habban 
sceolan.  Geseo  we  nu  for  georne  pset  nsenig  man  on 
worlde  to  Sees  mycelne  welan  nafaS,  ne  to  Son  modelico 
gestreon  her  on  worlde,  pset  se  on  medmycclum  fyrste  to 

15  e,nde  ne  cume,  Qnd  pset  eall  forlseteS  pset  him  ser  her  on 
worlde  wynsumllc  wses  Qnd  leofost  to  agenne  Qnd  to 
hcebbenne.4  Qnd  se  man  najfre  to  Son  leof  ne  biS  his 
nehmagum  Qnd  his  worldfreondum,  ne  heora  nan  hine  to 
pses  swipe  ne  lufaS  pset  he  sona  syppan  ne  sy  onscungend, 

20  seoppan  se  lichoma  ond  se  gast  gedailde  beop,  ond  pincS 
his  neawist  lapllco  ond  unfseger.  Nis  pset  nan  wunclor ; 
hwset  bip  hit  la  $lles  buton  fljesc,  seoSSan  se  ecea  deel  of 
bip,  pset  is  seo  sawl  ?  hwset  bip  la  $lles  seo  laf  buton  wyrma 
me_te  ?    Hwser  beop  ponne  his  welan  Qnd  his  wista?  hwaer 

25  beoS  ponne  his  wl^ncea  Qnd  his  anmedlan  ?  hwser  beop 
ponne  his  Idlan  gescyrplan  ?  hwasr  beop  Sonne  pa  gl^ngeas 
Qnd  pa  mycclan  gegyrelan  pe*  he  pone  HcliQman  aer  mid 
frsetwode  ?  hwser  cumap  ponne  his  Avillan  ond  his  fyren- 
lustas  Se  he  her  on  worlde  beeode  ?     Hwset !  he  ponne 

30  sceal  mid  his  saule  anre  Gode  selmihtigum  riht  agyldan 
ealles  paes  pe  he  her  on  worlde  to  wQmmum  gefre,mede. 

1  hifoti.  2  Vton.  *  -on.  *  -©ne. 


; 


XIII.     A   BLICKLINd   HOMILY.  7 1 

Magon  we  nu  geheran  [secg]1  gean  be  [sumum  welegum 
meji]1  ond  worldricum ;  ahte  he  on  pyssc  worlde  mycelne 
welan  ond  swlfie  modelico  gestreon  ond  manigfealde,  gnd 
on  wynsuranesse  lifde.  pa  gelamp  him  |>set  his  lif  wearfi 
gee_ndod  ond  fairllc  ejide  on  becom  pisses  leenan  lifes.*  pa  5 
wees  his  nehmaga  sum  ond  his  worldfreonda  past  hine 
Bwyfor  lufode  ponne  ienig  opor  man;  he  fa  for  |uere 
langunga  ond  for  )>eere  geomrunga  fees  6;  res  deapes,  lejig 
on  pam  lande  gewunian  ne  mihte,  ac  he  uurotmod  of  his 
eyp|e  gewat  ond  of  his  earde,  ond  on  Jsem  lande  feala  10 
wintra  wunode ;  ond  him  naifre  seo  langung  ne  geteorode, 
ac  hine  swipe  gehyrde  ond  preade.  }*a  ongan  hine  eft 
langian  on  his  cyppe,  for  pon  paet  he  wolde  geseon  eft  $nd 
Bceayrian  pa  byrgeune,  hwylc  se  wsere  pe  lie  oft  ser  mid 
wlite  ond  mid  waestmum  faegerne  m  .  .  .3  geseah.  Him  15 
pa  to  cleopodon  paes  deadan  ban,  ond  jus  cwsedon  :  'For 
hwon  come  pQ  hider  us  t5  sceawigenne  ?  Nu  pii  miht  her 
geseon  moldan  dael  ond  wyrmes  lafe,  pair  ]  u  aBr  gesawe 
god\ve.b  mid  golde  gefagod.  Sceawa  pair  nu  dust  ond 
dryge  ban,  Jwier  pier  pu  air  gesawe  aefter  flsesclicre  gecynde  20 
faegre  leomu  on  to  seonne.  Eala  pu  freoud  ond  min  mieg, 
gemyne  pis  ond  ongyt  pe  sylfne,  past  pii  eart  nu  past  ic 
wses  To ;  ond  pii  byst  aefter  faece  paet  ic  nu  eom.  Gemyne 
pis  ond  oncnaw  paet  mine  welan  pe  ic  lo  haefde  syndon 
ealle  gewitene  ond  gedrorene,  ond  mine  h^rewic  syndon  25 
gebrosnode  ond  gemolsnode.  Ac  onwe_nd  pe  to  pe  sylfum, 
ond  pine  heortan  to  rakle  gecyr,  ond  geearna  paet  pine  bena 
syn  Gode  aelmihtigum  andf^nge.'  He  pa  swa,  geomor  gild 
swa  gnorngende  gewat  from  pasre  dustsceawunga,  ond 
hine  pa  onwe_nde  from   ealre   pisse   worlde   begangum ;  30 

1  MS.  damaged  here ;  emendations  by  Morris.  2  lifses. 

8  MS.  damaged  here  ;  three  or  four  words  cut  off  (Morris) . 


J2  XIII.    A   BL1CKLIXG  HOMILY. 

ond  he  ongan  Godes  lof  leornian  ond  J'get  leeran,  ond  fraet 
gastllce  maBgen  lufian ;  ond  Jmrh  faet  geearnode  him  )fi 
gife  Haliges  Gastes,  ond  eac  |>ses  o]>res  saule  of  wituiu 
gene_rede  ond  of  tintregum  alesde. 

5  Magon  we  );onne,  me_n  \>&  le  d'estan,  us  ]us  to  gemyndum 
habban,  ond  )as  bysene  on  uruni  heortan  stapelian,  )>yet 
Ave  ne  sceolan  lufian  worlde  gl^ngas  to  swipe  ne  J>ysne 
middangeard ;  for  fon  ]>e  feos  world  is  eall  forwordenllc 
ond  gedrofenlic  ond  gebrosnodlic  ond  feallenlic,1  ond  feos 

io  world  is  eall  gewitenlic.2  Uton  we  ]>onne  geornlice  ge- 
]>§ncean  ond  oncnawan  be  fyses  middangeardes  fruman ; 
]>§L  he  airest  gesceapen  waes,  fa  waea  he  ealre  faegernesse 
full,  ond  he  waes  blowende  on  him  sylfum  on  swyfe 
manigfealdre  wynsumnesse.     Qnd  on  ]>a  tid  wees  mannum 

15  leof  ofer3  eorfan,  ond  halwende  ond  hal*  smyltnes  waes 
o/er3  eorfan,  ond  sibba  genihtsumnes,  ondtuddres  aefelnes. 
Qnd  pes  middangeard  waes  on  )>a  tid  to  fon  faeger  ond 
to  ]wn  wynsumlic5  ]>aet  he  teah  me_n  to  him  Jmrh  his  wlite 
ond   Jmrh   his   faegernesse  ond  wynsumnesse  fram   J?on 

20  aelmilitegan  Gode.  Qnd  fa  he  Jrus  faeger  waes  ond  Jms 
wynsum,  fa  wisnode  he  on  Cristes  haligra  heortum,  ond 
is  nu  on  urum  heortan  blowende  swa  hit  gedafen  is. 
Xu  is  aeghwonon  hream  ond  wop;  nu  is  heaf  aeghwonon, 
ond  sibbe  tolesnes  ;  nu  is  aighwouon  yfel  oud  sl^ge ;  ond 

25  aeghwonon  Jes  middangeard  flyhf  from  us  mid  mycelre 
biternesse,  ond  we  him  fleondum  fylgea)',  ond  hine  feal- 
lendne  lufiaj>.  Hwtet !  we  on  pam  gecnawan  magon  }>aet 
j>eos  world  is  scyndende  ond  heononweard.  Uton  we  Jxmne 
jaes  gefe_ncean,  ja  hwile  pe  we  magon  [oud]8  moton,  J>aet 

30  we  us  georne  to  Gode  }>ydon.     Uton  urum  Drihtne  hyran 

1  feallendlic.       2  gewiten;  Morris,  gewitendlic  (?).       3  ofor. 

4  heal.  6  wym-.  6  Holthausen. 


XIII.    A  BUCKLING  IIOMILY.  "J I 

georne,  ond  him  J'ancas  SQCggan  ealra  his  geofena  <jnd 
ealra  his  miltsa  qnd  ealra  liis  eaflmodnessa  ond  fr^msum- 
nessa  pe  he  \vi]>  us  iefre  gecy|»de.  |>;T'in  heofonllcarj  Cin- 
inge  ]>e  leofaS  ond  rlxa))  on  worlda  world  aa  bnton  ende 
on  ecnesse.     Amen. 


XIV. 

iELFBIC'S   HOMILY  ON   THE  ASSUMPTION   OF 
ST.   JOHN   THE   APOSTLE. 

[From  the  Cambridge  Univ.  Lib.  MS.  of  iElfric's  Homilies.] 

Iohannes  se  Godspellere,  Cristes  dyrling,  wearS  on 
Sysum  deege  to  heofenan  rices  myrhSe  purh  Godes  neos- 
unge  genumen.  He  wees  Cristes  moddrian  sunn,  and  he 
hine  lufode  synderlice ;  na,  swa  micclum  for  Seere  meeg- 
5  Hcan  sibbe  swa  for  Seere  claennysse  his  ansundan  meegS- 
hades.  He  wees  on  meegShade  Gode  gecoren,  and  he  on 
ecnysse  on  ungewe^mmedum  meegShade  furhwunode.  Hit 
is  gereed  on  gewyrdelicum  racum  feet  he  wolde  wlfian, 
and  Crist  wearS  to  his  gyftura  gelaSod.     pa  gelamp  hit 

io  feet  eet  Sam  gyftum  win  wearS  ateorod.  Se  Heelend  Sa 
het  fa  Seningme_n 1  afyllan  six  steenene  fatu  mid  hluttrum 
weetere,  and  he  mid  his  bletsunge  feet  weeter  to  eeSelum 
wme  awe_nde.  pis  is  feet  forme  tacn  Se  he  on  his  m§n- 
niscnysse  openlice  geworhte.     pa,  wearS  Iohannes  swa 

15  onbryrd  furh  feet  tacn,  feet  he  Seer  rihte  his  bryde  on 
meegShade  forlet,  and  symle  sySSan  Drihtne  folgode,  and 
wearS  Sa  him  inweardllce  gelufod,  for  San  Se  he  hine 
eetbreed  f am  fleesclicum  lustum.  Witodlice  Sisum  leofan 
leorningcnihte  befeeste  se  Haelend  his  modor,  fa  fa,  he 

20  on  rSdeh^ngene  manncynn  alysde,  feet  his  cleene  lif  Sees 
cleenan  meedenes  Marian  gymde ;  and  h€o  Sa,  on  hyre 
swyster  suna  fenungum  wunode. 

i  C,  ■Seuigmen. 
74 


XIV.   ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE.      75 

Eft  on  fyrste,  sefter  Cristes  Gpstige  to  heofonum,  rlxode 
sum  waelhreow  casere  on  Koniana  rice,  aefter  ^Nerone,  se 
waes  Domicianus  gehaten,  cristenra  manna  ehtere :  se  het 
afyllan  ane  cyfe  mid  weallendum  ele,  and  pone  maeran 
godspellere  )>ier  on  het  bescufan ;  ac  he  5urh  Godes  ge-  5 
Bcyldnysse  ungewejnmed  of  5am  hatau1  bsefie  eode.  Eft 
5a  5a  se  waelhreowa  ne  mihte  5aes  eadigan  apostoles  bod- 
unge  alQCgan,  )»a  asejide  he  hine  on  wraecsi5  to  anum 
IjjeotJe  |>e  is  PaSmas  geciged,  )>aet  he  5aer  )mrh  hungres 
scearpnysse  acwiele.  Ac  se  aelmihtiga  Haelend  ne  forlet  10 
to  gymeleaste  his  gelufedan  apostol,  ac  geswutelode  him 
on  (Sam  wraecsI5e  J>a  toweardan  onwrigenysse,  be  5aire  he 
awrat  5a  boc  5e  is  gehaten  'Apocalipsis' :  and  se  wael- 
hreowa  Domicianus  on  5am  ylcan  geare  wear5  acweald 
aet  his  witena  handum  ;  and  hi  ealle  anmodlice  rasddon  15 
)?aet  ealle  his  ges^tnyssa  aydlode  waeron.  pa  wear5  Nerua, 
swISe  arfsest  man,  to  casere  gecoren.  Be  his  gefafunge 
gecyrde  se  apostol  ongean  mid  micclum  wur5mynte,  se 
5e  mid  hospe  to  wraecsISe  ase^nd  waes.  Him  urnon  ongean 
weras  and  wif  fsegnigende,  and  cwe5ende.  '  Gebletsod  is  20 
se  5e  com  on  Godes  naman.' 

Mid  )>am  5e  se  apostol  Iohannes  stdp  into  5aere  byrig 
Ephesum,  j>a  baer  man  him  togeanes  anre  wydewan  He  to 
byrigenne ;  hire  nama  waes  Drusiana.  Heo  waes  swI5e 
£<4yfed  and  eelmesgeorn,  and  \>a.  5earfan,  5e  heo  mid  cysti-  25 
gum  mode  eallunga  afedde,  dreorige  mid  wope  5am  lice 
folgodon.  Da,  het  se  apostol  5a,  baere  septan,  and  cwae5, 
'  Min  Drihten  Haelend  Crist  araere  5e,  Drusiana  ;  aris, 
and  gecyrr  ham,  and  gearca  us  gereordunge  on  ]unum 
huse.'  Drusiana  pa,  aras  swilce  of  slaepe  awre_ht,'  and  30 
carfull  be  5aes  apostoles  hsese  ham  gewe^nde. 

1  MSS.,  hatum.  8  B,  awefcC 


j6      XIV.    ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE. 

On  Sam  oSrum  dsege  eode  se  apostol  be  Saere  street ;  pa 
ofseah  he  hwser  sum  u6\vita  laidde  twegen  gebroSru  pe 
hsefdon  behwyrfed  eall  heora  yldrena  gestreon  on  deor- 
wurSum  gymstanum,  and  woldon  6a  tocwysan  on  ealles 

5  pses  folees  gesihSe,  to  weefersyne,  swylce  to  forsewen- 
nysse  woruldlicra  aihta.  Hit  wees  gewunelic  on  Sam 
tlman  past  Sa  'Se  woldon  woruldwisdom  gecneordlice  leor- 
nian,  pset  hi  behwyrfdon  heora  are  on  gymstanum,  and 
Sa  tobnecon ;  oSSe  oh  sumum  gyldenum  we^cge,  and  Sone 

io  on  si©  awurpan ;  pi  laes  Se  seo  smeaung  paira *  sehta  hi 
set  Ssere  lare  hre^mde.  pa  clypode  se  apostol  Sone  fiSwitan 
Graton  him  to,  and  cwseS,  'Dysllc  biS  pset  hwa  woruld- 
Hce  speda  forhogige  for  manna  h^runge,  and  beo  on 
Godes  dome  geniSerod.     Ydel  biS  se  lgecedom  pe  ne  mseg 

15  Sone  untruman  gehtelan  ;  swa  biS  eac  ydel  seo  lar  Se  ne 
gehaeLS  Siere  sawle  leahtras  and  unSeawas.  SoSHce  min 
lareow  Crist  sumne  cniht  pe  gewilnode  pses  ecan  lifes 
pysum  wordum  lserde,  pset  he  sceolde  ealle  his  welan 
beceapian,  and  pset  wurS  Searfum  deelan,  gif  he  wolde 

20  fulfrgmed  beon,  and  he  sySSan  haefde  his  goldhord  on 
heofenum,  and  Seer  to  eacan  pset  ece  Hf.'  Graton  Sa  se 
tiSwita  him  andwyrde,  'pas  gymstanas  synd  tocwysede 
for  ydelum  gylpe,  ac  gif  Sin  lareow  is  soS  God,  gefeg  Sas 
bricas  to  ansundnysse,  pset  heora  wurS  msege  pearfum 

25  fr^mian.'  Iohannes  pa  gegaderode  Seera  gymstana  bricas, 
and  beseah  to  heofonum,  pus  cweSende,  'Drihten  HseL- 
end,  nis  Se  nan  Sing  earfoSe;  pu  geedstaSelodest  Sisne 
tobrocenan  middangeard  on  plnum  geleaffullum  purh 
tacen  psere  halgan  rode :  geedstaSela  nu  pas  deorwurSan 

30  gymstanas  Surh'SInra  $ngla  handa,  pset  Sas  nytenan 
rnejin  Sine  mihta  oncnawon,  and  on  pe  gelyfon.'     Hwset ! 

-i- -•  -i    i  lC,  'Saere.      z±-i±   ■".  .... 


XIV.   ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE.      JJ 

$a  fcerlice  wurdon  Sa  gymstanas  swa  ansunde  fast  furSon 
nan  tacen  fctere  aerran  tocwysednysse  naes  gesewen.  pa 
se  QSwita  Graton  samod  mid  fam  cnihtum  feoll  to 
lohannes  fotum,  gelyfende  on  God.  Se  apostol  hine 
fullode  mid  eallum  his  hlrede,  and  lie  ongann  Godes  ge-  5 
leafan  openlice  bodian.  pa  twegen  gebroSra,  Atticus  and 
Eugenius,  sealdon  heora  gymstanas,  and  ealle  heora  eehta 
dieldon  weedlum,  and  filigdon  )>am  apostole,  and  micel 
me_nigu  geleaffullra  him  eac  to  gefteodde. 

pa  becGm  se  apostol  get  sumum  stele  to  fiere  byrig  Per-  10 
gamum,  j'ier  35,  foressedan  cnihtas  hi  s6r  eardodon,  and 
gesawon  heora  Ceowan  mid  godivebbe  gefreetewode,1  and 
on  woruldllcum  wuldre  scinende.     Da  wurdon   hi  mid 
deofles  flan  Jmrhscotene,  and  dreorige  on  mode  feet  hi 
wtedligende  on  anum  waelicum  waifelse  ferdon,  and  heora  15 
Seowan  on  woruldllcum  wuldre  scinende  wseron.     pa  un- 
dergeat  se  apostol  $as  deoflican  f  acn,  and  cwseS, '  Ic  geseo 
)>set  eower  mod  is  aw  end  and  eower  andwlita,  for  San  tSe 
ge  eowre  speda  }>earf  um  dteldon,  and  mines  Drihtnes  lare 
fyligdon :  gaS  nu  for  tl  to  wuda,  and  heawaS  incre  byrti-  20 
ene   gyrda,  and   gebringaS   to   me.'     HI  dydon   be   his 
hsese,  and  he  on  Godes  naman  fca  grenan  gyrda  geblet- 
sode,  and  hi  wurdon  to  readuin  golde  awe,nde.    Eft  cweefi 
se  apostol  lohannes,  '  Ga5  to  Stere  see  strande,  and  f eccaS 
me  papolstanas.'     Hi  dydon  swa;   and  lohannes  fa  on  25 
Godes  nieegenftrymme  hi  gebletsode,  and  hi  wurdon  ge- 
hwyrfede  to  deorwurSum  gymmum.    pa  cwseft  se  apostol, 
'Ga5  to  smiSSan,  aad  fandiaS  pises  goldes  and  Sissera 
gymstana.'     Hi  Sa.  eodon,  and  eft  comon,  fus  cweftende, 
'Ealle  Sas  goldsmibas  se,cga$  feet  hi  ntefre  eer  swa  clSne  30 
gold   ne   swa  read   ne   gesawon;   eac  Sas   gymwyrhtan 

1  C,  godewebbe  gefreatewode ;  Sweet,  gefraetewode. 


?8     XIV.   ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE. 

se,cgaS  J>aet  hi  naefre  swa  deorwurSe  gymstanas  ne  ge- 
metton.'  pa  cwseS  se  apostol  hini  to,  'aSTimaS  )ns  gold 
and  Sas  gymstanas,  and  faraS,  and  bicgaS  eow  landare ; 
for  San  ]>e  ge  forluron  6a  heofenlican  speda.     BicgaS  eow 

5  psellene  cyrtlas,  ]>set  ge  to  lytelre  hwlle  scinon  swa  swa 
rose,  pset  ge  hrsedllce  forweornion.  BeoS  blowende  and 
welige  hwllwe,ndllce,  pset  ge  ecelice  wsedlion.  Hwaet 
la  !  ne  mseg  se  aelmihtiga  Wealdend  )mrhteon  fast  he  do 
his  Seowan  rice  for  worulde,  genihtsume  on  welan,  and 

io  unwiftmetenllce  soman  ?  Ac  he  setae  gecamp  geleafful- 
lum  sawlum,  \>set  hi  gelyfon  to  geagenne  }>a  ecan  welan, 
8a  Se  for  his  naman  ]>a  hwilw^ndan  speda  forhogiaS.  Ge 
gehaeldon  untruman  on  fses  Hselendes  naman,  ge  afllgdon 
deoflu,  ge  forgeafon  blindum  gesihSe,  and  gehwilce  un- 

15  coSe  gehaildon :  efne,  nu  is  Seos  gifu  eow  aetbroden,  and 
ge  sind  earmingas  gewordene,  ge  Se  waeron  maere  and 
strange.  Swa  micel  e,ge  stod  deoflum  fram  eow  Jjget  hi 
be  eowere  hiese  fa  ofs^ttan  deofolseocan  forleton ;  nu  ge 
ondraedaS  eow  deoflu.   pa  heofenlican  eehta  sind  us  eallum 

20  geniaene.     Nacode  we  waeron  ace,nnede,  and  nacode  we. 
gewItaS.     pare  sunnan  beorhtnys,1  and  fees  monan  leoht 
and  ealra  tungla  sind  gemsene  }>am  rlcan  and  Sam  heanan. 
Kenscuras  and  cyrcan  duru,  fulluht  and  synna  forgyf- 
ennys,  huselgang  and  Godes  neosung  sind   eallum   ge- 

25  meene,  earmum  and  eadigum;  ac  se  ungeseeliga  gytsere 
wile  mare  habban  f>onne  him  genihtsumaS,  f>onne  he 
furSon  orsorh  ne  brlcS  his  genihtsumnysse.  Se  gytsere 
haefS  aenne  llchaman,  and  m^nigfealde  scrud ;  he  haefS 
ane  wambe,  and  )msend  manna  bigleofan :  witodllce  ]>set 

30  he  for  gytsunge  uncyste  nanum  68 rum  syllan  ne  maeg, 
paet  he  hordaS,  and  nat  hwani ;  swa  swa  se  wltega  cwaeS, 

1  C,  beorhnys ;  Sweet. 


XIV.   ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE.      79 

"On  idel  bits  selc  man  gedrefed  se  Se  hordaS,  and  nat 
hwam  he  hit  gegaderaS."  Witodllce  ne  biS  he  Seera  gehta 
hlaford,  Sonne  he  hi  daelan  ne  maeg;  ac  he  biS  Jnera  aehta 
fteowa,  ponne  he  him  eallunga  ];§owa$;  and  J>aer  to  eacan 
him  weaxaS  untrumnyssa  on  his  llchaman,  J>aet  he  ne  5 
maeg  setes  o<58e  weetes  brucan.  He  carati  daeges  and 
nihtes  }>aet  his  feoh  gehealden  sy ;  lie  gymS  grajdelice  his 
teolunge,  his  gafoles,  his  gebytlaxhe  berypS  |>a  wanspedi- 
gan,2  he  fulgaift3his  lustum  and  his  plegan ;  ])onne  faer- 
Hce  gewltt  he  of  Sissere  worulde,  nacod  and  forscyldigod,  10 
synna  ana  mid  him  fe_rigende;  for  $an  pe  he  sceal  ece 
wite  firowian.' 

Efne  M  3a  se  apostol  )>as  lare  sprecende  waes,  fia,  baer 
sum  wuduwe  hire  suna  lie  to  bebyrgenne,  se  haefde  ge- 
wlfod  Jultiguin  nihtum  air.    Seo  dreorige  modor  ]  a  samod  15 
mid  )>am  Hcmannum  rarigende  hi  astrehte  aet  fees  halgan 
apostoles  fotum,  biddende  )>aet  he  hire  sunu  on  Godes 
naman  araerde,  swa  swa  he  dyde  }>§,  wydewan  Drusianam. 
Iohannes   Sa  ofhreow   piere   meder   and  Saera  Hemanna 
dreorignysse,  and  astrehte  his  llchaman  to  eorSan  on  20 
langsumum  gebede,  and  Sa,  aet  nextan  aras,  and  eft  upa- 
hafenum   handum  langllce  baed.     pa  3a  he  Sus   ftrlwa 
gedon  haefde,  Sa  het  he  unwindan  J»aes  cnihtes  He,  and 
cwaeft,  '  Eala,  SQ  cniht,  tSe  Jmrh  Sines  flaesces  lust  hraedllce 
Sine  sawle  forlure ;   eala,  }m  cniht,  ]m  ne  cflSest  SInne  25 
Scyppend;   ]m  ne  cuSest  manna  Haeleud;   )>u  ne  cuftest 
Sone  soSan  f  reond ;  and  for  ti  ]>u  beurne  on  ftone  wyrstan 
feond.     Nu  ic  ageat  mine  tearas,  and  for  Slnre  nyten- 
nysse  geornllce  baed,  feet  ]>u  of  deaSe  arise,  and  )>isum 
twain  gebr68rum,  Attico  and   Eugenlo,   cyfte   hu   micel  30 
wuldor  hi  forluron,  and  hwile  wite  hi  geearnodon.'     Mid 

1  C,  gebytlu ;  Sweet.         a  C,  wann-;  Sweet.         8  B,  folgalS. 


8o     XIV.   ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE. 

6am  pa  aras  se  cniht  Stacteus,  and  feoll  to  Iohannes 
fotum,  and  begann  to  6reagenne  pa  gebr66ru  pe  misAve_nde 
wseron,  pus  cweSende,  'Ic  geseah  6a  e_nglas  pe  eower 
gymdon  dreorige  wepan,  and  6a  awyrigedan  sceoccan 
5  blissigende  on  eowerum  forwyrde.  Eow  wees  heofenan 
rice  gearo,  and  scinende  gebytlu  mid  "wistum  afyllede, 
and  mid  ecum  leohte ;  pa  ge  forluron  purh  unwserscipe, 
and  ge  begeaton  eow  6eosterfulle  wununga  mid  dracum 
afyllede  and  mid  brastligendum  Hgum,  mid  unas^cgend- 

io  Ileum  witum  afyllede  and  mid  anSraicum  ste_ncum ;  on 
6am  ne  ablin6  granung  and  poterung  dseges  oppe  nihtes : 
bidda6  for  61  mid  inweardre  beortan  6ysne  Godes  apostol, 
eowerne  lareow,  paet  he  eow  fram  6am  ecum  forwyrde 
araire,  swa  swa  be  me  fram  dea6e  araerde ;  and  be  eowre 

15  saula,  pe  nu  sind  adylegode  of  paire  Hflican  bee,  gelaide 
eft  to  Godes  gife  and  miltsunge.' 

Se  cnibt  pa  Stacteus,  6e  of  dea6e  aras,  samod  mid  pain 
gebroSrum  astr^bte  bine  to  Iohannes  fotswa6um,  and 
)>8et  folc  forS  mid  ealle,  anmodlice  biddende  pset  he  him 

20  to  Gode  gepingode.  Se  apostol  pa  bebead  6am  twam 
gebr66rum  peet  hi  6rltig  daga  be  hreowsunge  dSdbetende 
Gode  geofrodon,  and  on  pain1  fsece  geornlice  baidon  past 
fa  gyldenan  gyrda  eft  to  pan  gerran  gecynde  awe,ndon. 
and  pa  gymstanas  to  heora  wacnysse.     iEfter  6ritigra 

25  daga  faece,  pa  pa  hi  ne  mihton  mid  heora  benum  past  gold 
and  pa  gymstanas  to  heora  gecynde  aw^ndan,  6a  comon 
hi  mid  wope  to  pam  apostole,  pus  cwepende,  '  Symle  6u 
teehtest  mildheortnysse,  and  peet  man  66rum  miltsode; 
and  gif  man  o6rum  miltsa6,  hu  micele  swi6or  wile  God 

30  railtsian  and  arian  mannum  his  handgeweorce !  past  pest 
we   mid   gitsigendum   eagum   agylton,  past  we   nu   mid 

1  C,  wanting. 


V/r.   ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE.      8 1 

wependuin  eagum  behreowsiaS.1 '  Da  andwyrde  se  apos- 
tol, 'BeraS  So,  gyrda  to  wuda,  and  ]a  stanas  to  ssestrande: 
hi  syiid  gecyrrede  to  heora  gecynde.'  pa,  Sa  hi  J'is  gedon 
haefdon,  $a  underfengon  hi  eft  Godes  gife,  swa,  )>set  hi 
iidriefdon  deoflu,  and  blinde  and  untrume  gehteldon,  and  5 
feala  tacna  on  Drihtnes  nanian  gefreniedon,  swa  swa  hy 
ier  dydon. 

Se  apostol  ];a  geblgde  to  Gode  ealne  ]>one  eard  Asiani, 
se  is  geteald  to  healf  um  deele  middaneardes ;  and  awrat 
Sa  feorSan  Cristes  boc,  seo  hre_paS  swySost  ymbe  Crlstes  ic 
godcundnysse.     Da,  6Sre  Sry  godspelleras,  Matheus,  Mar- 
cus, Lucas,  awriton  seror  be  Crlstes  me,imiscnysse.     pa 
asprungan  gedwolme^im  on  Gpdes  gelaSunge,  and  cwsedon 
fcet  Crist  mere,  ter  he  acenned  waes  of  Marian,    pa  baedan 
ealle  Sa  leodbisceopas  Sone  halgan  apostol   ]wt  he   Jil  15 
feorSan  boc  ges^tte,  and  faera  gedwolnianna  dyrstignesse 
adwsesete.     Iohannes  |>a  bead  Sreora  daga  faesten  gerasen- 
ellce ;   and   he  asfter   Sam   faestene   wearS   swa   miclum 
mid  Godes  gaste  afylled,  )>aet  he  ealle  Godes  e.nglas  and 
ealle   gesceafta  mid  heallcum  mode   oferstah,  and  mid  20 
(Sysum  wordum  ]>a  godspelllcan  gesefaiysse   ongan,  'In 
principio  end  verbum,  et  verbum  end  ctpud  Deum,  et  Deus 
erat  verbum,  et  rdiquaf  Jwt  is  on  Englisc,  'On  frymSe 
waes  word,  and  ]>aet  word  wees  mid  Gode,  and  ]>aet  word 
waes  God ;   ]ns  waes  on  frymfie  mid  Gode.     Ealle  Sing  25 
sind  )mrh  hine  geworhte,  and  nis  nan  ]nng  buton  him 
gesceapen.'     And  swa   forS  on  ealre  Ssere  godspelllcan 
gese.tnysse  he  cydde  fela  be   Crlstes  godcundnysse,   hn 
he  ecellce  butan  angynne  of  his  Feeder  acenned  is,  and 
mid  him  rlxaS  on  annysse  }>aes  Halgan  Gastes,  a  butan  30 
e_nde.     Feawa  he  awrat  be  his  ine_nniscnysse,  for  San  \>e 

1  C,  'bereowsia'5. 


82      XIV.   ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE. 

fa  Sry  6Sre  godspelleras  genihtsumlice  be  fain  heora  bee 
s^tton. 

Hit  gelamp  set  sumum  ssele  fset  fa  deofolgyldan,  fe  fa 
gyt  ungeleaffulle  wseron,  gecwaMon  fast  hi  woldon  fone 
5  apostol  to  heora  haiSenscipe  geneadian.  pa  cwaeS  se 
apostol  to  6am  haeSengylduin,  'Ga<5  ealle  endemes  to 
Godes  cyrcan,  and  clypiaS  ealle  to  eowerum  godum,  fset 
seo  cyrce  afealle  Surh  heora  mihte;  Sonne  huge  ic  to 
eoweruin  hseSenscipe.     Gif  Sonne  eower  godes  iniht  fa 

io  halgan  cyrcan  towurpan  ne  mseg,  ic  towurpe  eower  tem. 
pel  furh  tSses  selniihtigan  Godes  mihte,  and  ic  tocwyse 
eower  deofolgyld;  and  biS  fonne  rihtllc  geSuht  fset  ge 
geswycon  eoweres  gedwyldes,  and  gelyfon  on  Sone  soSan 
God,  se  Se  ana  is  selmihtig.'     fa  heeSengyldan   Sisuni 

i5  cwyde  geSwserlsehton,  and  Iohannes  mid  geswsesnm 
wordum  fset  folc  tihte  fset  hi  ufor  eodon  fram  fain 
deofles  temple  j  and  mid  beorhtre  stemne  setforan  him 
eallum  clypode,  'On  Godes  naman  ahreose  J>is  tempi 
mid  eallum  fam  deofolgyldum  fe  him  on  eardiaS,  J>£et 

20  feos  me^nigu  tocnawe  fast  Sis  hsBSengyld  deofles  bigg^ng 
is.'  Hwset  Sa  fairlice  ahreas  f33t  tempel  grundlunga  mid 
eallum  his  anlicnyssum  to  duste  awende.  On  fain  ylcan 
dsege  wurdon  geblgede  twe.lf  Susend 1  haiSenra  manna  to 
Crlstes  geleafan,  and  mid  fulluhte  gehalgode. 

25  pa  sceorede  Sa  gyt  se  yldesta  hseSengylda  mid  myc 
elre  fwymysse,  and  cwseS  fast  he  nolde  gelyfan  bfiton 
Iohannes  attor  drunce,  and  furh  Godes  mihte  Sone 
cwealmbseran 2  dre.nc  oferswiSde.  pa  cwseS  se  apostol, 
'peah  Su  me  attor  sylle,  furh  Godes  naman  hit  me  ne 

30  de.raS.'  Da  cwseS  se  hseSengylda  Aristodemus,  'pu  scealt 
eerest  oSerne  geseon  drincar*,  and  Sser  rihte  cwelan,  J/set 

1  B,  )>usenda.  2  C,  R,  cwelmbseran. 


XIV.   ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE.      83 

hum  8I11  heorte  swa  forbtige  for  Sam  deadbserum  dr^nce.' 
Iohannes  him  andwyrde,  '  Gif  8u  on  God  gelyfan  wylt, 
ic  unforhtmod  Baes  dr^nces  onfo.'    pa  getejigde  se  Aristo- 
denius  to  Sam  heahgerefan,  and  genam  on  his  cwearterne 
twegen  Seofas,  and  sealde  him  8one  unlybban   setforan    5 
eallum  Sam  folce,  on  Iohannes  gesihSe  ;  and  hi  Sair  rihte 
aefter  5am  dr^nce  gewiton.     Sy88an  se  haeSengilda  eac 
sealde  8one  attorbieran  dre_nc  |>am  apostole,  and  he  mid 
rodetacne  his  mu8  and  ealne  his  lichaman  gewaspnode, 
and  8one  unlybban  on  Godes  naman  halsode,  and  siS8an  10 
mid  gebildum  mode  hine  ealne  gedranc.    Aristodenius  6a 
and  faet  folc  beheoldon  )>one  apostol  8reo  tlda  deeges,  and 
gesawon  hine  habban  glaedne  andwlitan  buton  blacunge 
and  forhtunge ;  and  hi  ealle  clypodon,  '  An  s68  God  is,  se 
8e  Iohannes  \vur8a8.'     pa  c\vae8  se  haJ8eng}rlda  to  8am  15 
apostole,  'Gyt  me  tweona8;  ac  gif  Su  8&s  deadan  sceaSan 
on  Sines  Godes  naman  arterst,  Jjonne  bi5  mln  heorte  ge- 
clgensod  fram   aelcere   twynunge.'     Da   cwae8    Iohannes, 
'Aristodeme,  nim  mine  tunecan,  and  l§ge  bufon  |>gera 
deadra  manna   lie,  and   cwe8,   "pass    Hgelendes   Crlstes  20 
apostol  me  as^nde  to  eow,  )>set  ge  on  his  naman  of  dea8e 
arlson,  and  aelc  mann  oncnawe  past  dea8  and  llf  peowiaB 
mlnum  Haelende.'"     He  8a,  be  8aes  apostoles  haese  beer 
his  tunecan,  and  alede  uppon  8am  twam  deadum ;  and  hi 
SSr  rihte  ansunde  arison.     pa,  8a  se  hae8engilda  ]>&t  ge-  25 
seah,  8a  astr^hte  he  hine  to  Iohannes  fotum,  and  sy86an 
ferde  to  8am  heahgerefan,  and  him  8a  wundra  mid  hlud- 
dre  stemne  cydde.     Hi  8a  begen  ]>one  apostol  gesohton, 
his  miltsunge  biddende.     pa  bead  se  apostol  him  seofon 
nihta  faesten,  and  hi  si88an  gefullode ;  and  hi  sefter  8am  30 
fulluhte  towurpon  eall  heora  deofolgyld,  and  mid  heora 
maga  fultume  and  mid  eallum  craefte  arcerdon  Gode  maere 
cyrcan  on  Saes  apostoles  wur8mynte. 


84      XIV.   ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE. 

pa  Sa  se  apostol  waes  nigon  and  hundnigontig  geara, 
pa  seteowode  him  Drihten  Crist  mid  pam  oSrum  apos- 
tolum,  pe  he  of  Sisum  life  geiiumen  haefde,  and  cwaeS, 
'Iohannes,  cum  to  me:  tlma  is  )>eet  pu  mid  Slnuni  ge- 
5  broSrum  wistfullige  on  nilnum  gebeorscipe.'  Iohannes 
pa,  aras,  and  eode  wis  pass  Hselendes ;  ac  he  him  to 
cweeS,  'Nu  on  sunnandseg,  mines  tenstes  dsege,  pu  cymst 
to  me ; '  and  sefter  8am  worde  Drihten  gewe_nde  to  heof- 
enum.     Se  apostol  micclum  blissode  on  Sam  behate,  and 

io  on  pam  sunnanuhtan  serwacol  to  Saere  cyrcan  com,  and 
pam  folce,  f ram  hancrede  oS  undern,  Godes  gerihta  laerde, 
and  him  maessan  gesaug,  and  cwaeS  paat  se  Haelend  hine 
on  (5am  daege  to  heofonum  gelaSod  haafde.  Het  Sa 
delfan  his  byrgene  wis  paet  weofod,  and  paet  greot  tit 

15  awegan.  And  he  eode  cucu  and  gesund  into  his  byrg- 
ene, and  astre_htum  handum  to  Gode  clypode,  'Drihten 
Crist,  ic  pancige  Se  past  ]m  me  gelaSodest  to  plnum 
wistum ;  ]>u  wast  paet  ic  mid  ealre  heortan  pe  gewil- 
node.     Oft  ic  Se  baed  feet  ic  moste  to  Se  faran,  ac  ]>u 

20  cwaede  paet  ic  andbidode,  past  ic  Se  mare  folc  gestrynde. 
pu  heolde  mlnne  lichaman  wis  aelce  besmitennysse,  and 
pu  simle  mine  sawle  onllhtest,  and  me  nahwar  ne  for- 
lete.  pu  s^ttest  on  minum  muSe  pinre  soSfaestnysse 
word,  and  ic  awrat  Sa  lare  Se  ic  of  Slnum  muSe  ge- 

25  hyrde,  and  Sa,  wundra  Se  ic  Se  wyrcan  geseah.  Nil 
ic  Se  betaice,  Drihten,  pine  beam,  Sa  Se  pin  gelaSung. 
maiden  and  moder,  purh  waeter  and  pone  Halgan  Gast 
Se  gestrynde.  Onfoh  me  to  minum  gebroSrum  mid 
Sam  Se  Su  come,  and  me  gelaSodest.     Geopena  ongean 

^  me  llfes  geat,  paet  Ssera  Seostra  ealdras  me  ne  ge- 
meton.  pu  eart  Crist,  Saes  lifigendan  Godes  Sunu,  pu 
pe  be  Sines  Feeder  haese  middangeard  gehaeldest,  and  us 
Sone  Halgan  Gast  ase_ndest.     pe  we  h^riaS,  and  panciaS 


A IV.    ASSUMPTION  OF  ST.  JOHN  THE  APOSTLE.      8$ 

)>Inr.„    me_nigfealdra   goda   geond   ungee_ndode   worulde.1 
Amen.' 

/Efter  ftysum  gebede  teteowode  heofenllc  leoht  bufon 
Cam  apostole  binnon  8®re  byrgene,  ane  tid  swa  beorhte 
sclnende  |>eet  nanes  mannes  gesihft  ]>ees  leohtes  leoman  e 
Bceawian  ne  mihte  ;  and  he  mid  pam  leohte  his  gast  ageaf 
|am  Drihtne  )>e  hine  to  his  rice  gelaSode.  He  gewat 
swa  1'reoh  fram  deaSes  sarnysse  of  fiisum  andweardan 
life  swa  swa  he  \v;ts  u'l  trained  fram  llchamllcere  gewe^m- 
mednysse.  SoClIce  syS5an  wyes  his  byrgen  gemet  mid  10 
mannan  afylled.  Manna  wses  gehaten  se  heofenlica  m^te 
]>e  feowertig  geara  afedde  Israhela  folc  on  westene.  Nu 
W8BS  se  bigleofa  gemett  on  Iohannes  byrgene,  and  nan 
8ing  e_lles  ;  and  se  me_te  is  weaxende  on  hire  o?>  ftisne 
andweardan  daeg.  pair  beoft  fela  tacna  aeteowode,  and  15 
untrume  gehglde  and  fram  eallnm  frecednyssum  alysede 
Jmrh  fces  apostoles  Singunge.  pees  him  getlSaS  Drihten 
Crist,  J?am  is  wuldor  and  wurfimynt  mid  Feeder  and 
Halgum  Gaste  a  buton  $nde.     Amen. 

1  C,  R ;  B,  woruld ;  Sweet,  worulda. 


u^U- 


XV. 


iELFBJC'S     HOMILY    ON    ST.    GREGORY    THE 
GREAT. 

[The  text  of  this  homily  of  JElfric  on  St.  Gregory's  Day  is  here 
given  according  to  MS.  Gg.  3.  28  of  the  Camb.  Univ.  Lib.  (C).  The 
variants  that  are  not  marked  are  from  MS.  Bodl.  340  (=  NE.  F.  4. 10).] 


Gregorius  se  halga  papa,  Engliscre  Seode  apostol,  on 
|Ho^<Lk  it.        Sisuni  andwerdan1  dsege,  sefter  me_nigfealdum2  gedeorfum1 
' •(o*  "^  and  halgum  gecnyrdnyssum^  Godes  rice  gesieligllce  astah.     ** 

He  is  rihtlice  Engliscre  Seode  apostol,  for  San  Se  he  juirh 
5  his  reed  and  sande4  us  fram  deofles  "bigg^ngum  eetbried,,^ 
and  to  Godes  geleafan  gebigde.  Manega  halige  bee  cySaS 
his  drohtnunge  and  his  halige  llf,  and  eac  'Historia3  An- 
glorum,'  Sa  Se  iElfred  cyning  of  Leclene 4  on  Englise 
awe^nde.  Seo5  boc  sprecS  genSh  swutellce6  be  Sisum 
io  halgan7  were.  Nu  wylle8  we  sum  Sing  scortlice  eow  be 
him9  gere_ccan,  for  San  Se  seo5  foresaide  boc  nis  eow 
eallura  cuS,  )>eah  Se  heo  on  Englise  aweaid  10  sy. 

pes    eadiga   papa11    Gregorius    waes   of12  seSelborenre 

meegSe  and  eawfsestre7ac^nned  ;  Romanisce  witan  weeron 

15  his  magas  ;   his  feeder  hatte  Gordianus,  and  Felix,  se 

1  Sysum  andweardan.  2  msenig-. 

8  istoria.  4  lsedene. 

6  sy°  (sy  with  0  above  the  line  by  another  hand). 
L&T  /.,  6  swutellice.  *  5am  halgum. 

8  wille.  9  sceortlice  be  him  (eow  wanting). 

10  awamd.  n  wer  (for  papa). 

12' Above  the  line  by  another  hand. 
86 


XV.    HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT.       87 


eawfaesta  papa,  waes  his  flfta  feeder.  He  waes  —  swa  swa 
we  cwaedon1 —  for  worulde  aeSelboren,  ac  he  oferstah  his 
aeftelborennysse  mid  halgum  Seawum  and  mid  godum 
weorcum    gegle_ngde.®    Gregorius   is   Grecisc   nama,   se 

Vi^v^u  sweg5 3  on  Ledenum 4  gereorde  '  Vigilantius,'  }>aet  is  on 
+  ^nglisc  '  Wacolre.'5  He  waes  swISe  wacol  on  Godes  be- 
bodum,  8a  5a  he  sylf  h^rigendllce  leofode,  and  he  wacol- 
lice  ymbe6  manegra  5eoda  }>earfe  hogode  and  him7  lifes 
wt'g8  geswutelode.  He  wees  fram  cildhade  on  boclicum 
larum'getyd,  and  he  on  Caere  lare  swa  gesaeliglice  Seah, 
J>aet  on  ealre  Romanabyrig  naes  nan  his  gellca  geSuht. 
^^r  He  gecneordl»lite  sefter  wisra  lareowargeblsnungum',9  and 
naes  forgytol,10  ac  gefaestnode  his  lare  on  faesthafelum 
gemynde.     He  lilocl  5a  mid  Jmrstigum  breoste11  5a  flow- 

V  F-W*  endan  lare,  Se  he  eft  aefter  fyrste  mid  hunigswettre 
|?rotan  }>aesllce  bealcette.  On  geonglicum  gearum,  6a  5a 
his  geogoS  '2  asfter  geeynde  woruldSing  lutian  sceolde,  |ia 
ongann13  he  hine  sylfne  to  GodeJge5eodan,  and  to  e6ele 
paes  upplican14  lifes  mid  eallum  gewilnnngum 1S  Wsian. 
Witodlice  aefter  his  faeder  for5siSe,  he  araerde  six  mnn- 
uclif  on  Sicilialande,16  and  |>aet  seofo5e  binnon  Romana- 
byrig17getimbrode,  on  5am  he  sylf  regollice  under  ab- 
bodes18  huesum  drohtnode?  pa  seofon  mynstru  he  gele^nde19 
mid  his  agenum,  and  genihtsumlice  to  daeghwomlicum 
bigleofan  gegodode.    pone  ofereacan  his  aehta  he  asp^nde 

1  swa  we  aer  cwsedon.  2  geglaengde.  $.1**^  [Jf 

8  C,  sweigfi.  4  lsedenum. 

5  wacol. .  for  wacolre  (erasure  of  about  two  letters). 


fcV*i*« 


"Ua4«-v*- 


I  JLSjpJ&J^, 


6  embe. 

9  bisnungum. 
12  geogofte. 
11  uplican. 
»  C,  -burh. 


7  heom. 

10  forgytel. 

13  ongan. 

15  gewillnungum. 

18  abbudes. 


8  C,  weig. 
11  He  hlod  mid  Jmrstigum 

mode. 
16  sihcia  lande. 
19  gelseude. 


88       XV.   HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT. 

on  Godes  pearfum,  and  ealle  his  woruldlican  seSelboren- 
nysse  to  heofonllcum  wuldre  awende.     He  eode  ier  his 
gecyrredny sse  geond  Komanaburh  mid  paellenumCgyrlum,  <  V-** 
and  scinendum  gymmum,2  and  readum  golde  'gefrsetewod, 

5  ac3sefter  his  gecyrredny  sse  he  SenodeHxodes  Searfum,  he 
sylr Searfa,  mid  Vacum  waefelseF  befangen.4  -4-  u>«>tv^ 

Swa,  fulfremedllce 5  he  drohtnode  on  anginne  his  ge- 
cyrrednysse,  swa  pset  he  mihte  fia7gyu6  beon  geteald  on7 
fulfremedra  halgena  geteje.     He  lufode8  forhsefednysse* 

io  on  mettum  and  on  drence,  and  wseccan9  on  syndrigiinrge-+/u^«tvui* 
bedum ;  pair  to  eacan  he  Srowade  -°  singallice  untrumny ssa,11 
and  swa  he  stISlicor  mid  andwerdum  u  untrumnyssum  of- 

Wse_tt13  wses,  swa  geornfullicor  fees  ecan  Hfes  gewilnode.  • 

pa  undergeat  se  papa,  pe  on  pain  thnan  pset  apostollce 

15  setl  gesset,  hii  se  eadiga  Gregorius  on  halgum  maegnum 
fceonde  wses,  and  he  fca 14  hine  of  Saere  munucllcan  droht- 
nunge  genam  and  him  to  'gefylstan  gesette,  on 15  diacon- 
hade'geendebyrdne.  Da,  gelamp  hit  set  snmum  ssele,  swa 
swa  gyt  for  oft  deS,  pset  ^nglisce  cypmenn16  brohton 

20  heora  ware  to  Romanabyrig,  and  Gregorius  eode  be  psere 
street  to  Sam  Engliscuin  mannum,  heora  Sing  sceawi- 
gende.  pa,  geseah  he  betwux  '5am  warum  cypecnihtas 
geseUe,  pa,  waaron  hwites  lichaman  and  fsegeres  andwlitan 
m  31111,   and   seftellice   gefexode.®    Gregorius   $a  beheold 

25  psera 18  cnapena  wlite,  and  bef ran  of  hwilcere 19  peode  hi 

1  pellenum.   j^^X^    <^^±~J*>  2  gimmum. 

8  eac  (for  ac,  with  e  dotted  for  erasure).  i  befangen  wses. 

6  fullfremedlice.       6  iu  (for  gyu).  7  to  (for  on). 

8  lufude.  9  drynce  and  on  waeccan.  10  >rowode. 

11  untrumnysse.       12  andweardum.  13  ofset. 
14  Wanting.              15  and  before  on  (by  later  hand). 

16  cepmenn  (y  over  first  e,  by  later  hand) .  17  gef  eaxode.  i^^uL 

18  |>ara.  19  hwylcere. 

%  AMft^*-* — Ar 


XV.    HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT.       89 

gebrohte  wieron.    pa  siede  him  man  ]>set  hi  of  Englalande 
ws&ron,  and  )>aet  Ssere  Seode  me_nnisc  swa  wlitig  waire. 
Eft  Sa,  Gregorius  befran,  hwaeSer  J»ibs  landes  folc  crlsten 
wfT'iv  Be  h&Ben.     Him  man  seede  J»set  hi  hieSene  w&ron. 
Gregorius  Sa   of  innweardre1  heortan  langsume  siccet-    5 
ange®teah3  and  cwseS,  'Walawa,  )>aet  swa  fsegeres  hlwes 
lii^nn  sindon3  Bam  sweartan  deofle  underSeodde ! '     Eft 
he  iixode,  hu  Ssere  Seode  nama  wiere  ]>e  hi  of  comon. 
Him  W8BS  geandwyrd,  ]>33t  hi  Angle  gen^mnode  wieron.4 
pa.  cwseS  he,  'Rihtllee  hi  sind  Angle5  gehatene,  for  'San  10 
Se  hi  e_ngla  wlite  habbaS,6  and  swilcum  gedafenaB  |>aet  hi 
on  heofonum  e_ngla  geferan  beon.'     Gyt  Sa  Gregorius  be- 
fran, hu  S;ere  scire  nama  wiere  ]>e  Sa,  cnapan  of  alaklde 
wseron.     Him  man  siede,  baet  Sa,  scirmen7  wteron  Dere8  r, ,  • 
geliatene.     Gregorius  andwyrde,  'Wei  hi  sind  Dere9ge-  15 
hatene,  for  San  Be  hi  sind10  fram  graman  gene/ode,®  and 
to  CrTstes  mildheortnysse  gecygedei©'    Gyt  Sa  he  befran, 
'Hu  is  Seere  leode13  cyning  gehaten?'     Him  waes  geand- 
swarod,14  ]>aet  se  cyning  iElle  gehaten  wiere.     Hwaet  Sa 
Gregorius  gamenode  mid  his  wordum  to  Sam  naman,  and  2c 
cwseB,  'Hit  gedafenaB  )>aet  Alleluia  sy15  gesungen  on  Sam 
lande 16  to  lofe  ]>Ees  selmihtigan  Scyppendes.17 ' 

Gregorius  Sa,  sona18  eode  to  Sam  papan  ]>ses  apostolican 
setles,  and  hine  baed  ]>set  he  Angelcynne 19  sume  lareowas 

1  inne  weardre.  2  siccetuge.  ^^t^ 

8  syndon.  *  engle  wseron  (genemnode  wanting). 

6  synt  engle.  6  hsebbaft. 

7  scirmenn.  8  deri  (i  altered  from  e). 

9  syntderi  (i  altered  from  e).  10  synt. 

11  generede.  ^jjh^^^  12  gecigede.  c*4* .  C^r^h^. 

13  J>eode  (for  leode).  u  geandwyrd  (for  geanswarod). 

15  si.  16  iglande  (for  lande). 

17  t>am  selniihtigan  scyppende. 18  Wanting.  19  to  angel  cynne. 

i-  1>  Co  j^itlVj 


90       XV.    HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT. 

ase,nde,  Se  hi  td  Ciiste  gebigden,1  and  cwaeS,  J>aet  he  sylf 

gearo 2  waere  faet  weorc  to  gef r^mmenne 3  mid  Godes  ful- 

tume,  gif  hit  'Sam  papan  swa  gelicode.     pa  ne  mihte  se 

papa  feet  geSafian,  feah  Se 4  he  eall  wolde  ;  for  San  Se  Sa 

5  Romaniscan  ceastergewaran  noldon  geSafian  }>aet  swa  ge- 

'togen  mann  and  swa  geSungen  lareow  fa  burh  eallunge5 

forlete,  and  swa  fyrlen  wraecsTS  gename. 

^'i.._,  tt    /  JEitev  Sisum6  gelamp  feet  micel  manncwealm  becom 

v-e^UA^j  i/Tl&-«-v.  ofer7  Saere    Romaniscan   leode,   and   aerest   Sone   papan 

io  Pelagium^gestod,  and  buton  yldinge  adydde.     Witodlice*/ 
aefter  Saes  papan  gee,ndunge,  swa  micel  cwealm  wearS 
fees  folces,  )>aet  gehwaer  stodon  aweste  hus  geond  J>a  burh 
buton  bugigendum®    pa  ne  mihte  swa  Seah  seo  Romana- 
burh  10  buton n  papan  wunian,  ac  eal n  f olc  Sone  eadigan 

15  Gregorium  to  Saere  geSingSe^anmocllice  geceas,  feah  Se 
he  mid  eallum  maegne  H  wiSerigende 1S  waere.  Gregorius 
Sa  asende  aenne  pistol  to  Sam  casere  16  Mauricium  —  se 
■wees  his  gefaedera  —  and  hine  halsode  and  inicclum  baed, 
feet  he  neefre  Sam  folce  ne  geSafode   feet  he  mid  faes 

2o^wurSmyntes  wuldre  geuferod  waere;  for  San  Se  he  ondred 
paet  he  Surh  Sone  micclan  had  on  woruldllcum  wuldre,  ]>e 
he  aer  awearp,  set  sumum  saele  bepaeht  wurde.  Ac  Sees 
caseres 17  heahgerefa,  Germanus,  7gelaehte  Sone  pistol  aet 
Gregories18   aerendracan,    and  hine    totaer;    and   siSSan19 

25  cydde  pain  casere  feet  feet  folc  Gregorium  to  papan  ge- 
coren  haefde.     Mauricius  Sa,4  se  casere,  ]>aes  Gode  Sancode, 

1  C,  gebigdon.  2  geara.  8  gefremmanne. 

4  Wanting.  6  eallunga.  6  )>ysum. 

7  on  (for  ofer).  8  pelaium.  9  buigendum.  uJl*^. 

10  romanisce  (for  Romanna).*-*~-*  ^f*r^  u  butan.  <  -t^Lo^, 

12  eall.  13  C,  geftincfle.  u  maegene. 

15  wrSrigende.  16  kasere.   u^"1  17  kaseres. 

"  gregorius.  19  sySSau.  y  c^*  ^  .  ^  .^ji^ 


Jm*v~^ 


«rv- 


XV.    HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT.       9 1 

and  hine  gehtidian  het.    Hwaet  Sa  Gregorius  fleames  cepte 

and  on  dymhofon  l  aetlutode  ;  ac  hine  man  gelaehte,  and 

teah  to   Petres  cyrcan,2  ]>3et  lie  Ster  to  papan  gehalgod     S^ai.Slo 

wurde.     Gregorius  Sa,  air  his  hadunge,  J>set  Romanisce 

folc  for  Sam  -fonslgendum  cwealme  Sisum 3  wordum  to    5 

behreowsunge.itihte-i: 

'  Mine  gebroSra  )>a  leofostan,  us  gedafenaS  haet  we 
Godes  swingle,  fie  we  on  ah-  towearde  ondraidan  sceoldon, 
fast  we  huru5  nu  andwerde6  and  afandode  ondraidan.7 
Geopenige  Ore  sarnys  Qs'infser  soSre  gecyrrednysse,  and  10 
hset  wite  Se  we  SrdwiatS  tobrece  Are  heortan  heardnysse.8 
Efne  nu  Sis  folc  is  mid  swurde  hses  heofonlican  graman 
ofsle_gen,9  and  gehwilce  senlipige— -  sind11  mid  fyerlicum 

15  slihte  aweste.     Ne  seoVull  8am  deaSe  ne  forestaepS,  ac  ge 
geseoS  ];aet  se  sylfa  deaS  jraere  adle  yldinge'°forhradaS.   15 
Se  geslagena  biS  mid  deaSe  gegripen,12  ser  San  Se  he  to 

1  'heof ungum  soSre  behreowsunge  gecy rran  maege.     HogiaS  r1** 
for_jSI   hwilc   se   becume    aetforan   gesihSe   haes    strecan 
Deman,  se  Se  ne  maeg  hast  yfel  bewepan  Se  he  gefre^node. 
Gehwilce  eorSbugigende  sind-H  setbrodene,  and  heora  has  20 
standaS  aweste.     Faederas  and  modru 14  bestandaS  heora 
bearna  lie,  and  heora15  yrfenuman  him  sylfum  to  for- 
wyrde  forestseppaS.     Uton  eornostlice  neon  to  heofunge '' 
soSre  daMbote,  )>a  hwile  Se  we  moton,  aer  San  ]>e  se  faerlica 
sl^ge  us  astre_cce.     Uton   gemunan  swa  hwaet  swa  we  25 
dwe_ligende  agylton,  and  uton  mid  wope  gewltnian  ]>aet    UAJl<v^ 
haet  we  manfulllce   adrugon.~     Uton  forhradian  Godes 

1  dimhofan.  2  cirican.  8  bysum. 

4  C,  bCTet>wstrn*ge.  5  tyhte.u/>.^      6  andwearde. 
7  ondrsedon.  8  and  \>set  wite  to  heardnysse  wanting. 

9  ofslsegen.  10  enlipige  {atterftffiy  another  hand  to  ?enlipige). 

11  synd.ta/u^.  a^rojJ2  forgripen.       13  Gebwylce  eorSbugiende  syut. 
14  C,  moddru.      ^5  ac  heora. 


dLw-  flAa.c* 


a-*-J-v  C^t-U. 


3   Va~-»- 


fjQ_, 


L*J-v_tjltjLji 


-*V\^o  «■  »*-     "0— »-o 


\ 


92       JF.   HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT. 


li 


ansyne   on  andetnysse^i  swa  swa  se  wltega  us  manaS: 
L^UwTO     'Uton  ahe_bban  ure  heortan  mid  handum  to  Gode;'  }>8et 

is,  feet  we  sceolon  S_a  gecnyrdnysse  ure_bene  mid  geearn-  ij^ujth 
unge  godes  weorces  up  arairan.     He  forgif 8  truwan*  ure 
5  forhtunge,  se  Se  Jmrh  his  wltegau  clypaS,  "Nylle2  ic  fees 
synfullan  deaS,  ac  ic  wille  feet  he  gecyrre  and  lybbe.3"  ki^te.  ?\  \ 

<]STe  geortriiwige*"nan  man4  hine  sylfne  for  his  synna 
micelnysse ;  witodlice  Sa  ealdan  gyltas5  Niniuei  sere  Seode 
Sreora  daga  behreowsung6  adllegode-7-;  and  se  gecyrreda* 

10  sceaSa  on  his  deaSes  cwyde-fses  ecan  lifes  mede  geearn- 
ode.  Uton  awe_ndan  ure  heortan 10 ;  hradllce  biS  se  Dema 
to  urum  benum  geblged,11  gif  we  fram  urum  vSwyrnys- 
sum  beoS  gerihtlaehte.  Uton  standan  mid  gemaglicumiL 
wopuin   ongean  8am    onsigendum    swurde   swa  miccles 

15  domes.  SoSlice  gemagnys 13  is  fam  soSan  Deman  ge- 
cweme,  feah  Se  heo  mannum  unSancwurSe  sy,  for  San  Se 
se  arfgesta  and  se  mildheorta  God  wile  ]>aet  we  mid 
gemaglicum12  benum  his  mildheortnysse  ofgan,  and  he 
nele  swa  micclum  swa  we  geearniaS  us  'geyrsian.     Be 

20  Sisum14  he  cwaeS  }>urh  his  witegan,  <  Clypa  me  ou  deege 

SInre  gedrefednysse,  and  ic  Se  ahr^dde,  and  Sii  msersast 15 

i£        me.'     God  sylf  isfhis^geAvita  J>8et  he  miltsian17  wile  him 

to  clypigendum,18  se  Se^manaS  ]>aet  we  him  to  clypian 

sceolon.     For  Sy,  mine  gebrSSra  fa  leofostan,19  uton  ge- 

25  cuman  on  Sam  feorSan  daege  pysre20 
rigen 


a    5"  o 
(s  H<\. 


iS 


wucan  on  sernetaie- 
and   mid   estfullum   mode   and   tearum   singan21 


ondetnysse  (altered  by  another  hand  to  an-),  cu-w^ 


2  nelle. 

6  leahtras  (for  gyltas). 

8  gecyrrede. 

11  gebiged  to  urum  benum 
14  vSysum. 
17  mildsian. 
90  byssere. 


3  libbe. 

6  C,  bereowsung. 

9  cwide.  w-fiaajifv 

15  meersost. 
18  clypiendum. 
21  C,  singon. 


IcOh 


4  mann. 

7  adilgode.  "W^CCLC)  <yw(r 
10  heorhtan. 
13  gemahnys. 
16  Wanting.    lu^Xvo^ 
19  leofestan. 


^-  l^-olA»    JoJLJvjl^* 


t- 


XV.   HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT. 


93 


tseofonfealde  letanias1  ]>eet  se  streca  Dema  us  'gearige, 
J»oiine2  he  gesiho"  feet  we  sylfe  ure  gyltas  wrecatJ.' 

Eoruostlice  8a  8a  micel  nie_nigu,3  legfter  ge  preosthades 
ge  munuchades  *  mejin  and  J>aet  laiwede  folc,  aefter  fcses 
eadigan  Gregories5  haese,  on  ]>one  wodnesdaeg  to   ]iam    5 
seofonfealdum  letanium  gecomon,6  to  Mm  swiSe  awedde      'j^tt 
se  foresaida  cwealm,  foet  hundeahtatig  manna,  on  fiaire 
anre  tide  feallende,  of  life  gewiton,  <Sa  lnvlle  )>e  ]>aet  folc 
r>fi  letanias  sungon.7     Ac  se  halga  sacerd  ne^geswac  ]>iet 
folc  to  inanigenne,  fset  hi  Siere  bene  ne  geswicon  oft  ]>set  10 
Godes  iniltsung  ]>one  reSan  cwealm  gestilde. 

Hwret  Sa,  Gregorius,  sifioan8  he  papanhad  underfeng, 
gemunde  hwsst  he  gefyrn  Angelcynne^gemynte,  and  fia-r 
rihte  |»a?t  luftyme  weorc  gefre_mode.    He  na  to  5ses  hwon4 
ne   mihte    ]>one    Romaniscan10  bisceopstol u  eallunge12  15 
forhetan,  ac  he  ase,nde  o8re  bydelas,  geSungene  Godes     Ll*^. 
fteowan,  to  Sysum  Tglande,  and  he  sylf  micclum  mid  his 
benum  and  tihtinguni-  fylste,  feet  ftiera  bydela  bodung 
forSgejige*,  and  Gode  woestmbiere  wurde.     J)a:ra  bydela14 
naman  sind15  ]ms  geclgede  :  Augustlnus,  Mellltus,  Lauren-  20 
tius,  Petrus,  Ioliannes,  Iustus.     Das  lareowas10  ase_nde  se 
eadiga  papa17  Gregorius,  mid  manegum  08  rum  munecum, 
to  Angelcynne,  and  hi  ftisum 18  wordum  to  oiere  fare  tihte 19 f  '3 
'Xe  beo  ge  afyrhte  fiurh  geswince  pass  langsuman  faer- 
eldes,  o5$e  Jmrh  yfelra  manna  ymbesprtece ;  ac  mid  ealre  25 
aiiraidnysse  and  wylme  )>aire  soSan  lufe  fas  ongunnenan w 


-  tvLti*  t/^w 


1  *****+-+*<*** 


1  C,  lsetanias. 
4  munc  hades. 
7  sang. 

10  romaniscne. 
12  eallunga. 
15  synd. 
18  )>ysuia. 


2  gif  (for  J>onne). 
6  gregorius. 
8  sySSan. 
11  C,  biscopstol. 

18  getihtingugfc^ 
16  laureowas.  ^y> 

19  tyhte. 
5. 
u 


8  meniu. 
6  comon. 

9  nates  Irwou  (for  Da  to 

"Sees  hwon)f  \™*j***<*. 
14  bydele. 
17  Wanting. 
«>  ongunnenun. 


94  XV-   HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT. 

■Sing  ]mrh  Godes  fult.um  gefre-mmaS.  And  wite  ge  fast 
eower  med  on  Sam  ecan1  edleane  swa  miccle2  mare  bib, 
swa  micclum  swa,  ge  mare3  for  Godes  willan  swincaS. 
GehyrsumiaS  eadmodlice  on  eallnm  Singum  Augustine, 

5  \ one  Se  we  eow  to  ealdre  ges^tton  : 4  hit  frgmaS  eowrum    +  J 
sawlum  swa  hwaet  swa  ge  be  his  mynegunge  gefyllaS. 
Se  aslmihtiga  God  ]> urh  his  gife  eow  gescylde,  and  geunne 
me  fast  ic  mote  eoweres5  geswinces  wsestm  on  'Sam  ecan 
eSele   geseon,   swa  fast  ic  beo   gemet   samod  on   blisse  ^A^*  *~ 

io  eoweres3  edleanes,  Seah  Se 6  ic  mid  eow  swincan  ne  masge, 
for  Son7  Se  ic  wille  swincan.'  Augustmus  Sa  mid  his 
geferum,  fast  sind8  gerejite  feowertig  wera,  ferde9  be 
Gregories10  hasse,  o5  fast  hi  to  Sisumu  Iglande  gesund- 
f ullice  becomon.  .  ^  / 1 

15  On  Sam  dagum  rixode  iEfelbyrht12  cyning  on  Cant- 
warabyrig13  riclice,  and  his  rice  wses  astr^ht  fram  Saere 
micclan  ea  Humbre  oS  suSsas.  Augustmus  hsefde  ge- 
numen  wealhstodas  of  Francena  rice,  swa  swa  Gregorius 
him  behead ;   and  he  Surh  Siera  wealhstoda   muS   ]  am 

20  cyninge  and  his  leode  Godes  word  bodade :  hu  se  mild- 
heorta  Haelend  mid  his  agenre  Srowunge  fysne  scyldigan 
middaneard  alysde,  and  geleaffullum  mannum  heofonan 
rices  infser  geopenode.  pa  andwyrde  se  cyning  iESel- 
briht  Augustine,  and  cwseS  fast  he  fasgere  word  and  behat 

25  him  cydde;  and  cwseS  past  he  ne  mihte  swa,  hrsedlice 
)>one  ealdan  gewunan  Se  he  mid  Angelcynne  heold  for- 
lastan;  cwseS  fast  he  moste  freolice  Sa  heofonlican  lare 
his  leode  bodian,  and  fast6  he  him  and  his  geferum14 

1  C,  ecam  (changed  to  ecum) .      2  micele.  8  maran. 

*  geset  habba'S  (hab-  by  another  hand,  -ba$  on  an  erasure). 
6  eowres.  6  Wanting.         7  for  -San.  8  synd. 

9  >set  ferde.        10  gregorius.        ai  fly  sum.  n  seSelbriht. 

18  C,  cantwarebyrig.  M  C,  geferan. 


XV.   110M1LY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT.       95 

1 
bigleofan    8enian    wolde  ;    and    forgeaf    him    8a   wun- 
unge  on  Caiitwarabyrig,1  seo  waes  ealles  his  rices  heafod- 
burh. 

Ongann 2  8a  Augustlnus  mid  his  munecum  to  geefen- 
lifecenne  |>aera  apostola  Hf,3  mid  singalum  gebedum  and  5 
wseccum4  and  fsestenum  Gode  8eowigende,  and  Hfes  word 
|atn  8e5  In  mihton  bodigende,6  ealle  middaneardllce  Sing, 
swa  swa  aelfreanede,  forhogigende7;  8a  )>ing  ana  }>e  hi  to 
bigleofan  behofedon  underfonde ;  be  8am  8e  hi  taehton 
sylfe  lybbende,  and  for  8<£re  s68faestnysse  8e  hi  bodedon  10 
gearowe8  waeron  ehtnysse  t5  Soligenne  and  dea8e  sweltan, 
gif  hi  8orfton. 

Hwret  8a   gelyfdon   for  wel   me.nige,9  and  on  Godes 

naman   gefullode   wurdon,10   wundrigende   ]'8ere   bilewit- 

nysse  heora 'unscaeSSigan  Hfes   and   [jnSreJ11  swetnysse  15 

heora  heofonllcan  lare.     J>a  set  nextan  gelustfullode  8am 

cyninge  ^E8elbrihte  heora  cltene  Hf  and  heora  wynsuine 

behat,  ]  a  s68llce  wurdon  mid  manegum  tacnum  gese8de-l£;      ss£ 

and  he  8a  gelyfende   wear8  gefnllod,  and  micclum  8a, 

crlstenan  gearwurSode,  and  swa,  swa,  heofonllce  ceaster-  20 

gewaran  lufode :  nolde  he13  swa  8eah  nsenne  to  erlsten- 

dome  geneadian,  for  8an  M  Se  he  ofaxode  set  8am  lareowum    '• 

his  haele  |>set  Crlstes  8eowdom  ne  sceal  beon  geneadad,15 

ac    sylfwilles.      Ongunnon   8a   dseghwomllce lfi   for   wel 

me_nige9  efstan  to  gehyrenne  Sa.  halgan  bodunge,  and  25 

forleton    heora    h£e8enscipe,   and   hi   sylfe   ge8eoddon17 

Crlstes  gelaSunge,  on  hine  gelyfende.  ^r^',»»  =  ;»o^«.u^^ 

-  -vJJr  1>«jJJL 

1  -burub ;  C,  cantwarebyrig.        2  ongan. 

8  life.  *  C,  waeccan.         5  Above  the  line  in  another  hand. 
6  bodiende.       7  forhogiende.       8  gearewe. 

9  maenige.        10  Wanting ;  wurdon  after  naman  by  later  hand. 
u  Sweet.  «  g^sefeeT^       "  C,  wanting. 

14  for  ftam.        15  geneadod.  10  daegbwamlice.       "  ge^eoddan. 


g6       XV.   HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT.^  q^ju^ 


+  kJvu^. 


Betwux  ftisumi.  gewejide  Augustlnus  ofer  ste  to  6am 
qrcebisceope2  Etlieiiuni,  and  he  hine  gehadode  Angel- 
cynne3  to  ercebisceope?  swa  swa  him  Gregorius  aer  ge- 
wissode.  Augustlnus  6a  gehadod  cyrde  to  his  bisceop- 
5  stole,5  and  asende  aerendracan  to  Kome,  and  cydde  63,111 
eadigan  Gregdrie  ]>3et  Angelcynn  crlstendom  underfeng, 
and  he  eac  mid  gewritum  fela  6inga  befran,  hii  him  to 
drohtnigenne  wsere  betwux  6am  nighworfenum3  folce. 
Hweet  6a  Gregorius  micclum  Gode  6ancode  mid  blissi- 

10  gendum  mode,  }>set  Angelcynne  swa,  gelumpen  waes,  swa 
swa,  he  sylf  geornlice  gewilnode,  and  s§nde 6  eft  ongean 
gerendracan  to  6am  geleaffullan 7  cyninge  iE|>elbrihte, 
mid  gewritum  and  m^nigfealdum8-  lacum,  and  66re  ge- 
writu  to  Augustine,  mid  andswarum  ealra  6sera  6inga  ]>e 

15  he  hine  befran,  and  hine  eac  6isum1  wordum  manode : 
'Br66er9  mln  se  leofosta,10  ic  wat  \dst  se  selmihtiga  God 
fela  wundra  }>urh  6e  |>eere  6eode  6e  he  geceas  geswutela6, 
}>ees  t5u  miht  blissigan,11  and  eac  6e  ondrtedan :  Jm  miht 
blissigan u  gewissllce  n  )>eet  6eere  6eode 13  sawla  Jmrh  6a 

20  yttran  wundra  beo6  getogene  to  6eere  incundan5  gife  ; 
ondreed  6e  swa,  6eah  J>eet  6in  mod  ne  beo  ahafen  mid 
dyrstignyssecon  6am  tacnum  ]>e  God  6urh  6e  gefre,ma6, 
and  Jm  6onon14  on  idelum  wuldre  befealle  wi6innan, 
}>onon  "  6e  6u  wi6utan  on  wurSmynte  ahafen  hist.' 

25  Gregorius  as^nde  eac  Augustine 15  halige  lac  on  mees- 
sereafum,  and  on  bocum,  and  6£era  apostola  and  martyra 
reliquias  samod  ;  and  bebead  ]>set  his  sef terg^ngan 16  symle 
6one  pallium  and  6one  e^rcehad  set  6am  apostolican  setle 


1  J>ysum. 


4  arcebiscope ;  C,  ercebiscope.    5  MSS.,  biscop- 


2  arce-;  C, -biscope.  8  Wanting. 


geleaffullum. 
10  lepfesta. 
13  J>sera  >eoda. 


14  t>anon. 

V  jLv  ( 


8  maenig-.  f 
11  blissian. 
15  agustine. 


6  ssende. 
9  BrcSor. 

12  gewislice. 
16  seftergsengan. 


XV.    HOMILY  ON  ST.  GREGORY  THE  GREAT.       97 

Romaniscre '  gelafiunge  f^ccan  sceoldon.  Angnstlnus 
gese^tte  sefter  Bisum8  bisceopas'  of  his  geferum  to4  ge- 
hwilcum  burgum  on  ^ngla  Seode,  and  hi  on  Godes  ge- 
leafan  fteonde 5  Surhwunodon  08  Sismn 2  daegSerllcnm 
dsege. 

Se  eadiga  Gregorius  gedihte  manega  halige  trahtbec, 
and  mid  micelre  gecnyrdnysse  Godes  folc  to  Sam  ecan 
life  gewissode,  and  fela  wundra  on  his  life  geworhte,6  and 
wuldorfulllce  pass  papan  setles7  geweold  Sreottyne8  gear 
and  six  monSas  and  tyn  dagas,  and  si58an 9  on  ftisnm  2 
da3ge  gewat  to  tSam  ecan  setle  heofenan 10  rices,  on  6am 
he  leofaft  mid  Gode  aelniihtiguni  a,  on  ecnysse.     Amen. 


1  romaniscere. 

8  C,  biscopas. 

6  Wanting.      ■  >-vn.o 

7  >eet  papan  setl. 

9  sySSan. 


2  bysum. 
4  C,  wanting. 
6  geworhte  on  his  life. 
8  Jryttene. 
10  heofonan. 


M 


Oo..  IJ. 


XVL 

CLERIC'S   LIFE  OF  KING  OSWALD. 

[From  iElfric's  Lives  of  the  Saints,  according  to  MS.  Cottou 
Julius  E.  7.  Brit.  Mus.] 

iEfter  •San  Se  Augustlnus  to  Englalande  becom,  wses 
sum  seSele  cyning,  Oswold  gehaten,  on  NorShymbra 
lande,  gelyfed  swype  on  God.  Se  ferde  on  his  iugoSe 
fram  his  freondum  and  niagum  to  Scotlande  on  s»,  and 

5  pair  sona  wearS  gefullod,  and  his  geferan  samod  pe  mid 
him  sij'edon.  Betwux  pam  wearS  ofslagen  Eadwine  his 
earn,  NorShymbra  cynincg,  on  Crist  gelyfed,  fram  Brytta 
cyninge,  Ceadwalla  geclged,  and  twegen  his  sefterg^ngan 
binnan  twain  gearum ;    and  se  Ceadwalla  sloh  and  to 

io  sceame  tucode  pa,  NorShymbran  leode  sefter  heora  hlaf- 
ordes  fylle,  oS  paet  Oswold  se  eadiga  his  yfelnysse 
adw£escte5  Oswold  him  com  to,  and  him  cenlice  wis 
feaht  mid  lytlum  werode,  ac  his  geleafa  hine  getrymde, 
and  Crist  him  gefylste  to  his  feonda  sle_ge.     Oswold  pa 

15  arierde  ane  rode  sona  Gode  to  wurSrnynte,  ger  fan  pe  he 
to  Sam  gewinne  come,  and  clypode  to  his  geferum,  '  Uton 
feallan  to  S&ere  rode,  and  pone  iElniihtigan  biddan  past 
he  us  ahr^dde  wriS  pone  modigan  feond  pe  us  afyllan 
wrile.     God  sylf  wat  geare  pset  we  winnaS  rihtllce  wis 

20  pysne  reSan  cyning  to  ahre_ddenne  ure  leode.'  Hi  feollon 
pa  ealle  mid  Oswolde  cyninge  on  gebedum ;  and  syppan 
on  oSerne  mergen  eodon  to  pam  gefeohte,  and  gewun- 
non  pser  sige,  swa  swa  se  Eallwealdend  heom  uSe  for 
Oswoldes  geleafan  ;  and  aledon  heora  fynd,  pone  modigan 
98 


XVI.  sELFUICS  LIFE  OF  KIN  Q  OSWALD.        99 

Cedwallan  mid  his  micclan  werode,  ]e  wende  j>aet  him  ne 
mihte  nan  werod  wiflstandan. 

Seo  ylce  rod  sifrftan,  6e  Oswold  pair  arairde,  on  wurs- 
mynte  pair  stod.  And  wurdon  fela  gehailde  untrumra 
manna  and  eac  swilce  nytena  Jmrh  6a  ylcan  rode,  sua  5 
BwS  us  re_hte  Beda.  Sum  man  feoll  on  Ise,  pajt  his  eann 
tdbaerst,  and  laeg  fa  on  be_dde  gebrocod  for  tiearle,  oS  )>aet 
man  him  fe,tte  of  6a:re  foressedan  rode  sumne  dail  ]>sns 
meoses  pe  heo  mid  beweaxen  was,  and  se  fulliga  sona  on 
shepe  wearS  gehaeled  on  ftaire  ylcan  nihte  Jmrh  Oswoldes  10 
geearnungum. 

Seo  stow  is  gehaten  'Heofonfeld'  on  JSnglisc,  wis  6one 
langan  weall  ]>e  pa  Romaniscan  worhtan,  J><£r  pier  Oswold 
oferwann  pone  wselhreowan   cynincg.     And   pier  wearS 
si)>)»an  arsered  swme  maire  cyrce  Gode  to  wurSniynte,  pe  15 
wunati  a  on  ecnysse. 

Hwset  6a  Oswold  ongann  embe  Godes  willan  to  smeag- 
enne,  sona  swa  he  rices  geweold,  and  wolde  gebigan  his 
leoda  t5  geleafan  and  to  J>am  lifigendan  Gode.  Sende 
6a,  to  Scotlande,  pier  se  geleafa  was  6a,  and  baed  6a  heaf-  20 
odme_nn  paet  hi  his  benum  getipodon,  and  him  sumne 
lareow  se_ndon,  pe  his  leoda  mihte  to  Gode  geweman ; 
and  him  wear6  pses  getipod.  Hi  se^ndon  fa  sona  pam  ge- 
sieligan  cyninge  sumne  arwur6ne  bisceop,  Aidan  gehaten. 
Se  wies  my&res  lifes  man  on  munuclicre  drohtnunge,  and  25 
he  ealle  woruldcara  awearp  fram  his  heortan,  nanes 
pinges  wilnigende  butan  Godes  willan.  Swa  hwset  swa 
him  becom  of  pses  cyninges  gifum  o66e  ricra  manna,  }>aet 
he  hra6e  dselde  pearfum  and  wsedlum  mid  welwillendum 
mode.  30 

Hwaet  6a  Oswold  cyning  his  cymes  fsegnode,  and  hine 
arwur6liee  underfeng  his  folce  to  6earfe,  paet  heora  ge- 
leafa wurde  aw  end  eft  to  Gode  fram  pani  wipersaece  pe  hi 


IOO       XVI.   sELFRIC'S  LIFE  OF  KING  OSWALD. 

to  gewe,nde  weeron.  Hit  gelamp  fa  swa  feet  se  geleaf- 
fula  cyning  gerejite  his  witan  on  heora  agenum  gereorde 
fees  bisceopes  bodunge  mid  bllfum  mode,  and  wees  his 
wealhstod ;  for  fan  f  e  he  wel  cuf  e  Scy  ttysc,  and  se  bis- 

j  ceop  Aidan  ne  mihte  geblgan  his  sprsece  to  NorShym- 
briscum  gereorde  swa  hrafe  pa  git.  Se  biscop  fa  ferde 
bodigende  geond  eall  ]STor<5hymbra  land1  geleafan  and 
fulluht,  and  fa  leode  gebigde  to  Godes  geleafan,  and  him 
wel  gebysnode  mid  weorcum  symle,  and  sylf  swa  leofode 

jo  swa  swa  he  leerde  6Sre.  He  lufode  forhaefednysse  and 
halige  reedinge,  and  iunge  me,n  teah' georne  mid  lare,  swa 
feet  ealle  his  geferan  fe  him  mid  eodon  sceoldon  sealmas 
leornian  oSSe  sume  reedinge  swa  hwider  swa  hi  ferdon 
fam  folce  bodigende.    Seldon  he  wolde  ridan,  ac  sroode  on 

15  his  fotum,  and  munuclice  leofode  betwux  Sam  leewedan 

folce  mid  mycelre  geseeadwisnysse  and  sofum  meegnum. 

pa  wearfi  se  cynincg  Oswold  swISe  eelmesgeorn   and 

eadmod  on  feawum  and  on  eallum  fin  gum  cystig,  and 

man  arairde 2  cyrcan  on  his  rice  geond  eall  and  mynster- 

20  lice  gese_tnyssa  mid  micelre  geornfulnysse. 

Hit  gelamp  on  sumne  sail  fast  hi  seeton  eetgeedere, 
Oswold  and  Aidan,  on  fam  halgan  easterdeege ;  fa  beer 
man  fam  cyninge  cynellce  fenunga  on  anum  sylfrenan 
disce ;  and  sona  fa  inn  eode  an  fees  cyninges  f egna  f e  his 

25  eelmyssan  bewiste,  and  sSde  feet  fela  f earfan  seetan  geond 
fa  street  gehwanon  cumene  to  fees  cyninges  eelmyssan. 
pa  s^nde  se  cyning  sona  fam  fearfum  fone  sylfrenan 
disc  mid  sande  mid  ealle,  and  het  toceorfan  fone  disc 
and  syllan  fam  fearfum  heora  eelcum  his  dad ;  and  man 

30  dyde  Sa  swa.  pa  genam  Aidanus  se  eeftela  bisceop  fees 
cyninges  swyfran  hand  mid  swISlicre  blysse,  and  clypode 

1  Sweet;  MS.,  norhymbra  lande.         2 Sweet;  MS.,  ahrserde 


XVI.   JSLFRIC'8  LIFE  OF  KINO  OSWALD.         IOI 

mid  geleafan,  }ms  cweSende1  him  to,  'Ne  forrotige  on 
brosnunge  peos  gebletsode  swy8re  hand.'  And  him  eac 
swa  geeode,  swa  awa  Aidanus  him  bsed,  peet  his  swSSre 
hand  is  gesundful  08  )>is. 

Oswoldes  cynerice  wearS  gerymed  pa  swy8e,  swa  paet    5 
feower  peoda  hine  underfengon  to  hlaforde,  Peohtas,  and 
Bryttas,  Scottas,  and  Angle,  swa  swa  se  aelmihtiga  God 
hi  geanlsehte  to  6am  for  Oswoldes  geearnungum  pe  hine      t*u^0 
;ei're   wurSode.     He   fulworhte   on   Eferwic   peet   senlice 
mynster  pe  his  mteg  Eadwine  ser  begunnen2hsefde;  and  10 
he  swanc  for  heofonan  rice  mid  singalum  gebedum  swipor 
ponne  he  hogode  hu  he  geheolde  on  worulde  pa  hwllwe,nd- 
lican  gepinc8u,  pe  he  hwonlice  lnfode.     He  wolde  eefter 
uhtsange  oftost  hine  gebiddan,  and  on  cyrcan  standan  on 
syndriguni  gebedum  of  sunnan  upgange  mid  swy8licre  15 
onbryrdnysse ;  and  swa,  hwger  swa  he  waes,  he  wur&ode 
Sfre   God   upawe^ndum   handbredum  wi8   fees  heofones 
Weard. 

( >n  pain  ylcan  timan  com  eac  sum  bisceop  fram  Bome- 
byrig,  Birinus  gehaten,  to  Westseaxenai'kyninge,  Cyne-  20 
gyls  gehaten,  se  was  8a  git  h&fien  and  eall  Westsexena 
land.     Birinus  witodlice  gew^nde   fram   Borne   be   8ies 
papan  raede  pe  8a  on  Borne  wees,  and  behet  fast  he  wolde 
Godes  willan  gefre.mman,  and  bodian  pam  hsepenum  pees 
Hielendes  nam  an  and  pone  so8an  geleafan  on  fyrlenum  25 
landum.     pa  becom  he  to  Westseaxan,  pe  wees  8a  gyt       A(j  vC*^, 
happen,  and  gebigde  pone  cynincg  Kynegyls  to  Gode,  and       - L.'      ~ 
ealle  his  leode  to  geleafan  mid  him.     Hit  gelamp   pa 
swa  ptet  se  geleaffulla  Oswold,  Xor8hymbra  cyning,  wses 
cumen  to  Cynegylse,  and  hine  to  fulluhte  nam,  fsegen  30 

1  Sweet;  MS.,  cwaeftende.  3  Sweet;  MS.,  begunnon. 

8  Sweet;  MS.,  westseaxan. 


T02        XVI.  ^ELFRIC'S  LIFE  OF  KING  OSWALD. 

his  gecyrrednysse.  pa  geafon  ]>a  cynegas,  Cynegyls  and 
Oswold,  pam  halgan  Birine  him  to  bisceopstole  )>&  burh 
Dorcanceaster,  and  he  ]>sev  binnan  wunode  Godes  lot 
araii-ende  and  gerihtltecende  pset  folo  mid  lare  to  geleafan 
5  to  Ian  gum  fyrste,  oS  ]>set  he  gesselig  slj>cde  to  Criste ;  and 
his  lie  wearj>  bebyrged  on  SaSre  ylcan  byrig,  otS  J>aet 
Haedde  bisceop  eft  his  ban  fe/ode  to  Wintanceastre,  and 
mid  wurSmynte  gelogode  binnan  Ealdanmynstre,  feer 
man  hine  wurftaS  gyt.  <UjD^.f& 

io       Hvvget  fa  Oswold  cyning  his  cynedom  geheold  hllsful- 

Hce  for  worulde  and  mid  micclum  geleafan,  and  on  eallum 

deedum  his  Drihten  arwurftode,  oS  he  ofslagen  wearS  for 

«^A^    P.       his  folces  ware  on  pam  nigoSan  geare  )>e  he  rices  ge- 

weold,  ]  a  ]  a  he  sylf  wges  on  ylde  eahta  and  prlttig  geara. 

^^-o—etL-^. -l.    15  Hit  gewearS  swa  be  jj.m  ]>8et  him  wann  on  Pe,nda,  Myr- 

*y  u*y'jhr !  cena  cyning,  }>e  set  his  mseges  sl$ge~ser,  Eadwines  cyn- 

inges,  Ceadwallan  fylste  ;  and  se  Pe_nda  ne  cuSe  be  Criste 

Si^^t-j    nan  pincg,  and  eall  Myrcena  folc  wses  ungefullod  ]>a.  git. 

HI  comon  pa  to  gefeohte  t5  Maserfelda  begen,  and  fengon 

20  tSgtedere,  08  pset  paar  feollon  ]>a  crlstenan,  and  ]§l  hiefienan 
genealaShton  to  pant  halgan  Oswolde.  pa  geseah  he 
genealajcan x  his  lifes  gee_ndunge,  and  gebaed  for  his  folc 
]>e  ]>83r  feallende  swealt,2  and  betgehte  heora  sawla  and 
hine  sylfne  Gode,  and  ]ms  clypode  on  his  fylle,  '  God, 

25  gemiltsa  urum  sawlum  ! '  pa  het  se  hsepena  cynincg  his 
heafod  of  aslean  and  his  swvSran  earm,  and  septan  hi  to 
myrcelse.  (/wa»~.<lj 

pa  eefter  Oswoldes  sledge,   feng   Oswlg  his  broftor  to 
NorShymbra  rice,  and  rad  mid  werode  t5  peer  his  broftor 

30  heafod  stod  on  stacan  gefaestnod,  and  genam  past  heafod 
and  his  swISran  hand,  and  mid  arwur<5nysse  fe^rode  to 

J  Sweet;  MS.,  genealecan.  2  Sweet;  MS.,  sweoit. 


XVI.    /ELFRIC'S  LIFE  OF  KING  OSWALD.         103 

Lindisfarnea  cyrcan.     pa  wearS  gefylled,   sua  we  her 
toresaedon,  faet  his  swISre  hand  wunafi  hal  mid  Jam  flaesce 
butan  aelcere  brosnunge,  swa  se  bisceop  gecwaeS.    Se  earm 
weal's  geled  arwurftllce  on  serine,  of  seolfre  asmifod,  on 
Sancte  Petres  mynstre  binnan  Bejobaubyrig  be  faere  sae    5  B^y  io^r^ 
strande,  and  118  pier  swa  ansund '  swa  lie  of  aslagen  waes.         * 
His  broj'or  dohtor  eft  siSSan  on  Myrcan   wearS   cwen,   yW'Wu/p 
and  geaxode  his  ban,  and  gebrohte  hi  to  Lindesige  to 
Da>iA       Bardanlge  mynstre,  fe  hco  micclum  lufode.     Ac  fa  myn- 

sterm^nn  noldon  for  m^nniscum  gedwylde  fone  sanct  10 
underfon,  ac  man^sloh  an  geteld  ofer  fa  halgan  ban  bin- 
nan  ftere  llcre,ste.  Hwaet  fa  God  geswutelode  feet  he 
halig  sanct  waes,  swa  faet  heofonllc  leoht  ofer  faet  geteld 
astr^ht  stod  up  to  heofonum  swilce  healic  sunnbeam  ofer 
ealle  fia,  niht ;  and  fa  leoda  beheoldon  geond  ealle  fa  scire  15 
swfSe  wundrigende.  pa  wurdon  fa  mynsterm^n  micclum 
afyrhte,  and  baedon  faes  on  mergen  faet  hi  moston  fone 
sanct  mid  arwurSnysse  underfon,  pone  fe  hi  asr  forsocon. 
pa  Swoh  man  J  a,  halgan  ban,  and  b&3r  into  faere  cyrcan 
arwurSlice  on  serine,  and  gelogodon  hi  upp.  Or*.  *ca£~s*J        20 

And  faer  wurdon  gehsslede  furh  his  halgan  geearnunge 
fela  mettrume  ine_n  fram  misllcum  cofum.  paet  waeter 
fe  man  fa  ban  mid  afwoh  binnan  faere  cyrcan  wearS 
agoten  swa,  on  anre  hyrnan ;  and  seo  eorSe  siffan  fe  faet 
waeter  underfeng  wearS  manegum  to  bote.  Mid  fam  25 
duste  wurdon  afllgde  deofla  fram  mannum,  fa  fe  on  wod- 
nysse  aer  waeron  gedr^hte.  Eac  swilce  faer  he  feol  on 
fam  gefeohte  ofslagen,  me,n  namon  fa,  eorSan  to  adligum 
mannum,  and  dydon  on  waetere  wanhalum  to  ficgenne, 
and  hi  wurdon  gehaelede  furh  fone  halgan  wer.  Sum  30 
wegfarende  man  ferde  wis  fone  f eld ;  fa  wearS  his  hors 

1  Sweet;  MS.,  andsuncL 
t-  kr 

■ 


z^ 


104       XVI.   JELFRIC'S  LIFE  OF  KIXG  OSWALD. 

geslcclod,  and  sona  pair  feol  wealwigende  geond  8a  eorftan 
wodum  gellcost.  Mid  pam  pe  hit  swa  wealwode *  geond 
pone  wldgillan  feld,  pa,  becom  hit  embe  lang  peer  se  cyn- 
mg  Oswold  on  ]iam  gefeohte  feoll,  swa  swa  we  ier  fore- 

5  saedan ;  and  hit  sona  aras  swa  hit  hr^pode  fa  stowe,  hal 
ealluin  linium,  and  se  hlaford  paes  faegnode.  Se  ridda  pa 
ferde  forS  on  his  weg  pider  he  gemynt  haefde.  pa,  waes 
pier  an  miedeh  licgende  on  paralysin2  lange  gebrocod. 
He  began  pa,  to  ger^ccenne  hii  him  on  ri.de  getlmode,  and 

10  niann  ferode  paet  mieden  to  piere  foresSdan  stowe.  Heo 
weaiiS  fa  on  slaepe,  and  sona  eft  awoc  ansund  eallum 
limum  fram  pam  e.geslican  broce.  Band  pa,  hire  heafod, 
and  bliSe  ham  ferde,  gangaende  on  fotum,  swa,  heo  gefyrn 
ser  ne  dyde.     Eft  siSSan  ferde  sum  aerendfaest  ridda  be 

15  Siere  ylcan  stowe,  and  geband  on  anum  clape  of  pam 
halgan  duste  piere  deorwurftan  stowe,  and  leedde  forft  mid 
him  par  he  fundode  to ;  pa,  gemette  he  gebeoras  bliSe  eet 
pam  hiise.  He  aheng  pa,  paet  dust  on  ienne  heahne  post, 
and   saet   mid   pam  gebeorum  blissigende  samod.     Man 

20  worhte  pa  micel  fyr  tomiddes  Sam  gebeorum,  and  pa 
spearcan  wundon  wifi  paes  hrofes 3  swytSe,  oft  paet  paet  hus 
fserlice  eall  on  fyre  wear5,  and  pa,  gebeoras  fiugon  afyrhte 
aweg.  paet  hus  wear<5  fta,  forburnen4  buton  pam  anum 
poste  pe  paet  halige  dust  on  ahangen  waes  :  se  post  ana  aet- 

25  stod  ansund  mid  pam  duste ;  and  hi  swySe  wundrodon  paes 

halgan  weres  geearnunga,  paet  paet  fyr  ne  mihte  pa,  moldan 

forbaernan.    And  manega  me_n  siftSan  gesohton  pone  ste/le 

heora  haele  f^ccende,  and  heora  freonda  gehwilcum. 

pa,  asprang  his  hlisa  geond  pa,  land  wide,  and  eac  swilce 

30  to  Irlande,   and  eac  sup  to  Franclande,  swa,   swa   sum 

1  Sweet;  MS.,  wealweode,  2.Sweet;  MS.,  paralisyn. 

3  Sweet ;  MS.,  rofes,  *  Sweet ;  MS.,  forburnon. 


XVI.   JELFMC'S  LIFE  OF  KING  OSWALD.      105 

maessepreost  be  anum  111311  Bsede.     Se  preost  cwaeft  )>setau 
wer  ware  on  Irlande  gultered,  se  ne  gymde  his  lare,  and 

he  lithwou  hogode  einbe  his  sawle  J>eari'e  oSSe  his  Scyp- 
pendes  beboda,  ao  adreah  his  lit'  on  dyslicum  weorcum, 
06  )>iet  he  wearS  geuntrumod  and  to  ^nde  gebroht.  pa  5 
olypode  he  J>one  preost  J>e  hit  cydde  eft  }>us,  and  cwa-o 
him  to  sona  mid  sarllcre  stemne,  'Nu  ic  sceall  gee,ndian 
earmlicum  dea)>e,  and  to  h^lle  faran  for  fracodum  dsduin, 
nfi  wolde  ic  gebetan,  gif  ic  abldan  moste,  and  to  Gode 
gecyrran  and  to  goduni  jieawum,  and  mm  llf  aweudan  10 
eall  to  GodfiS  willan;  aud  ic  wat  paet  ic  ne  eom  wyrSe 
)>aes  fyrstes  buton  sum  halga  me  fingie  to  fam  Hielende 
Criste.  Nu  is  us  gesied  }>aet  sum  halig  cyning  is  on 
eowrum  earde,  Oswold  gehaten.  Ku  gif  \\\  aenig  )nncg 
haefst  of  )>aes  halgan  reliquium,  syle  me,  ic  }>e  bidde.'  Da  15 
saede  se  preost  him,  'Ic  haebbe  of  }>am  stocce  \>e  his 
heafod  on  stod,  and  gif  ]m  gelyfan  wylt,  ]m  wurpest  hal 
sona.'  Hwaet  J>a  se  maessepreost  |>aes  mannes  ofhreow, 
and  scof  on  halig  waeter  of  )>am  halgan  treowe,  sealde 
(ram  adligan  of  to  supenne,  and  he  sona  gewyrpte,  and  2c 
syftfcan  leofode  lange  on  worulde,  and  gewe,nde  to  Gode 
mid  eallre  heortan  and  mid  halgum  weorcum ;  and  swa 
hwider  swa  he  com,  he  cydde  ]>as  wundra.'  For  ]>y  ne 
Wui   sceall  nan  mann  aweegan  J>aet  he  sylfwylles  behait  fam 

selmihtigan  Gode,  ponne  he  adlig  biS,  fe  lass  ]>e  he  sylf  25 
losige,  gif  he  allhft  Gode  )>aet. 

Nu  cwaeft  se  halga  Beda,  )>e  3as  boc  gedihte,  ]>set  hit 
nan  wundor  nys  )>aet  se  halga  cynincg  untrumnysse  ge- 
haele,  nfi  he  on  heofonum  leofaft,  for  ftan  ]>e  he  wolde 
gehelpan,  \>a,  ]>&  he  her  on  life  waes,  fearfum  and  wann-  30 
halum,  and  him  bigwiste  syllan.  Nfi  haefiS  he  pone  wurft- 
mynt  on  paere  ecan  worulde  mid  fam  aelmihtigan  Gode 
for  his  godnysse.    Eft  se  halga  CuSberht,  fa  ]>&  he  git 


106       XVI.   ^ELFBIC'S  LIFE  OF  KING  OSWALD. 

cnapa  waes,  geseah  hu  Godes  %nglasl  f^redon  Aidanes 
sawle,  }>aes  halgan  bisceopes,  bliSe  to  heofonum  to  fam 
ecan  wuldre  ]>e  he  on  worulde  geearnode.  pses  halgan 
Oswoldes  ban  wurdon  eft  gebroht  sefter  manegum  gearum 
5  to  Myrcena  lande  into  Gleawceastre ;  and  God  y&v  ge- 
swutelode  oft  feala  wundra  Jmrh  ])one  halgan  wer.  Sy 
)>ses  wuldor  )>am  selmihtigan  Gode  ]>e  on  ecnysse  rixaS  a 
to  worulde.     Amen. 

1  MS.,  senglas. 


XVII. 

^LFRIC'S  PREFACE   TO   GENESIS. 

[The  text  follows  MS.  Laud  Misc.  509  (formerly  Laud  E.  19] 
Bodl.  Lib. ;  the  variants  are  from  MS.  Cotton  Claudius  B.  iv.  Brit. 
Mus.  (C),  and  MS.  Ii.  i.  33,  Camb.  Univ.  Lib.  (Ca).] 

Incipit  prefatio  Genesis  Anglice. 

^Elfric  munuc  gret  ^ESelwaerd J  ealdormann  eadmodlice. 
pu  bade  me,  leof,  faet  ic  sceolde  oe  awendan  of  Ledene 
on  Englisc  fa  boc  Genesis :  fa  f  Ghte  me  h^figtime  ^e  to 
tioionne  faes,  and  fu  cwaede  fa  fast  ic  ne  forfte  na  mare    5 
awe_ndan  f&re  bee  buton  to  Isaace,  Abrahames  suna,  for 
f  am  ]>e  sum  ooer  man  fe  haefde  aw^nd  fram  Isaace  fa  boc 
06  e,nde.     Nii   finc5  me,   leof,   J>aet   |>set  weorc  is  swT6e 
pleolic  me  o85e  amigum  me,n  to  underbeginnenne,2  for 
fan  )'e  ic  ondraMe,  gif  sum  dysig  man  fas  boc  rat  o58e  10 
riedan  gehyrfi,  past  he  wille  wenan   faet  he  mote  lybban 
nil  on  fasre  nlwan  &  swa  swa  fa  ealdan  faederas  leofodon 
fa  on  fuere  tide  ier  fan  fe  seo  ealde  as  gese,tt  wiere,  ofiSe 
swa,   swa   rne.n   leofodon   under    Moyses   se.     Hwilon  ic 
wiste   faet   sum    maessepreost,  se   fe  min  magister  waes   15 
on  fam  timan,  haefde  fa  boc  Genesis,  and  he  eu5e   be 
daele   Lyden   understandan  ;   fa,  cwaeS  he  be  fam  tieah- 
faedere  Iacobe,  faet  he  haefde  feower  wlf,  twa,  goswustra 
and  heora  twa  finena.     Ful   s68  he  saede,  ac  he  nyste, 
ne  ic  fa  git,  hu  micel  toJal  ys  betweohxa  faere  ealdan  20 
33  and  faere  nlwan.     On  anginne  fisere  worulde  nam  se 

1  Ca,  ae)>elweard.         2  Ca,  unders;innpnne.         8  Ca,  betweox. 

107 


108        XVII.    JELFR1CS   PREFACE   TO   GENESIS. 

broker1  hys  swuster1  to  wife,  and  hwllon  eac  se  fseder 
tymde  bi2  his  agenre  dehter,3  and  manega  hsefdon  ma 
wlfa4t6  folces  eacan,  and  man  ne  mihte  \>a.  set  fruman 
wlfian  buton  on  his  siblingum.5  Gyf  hwa  wyle  nu  swa 
5  lybban  aefter  Cristes  tocyme  swa  swa  nie^n  leofodon  ser 
Moises  ae  o<5oe  under  Moises  se,  ne  byft  se  man  na  Cristen, 
ne  he  furtSon 6  wyrSe  ne  byS  |?set  him  senig  Cristen  man 
mid  ete.7  pa  ungelasredan  preostas,  gif  hi  hwaet  litles 
understandaS  of  jam  Lydenboeum,  |»onne  pindtf8 him  spna 

io  j>aet  hi  magon  maere  lareowas  beon ;  ae  hi  ne  cunnon  swa 
J?eah  ])set  gas tl Ice  andgit  |>aer  to,  and  hu  seo  ealde  ae  waes 
getacnung  toweardra  pinga,  oSSe  hu  seo  inwe  gecytniis 
aefter9  Cristes  me_nniscnisse  wees  getillednys  ealra10  |>aera 
Jnnga,  |>e  seo  ealde  gecySnis  getacnode  towearde  be  Criste 

15  and  be  hys  gecorenum.  HI  cwaeftafi  eac  oft  be  Paxil,11 
hwl  hi  ne  moton  habban  wif  swa  swa  Petrus  se  apostol 
haefde,  and  hi  nellaS  gehlran  ne  witan  paet  se  eadiga  Pe- 
trus leofede  aefter  Moises  ae  06  past  Crist  ]>e  on12  \>am 
tlman  to  mannum  com  and  began  to  bodienne  his  halige 

20  godspel  and  geceas  Petrum  13  aerest  him  t5  geferan  :  |a 
forlet  Petrus  |?eer  rihte  his  wif  and  ealle  j?a  twelf  apos- 
tolas,  ]>&  ]>e  wif  haefdon,14  forleton  aegfter  ge  wif  ge  aehta, 
and  folgodon  Cristes  lare  to  peere  nlwan  ae  and  claen- 
nisse  pe  he  silf  \>&  araerde.     Preostas  sindon  ges^tte  to 

25  lareowum15  bain  laewedum  folce.     Nu  gedafnode  him  feet 

1  Ca,  -or.  2  Ca,  wrS  {for  bi). 

3  Ca,  agene  dohtor.  *  Ca,  ma  wif  hsefdon. 

5  Ca,  gesiblingum.  6  Ca,  forfton. 

''  Ca,  gereordige  {for  ete).  8  L,  Hngd. 

9  Ca,  gecySnes  wsere  eefter.  10  Ca,  ealda. 

11  L,  modem  hand  has  written  Paul  over  an  erasure  of  four  or 

Jive  letters  ;  Ca,  petre.  12  Ca,  o'S  J?set  )>e  crist  on. 
18  Ca,  J?a  petrus.        "  Ca,  hseddon.        I6  Ca,  lariwuia. 


XVII.    jELFRICTS  PREFACE  TO   GENESIS.         109 

hig  ciioon  pa  ealdan  ge  gastllce  understandan  and  hwaet 
Crist  silf  tsehte  and  his  apostolas  on  piere  niwan  gecytS- 
nisse,1  J>aet  hig  mihton  pam  folce  wcl  wissian  to  Godes 
geleafan  and  wel  blsnian  to  godum  weorcum.  We  se.cgaS 
eac  foran  to  pset  seo  boc  is  swlfte  deop  gastllce  to  under-  5 
standenne,  and  we  ne  wrltafi  na  mare  buton  |  a  naeedan 
gerecednisse.3  ponne  pincfi  pam  ungelaeredum  pset  call 
|>set  andgit  beo  belocen  on  pie  re  anfealdan  gere_cednisse ; 
ac  hit  ys  swlfie  feor  pam.  Seo  boc  ys  gehaten  Genesis, 
paet  ys  'gecyndboc'  for  pam  pe  heo3  ys  firmest  boca4  and  10 
spricS s  be  selcum  gecinde 6 •,  ac  heo  ne  sprico.  na  be  psera 
e_ngla  gesceapenisse.7  Heo  onginS  \>\xs :  In  principio 
creauit  dens  celum8  et  terrain,  pget  ys  on  Englisc,  'On  an- 
ginne9  gesceop  God  heofenan  and  eorSan.'  Hit  wses 
soollce  swa,  gedon  pset  God  eelmihtig  geworhte  10  on  an-  15 
ginne  pa,  pa  he  wolde  gesceafta.  Ac  swa  |eah  aefter 
gastllcum  andgite  past  anginn  ys  Crist,  swa  swa,  he  sylf 
cweeS  to  pam  Iudeiscum :  'Ic  eom  angin,  pe  to  eow  sprece.' 
purh  pis  angin  worhte ll  God  Feeder  heofenan  and  eorSan, 
for  pan  pe  he  gesceop 12  ealle  gesceafta  purh  pone  Sunu  se  20 
pe  waes  sefre  of  him  acenned K  wisdom  of  pam  wlsan 
Fseder.  Eft  stynt14  on  pyere  bee15  on  pam  forman  ferse,16 
Spiritus  dei  ferebatur  super  aquas,  paet  ys  on  Englisc, 
( And  Godes  Gast  wses  gefejod  ofer  waeteru.  Godes  Gast 
ys  se  Halga  Gast  purh  pone  geliffseste  se  Feeder  ealle  pa  25 

1  Ca,  niwan  se  gecyftnesse.  2  Ca,  geraednusse. 

8  Ca,  hu  (for  heo).  4  Ca,  icanting. 

5  Ca,  spec 5'.  6  Ca,  allura  gecyndum. 

7  Ca,  gesceapennesse.  8  L,  scelum  ;  Ca,  celuin. 

9  L,  annginne.  10  Ca,  geweorhte. 
11  Ca,  weorhte.  12  Ca,  gescop. 

13  L,  accenned.  14  Ca,  stent. 

16  Ca,  boc.  16  Ca,  uerse. 


110        XVII.    uELFRWS  PREFACE   TO   GENESIS. 

gesceafta  pa  he  gesceop  purh  pone  sunu,  and  se  Halga  Gast 
faero-  geond  manna  heortan  and  sil'S1  us  synna  forgife- 
nisse,  airest  purh  waeter  on  jiam  fulluhte,  and  si53an  purh 
dsedbote2;  and  gif  hwa,  forsiho"  pa  forgifenisse  pe  se  Halga  <**.-*■ 
5  Gast  syr5,3  ponne  biS  his  synn  aiire  unmyltsiendlic  on 
ecnysse.  Eft4ys  seo  halige  pilnnys  geswutelod5  on  pLre 
bee,6  swa  swa,  ys  on  pam  worde7  pe  God  cwseo:  'Uton 
wircean  mannan  to  ure  anlicnisse.'  Mid  )  am  pe  he  cwaeo-, 
'  Uton  wircean/  ys  seo  juinnis  gebicnod ;  mid  pam  pe  he 

io  cwseti,  'to  ure  anlicnisse,'  ys  seo  s65e  annis  geswutelod; 
he  ne  cweeS  na  m^nifealdlice  to  Arum  anllcnissum,  ac 
anf  ealdllce 8  to  ure  anlicnisse.  Eft  comon  pii  e,nglas  to 
Abrahame  and  he  spraec  to  him  eallum9  prim  swa,  swa 
to  anum,     Hu  clipode  Abeles  blod  to  Gode  buton  swa 

15  swa,  gelces  mannes  misdteda  wregao'  hine  to  Gode  butan 
wordum?  Be  pisum  lltlum  man  niseg  understandan  hu 
deop  seo  boc  ys  on  gastlicum  andgite,  peah  pe  heo  mid 
leohtlicum  wordum  awriten  sig.  Eft  Iosep,  pe  wses  ge- 
seald10  to  Egipta  lande  and  he  ahre,dde  pset  folc  wig  pone 

20  miclan  hunger,  haefde  Cristes  getacnunge  pe11  wees  ge- 
seald  for  us  to  cwale  and  us  ahre/lde  fram  pam  ecan 
hungre  hejlesusle.12  pset  micele  geteld  ]>e  Moises  worhte 
mid  wunderlicum  crsefte  on  pam  westene,  swa,  swa  him 
God  sylfe  gedihte,  hsefde  getacnunge  Godes  gelaounge 

25  pe  he  silf  astealde  purh  his  apostolas  mid  menigfealdum 13 
freetewum  and  faegerum  peawum.    To  pam  geweorce  brohte 

1  Here  C  begins  ;  Ca,  de)>  {for  siTS).  2  C ;  L,  daetbote. 

»  Ca,  de«  {for  sylS).  *  C  ;  L,  oit. 

5  C,  -ode.  6  Ca,  boc. 

7  Ca,  weorde.  8  C ;  L,  andfealdlice. 

•  C,  Ca ;  L,  eallon.  »  C,  Ca ;  L,  gesseld. 

W  Ca,  he  {for  J>e).  12  Ca,  wanting. 
18  L,  menigfasldum  j  C,  menifealdum. 


XV1L    uELFHW'S   PREFACE   TO   GENESIS.        Ill 

J>aet  folc  gold  and  seolfor  and  deorwirSe 1  gimstanas  and 
menigfealde  2jnaer5a ;  sume  eac  brohton  gatehaJr,  swa  swa 
God  bebead.3  pset  gold  getacnode  firne  geleafan  and  fire 
gode  ingelild  fe  we  Gode  ol'frian  sceolon ;  faet  seolfor 
getacnode  Godes  spraeca  and  fa  halgan  lara4  fe  we  hab-  5 
ban  sceolon  to  Godes  weorcum  ;  fa  gimstanas  getacnodon 
misllce  fsegernissa  on  Godes  mannum ;  faet  gatehser  ge- 
tacnode fa  stiSan  daidbote  faera  manna  fe  heora  sinna 
behreowsiaS.  Man  offrode  eac  fela  cinna  brf  Gode  to 
lace  binnan  fam  getelde,  be  fam  ys  swifie  mejiigfeald  10 
getacnung,  and  waes  beboden  faet  se  taegel  sceolde  beon 
gehal  iefre  on  fam  nytene  set  paere  offrunge  for  faere 
getacnunge 5  faet  God  wile  feet  we  simle  wel  don  00*  ende 
fires  Hfes :  fonne  bio"  se  tsegel  geoffrod  on  Grum  weorcum. 
Nfi  ys  seo  foresaede  boc  on  manegum  stowum  swioe  nearo-  15 
lice6  gese_tt,  and  feah  swISe  deopllce7  on  fain8  gastllcum 
andgite,  and  heo  is  swa. 8  gee_ndebyrd  swa  swa  God  silf 
hig  gedihte  fain  writere  Moise,  and  we  durron  na  mare 
awrltan  on  Jpnglisc  f onne  faet  Leden 9  haefo",  ne  fa  e.nde- 
birdnisse  aw^ndan  bfiton  fam  anum  feet  faet  Leden  and  20 
fast  IJnglisc  nabbaft  na  ane  wlsan  on  faere  spraece  fand- 
unge.  ^Efre  se  fe  awe_nt  ofiSe  se  fe  taeeS10  of  Ledene  on 
^nglisc,  aefre  lie  sceal  gefadian  hit  swa  faet  faet  ^nglisc 
haebbe  his  agene  wlsan,  elles  hit  bio"  swISe  gedwolsum 
to  raedenne  fam  fe8  faes  Ledenes  wlsan11  ne  can.  .  Is  25 
eac  to  witanne  faet  sume  gedwolme_n  waeron  fe  woldon 
awurpan   fa  ealdan  se,   and  sume  woldon    habban    fa 

1  C,  deorwurSe.  *  L,  menigfaelde ;  C,  maenigfealde. 

8  C,  swa  swa  seo  ae  bebead.  4  C,  Ca,  lare. 

6  Ca,  for  bsere  getacnunge  wanting.  6  C,  Ca;  L,  naerolice. 

7  Ca,  gesett  and  J>eah  sui<Se  deoplice  xcanting. 

8  Ca,  wanting.  •  C,  Ca ;  L,  liden. 
w  Ca,  tecS.                                      »  C,  wise. 


112        XVII.    jELFBI&S  PREFACE   TO  GENE8I8. 

ealdan1  and  awurpan  ]a  niwan,  swa  swa.  )a  Iudeiscan 
doS ;  ac  Crist  sylf  and  his  apostolas  us  ttehton  aig-Ser  to 
healdenne  ba  ealdan  gastlice  and  ba  niwan  soSlice  mid 
weorcum.     God  gesceop  us  twa,  eagan  and  twa,  earan, 

5  twa  nos|)irlu  and  twegen  weleras,  twa  handa  and  twegen 
fet,  and  he  wolde  eac  habban  twa  gecyftnissa  on  bissere 
worulde  gese^t,  J  a  ealdan  and  fa  niwan,  for  bam  be  he 
deft  swa,  swa  hine  silfne  gewyrft,  and  he  ng&nne  reedboran 
ngefo",  ne  nan  man  bearf2him  cweftan  to:  ' Hwi  dest  ]ii 

io  swa  ? '  We  sceolon  aw^ndan  urne  willan  to  his  gese,t- 
nissum  and  we  ne  magon  geblgean  his  gese,tnissa  to 
urum3  lustum.  Ic  cwefte  nu  J'get  ic  ne  dearr  ne  ic  nelle 
nane  boc  aefter  bissere  of  Ledene  on  Englisc  awe_ndan, 
and  ic  bidde  J>e,  leof  ealdorman,  baet  ]m  me  )>8es  na  le,ng 

15  ne  bidde  pi  lies  be  ic  beo  be  ungehlrsum,  oftfte  feas  gif  ic 
do.  God  be  sig  milde  a,  on  ecnisse.  Ic  bidde  nu  on 
Godes  naman,  gif  hwa  bas  boc  awritan  wylle,  bset  he  hig 
gerihte  wel  be  bsere  bysne,  for  ban  be  ic  nah  geweald, 
beah  ]>e  hig  hwa  to  woge  bringe  Jmrli  lease  wrlteras,  and 

20  hit  byS  bonne  his  pleoh  na,  mm4:  mycel  yfel  deft  se 
unwritere,  gif  he  nele  hys  woh  gerihtan.8 

1  C,  Ca ;  L,  ealdan  wanting.  2  Ca,  ne  J>earf. 

8  Ca,  on  urum.  4  Ca,  his  and  na  min. 

6  C,  his  gewrit  gerihtan. 


i 


-ji_o^/ 


f3o«wt    &i- 


XVIII. 

THE  LEGEND   OF  ST.   ANDREW. 

[The  text  follows  MS.  198  (S.  8)  of  Corpus  Christi  College, 
*"**  +    Camb.  (C);  the  Blickling  MS.  of  Homilies  (B)  supplies  variants 
for  a  portion  of  the  text.]  '  ^Tl/ 

Her  s^gfi  baet  aefter  ham  he  Drihten  Hailend  Crist  to 
heofonum  astah,  ]>aet  )>a  apostoll  waeron  aetspmne ;  and 
hie  se_ndon  hlpt  him  betweonum,  hwi'der  hyra  gehwylc 
faran  scolde  to  lieranne.  Se_g)>  baet  se  Gadiga  Matheus 
gehleat  to  Marmadonia  ptere  ceastre ;  s$g5  bonne  )>aet  ba  5 
m§n  be  on  baere  ceastre  waeron  baet  hi  hlaf  ne  aeton,  ne 
waeter  ne  druncon,  ac  aeton  manna  llchaman  and  heora 
blod  druncon ;  and  aeghwylc  man  he  on  bee  re  ceastre  com 
aelbeodisc,  se_gft  |>set  hie  hine  sona  genamon  and  his  eagan 
fit  astungoii,1  and  hie  him  sealdon*  attor  drincan  Jiset  mid  10 
myclum2  lybcraefte  waes  geblanden^  and  mid  by  he  hie 
bone  dr^nc  druncon,  hrabe  heora  Jieorte3  waes  tolesed  and 
heora  mod  onwe,nded?  Se  eadiga  Matheus  ba  in  eode  on 
ha  ceastre,  and  hraSe  hie  hine  genamon  and  his  eagan 
ut  dstungon,1  and  hie  him  sealdon  attor  drincan* and  hine  15 
se,ndon5  on  carcerne,6  and  hie  hine  heton  ]>aet  attor  etan, 
and  he  hit  etan  nolde  ;  for  bon 7  his  heorte  naes  tolesed,8 
ne  his  mod  onwended9;  ac10he  waes  simle  to  Drihtne  bid- 
dende  mid  myclum  wope,  and  cwaeft  to  him, <  Mln  Drihten 
Haelend  Crist,  for  bon  we  ealle  forleton  fire  cneorisse,11  20 

1  C,  -an.  2  c,  miclen.     8  C,  heorta.  *  C,  drinccan. 

6  Here  B  begins.     6  B,  carcern.     7  MSS.,  for  bon  be.     8  B,  tolysedu. 
•  B,  naes  onwended.  10  B,  ah.  n  B,  cneorisne. 

\_lt^t  W  "3 

-    v      <J  u%  U 
>    S4v^4ftv-     "J,  {W^vtA. 
»«  HxMa^  J     Cjv<-»- -•    |»«v».»-w 

0  1?,    W^a 


114       XVUL     THE  LEGEND   OF  ST.   ANDREW. 

and  waeron  pe  fylgende,  and  J  u  eaxt  fire  ealra  fultum,  pa 
pe  on  )e  gelyfap,  beheald  nfi  and  geseoh  hfi  pas  ine^n 
plnum  peowe  d66.  And  ic  pe  bidde,  Drihten,  poet  pu  me 
forgife  mlnra  eagna  leoht,  past  ic  geseo  ja  pe  ine onginnaS 

5  don  on  pisse  ceastre  pa  weorstan tintrego1;  and  ne  for- 
l<£t  me,  min  Driliten  Hielend 2  Crist,  ne  me  ne  sele3on 
pone4  bitterestan 5  deaf.' 

Mid6  py  pe  he  Jus  gebed  se  eadiga  Matheus  gecweden 
hsefde,  mycel  leoht  and  beorlit7  onleohce8  paet  carcern, 

io  and  Drihtnes  stefn  wees  geworden  to  hima  on  piem 
leohte  cwepende,  '  Matheus,  min  se  leofa,  beheaid  on  me.' 
Matheus 10  j'a  lociende  he u  geseah  Drihten  Crist,  and 
eft  Drihtnes  stefn 12  waes  [geworden  to  diinil]  cwepende, 
'  Matheus,  wes  pfi  gestrangocl,  and  ne 13  ondrascTpfi  pe,  for 

15  pon  ne  forlsete  ic  pe  aefre,  ac14  ic  pe  gefj  of  ealre13 

frecennesse,  and  nalaes  pset  an,  ac  simle  ealle  pine  blo- 
tter,16 and  ealle  pa  pe  on  me  gelyfao  on  eallum  tidum  op ir 
ecnesse.  Ac  onbid  her  seofon  and  twentig 18  nihta,  and  u 
sefter  pon19  ic  s^nde  to  pe  Andreas,  plnne  bropor,  and20  he 

20  ]e  fit  alaedep  of  pissum  carcerne,  and  ealle  pa  pe  mid  pe 
syndon.'  Mid6  |>y  pe  pis  gecweden  waes,  Drihten  him 
eft  to  cwseft,  'Sib  si  mid  pe,  Matheus.'  He21  pa  jmrhwu- 
niende^mid  gebedum  waes22  Drihtnes  lof  singende  on  pam 
carcerne.     And  pa  unrihtan  m^n  in  eodon  on23  past  car- 

25  cern  past  hie  pa  me_n  fit  laadan  woldon 24  and  him  to  me_te 

1  B,  werrestan  tintrega.  2  B,  Hfelende. 

8  B,  ne  \>u  me  ne  syle.  4  C,  bnn.  5  B,  biter-. 

c  B,  and  mid.  7  B,  frea  beorht.     8  B,  onlyhte. 

9  C,  geworden  to  him  wanting.       10  B,  Se  eadiga  M.  n  B,  wanting. 
12  B,  Drihten  (for  Drihtnes  stefn).  13  C,  ne  ne.  14  B,  ah. 

16  C,  ealra.  Vj  B,  nates  to  simle  wanting ;  C,  brej>ere. 

17  B,  on  (for  o!-).       18  C,  xxvii.      "  C,  )>an.  2°  B,  J>set. 
21  C,  wanting.            22  C,  and.         2S  C,  in.  «*  B,  -an. 

(0  t 
%  oj 

>  WW 


XVIir.    THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  ANDREW.       1 15 

don.  Se  eadiga  Matheus  )a  betynde  his  eagan  )>y  laes  )a 
cw^lleras  gesawan  '  j'iet  his  eagan  geopenede2  wairon  ;  and 
hie3  cwaedon  him  betwynum,  'pry4  dagas  nu  to  late  syndon 
Jaet  we  hine  willab  acwellan  and  us  to  me,te  gedon.' 

Se  eadiga  Matheus  \.&*  gefelde6  xx  daga.  Da  Drihten 
Hadend  Crist  ewasd  to  Andrea7  his  apostole,  mid  pi  pe  he 
wres  in  Achaia  |am  lande  and  J>aer  lierde  his  discipull, 
he  cwaeS,  'Gang  on  Marmadonia8  ceastre,  and  alaid  panon 
Matheum9  pinne  bropor  of  psbm  carcerne,10  for  ))0n  pe 
nu  git "  pry 4  dagas  to  lafe  syndon,  paet  hie  hine  willao" 
acweHan  and  him  to  ine_te  gedon.'  Se  haliga  Andreas 
hirn  andswarode,  and  he  cwseS,  'Mln  Drihten  Hadend18 
Crist,  hu  mseg  ic  hit  on  prim  dagum  gefaran  ?  Ac  ma 
wen  is  paet  ]>u  onsejide  pinne  e_ngel  se  hit  mseg  hraedllcor 
gefaran,13  for  pon,  mln  Drihten,  )>u  wast  past  ic  earn M 
fltescllc  man,  and  ic  hit  ne  maeg  hrsedllce  gefaran,15  for 
pon  pe,  mln  Drihten,16  se  slSfset  is  pider  to  lang,  and  ic 17 
|>one  weg  ne  can.'  Drihten 18  him  to  cwaeft,  '  Andreas, 
geher 19  me,  for  pon  pe  ic  pe  geworhte,  and  ic  plnne  sI5  *° 
"gestapeldde  and  getrymede.  Gang  nu  to  pass  saes21war- 
o$e  mid  plnum  discipulum,  and  pu  pier  gemetest  scip  on 
Jam  waro5e;  and22  astlg  on  pset  mid  plnum  discipulum.' 
And  mid  py  pe  he  pis  cwsefi,  Drihten  Hielend  5a  git  waes 
sprecende  and  cwa^JS,  '  Sib  mid  pe  and  mid  eallum  plnum 
discipulum.'     And  he  astag  on  heofonas.23 

1  B,  -on.         2B,  -ode.  8  C,  he.  «  C,  iii. 

6  C,  se.  6  B,  gefylde.  7  C,  Andreae.       8  B,  Mermedonia. 

9  C,  Matheus.  10  C,  Mnne  to  carcerne  wanting. 

11  C,  he  nu  git  wanting.  12  B,  Hselende.     13  B,  geferan. 

14  B,  eom.  15  B,  hrsedlicor  Mder  geferan. 

16  C,  he  min  Drihten  wanting.  17  B,  ic  after  weg. 

»  B,  Drihten  Crist.  19  B,  gehyre.         *>  B,  srSfaet. 

21  C,  sae.  a  C,  wanting.  n  C,  And  mid  to  heofonas  wanting. 


Il6       XVIII.     THE  LEGEND    OF  ST.    AX  DREW. 

Se  haliga  Andreas  pa  aras  on  mergen,1  and  he  eode  to 
paire  sae  mid  his  discipulum,  and  he  geseah  scip  on  pam 
warofte 2  and  pry 3  weras  on  pam  sittende ;  and  he  wses 
gefeonde'  mid  mycle4  gefean,  and  him  to  cwseft,  <Br65or, 
5  hwider  wille  ge  faran5  mid  ]>Ts  medmiclum  scipe?' 
Drihten  Haelend6  wses  on  ]iam  scipe  swa  se 7  steorreSra, 
and  his  twegen  §nglas  mid  him,  pa  wseron  gehwyrfede  cL^^ 
on  manna  onsynei  Drihten  Crist  him  pa,7  to  cwaeS,  'On 
Marmadonia8  ceastre.'     Se  haliga  Andreas  him  andswa- 

io  rode,  and  he 9  cwseft,  '  BroSor,  onfoh  us  mid  eow  on  pset 
scip  and  gelaedao'  us  on  fa  ceastre.'  Drihten  him  to 
cwaeS,  'Ealle  me,n  fleoft  of  paere  ceastre;  to  hwaem  wille10 
ge  pider  faran  "  ? '  Se  haliga  Andreas  him  andswarode, 
he  cwseft,  '  Medmycel 12  eerende  Ave  pider  habbafi,  and  us 

is  is  pearf  paet  we  hit'peh7  gefyllon.'  Drihten  Hailend6 
him  to  cwseS,  'AstigaS  on  pis  scip  to  us,  and  se_llaS  us 
eowerne  faersceat.13'  Se  haliga  Andreas  him  andswarode, 
'  GehyraS  gebropor,  nabbaft14  we  faersceat,13  ac15  we  syndon 
discipuli  Drihtnes  Haelendes  Cristes,  pa  he  geceas ;  and 

20  Jus  bebod  he  us  sealde,  and  he  cwseS,  "  ponne  ge  faren 16 
godspel  to  laerenne,  ponne  nabbe  ge  mid  eow  hlaf  ne  feoh, 
ne  twifeald  hraegl."  Gif  pfi  ponne  wille  miklheortnesse 
mid9  us  don,  saga17  us  poet  hraedlice18;  gif  Jul  ponne  nelle, 
gecyS19  us  swa  peah20  pone  weg.'     Drihten  Haelend9  him 

25  to  cweeft,  '  Gif  jus  gebod  eow  waere  geseald  fram  eowrum 
Drihtene,  astigaS  hider  mid  gefean  on  mln  scip.' 

1  B,  morgen.  2  B,  war^e.  8  C,  iii. 

4  B,  myclum  (mid  icanting).  6  C,  willaS ;  B,  wille  feran. 

6  B,  Hselende  Crist.      "  C,  wanting.  8  B,  Memiedonia. 

9  B,  wanting.  10  C,  willaS.  u  C,  feran. 

12  C,  Nedmycel.  13  B,  fer-.  "  B,  ne  habbaS. 

16  B,  ab.  16  B,  -an.  17  B,  saega. 

18  C,  brset-.  19  B,  gecype.  20  C,  swa  peab  wanting. 


XVIII.    THE  LEGEXD   OF  ST.   AX  DREW.       \\J 

Se  halga  Andreas  pa.1  astah  on  )>eet  scip  mid  his  disci- 
pulnm,2  and  he  gesaet  beforan 3  }>am  steorreju-an  |>aes 
scipes,4  j'aet  waes  Drihten  Hselend  Crist.  Drihten  Heel- 
end5  him  to  cwaeo",  'Ic  geseo  \>mt6  |>as  broSor  synt  ge- 
swejicede  of  ]>isse  saiwe  hreohnesse7;  acsa  hie  Invader  5 
hi  woldon  to  lande8  astigan  and  |>in  |>air  onbidan  o\>  \>set 
Ju"i  gefylle  j'Tne  *]>enunge  to  pGere  )>e9  |>u  sanded  eart,10  and 
0T1  foiine  eft  hwyrfest"  to  him.'  Se  halga  Andreas  him 
to  cweeS,  '^IIih-1-  beam,  wille  ge  to  lande  faran  u  and 
mln  pier  onbidan?'  His  discipuli  him9  andswarodon,  10 
and  hie  cwsedon,  'Gif  we  gewitafi  frani  \>e,  |>onne  beo  we 
fr^mde  fram  eallnm  pirn  godum  \>e  )>u  us  gearwodest ;  ac 
we  beoo"  mid  |>e  swa  hwyder  M  swa.  J>Q  fserest.'  Drihten 
Hselend  him  to  cwaeS,  to  |>am  halgan  Andrea,15  'Gif  |  u  sy 
softlice  his  discipul  se  is  cweden  Crist,  spec  ,6  to  |>inum  15 
discipulum  be  pam  meegenum  fie  |un  Lareow  dyde,  ^set 
sie  gebletsod-V  heora l8  heorte,  and  hie  ofergieton  19  |>isse 
saewe  e_ge.'  Se  haliga  Andreas  cweeS  to  his  discipulum, 
'Sumre  tide  mid  |>i  je  we  wieron  mid  urum  Drihtne,  we 
astigon  mid  him  on  scip ;  and 9  he  setywde  us  swa  he  2c 
shepende  wgere  to  costianne,  and  dyde  swi)?e  hreoge  fa, 
sae20;  fram  [am  winde  waes  geworden  swa  \>set  |a  selfan 
yj^a  w»ron  ahafener  ofer  |>set  scip.  We  us  fa  swipe  an- 
dredon  and  cigdon21to  him,  Drihtne  Habendum  Criste. 

1  C,  wanting ;  B,  J>a  astag.  2  C,  mid  his  discipulum  wanting. 

8  B,  be.  *  C,  I'fes  scipes  xcanting. 

6  B,  Haelend  Crist.  6  C,  for  )>on  he  {for  J>aet). 

7  B,  hreonesse.  8  B,  eor|>an.  9  C,  wanting. 
10  C,  eart  sended.  n  B,  hryrfest.  I  ^ki^. 

12  B,  min.  18  B,  willa>  ge  astigan  on  eorSan. 

14  C,  hwaer.  15  B,  halgan  Andrea  loanting. 

16  B,  spree.  17  B,  haette  sy  geblissad. 

18  C,  hiere.  19  B,  syn  ofergytende. 

20  B,  swi^e  hreonesse  tiaere  saewe.  2l  B,  cegdon. 

•    /  •  fix«*^vCA^>  T  (Au^to^,  3  •*- 

WWtA 


I  1 8       XVIII.     THE  LEGEND   OF  ST.    ANDREW. 

And  he  j  a  aras  and  bebead  fam  winde  |>set  he  gestilde : 
"8a 1  wees  geworden  mycel  smyltnes  on  |>£ere  ste.  And  hi 
hine2  ondredon  ealle  |>a  \>e  his  weorc  gesawon.  Nu 
|>onne,  mine3  beam,  ne  ondrasda)?  ge  eow,  for  pon  )>e  ure 

5  God- us  ne  forlaeteS.' 

And  }nis  cwepende,  se  halga  Andreas  se_tte 4  his  heafod 
ofer  genne  his  discipula,5  and  he  onslep.6  Drihten  Ha-l- 
end 7  ba  wiste  for  bon  be  se  halga  Andreas  ba  slep,  he 
cwaeb  to  his  e_nglum,  '  GenimaS  Andreas  and  his  disci- 

io  pull,  and  ase^ttaS  hie  beforan  Marmadonia8  ceastre;  and 
mid  )n  be  ge  hie  baer  ase_tton,  hweorfaS9  eft  to  me.'  And 
j>a  e_nglas  dydon  swa  heom  beboden  wses ;  and  he  astah 
on  heofonas. 

pa  se  mergen 10  geworden  wees,  ba  se  haliga  Andreas 

15  licgende  wass11  beforan  Marmadonia8  ceastre,  and  his 
disci pulos  pair  slsepende  wajron  mid  him ;  and  he  hie 
aweahte,  and  cweefi,  '  ArisaS  ge,2  mine  beam,  and  ongitaS 
Godes  mildheortnesse  sio  is  nu  mid  us  geworden.  We 
witon  12  beet  ure  Drihten  mid  us  wees  on  bam  scipe,  and 

20  we  hine  ne  ongeaton  ;  he  hine  geeaSmedde  13  swa  steor- 
rebra,  and  he  hine  eeteowde  swa  man  us  to  costienne.14' 
Se  halga  Andreas  ba  locode  to  heofonum,15  and  he  cweeS, 
'Min  Drihten  Haelend  Crist,  ic  wat  beet  )>u  ne  eart  feor 
fram  binum  |>eowum,  and  ic  be  beheold  on  bam  scype,  and 

25  ic  wees  to  be  sprecende  swa  to  m^n.  Nu  bonne,  Drihten, 
ic  be  bidde  beet  bu  me  be  ony we 16  on  bisse  stowe.'  pa  bis 
gecweden  wees,  pa17  Drihten  him  eetywde  his  onsyne  on 

1  C,  and.  2  C,  wanting.  8  B,  min. 

4  B,  asette.  5  C,  discipul.  6  C,  and  slep. 

7  B,  Hselende  Crist.  8  B,  Mermedonia.  9  C,  hrowaS. 

10  B,  morgen.  u  B,  ba  se  haliga  to  wses  wanting. 

12  B,  witon  we.  1S  C,  geead-.  H  B,  costisenne. 

15  B,  on  heofenas.  16  B,  seteowe.  17  B,  wanting. 


XVIII.    THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.' ANDBEW.       1 19 

faegerea  cildes  hlwe,  and  him  to  cwaefi,  'Andreas,  gefeoh  * 
mid  Junum  discipulum.'  Se  halga  Andreas  )  a  lane  gebaed 
and  cwaefi,  '  Forgif  me,  mill  Drihten,  )>a3t  ic  to  ]>e  sprec- 
ende  avsbs  swa  to  me,n ;  and 2  wen  is  feet  ic  gefirnode,3 
for  |>on  ]>e4  ic  pe  ne  ongeat.'  Drihten  him  }>a  to  cwae5,  5 
•  Andreas,  nsenig  wuht  }m  gefirnodest,  ac  for  }>on  ic  swa, 
dvde,  for  jion  }>u  swa  cwiede5  J>aet  ]u  hit  ne  meahtes6  on 
8rnn7  dagum  juder  geferan8;  for  ]>on  ic  )>e  swa  aeteowde,9 
for  ]>on  ic  eom  mihtig  mid4  worde*  swa  eall  to  donne,10 
and  anra  gehwilcum  to  aeteowenne  swa  hwaet4swa  me  10 
llcaS.  Nu  )'onne  aris,  and  gan  on  ja  ceastre  to  Matheum 
I'inum  bre]>er,  and  liet12J>onne  hine  of  }>aere  ceastre,  and 
ealle  ]>a  )>e  mid  him  syndon.  Eno  13  ic  }>e  gecybe,  An- 
dreas, for  pon  ]>e  manega  tintrega  hie  ]>e  on  bringaS,  and 
)>Inne  llchaman  geond  j'isse  ceastre  lonanMhIe  toste_ncaj> 15  15 
swa  ]>aet  J'ln  blod  flowS16  ofer  eorSan  swa  swa17  waster. 
To  dea)>e  hie  ]?e  willajj  gelaedan,  ac  hi  ne  magon;  ac 
manega  earfo8nessa~  hie  }>e  magon18  on  gebringan;  ac 
}>onne  hwaepere  aref  na  !?.  J»u  )>a  ealle,  Andreas,  and  ne  do 
])fi  after  heora  ungeleafulnesse.  Genuine  hu  manega  20 
earfoftnesse  ^  fram  Iudeum  ic  waes  (n-owiende,  )>a2  hie  me 
swungon,  and  hie  me  spaetton21  on  mine  onsyne  ;  ac  eall22 
ic  hit  araefnede,  ]?aet  ic  eow  geteowe  hwylce23  gemete  ge 

1  C,  geseoh.        >,*.&.)  2  B,  wanting. 

3  B,  gefyrenode.         ^^         .  4  C,  wanting. 

5  B,  ne  gefyrenodest  J?u  nan  wuht,  ah  forXon  flu  cwsede. 

6  B,  mihte.  '  C,  iii. 

8  B,  hider  gefaran.  9  C,  aeteowe. 

10  C,  done.  «  B,  gang.  12  B,  alaede. 

13  C,  Ana.  14  B,  lanan.  15  B,  tostenceaS. 

10  B,  flewb.  V  C,  swa  (for  swa  swa). 

18  C,  ac  manega  to  magon  wanting.  19  B,  ah  honne  hwe)>re  arsefne. 

20  B,  Genuine  to  earfoSnesse  wanting.  21  B,  spsetlaedon. 

22  B,  minne  ondwleotan  ah  eal.  ^  B,  hwylcum. 


-j-o 


120      XVIII.     THE  LEGEND   OF  ST.   ANDREW. 

sculon  araefnan.1  Gehlere  me,  Andreas,  and  araefna  pas 
tintrego,  for  pon  manige  synt  on  pisse  ceastre  pa  sculon 
geleofan  on  mlnne  naman.'  Mid  pi  he  pis  cwaeS,  Drihten 
Haalend  Crist,  lie  astah  on  heofonas. 

5       Se  haliga  Andreas  pa  in  eode  on  pa  ceastre  mid  his 
discipulum  ;  and  nasnig  man  hine  ne  mihte  geseon.     Mid 
pi  pe  hie  comon  to  pees  carcernes  dyru,  hie  pair  gemetton 
seofon  hyrdas  standan.      Se  haliga  Andreas  pa  gebasd- 
on  his  heortan,  and  ra5e  hlo  wSron  deade.     Se  halga 

io  Andreas  pa  eode  to  pses  carcernes  duru,  and  he  worhte 
Crlstes  rode  tacen,  and  rape  pa  dura  wseron  ontynede, 
and  he  in  eode  on  past  carcern  mid  his  discipulum,  and 
he  geseah  pone  eadigan  Matheus  ainne  sittan 2  singende. 
Se  eadiga  Matheus  pa  and  se  haliga  Andreas  hie  waeron 

15  cyssende  him  betweonon.  Se  halga  Andreas  him  to 
cwseS,  'Hweet  is  past,  bropor?  Hu  eart  Jm  her  gemet? 
Nil  pry  dagas  to  lafe  syndon  fast  hie  pe  willap  acwellan, 
and  him  to  m^te  gedon.'  Se  halga  Matheus  him  andswar- 
ode,  and  he  cwaeS,  'Bropor  Andreas,  ac  ne  gehyrdest  pu 

20  Drihten  cwepende,  "  For  pon  pe  ic  eow  s^nde  swa  swa  sceap  *  ^ , 
on  middum  wulfum?"     panon  wees  geworden,  mid  ]>y  pe 
hie  me  sendon  on  pis  carcern,  ic  beecl  urne  Drihten  past  he 
hine  aateowde,  and  hrape  he  me  hine  seteowde,  and  he  me 
to  cwaefi,  "Onbld  her  xxvii  daga,  and  cefter  pon  ic  s^nde  to 

25  pe  Andreas  pinne  brofior,  and  he  pe  fit  alait  of  pissum  car- 
cerne  and  ealle  pa  [pe]  mid  pe  syndon."  Swa  me  Drihten 
to  cwasp,  ic  gesio.3    Brofior,  hwtet  sculon  we  nfi  don  ? ' 

Se  halga  Andreas  pa  and  se  halga  Matheus  gekedon 
to  Drihtne,  and  aei'ter  pon  gebede  se  haliga  Andreas  setae 

30  his  hand  of er  para  wera  eagan  pe 4  peer  on  pgem  carcerne 5 


1  Here  B  ends. 

8  C,  gesie. 

6  C,  on  lande  ;  Zupitza. 


2  C,  sitton. 
*  C,  H- 


JF7/7.    7Y/.E  LEGEND  OF  ST.  ANDREW.       121 

waeron,  and  gesihpe  hie  onfengon.  And  eft  he  se_tte  his 
hand  ofer  hiora  heortan,  and  heora  jtitrh/it1  him  eft  to 
hwirfde.'  Se  haliga  Andreas  him  to  cwiefi,  'GangaS  on 
fas  nij  ■eran  dselas  pisse  ceastre,  and  ge  pier  gemetafi  mycel 
fictreow ;  sittaft  under  him  and  eta5  of  his  waestmum  oS  5 
paet  ic  eow  to  cyme.'  HI  cwaedon  to  pam  halgan  Andrea, 
'Cum  nil  mid  as,  for  pon  )>e  pu  eart  ure  wealdend,  py  lies 
wen  is  j>set  hi  us  eft  genimon  and  on  pa.  wyrstan  tintregu 
hie  us  on  gebringan.'  Se  haliga  Andreas  him  to  cwaeS, 
'FaraS  pider,  for  pon  pe  eow  nsenig  wiht  ne  de_ratTne  ne  10 
swe_ncep.'  And  hrafie  hie  )a  ealle  ferdon,  swa  him  se 
halga  Andreas  bebead.  And  pier  waeron  on  paim  carcerne 
twa  hund  and  eahta  and  feowertig  wera,  and  nigon  and 
feowertig  wlfa,  fta  se  haliga  Andreas  J>anon  onse_nde. 
And  pone  eadigan  Matheum  he  gedyde  gangan  to  pam  15 
eastdiele  mid  his  discipulum  and  as^tton2  on  fa  dune 
pier  se  eadiga  Petrus  se  apostol  waes.  And  he  pier  wun- 
ode  mid  him. 

Se  haliga  Andreas  pa  ut  eode  of  piem  carcerne,  and  he 
ongan  gangan  ut  purh  midde  pa.  ceastre,  and  he  com  to  20 
sum  re  stowe,  and  lie  pier  geseah  swer  standan,  and  ofer 
pone  swer  seme  onlicnesse.  And  he  gesaet  be  pam  swere 
anbldende  hwapt  him  gelimpan  scolde.  Da  unrihte  meji 
pa  eodon  paet  hie  )  a  me_n  ut  gelieddon,  and  hie  to  me_te 
gedydon.3  And  hie  gemetton  paes  carcernes  duru  opene,  25 
anil  )  a  seofon  hyrdas  deade  began.  Mid  py  pe  hie  paet  ge- 
siiwon,  hie  eft  hwirfdon  to  hiora  ealdormannum,  and  hie 
cwaedon,  '  pin  carcern  open  we  gemetton,  and  in  gangende 
naenige4  we  pier  gemetton.'  Mid  pi  pe  hIeAgehyrdon  para 
sacerda  ealdorniem,  hie 5  cwaedon  him  betweonon,  '  Hwaet  30 

1  c,  andgeat.  2  C,  and  se  haliga  Andreas  and  asetton. 

«  C,  gedon  ;  Zupitza.       *  Eds.  ;  C,  maenige. 
6  C,  and  hie. 


c, •  uv^i  -«t .  f 


122       XVIII.    THE  LEGEND    OF  ST.   ANDREW. 

wile  ]ns  wesan  ?  Wen  is  }>aet  hwilc  wundor  in  eode  on  ]iset 
carcern  and  ]  a  hyrdas  acwaelde,  and  somnunga  [alysde 
]>a]  ]>e  J  Jjs&r  betynede  wseron.' 

iEfter  ]>iossum  him  aeteowde  deofol  on  cnihtes  onlic- 

5  nysse,  and  him  to  cwaeS,  '  Gehyrao"  me,  and  secaS  her 
sumne  aelpeodigne  man  }>aes  nama  is  Andreas,  and  acweUaft 
hine.  He  ]>tet  is  se  ]  a  gebundenan  of  jussum  carceme  ut 
aliedde,  and  he  is  nu  on  Jnsse  ceastre ;  ge  hine  nu  witon ; 
efstaS,  mine  beam,  and  acw^llao-  hine.'     Se  haliga  An- 

10  dreas  ]>§,  cwseS  to  1'am  deofle,  'Eno2  \>u  heardeste  strael  to    a-w*3 
aeghwilcre  unrihtnesse*  ]m  \>e  simle  fihtest  wiS  manna 
cyn;   min  Drihten  Haelend  Crist  ]>e  gehnaede"  in  h^lle.' 
paet  deofol,  ]->§.  he  jus  gehyrde,  he  him  to  cwseS,  'pine 
stefne  ic  gehlere,  ac  ic  ne  wat  hwaer  Jm  eart.'     Se  haliga 

i  $  Andreas  him  to  cwaeo",  Tor  j>on  ]>e  ]m  eart  blind,  )m  ne 
gesihst  aenigne  of  Godes  )iam  halgum.'  paet  deofol  |a 
cweeo"  to  pam  folce,  'BehealdaS  eow  and  geseoo"  hine,  for 
Jion  ]>e  he  |>aet  is  se  ]>e  wio"  me  spraec.' 

Da  burhleode  )>§,  urnon,  and  hi  betyndon  ]>aere  ceastre 

20  gatn,  and  hi  sohton  ]>one 4  halgan  Andreas  ]>set  hie  hine 
genamon.  Drihten  Hielend  hine  ]?a  aeteowde  ]>am.  haligan 
Andrea,  and  him  to  cwaefi,  'Andrea  arls,  and  gecyft'hini 
]>aet  hie  ongieton  min  maegen  on  \>e  wesan.'  Se  haliga 
Andreas  ]a  aras  on  J>aes  folces  gesihj>e,  and  he  cwaeS,  'Ic 

25  eom  se  Andreas  ]>e  ge  seca]>.'  paet  folc  ]>&  am,  and  hie 
hine  genamon,  and  cwaedon,  Tor  fon  ]m  us  ]ms  dydest, 
we  hit  )>e  forgyldaS.'  And  hie  Ronton  hu  hie  hine 
acw^llan  meahton. 

pa  waes  se  deofol  in  gangende,  and  cwaeo"  to  )>am  folce, 

30  'Gif  eow  swa  Hcige,  uton  sqndan5  rap  on  his  swyran,  and 

1  Goodwin,  alysde  J>a  >e  ;  C,  somnunga  >y.  2  C,  Ana. 

8  C,  -tesse.  *  C,  J>aene.  6  C,  sendon. 

■    l 


XV 111.    THE  LEGEND   OF  ST.   ANDREW.       1 23 

hine  teon  Jurh  )>isse  ceastre  lanan,  and  )'is  uton  we  don 
op  )>a:t  he  swelte.  And  mid  )>I  |>e  he  dead  sie,  uton  we 
daelan  his  lichaman  arum  burhleoduin.'  And  j<a  eall  past 
folc  J'aet  gehlerde,  hit  him  licode,  and  hraSe  hie  sejidon 
rap  on  his  sweoran,  and  hie  hine  tugon  geond  }>aere  5 
ceastre  lanan.  Mid  ju  ]>e  se  eadiga  Andreas  was  togen, 
his  llchama  waes  gemqnged1  mid  )>aere  eorSan,  swa  j'ast 
bloi  tieow  ofer  eorSan  swa  waster.  Da  aMen  geworden 
waes,  hi  hine  seaidon  on  j'aet  careern,  and  hie  gebundon 3 
his  handa  behindan,  and  hie  hine  forleton ;  and  eall  his  10 
lichama  [waes]3  gelysed.  Swilce  opre  daege  pset  ilce  hie 
dydon. 

Se  haliga  Andreas  ]>H  weop,  and  he  cwaeft, '  Mln  Drihten 
Hielend  Crist,  cum  and  geseoh  )>aet  hie  me  d65,  (nnum 
):§owe ;  and  eall  ic  hit  arsefnie  for  Junum  gebode  ]>e  )>u  me  15 
sealdest,  and  Jm  cwaede,  "  Ne  do  aefter  hiora  ungeleaful- 
nesse."  Beheald,  Drihten,  and  geseoh  hu  hie  me  dooV 
Mill  ]I  he  I'ns  ewaefi,  l>aet  deofol  cwaeft  to  jam  folce, 
1  Swingao"  hine  on  his  mfifi,  j>a?t  he  pus  ne  sprece.'  Da 
geworden  waes  f)aetjhle  hine  eft  betyndon  on  )<am  car-  20 
cerne. 

Daet  deofol  jia  genam  mid  him  oj're  seofon  deoflo,  ]>a  ]e 
[se]3  haliga  Andreas  panon  afliemde,  and  in  gangende  on 
|>aet  careern  hie  gestodon  on  gesihj?e  paes  eadigan  An- 
dreas, and  hine  bismriende  mid  myclere  bismre,  and  hie  25 
cwsedon,  'Hwaet  is  f>aet  ]m  her  gemetest?  Hwilc  ge- 
freolseS  jie  nu  of  firum  gewealde?  HwR?r  is  ]>m  gilp  and 
]>m  hiht?'  paet  deofol  fa,  owrefi  to  |>am  ofirum  deoflum, 
'Mine  beam,  acwejlafi  hine.  for  |ion  he  us  gesce_nde  and 
ure  weorc.'  pa  deofla  |  a  blceston  4  hie  ofer  fone  halgan  30 
Andreas,  and  hie  gesawon   Crlstes   rode   tacen   on   his 

1  C,  -e«.  s  C,  -en.  •  Goodwin.  *  C,  -an. 

- 


0=   U. 


124       XVIII.     THE  LEGEND   OF  ST.   ANDREW. 

onslene ;  hi  ne  dorston  hine  genealaecan,  ac  hraSe  hie  on 
weg  flugon.  pset  deofol  him  to  cwaeft,  '  Mine  beam,  for 
hwon  ne  acwealdon  ge  hine?'  Hie  him  andswarodon 
and  hie  cwaidon,  '  We  ne  mihton,  for  fon  be  Cristes  rode 

5  tacn 1  on  his  onslene  we  gesawon,  and  we  us  ondredon. 
We  witon  for  pon  ]>e  cer  he2  on  f>ges  earfoSnesse  com,  he 
ure  wees  wealdend.  Gif  ]>u  maege,  acwe_l  hine  ;  we  }>e  on 
fissum  ne  hersumiaft,  ]>y  hes  wen  sle  Jaet  hine  God  ge- 
freolsige  and  us  se_nde  on  wyrsan  tintrego.'     Se  haliga 

io  Andreas  him  to  cwseS,  '  peah  \>e  ge  me  acweHan,  ne  do  ic 
eowerne  willan,  ac  ic  do  willan  mines  Drihtnes  Hailendes 
Cristes.'     And  pus  hi  geherdon,  and  on  weg  flugon. 

On  mergen  ]>a  geworden  wees  eft  hie  tugon  )>one  halgan 
Andreas,  and  he  clgde  mid  mycle  wope  to  Drihtne,  and 

15  cwaeft,  '  Min  Drihten  Hselend  Crist,  me  genihtsumiao^  )>as 
tintrega,  for  ]>on  ic  eom  geteorod.  Min  Drihten  Hailend 
Crist,  ane  tid  on  rode  )>u  Juwodest,  and  )m  cwiede, 
"  Feeder,  for  hwon  forlete  )  u  me  ?  "  Nu  iii  dagas  syndon 
syftoan  ic  wses  getogen  Jmrh  bisse  ceastre  lanum.     pu 

20  wast,  Drihten,  fca,  m^nniscan  tyddernysse ;  hat.  onfon 
mlnne  gast.  Hwger  syndon  June  word,  Drihten,  on  fam 
Jm  us  gestrangodest,  and  ]>u  cweede,  "  Gif  ge  me  gehyraS, 
and  ge  me  beoft  fylgende,  ne  an  loc  of  eowrum  heafde 
forwyrS."     Beheald,   Drihten,   and    geseoh   for   ]>I  min 

25  Hchama4  and  loccas  mines  heafdes  mid  bisse  eorfcan  synd 
gem^ngde.  One5  iii  dagas  syndon  sySSan  ic  wses  getogen 
to  bairn  wyrstan  tintregum,  and  bu  me  ne  aeteowdest. 
M7n  Drihten  HSlend  Crist,  gestranga  mine  heortan.' 
Dus  gebiddende  bam  halgan  Andrea  Drihtnes  stefn  waes 

30  geworden,  on  Ebreisc  cvvebende,  'Min  Andreas,  heofon 

1  C,  tanc.  2  C,  he  ser.  3  C,  -aS  (for  -ia«);  Eds. 

*  C,  geseoh  for  J>inum  lichaman ;    Goodwin,   geseoh   for  >on  min 
lichama  ;  Morris.  6  C,  Ane. 

<*•  f 


XVIII.    THE  LEGEND   OF  ST.   ANDREW.       12$ 

and  eorSe  maeg  gewltan ;  mln  word  naefre  ne  gewltap. 
Beheald  aefter  pe,  and  geseoh  |)Inne  llchaman  and  loccas 
pines  heafdes,  hwaet  hie  syndon  gewordene.'  Se  haliga 
Andreas  )a  lociende  he  geseah  ge  bio  wen  treow  waestm 
berende ;  and  he  cwaeft,  '  Nu  ic  wat,  Drihten,  for  pon  paet  5 
pG  ne  forlete  me.' 

On  tefenne  pa  geworden  hie  hine  betyndon  on  ]>am 
carcerne,  and  hio  cwaedon  him  betwynum,  '  For  pon  pe 
}>isse  nihte  he  swelt.'  Him  aeteowde  Drihten  H&lend 
Crist  on  paim  carcerne,  and  he  apejiede  his  hand  and  i» 
genam,  and  he  cwaeft,  '  Andreas,  ails.'  Mid  pi  pe  he  pset 
gehyrde,  hrape  he  pa  aras  gesund,  and  he  hine  gebaed,  and 
he  cwseft,  'pancas  ic  pe  do,  mln  Drihten  Hielend  Crist.' 
Se  haliga  Andreas  pa  lociende,  he  geseah  on  middum 
paim  carcerne  swer  standan,  and  ofer  pone  swer  stsenenne  15 
anllcnesse.  And  he  ape,nede  his  handa  and  hiere  to 
cwseS,  'Ondrsed  pe  Drihten  and  his  rode  tclcn,1  beforan 
psem  forhtigatf  heof  on  and  eorpe.  Nu  ])onne,  anllcnes,  do 
paet  ic  bidde  on  naman  mines  Drihtnes  Hielendes  Crlstes  ; 
S&idJ  mycel  wseter  purh  plnne  miip.  swa  ]>set  slen  gewejn-  20 
mede  ealle  pa  on  pisse  ceastre  syndon.'  Mid  pi  he  pus 
cwaefc,  se  eadiga  Andreas,  hrape  slo  steenene3  onllcnes 
se,ndde  mycel  wseter  |>urh  hiere*  muj>  swa  sealt,  and  hit5 
get  manna  llchaman,  and  hit  aewealde  heora  beam  and 
hyra  nytenu.  And  hie  ealle  woldon  fleon  of  paere  ceastre.  25 
Se  haliga  Andreas  pa  cwaeft,  '  Mln  Drihten  Hselend  Crist, 
ne  forlset  me,  ac  se_nd  me  plnne  $ngel  of  heofonum  on 
fyrenum  wolcne,  paet  he 6  embgange  ealle  pas  ceastre  paet 
[me,n  hie]  ne  magen  geneosiari'  for  psem  fyre.'  And  pus 
cwepende,    fyren  woken7  astah   of  heofonum,    and   hit  30 

1  C,  tanc.  2  C,  ssend.  8  C,  stefne ;  Goodwin. 

*  C,  heore.  6  C,  hie.  «  C,  J>a.  7  C,  wolc. 

- 


126       XVIII.    THE  LEGEND  OF  ST.  ANDREW. 

ymbsealde  ealla  pa,  ceastre.  Mid  py  pact  ongeat  se 
eadiga  Andreas,  lie  bletsode  Drihten.  paet  waeter  weox 
op  manues  swuran,  and  swipe  hit  set  hyra  llchaman.  And 
hie  ealle  cigdon  and  cwaedon,  'Wa  us,  for  pon  pe  pas  ealle 
5  up  conion  for  pissum  seljeodigum  pe  we  on  pissuin  car- 
cerne  betyned  habbaS.  Hwaet  beo  we  donde  ? '  Sume 
hie  cwaedon,  'Gif  eow  swalice  fuhte,  utan  gangan  on 
pissum  carcerne  and  hine  ut  forlsetan,  py  lees  wen  sie  paet 
we  yfele  forweorpon  ;  and  uton  we  ealle  cigean  and  cwepan 

10  for  pon  pe  we  geleqfaS  on  Drihten  pyses  aelpeodigan 
marines ;  ponne  afyrrep  he  pas  earfoSnesse  fram  us.' 

Mid  pi  se  eadiga  Andreas  ongeat  paet  hie  to  Drihtene 
waeron  gehwerfede,  he  cwaeS  to  paire  stainenan  anllcnesse, 
'Ara  nu  purh  meegen  fires  Drihtenes,  and  ma  waeter  of 

15  )>Inum  mfipe  pfi  ne  send.'  And  pa  gecweden,  past  waeter 
oflan,  and  ma  of  Mere1  mfipe  hit  ne  eode.  Se  haliga 
Andreas  pa  fit  eode  of  pam  carcerne,  and  paet  selfe  waeter 
pegnunge  gearwode  beforan  his  fotum.  And  pa  [pe]  pair 
to  lafe  waeron,  hie  comon  to  paes  carcernes  duru,  and  hie 

20  cwaedon,  '  Gemiltsa  us,  God,  and  ne  do  us  swa,  swa,  we 
dydon  on  pisne  aelpeodigan.'  Se  haliga  Andreas  pa,  gebaed 
on  pass  folces  gesihpe,  and  seo  eorpe  hie  ontynde,  and  hio 
forswealh  paet  waeter  mid  pam  mannum.  pa,  weras  pe* 
paet  gesawon,  hie  him  swipe  ondreedon,  and  hie  cwaedon, 

25  '  Wa  us,  for  pon  pe  pes  deaS  fram  Gode  is,  and  he  us  wile 
acweHan  for  pissum  earfotmessum  pe  we  pissum  maniian 
dydon.  SoSlIce  fram  Gode  he  is  send,  and  he  is  Godes 
peowa.'  Se  halga  Andreas  him  to  cwaeS,  'Mine  beam, 
ne  ondreedap  ge  eow,  for  pon  pe  pas   pe  on   pis  waetere 

30  syndon,  eft  hie  libbaft.  Ac  pis  is  for  Son  pus  geworden 
paet  ge  geleofon  on  mlnum  Dribtne  Haelendum  Criste.' 

1  C,  heora.  *  C,  J>a. 

"'  •  - 


XVI II.    THE  LEGEND   OF  ST.   AX  DREW.       1 27 

Se  haliga  Andreas  fa  gebaed  to  Drihtue,  and  cwaeS, 
•  Min  Drihten  Hielend  Crist,  se,nd  flnne  fone  Halgan 
( rast  |»at  [he]  aw^cce  ealle  fa  fe  on  fisse  waetere  syndon, 
J  set  hie  gellefon  on  flnne  naman.'  Drihten  fa  het  ealle 
arisan  fe  on  fam  waetere  wairon.  And  aefter  fissum  se  ; 
hiiliga  Andreas  het  cyrican  getimbrian  on  fajre  8  to  we 
)';Tr  se  swer  stod.  And  he  him  sealde  bebodu  Drihtnes 
HSlendes1  Ciistes,  [and  he  cwseS,]  'And  luhaS  hine  for 
)>oii  myeel  is  his  maegen.'  And  senne  of  heora  aldor- 
niannum  to  bisceope  he  him  ges^tte,  and  he  hi  gefullode?"  10 
and  cwaeft,  'Nu  fonne  ic  eom  gearo  faet  ic  gange  to 
nunura  discipulum.'  Hie  ealle  hine  baidon  and  hie 
cwsedon,  'Medmycel  faec  nu  gyt  wuna  mid  us,  faet  fu  us 
gedefranl  gedo,  for  fon  ]>e  we  nlwe  syndon  to  fissum 
geleafan  gedon.'  Se  halga  Andreas  hie  fa  nolde  gehieran,  15 
ac  he  hie  grette  and  hie  swa  forlet.  Him  fylgede  mycel 
manigo  faes  folces  wepende  and  hrymende. 

And  fa  ascan  leoht  ofer  heora  heafod,  mid  ]>i  se  halga 
Andreas  )>anon  waes  farende.  Him  aetiwde  Drihten  Hael- 
end  Crist  on  fam  wege  on  ansine  faegeres  cildes,  and  20 
him  to  cwaeft,  'Andreas,  for  hwan  giest  fu  swa  buton 
waestme  fines  gewinnes,  and  fu  forlete  fa  fe  ]e  baidon, 
and  fu  niSre  miltsiende*  ofer  heora  cild  fa  fe  fe  wieron 
fyliende  and  wepende?  para  cirm  and  wop  to  me  astah 
on  heofonas.  Nu  fonne  hwyrf  eft  on  )a  ceastre,  and  25 
beo  peer  seofon  dagas,  of  fast  fu  gestrangie  heora  mud 
on  minne  geleafan.  Gang  fonne  to  fiere  ceastre  mid 
])Tnum  discipulum,  and  ge4  on  minne  geleifan  geleofan.' 
Mid  |'i  he  ]>is  cwaeS,  Drihten  Heelend  Crist,  he  astah  on 
heofonas.  30 


1  C,  -dest ;  Eds.  2  C,  gedefra. 

8  C,  miltsiencL  4  Goodwin,  J>a  J>e  (/orge). 


128       XVIII.    THE  LEGEND   OF  ST.   ANDREW. 

Se  eadiga  Andreas  )>a,  waes  eft  hwyrfende  on  Marma- 
donia  ceastre,  and  he  cwseS,  'lc  ]>e  bletsige,  mln  Drihten 
Haelend  Crist,  ]>u  ]>e  gehwyrfest  ealle  saula,  for  pon  ]>u 
me  ne  forlete  ut  gangan  mid  mlnre  hatheortan  of  fisse      ^■vu%. 

5  ceastre.'  Hio  vvseron  gefeonde  mycle  gefean ;  and  he  J>air 
wnnode  mid  him  seofon  dagas,  leerende  and  strangende 
hira  heortan  on  geleafan  fires  Drihtnes  Hselendes  Cristes. 
Mid  ]n  pe  ]>a  wieron  gefyllede  seofon  dagas,  swa  swa  him 
Drihten  bebead,  he  ferde  of  [MarJ'madonia  ceastre  ef- 

io  stende  to  his  discipulnm.  And  eall  )>£et  folc  hine  laidde 
mid  gefean,  and  hie  cwaedon,  'An  is  Drihten  God,  se  is 
HiSlend  Crist,  and  se  Halga  Gast,  fam  is  wuldor  and 
ge weald  on  )>tere  Halgan  prynnysse  ]mrh  ealra  worulda 
woruld  softlice  a  butan  e,nde.'     Amen. 

1  C,  erasure. 


-ft****" 

\ 
XIX. 

THE   HAKKOWING  OF  HELL. 

[From  the  Anglo-Saxon  version  of  the  apocryphal  Gospel  of 
Nicodemus.  The  text  follows  the  Cainb.  Univ.  Lib.  MS.  Ii.  2.11 
(MS.  A  of  the  Gospels);  selected  variants  from  MS.  Cotton  Vitel- 
lius  A.  xv.  (C,  the  Beowulf  MS.)  are  given.] 

Karlnus  and  Leuticus  hus  hyt  awryton  and  hus  cwaedon, 
•  Efne1  ha  we  waeron  myd  eallum  urum  fsederum  on  htere 
he,llican  deopnysse,  hair  becom  seo  beorhtnys  on  hsere 
heostra  dymnysse  pset  we  ealle  geondlyhte 2  and  geblys- 
sigende  waeron.  paer 3  waes  faeringa  geworden  on  ansyne  5 
swylce  hair  gylden  sunna  onaeled  waere  and  ofer  us  ealle 
geondlyhte,2  and  Satanas  ha  and  eall  haet  reSe  werod 
waeron  afyrhte,  and  )ms  cwaedon,  "Hwaet  ys  hys  leoht 
haet  her  ofer  us  swa  feerftce  scyneo"  ?  "  pa  waes  sona  eall 
haet  me_nnisce  cynn  geblyssigende,  fire  feeder  Adam  myd  10 
eallum  heahfaederum  and  myd  eallum  wytegum  for  haere 
myclan  beorhtnysse,  and  liig  hus  cwaedon,  "  pys  leoht  ys 
3Ealdor  ]>aes  ecan  leohtes,  eall  swa  us  Dryhten  behet  haet 
he  us  haet  ece  leoht  onse,ndan  wolde."  pa  clypode  Ysaias 
se  wytega  and  cwaeS,  "pys  ys  haet  faederlice  leoht,  and  15 
hyt  ys  Godes  sunu,  eall  swa  ic  foresaede  ha  ic  on  eorftan 
waes,  ha4  ic  cwae8  and  forewltegode  haet  fcaet  Zabulon  and 
haet  land  Neptalim  wyft  ]>§.  ea  Iordanen  and  haet  folc  haet 
on  ham  hystrum  saet  sceoldon  miere  leoht  geseon ;  and  ha 
Se  on  dymmum  ryce  wunedon,  ic  witegode  haet  hig  leoht  20 

1  C,  SoSlice  (for  Efne).  2  A,  eond-. 

»  C,  Da  (for  >aer).  *  C,  )>&  >»a. 

1-  tl_dUj-"a  129 


f'    U«.^ 


130  XIX.     THE  HARROWING   OF  HELL. 


sceoldon  onfon.  And  nu  hyt  ys  tocumen,  and  us  onlyht 
pa  Se  'gefyrn  on  deaSes  dymnysse  sseton.  Ac  uton  ealle 
geblyssian  pees  leohtes."  Se  wytega  pa,  Symeon,  heom 
eallum  geblyssigendum,  heom  to  cwasiS,  "uuldriaft  pone 
5  Drihten  Cryst,1  Godes  sunu,  pone  pe  ic  baer  on  mynum 
earmuni  into  pam  temple ;  and  ic  pa  Sus  cwaeS,  'Dii  eart2 
leoht  and5frofer3  eallum  feodum,  and  pu  eart2  wuldor 
-h'+~rv<JL.i.^  and  wurpniynt  eallum  Ysrahela  folce.' "  Symeone  pa  pus 
gesprecenum,4  eall  paet  werod   paira   halgena   ]a   wear8 

10  swyfte  geblyssigende.     And  aefter  pam  pier  com  swylce 

<o£*«-w         punjres_slej*e,  and  ealle  pa  halgan  ongean  clypodon,  and 

cwaedon,  "Hwaet  eart2  pu?"    Seo  stefen  heom  andswarode 

and  cwaeS,  "  Ic  eom  Iohannes  paes  hehstan  wltega,  and  ic 

eom  cumen 5  toforan  hym  past  ic  his  wegas  gegearwian6 

15  sceal,  and%eican  pa  hiBle  l  hys  folces." 

'Adam  pa,  waes  pys  gehyrende,  and  to  Ins  suna  cweS- 
ende  se  wees  gen^mned  Seth,  he  cwaep,  "  Gergce  pynum    tv 
bearnum  and  pysum  heahfaederum  ealle  pa  Sing  pe  SQ  fram 
Mychaele  pam  heahe^ngle  gehyrdest,  pa  fia  ic  pe  ase_nde 

20  to  neorxnawanges  geate,  past  Su l  sceoldest  Dryhten  byd- 
dan  past  he  myd  pe'his  ^ngel  asende  past  he  pe  Sone  ele^ 
syllan  sceolde  of  ]  am  treowe  Sasre  myldheortnysse,  paet 
%u  myhtest  mynne  lychaman  myd  gesmyrian,  pa  8a  ic 
myd  eallum  untrum 7  wass."    Seth,  Adames  sunu,  waes  pa 

25  to  genealaicende  pam  halgum  heahfaederum  and  pam 
wytegum,  and  waes  cweSende,  "Efne  pa  ic  waes  Dryhten 
byddende  aet  neorxnawanges  geate,  pa  aetywde  me1  Mich- 
ael se  heah^ngel  and  me  to  cwasS,  '  Ic  eom  ase.nd  fram 
Dryhtne  to  Se,  and  ic  eom   gese_tt  ofer  ealle  me_nnisce 

30  llchaman.     Nu  secge  ic  ]>e,Seth,  ne  pearft  pu  swincan 

1  C,  wanting.        2  C,  earS.  3  C,  frofor.        *  C,  gespecenum. 

*  C,  comen.  6  C,  gegearrian.       ~  C,  untrume. 


,W^^  u  ^~^~z  -l~^~ V-*-  »~~*    «UoX&      Mlc  ,s 


XIX.    THE  HARROWING   OF  11 ELL.  131 

byddende  ne  byne  tearas  ageotende  baet  $u  burfe  biddan 
)>oiie  ele  of  )  am  treowe  jwSre  inyldheortnysse  baet  ]>u  Adam 
bynne  feeder  myd  smyrian  mote  for  his  llchaman  Bare, 
for  bam  tSe  gyt  ne  syndon  gefyllede  ba  fif  Jmsend  wyntra 
and  ba  tit'  hund  wyntra  be  sceolon  beon  agane  aer  he  ge- 
haeled  wuroe;  ac  bonne  cymiS  se  myldheortesta  Cryst, 
Godes  sunn,  and  geket  bynne  feeder  Adam  on  neorxna- 
wang  to  )>am  treowe  beere  inyldheortnysse.'"  pa  Sys 
wseron  eall l  gehyrende  ealle  )>a  heahfaederas  and  |>a 
wytegan  and  ealle  ba2halgan  be  bair  on  bam  cwicsusle  i<y 
waeron,  hig  waeron  swy<5e  geblyssigende  and  God  wuld- 
rigende. 

'Hyt  wees  swybe  angrlsllc  |a  oa  Satanas,  beere  helle 
ealdor   and   baes  deafies  hgretoga,   cwaeft  to  beere  helle,  W*^*^ 

"Gegearwa  be  sylfe  beet  6u  meege  Cryst  onfon,  se  hyne  15 
sylfne  gewuldrod  haefft,  and  ys  Godes  sunu  and  eac  man, 
and  eac  se  dea<5  ys  hyne  ondraedende —  'and  myn  sawl 
ys  swa  unrdt  baet  me  |>inco"  baet  ic  alybban  ne  maeg '  — . 
For  big  he  ys  mycel  wySenvynna,  and  yfel  wyrcende 
ongean  me  and  eac  ongean  be ;  and  faela  be  ic  haefde  to  20 
me  gewyld  and  to  atogen,  blynde  and  healte,  gebygede    -^ 
and  hreoflan,  ealle  he  fram  ]  e  atyhfi."     Seo  hell  ba  swISe  ^••k 

grymme  and  swySe  e_gesllce  andswarode  ba3  Satanase, 
bam  ealdan  deofle,  and  cwaeS,  "  Hwaet  ys  se  tSe  ys 4  swa 
Strang  and  swa  myhtig,  gif  he  man  ys,  baet  he  ne  sig  25 
bone  deaS  ondraedende  be  wyt  gefyrn  beclysed  haefdon  ? 
For  ]>am  ealle  ba  Se  on  eorfian  anweald  haefdon,5  ]>u  hig 
friyd  bynre  myhte  to  me  getuge,6  and  ic  hig *  faeste  ge- 
heold ;  and  gif  ]u  swa  myhtig  eart7  swa  bu  eer  weere, 
Hwaet  ys  se  man  and  se  Htelend  be  ne  sig  bone  deaft  and  30 

1  C,  icanting.  2  A,  be.  8  C,  «am  {for  ba). 

4  C,  be  be  sy.  6  C,  ealle  fte  onweald  on  eorSan  hafedon. 

6  C,  getogen.  7  C,  earS. 


132  XIX.     THE  HARROWING   OF  HELL. 

pyne  myhte  ondrsedende  ?  Ac  to  soSon '  ic  wat,  gif  he 
on  me^nniscnysse  swa  myhtig  ys  peet  he  naper  ne  unc  ne 
Sone  deaS  ne  ondraet,  pset  ic  wat  [set  swa  niyhtig  he  ys 
on  godcundnysse  feet  hym  ne  meeg  nan  pyng  wySstandan. 
5  And  ic  wat  gif  se  deaS  hyne  ondrset,  ponne  gefehS  he  fre,  Uv, 
and  pe  byp  aifre  wa  to  ecere  worulde."  Satanas  pa,  pees 
cwycsusles  ealdor,  paire  hette  andswarode  and  pus  cwseS, 
"Hwset  twynaS  [e,2  oSSe  hweet  ondrtetst  pu  Se  pone 
Hailend  to  onfonne,  mynne  wy^erwynnan  and  eac  pynne? 

io  For  pon  ic  hys  costnode,  and  ic  gedyde  hym  paet  eal  pset 
Iudeisce  folc  pset  hig  wteron  ongean  hyne  myd  yrre  and  *-^, 
myd  andan  awe_hte;    and  ic  gedyde  pset  he3  wees  myd  utwi* 
spere  gesticod ;   and  ic  gedyde  peet  hym 3  man  drincan 
u<Xfc^.  me^ngde  myd  geallan4and  myd  e_cede;  and  ic  gedyde  peet 

15  man  hym  treowene  rode  gegearwode  and  hyne  peer  on 

aheng  and  hyne  myd  naegluin  gefsestnode  ;   and  nu  set 

cJ  r^x^  _^  nextan  ic  wylle  hys  deaS  to  Se  geleedan,  and  he  sceal 

beon  underpeod  gegSer  ge  me  ge  ]e."     Seo  hett  pa  swySe3 

angrysenlice  }ms  cwseS,  "  Wy te  peet  SQ  swa  do  peet  he  Sa 

20  deadan  fram  me  ne  ateo;  for  [am  pe  her5  feela  syndon 
geornfulle  fram  me,  peet  hig  on  me  wunian  noldon.6  Ac 
ic  wat  [get  hig  fram  me  ne  gewytaS  [urh  heora  agene 
myhte,  buton  hig  se  aelmyhtiga  God  fram  me  ateo,  se  Se 
Lazarum7  of  me  genam,  pone  pe  ic  heold  deadne  feower  , 

25  nyht  fseste  gebunden,  and  ic  hyne  eft  cwycne  ageaf  purh 
hys  bebodu."  pa  andswarode  Satanas  and  cweeS,  "  Se 
ylca  hyt  ys  se  Se  Lazarum7  of  unc  bam  genam."  Seo 
hell  hym  [a  5us  to  cweeS,  "Eala  ic'halsige  pe  purh  pyne 
nieegenu  and  eac  purh  myne  peet  SQ  neefre  ne  gepafige  peet 

30  he  in  on  me  cume,8  for  pain  pa  ic  gehyrde  peet  word  hys 

1  C,  soSan.  2  C,  twiuost  "5u.  8  C,  wanting. 

*  A,  eallan.  6  A,  After  her,  erasure  of  about  six  letters. 

6  C,  nolden.  7  C,  ladzarum.  8  C,  inne  on  me  come. 

1    Cw^*»j!.»vj«_ 


^£~^~3:/X.     THE  HARROWING   OF  HELL.  1 33 

bebodes,  ic  waes  rayd  myclum  §ge  afyrht,1  and  ealle  myne 
arleasan  J^euas  waeron  samod  myjd  me  gedrghte  and  ge-    j^cco^. 
drefede,  swa  peet  we  ne  myhton  Lazarum  gehealdan ;  ac 
he  waes  hyne  asceacende  eal  swa  earn   jxmne  he  myd 
hraedum 2  fiyhte  wyle  forS  afleon,  and  he  swa  wses 3  f ram    5 
us  \aesende,  and  seo  eorSe  ]>n  Lazarus  deadan  llchaman 
heold,  heo  hyne  cwycne  ageaf.     And  J>aet  ic  nu  wat  J>aet 
se  man  ]>e  eall  feet  gedyde  j>aet  he  ys  on  Gode  Strang  and 
myhtig,  and  gif  ]>u  hyne  to  me  liedest,  ealle  ja  ]>e  her 
syndon  on  pysum  waelhreowan  cwearterne  beclysde  and  10   c^t^ 
on  |>ysum"  be,ndum  myd  synnum  gewryftene,  ealle  he  myd 
his4  godcundnysse  fram  me  atyhS,  and  to  lyfe  geleet." 

'  Ac  amang  )>am  ]>e  hig  ]>us  Bprsecon,*  |>8er  wses  stefen 
and  gastllc  hream  swa  hlfid  swa6  )uinres  sle_ge,  and  wses 
]>ns  cweSende,  "Tollite  portas  principes  vestras  &  eleuamini  15 
porte  eternales  &  introibit  rex  glorie"  ;  feet  byS  on  Englisc, 
"  Ge  ealdras  tonymaS  )>a  gatu,  and  up  ahebbaft  ]>a  ecan 
gatu  ]>dst  inaege  in  gan  se  Cyng  ]>ses  ecan  wuidres."  Ac  }>a 
seo  hell  ]>vet  gehyrde,  ]  a  cwaeS  heo  to  ]> am  ealdre  Satane, 
"  Gewyt  raSe  fram  me  and  far  ut  of  mynre  onwununge,  20 
and  gif  ]ui  swa  myhtig  eart7  swa  ])fi  sev  ymbe  spraece, 
3  fonne  wyn  }m  nu  ongean  Jione  wuidres  Cyning ;  and 
gewurSe  fe  and  hym."  And  seo  he_ll  ba  Satan8  of  hys 
setlum  fit  adraf,  and  cwaeft  to  J>am  arleasum  J>enum,  "Be- 
lucaS  J'a  waelhreowan  and  ]>a.  aerenan  gatu,  and  to  foran  25 
on  sceotaft  ]>a  ysenan  scyttelsas,  and  heom  stranglice  wi|i- 
standafi,  and  ]>a  haeftinga®  gehealdaS  J>aet  we  ne  beon 
gehaefte."  pa  \>set  gehyrde  seo  maenigeo  )?83ra  halgena  }>e 
6ier  ynne  waeron,  hig  clypedon  ealle  anre  stefne  and 
cwaedon  to  paere  hejle,  "  Geopena  fyne  gatu  paet  maege  30 


1  C,  afirht. 

2  C,  hrcSum. 

8  C,  was  swa. 

4  A,  \>ys. (for  his). 

5  C,  specon. 

6  C,  swilce  (for  swa). 

1  C,  ear5. 

8  C,  satauas. 

"  9  C*,  haeflinge."' 

134  XIX.     THE  HARROWING    OF  HELL. 

in  gan  se  Cyning  fees  ecan  wuldres."  pa  cwaeft  Dauid  ]  a 
gyt,  "Ne  forewitegode  ic  eow,  fa  fta,  ic  on  eorfan  lyfi- 
gende  waes,1  '  AndettaS  Dryhtne  hys  myldheortnysse,  for 
fam  fce  he  hys  wundra  wyle  manna  bearnum  gecyfan, 
5  and  fa  eerenan  gatu  and  ]  a  ysenan  scyttelas  tobrecan,2 
and  he  wyle  genyman  hig3of  jam  wege  heora  unryht- 
wysnysse ?  ' "  ^Efter  f  am  fa  cwgeS  se  wytega  Isaias  to 
eallum  fam  halgum  fe  Seer  waeron,  "  And  ne  forestede  ic 
eow,  fa  Sa,  ic  on  eorSan  lyfigende  waes,  faet  deade  m^n 

io  arysan  sceoldon,4  and  msenige 5  by rgena  geopenod  weorSan, 
and  $a  sceoldon  geblyssian  fe  on  eorSan  wieron,  for  Sam 
fe  hym  fram  Dryhtne  hail  sceolde  cuman?"  pa,  ealle  fa, 
halgan  fys  wseron  gehyrende  fram  fam  wytegan  Isaiam,6 
hig  wairon  cweSende  to  fasre  heHe,  "  Geopena  fyne  gatu ; 

15  nu  fu  scealt  beon  untrum  and  unmyhtig,  and  myd  eallum 
oferswyfed.""5  Heom  fa,  Sus  gesprecenum,7  feer  waes  ge- 
worden  seo  mycele  stefen  swylce  funres  sle_ge,  and  fus 
cwaeft,  "  Ge  ealdras  tonimaS  eowre  gatu  and  up  ahe.bbaft 
fa  ecan  gatu   fast   maege   in   gan   se   Cyning   fees   ecan 

20  wuldres."  Ac  seo  hell  fa  fast  gehyrde8  faet  hyt  waes 
tuwa  swa  geclypod,9  fa,  clypode  heo  ongean  and  fus 
cwaeft,  "  Hwaet  ys  se  Cyning  f e  sig  wuldres  Cyning  ?  " 
Dauid  hyre  andswarode  fa,  and  cwaeS,  "pas  word  ic  on- 
cnawe,  and  eac  ic  fas  word  gegyddode,  fa  8a,  ic  on  eorSan 

25  waes,  and  ic  hyt  gecwaeS  faet  se  sylfa  Drihten  wolde  of 
heofenum  on  eorftan  beseon*  and  fair  gehyran  fa,  geom- 
runge  his  gebundenra  feowa.  Ac  nu  fu  fuluste  and  ]  u 
f  ul  stincendiste  hell,  geopena  f yne  gatu  faet  maege  in  gan 
faes  ecan  wuldres  Cyning." 

1  C,  waes  lyfigende,  "5a  fta  ic  saede. 

2  A,  -on.                  s  C,  hyg  geniman.  4  C,  sceolden. 
6  C,  manega.             6  A,  esaian.  7  C,  gespecenum. 
8  C,  Ac  >a  seo  \>®t  gehyrde.  •  A>  geclypode. 


ZIZ.     THE   HARROWING   OF  HELL.  1 35 

'Dauide  |a  |us  gesprecenum,1  fier  to  becom  se  wuldor- 
fulla  Cyning  on  maunes  gelycnysse,  faet  waes  ure  heofen- 
llca  Drvhten,  and  |  ;T-i-  |u  ecan  fystro  ealle  geondlyhte, 
and  Jnl'i-  pa  synb$ndasJ  he  ealle  tobrsec,  and  he  are  eald- 
faederas  ealle  geneosode  |uTt  fair  hig  on3  ]iini  fystruni  ier    5 
lange  wunigende  waBron.4     Ac  seo  hejl  and  se  deafi  and 
heora  arleasan  feuunga,  fa  6a  hig  fset  gesawon  and  ge- 
hyrdon,  waeron  aforhtode  myd  heora  wselhreowum  fenum, 
for  fam  tSe  hig  on  heora  agenuin  rice  swa  mycele  beorht- 
nysse  f?es  leohtes  gesawon,  and  hig4  faeringa  Cryst  ge-  10 
sawon  on  |  am  setle  syttan  fe  he  hyni  sylfum  geahnod1 
hsefde ;   and  hig  wairon  clypigende   and   ]ms   cweoende, 
"  We  syndon  fram  fe  oferswySde,  ac  we  acsiafi5  fe,  hweet 
eart  f  u,  )>u  tie  bntaji__gilcon  geflyte3  and  butan  eelcere  ge- 
we^nminge  niyd  fynuni  maegenfrymme  hsefst  ure  myhte  15 
genyfierod  ?     0$Se  hwset  eart  f  ii  swa  mycel  and  eac  swa 
lytel,  and  swa  nySerlic  and  eft  up  swa6  heah,  and  swa 
wunderllc  on  anes  mannes  hywe  us  to  oferdryfenne 7  ? 

X*-cv«.>v>    Hwaet!   ne  eart8  |u  se  fie9  lege10  dead  on  byrgene,  and 

eart  lyfigende  hyder  to  us  cumen,11  and  on  fynum  deafie  20 

4*£to>,  ealle  eorfian  gesceafta  and  ealle  tungla  syndon  astyrode, 
and  fu  eart  freoh  geworden  betwynan  eallum  oSrum 
deadum  and  ealle  ure  eoredu  fu  haefst  swT?ie  gedrefed?  I 
And  hwseteart  fu  feI2hsefst  feet,  leoht  hyder  geonds^nd,13 
and  myd  fynre  godcundan  myhte  and  beorhtnysse  haefst  25 
al>le_nd  ]  a  synfullan  fystro,  and  eac  gelyce  ealle  fas  eoredu 
I'vssa  deofla  syndon  swySe  afyrhte?"     And  hig4  waeron 

1  C,  gespecenum.  2  C,  sinn-. 

8  0,  hig  wseron  on.  4  C,  wanting. 
5  C,  halsiaS  (for  acsiaft).  6  C,  swa  up. 

7  C,  winnanne  (for  -dryfenne).  8  C,  Hwaet  ne  eart  wanting. 

9  C,  se  'Se  wanting.  10  C,  lage. 

11  C,  gefaren  (for  cumen).  13  C,  Su  J*i  'Se.     13  A,  eondV. 


136  XIX.     THE  HARROWING   OF  HELL. 

pa  ealle  pa  deoflu  clypigende  anre  stefne,  "Hwanon 
eart  pu,  la  HsSlend,  swa  Strang  man,  and  swa  beorht  on 
masgenprymme  butan  aslcon  womme,  and  swa  cliene  fram 
>  i£ow<;  ailcon  leahtre?  Eall  eoroan  myddaneard  us  waes  symble 
5  underjeod  oft  nu.  And  eornostlice  we  ahsiati  pe,  hwset 
eart  ]m,  ]ui  $e  swa  iinfqrht  us  to  eart  cumen,  and  par  to 
eacan  us  wylt  fram  ateon  ealle  pa  fte  we  gefyrn  on 
be_ndum  heoldon?  Hwasfier  hyt  wen  sig  past  t5u  sig  se 
ylca  Haslend  pe  Satan *  ure  ealdor  ymbe  spasc,  and  stede 

10  past  Surh  pynne  deaS  he  wolde  geweald  habban  ealles 
myddaneardes." 

'  Ac  se  wuldorfassta  Cyning,  and  ure  heofenlica  Hlaford 
pa  nolde  pasra  deofla  gemaSeles  na  mare  habban,  ac  he 
pone  deoflican  deaft  feor  nyfter  atrasd2;    and  he   Satan1 

15  gegrap  and  hyne  fasste  geband,  and  hyne  pasre  hejle 
sealde  on  ange weald.3  Ac  heo  hyne  pa  underfeng  eall 
swa  hyre  fram  fire  heofenlican  Hlaforde  gehaten  wass. 
pa  cwaso"  seo  he_ll  to  Satane,  "La  Su  ealdor  ealre  forspyl- 
lednysse,  and  la  ftii  ord  and  fruma  ealra  yfela,  and  la  ou 

20  feeder  ealra  fjymena,  and  la  ]>u  pe  ealdor  wasre  ealles* 

deaftes,  and  la  ordfruma  ealre  modignysse,  for  hwig  ge- 

^"*"  dyrstlashtest  pu  pe  past  'Su  past  gepanc  on  past  Iudeisce  folc 

as^ndest  past  hig  pysne  Haslend   ahengon,  and  pu  hym 

nasnne  gylt  on  ne  oncneowe?     And  pu  nu  purh  past  tryw5 

25  and  purh  pa  r5de  hasfst  ealle  pyne  blysse  forspylled,  and 
purh  pset  pe  $u  pysne  wuldres  Cyning  ahenge,  pu  dydest 
wySerwerdlice  ongean  pe 6  and  eac  ongean  me ;  and  on- 
cnaw  nu  hu  fasla  ece  tyntrega7  and  pa  ungee_ndodan  suslo 
pu  byst  prowigende  on  mynre  ecan  gehealtsumnysse." 

30  Ac  pa  Sa  se  wuldres  Cyning  past  gehyrde  hu  seo  hejl  wyfi 

1  C,  Satanas.     2  A,  atred.  3  C,  anweald.     *  A,  ealle. 

:_  ^  C,treow.       ■ 6  C,  aeg'Ser  ongean.    I  G,  tyntregan. 


s   hb.,.t.     u/^^   u^nr-u^  L^&  o.-^^^^  ,  ^  -U  Wu^L  pU^    w^  - 
.  .        •  p,   '         XIX.     THE  HARROWING    OF  HELL.  il/CV^^^*"^  - 


reSan  Satan  sprsec,1  he  cwaeS  to  }>tere  helle,  "Beo 
Satan  on  |'vnum  anwealde,  and  gyt  butu  on  ecum  for- 
wyrde,  and  j'get  beo  iefre  to  ecere  vvorulde,  on  latere  stowe 
J'e  ge  Adam  and  j'iera  wltegena  beam  air  lange  on  ge- 
heoldon."  /^ '  5 

'And   se  wuldorfulla  Dryhten  j»a  his  swySran  hand    il^^o.  ^.^ui 
aff^nede,  and  cwaeS,  "  Ealle  ge  myne  halgan,  ge  J'e  myne 
gelyenysse  habbaS,  cumaS  to  me;   and  ge  j'e  jmrh  j'aes 
treowes  bleda2  genySerude   wseron,  ge  seoS  nu  |>set  ge 
sceolon   |>urh   J'get  treow  mynre  rode,  j'e  ic  on  ahangen   io 
waes,  oferswySan  J'one  dea8  and  eac  j'one  deofol."     Hyt 
waes  j'a  swySe  rafie  j'set  ealle  j>a  halgan  weeron  genealec- 
en.de  to  |'aes  Heelendes  handa3;  and  se  Hailend  |>a  Adam 
be  jigere  rihtan*  hand  genam  and  hym  to  cwseS,  "Syb  sig 
myd  j'e,  Adam,  and  myd  eallum  jimum  bearnum."    Adam  15 
wees  j'a  nyfier  afeallende  and  j'aes  Haelendes  cneow  cyss- 
ende,  and  myd  teargeotendre5  halsunge  and  myd  mycelre    u^t^o^- 
stefne  Jms  cwseS,  "  1c  h^rige  j'e  heofena  Hlaford  j'set  5u 
me  of  j'ysse  cwycsusle  onfon  woldest."     And  se  Hselend 
J'a  his  hand  aSejiede  and  rodetacen  ofer  Adam  geworhte  20 
and  ofer  ealle  his  halgan  ;  and  he  Adam  be  j'sere  swyftran 
handa3  fram  hejle  geteh,  and  ealle  j'a  halgan  heom  aefter 
fyligdon.     Ac  se  halga  Dauid  j'a  ftus  clypode  myd  strang- 
Hcre  stefne  and  cwaeS,  "  SingaS  Dryhtne  nywne  lofsang, 
for  jiam  Se  Dryhten   haeffS  wundra6  eallnm   j'eodum   ge-  25 
swutelod,  and  he  hseffi  hys  haele  cfi5e7gedon  toforan  ealre 
j'eode8  gesyhRe,  and  his  ryhtwysnysse  ornvrigeji.''     Ealle   *^u^Ze-*  i- 
j'a  halgan  hym   ja  andswaredon  and  cwgedon,  "pass  sig  -*^Ji 

Dryhtne  maerS,  and  eallum  hys  halgum  wuldor.     Amen. 
Alleluia."  3<J 

1  C,  spsec.  2  C,  blseda.         »  C,  handan.        *  MSS.,  riht. 

6  A,  teargotendre ;  C,  tearuin  geotendre.  6  C,  hys  wundra. 

'-A,  hu5e  {/or  cu5e).  »  C,  eaka  Seoda. 


138  XIX.     THE  HARROWING   OF  HELL. 

<Se  halga  Dryhten  waes  ]>a  Adames  hand  liealdende 
W  and  hig  Michaele  pam  heah^ngle  syllende,  and  hym  sylf 
wses  on  heofenas  farende,  and  ealle  pa  halgan  wseron  |  a 
Mychaele  )  am  heahe_ngle  aefterfyligende  ;  and  he  hig  ealle 
5  in  gel«Mde  on  neorxenawaiig  111yd  wuldorfulre  blysse. 
Ac  I  a  hig  inweard  ioron,  pa  gemytton  hig  twegen  ealde 
weras,  and  ealle  ]  a  halgan  hig  sona  acsedon  and  heoin 
pus  to  cwaedon,  "  Hwaet  syndon  ge  \>e  on  1  he\\e  myd  us 
naeron,  and  ge  nu  gyt  deade  naeron,2  and  eower  lychaman 

10  swa   peah  on    neorxnawange    togaedere    syndon  ?  "      Se 

6Ser  hym  pa,  andswarode  and  cwaep,  "  Ic  eoin  Enoch,  and 

ic  purh   Dryhtnes  word  wees  hyder  altedd,  and  pys  ys 

u.j U.  iu T^xCxl  Hellas 3  Thesby ten  pe  myd  me  ys  ;  se  waes  on  fyrenum 

craete  hyder  gefe_rod,  and  wyt  gyt  deaftes  ne  onbyrigdon ; 

15  ac  wyt  sceolon  myd  godcundum  tacnum  and  myd  fore- 
beacnum  Antecrystes  geanbydian  and  ongean  hyne  win- 
nan4;  and  wyt  sceolon  on  Hierusalem  fram  hym  beon 
ofslagene,  and  he  eac  fram  us ;  ac  wyt  sceolon  bynnan 

3£  feorSan  healfes  daeges  faece  beon  eft  geedcwycode,  and 

20  purh  genyptf"up  onhafene.5" 

'Ac  onmang6  pam  Se  Enoch  and  Ellas  pus  spraecon,7 
heom  pair  to  becom  sum  wer  pe  waes  earmlices  hywes 
and  waes  berende  anre  rode  tacen  on  uppan  hys  §xlum  ; 
ac  pa  halgan  hyne  pa  sona  gesawon,  and  hym  to  cwaedon, 

25  "Hwaet  eart  ]m  pe  oyn  ansyn  ys  swylce  anes  sceagan, 
and  hwaet  ys  peet  tacen  pe  5u  on  uppan  plnum  §xlum 
byrst  ?  "  He  hym  andswarode  and  cwaeS,  "  SoS  ge  s$c- 
gafi  paet  ic  sceafia  waes  and  ealle  yfelu  on  eordan  wyr- 
cende,  ac  pa  Tudeas  me  wyft  pone  Haelend  ahengon,  and 

30  ic  pa  geseah  ealle  pa.  Sing  pe  be  pain  Heelende  on  paere 

1  O,  ge  ge  be  on.  2  C,  and  ge  nu  gyt  deade  naeron  wanting. 

8  C,  elias.  4  A,  rynnan  (for  winnan). 

6  C,  onhefeoe.  6  C,  amang.  7  C,  specon. 

rtmt  3 

7.    t^jru^U, 


XIX.     THE   HARROWING   OF  HELL.  1 39 

rode  gedone  wieron,  and  ic  )  a  sona  gelyfde  |)set  he  waes 
ealra  gesceafta  Scyppend  and  se  aelmyhtiga  Cyning  j  and 
ic  hyne  |;a  georne  baed  and  pus  cwsefi,  'Eala  Dryhten,  ge- 
mun  I  u  myn  ponne  |  fi  on  |>yn  ryce  cymest.'  And  he  waes 
lnync  bene  sona  onfonde,  and  he  me  to  cwaeS,  'To  soSon1  5 
ic  I  e  se_cge,  to  daeg  |ui  byst  myd  me  on  neorxnawange ' ; 
and  he  me  }>ysse  rode  tacen  sealde,  and  cwaefc,  fGa  on 
neorxnawange  myd  )>ysum  tacne,  and  gif  se  e_ngel  |>e 
ys  hyrde  to  neorxnawanges  geate  fie  inganges  forwyrne, 
a-tvw  hym  |>ysse  rode  tacen,  and  se_ge  to  hym,  |>aet  se  10 
Ilielend2  Cryst,  Godes  sunn,  j>e  nu  waes  anhangen,  |  e  |>yder 
asende.'  And  ic  |>a  5am  $ngle  )>e  8aer  hyrde  waes  eall 
hym  swa  as&de,  and  he  me  sona  in  gelaedde  on  |>a  swyft- 
ran  healfe  neorxnawanges  geates,  and  he  me  geanbydian s 
het,  and  me  to  cwae5,  'Geanbyda4  her  o5  }>aet  in  ga  eall  15 
mejinisc  cynn,  se5  feeder  Adam  myd  eallum  his  bearnum 
and  myd  eallum  halgum  f>e  myd  hym  waeron  on  |>aire 
hejle.'"  Ac  6a  ealle  pa6  heahfaederas  and  \>a.  wytegan, 
|>a  hig  gehyrdon  ealle  f>aes  scea|>an  word,  |>a  cweedon  hig 
ealle  an  re  stefne,  "  Sig  gebletsod  se  aelmyhtiga  Drihten,  20 
and  se  eca  Feeder  se  &e  swylce  forgifenysse  }>Inum  synnum 
sealde,  and  myd  swylc^re  gife  |;e  to  neorxnawange  ge- 
liedde."     He  andswarode  and  cwaeS,  "Amen."' 

©ys  syndon  )>a  godcundan  and  pa  halgan  gerynu  pe  6a  r, 
t .wegen  wytegan  CarTnus  and  Leuticus  to  so8on '  gesawon  25 
and  gehyrdon,  eall  swa  ic  aer  her  beforan  saede  past  hig 
on  pysne  daeg  myd  |am  Hielende  of  dea5e  aryson,  eall 
swa  hig  se  Haelend  of  dea5e  awejite.  And  pa  eall  pys 
gewryten  and  gefylled  haefdon,  hig  up  aryson  and  pa 
cartan  pe  hig  gewryten  haefdon  pam  ealdrum  ageafon.  30 

1  C,  softan.  2  A,  haelenda  ;  C,  beleud.     8  C,  geandbidian. 

*  C,  geandbida.    6  A,  \>e  se  ;  C,  \a.  «  A,  wanting. 


I40  XIX.    THE  HARROWING   OF  HELL. 

Carlnus  his  cartan  ageaf  Annan  and  Caiphan  and  Gama- 
liele  ;  and  gelice  Leuticus  his  cartan  ageaf '  Nychodeme 
and  Iosepe,  and  heom  fus  to  cweedon,  '  Sybb  sig  niyd 
eow  eallum  fram  )iara  sylfan  Dryhtne  Haelendum2Cryste, 

5  and  fram  ure  ealra  Haelende.'  And  Carlnus  and  Leuti- 
cus waeron  fa  faeringa  swa  faegeres  hywes  swa  seo  sunne 
fonne  heo3  beorhtost  scyneft,  and  on  faere  beorhtnysse 
hyg  of  fara  folce  gewyton,  swa  fset  faes  folces  navvyht 
nyston   hwaeder   hig  foron.     Ac  fa,  ealdras   fa  and    fa 

io  maessepreostas 4  fa  gewrytu  raeddon  fe  Carinus  and  Leu- 
ticus gewryten  haefdon :  fa  waes  aegfter  gelice  gewriten, 
faet  naSer  naes  ne  laesse  ne  mare  fonne  ofier  be  anum 
stafe,  ne  furfton  be  anum  prican.'  And  fa  fa  gewrytu s 
geriedde  waeron,  eall  fast  Iudeisce  folc6  fa  heom  betwynan 

15  cwaedon,  '  S63e  syndon  ealle  fas  fyng  fe  her  gewordene 
syndon ;  and  aefre  sig  Dryhten  gebletsod,  a  worulda 
woruld,  Amen.'  And  aelc  feera  Iudea  waes  fa  ham  to  his 
agenum  farende  myd  mycelre  ymbhydignysse,  and  myd 
mycelum  e_ge,  and  myd  mycelre  fyrhto,  and  heora  breost 

20  beatende  fast  hig  myd  fam  betan  woldon 7  fast  hig  wyfi 
God  agylt  haefdon. 

And  Ioseph  and  Nychodemus  waeron  fa  farende  to 
Pilate  fam  deman  and  hym  eall  atealdon  be  fam  twain 
wytegum,  Carine  and  Leutice,  and  be  fam  gewriton  and  - 

25  be  ealre  faere  fare*  fe  hym8  aeror  bedyglod  waes.  Ac 
Pilatus  fa  on  hys  dom^rne  hym  sylf  awrat  ealle  fa,  fyng 
fe  be  fam  Haelende  gedon  waeron,  and  he  syfrSan  an 
arendgewryt  awrat  and  to  Rome  as^nde  to  fam  cyninge 
Claudio;  and  hyt  wees  fus  awryten,  'Se  Pontisca  Pilatus 

1  C,  ageaf  and  on  hand  sealde.  2  C,  haelende. 

3  A,  he.  4  C,  preostas. 

5  A,  )>a  (for  ba  fa);  C,  gewriten.  6  A,  wanting. 

7  C,  wolden.  '•  -  8  Cj-wa'ntiny. 

•z-  cL^j^^Ur^J.-t^^^^  k  (T*^— *  ***** 


XIX.     THE  HARROWING   OF  HELL.  141 

gret1  hys  cynehlaford  Claudium;  and  ic  cySe  pe  J>aet  hyt 
nii  nywan'  gelamp  J>set  M  Iudeas  purh  hyra  andan  and 
I  urh  hyra  agene  genySerunga*"  paet  hig  pone  Haelend  ge- 
naiuun,  and  eac2  hyne  me  sealdon,  and  hyne  swyfte3 
wregdon,  and  hym  faela  ongean  lugon,  and  saedon  paet  he  5 
.dry  ware,  and  eac  paet  he  eelcne  re_stedaeg 4  ge\ve_mde,  for 
pan  fie  hig  gesawon  f>aet  he  on  re_stedagum  blynde  me_n 
gelyhte,  and  hreoflan  geclsensode,  and  deofolseocnyssa 
iiam  mannum  aflymde,  and  deade  awejite,  and  faela  6Sra 
wundra  he  woihte.  And  ic  heom  gelyfde  swil  bw5  ic  na  10 
ne  sceolde,  and  ic  hyne  swingan  het  and  hyne  heom 
sySSan  to  heora  agenum  dome  ageaf;  and  hig  hyne 
sySSan  on  treowenre  rode  uhengon,  and  he 3  peer  on  dead 
wes ;  and  eft  syfcfian  he  bebyrged  waes,  hig  peer  to  his 
byrgene  gese.tton  - iiii-  and  feowertig  c$mpena  pe  pone  15 
Hchaman  healdan  sceoldon  ;  ac  he  on  pam  pryddan  deege 
of  deaSe  iiras,  and  pa  hyrdas  hyt  eall  asaedon,  and  hyt 
forhelan  ne  myhton.  Ac  pa  Iudeas  pa  hig  paet  gehyrdon, 
hig  pam  hyrdon  feoh  geafon  :  and  hig  paet  se^cgan  sceoldon 
paet  his  cnyhtas  comon  and  pone  lychaman  forst&elon.  20 
And  pa  hyrdas  pa,  ]>aet  feoh  fengon,5  and  hig  swa  peah  pa 
sopfaestnysse  pe  ftaer  geworden  waes  forsuwiarr  ne  myhton. 
Nu  leof  cyning  ic  pe  eac  laere  for  pig  paet  $u  naefre  paera 
Iudea  leasunga  ne  gelyfe.  Sig  Dryhtne  lof,  and  deoflum 
sorh,  a,  to  worulde.     Amen.'  25 

1  C,  gret  wel.  2  C,  eac  hyg.  8  C,  wanting. 

*  C,  restne  dseg.  <>  C,  onfengon. 

1     «-gr--  «nal 


1 


*—^  *  ^J^,°-.  PAET   IV.  *W* .  A  *  fW*  £—*,  I 

B     l/if-SiTl    -<=>/-,  4*.  XX* 

CiEDMON'S   GENESIS. 

The  Offering  of  Isaac. 

[From  the  Genesis  attributed  to  Csedmon,  preserved  in  MS. 
Junius  XI  of  the  Bodleian  Library.] 

pa  J>aes  rinces     se  rica  ongan  [2845]  £S^k 

Cyning  costigan,     cunnode  georne 
hwilc  ]>ees  aeoelinges     ejlen  weere, 
stiSum  wordum     spraec  him  stefne  to : 
5  'Gewlt  })u  ofestlice,     Abraham,  feran, 
lastas  le_cgan,     and  J>e  laide  mid  C285°3 

]>\n  agen  beam ;     ]>u  scealt  Isaac  me 
onse_cgan,  sunu  Jnnne,     sylf  to  tlbre ! 
SiSSan  f>u  gestigest     steape  dune, 
3  10  hrincg  \>ses  hean  landes,     ]>e  ic  \e  heonon  getsece, 
up  Junum  agnum  fotum,     beer  fu  scealt  ad'gegaer- 

wan,  [2855] 

bselfyr  bearne  ftlnum,     and  blotan  sylf 
sunu  mid  sweordes  e_cge,     and  Sonne  sweartan  Hge    ' 
leofes  lie  forbsernan,     and  me  lac  bebeodan.' 
15  Ne  forsset  he  pj  sloe,     ac  sona  ongann 

fysan  to  fore :     him  wees  Frean 1  $ngla  [2860] 


v-i 


1  MS.,  frea ;  Thorpe. 


VlA-AJ- 


r  ■ 


Sr»-W-*&«.»-  i>  ,   CvA^     Ww£*-     Vvn«-Io  . 


VA+  u^ '  L^K^    .  'j^tA^crC^v.    i  li-»~     crCW    va^X~- 


XX.    THE  OFFERING   OF  ISAAC.  I43 

word  ondrysne,     and  his  Waldend  leof. 
Da  se  eadga    Abraham  sine 
~<J*      nihtreste  ul'geaf :     nalles  Nejrgendes     <tusvia~. 
L's^         haese  wiShogode,     ac  hine  se  halga  wer 

5  gyrde   griegan   sweorde,      cy$de  Seet  him  gasta 

Weardes  [2865] 

e,gesa  on  breostum  wunode.     Ongan  6a  his  e^solas 
bsetan, 
■«~-^  <*-}    gamolferhS  goldes   brytta,       heht  hine   geonge        <  W~c«~  W>J< 
UA*.fymxL*  twegen 

T^  VuiAJL  me_n  mid  siftian  ;     mseg  wses  his  agen  fridda, 
»^iAc<qJ  and  lie  feorSa  sylf.     pa  he  fus  gewat  '• 

10  from  his  agen  urn  hofe     Isaac  laedan,  [2870] 

beam  nnweaxen,     swa  him  bebead  Metod. 
Efste  fta  swISe     and  onette 
+  yjud       forft  foldwege,     swa  him  Frea  taehte 

wegas  ofer  westen,     08  )>aet  wuldortorht    (r^U- 
15  daeges  )>riddan  up     ofer  deop  waeter  [2875] 

ord  araemde.     pa  se  eadega  wer       9**?*.  *v  -<U^L  ua  C^vjl  i 
geseah  hllfigan     hea  dune, 

swa  him  saegde  ser    swegles  Aldor.    +  km*-*.**.  •  W 
pa  Abraham  spraec    to  his  ombihtum, 
20  'Rincas  mine,     re,sta8  incit  her  /•**»-       [2880] 

on  tSissum  wlcum  ;     wit  eft  cumaS,  ?C*^*-c  1  fy-o.  vi 

£»-  lst"3J    siSSan  wit  eerende     uncer  twega 

5     Gastcyninge     agifen  habbaS.'  v- 

Gewfct  him  };a  se  aeSeling,     and  his  agen  sunu, 

]>ses  gemearces     ]>e  him  Metod  taihte,  [2885] 

wadan  ofer  wealdas  ;     wudu  baer  sunu, 

feeder  f^r  and  sweord.     pa  Saes  fricgean  ongann      *,  ^.t,  ^  ^ 
wer  wintrum  geong     wordum  Abraham  : 
'  Wit  her  fyr  and  sweord,     frea  mln,  habbafc ; 
30  hwaer  is  ]>aet  tlber,     paet  )m  torht  Gode  [2890] 


I44  XX.     THE  OFFERING   OF  ISAAC,  xs^l^- 

• 

to  )>am  brynegielde     bringan  f^ncest  ?  ' 
Abraham  maSelode     (hsefde  011  an  gehogod  > 
J>aet  he  gedeede     swa  hine  Drihten  het)  :  twj*.  -  ( 

'Him  J>aet  SoScyning     sylfa  findetS, 
5  moncynnes  Weard,     swa  him  gemet  pince^.'       [2895] 
Gestah  )  a  strShydig     steape  dune      J^i^^^ 
up  mid  his  eaforan,     swa  him  se  eca  bebead, 
pset  he  on  hrofe  gestod     hean  landes, 
on  Jnere  [stowe]1     ])e  him  se  stranga  to, 
<rv^^^.iz^JuL^      I0  wigrfsest  Metod,     wordum  tsehte.  [2900] 

"fe^^r-4  Ongan  ]>&  ad  hladan,     ailed  we^ccan, 

and  gefeterode     fet  and  honda 
bearne  sinum,     and  fa  on  bael  ahof 
Isaac  geongne,     and  ]  a  iedre  gegrap 
15  sweord  be  gehiltum :     wolde  his  sunu  cwellan    [2905] 
*Al~- (Jtu*  o-cc  >»-  -jl«-    folmuni  sinum,      fyre  scgncan'2     .    .    ,..-u    -■  iw. 

"^mgeges  dreore.'    pa  Metodes  8egn  dA*-^*..  W-aii. 

ufan,  ^ngla  sum,     Abraham  hliide 
stefne  gyade.     He  stille  gebad 
Y~  n^l  7   20  ares  spruce     and  }>am  e,ngle  oncwaeft.  [2910] 

e^i±      Him  M  ofstum  to,     ufan  of  roderum, 
^      ^  wuldorgast  Godes     wordum  m»lde :       ~^~^  ^>^wv-  ,  »«^> 
'  Abraham  leofa,     ne  sleah  ]>u  ]un  agen  beam, 
^<k>-~  as.,  u..  c  ac  ]>u  cwicne  abregd    cniht  of  ade, 


*- 


25  eaforan  Jmine  :     him  an  wuldres  God.    >  L^v%        [2915] 
Mago  Ebrea,     }m  meduns  scealt 
)mrh  ]>ffis  halgan  hand,     Heofoncyninges, 
sotium  sigorleanum,     selfa  onfon    K*1 
gjnfsestum  gifum  :     )>§  wile  gasta  Weard 

30  lissum  gyldan,     ]>set  j>e  waes  leofra  his  [2920] 

sibb  and  hyldo,     ponne  fin  sylfes  beam.' 

f*-    -   *»fb.  *Bouterwek.  2  MS.  sencan. 


XX      THE  OFFERING   OF  ISAAC.  145 

Ad  stod  onaded ;     haefde  Abrahame 
Metod  moncynnes,     maige  Lothes, 
breost  geblissad,     \>&  he  him  his  beam  forgeaf, 
Isaac  cwicne.     pa  se  eadega  bewlat  [2925] 

5  rinc  ofer  eode,     and  him  bSiv  rom  geseah         e  mT«    EWS  *-&"•■<■ 
unfeor  Sanon,     Snne  standan, 
brSfior  A  rones,     brembrum  fsestne  ; 
\>one  Abraham  genani,     and  hine  on  ad  ahof, 
*-iu    ofestum  miclum,     for  his  agen  beam.  [2930] 

10  Abrsegd  Sa  mid  fiy  bille,     brynegield  onhread,  mu^*a 
reocentlne®v,res'   rommes  blode,      (juu.  ***£,   f>  <»•*»- -i 

iY*<>  onbleot J^aetjgc  Gode,     saegde  leana  pane  U 

li«.  ijk%      and  ealra  }>ara  [sjfil£a]2     \>e  him  sIS  and  ser 

gifena  Drihten     forgifen  haefde.  [2935] 

-U~  ■ 
1  MS.,  reccendne.  8  Grein. 


\. 


THE  BATTLE   OF  BRUNANBURH. 

[From  the  Anglo-Saxon  Chronicle.] 

An.  dccccxxxvii. 

Her  iESelstan  cyning,     eorla  drihten, 
beorna  beahgifa,     and  his  broSor  eac, 
Eadmund  seSeling/    ealdorlangne"t!r 
jjO.  geslogon  set  ssecce     sweorda  e_cg_urn 

5  ymbe  Brunanburh  :     bordweall  clufoh,      ^ ..  £_  [5] 
(a.     heowon  heaSolinde  "  hainora  lafum,  *•" 

eaforan  Eadweardes ;     swa  him  geseftele  wses    z-fi^*^ 
^fr^*- 1  iJZ--.+£**st$^L    fram  cneomagum,     Sset  hi  set  campe  oft 
wi6  laSra  gehwsene     land  ealgodon,  * 
.  l+  **-  10  hord  and  hamas.     He_ttend  crungon,  [10] 

0  "'~v  Scotta  leode     and  scipflotan,  l.{- 

fsege  feollon  :     feld  den  node  <  f>^ 

j«-    sgcga  swate,     si|>|>an  sunne  upp     \»k 
V'  '*•'   on  morgentld,     rasere  tnngol, 
15  glad  ofer  grundas,     Godes  candel  beorht,  [15] 

eces  Drihtnes,     06'  slo  se5ele  gesceaft 
^»ov«  sah  to  setle.'    Dser  leeg  se,cg  monig 
garum  ageted,     guma  JNorfierna 
y^-v-t—-       5  pfer  scyld  scoten,     swylce  Scyttisc  eac 

*v  vfi-v-  .^  •>  20  w§rig  wlge's  ssed.     Wesseaxe  for5  [20] 

andlangne  dseg     eoredcystum      **<(»*■,  t^.. 
on  last  le_gdon     laoum  Seodum;^         ^--a*^   ,i'  '-  (£ 
heowon  he_reflyma(n     hindan  Searle 

I46  VA.g^n.cr*»£o 

3   '^vit^. .  )w^^^   i-c^^^c)      (,  ]vu»~>c *-  4*^-2  /v«^v^ H^ 


AM/.     THE  BATTLE  OF  BRUNANBURH.       147 


x. 


J.c 


■^-t-s* 


mecum  m y lenscearpum.     Myrce  ne  vvyrndon  iV^  v~,'*^**J 
heardes  ha'ndplegan     haelefia  nanum,  [25]  *s*4.  u-jl^, 

«^— ^-j  y^*u^,      8ara  Se  mid  Anlafe     ofer  Gargebland      l£w.  ^H* " 'o*-.  st»^ 

on  lides  bosme    land  gesohton,     <*w-^JL»-X  lv*^f<-^. "7*" 

5  faige  to  gefeohte.     Fife  lagon 
vn  i-       on  Sam  campstede     cyningas  geonge        \.tr*~*i  **f**  T  **ut 
-i<«^Uw  sweordum  aswJpede,     swylce  seofone  eac  [30] 

eorlas  Anlafes,     unrim  he_rges,  5c*wv^*t.  *^Lt^*> 

flotena  and  Scotta.     DSr  geflymed  weartS 
nwAa^.    *.-      I0  NoriSnianna  brego,     neade  gebaided        v^jdi  nJaa.-wi^a.  ^i  .,   . 
to  lides  stefne    Tytle  weorode  :  ,<I<:^-  *'  cWo^, 

frf^  ^v^w  xcread  cnear  on  n*t;     cyning  ut  gewat  [35]        ^ 


on  lealone^flod,     feorh  gene.  rede,      ^^.j 


V  c  & 


ij 


Swylce  S&r  eac  sG  froda    mid  fleame  com 
S7u^^u   i.      ,s  on  his  cyS6e  norS,     ConstantTnus, 
har  hilderinc ;     hreman  ne  5orfte 
h  meea  geman^n  :     he  wses  his  maga  sceard,  [40] 

freonda  gefylled    on  folcst^de,  z  1^%^ 

y~->  ^sL  jjg         beslaegen  aet  ssecce,     and  his  sunu  forlet  ^>  .  -tJ'"^^   c 

js~->~u.  '^-^,  on  wselstowe     wundum  forgrunden,  ""  'wjKc/  % 

geongne  eet  guffle.     Gylpan  ne  Sorfte  ^^v, 

^/^Wr.  beorn  blandenfeax     billgeslihtes,  n"  l"   '-i/j^  [45]  ^  j 

i»~lck ,  fi&v%*^UJk.  eald  inwitta,     ne  Anlaf  5y  ma"*'; 
IfcJL  *^<.  ;  mid  heora  herelafum ;     hlihhanJne  fcorfton,       -»*-.-oj<^  ^, 

It  t-^^wt  j      35  Sset  hi  beaduweorca     be_teran  wurdon        f^-i^iua- 

on  campstede     cumbolgehnastes,"   ,>>ULf4  .  -awi.*^  I'"*-?*-*. 

A^»c      garmittinge,     gumena  gemotes,       >^-U^  j^r-As^^^L^  -^, 
wsepengewrlxles,  '  Saes  hi  on  waglfelda    i^t^^ 
witS  Eadweardes     eaforan  plegodon. 
>J;        30  Gewiton  him  |>a  XorSm^nn     naegledcnearrum, 
dreorig  dajioSa  laf,     on  Dinges  m§re     ? 
ofer  deop  wseter     Dyflin  secan,  [55] 

and  eft  Iraland,^  sewiscmode.   k*^JL^j(i^ 


148       XXI.     THE  BATTLE  OF  BBUNANBURH. 

Swylce  $a  gebroftor    begen  aetsQmne, 
cyning  and  sefteling,     cyfttte  sohton, 
Wesseaxna  land,     wiges  hremge.      U*-   -       <      <*<j- 
e^  v\-  n-  +u~.  :        Leton  him  behindan     hra  bryttigan  *  [60] 

l^™  5  salowigpadan,     Sone  sweartan  hrsefn,     j<L*j± 

hyrnedn^bban,     and  gone  hasopadan     wv^tLd,i^*j 
*•  earn  seftan  hwlt,     geses  brGcan,  *$riW3>JV 

f^i^^^  greedigne  guShaf'oc,     and  ftset  grtege  deor, 

Avillf  on  wealda.     Ne  wearS  wrel  mai*e  [65] 

10  on  Sys  Tglande     ajfre  gyta     r*~-^<^or 
\pXx        3  folces  gefylled     beforan  Syssum 

sweordes  e_cgum,     foes^e  us  se,cgaS  bee, 
ealde  GSwitan,     simian  eastan  hider 
!Engle  and  Seaxe     upp  becomon '  [70] 

15  "ofer  brade  brimu,     Brytene  sohton,        *  s  t. 
p^ .;   wlance  wigsmifcas     Wealas  oferconion,    ■-   i^ut**,*- 

u. ,  <*»■,  la,  ,  u.   5 


*  eorlas  arhwate  "  eard  begeaton. 


V.UwWi,/^^  ^  *~-  \*ty  "~i~i 

5        H^..     oUrr~~J^~?^.tf~^^ 


ff>    -^«-£~<: 


Lwi 


THE   BATTLE  OF  MALDON.     i 

[This  poem  was  preserved  in  but  one  MS.,  Cotton  Otho  A  xii, 
which  was  destroyed  in  the  fire  of  1731 ;  fortunately,  Thomas 
Hearne  had  copied  and  published  it  in  1720.  The  variants  there- 
fore refer  to  Hearne's  text.] 

.     .     .    .       brocen  wurde ; 

_  K 
vj»j.  lo  d.        het  )>a  hyssa  hwsene    hors  forlsetan,       >*v^M^/yvvj  i- 

:■>.  m.uk      feorr  afysan.     anid  forS  gangan. 

^^Stjh^K^  hicgan  to  handum,     and  to  hige  *  godum. 

-r^o^^     5   pa2  (net  OffWnueg     ierest  onfunde,  [5] 

3      I'set  se  eorl  nolde     yrhSo  ge]>olian  : ' 

^  S  .-.J .    <     he  let  him  )>a  of  handon.    leofne3  fleogan  ; 

j     hafoc  wi5  J^aes  holtes,     and  to  |>iei-e  hilde  stop;  <  i'* 

*     be  |'am  man  mihte  oncnawan     |>;ct  se  cniht  nolde ^J*~ 

Lmj-H.        io  wacian  eet  fam  wl^e.4    )>a  he  to  wcepnum  feng.        [loJonL^^jL^  ? 

6*^Lx<^  Eac  him  wolde  Eadric     his  ejildre  gelaestan, 

fvean  to  gefeohte  ;     ongan  }>a  forfi  beran 

gar  to  guffe  :     he  hsefde  god  gepanc, 

^  |'a  hwile  )»e  he  mid  handum     healdan  mihte 

15  bord  and  brad  swiird ;     beot  he  gekeste,      |j,-4^   £15] 

]>&  he  setforan  his  frean     feohtan  sceolde. 

Da  pier  Byrhtnoo"  ongan     beornas  trymian,  j_  ( ^VVvvwj^  j 

<Sw»  ^LdLUu^,    rad  and  raedde,     rincnm  ttehte 

hu  hi  sceoldon  standan,     and  )>one  ste^de  healdan, 

20  and  beed  )>8et  hyra  randas5     rihte  heoldon  [20]  w^ -j^oi-  ;Jtu**V. 

fseste  mid  folman,     and  ne  forhtedon  na.  *?  ji**~W 

1  thige  (for  to  hige).      2  J>.      8  leofre.      *  w.  ge.       6  randan. 

149 


oJ&> 


L  150  XXII.     THE  BATTLE  OF  MALDON.  ^  bi***\ 

pa  he  heefde  peet  folc     faegere  getrymmed, 
he  linte  pa,  raid  leodon,     peer  him  leofost  wees, 
peer  he  his  heorSwerod     holdost  wiste. 
'T  pa  stod  on  stseSe,     stlSHce  clypode  [25] 

5  wlcinga  ax,     wordum  nieelde, 
se  on  beot  ahead     brimllpendra     <  BC^"**.  5©  . 
eerende 1  to  pam  eorle,     peer  he  on  of  re  stod :    -   ^  ^  g 
'  Me  §endon  to  pe   ^seeme^n  quelle  ; 
heton  Se  slogan,     feet  pu  most  se^ndan  rafte  ,     [30] 

,  ,  ,      10  beagas  wiS  gebeorge  :     and  eow  betere  is 

peet  ge  pisne  games'    mid  gafole  forgyldon,      [  \uu<  -etj, .-.  0-ik—  ) 
poni^fe 2  we  swa  hearde     hilde 3  deelon.     j* 
Ne  purfe  we  us  spillan,     gif  ge  spedafrto  pam :    t^aW-*  ) 
w  r%ju^  ^     we  willaft  wi8  pam  golde     gii5  feestnian.    crW ,  [35] 

15  Gyf  pu  peet 4  gerjedest,     pe  her  rloost  eart, 
peet  pu  pine  leoda     lysan  wille, 
syllan  seemannum     on  hyra  sylfra  doni 
£-    feoh  wis  freode,     and  niman  frio  eet  us, 

we  willap  mid  pam  seeattu'm     us  to  scype  gangan,    [40] 
tm  **  fLtojLu,20  on  fl°^  feran,     and  eow  fripes  healdan.'     iAj^J.x  u.  w«*. 
^r^'2-"*3  ByrhtnoS  mapelode,     bord  hafenode, 

wand  wacne  eesc,     wordum  mselde,        -»Lr^t  aW^u^,  p&aJUT-  sk«r- 
.attLfcwjj.  *  A^«XkU  yrre  and  anreed,     ageaf  him  andsware  :-w^ 

'Gehyrst5  pu,  srelida,     hweet  pis  folc .segefc?  =  ^^[45]     aji^h 
25  hi  willaS  eow  to  gafole     garas  syllan,  ^— -•<. 

ai*w^  eettrynne.ord     and  ealde  swurd, 

•*«•     pa  heregeatu     pe  eow  eet  hilde  ne  deah. 
Brimmanna  boda,     abeod  eft  ongean, 
se^ge  plnum  leodum     miccle  lapre  spell,      i..s.».  .^,[50] 
r        -j  k^-^^v,  30  /peet  her  stynt  unforcufi     eorl  mid  his  werode, 
*  Um.tr^u^  wile  geea]gjan6    ej^eipysne,      ^l  ^Y*L    *AM'^;- 

1  serseude.    |2pon.      8..ulde.       4  pat.       6  gehyrt.      6  gealgean. 


XXII.     THE  BATTLE   OF  MALDON. 


151 


5 


[55] 


[60] 


>iit,U^~    15 


^Epelredes  eard,     ealdres  mines, 

folc  and  foldan  ;     feallan  sceolon 

haipene  aet  hilde.     To  heanllc  me  pinceS 

paet  ge  mid  urum  sceattum     to  scype  gangon 

nnbefohtene,     nu  ge  pus  feor  hider 

on  urne  eard     in  becomon  ; 

ne  sceole  ge  swa  softe^    sine  gegangan : 
ft*-      us  sceal  ord  and  ecg     air  gejseman, 

grimm  guSplega,     air  we  gafol1  syllon.' 
10  Het  I  a  bord  beran,     beornas  gangan, 
£«U  paet  hi  on  |am  eastaefte2    ealle  stodon.  j 

Ne  mihte  pier  for  waetere     werod  to  pain  6$rum>v.t.. 

pier  com  flowende     flod  sefter  ebban, 

hicon  lagustreamas ;     to  lang  hit  him 

hwaenne  hi  togtedere     garas  bieron.3 

Hi  pier  Pan  tan  stream     mid  praj>se"bestodon, 

Eastseaxena  ord     and  se  aesch^re  ;3 

ne  mihte  hyra  ienig     oftrura  dorian, 

buton  hwa  purh  flanes  flylit     frj  gename. 
20  Se  flod  ut  gewat ;     pa  flotan  stodon  gearowe, 

wlcinga  fela,     wlges  georne. 
£.     Het  pa  hgeleSa  hied    healdan  pa  bricgS 

wigan  wlgheardne,     se  waes  haten  Wulfstan, 

cafne  mid  his  cynne,     past  waes  Ceolan  sunu, 

pe  fione  forman  man     mid  his  francan  ofsceat, 

pe  pair  baldlieost     on  pa  bricge  stop. 

pair  stodon  mid  Wulfstane     wigan  unforhte, 

iElfe,re  and  Maccus,     modige  twegen  ; 


■\ 


>uhte, 


M 

[70] 


25 


"      -     U 

[75]  oJJUJ- 


[80] 


pa  noldon  a;t  pam  forda    fleam  gewyrcan, 
:3o  ac  hi  faestllce     wis  6a  fynd  w^redon, 
pa  hwile  pe  hi  wjepna     wealdan  moston. 

1p^ 


8  beron. 


1  J>e  gofol.  2  eastefte. 

■^    *-**-k«-  UA~  ^L*a""  n  1' 

v^_  ^_   MrU_  ^^  ^U^^,^  (uaZTJ 


•J. 


tuwv^.   .       CL 


1— - v9 


4v<x-»^v1j>jw 


152  XXII.     THE  BATTLE  OF  MALDON.    •  n        j. 

*.«>—  ?^^~>~^     » 

pa  hi  past  ongeaton,     and  georne  gesawon 

paet  hi  peer  bricgweardas     bitere  fundon,  [85] 

ongunnon  lytegian  pa     la5e l  gystas  :  £- 

beedon  pset  hi  upgang2     agan  moston, 
5  ofer  pone  ford  faran,     fe]>an  leedan. 

Da  se  eorl  ongan     for  his  ofermode 

alyfan  landes  to  fela    latere  Seode ;  [90] 

ongan  ceallian  pa     ofer  cald  waeter 
B.    Byrhtelmes  beam     (beornas  gehlyston)  : 
10  'Nu  eow  is  gerymed,     gati^ricene  to  us, 

guman  to  giipe ;     God  ana  wat 

hwa  psere  waelstowe     wealdan  mote.' 

Wodon  J  a  waelwulfas,     for  wsetere  ne  murnon, 

wlcinga  werod,     west 3  ofer  Pantan, 
15  ofer  sclr  waster     scyldas  wagon,4 

lidme,n  to  lande     liiide  bieron. 

peer  ongean  gvaraum     gearowe  stodon 

ByrhtnoS  mid  beornum :     he  mid  bordum  het 

wyrcan  pone  wlhagan,     and  pas^jwerod  healdan 
20  f  aeste  wiS  feondum.     pa  waes  f eohte 5  neh,     £  - 

tlr  set  getohte ;     Avaes  seo  tld  cumen    l" 

past  pair  fsege  me,n     feallan  sceoldon.  [I05J 

peer  wearft  hream  ahafen,     hremmas 6  wundon,  ^I^llo 

earn  aases  georn :     wees  on  eorpan  cyrm.  <•- 
25  HI  leton  pa  of  folman     feolhearde  speru,  »" 

gegrundene     garas  fleogan : 

bogan  wgeron  bysige,     bord  ord  onfeng,  CII0J 

biter  wass  se  beadurgs,     beornas  feollon      4  2i 

on  gehwseSere  hand,     hyssas  lagon. 
30  Wund  wearS 7  Wulf masr,     waelraeste  geceas, 


[95] 


[lOo] 


•*— ^n'- 


2  upgangan. 
6  bremmas. 


8  pest. 
7  weard. 


1  luSe. 
6  fohte. 


4  wegon. 


r.  L^SlxX  L~~  -£.,.„JU     -U^JLv^lxx^ 


XXII.     THE  BATTLE  OF  MALDON.  1 53 

Byrhtnoftes  mseg;     he  mid  billum  wearS, 
_fi$      his  swuster  sunn,     swI8e  forheawcii.  [115] 

peer  wear'51  wlcingum     wij^erlean  agyfen: 
gehyrde  ic  )>aet  Eadweard     anne  sloge 
5  swISe  mid  his  swurde,     swejiiges  ne  wyrnde, 
)>aet  him  set  fotum  feoll     f*ge  ce^mpa ; 
J>aes  him  his  fteoden     ]ianc  gesaide,         J3  [120] 

'Iju^Jv^^^  }>am  burj>ene,     j-a  he  byre  hsefde. 

Swa,  stemnetton  '  stIShyegende 2  a-V„<«l  A*-*^  -D- 

10  hyssas3  set  hilde;     hogodon  georne 
hwa,  fair  mid  orde     aerost  mihte 

on  fiegean  me_n     feorh  gewinnan,  [125J 

wieran  mid  waepnum  :     wad  feol  on  eorftan.  f  <*-*-*"- a,"-3- 

Stodon  steedefseste,    .stihte  hi  ByrhtnoS,  x^^r  i^cKt     )  i^jlL. 
15  bsed  |>set  hyssa  gehwylc     hogode  to  wige, 
■^^^      f>e  on  De_non  wolde     dom  gefeohtan. 

£        Wod  |>a  wigesjieard,     wa?pen  up  ahof,  [130] 

bord  to  gebeorge,     and  wi8  ]>ses  beornes  stop; 
eode  swa,  anreed     eorl  to  jam  ceorle  : 
20  eeg|>er  hyra  GSrum     yfeles  hogode. 
Se^nde  8a  se  sserinc     su|jerne  gar, 
J>aet  gewundod  wearft     wigena  hlaford;  F  [135] 

3  he  sceaf  pa  mid  8am  scylde,     }>3et  se  sceaft  tobserst, 

and  peet  spere  s_p_rgngde,     past  hit  sprang  ongean.  '*-  -.  ^^ 

25  Gegrgmpd  \vear8  se  giifirinc  :B«  he  mid  gare  stang       c&^^, 

wlancne  wiring,     J>e  him  ]  a  wunde  forgeaf.  /VU- ' 

-B       Frod  waes  se  fyrdrinc,     he  let  his  francan  wadan  [140]  r  . 

)'urh  foes  hysses  hals ;     h&nd  wlsode  *~^  fl  *^j 

|)8et  he  on  }>am  f^rsceaSan1  feorh  geraehte.**  /Y^w^  f-**  1 

30  Da  he  o|>erne     ofstllce  soeat, 
4X«-~«-      j>aet  seo  byrne  tobeerst ;     he  wees  on  breostum  wund        .  . 

1  ward.  2  stiShugende.  »  hysaa.  a^V»*3«-o  f\i,  | 


154  XXII.     THE  BATTLE  OF  MALDON. 

burh  Sa  hringlocan,     him  get  heortan  stod  [145] 

setterne  ord.     Se  eorl  waes  )e  bllbra,  jjj^»v».«r»-*er»^»  \  J 

hloh  ba  modi  mail,     ssede  Metode  banc 
Sees  deegweorces     be  him  Drihten  forgeaf. 
5  Forlet  ba  dre,nga  sum     daroft  of  handa,  V^Jk*-^ 

fleogan  of  folman,     beet  se  to  forft  gewat  [150] 

burh  Sone  eebelan     iEbelredes  begen. 
Him  be  healfe  stod    hyse  unweaxen, 
cniht  ou  gecampe,     se  full  caflice 
10  breed  of  bam  beorne     blodigne  gar, 
e{    'IS       Wulfstanes  beam,     Wulf meer  se  geonga :  [155] 

forlet  forheardne     f aran  eft  ongean :  '  I  i   1 1% 

ord  in  gewod,     beet  se  on  eorban  leeg, 
\>e  his  beoden  eer     bearle  gereehte.     &^_>j^ 
Vife^w    I5  Eode  J'a  gesy^rwed     secg'  to  fam  eorle ;     <*%*****..  *-~~r^  ,<>*x-~u^k. 
he  wolde  bees  beornes     beagas  gefe_cgan,  [160] 

**  v  l  )   reaf  and  hringas,     and  gerenod  swurd. 

Da  ByrhtnoS  breed     bill  of  sceaSe,1 
A-ww-  f  Syt,        brad  and  brunecg,2    and  on  ]  a  by  man  sloh  : 

20  to  rabe  hine  gel^tte    lidmanna  sum,  ^    , 

ba  he  )>ees  eorles     earm  amyrde ;   tu^it ,  (vc^tK^Xv-E1^] 
feoll  fa  to  foldan     fealohilte  swurd, 
ne  mihte  he  gehealdan     heardne  mece,c' 
weepnes  wealdan.     pa  gyt  feet  word  gecweeft      H3-  Sr9 
25  har  hilderinc,     hyssas  bylde, 

beed  gangan  forfi     gode  geferan  :  [170] 

ne  mihte  )>a  on  fotum  l^ng    feeste  gestandan3; 

he  to  heofenum  wlat .  w«  <r^^*4<  ~~  vns 

J  'Icjgejjancie4  be    Seoda  Waldend, 
ji  30  ealra  beera  wynna     be  ic  on  worulde  gebad. 

NQ  ic  ah,  milde  Metod,     meeste  bearfe,  [175] 

1  sce'Se.     2  bruneccg.     8  gestundan.     4  ge  >ance  (for  ic  ge)>ancie). 


A'A"//.     THE  BATTLE   OF  MALDON.  1 55 

faet  )>u  nun  urn  gaste     godes  gennne, 
}>aet  niln  sawul  to  Se     sISian  mote, 
on  jnn  geweald,     J)eoden  e_ngla,         (.ivo  axut-.  f ) 

mid  frife  fgrian  ;     ic  eom  fr ymdi  to  |>e,       cou^<j_^.  ^^^^  .   »  vol  a  io^ 
vW~t    5  l^t  In  he_lscea5an     hynan  ne  moton.'  [180] 

Da  hine  heowon     hij&Seue  scealcas, 
and  begen  |>a  beornas     ]>e  him  big  stodon, 
iElfnoS  and  Wulmser     begen  Magon,       ^«M3aJu>j       <-{,iJV 
8a  onemn  hyra  frean     feorh  gesealdon. 
10  Hi  bugon  }>a  f  ram  beathrjve     \>e  past  beon  noldon :  [185] 
pair  wnrdon  Oddan  beam     airest  on  fleanie, 
J3 .     Godrlc  f ram  gQ|>e,     and  ]>one  godan  forlet, 


\>e  him  mamigne  oft     mear  *  gesealde  ; 
bX&Ar  he  gehleop  |'one  eon,     |>e  5,hte  his  hlaford,  <l 


W^ 


N^y-,  <f. 


15  on  |am  genednm,    }>e  hit  riht  ne  waes,  [190] 

and  his  brdSru  mid  him,     begen  SBrndon,8 

Godrinc4  and  Godwlg,     gu)>e  ne  gymdon, 

ac  \ve_ndon  fram  )>am  wlge,     and  )>one  wudu  sohton, 

flngon  on  )>set  faesten,     and  hyra  feore  bnrgon, 
20  and  manna  ma     ponne  hit  tenig  maeS  wt&re, 

gyf  hi  1-a  geearnnnga     ealle  gemnndon,     to^^^^tU+^Jh 

]>e  he  him  to  dugn)»e     gedon  hsefde. 

Swa  him  Offa  on  da?gT"  air  asfflde,  *L^1  -^^To^T^  ****** 

on  pain  maepelstqde,5     fa,  he  geim^t  haefde,        L,  m^^  ^   xi^r    ^/jls> 
25  )>aet  |>ier  modigllce "     manega_sprcecon,       £**ai^     [200] 

be  eft  set  |>earfe 7     Volian  noldon.      cL^JU*^  «<»-~--  <**->{  *    • 

Da  wearo  ate'allen     |>aes  folees  ealdor,  '^u-^  r  ~**—L  «    LWj 

In   B  •        JS|>elredes  eorl ;     ealle  gesawon  u  "^-u  "  H  **1 

heorfigeneatas     paet  hyra  hearra 8  laeg.  ^^  '  .l*ou^  IT-A 

30  pa  fcair  we_ndon  forS     wlance  ]>egenas,  [205]  A**j 

1  Eds./bewegen.  2  Eds.,  mearh.  8  serdon.  4  godrine. 

5  me|>elstede,  6  modelice.  7  J>aere.  8  heorra. 


i56 


XXII.     THE  BATTLE  OF  MALDON. 


v.  "it 


unearge  me_n     efston  georne : 
hi  woldon  fa  ealle     6Ser  twega, 
llf  forleetan 1     oSSe  leofne  gewrecan. 
Swa  hi  bylde  forft     beam  iElfrlces,         *^  >  ^r 
5  wiga  wintrum  geong,     wordum  mjglde,  [210] 

^Elfwine  fa  cwseS,     he  on  §llen  sprsec : 
'  GemunaS 2  fa  miefa,     f  e  we  oft  set  meodo  sprsecon, 
fonne  we  on  be_nce     beot  ahofon, 
hseleS  on  healle,     ymbe  heard  gewinn ; 
o  nu  mseg  cunnian     hwa  cene  sy.  [215] 

f  vie  wylle  mine  se|>elo     eallum  gecyfan, 

f set  ic  wses  on  Myrcon     miccles  cynnes ; 
wees  mln  ealda  feeder     Ealhelm  haten, 
wis  ealdorman,     woruldgesselig. 
15  Ne  sceolon  me  on  feere  feode     fegenas  setwltan,      [220] 
fset  ic  of  Sisse  fyrde     feran  wille, 
eard  gesecan,     nu  mln  ealdor  ligeft 
forheawen  83t  hilde ;     me  is  fset  hearma  msest : 


9~1r^ 


he  wses  segfter3  mln  mseg     and  mln  hlaford. 


[>5] 


20  pa,  he  for5  eode,     fjBhSe°"gemuhde, 

feet  he  mid  orde     anne  gereehte 

flotan  on  fam  folce,     feet  se  on  foldan  lseg         *w^ 

forwegen  mid  his  wsepne.     Ongan  fa  winas  manian, 
-h^,-  §vj3     frynd  and  geferan,     f  set  hi  forS  eodon. 

25  Offa  gemselde,     sescholt  asceoc:  [230] 

1  Hwset  f  u,  iElfwiae,     hafast  ealle  gemanode, 

fegenas  to  fearfe  :     nu  ure  )  eoden  IIS, 

eorl  on  eorSan,     us  is  eallum  fearf 

fset  ure  seghwyle     of erne  bylde 
30  wigan  to  wlge,     fa,  hwlle  fe  he  wsepen  msege  [235] 

habban  and  healdan,     heardne  mece, 

1  forlsetun.  f      2  gemunu.  8  segder. 


XXU.     THE  BATTLE   OF  MALDON.  1 57 

gar  and  god  swurd.     Us  Godric  hsef6, 

earh  Oddan  beam,     ealle  be&wicene : 

wende  fees  for  moni  man,     )>a  he  on  meare  rad,  c»*v-|»^..   ^<^ 

on  wlancan  pain  wicge,     )>set  weere  hit  fire  hlaford ;  [240]    iw,a  »*>  _  '<r*wi 
5  for  )>an  wear?  her  on  felda     folc  totwaemed, 
q^o!.     scyldbnrh  tobrocen  :     abi££$e  hisangin,    oW — L^+vot    uZ^^j-  u^c~>  .^ 
^^  J>get  he  her  swa  manigne     man  aflymde ! '      «■>**  &"w*~<^  »  -£— j 

Leofsunu  gemsOlde,     and  his  linde  ahof, 

bord  to  gebeorge,     he  ]>am  beorne  oncwseS :  [245]      ■■  ■'   •* ) 

10  '  Ic  ]>8et  gehate,     )»set  ic  heonon  nelle 

fleon  fotes  trym,     ac  wille  furfior  gan,  oA^tv*^      ,~        Co„ 

wrecan  on  gewinne     nilnne  winedrihten. 

Ne  Jmrfon  me  embe  Sturmere     ste_defeeste  heelefc1      wj  « '-w^  ^-W; 

wordum  aetwitan,     ml  mln  wine  gecranc,  [25°]  ^      ! 

15  past  ic  hlafordleas     ham  slfiie, 

we_nde  fram  wlge ;     ac  me  sceal  wsepen  niman, 

ord  and  Iren.'     He  ful  yrre  wod, 

feaht  faestlice,     fleam  he  forhogode. 

Dunnere  |>a  cwseS,     daroS  ilcwejite,  C255] 

*V^-     20  unorne  ceorl,     ofer  eall  clypode, 

h  baed  J>aet  beorna  gehwylc     Byrhtnoft  wreece  r 
'  Ur*f*ir      '^e  mseg  na  wandian     se  )>e  wrecan  )>e,nceS         f cttt^v  ,  • 

frean  on  folce,     ne  for  feore  murnan.' 

pa  hlforfi  eodon,     feores  hi  ne  rohton  ;  [260] 

25  ongunnon  |>a  hjredingn '   heardllce  feohtan, 

grame  garberend,     and  God  bsdon 

pset  hi  moston  gewrecan     hyra  winedrihten, 

and  on  hyra  feonduin     fyj  gewyrcan.  fl.«]| 

?     L  L«J     Him  se  gysel  ongan     geornlice  fylstan ;  [265 J 

30  he  wses  on  J>lorfchymbron     heardes  cynnes, 

^cglaf es  beam,     him  wses  iEscferft  nama : 

'"f                                         ihaelae-S. 
I.-L^juL  v<^  i-rv**.)    ^^jl^.  .   -L^^,  Ui^d.  jiJ^t* ^^>  i    k.^*«Ua., 


158  XXII.     THE  BATTLE   OF  MALDON. 

he  lie  wandode  na     set  ]  am  wigplegan, 

ac  he  fysde  for$     flan  trenehe  ; 

hwilon  he  on  bord  sceat,     hwilon  beorn  tsesde ;      [270] 

sefre  embe  stunde     he^ealde  suine  wunde, 
5  }>a  hwlle  fte  he  wsepna    wealdan  moste.  L  GxUAr 

Da  gyt  on  orde  stod     Eadweard  se  langa, 

gearo  1  and  geornfnl ;     gylpwordum  spreec, 

]>ddt  he  nolde  fleogan     fotmsel  landes,  [275] 

ofer  beec  bugan,     ]>a  his  be,tera  laeg2: 
10  he  braec  )>one  bordweall,     and  wis  $a  beornas  feaht, 

ot5  ]>set  he  his  sincgyfan     on  |»am  ssemannum 

wurSHce  wraec,3     air  he  on  Avsele  laege. 

Swa  dyde  iE|?eric,     ae};ele  gefera,  [280] 

fus  and  forftgeorn,     feaht  eornoste, 
15  Sibyrhtes  broftor     and  swlSe  msenig  6)>er 

clufon  cellod  bord,     cene  hi  we_redon : 

baerst  bordes  laerig,     and  seo  byrne  sang        Avy^  ? 

gr%releo8a  sum.     pa  set  girSe  sloh  [28s] 

Offajjone  saalidan,     Jiset  he  on  eorSan  feoll, 
20  and  Sser  Gaddesjnggg     grund  gesohte  :  a-t^v^.  ? 

ratie  weartS  set  hilde     Offa  forheawen : 

he  hsefde  Seah  gef^i^od     ]>aet  he  his  frean  gehet, 

swa  he  beotode  ser     wis  his  beahgifan,  [290] 

J>aet  hi  sceoldon  begen     on  burh  ridan, 
25  hale  to  name,     oSSe  on  he,re  cringan,4 

on  weelstowe     wundum  sweltan  ; 

he  laeg  Segenllee     Seodne  gehende. 


Da  wearS  borda  gebraec ;     brimme_n  wodon,  [295] 

gu5e  gegr^mode  ;     gar  oft  ]  urhwod 
30  feeges  feorhhus.     ForS  )>a5  eode  Wistan, 


1  gearc.  2  leg. 

*  crintgan.  4  f  orSa. 


XXII.    THE  BATTLE  OF  MALDON.  1 59 

purstanes  sunu,1     wis  J'as  se_cgas  feaht ; 

he  waes  on  ge|>range 2    hyra  )>reora  bana, 
.      eer  him  Wigelmes  beam     on  fain  weele  laege.      [300] 

pair  wees  stI5  gemot :     stodon  faeste 
5  wigan  on  gewinne,     wlgend  cruncon, 

wiuuhun  jverige;     wael  feol  on  eorjian. 

Oswold  and  Ealdwold     ealle  hwile, 

begen  j  a,  gebroju-u,     beornas  trymedon,  [305] 

hyra  winemagas     wordon  biedon 
io  |>aet  In  |>ier  set  Searfe     )>olian  sceoldon, 

umvacllce     "\viepna  neotah.  ^^ 

By_rhtwold  niaj>elode,     bord  hafenode, 

se  wees  eald  geneat,     eesc  ac\ve_hte,  [310] 

he  ful  baldlice     beornas  lairde : 
15  '  Hige  sceal  |  e  heardra,     heorte  ]>e  cenre, 

mod  sceal  )>e  mare,     pe  Ore  maegen  lytlaft. 

her  ITS  iire  ealdor     eall  forheawen, 

god  on  greote ;     a  maeg  snornian  L3'5J 

se  Se  nu  fram  |is  wlgplegan     w^ndan  pe^nceS. 
20  Ic  eom  frod  feores  :     fram  ic  ne  wille, 

ac  ic  me  be  healfe     mlnum  hlaforde 

be  swa  leofan  me_n     licgan  j  e_nce/ 

Swa  hi  -iEj>elgares  beam     ealle  bylde,  D20] 

GodrTc  to  gQ|>e  ;     oft  he  gar  forlet 
25  waelspere  windan     on  ]>a  wlcingas, 

swa  he  on  }>am  folce     fyrmest  eode, 

heow  and  hyrrae,     ot5 3  J>aet  he  on  hilde  gecranc. 

Naes  ]>aet  na  se  Godric     ]>e  5a  guSe  forbeah  [325] 

****** 

1  suna.  s  gej>rang.  *  od. 

1 


COLU> 


' 


&*-»■  )Ci«— 


Vv»^v-.^e 


w 


XXIII. 


sr? 


««>«->  cX ■.....*>   •,  to.  %U1  '1° 


r  ^ 

t-~t&  >    KmU.-  G^-A-,',    "U*J"    jvL«-w->   "v^"     6.041 

THE  WANDERER. 

-j_     io~   (A^«^*-~  [Preserved  in  the  Exeter  MS.] 

Oft  him  anhaga     are  gebideS, l 

Metudes  miltse,     ]>eah  ]>e  he  modcearig 

geond  lagulade    longe  sceolde 

hreran  mid  hondum     hrlmcealde  see,  ^s 

wadan  wrseclastas  :     wyrd  bift  ful  arsed !   pUcu* 


£e*v-  ****** 


r^i. 


i^-.-u^. 


rj 


%. 


* 


^  J>  vT  >» 


-    Vvu^vj) 


Swa,  cwseS  eardstapa*    earfepa  gemyndig, 
wga^ra  waelsleahtH,''   winemgega  hryre :  *-  <■■ 
'Oft  ic  sceolde  ana     uhtna  gehwylce     w4i -*.<*? 
mine  ceare  cwlj?an  j     nis  nu  cwicra  nan, 

io  ]>e  ic  him  modsefan     minne  durre  f io] 

sweotule  ase_cgan.     Ic  to  soJ>e  wat 
)>eet  bi}>  in  eorle     indryhten  peaw,       +*^4X^ 
fset  he  his  ferglocan '   f aeste  binde,    <r  - 

healde *  his  hordcofan*    hycge  swa  he  wille ; 

15  jfc/e  mgeg  werig  mod    Yfyrde  wrSstondan   0>J    [15] 
ne  se  hreo  hy_ge     helpe  gefremman : 
for  Son  domgeorne3  dreorigne  oft        W**- 
in  hyra  breostcofan     bindaft  fseste.<^ 
Swa,  ic  modsefan     minne  sceolde 

20  oft  earmcearig    eSle  bideeled,  [20] 

freomeegum  feor     feterurai  seelan, 

sij>]>an  geara  iu    ^goldwine  minne 2      (^*>-~>  a^*^js.  4^^  > 
"  biwrah, j  i^nd  ic  hean  fonan 


jean_ 
hrusai'  heolster 3 

1  healdne. 

£    1kjL0-Ott6O 


c_U»^i> 


2  mine.  8  heolstre. 

\jkr\lksw-    >  UjnJwv-.  .  unlm>      tO  i"i«  1—  U-^UAw 


-  *«^  |_  fcU^   r  (j^K.'eJu.    I 


1.  [/Lit-,  u.,0) 


■L^L*^.  OjlC    L^^^v^ 


I 


XXIII.     THE    WAXDERER. 


161 


l-v-fKg^ 


wod  wintercearig     ofer  wapema *  gebind, 
sohte  seJe'"dreorig     sinces  bryttan,  [25] 

hwser  ic  feor  o]>]>e  neah     findan  meahte 
Jjone  \>e  in  meoduhealle     minne 2  wisse     ^'*v^4v^a-  ^* 
S  o)>\>e  mec  freondleasne 3    fief  ran  wolde, 
w^ftiaa  mid  wynnnm.    (Wat  se  )>e  cunnatS       -  ^^t 
hu  silken  biS     sorg  to  geferan  [30] 


"■-) 


0 


leof ra  geholena : 
nales  wunden  gold, 


10  ferfclocaTreorij       nalses  foldan  blaed ;   j  ^~~""~ 


a~ 


J»am  j>e  him  lyt  hafao" 
waraS  hine  wraeclast, 

reorig, 
gemon  he  setes^cgas     and  sincpejje, 
hu  hine  on  geoguSe     his  goldwine  [35] 

.jv^nede  to  wista:     wyn  eal  gedreas ! 
I  For  )>on  wat  se  \>e  sceal     his  winedryhtnes 
isjleofes  larcwidurai    longe  forpolian,  , 
<5  Sonne  sorg  and  sliep     somod  setgaedre 
earmne  anhagan 4     oft  gebinrlafi :  [40] 

VrV»^*v ;    Vnce*  him  on  m°de     past  he  his  mondryhten 
^A1-A-wv     I  clyppe  and  cysse,     and  on  cneo  l^cge5       ^.u*>- 
20  honda  and  heafod,     swa  he  hwilum  ser 
in  geardagum     giefstolas  breac  ;, 
Sonne  onwaecneft  eft     wineleas  guma.  [45] 

gesihS  him  biforan     fealwe  wsegas® 
bapian  brimf uglas,     braidan  f ejnl,  (eu»  ft*~  j 
hredsan  hrlm  and  snaw     hagle  geme,nged. 
ponne  beoS  }>y  he,figran     heortan  be.nne,<la 
sare  aefter  swasne, ;    sorg  biS  genlwad,  [50] 

i  ponne  maga  gemynd     mod  geondhweorfeft,  J 
b^H-  t*touv-^  greteS  gliwstafum,     georne  geondsceawaS 
30  se,cg&  geseldan  :     swimmao"  eft 7  on  weg ; 

1  waj>ena.       a  mine  ;  Thorpe. 


**<*»<>    <  -&<o~>«^v» 


(**.; 


°<r~ s;~s  a  icc-  p*^ 


\ 


-■—  CL^    ~{rJijLa-     "^^5    nr-6U2uw -<iL»^v>. 

fleotendra  fer5~'~nop3er  fela  bringeS 
cuftra  cwidegiedda  ;<    &aro  biS  geniwad        (^        [55] 
J>am  )>e  se^ndan  sceal     swipe  geneahhe                  N. 
ofer  wapema  gebind     werigne  sefan. ■'J 

5  For  pon  ic  gepe_ncau  ne  liiseg     geond  pas  woruld 
~~**~*~-        vLj      forhwan  modsefa     min1  ne.gejiweorce, 

ponne  ic  eorla  lif     eal  geond)>§nce,  [60] 

hu  hi  faerlice     fie^ofgeafon, 

modge  magupegnas.     Swa  pes  middangeard 

10  ealra  dogra  gehwam     dreose<5  and  feallep; 
for  pon  ne  mseg  weor|>an 2  wis     wer,  eer  he  age 
%*~a-^>^.\.  wintra  dffil  in  woruldrlce.     Wita  sceal  gepyldig,   [65] 

ne  sceal  no  to  hatheort     ne  to  hrsedwyrde, 
ne  to  wac  wiga    ne  to  wanhydig. 

15  ne  to  forht  ne  to  faegen     ne  to  feohgifre, 

ne  naet're  gielpes  to  georn,     air  he  geare  cunne. 
Beorn  sceal  gebldan,     ponne  he  beot  spriceS,         [70] 
op  pset  collenferfi     cunne  gearwe  /»*wii~.  p^LjU  ^ ?j 

hwider  hrepra  gehygd     hweorfan  wille. 


»*.^ut»_         20  Ongietan  sceal  gleaw  hsele     hu  gastllc  biS,     %^->^  ^lu^M*. 

ponne  eall 3  pisse  worulde  wela     iveste  stondeS, 

^v^J^^»  u~y  jswa  nu  missenllce     geond  pisne  middangeard        [75] 

winde  biwaune     weallas  stondap, 

hrlme  bihrorene,     hrySge  pa  ederas. 
,0  •  1^  «  \      -*   »  .  '  — **»- 

Lrmitti^^      2S  WoriaS  \'&  winsalo',     waldend  licgaS 

dreame  bidrorene  ;  *dugjr5  eal  gecrong 
wlonc  bl  wealle:  ..sume  wig  fornom, 
ferede  in  for&wegej    sumne  fugel  opbser 
*tw  xy^?         ofer  heanne  holm';     sumne  se  hara  wulf 

^^~ ,  ^y~K  trv*^         3o^deaSe  gedSlde ;/    sumne  dreorighleor 
in  eorSscrsefe  /eorl  gehydde: 

1  mod  sefan  miimex  2  wear}>an.  8  ealle. ' 


J£a-*JLPM«- 


XXIII.     THE    WANDERER.  1 63 

,  .yjKle1  swa,  ]>isne  eardgeard     eelda  Scyppend,  [85 J 

o)>  |set  burgwara     breahtma  lease  *nrt'«i 

eald  e.nta  geweorc     Idlu  stodon.  S,C«2 

Se  |>onne  )>isne  wealsteal     wise  ge|)6hte,    i.s. 

and  pis  deorce2  lit'    deope  geond|>e,nceS, 

fiod  in  ferfie     i'eor  oft  gemon  [90J 

wselsleanta  worn,     and  |>as  word  acwiS  : 

'Hwser  cwom  mearg?  hwaer  cw5m  mago?     hwser 
C w o in  lnaM^ujn gy fa  ? 

hwser  cwoni  symbla  gesetu?     hwser  sindon  sele- 
dreamas  ? 

Eala  beorht  bune  !     eala  byrnwiga ! 

eala  | -eodnes  |>rvm  !     hu  seo  )>rag  gewat,  [95] 

geriap  under  nihthelm,     swa  heo  no  wiere! 
I  SttjndeS  nu  on  laste     leofre  dugu|>e 
1  weal  wundrnm  heah,     wynnlicum  fah : 
{  eorlas  fornomon3    asea^  j>ry]>e,  ,-- .    < 
\  wsepen  wselgifru,     wyrd  seo  msere  ;  [I0°] 

and  [>as  stanhleojm     stormas  cn^ssaS ; 

hrlfi  hreosende     hrusan*  bindeft, 

wintres  woma,     ]»onne  won  cyraeS, 

nlpeS  nihtscua,     nor^an  onse_ndeS 

jhreo  hseglfare     heelefum  on  andan.  [I05] 

Eall  is  earfoMlc    eorpan  rice, 

onwe_ndeS  wyrda  gesceaft      weoruld   under   heo- 
fonum  : 

her  bi8  feoh  leene,     her  bits  freond  laene,     -to^+w^ 
25  her  bi5  mon  hene,     her  bi5  mreg  lsene  \(u^.^  ■y^i.,-t,i^<iM 

eal  |'is  eor|>an  gesteal     Tdel  weorpefi  ! '    [nol 


oJy       (^  tu*    ^*W-    '» 


Swa  cwse'5  snottor  on  mode, 
rune. 

% 

1  y>tfe.  2  deorcne.  8  fomoman 


gesset  him  sundor  set 


\_^-      ~^S~~Ajh\ 


*  hruse. 


V\. }  t ,4nl—  E-wi-i 


-t    ti-k»   -L+4uJt  i   ts*%~-*%+,  C*4M>\    -&■*■"■&,    fc»»»w..»»f.*. 


XXIII.     THE    WANDERER. 

(♦3~0      Til  bi}>  se  ]>e  his  treowe  gehealdeS:     ne  sceal  neefre 
his  torn  to  rycene     t-u-^QM~ 
beorn  of  his  breostum  acy}>an,     nemfe  he  air  pa 

bote  cunne,    /•uw.Au  Kaa^Jfr<L^  U*>  -  -W  )•  ^Z^^J^ 
eorl  mid  elne  gefrgrhmap.     Wei  biS  J>am  }>e  him  are 
^*^y  seeefi, 

frofre  to  Faeder  on  heofonum,     J>ser  us  eal  seo  faest- 

nung  stondeft.  **•  *>-£-«~~.  o,  ouis.  « ["5] 


^La-U.   ^t-c^   -(>-«-    i-^a-a-^-^     m^-J-U,    "Clio-    *-oJl    •  JtU-    U^a-OLJL  (_3 1  -  Ml  ) 
j^W*£*       loi-^t.   -WU*w     -jj^U.   .    4=r^>    UL_     t^u-4     rv»_ow^_^>.      JLv^v   ^AJUa- 


vt 


a  XXIV. 


THE   PHCENIX. 


[Preserved  in  the  Exeter  Manuscript.] 


I. 


S*~c 


Haebbe  ic  gefrugnen     )>a?tte  is  feor  heonan 

eastdielum  on     se}>elast  l^nda  \~-j>\«^jC^ 

Ilium  gefrtege.     Xis  se  foldan  sceat 

ofer  middangeard     monguin  gefqre 
5  fold  age  ndra,1     ac  he  afyrred  is  [5] 

burh  Meotudes  meaht     manfrgmmendiim.      .£.,_  ( 

Wlitig  is  se  wong  eall,     wynnum  geblissad,     ~     - 

mid  |'am  faegrestum     foldan  stencum ; 

ienllc  is  pyet  Iglond,     ae)  ele  se  Wvrhta.  w.-wJ^tJ- 
10  modig,  meahtuni  spedig,     se  Ja  raoldan  gese_tte.  [10] 

Bar  bi5  oft  open     eadgum  togeanes, 

onhliden  hleo|>ra  wyn,     heofonrlces  duru. 
'"poet  is  wynsum  wong,     wealdas  grene,       j, 

rume  under  roderum.     Ne  maeg  fair  ren'ne  snaw, 
15  ne  forstes  fnsest,2     ne  fyres  blajst,     g         ^        [15] 

ne  haegles  hryre,     ne  hrimes  dryre, 

ne  sunnan  haetu,     ne  sincaldu,3 
ne  wintersciir 
ac  se  w$ng  seomaS 
20  eadig  and  onsund ;     is  pget  aej?ele  lond 

blostmum  geblowen.     Beorgas  |>3er  ne  muntas 

- 
1  MS.,  folcagendra;  Sweet.  2  MS^Jnaeft. ;  Thorpe. 

» Sweet,  6incald.  \ 


VUw^-j  ,  ^^ 


ne  wearm  weder, 
^vihte  gewyrdan, 


M 


\^V    /W»  UL^>3 


1 66 


XXIV.     THE  PHCENIX. 


\Q£^  ^_»_3  -  tiv^AM.    V    X*v*~3 


U«~/iw~<r-5£i. 


M 


[30] 


is 


H 


steape  ne  stondaS,     ne  stanclifu 

heah  hllfiaS,     swa,  her  mid  us, 

ne  de,ne  ne  dalu,     ne  dunscrafu, 

hlahvas  ne  hliheas,     ne  ]>ier  hlecgiaS  00 
5  unsmejses  wiht ;     ac  se  ae]>ela  f eld 

wrida/5  under  Avolcnum     wynnum  geblowen. 

Is  peet  torhte  lond     tweKum  herrjf, 

folde,  faetmirlmes,     swa  us  gefreogum 1  gleawe 

witgan  jmrh  wisdom     on  gewritum  cypafi,2 
10  ponne  senig  J>ara  beorga     J;e  her  beorhte  mid  us 

hea  hlifiatS     under  heofontunglum.  -  sfc^  ■L^-^^i 

Smylte  is  se  sigewong,     sunbeai'O  llxefi,  L^*—  ~^ 

wuduholt  wynlic ;     waestmas  ne  dreosaS, 

beorhte  blede,3    ac  fca  beamas  a  [35] 

15  grene  stondaS,     swa,  him  God  bibead ; 

wintres  and  sumeres     wudu  biS  gelice 

bledum 4  gehongen ;     ntef re  brosniaft 

leaf  under  lyfte,     ne  him  Hg  scefteb" 

eefre  to  ealdre,     serJ>on  edwenden    i*,.^  [40] 

20  worulde  geweorfte.     Swa  lu  waetres  prym 

ealne  middangeard,     me_refl6d  |>eahte 

eorftan  ynibbjvyrft,   '"]>a  se  aepela  wong 

ffighwaes  onsund     wio"  ySfare 

gehealden  stod     hreora  wiega  [45] 

25  eadig,  unworn  me,     jmrh  JisJ;  Godes  : 

bideS  swa  geblowen     oft  bseles  cyme, 

Dryhtnes  domes,     ponne  dea6raeced,'t — ^-jju***.' 

hsele^a  heqlstprcofan     onhliden  weorpaS. 

Nis  bier  on  fam  londe     laffgenMa,  «^Jt*^JL  aJ*a^Jt)o~] 
30  ne  wop  ne  wracu,     weaiaceh  nan, 


£25]  ' 


r~hJ 


1  Thorpe,  gefreogun.  SdU-  y-fy^V1 
a  Ettmiiller,  blaeda. 


2  MS.,  cyj>ad  ;  Ettmuller. 
*  Ettmuller,  blaedum. 


i-T^o_a  in — •rit.tJsLc  tt-5-- 


pi.  a***^ 


O- 


XXIV.     THE  I'll (ES IX. 


167 


«i-t 


'5. 'fe   yldu  ne  yrmSu, 
*9      ne  fifes  lyre,     ne 
I  S       ne  synn  ne  safcu, 
r7,'3  ne  waklle  gewin, 
» 5   5  ne  sorg  ne  slaip, 


ne  se  $nga  deaS, 
la)?es  cyme,    \t£? 
ne  sarwracu,1 
ne  welan  qnsyn, 
ne  swar  leger, 


*• 


2.Z 


W-KCol,. 


ne  wintergeweorp,     ne  wedra  gebregd      ?  £*e| 
hreoh  under  heofonum,     ne  se  hearda  forst 
caldum  cylegicelum     cnyseS  senigne. 
paer  ne  haegl  ne  hrim     hreosao'  to  foldan, 
•  'S 10  ne  windig  wolcen,     ne  )>aer  waeter  fealle}> 
lyfte  gebysgad  ;     ac  )?ier  lagustreamas, 
wundrum  wr^tllce     wyllah  onspringaft, 
faegrum  nodwylmuni 2     foldan  leccafo 
waeter  wynsumu     of  faes  wuda  midle, 
5  J>a_mdn]>a  gehwam     of  |>eere  moldan  tyrf 


xi 


.^cHP^ 


[±+*~cJIZk 


[60] 


M 


brimcald  brecaS, 
'I'ragum  l>rymlice 


bearo  ealne  geondfaraS 
is  |>aet  peodnes  gebod 
psette  twelf  si)  um     fast  tlrfaeste 
lond  geondlace     lagufloda  wynn. 
"i-9  20  Sindon  fa  bearwas     bledum  gehqngne* 

wlitigum  waestmum  :     J?33r  ne  *  wania?  *  6 


[70] 


3ol 


halge  under  heofonum     holtes  fraetwe, 

ne  feallao"  )>a?r  on  foldan     fealwe  blostman, 

wudubeama  wlite ;     ac  peer  wraetllce 
25  on  )iam  treowum  syinle     telgan  gehladene, 

ofett  ednlwe     in  ealle  tld,  . 

on  Jam  graeswonge     grene  stondaft, 

gehroden  hyhtlice     Haliges  meahtum 

beorhtast  bearwa.     No  gebrocen  weoroeo" 
30  holt  on  hiwe,     peer  se  halga  stenc 

1  MS.,  sar  wracu.  2  MS.,  fold- ;  Grein. 

8 -MS.,  gehongene.  4MS.,no;  Sweet. 

5  MS.,  wuniaS;  Thorpe. 

^  v^.  ^ vv,  m^^x^j  ( ^- J  ,  wxJi.  CUsl  f*-x  v^w— 5  -  ?••* 


[75] 
[80] 


1 68  XXIV.     THE  PHOENIX. 

wuna&  geond  wynlond  ;     |>set  onw^nded  ne  bi5 
sefre  to  ealdre,     ser  f»on  e,ndige 
frodfyrngeweorc      se  hit  on  frympe  gesceop. 

II. 

^/  31 1       pone  wudu  wearda8     wundruni  fseger  [85] 

I   5  fugel  feorum  strong,     se  is  Fenix  haten.  tLj*t  -£_  n^ju.  ^ 

*l  |       peer  se  anhaga     eard  bihealdea, 

deormod  drohtaS  ;     nsefre  him  dea8  sce8e<5 
on  |)ain  willwonge,     penden  woruld  stonded. 
34.  33  J       Se  sceal  |>sere  sunnan     si5  bihealdan      ^  [90] 

I  10  and  ongean  cuman     Godes  condelle, 
^A?l.n^U^  glaedum  gimme,     georne  bewitigan 

hwonne  up  cyme     seSelast  tungla  lv^*~^ 

ofer  yftineje     estan  llxan,       ^^--  *** 
Faeder  fyrngeweorc     fraetwum  blican,  [95] 

w<c  ►h'-  ,  3s  1 15  torht  tacen  Godes.     Tungol  beoS  ahyded, 

gewiten  under  wa^eman     westdtelas  on, 
bedeglad  on  dsegred,     and  seo  deoree  niht 
won  gewiteft  ;     jjonne  wafium  strong 
fugel  feSrum  wlonc     on  firgen  stream        \j  ,    [100] 
20  under  lyft  ofer  lagu     locaft  georne,  "  ftA**~~  -«■*«_ 

hwonne  up  cyme     eastan  glidan 
ofer  sidne '  sai     swegles  leoma. 
Swa  se  seSela  fugel     set  |?am  gespringe 
wlitigfsest  wiinaS     wyllestreamas,  [io5] 

STj  25  pier  se  tlreadga    tweK  slfium  hine 

1       bibaSaS  in  }>am  burnan,     air  f^ses  beacnes  cyme, 
swegelcondelle,     and  symle  swa  oft 
of  fam  wilsuman     wyllegespryngum 
I       brimcald  beorgeS     aet  baSa  gehwylcum.  [no] 

K  *  MS. ,  sHSjie;  Thorpe. 

** "  *  Lj 


XXIV.     THE  PUCE  NIX. 


169 


"1 


■  bu  ,  ig 


Si85an  hine  sylfne     aefter  sundplegan     +  s 
I      heahmdd  he_feS     on  heanne  beam, 
"ii  )>onan  yftast  maeg     on  eastwegum 
sI5  bihealdan,     hwonne  swegles  tapur 
5  ofer  holm}>raece '     hjedre  blice, 
leohtes  leoma.     Lond  beo5  gefraetwad, 
woruld  gewlitigad,     siSSan  wuldres  gim 
ofer  geofones  gong    grund  gesclne5 
geond  middangeard,     niSrost  tungla.    . 
10  Sona  swa  seo  sunne     sealte  streanias 

hea  oferhllfaS,     swa  se  haswa  fugel      ;>£.a*«, 
beorht  of  |>ses  bearwes     beame  gewiteft, 
fareS  feSrum  snell     fly  lite  on  lyfte, 

V5         swinsaS  and  singed     swegle  togeanes.* 
ponne  bi5  swa  faeger     fugles  gebseru, 
onbryrded  breostsefa    blissum  hremig3; 
wrixleS  woocraefte     wundorlicor 
beorhtan  reorde,     bonne  aefre  byre  monnes 
hyrde  under  heofonuin,     si55an  Heahcyning, 
20  wuldres  wyrhta,     woruld  staSelode, 

heofon  and  eorSan.     Bift  |>8es  hleoftres  sweg 
eallum  son  gcrsef  turn     swetra  and  wlitigra 
and  wynsumra     wrejica  gehwylcum  ; 
ne  magon  bam  breahtme     byman  ne  hornas, 
ne  hearpan  hlyn,     ne  haeleSa  stefn 
aenges  on  eorftan,     ne  organan  sweg, 

^9        ne  hleoSres  geswins,4     ne  swanes  feftre, 

ne  aenig  )>ara  dreania     \>e  Dryhten  gescop 
gunmm  to  gllwe|     in  fas  geomran  woruld ! 

1  MS.,  holmwrsece  ;  Tfcorpe.  a  MS.,  to  heanes ;  Thorpe. 

3  MS.,  remig  ;  Grein  (3). 

4  MS.,  ne  wanting ;   MS.,  leoSres  geswfa ;    Thorpe,  hleo'Sres ; 
ttmiiller,  gegwias.   •"*-  r    -•         -  ^_r-~ 


C"5] 

Os] 

[•3o] 


.['35] 


Singe8  swa  and  swinsa8     sjelum  geblissad,       [m»] 
61        08  |?aet  seo  sunne     on  su8rodor 
a.v-%       Si       saeged  weor8e8 ;     }>onne  swiaS  he 

53|       and  hlyst  gefeS,     heafde 'bnbrygdeS 

,'   5  prist,  ponces  gleaw,     and  priwa  ascsecetS 
s^l       fe8r#  flyhthwate:     fugol  biS  geswiged.  ['45! 

Symle  he  twejl'  sISum     tida  gemearcaS-0 
fe       dseges  and  nihtes.     Swa  gedemed  is 
i^d^C^^j-~yy.\  ^       bearwes  bigehgaft    J?set  he  pan  brucan  mot 
**  Ua>,  u^ju_  io  wonges  mid  willum,     and  welan  neotan, 

lifes  and  lissa,     londes  fraetwa,  C'S0] 

s"3  I       08  |>aet  he  pusende     pisses  lifes, 

•       wudubearwes  weard,     wmtra  gebldeS. 
*>°  Ki    ponne  bi8  gehefgad     haswigfe8ra    "ixt^s      h.s.v^ 
tal    *5  ggmol^gearum  f rod  :     grene  '  eor8an 
?$>"  aflyhS  fugla  [wynn],2     f'oldan  geblowene,        [155] 

tf  I        and  ponne  geseceS     side3  rice       n^ 
middangeardes,     peer  no  me,n  buga8 
eard  and  e8el.     peer  he  ealdordom 
\>^i*,t^j-  '  ao  onfeh8  foremihtig     ofer  fugla  eynn, 

gejmngen  on  £eode,     and  prage  mid  him  Cl5°] 

westen  wearda8.     ponne  wa,8um  string 
west  gewiteS     wintrum  gebysgad 
fleogan  fe8rum  snel ;     fuglas  pringa8 
25  utan  ymbe  ae8elne ;     seghwylc  wille 

wesan  pegn  and  jeow     peodne  meerum,  Cl6s] 

C»5         08  peet  he  gesece8     Syrwara  lojtid  4^y   c^yjjz^ 

**\*-  corSra  mteste.     Him  se  clgene  peer  K^- 

a*6^      o8scufe8  scearplice,     bast  he  in  scade  weardaS 
t,-j     30  on  wudubearwe     weste  stowe 


ur .  Jiih . 


1  MS.,  rene;  Thorpe.         2  Grein  ;  Ettmiiller,  fugla  betst  (?)^ 
"8MS.,  srSe;  Etfcmuller.        .    ..' 


*  i  > 


•Jo 


»ut 


XX/F. 


(_L*.    lvv4-   '1^. 

777  K"  PEKENIX. 


171 

[170] 


• 


biholene  and  bihydde     bseleSa  monegum, 

)>ser  lie  heanne  beam     on  holtwuda 

wunao  and  weardaft,     wyrtum  feestne 

under  heofunhrofe,     }>one  hataS  me,n 

Fenix  on  foldan,     of  )>aes  fugles  noman.        »Wvx  d-cudT^U^u*. 

HafaS  )>am  treowe  forgiefen    tirmeahtig  Cyning   [175] 

Meotud  niQncynnes,     mine  gefrtege, 

|>aet  he  ana  is     ealra  beama 

on  eorftwege     upliedendra 
*7i  (10  beorhtast  geblowen ;     ne  maeg  him  bitres  wiht 
12.  J     'scylduin  sc$58ah,     ac  gescylded  a  [180] 

wunaS  ungewyrded,     penden  woruld  stondeft. 


13 

lb 

**    1 


is 


III. 

ponne  wind  lige8,     weder  bi8  faeger, 

hluttor  heofones  gim     halig  scine8, 

beo8  wolcen  towegen,     waetra  }>ry8e     1 

stille  stondaS,     biS  storma  gehwylc  [185] 

as\ve_fed  under  swegle,     su8an  bliceS 

wedercondel  wearm,     weorodum  lyhte8 ; 

l^onne  on  |>am  telgum     timbran  onginne8, 

nest  gearwian,     bi8  him  neod  micel 

|>aet  he  |;a  yldu     ofestum  mote 

jmrh  gewj^sjvyylmC1    we_ndan  to  life, 

feorh '  geong  onfon.     ponne  feor  and  neah 

]>sl  swetestan     somna8  and  gsedra8 

wyrta  wynsume     and  wudubleda2 

to  jiam  eardstigde,     aejjelstejica  gehwone 

wyrta  wynsumra,     \>e  Wuldorcyning,        *^^     , 

Feeder  frymSa  gehwses,8    ofer  foldan  gescop 

1  MS.,  feorg ;  Ettmtiller.  2  Ettmiiller,  -blaeda. 

.  8  MS.,  gewaes ;  Thorpe. 


[190] 


1/2  XXIV.     THE  PHCEN1X. 

to  indryhtum     selda  cynne,  (^  t 

Aj^iXj^t  tfr4,'.i  »^3  i<n)     swetes  under  swegle.     peer  he  sylf  bierefc 

in  ]>set  treow  innan     torhte  frsetwe ;  [200] 

peer  se  wilda  fugel     in  |>am  westenne 
5  ofdr  heanne  beam     hus  getimbreS 
wlitig  and  wynsum,     and  gewlcati  ]>ser 
sylf  in  fara  solere,     and  ynibsgteft  utan 
in  ]>am  leafsceade     lie  and  feftre      ■»  Ix*^*    [205] 
on  healfagehwam1     halgum  stgncum, 

10  and  bam  seSelestum     eorfian  bledum.2 
SiteS  slSes  fus,     }>onne  swegles  gim 
on  sumeres  tid     sunne  hatost 
Ste^jL^,^  i'^-i  h.     °^er  sceadu  scineS,     and  gesceapu  dreogeS,      [210] 
woruld  geondwllteft ;     bonne  weorfteft  his 
*•  **  ■'•  •         15  hus  onhseted     Juirh  hador  swegel, 
wyrta  wearmiaft,  "'willsgle  stymeS 
swetum  swgeccum,     fonne  on  swole  byrneft 
Jmrh  fyres  fgng    fugel  mid  neste:  [2,5] 

bsel  bi8  oneeled ;     J>onne  brond  ]>e,cej5 

20  heorodreprges 3  hus,     hreoh,onette8/lk&e>1^L   L 
^^  fealo  lig  feormaS1-  and  Fenix  byrneS 

fyrngearum  frod.     ponne  fyr  ]nge$  >  &,'Cr 
(^  +  i(jTLwy       ljenne  llchoman,     llf  bi$  on  slSe,  [22°] 

fgeges  feorhhord,     bonne  flaisc  and  ban 

25  adleg  eeleft.     HwseSre  him  eft  cymeS 
sefter  fyrstmearce     feorh  edniwe. 
SiSSan  fa  yslan'   eft  onginnaft, 
sefter  lig)>r8ece,     lucan  togaedere  [295] 

geclungne  to  cleowne,4     ponne  claene  bi8      K;0_  ^  1  •-  j 

30  beorhtast  nesta     bsele  forgrunden, 

1  MS.,healfagehware;  Sievers,  gehwam.    2  Ettmiiller,  blaedum. 

8  MS.,  beore-;  Thorpe..    ..  ..*  MS., cleoweunej  Sievers. 


• • • somewhat  bhe  aaae  aa  i_when]  a  aan 
brings  home  at  the  harvest  the  pro- 
ducts of  the  earth, delightful  fruits, 
at  the  time  of  reaping  before  winter 
30»e3,lest  the  rain  storms  should  de- 
stroy them  in  the  open:-  thus  do  men 
obtain  sustananoa  and  the  Joy 8  of  sat- 
ing when  frost  and  snow  in  their*  su- 
preme mi^ht  cover  the  earth  »ith  win- 
ter's garments;  and  from  these  fruits 
shall  the  wealth  of  mankind  a^ain  pro- 
ceed by  the  nature  of  the  grain;whieh 
is  first  sown  a  clean  seed, then  in 
t pr i ngt i me  the  sun's  4 1 8 a m , e mb 1 e m  of 
life, wakens  the  riches  of  the  world; 
so  that  through  their  own  naturethe 
fruits, the  vesture  of  earth, are  born 
a|ain  -  Even  so 


□«a   b   [ntriwj  d    derf* 

-Ola    erij    isevi&d   erid   d£   emorf   tsnin 
t8dim'  ilefrtrid*3£s   erid   3o   ■ 

ieii  io3&d   tnrqjBei   }o    emit    erid    d, 

-ef)   bfuorfe    tnnods   nieT   erid    dsef, 

aefl   or    at/rid   -:neqo    eri J   fti    aierfd   yoTd| 
J«6    }o    avor.    ©rid    tnjs   eenfirredsi/s   r 
-us   lierfd   ni    wone   trie   daci'l 

.Uiw   d4i*C    cri d    levoo    dri£ia? 

id    ffloil   In£    ;edfl6mi£$    aT 
•oru-  tjJfl£ai    'jC    fkisew    erid    II 

rfoiriv  :  e  to  Jen    erid    v.- 

ni    n  s  ri  d  t  £  e  £  a   rr  £  e  I  c    £   n  w o  s    d  8  T  i  1 
lo   ueXd«e ,#*©!§    a1 nut    end    e 
;Mioi    6'  .  aerioii   erid    Boe2f£wti 

mod  '.idaev   erfdt: 

0  8   nevS   - 


XXIV.     THE  P1HEXIX. 


*73 


heafiorofes  hus  l : 
b&nfaet  gebrocen, 


ponne  of  }>am  ade 
on  faere  ascan  bio" 


O-troJr 
~~v»  t»i~S} 


|t>7j. 


_fni_r 


hra  bits  acolad, 
and  se  bry  ne  s  weftraC. 
aeples  gellcnes    --  ej4 •  sot. 
eft  gemeted,-^ 
of  )>ain  weaxeft  wyrm     vvundrum  faeger, 
swylce  he  of  aege 2     ut  alaede         jLxeJ    £j/ 
sclr  of  scylle ;     )>onne  on  sceft.de  weaxeS, 
faet  he  aerest  bits     swylce  earnes  brid, 
faeger  f  ugeltimber ;     )>onne  furSor  gen s 

jo  wrldetS  on  wynnum,     |>aet  he  biS  waestmum  gellc 
ealdum  earne,     and  sefter  )>on 
feftrum  gefraetwad,     swylc  he  aet  frymoe  wa3S, 
beorht  geblowen ;     fronne  braed  weorfiefi    j;v»t 
eal  ednlwe     eft  ac^nned, 
_synnum  asundrad,     sumes  onllce4 
swa  mon  to  andleof ne     eorSan  waestmas 5 
on  haerfeste     ham  gelaedeft, 
V  wiste  wynsume,     aer  wintres  cyme 
on  rypes  tlman,     )>y  laes  hi  renes  scur 

20  awyrde  under  wolcnum ;     }>aer  hi  wrafie  metao* 
fodor)>ege  gefean,6     }>onne  forst  and  snaw 
mid  ofermaegne     eorSan  ]>e,cca3 
wintergewgedum ;     of  )>am  waestmum  sceal 
eorla  eadwela7     eft  alJklan 

25  furh  comes  gecynd,'"   |>e  ser  claene  bi$ 
saed  onsawen,     bonne  sunnan  glaem 8 
on  l^nctenne     Hfes  tacen 

1  Thorpe,  hof. 


[230] 


035] 


<VVw-v 


)4~^«L 


'5 


[240]  <££-£< 
[250] 


/%/U/y-^ 


2  MS.,  segerum ;  Thorpe,  aege  waere  ut-alaeded ;  Ettmtiller,  aegerum 
ut  alude.  8  MS.,  gin ;  Ettmtiller. 

*  Thorpe,  sumeres  on  lice.  6  MS.,  wassmas. 

6  MS.,  gefeon  ;  Ettmiiller,  gefean  (?);  Grein,  gefeofl  (?). 

7  MS.,  eorla  eadwelan;  Thorpe,  eorl ;  Grein.     8  Ettmtiller,  gleam. 


v\**^    Vrt^a  1 


174  XXIV.    THE  PHCENIX. 

+\. 
we_cce$  woruldgestreon,     fset  }>a  wsestmas  beoS   [255] 

Jmrh  agne  gecynd     eft  ace,nde, 

foldan  frsetwe  :     swa  se  fugel  weorSeS, 

gomel  sefter  gearum,     geong  edniwe 

5  flaisce  bifongen.     No  he  foddor  JugeS    —  '*'ffc l1 
me,te  on  moldan,     nemne  meledeawes      _)  [a6o3 

dail  gebyrge,     se  dreoseS  oft 
set  middre  nihte ;     bi  )>on  se  modga  his 
feorh  afedeft,     oft  )>aet  fyrngesetu 

10  agenne  eard    eft  geseceS. 

IV. 

ponne  bh5  aweaxen    wyrtum  in  gemonge  [265] 

fugel  feftrum  deal,     feorh  biS  nlwe 
geong  geofona l  ful,     \ onne  he  of  greote  his 
<Xp  k^jr     lie  leoSucraeftig,2    ]>set  air  lig  f  ornom, 

15  somnaS  swoles  lafe,     searwum  gegaedra$ 

ban  gebrosnad     sefter  beelprsece,  [270] 

and  ]>onne  gebringeS     ban  and  yslan, 
ades  lafe,     eft  setsomne,  ^ 

and  }>onne  baet  wselreaf    wyrtum  biteldetS    "  "*^J~ 
20  fsegre  gefraetwed.3    ponne  afys'ed  biS    ,w 

agenne  eard     eft  to  secan,  [275] 

}?onne  fotum  ymbfehS     fyres  lafe, 
clam  *  biclyppeS     and  his  cyfrSu  eft 
k*v  ,(i^f  avj^  sunbeorht  gesetu     seceS  on  wynnum,  1 , ,  y. 

•  eJ!*-*-.uii      25  ga(jjg  eSellond.     Eal  biS  geniwad 
XLt^^   /~y.  feorh  and  feSerhoma,     swa  he  eet  frymSe  waes,    [280] 

^-a^,  ]>a,  hine  gerest  God     on  ]>oiie  seftelan  wong 

sigorfeest  se_tte.y    He  his  sylfes  ]?ger 

1  Ettmiiller,  geofena.  2  Thorpe,  lic-leoSu  craeftig ;  Ettmiiller. 

8  Thorpe,  gefrsetwaS  (?).       4  Thorpe,  clawum  (?). 


&Ca~JU. 


XXIV.    THE  PHCENIX.  1 75 

\ 

ban  gebringeS,     pa,  air  brondes  wylm    i  i  / ,  i » 
-'ot^^^^^j  beorhstede     btele  for|)ylmde, 

ascan  to  eacan  ;     ponne  eal  geador   i^-^tl^        [a8s] 
-s^wu*^  „q       bebyJ-geS  beaducrseftig     ban  and  yslan 
<i,  K*^f      j   5  on  ))fun  ealonde.     Bifi  him  ednlwe 

^^^~     ]>i*xe  sunnan  seg'nffl    ponne  swegles  leoht 


■ 


(A., 


*  fu*^  gimma  gladost    ofer  garsecg  up        «^  o.Lv  =?  ^c^^u*  ,  luu.  3j<„ 

aefceltungla  wyn     eastan  HxeS.  •(,  k-J —  "Z .  [290] 

Is  se  fugel  faeger     forweard  hlwe,    &*«*-  t  . 

Ltt*5    ,0  bleobrygdum  fag    ymb  pa  breost  foran;  lru^  ^^ 

&-u>a^.  t*4^w      is  him  pret  heafod     hindan  grene,  pK. 

Wifetllce  wrlxleo2     wurmaji  geblonden.     fin 
ponne  is  se  finta     fsegre  gedaeled,       *•»*$  *■*<**■    [295]- 
8&U.  ^  Ao~k  sum  brun,  sum  basu,     sum  blacum  splottum   ^  &»k-WJ 

15  searollce  beseted.     Sindon  fa  fij5ru  ^\^     V 

hwit  hindanweard,     and  se  hals  grene  ^^  7 

nioSoweard  and  ufeweard,     and  paet  ne,bb  llxeS        Hjl^.  ^-s^_" 
swa  glaes  oSfte  gim,     geaflas  scyne  [300]       ^  <x^) 

innan  and  utan.     Is  seo  eaggebyrd  *~  ^^. 

20  stearc  and  hlwe     stane  gelicast,  ^  *°* 

gladum  gimme,     ponne  in  goldfate 
smv5a  orponcum     bisected  weorSeft. 
Is  ymb  pone  sweoran,     swylce  sunnan  hring,     [305] 
beaga  beorhtast     bregden 8  fefirum.       t(.  t»f  p  ■  n  <? 

25  Wraetllc  is  seo  womb  neoSan,     wundrum  faeger, 
scir  and  scyne.     Is  se  scyld  ufan 

f rsetwum  gejeged     ofer  pses  fugles  baec.       yA^sJb  -  WiJ^  r  l**^xj 
Sindon  pa  scancan     scyllum  biweaxen,  C3io3 

fealwe  fotas.     Se  fugel  is  on  hlwe 

30  aighwaes 4  senile,     onllcost  pean 


1  MS.,  l>egn ;  Thorpe.  2  Thorpe,  wrixled.  ^ —    >. 

8  Ett unifier,  Liogdeu.  *  Thorpe,  aeghwaer  (?).        ^-95* 

V*-***-*-    /w~UXa.   r^A^*^  - 


i;6  XXIV.     THE  PHCEN1X. 

wynnum  geweaxen,     baes  gewritu  secgafl. 
a<N*^       Njs  he  hinderweard     ne  hyj^egjelsa,      a^  -  /JL^ju 

swar  ne  swongor     swa  sume  fuglas,  ^315] 

fa  )>e  late  )>urh  lyft     lacaft  fiSrum ; 
5  ac  he  is  snel  and  swift     and  swISe  leoht, 

wlitig  and  wynsum,     wuldre  gemearcad : 

ece  is  se  aefteling,     se  \>e  him  ead  gifeft  *  I 

ponne  he  gewiteti     wongas  secan  [320] 

his  ealdne  eard    of  pisse  eSeltyrf. 
10  Swa  se  fugel  fleogeS,     f oleum  oSeaweti" 
«/>  rwL~v  <L4      -^mongum  monna     geond  middangeard, 
i^w  J>onne  SQinnaS     siiSan  and  norSan 

eastan  and  westan     eoredcietetum,  [325] 

farao"  feorran  and  nean     folca  pryftum,    1  -j , 
15  pair  hi  sceawiao"     Scyppendes  giefe 

faegre  on  pam  fugle,     swa  him  set  fruman  sette  J^uuU. 

sigora  Soocyning     sellicran  geeynd,  -^r^UlU  ->  ^>iSLU  -^**s_ 

fraetwe  faegerran3    ofer  fugla  cyn.  [33o]i£*~*~-.'5t.  } 

ponne  wundriaS     weras  ofer  eorSan       (L^.         '^+j>~~  <nJ~**x^ 
20  wlite  and  waestma,     and  gewritum  *  cyflaS, 

mundum  mearciaS     on  mearmstane  -^.  r 

hwonne  se  daeg  and  seo  tid     dryhtum  geeawe    »_»*"•-> -  1   v^u. 

fraetwe  flyhthwates.     ponne  fugla  cynn  ^335^]^"     "    s.c- ' 

on  healfa  gehwam 5    heapum  ]>ringaS, 
•5  sigaS  sidwegum,     songe  lofia<5, 

maerao"  modigne     meaglum  reordum 

and  swa  pone  halgan     hringe  beteldaS  /■? 

flyhte  on  lyfte :     Fenix  bits  on  middum  [.3i°] 

fereatum  bibrungen.     peoda  wlltaS, 

1  MS.,  gefeS ;  Grein.  «  Thorpe,  -ed. 

*  MS.,  faegran  ;  Thorpe.  4  MS.,  gewritu  ;  Thorpe. 

*  MS.,  gehwore ;  Thorpe,  gehwone ;  Ettmliller,  gehwsere ;  Sievers. 


XXI V.     THE  PHCENIX.  1 77 

wundrum  wafia6^-    hu  seo  wilgedryht 

wildne  weoroiafi,     woni  aefter  68rum, 
/i^oUi^s.       crseftum  cyflafi  ,  and  for  cyning  maeraS } 

leofne  leodfrugu&n,     l&daS  mid  wynnuin  [345] 

5  aefielne  to  earde,     oft  |>aet  se  anhoga 

ofcfleogeo  1'eSrum  snel,     )>aet  him  gefylgan  ne  mseg 
+•  &^ju~~     dry  mend  ra  gedryht,     }>onne  duguoa  wyn 

of  pisse  eorSan  tyrf    eoel  secetS. 


Swa  se  geseeliga    aefter  swylthwile  [350] 

10  his  ealdcySoe     eft  geneosao*, 
faegre  foldan  ;     fugelas  cyrrao" 
frcjm  )>am  guMrecan     geomormode 
eft  to  earde,     )>onne  se  aeSeling  bits 
giong  in  geardum.     God  ana  wat,  ("355] 

15  Cyning  aelruihtig,     hu  his  gecynde  biS, fv"^-  L'   ,  $-e 

wlfhades  )>e  weres  :     ]>set  ne  wat  senig  ]'*"•  "J*"*  °,~    \  l^ 

nionna  cynnes     butan  Meotod  ana,  *■        ° 

hu  fa  wlsan  sind     wundorllce,  -f»&v*i*>j  r^jii^, 

fseger  fyrngesceap,     ymb  pass  fugles  gebyrd !      [360] 

20  paer  se  eadga  mot     eardes  neotan, 
wyllestreama     wuduholtum  in, 
wunian  in  wonge,     oft  past  wintra  bio" 
fusend  urnen  :     jxmne  him  weorfteS 
ejidellfes;   *hine  ad  fcgceo"      jJ--tco^  ■L^v%.        [365] 

25  ]>urh  Sled  fyr :     hwaetSre  eft  cymeS 
aweaht  wraatlice     wundrum  to  life. 
For  ))on  he  drusende     dea<5  ne  bisorgaS, 
sare  swyltcwale,     ]>e  him  symle  wat 
aefter  ligpraece     Hf  ednlwe,  [370] 

1  MS.,weflaS ;  Thorpe. 


i  no 


178  XXIV.    THE  PHCENIX. 

feorh  aefter  fylle,     fonne  fromlice        u     * 
}mrh  briddes  had     gebreadad  weorflefi       H9n,<  ^so 
eft  of  ascan,     edgeong  wesefi    «V$ 
under  swegles  hleo.     BiS  him  self  gehweefter 
5  sunu  and  swais  feeder     and  symle  eac  [375] 

eft  yrfeweard     ealdre  lafe. 
Forgeaf  him  se  meahta l     moncynnes  Fruina, 
fget  he  swa  wrsetlice     weorSan  sceolde 
eft  fset  ilce     ]>aet  he  aef  j>on  waes, 
I*}  7      10  fetirum  bifongen,     beah  hine  fyr  nime.   ^      [380] 


VI. 

Swa  feet  ece  lif    eadigra  gehwylc, 

aefter  sarwraece,     sylf  geceoseti 

Jmrh  deorcne  deaS     )>aet  he  Dryhtnes  mot, 

aefter  geardagum,     geofona  neotan 
15  on  sindreamum     and  sioSan  a  [385] 

wunian  in  worulde     weorca  to  leane. 

pisses  fugles  gecynd     fela  gellces 2 

bi  }>am  gecornum     Ciistes  f>egnum 

beacnaft  in  burgum,     hu  hi  beorhtne  gefean 
20  Jmrh  Feeder  fultum     on  fas  frecnan  tid  '  [390] 

healdaS  under  heofonum     and  him  heanne  bleed 

in  }>am  uplican     eSle  gestrynaS. 

HabbaS  we  geascad,3     paet  se  aelmihtiga 

worhte  wer  and  wif     jmrh  his  wundra  sped 
25  and  hi  ]a  ges^tte     on  jione  selestan  [395J 

foldan  sceata,4     fone  fira  beam 

nemnafi  neorxnawong,     pair  him  namges  waes 

eades  onsyn,     fenden  eces  word 

halges  hleoftorcwide     healdan  woldan 

1  Ettmuller,  meahtiga.  2  Thorpe,  gelic  is(?). 

3  MS.,  geascaS.  4  MS.,  sceates ;  Thorpe. 


JJ/F.     777£  P II  (EN IX.  I79 

on  fam  niwan  gefean.     pair  him  nr5  gescod,    [400] 
ealdfeondes  aefest,1     se  him  get  gebead 
beames  blede,     feet  hi  bu  fegun 
eeppel  unrsedum     ofer  est  Godes, 

5  byrgdon  forbodene.2     pair  him  bitter  wearS 
yrmfiu  after  tete     and  hyra  eaferum  swa        [405] 
sarlic  symbel,     sunum  and  dohtrum: 
wurdon  teonlice     tOfias  idge8 
ageald  tetter  gylte ;     heefdon  Godes  yrre 

10  bittre  bealosorge  ;     fees  fa.  byre  siftftan 

gyrne  onguldon,     fe  hi  fa±t  gyfl  fegun  [410] 

ofer  eces  word.     For  fon  hi  e5les  wyn 
geomormode     ofgiefan  sceoldon 
furh  ntedran  nr8,     )  a  hio  nearwe  biswac 

15  yldran  usse     in  terdagum 
,  furh  fsecne  ferfi,     8set  hi  feor  fonan  [V5] 

in  fas  deafidene     drohtarS  sohton, 
sorgfulran  gesetu.     Him  wearS  selle  Hf 
heolstre  bihyded     and  se  halga  wong 

20  furh  feondes  searo     fseste  bityned 

wintra  nie_ngu,     oft  faet  Wuldorcyning  [420] 

furh  his  hidercyme     halgnm  togeanes,4 
monncynnes  gefea,     meSra  frefrend 
and  se  anga  hyht,     eft  ontynde. 

VII. 

*5  Is  fon  gellcast,     fees  fe  us  leorneras5 

wordum 6  se.cga$     and  writu 7  cyftaS,  [425] 

1  Ettmiiller,  efest.  2  Ettmiiller,  -enne. 

8  MS.,  wordon  teonlice  to  \>&s  idge ;  Thorpe,  wurdon  teonlice  to 
has  .  .  .  idge  ;  Grein. 

4  MS.,  to  heanes  ;  Thorpe.  6  Thorpe,  lareowas  (?). 

6  MS.,  weorduni ;  Thorpe.  7  Ettmiiller,  writum. 


1 80  XXIV.     THE  PHCENIX. 

pises  fugles  gefser,     ponne  frod  ofgiefetS 

eard  and  eftel     and  geealdad  bi$, 

gewlteo"  werigmod     wintrum  gebysgad, 

bier  he  holtes  hleo     heah  gemetef5, 
5  in  pam  he  getimbreo'     tanum  and  wyrtum        [430] 

J>am  seSelestum     eardwic  111  we, 

nest  on  bearwe  :     bi<5  him  neod  micel, 

J>set  he  feorhgeong  eft     onion  mote 

Jmrh  llges  blaest     Hf  aefter  deaoe, 
10  edgeong  wesan     and  his  ealdcyfrSu  [435] 

sunbeorht  gesetu     secan  mote 

sefter  fyrbaSe.     Swa,  pa  forege^igan        £a^u~-_  t-Jt^. 

yldran  usse     anforleton 

pone  wlitigan  wong     and  wuldres  setl 
15  leoflic  on  laste,     tugon  longne  sift  [440] 

in  hearmra  hond,     pair  him  he^ttende 

earme  agleecan     oft  gescodan. 

Wseron  hwaeSre  monge,     pa  ]>e  Meotude  wel 

gehyrdun1  under  heofonum     halgum  jieawum, 

120  dffidum  dSmllcum,     f>aet  him  Dryhten  weartS    [445] 
heofona  Heahcyning     hold  on  mode, 
peet  is  se  hea2  beam,     in  pain  halge  nu 
wle  weardiaS,     pair  him  wihte  ne  maeg 
ealdfeonda  nan     atre  scejSSan 
25  facnes  tacne     on  fa  frecnan  tld,  [45°! 

peer  him  nest  wyrceS     wis  nI8a  gehwam 
dsedum  domlicum     Dryhtnes  c^mpa, 
ponne  he  aelmessan     earmum  daeleo" 
dugeSa  leasum,     and  him  Dryhten  gecygS 
30  Feeder  on  fultum,     for$  onetteS,  [455] 

1  MS.,  meotude  we    gehyrdun ;    Thorpe,   meotude    gehyrdun ; 
Grundtvig,  wel  gehyrdan  ;  Grein. 

2  Grundtvig,  heah. 


XXJF.     Tili?  PH(ENIX.  l8l 

laenan  lifes     leahtras  dwaesceS, 
mirce  mandiede,     healdefS  Meotudes  ae 
beald  in  breostum     and  gebedu  seceo" 
claenum  gehygdum     and  his  cneo  blgeo" 
5  asfcele  to  eorCan,     flyhft'  yfla  gehwylc  [460] 

grimme  gieltas     for  Godes  $gsan, 
glaedmod  gyrnefc      )»aet  he  godra  maest 
dteda  gefre,mme  :     Juim  bio"  Dryhten  scyld 
in  sloa  gehwane,     sigora  Waldend, 

110  weoruda  Wilgiefa.1     pis  |a  wyrta  sind,  [465] 

waestma  blede,     ]>a,  se  wilda  fugel 

somnao"  under  swegle     side  and  wide 

to  his  wlcstowe,     |>ier  he  wundrum  faest 

wis  nloa  gehwam     nest  gewyrceS. 
15  Swa  nu  in  }>am  wlcum     willan  fre^nmao'  [470] 

mode  and  maegne     Meotudes  ce_mpan, 

maerfia  tilgaS  :     |nes  him  meorde  wile 

ece  aelmihtig     eadge  forgyldan. 

Beoft  him  of  |>am  wyrtum     wlc  gestaSelad 
20  in  wuldres  byrig     weorca  to  leane,  [475] 

haes  he  hi  geheoldan  2     halge  lare, 

hate  aet  heortan3    hige  weallende 

daeges  and  nihtes     Dryhten  lufiaS, 

leohte  geleafan     leofne  ceosao* 
25  ofer  woruldwelan  :     ne  bits  him  wynne  hyht  [480] 

haet  hy  )'is  liene  llf     l$ng  gewunien. 

Dus^eadig  eorl     ecan  dreames4 

heofona5  hames     mid  Heahcyning 

earnaft  on  §lne,     oft  )>aet  emde  cymeo" 
30  dogorrlmes,     ]>onne  deaS  nimeS  [485] 

1  Thorpe,  sigora  wilgiefa  weoruda  waldend. 

2  Ettmiiller,  -nn.  8  MS.,  eortan  ;  Thorpe. 

4  Ettmuller,  dreamas.  6  Thorpe,  heofonlican  (?). 


182  XXIV.     THE  PHCENIX. 

wiga  waelglfre     weepnum  gefuySed1 

ealdor  anra  gehwses,     and  in  eorftan  fseSm 

snude  sanded 2     sawlum  binumene 

lsene  lichonian,     pair  hi  longe  beoS 
5  06  fyres  cyme     foldan  bipeahte.  •    [490] 

ponne  monge  beoS     on  gemot  leeded8 

fyra  cynnes  :     wile  Faeder  ^ngla 

sigora  Softcyning     seonaS  gehegan, 

duguSa  Dryhten,     deman  mid  ryhte. 
10  ponne  eeriste     ealle  gef re.mma'S  [495] 

m§n  on  moldan,     swa  se  mihtiga  Cyning 

beodeS  Brego  e,ngla     byman  stefne 

ofer  sidan  grund,     sawla  N^rgend : 

bio"  se  deorca  deaS     Dryhtnes  meahtum 
15  eadgum  ge^ndad  ;     aeSele  hweorfaS,  [500] 

preatum  |>ringaS,     ]>onne  }>eos  woruld 

scyldwyrcende     in  scome  byrneS 

ade  onajled.     VVeorSeS  anra  gehwylc 

forht  on  ferhSe,4     ponne  fyr  briceft 
20  lame  londwelan,     Hg  eal  jugeS  [505] 

eorftan  sehtgestreon,     aepplede  gold. 

gifre  forgvipe-5,     grsedig  swelgeS 

londes  frsetwe.     ponne  on  leoht  cymeo" 

seldum  Jnsses     in  )>a  openan  tid 
25  feeger  and  gefeallc5     fugles  tacen,  [510] 

]> onne  anwald  eal     up  asteUeS 6 

on  byrgenum     ban  gegsedrad,7 

leomu  He  somod     and  llfes  8  geest 

fore  Cristes  cneo  :     Cyning  prymlice 

1  Ettmiiller,  gebrySe-S.  2  MS.,  sendaS. 

8  MS.,  laeda> ;  Thorpe.  4  MS.,  ferhbe ;  Grundtvig. 

6  MS.,  gefealig  ;  Grundtvig.  6  MS.,  astellatf  ;  Groin. 

7  MS.,  gegsedraft ;  Grein.  8  MS,  liges ;  Grundtvig. 


XXIV.     THE  PIKENIX.  1 83 

of  his  heahsetle    hfilgam  scineft,  [515] 

wlitig  wuldres  gim.     Wei  biS  )>am  pe  mot 
in  )>a  geomran  tad     Gode  lician ! 

VIII. 

paer  )>§.  lichoman     leahtra  cliene 

5  gQngaS  glaedmode,     gastas  hweorfaft 
in  banfatu,     ]>onne  bryne  stlgefc  [520] 

heah  to  heofonum.     Hat  bift  monegum 
e_gesllc  Sled,     J'onne  aura  gehwylc 
soSfeest  ge  synnig     sawel  mid  lice 

10  frQin  moldgvafum     secetS  Meotudes  dom 

forht  afiered.     Fyr  biiS  on  tihte,1  [52s] 

aeleft2  uncyste.3    peer  |  a  eadgan  beoS 
sefter  wreechwlle     weorcum  bifongen, 
agnum  daklum :      fast  J  £1  sepelan  sind 

15  wyrta  wynsume,     mid  |  fun  se  wilda  fugel 

his  sylfes  nest     biseteS  fitan,  [530] 

J>aet  hit  faeringa    fyre  byrnefc, 
forsweleS  under  sunnan     and  he  sylfa  mid 
and  J)onne  sefter  lige     lif  eft  onfeb.8 

20  ednlwinga.     Swa  bi<S  fuira  gehwylc 

flaesce  bifongen     fira  cynnes  [535] 

genlic  and  edgeong,     se  )>e  his  agnum  her 
willum  gewyrceS,     bset  him  Wuldorcyning 
meahtig  set  |>am  maeftle     milde  geweorfteft. 

25  ponne  hleooriafi     halge  gtestas, 

sawla  soSfaeste     song  ahe,bbafi,  [540] 

clsene  and  gecorene,     he/gafi  Cyninges  Jrym 
stefn  aefter  stefne,     stlgaS  to  wuldre 
wlitige  gewyrtad     mid  hyra  weldsedum. 

1  MS.,  ontihte  ;  Thorpe.     2  Grundtvig,  seled.     3  Ettintiller,  un^-vsta. 


184  XXIF.     Tfltf  PHCENIX. 

BeoS  fonne  ame,rede     monna  gaestas, 

beorhte  abywde *     burh  bryne  fyres.  [545] 

Ne  wene  hses 2  ienig     selda  cynnes, 

Jiaet  ic  lygewordum     leotS  somnige, 
5  write  woScrsefte  !     gehyrao"  witedom, 

lobes  gieddinga !     purh  gsestes  bleed. 

breostuni  onbryrded     beald  reordade,  [550] 

wuldre  geweorSad     he  )>set  word  gecwaeo* : 

'  Ic  haet  ne  forhycge     heortan  geboncum, 
^     10  ]>set  ic  011  minum  neste     neobe_d3  ceose 

haele 4  hrawerig,     gewite  hean  ponan 

on  longne  srS     lame  bitolden  [555] 

geomor  gudeeda5     in  greotes  fae'Sm 

and  bonne  sefter  dea6e     ]mrh  Dryhtnes  giefe 
15  swa  se  f  11  gel  Fenix     feorh  ednlwe 

sefter  aMste     agan  mote, 

dreamas  mid  Dryhten,     beer  seo  deore  scolu     [560] 

leofne  lofiaS.     Ic  ]>ses  Hfes  ne  maeg 

sefre  to  ealdre     §nde  gebidan, 
20  leohtes  and  lissa :     f  eah  mm  lie  scyle 

on  moldserne     molsnad  weorSan 

wyrmum  to  willan,     swa  peah  weoruda  God    [565] 

sefter  swylthwile     sawle  alyseo" 

and  in  wuldor  awe,ceo\     Me  baes  wen  naif  re 
25  forbirsteS  in  breostum,     ]>e6  ic  in  Brego  $ngla 

foroweardne 7  gef ean     faeste  haebbe.' 

pus  frod  guma     in  fyrndagum  [570] 

gieddade  gleawmod,     Godes  spelboda, 

ymb  his  asriste     in  ece  lif, 

1  Thorpe,  abysde  (?);  Ettmiiller,  setywde. 

2  Grundtvig,  t>ser.  3  Thorpe,  nea-  (?). 
*  Ettmiiller,  hseles.                               6  Thorpe,  geo-. 

6  Grundtvig,  >>set.  7  Ettmiiller,  -wearde  (?). 


1 
JJ/F.     THE  PHCENIX.  1 85 

past  we  |>y  geornor     ongietan  meahten 
tirfaest  tacen,     J>aet  se  torhta  fugel 
Jmrh  bryne  beacnaft  :     bana  lafe  [575] 

ascan  and  yslan     ealle  gesQmnao" * 
eefter  ligbryne,     laideo"  siSoan 
fugel  on  lotnm     to  frean  geardum, 
sunnan  togeanes,     |i5r  he2  siSSan  for? 
wunaiS3  wintra  fela     waestmum  geniwad         [580] 
ealles  edgiong,     )>iJer  ainig  ne  mseg 
10  in  |-am  leodscipe     lSSSura 4  hwopan. 
Swa  nfi  a^fter  deafie     Jmrh  Dryhtnes  miht 
somod  sTSiao"     sawla  mid  lice, 
faegre  gefreetwed     fugle  gellcast  [585] 

in  eadwelum     aeSelum  st^ncum, 
Jiser  seo  soSfaeste     sunne  lihteo" 
wlitig  ofer  weoredum     in  wuldres  byrig. 


fi^^uj    tu 


'5 


IX. 


ponne  soS  fees  turn     sawlum  scInetS 

heah  ofer  hrofas     Hielende  Crist;  [s9°] 

him  folgiao"     fuglas  scyne 5 

20  beorhte  gebredade     blissum  hremige 
in  )>am6  gladan  ham,     gaestas  gecorene, 
ece  to  ealdre,     )>yer  him  yfle  ne  maeg       u* 
fah  feond  gemah     f acVie  sce_5oan :  »X       [595] 

ac  fair  lifgafi  a,    leohte  werede       +um.<^.    a  uuij 

25  swa,  se  fugel  Fenix     in  freofiu  Dryhtnes     r^vU|2«. 
wlitige  in  wuldre.     Weorc  aura  gehwaes       'V1'"?'    * 


*^$.  u- 


-  Ettmiiller,  -ad. 

3  MS..  wunia'S;  Thorpe. 

6  Ettmiiller,  fiSrum  scyne  (?). 


2  MS.,  hi ;  Grundtvig,  him ;  Thorpe. 
4  Ettmttller,  InKum. 

6  Ettmiiller,  hone(?). 


186  XXIV.     THE  PHCEN1X. 

beorhte  bllcefi     in  p am  bllSan  l  ham 

fore  onsyne     eces  Dryhtnes  [600] 

symle  in  sibbe     sunnan  gellce, 

peer  se  beorhta  beag     broaden  wundrum        ^^^-^ 
5  eorcnanstanum  }  eadigra  gehwam, 

hllfaS  ofer  heafde.     Heafelan  Hxa5 
-p^t<M^,       prymme  bepj^ahte ;     peodnes  cynegold  [605] 

softfeestra  gehwone^  selllc  gl^ngetS 

leohte  in  life,     peer  se  longa  gefea  l§<m  &>^_j 
10  ece  and  edgeong    eefre  ne  sweoraS, 
<^Ma^<JuT  ac  hy  in  wlite  wuniaft     wuldre  bitolden     1.-1 3 

feegrum  freetwum     mid  Feeder  $ngla.  [610] 

Ne  bi6  him  on  Jam  wicum     wiht  to  sorge, 
'"wroht  ne  weSel     ne  gewindagas, 
15  hungor  se  hata     ne  se  hearda2  purst, 

yrmSu  ne  yldo  :     him  se  eeftela  Cyning 

forgifeS  goda  gehwylc,     peer  geesta  gedryht     [615] 

Heelend  he^rgaft     and  Heofoncyninges 

meahte  meersiafi,     singaft  Metude  lof. 
20  SwInsaS  sibgedryht     swega  meeste 

heedre  ymb  peet  halge     heahseld  Godes ; 

blfSe  bletsiaft     Bregu  selestan       t>  -i,^^         J620] 
«cc«rv^.      eadge  mid  e^nglum     efenhleofire  pus :  °      S<m« 

"Sib  si  pe,  s65  God,     and  snyttrucraeft,       (?,  hn^J-  ^t^UoU 
25  and  pe  pone  sy     prymsittendum 

geongra^gyfena,     goda  gehwylces  ! 

Micel,uniheete     meegnes  stie_ngSu3  C62s3 

heah  and  halig !     Heofonas  sindon 

feegre  gefylled,     Feeder  eelmihtig, 
30  ealra  prymmaprym,     pines  wuldres 

uppe  mid  e^nglum     and  on  eorSan  s§mod ! 

1  MS.,  blipam ;  Thorpe.    2  Thorpe,  hearde.    3  MS.,  strenftu  ;  Thorpe. 


XXIV.     THE  l'IKENIX.  1 87 

GefreotSa  Qsic,  frymtSa  Scyppend !     \>u  eart  Feeder 

aelmihtig,  [630] 

in  heannesse     heofuna  Waldend ! " 

pus  reordiatS     ryhtfr^mmende 

manes  ame/ede     in  |)tere  maeran  byrig, 
5  cyne)>rym  cy5at5 ;     Caseres  lof 

singatS  on  swegle     sofifaestra  gedryht :  [635] 

<pam  anura  is     ece  weortSmynd 

forts  butan  e_nde ;     naes  his  frymtS  aifre, 
\     eades  ongyn !     );eah  he  on  eorSan  her 
10  jmrh  cildes  had     canned  waere 

in  middangeard,     hwaetSre  his  meahta  sped  [640] 

heah  ofer  heofonum     halig  wunade, 

dom  unbryce  !     ]>eah  he  deatSes  cwealm 

on  rode  treowe  l     raefnan  sceolde, 
15  pearllc  wite,     he  }>y  }>riddan  daege 

aefter  llces  hryre     lif  eft  onfeng  [645] 

burh  Faeder  fultum.     Swa  Fenix  bcacnatS 

geong  in  geardum     Godbearnes  meaht, 

])onne  he  of  ascan     eft  onwaecnetS2 
20  in  llfes  lif    leomum  gejmngen. 

Swa  se  Haalend  us     helpe3  gefre,mede  C65°] 

)>urh  his  llces  gedal,     Hf  butan  §nde, 

swa  se  fugel  swetuin     his  fitSru  tu 

and  wynsumum     wyrtum  gefylletS,     jpll,<kw.ti^i  ^t*A^Xi 
25  faegrum  foldwaestmum,     |>onne  afysed  bits.' 

paet  sindon  \>a.  word,     swa  us  gewritu  se,cgatS,        [655] 

hleotSor  haligra,     \>e  him  to  heofonum  bits        -  vrkja^. 

to  fam  mildan  Gode     mod  fifysed 

in  dreama  dream,     faer  hi  Dryhtne  to  giefe 

1  MS.,  rodetreow  ;  Ettmiiller,  rodetreowe. 

8  MS.,  onwsecned ;  Thorpe.  »  MS.,  elpe ;  Thorpe. 


1 88  XXIV.     TEE  PHCENIX. 

worda  and  weorca     wynsumne  ste,nc 

in  fa,  mseran  gesceaft     Meotude  bringaS  [660] 

in  ]>set  leohte  llf.     Sy  him  lof  symle 

Jmrh  woruld  worulda    and  wuldres  bleed, 

5  ar  and  onwald     in  pam  upllcan 
rodera  rice !    He  is  on  ryht  Cyning 
middangeardes     and  msegenprymmes  [66s] 

wuldre  biwunden     in  }>£ere  wlitigan  byrig. 
HafaS  us  alyfed     lucis  auctor, 

10  J)8et  we  motun  her     merueri1 

goddaidimi  begietan     gauclia  in  celo, 

J>ser  we  motun     maxima  regna  [670] 

secan.and  gesittan     sedibus  altis, 

lifgan  in  lisse     hccis  et  pads, 

15  agan  eardinga     almae  letitiae, 

brucan  blseddaga,     blandem  et  mitem  Jl^^^-9^ 
geseon  sigora  Frean     sine  fine,  \f>?$] 

and  him  lof  singan     laude  perenne 
eadge  mid  ^nglum.     Alleluia. 

1  Ettmuller,  meruisse ;  Grein,  mereri. 


dix  v.       V^3     Lf  |-J|f    (^L.  I*-*~S 

a~^*-3     l-io 


3  3    <  ->^-t>-7  *-» 

©^-v-aX*  Ltt^4-T  ((-n   4.  .©^4_^L,   en  ^  ^  ^  - 

w       -vj*.  3  y  >  A  ol 
'-(    *l  *  y#-x.    r    (M    <*♦!-  *. 

*«. 


cV>j>r  o-*j^j-*|     ^a>-i>-«t»1»  .-tJ&Ao  j  .%*4 

_  \ 

IS      -        J-? 

:.K^-f    X»-l>   "Ix-O-i  *Xa 

i 

t 


^Xjz^c 


t.fy. 


7,    APPENDIX  I. 


LACTANTIUS  DE   AVE  PHOENICE. 

[The  text  is  that  of  Rieee  (Antbologia  Latina,  II,  Teubner,  1870) ;  variant! 
•re  obtained  from  the  edition  of  Baehrens  (Poetae  Latini  Minores,  III,  Teubner, 
1881).  —  A  =  Cod.  Parieinus  (8th  cent.);  B  =  Cod.  Veronensis  (9th  cent.); 
C  (Rieae,  V)  =Cod.  Voasianus  (10th  cent.).] 

'  ~  5  Est  locus  in  prime-  felix  oriente  remotus, 

M- 1  l  Qua  patet  aeterni  maxima  porta  poli, 

i*t-'«3       Nee  tainen  aestivos  hiemisve  propinquus  ad  ortus, 
i"l  -**J  Sed  qua  sol  verno  fundit  ab  axe  diem. 

* ' "  ^V  5  Hac  planities  tractus  diff undit  apertos, 
2^T-  to  Nee  tumulus  crescit  nee  cava  vallis  hiat ; 

3  I  - 1         Sed  nostros  montes,  quorum  iuga  celsa  putantur, 
~*-9~^  Per  bis  sex  ulnas  eminet  ille  locus. 

^  3   W         Hie  solis  nemus  est  et  consitus  arbore  multa 
1  H~S    io      Lucus  perpetuae  frondis  honore  virens. 

Cum  Phaethonteis  flagrasset  ab  ignibus  axis, 
Ille  locus  flammis  inviolatus  erat; 
W  I  -  3       Et  cum  diluvium  mersisset  fluctibus  orbem, 
S««-S  Deucalioneas  exsuperavit  aquas. 

b»z.S(m  xs  Non  hue  exsangues  Morbi,1  non  aegra  Senectus, 

■>  "*•  Nee  Mors  crudelis,  nee  Metus  asper  adest,2 

^°-55      Nee  Scelus  infandum,  nee  opum  vesana  Cupido, 
5S  Aut  tmetus,3  aut  ardens  caedis  amore  Furor ;  O^w^LtU*. 

5Xj <  S       Luctus  acerbus  abest,  et  Egestas  obsita  pannis, 
Si  -V I  20       Et  Curae  insomnes,  et  violenta  Fames. 
i~l  -  8         Non  ibi  tempestas,  nee  vis  furit  horrida  venti, 
4>  o  Nee  gelido  terram  rore  pruina  tegit ; 

*•  '  Nulla  super  campos  tendit  sua  vellera  nubes, 

io  i  -  z.  Nee  cadit  ex  alto  turbidus  humor  aquae. 

£»*.-*>     25  Sed  fons  in  medio  est,  quern  vivum  nomine  dicunt, 

1  C,  exsaiiguis  morbus.  *  C,  adit.  >  Baehrens,  Ira. 

189 


19O  APPENDIX    I. 

1°  5  Perspicuus,  lenis,  dulcibus  uber  aquis, 

t>  t  ~7        Qui  semel  erumpens  per  singula  tempora  mensum 
fc>7~8  Duodecies  undis  irrigat  omne  nemus. 

T  I  Hie  genus  arboreum  procero  stipite  surgens 

A  "***~~7  30       Non  lapsura  solo  mitia  poma  gerit. 
ST*f  -  w  ■?  }f  Hoc  nemus,  hos  lucos  avis  incolit  unica  Phoenix, 

^7-8         Unica,  sed  vivit  morte  refecta  sua. 
*Jo- 1       Paret  et  obsequitur  Phoebo  memoranda  satelles: 
Hoc  Natura  parens  munus  habere  dedit. 
94~ 8  35  Lutea  cum  primum  surgens  Aurora  rubescit, 

Cum  primum  rosea  sidera  luce  fugat, 
I  bfc-'J      Ter  quater  ilia  pias  inmergit  corpus  in  undas, 
I  o^r-f  o        Ter  quater  e  vivo  gurgite  libat  aquam. 
IM-z.       Tollitur  ac  summo  considit  in  arboris  altae 
tii~-*f  40      Vertice,  quae  totum  despicit  una  nemus, 
lf%~y      Et  con  versa  novos  Phoebi  nascentis  ad  ortus 

Expectat  radios  et  iubar  exoriens. 
'  '"I  -^      Atque  ubi  Sol  pepulit  fulgentis  limina  portae 

Et  primi  emicuit  luminis  aura  levis, 
f  i4( _«745  Incipit  ilia  sacri  modulamina  fundere  cantus 
Et  mira  lucem  voce  referre 1  novam, 
Quam  nee  aedoniae  voces  nee  tibia  possit 
Musica  Cirrheis  assimilare  modis. 
'  *i  7         Sed  neque  olor  moriens  imitari  posse  putetur, 
'  ^  5   50       Nee  Cylleneae  fila  canora  lyrae. 
**  /        Postquam  Phoebus  equos  in  aperta  effudit  Olympi 
IYz  Atque  orbem  totum  protulit  usque  means, 

'  H  J~S     Ula  ter  alarum  repetito  verbere  plaudit 
t  M  f  Ignif  erumque  caput  ter  venerata  silet. 

"fC    55  Atque  eadem  celeres  etiam  disoriminat  horas 
m<1  Innarrabilibus  nocte  dieque  sonis, 

/  «♦  V       Antistes  luci  nemorumque  verenda  sacerdos8 

Et  sola  arcanis  conscia,  Phoebe,  tuis. 
I  $"f-z.    Quae  postquam  vitae  iam  mille  peregerit  annos 
'  53- Y60       Ac  se  reddiderint  tempora  longa  gravem, 
( jf  «f        Ut  reparet  lapsum  fatis  vergentibus  aevum, 
1X1  ~  5       Adsuetum  nemoris  dulce  cubile  fugit; 

1  A,  ciere.  2  This  line  according  to  Baebrena. 


LACTANTIUS   DE  AVE   PIIOENICE.  191 

1  i~x~         Cumque  renascendi  studio  loca  sancta  reliquit, 
1  i  fc-  ?-         Tuni  petit  hunc  orbem,  mors  ubi  regna  tenet. 
ii<b     65   Dirigit  in  Syriam  celeres  longaeva  volatus, 
Phoenicis  nomen  cui  dedit  ipsa  Venus,1 
tb^  Secretosque  petit  deserta  per  avia  lucos, 

no  Sicubi  per  saltus  silva  remota  latet. 

ni-3       Turn  legit  aerio  sublimem  vertice  palraam, 
n  3-  h  7°       Quae  Graiiun  Phoenix  ex  ave  nomen  habet, 
'")<*  -fru     In  quani  nulla  nocens  animans  prorumpere  possit, 
•  S-o  Lubricus  aut  serpens  aut  avis  ulla  rapax. 

1  *1-         Turn  ventos  claudit  pendentibus  Aeolus  antris, 
1  SIT  - 1         Ne  violent  flabris  aera  purpureum 
1 5>     75  Neu  concreta  notis 2  nubes  per  inania  caeli 
•  S3.  iJi-i        Submoveat  radios  solis  et  obsit  avi. 
li^.c         Construit  inde  sibi  seu  niduin  sive  sepulcrum; 
\%et-ck^_         Nam  perit,  ut  vivat:  se  tamen  ipsa  creat. 
1 9  •».  -  (o      Colligit  hie  sucos  et  odores  divite  silva, 

80       Quos  legit  Assyrius,  quos  opulentus  Araps, 
Quos  aut  Pygmeae  gentes  aut  India  carpit 

Aut  molli  generat  terra  Sabaea  sinu. 
Cinnamon  hie  auramque  procul  spirantis  amomi 
Congerit  et  mixto  balsamo  cum  folio. 
85  Non  casiae  mitis  nee  olentis  vimen  acanthi 
Nee  turis  lacrimae  guttaque  pinguis  abest ; 
His  addit  teneras  nardi  pubentis  aristas 
Etsociat3  myrrhae  vim,  panacea,  tuam. 
*-«  z  Protinus  tinstructo4  corpus  mutabile  nido 

2*l-(*     9°       Vitalique  toro  membra  quieta  locat. 

5- 7  Ore  dehinc  sucos  membris  circumque  supraque 

*i  Inicit  exequiis  inmnritura  suis. 

'  7  Tunc  inter  varios  animam  commendat  odores, 

xi  1 .  ii_©         Depositi  tanti  nee  timet  ilia  fidem. 
*-i3_-v\  95   Interea  corpus  genitali  morte  peremptum 
Aestuat  et  flammam  parturit  ipse  calor, 
it  .  ,  x       Aetherioque  procul  de  lumine  concipit  ignem: 


<S  -'5 


Flagrat  et  ambustum  solvitur  in  cinerem. 


1  B,  C,  vetuetae;  Heinsiue,  Venus;  Baebreos,  vetus  {as  in  A,  D,  Y.;. 

1  Heiosiui.        s  Qt  gociam.        *  A,  iaetructos;  C,  iustractis,  Fianciut,  inetructo. 


loo  -  | 


ig2  APPENDIX    I. 

a-**--  *+  '  Quos  velut  in  massam  cineres  tin  morte1  coactos 

•l  T-fc  aJij-i       100       Conflat ;  et  effectum  seminis  instar  habet. 

i  ->-    \  Hinc  animal  primum  sine  membris  fertur  oriri, 

•5  q  Sed  fertur  vermis  lacteus  esse  color. 

3  W  Creverit  immensum  subito  cum  tempore  certo, 

\.$  Seque  ovi  teretis  colligit  in  speciem  ; 

"i  <^  105  Inde  reformatur  qualis  fuit  ante  figura 

^  o~l  Et  Phoenix  ruptis  pullulat  exuviis. 

Ac  velut  agrestes,  cum  filo  ad  saxa  tenentur, 
Mutari  tiniae  papilione  solent, 
S'l-feo  Non  illi  cibus  est  nostro  concessus  in  orbe 

Nee  cuiquam  inplumem  pascere  cura  subest. 
Ambrosios  libat  caelesti  nectare  rores, 
Stellifero  tenues  qui  cecidere  polo. 
f°'L  i  Hos  legit,  his  alitur  mediis  in  odoribus  ales, 

k 3 "  W  Donee  maturam  proferat  effigiem. 

i*s"  - 1     xis  Ast  ubi  primaeva  coepit  florere  iuventa, 
Hv-5  Evolat  ad  patrias  iam  reditura  domos. 

bSr  ^o        Ante  tamen,  proprio  quicquid  de  corpore  restat, 
1 1  Ossaque  vel  cineres  exuviasque  suas 

1 3  -  <f  Unguine  balsameo  murraque  et  ture  soluto 

1  l-I    120       Condit  et  in  formam  conglobat  ore  pio. 

I  b-8  Quam  pedibus  gestans  contendit  solis  ad  ortus2 
Vo~~]  Inque  ara  residens  ponit  in  aede  sacra. 
'Hi                Mirandam  sese  praestat  praebetque  tvidenti; 

Tantus  avi  decor  est,  tantus  abundat  honor. 
125  Principio  color  est,  quali  sua  semina  celant,8 
tMitia  quo  croceo  Punica  grana  tegunt. 
Qualis  inest  foliis,  quae  fert  agreste  papaver, 
tCum  pandit  vestes  t Flora  rubente  tsolo. 
^2.  Hoc  humeri  pectusque  decens  velamine  fulget; 

I I  -*f    130       Hoc  caput,  hoc  cervix  summaque  terga  nitent. 
<\l~io  Caudaque  porrigitur  fulvo  distenta  metallo, 
"ft   T  In  cuius  maculis  purpura  mixta  rubet. 
It-  %          tClarum  inter  pennas  insigne  est  t  super,  Iris 

Pingere  ceu  nubem  desuper  alta4  solet. 

1  A,  B,  C,  in  more;  Ritschl,  uraore.  *  edd.,  urbern;  Riese,  arces. 

8  A,  B,  C,  qualis  sub  sidere  caeli.  *  A,  B,  C,  aura;  codd.  dett.  alta. 


<*1- 

Soo 

i 

o  I   - 

5 

a. 

S- 

C   M° 

lo 

M 

11- 

IX 

l-u 

'45 

»i 

-«s 

»S 

IU 

n- 

i? 

ISO 

LACTANTIUS  DE  AVE  l'UOKS ICE.  193 

%<\<%      135  Albicat  Insignia  mixto  viridante  zmaragdo 
Et  puro  cornu  gemmea  cuspis  hiat. 
Ingentes  oculos  credas  geminos  hyacinthos, 

Quorum  de  medio  lucida  flamma  micat. 
Aequatur1  toto  capiti  radiata  corona 

Phoebei  referens  verticis  alta  decus. 
Crura  tegunt  squamae  fulvo  distincta  metallo; 

Ast  ungues  roseo  tinguit  honore  color. 
Effigies  inter  pavouis  mixta  figuram 
Cernitur  et  pictam  Phasidis  inter  avem. 
145   Magnitiem,  terris  Arabum  quae  gignitur,  ale? 
Vix  aequare  potest,  seu  fera  seu  sit  avis. 
Non  tamen  est  tarda  ut  volucres,  quae  corpore  magno 

Incessus  pigros  per  grave  pondus  habent, 
Sed  levis  ac  velox,  regali  plena  decore: 
Talis  in  uspectu  se  tenet  usque  bominum. 
V4.1-T^|.  Hue  venit  Aegyptus  tanti  ad  miracula  visus 
"*-9  Et  raram  volucrem  turba  salutat  ovans. 

^  3  Protinus  exculpunt  sacrato  in  marmore  formam 

1  <4  Et  titulo  signant  remque  diemque  novo. 

JS'-tiss  Contrahit  in  coetum  sese  genus  orane  volanturn, 

Nee  praedae  memor  est  ulla  nee  ulla  metus. 
"i^-Mo     Alituum  stipata  choro  volat  ilia  per  altum 
***•  Turbaque  prosequitur  munere  laeta  pio. 

&•  -2.      Sed  postquam  puri  pervenit  ad  aetberis  auras, 
52.-5160       Mox  redit  ilia ;  suis  conditur  inde  locis. 
At  fortunatae  sortis  tfelixque  voluerum, 

Cui  de  se  nasci  praestitit  ipse  deus! 
Femina  seu  mas  est  seu  neutrum :  belua  felix,2 
Felix  quae  Veneris  foedera  nulla  colit ! 
165   Mors  illi  Venus  est :  sola  est  in  morte  voluptas : 
US-TW        Ut  possit  nasci,  appetit  ante  mori. 
T.V-C     Ipsa  sibi  proles,  suus  est  pater  et  suus  beres, 

Nutriz  ipsa  sui,  semper  alumna  sibi. 
7 1         Ipsa  quidem,  sed  non  eadein,  quia  et  ipsa  nee  ipsa  est, 
"3%-o  170       Aeternam  vitam  mortis  adepta  bono. 

1  Klapp,  arquatur.  2  This  line  according  to  Baehreni. 


NOTES. 

M^"  The  heavy  figures  refer  to  the  pages ;  the  ordinary  figures  to  the  line  number. 


I.     THE   ANGLO-SAXON   GOSPELS. 

There  is  only  one  known  Anglo-Saxon  translation  of  the  four 
Gospels  (the  remaining  books  of  the  New  Testament  were  not  trans- 
lated into  Anglo-Saxon).  The  dialect  is  Late  West-Saxon.  It  is  not 
known  by  whom  or  at  what  place  this  translation  was  made  ;  its  exact 
date  is  also  undetermined,  but  it  is  agreed  that  this  must  be  looked 
for  within  the  limits  of  the  last  quarter  of  the  tenth  century,  and 
presumably  within  the  latter  half  of  that  period.  Four  early  manu- 
script copies  are  preserved  :  (1)  Corpus  Christi  Coll.  Camb.  MS.  140  ; 
(2)  Bodl.  Lib.  MS.  441  ;  (3)  Cotton  MS.  Otho  C.  I.  (seriously  injured 
by  fire);  (4)  Camb.  Univ.  Lib.  MS.  Ii.  2.  11.  Of  these  the  first  three 
are  supposed  to  belong  to  the  last  decade  of  the  tenth  century  (Skeat), 
though  this  date  has  been  questioned  as  being  somewhat  too  early 
(Reimann).  The  Corpus  MS.  is  preferred  as  a  basis  for  a  critical 
text ;  the  Bodl.  and  Cotton  MSS.  are  closely  related  to  each  other  and 
constitute  a  separate  group,  and  the  Univ.  Lib.  MS.  is  separated  from 
the  other  three  by  orthographic  and  minor  differences  which  mark  it 
as  later  in  date  (Skeat  places  it  at  about  the  year  1050).  Two  addi- 
tional copies  are  preserved  which  belong  to  a  period  after  the  Conquest 
and  to  the  Kentish  district  (Reimann:  "Die  Sprache  der  mittelken- 
tischen  Evangelien,"  Berlin,  1883).  The  first  of  these  (Bibl.  Reg. 
MS.  1.  A.  xiv.,  Brit.  Mus.)  is  exclusively  based  on  the  Bodl.  MS.,  and 
the  second  (Hatton  MS.  38,  Bodl.  Lib.)  is  copied  from  the  first.  The 
Anglo-Saxon  translator's  original  was  one  of  the  Vulgate  manuscripts. 
The  translation  is  for  the  most  part  clear  and  simple  in  style  and 
vocabulary,  but  a  conservative  regard  for  the  original  has  to  some 
degree  unduly  influenced  constructions  and  collocations,  and  occa- 
sional errors  point  to  misapprehension  of  the  Latin.    The  latest  and 

»95 


196  NOTES. 

the  best  edition  of  these  Gospels  is  that  of  Professor  W.  W.  Skeat 
(Cambridge  University  Press,  1871-1887). J 

1,  2. —  to.     Notice  the  position  of  the  prepositional  adverb. 

1,  3-4.  —  seo  m^negu  .  .  .  wairon.  A  collective  noun  may  take  a 
plural  verb ;  cf.  the  variant  A,  and  the  preceding  line. 

1,  6.  —  to  sawenne.  The  gerund  (the  dat.  of  the  inf.  with  the  prep, 
to)  expresses  the  purpose  of  motion. 

1,  8.  —  stanscyligean.  This  substantive  use  of  the  adj.  agrees  with 
the  Latin,  which  has  petrosa.  The  weak  form  of  the  adj.,  however, 
requires  a  demonstrative  (cf.  ba  stanscyligean,  2,  15);  the  strong  form 
which  we  should  here  expect  is  stanscylige  (cf .  on  stainihte  :  in  petrosa, 
Matt.  xiii.  5). 

1,  8-9.  —  Oppstlgendne  and  wexendne  waestm.  This  emenda- 
tion is  in  conformity  with  the  original :  et  dabat  fructum  ascendentem 
et  crescentem. 

1,  15.  —  J»ritigfealdue  etc.  The  noun  wasstm  is  understood;  cf. 
the  variant  A. 

2,  2. —  to  gehyranne.     The  gerund  may  limit  a  noun  or  adjective. 
2,  3-4.  —  J»a  twelfe  )>e  mid  him  wairon:  hi  qui  cum  eo  erant  duo- 

decim  ;  some  Latin  texts  have  cum  duodecim. 

2,  5.  —  to  witanne  etc.  The  gerund  clause  is  here  the  logical  sub- 
ject of  an  impersonal  verb ;  a  final  clause  may  take  the  place  of  this 
construction :  eow  is  geseald  bset  ge  witun  Godes  rices  geryne,  Luke 
viii.  10. 

2,  19.  —  and  hraedlice  etc.  has  been  supplied  from  Matt.  xiii.  21, 
in  accordance  with  the  usual  Latin  text :  confestim  scandalizantur. 

2,  21-23.  —  The  MSS.  read:  and  of  yrmffe  and  svvicdome  wo- 
roldwelene  (A,  -welena)  and  offra  gewilnunga  J>aet  word  ofJ>rys- 
maft  (A,  -iaS),  and  synt  baton  wsestme  gewordene:  et  aerumnae 
saectdi  et  ckceptio  divitiarum  et  circa  reliqua  concupiscentiae  introeun- 
tcs  suffocant  verbum,  et  sine  fructu  efficitur.  The  emendations  of  the 
text  are  based  on  the  following  corresponding  passages :  and  J>onne 
geornfullnes  Jnsse  worulde  and  leasung  J>isse  vvoruld welena 
for}>rysiniaJ»  J>aet  word,  and  hit  is  baton  waestme  geworden  :  et 
sollicitudo  saeculi  istius  et  foil  aria  divitiarum  suffocat  verbum,  et  sine 
fructu  efficitur  (Matt.  xiii.  22);  and  of  carum  and  of  welum  and 

1  For  bibliographical  details  on  all  subjects  relating  to  Anglo-Saxon  literature, 
the  student  Is  referred,  once  for  all,  to  Wiilker's  Grundriss  zur  Geschickte  der 
angelsachsischen  Literatur,  Leipsic,  1885. 


NOTES.  197 

of  lustum  Jjyses  lifes  synt  for)>rysmode,  and  nanne  waestm  ne 
bringaff  :  et  a  soUicitudinibus  et  diviliis  et  voluptatibus  vitae  euntes 
8vffocan£itr,  et  non  referunt fructum  (Luke  viii.  14). 

3,  1.  —  Cwyst  J»u  cymff  \>xt  leohtfcet  \>xt  etc.:  Numquid  ceuit 
lucerna  ut  sub  modio ponatur.  Forma  erf  Becgan  and  of  cweffan  are 
used  as  interrogative  particles.  —  cyniff  is  apparently  a  Latinisin. 

3,  12.  —  god  is  supplied  by  the  translator. 

4,  1.  —  hi  oufengon  etc.:  assitmiuit  rum.  ita  ut  erat,  in  navi.  The 
sense  requires  a  change  in  the  order  of  the  words :  e.g.  swa,  he  was, 
on  scipe. 

4,  3.  —  he  (i.e.  wind). 


II.    ORPHEUS  AND  EURYDICE. 

This  narrative  (also  chapters  ix.,  x.,  and  xi.,  below)  is  taken  from 
the  so-called  Alfredian  version  of  the  De  Consolatione  Philosophiae 
of  Anicius  Manlius  Severinus  Boethius.  Boethius,  bom  at  Rome 
about  the  year  475  a.d.,  was  a  man  of  senatorial  rank  and  of  high 
favor  at  the  court  of  Theoderic.  Among  his  notable  acts  in  public 
life  was  his  courageous  defence  of  the  senator  Albinus  against  a 
charge  of  treason.  This  furnished  his  enemies  an  occasion  to  turn 
the  accusation  against  himself.  Their  malignant  purpose  prevailed, 
and  Boethius  was  unjustly  condemned,  and  cast  into  prison  at  Ti- 
cinum  (Pavia).  It  was  during  this  imprisonment  that  he  wrote 
the  celebrated  work  on  the  Consolation  of  Philosophy.  His  goods 
were  confiscated,  and  he  was  tortured  and  executed  in  the  year 
525. 

Boethius  was  a  renowned  scholar  and  a  skilful  writer.  He  studied 
Plato  and  Aristotle  with  special  ardor,  and  wrote  and  translati  d 
important  works  on  philosophy,  logic,  mathematics,  and  music,  by 
which  he  not  only  transmitted  Greek  learning  to  his  contemporary s, 
but  more  especially  exerted  a  marked  influence  upon  mediaeval  scho- 
lasticism. The  De  Consolatione  Philosophiae  is  undoubtedly  his  most 
famous  work.  In  form  (prose  intermingled  with  verse)  it  is  in  the 
tradition  of  the  Menippean  satire,  and  bears  some  resemblance  to  the 
De  Nuptiis  PhUologiae  et  Mercurii  of  Martianus  Capella.  The  follow- 
ing summary  of  the  work  is  taken  from  the  ninth  edition  of  the 
Encyclopaedia  Britannica : 


198  NOTES. 

"  The  first  book  opens  with  a  few  verses,  in  which  Boethius  describes 
how  his  sorrows  had  turned  his  hair  gray,  and  had  brought  him  to  a  prema- 
ture old  age.  As  he  is  thus  lamenting,  a  woman  appears  to  him  of  digni- 
fied mien,  whom  for  a  time  he  cannot  distinguish  in  consequence  of  his 
tears,  but  at  last  recognizes  her  as  his  guardian,  Philosophy.  She,  resolv- 
ing to  apply  the  remedy  for  his  grief,  puts  some  questions  to  him  for  that 
purpose.  She  finds  that  he  believes  that  God  rules  the  world,  but  does 
not  know  what  he  himself  is;  and  this  absence  of  self-knowledge  is  the 
cause  of  his  weakness.  In  the  second  book  Philosophy  presents  to  Boethius 
Fortune,  who  is  made  to  state  to  him  the  blessings  he  has  enjoyed,  and 
after  that  proceeds  to  discuss  with  him  the  kind  of  blessings  that  fortune 
can  bestow,  which  are  shown  to  be  unsatisfactory  and  uncertain.  In  the 
third  book  Philosophy  promises  to  lead  him  to  true  happiness,  which  is  to 
be  found  in  God  alone;  for  since  God  is  the  highest  good,  and  the  highest 
good  is  true  happiness,  God  is  true  happiness.  Nor  can  real  evil  exist,  for 
since  God  is  all-powerful,  and  since  he  does  not  wish  evil,  evil  must  be 
non-existent.  In  the  fourth  book  Boethius  raises  the  question,  Why,  if  the 
governor  of  the  universe  is  good,  do  evils  exist,  and  why  is  virtue  often 
punished  and  vice  rewarded  ?  Philosophy  proceeds  to  show  that  this  takes 
place  only  in  appearance ;  that  vice  is  never  unpunished  nor  virtue  unre- 
warded. From  this  Philosophy  passes  into  a  discussion  in  regard  to  the 
nature  of  providence  and  fate,  and  shows  that  every  fortune  is  good.  The 
fifth  and  last  book  takes  up  the  question  of  man's  free  will  and  God's  fore- 
knowledge, and  by  an  exposition  of  the  nature  of  God,  attempts  to  show 
that  these  doctrines  are  not  subversive  of  each  other;  and  the  conclusion 
is  drawn  that  God  remains  a  foreknowing  spectator  of  all  events,  and  the 
ever-present  eternity  of  his  vision  agrees  with  the  future  quality  of  our 
actions,  dispensing  rewards  to  the  good  and  punishments  to  the  wicked." 

Translations  of  this  work  by  King  Alfred,  Chaucer,  and  Queen 
Elizabeth  testify  to  the  esteem  in  which  England  has  held  it.  Of  the 
Alfredian  translation  only  two  complete  manuscripts  have  become 
known  ;  these  are,  however,  later  than  Alfred's  day,  and  represent 
the  late  West-Saxon  dialect  with  more  or  less  of  an  admixture  of  non- 
West-Saxon  forms.  The  better  copy  (MS.  Cotton,  Otho  A.  6),  which 
was  seriously  damaged  in  the  fire  of  1731,  is  unique  in  containing  a 
metrical  version  of  most  of  the  poems  of  the  original ;  it  apparently 
belongs  to  the  first  half  of  the  tenth  century.  The  second  copy  (MS. 
Bodl.  180)  is  entirely  in  prose,  and  as  much  as  three-quarters  of  a 
century  later  than  the  first.  The  only  available  edition  of  this  Anglo- 
Saxon  text  is  that  of  Samuel  Fox  (Bohn's  Antiquarian  Library, 
London,  18G4);  the  Latin  original  is  edited  by  Peiper  (Teubner, 
Leipsic,  1871).  Consult  further:  Teuffel,  History  of  Roman  Litera- 
ture (5th,  ed.)j  Ebert,  Allgemeine  Geschichte  der  Literatur  des  Mit- 


NOTES.  199 

telaltera  tm  Abendlande  (Leipsic,  1874-1887);  Simcox,  A  History  of 
Lathi  Literature  from  Ennui*  to  Boethius. 

The  tale  of  Orpheus  and  Eurydice,  in  the  form  of  a  poem,  closes  the 
tliinl  book  of  the  original.  In  the  Anglo-Saxon  version  only  the  intro- 
ductory lines,  which  precede  the  tale  itself,  are  in  metre  (Grein,  Vol. 
II.,  p.  320,  no.  xxiii).  Notice  the  characteristic  pointing  of  the  moral  y 
at  the  end.  On  the  life  and  works  of  Alfred  the  Great,  see  Stephen's 
Dictionary  of  National  Biography,  Freeman's  History  of  the  Norman 
Conquest  of  England,  Vol.  I.,  Green's  Conquest  of  England,  ten  Brink's 
Early  English  Literature,  and  Earle's  Anglo-Saxmi  Literature, 

5,  10.  —  sceolde.     For  this  special  use,  see  Glossary. 

6,  10.  —  fta  hi  secgaff  ffxt  etc.,  'these  (or  who),  they  say  (that 
they),  know,'  etc. 

7,  17.  —  J>ara  J>e.     In  the  relative  clause  introduced  by  )>ara  >e 
(eorum  qui)  the  verb  is  usually  singular,  though  it  may  also  be  plural. 


III.    ACCOUNT  OF  THE  POET  CJEDMON. 

This  extract  (also  '  The  Conversion  of  Edwin,'  below)  is  taken 
from  the  so-called  Alfredian  version  of  Bede's  Historia  Ecelesiastica 
Gentis  Anglorum.  Bede  (Bseda  or  Beda)  was  born  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  \V(  annouth  about  the  year  073,  and  died  in  the  year  735.  At 
the  age  of  seven  he  was  placed  under  the  charge  of  Benedict  Biscop, 
abbot  of  Weannouth,  and  while  yet  a  child  was  transferred  to  the 
neighboring  monastery  at  Jarrow,  where,  ordained  a  deacon  at  nineteen 
and  a  priest  at  thirty,  he  spent  the  remainder  of  his  life.  He  was  a 
man  of  gentle  and  devout  spirit,  zealous  in  religion,  and  assiduous  in 
study,  of  wide  and  varied  learning,  and  a  voluminous  writer.  He 
wrote  in  Latin.  See  Ebert,  Teuffel,  Stephen,  ten  Brink,  and  Earle. 
Bede's  greatest  work,  the  Church  History  of  the  Anglian  People,  was 
completed  in  the  last  years  of  his  life,  and  is  therefore  "the  ripest 
fruit  of  his  pen."     It  is  thus  summarized  by  Ebert: 

"  This  work  is  divided  into  five  books.  The  first  twenty-two  chapters 
of  the  first  book  form  only  an  introduction,  wherein  after  a  short  descrip' 
tion  of  Britain  and  its  ancient  inhabitants  we  have  the  history  of  the 
country  reaching  irom  Julius  Caosar   ^with  particular  reference  to  its 


200  NOTES. 

earlier  conversion  to  Christianity,  on  the  hasis  of  Orosius,  whom  Beda 
often  follows  word  for  word,  and  especially  Gildas,  whose  history  here 
supplies  the  clue  throughout)  to  the  introduction  of  Christianity  among 
the  Angles  by  Gregory's  missionaries.  Only  from  this  point  (chap.  23) 
begins  the  work  proper  and  independent  research  of  Beda.  The  church 
history  of  the  Angles  is  then  carried  down  in  this  book  to  the  death  of 
Gregory  the  Great,  a.d.  (JOi.  The  second  book  begins  with  a  long  obituary 
of  this  pope  so  important  for  England's  church,  and  ends  with  the  death  of' 
Edwin,  king  of  Northumberland,  a.d.  633.  The  third  book  reaches  to  G<J5, 
when  Wighart  went  to  Rome  to  be  consecrated  archbishop  of  Canterbury; 
but  as  he  dies  in  Rome,  Theodore,  the  monk  of  Tarsus,  is  consecrated  by 
the  pope  in  his  room.  Here  begins  the  fourth  book,  extending  to  the  death 
of  Cuthbert  (087),  the  famous  saint  already  twice  celebrated  by  Beda  him- 
self. The  last  book  (to  the  year  731)  concludes  with  a  survey  of  the  several 
sees  and  of  the  general  state  of  Britain  in  that  year,  when  profound  peace 
led  mauy  nobles  to  exchange  arms  for  cloister  life"  (Mayor  and  Lumby's 
edition  of  the  third  and  fourth  books  of  Bede's  Hist.,  Cambridge,  1881). 

The  complete  Latin  text  is  accessible  in  a  convenient  edition  by  G. 
H.  Moberly,  Oxford,  1881,  and  in  another  by  A.  Holder,  Freiburg  and 
Tubingen,  1882.  A  valuable  historical  study  based  on  Bede  is  em- 
braced in  Chapters  on  Early  English  Church  History,  by  William 
Bright,  Oxford,  1888. 

The  Anglo-Saxon  version  of  this  work  has  recently  been  published 
by  the  Early  English  Text  Society  ;  the  editor,  Dr.  Thomas  Miller, 
argues  that  "  the  evidence  of  the  dialect  favours  production  on  Mercian 
soil"  (see  his  Introduction). 

Bede's  account  of  the  earliest  named  English  poet  possesses  genuine 
interest ;  though  clothed  in  a  legend  which,  with  variations,  is  found 
recurring  in  literature  since  the  Dream  of  Hesiod,  in  other  respects  the 
details  are  to  be  accepted  as  trustworthy  (see  ten  Brink's  Appen- 
dix A).    Cfedmon  is  supposed  to  have  died  in  the  year  680. 

8,  1.  —  In  ffeosse  abbudissan  mynstre,  'In  the  monastery  of  this 
abbess,'  i.e.  in  the  monastery  at  Streaneshalh  (Whitby)  of  its  founder 
and  first  abbess  Hild. 

8,  16.  —  gnd  he  for  Son  etc.  :  unde  nihil  unquam  frivoli  et  super- 
vacui  poematis  facere  potuit ;  sed  ea  tantummodo  quae  ad  religionem 
pertinent,  religiosam  eius  linguam  decebant.  —  leasunge  ne  Idles 
leopes,  partitive  genitive.  —  ac  efne  ba  an  Sa  o*e  etc.,  '  but  just  those 
[songs]  only  which  it  became  his  (the)  pious  tongue  to  sing';  notice 
that  the  possessive  (his)  precedes  the  article ;  Sweet  changes  J>a  (before 
jefe,stan.)  to  ]?aere  (dat.)  as  required  by  the  usual  construction  of  geda- 


NOTES.  20 1 

fenian,  and  regards  the  ace.  as  possibly  a  "slavish  following  of  the 
Latin  "  (cf.  the  gloss,  at  Luke  iv.  43  of  the  Durham  Book,  oportet  me  : 
gedaefneS  mec  ;  March). 

9,  4.  — gelyfdre  ylde.  A  predicate  genitive  may  denote  a  charac- 
teristic of  the  subject. 

9.  5-6. —  }>onne  \> air  waes  blisse  intinga  gedemed  etc.  :  cum  esset 
laetitiae  causa  decretum  ><t  omnee  per  ordinem  cantare  deberent.  "  The 
translator  has  evidently  taken  causa  for  the  nom.  instead  of  the  abl." 
(Sweet),  otherwise  he  would  have  written  for  intingan. 

9,  16.  —  Cednnjn  (orCsedmon).  The  theories  respecting  this  name 
are  summed  up  by  Cook  (Publications  of  the  Mod.  Lang.  Association 
of  America,  Vol.  VI.,  p.  9  f.). 

9.  22.  —  J>a  fers  qihI  J»a  word  etc.  Notice  the  variation  from  the 
Latin:  versus  quos  nurnquam  audierat,  quorum  iste  est  sensus. 

9,  25  f.  —  Caedmon's  Hymn.  Bede  himself  merely  translates  this 
hymn  into  Latin,  but  copies  of  it  in  Anglo-Saxon  are  found  at  blank 
spaces  of  Latin  MSS.  of  his  History ;  of  these  copies  the  most  impor- 
tant is  given  at  the  end  of  the  Moore  MS.  (Kk.  5.  16,  Cam.  Univ.  Lib.), 
for  this  is  in  the  Northumbrian  dialect  and  substantially  represents,  it 
is  believed,  the  hymn  in  its  original  form.     It  is  as  follows : 

nu  scylun  hergan    hefaenricaes  uard, 

metudaes  maecti    end  his  modgidanc, 

uerc  uuldurfadur ;    sue  he  uundra  gihuaes, 

eci  dryctin,    or  astelidae. 

he  aerist  scop    aelda  baruum 

heben  til  hrofe,    haleg  scepen. 

Tha  middungeard    moncynnaes  uard, 

eci  dryctin,    aefter  tiadae 

firum  fold11    frea  allmeetig. 

Primo  cantavit    Caedmon  istud  carmen. 

This  Northumbrian  copy  is  presumably  as  early  as  the  year  737  (see 
Sweet,  The  Oldest  English  Texts,  London,  1885,  p.  148).  For  a  list  of 
the  occurrences  of  this  hymn  in  MSS.,  see  Miller's  ed.  of  the  Anglo- 
Saxon  Bede,  p.  xvii  f.  The  Anglo-Saxon  translator  of  Bede's  History 
did  not  therefore  reconstruct  the  hymn  on  the  basis  of  Bede's  Latin 
version,  but  inserted  it  in  its  current  vernacular  form  (see  ten  Brink, 
Appendix  A). 

10.  7-8.  —  ond  )>am  wordum  etc.:  et  eis  mox  plura,  in  eundetn 
moduli  verba  l>eo  digni  carminis  adiunxit.    Agreement  with  the  Latin 


202  NOTES. 

is  here  very  close  ;  we  should  expect  on  [or  In]  J»aem  ilcan  gemete 
(Sweet),  wyrffe  (=  dignus)  usually  governs  the  genitive,  but  other 
instances  of  its  use  with  the  dative  are  found  in  the  Bede  (Englische 
Studien,  XV.,  p.  159  f.). 

10,  21.  —  >a  he  ffa  haefde  J>a  wisan  onf\>ng*ne  etc.:  at  Me  sus- 
cepto  negotio  abiit. 

11,  6.  —  >aette  seolfan  >a  his  lareowas  etc.  :  (suaviusque  reso- 
nando)  doctorcs  suos  vidssim  auditores  sui  faciebat. 

11,  26-27.  —  betynde  Qnd  ge^ndode :  conclusit. —  gewitenesse 
ond  forfffore  :  decessus.  A  single  Latin  word  is  frequently  rendered 
by  two  synonyms. 

13,  9-13.  —  Qnd  seo  tunge  .  .  .  betynde:  illaqne  lingua  quae  tot 
salutaria  verba  in  laudem  Conditoris  composuerat,  ultima  quoque  verba 
in  laudem  ij)sius  [componeret],  signando  sese  et  spiritum  suum  in 
manus  eius  commendando,  clauderet  [vitam]. 


IV.    CYNEWULF  AND  CYNEHEARD. 

This  chapter  introduces  the  student  to  the  famous  Anglo-Saxon 
Chronicles. 

"  As  a  body  of  history  [these  annals]  extend  from  a.d.  449  to  1154, — 
that  is,  exclusive  of  the  book-made  annals  that  form  a  long  avenue  at  the 
beginning,  and  start  from  Julius  Caesar.  The  period  covered  by  the  age 
of  the  extant  manuscripts  is  hardly  less  than  three  hundred  years,  from 
about  a.d.  900  to  about  a.d.  1200.  A  large  number  of  hands  must  have 
wrought  from  time  to  time  at  their  production,  and,  as  the  work  is  wholly 
anonymous  and  void  of  all  external  marks  of  authorship,  the  various  and 
several  contributions  can  only  be  determined  by  internal  evidence  "  (Earle, 
Anglo-Saxon  Lit.).  Earle  himself  has  examined  and  set  forth  this  evidence 
(Two  of  the  Saxon  Chronicles,  Oxford,  1865;  see  also  ten  Brink,  Early 
English  Lit.). 

The  annal  of  755  (written  at  least  as  late  as  the  year  784,  and 
apparently  entered  later  than  the  annal  of  that  year)  is  a  remarkable 
example  of  early  vernacular  prose.  "  We  do  not  meet  with  so  vivid 
and  circumstantial  a  piece  of  history  till  more  than  a  hundred  years 
later"  (Sweet).  "  The  syntax  is  not  more  rugged  than  that  of  Thu- 
cydides.     It  corresponds  well  to  the  time  which  produced  it,  in  which 


NOTES.  203 

brief  efforts  of  diction  had  been  long  familiar,  but  a  sustained  narra- 
tive not  of  ten  attempted  in  writing"  (Earle,  English  Prose,  London, 
1890). 

The  Parker  MS.,  from  which  the  text  is  taken,  represents  the  Early 
West-Saxon  dialect,  the  language  of  Alfred  the  Great  (see  Sievers' 
Grammar,  Appendix). 

14,  1.  —  Her,  'at  this  place  in  the  annals.'  The  manuscripts  were 
first  marked  off  in  spaces  or  lines  for  each  year,  which  were  to  be  filled 
in  as  the  compiler  might  find  matter.  ' '  Many  of  these  spaces 
remained  blank  to  the  last.  ...  Out  of  this  mechanical  process  of 
construction  grew  the  fashion  of  beginning  the  annals  with  an  adverb, 
not  of  time,  but  of  place"  (Earle). 

14,  2. — wiotan  forms  with  Cynewulf  a  compound  subject;  the 
verb  agrees  with  the  first  and  nearest  member  of  the  subject.  Cf. 
Abraham  forSferde  and  witegan,  '  Abraham  and  the  prophets  died.' 
.Elfric,  Horn.  II.,  232,  18. 

15.  8.  —  The  slaying  of  the  king  is  thus  reported  in  the  annal  of 
784  (6) :  Her  Cyneheard  ofslSh  Cynewulf  cyning,  ond  he  )>Jer  wear|> 
ofslsegen  ond  lxxxiiii  monna  mid  him. 


V.     WARS  OF  ALFRED  THE  GREAT. 

The  reign  of  Alfred  the  Great  (871-901)  was  begun  on  the  battle- 
field against  the  incursions  of  the  Danes.  The  following  annals  belong 
to  the  warmest  and  most  detailed  narratives  of  some  of  the  king's  mili- 
tary campaigns.  "The  style  assumes  a  different  aspect;  without 
losing  the  force  and  simplicity  of  the  earlier  pieces,  it  becomes  refined 
and  polished  to  a  high  degree"  (Sweet).  Freeman's  History  of  the 
Norman  Conquest  of  England,  Vol.  I.,  and  Green's  Conquest  of  Eng- 
land are  important  for  the  history  of  these  times. 

16,  11. — on  ."Escesdone.  'at  Ashdown '  (Berkshire).  For  com- 
ments on  this  battle  of  Ashdown,  see  Freeman,  Old  English  History 
(London,  1876),  p.  Ill  f.,  and  Green,  The  Conquest  of  England, 
p.  102  f. 

16,  20. — ond  fela  )>asenda  ofslaegenra,  'and  many  thousands 
[were]  slain '  ;  ofslaegenra  is  gen.  by  attraction  and  agrees  with 
}>useuda. 


204  NOTES. 

17,  13.  —  Qnd  hine  lQnge  on  daeg  gefliemde  etc.  This  "  is  one  of 
those  fights  in  which  we  read  that  the  English  drove  the  Danes  to 
flight,  and  yet  that  the  Danes  kept  possession  of  the  place  of  slaugh- 
ter. In  battles  between  irregular  levies  and  a  smaller  but  better  dis- 
ciplined band  of  invaders,  this  result  is  not  so  unlikely  as  it  seems  at 
first  sight"  (Freeman). 

17,  27. —  on  Lymene  inilbaii.  The  ancient  river  'Limen'  has 
altogether  disappeared.  Mr.  Etheridge  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
Great  Britain  says :  "I  think  the  great  alluvial  plain  of  Romney 
Marsh  and  Walling  Marsh  covers  up  much  of  the  early  physical  his- 
tory of  that  coast.  There  is  no  reason  whatever  why,  in  former  times, 
there  may  not  have  been  an  extensive  river  running  up  to  Appledore 
either  from  Romney  or  Rye,  or  even  Hythe"  (Notes  in  Earle's  ed.). 

18,  1.  —  hundtwelftiges.  The  genitive  with  an  adjective  (lang) 
may  denote  measure. 

18,  4. —  iiii  mila  fram  }>aem  muhan  uteweardum,  'four  (ace. 
of  extent)  miles  (partitive  gen.)  from  the  outside  (the  lower  part)  of 
the  mouth'  (ci.  24,  14). 

18,  19. — gif  hie  aenigne  feld  secan  wolden,  'if  they  were  to 
come  out  into  the  open  field'  (Sweet). 

19,  8.  — ac  hi  haefdon  J>a  heora  sterna  gesetenne  etc.,  'but  they 
had  then  sat  out  (served)  their  term  of  military  service  and  exhausted 
their  supplies.'  When  habban  forms  a  compound  tense  with  the  pp. 
of  a  transitive  verb,  the  pp.  is  often  inflected  to  agree  with  the  object. 

19,  21.  —  baton  swi>e  gewaldenum  diele  etc.,  'except  a  very 
inconsiderable  body  of  the  people  (i.e.  self-enlisted  volunteers,  and  not 
strictly  a  part  of  the  "fierd"  ;  Earle)  [which  turned]  eastwards.' 

20,  7. —  Haefdon  hi  hiora  onfangen,  '  they  (Alfred  and  Athelred) 
had  received  them  (the  sons  of  Htesten)  [as  godchildren].' 

20,  12.  —  his  (i.e.  Hsesten's)  cumpaeder.  Ethelred  (^E>ered) 
being  godfather  to  one  of  the  sons  of  Hsesten,  cumpaeder  here  ex- 
presses his  consequent  relationship  to  Hsesten  himself,  and  not  that 
between  the  two  godfathers  Alfred  and  Ethelred  (co-sponsors). 

24,  14.  —  aet  ufeweardum  etc.,  'at  the  upper  (inner)  part  of  the 
mouth  (estuary)  on  dry  land.' 

25,  12.  —  ser  ealra  hSligra  maessan,  'before  the  feast  of  Allhal- 
lows,  or  All  Saints '  (November  1st). 


NOTES.  205 


VI.    ALFRED'S  PREFACE   TO  THE   PASTORAL  CARE. 

In  learning  and  literature  Alfred  the  Great  was  both  patron  and 
author;  "he  writes,  just  as  he  fights  and  legislates,  with  a  single  eye 
to  the  good  of  his  people"  (Freeman).  The  Danes  had  wrought  an 
"intellectual  ruin,"  which,  after  the  treaty  at  Wedinore  in  878,  he 
labored  to  repair.  The  literary  leadership  which  once  belonged  to 
Northumbria  was  now  set  up  in  Wessex.  Poetry  had  flourished  in 
the  Northumbrian  period ;  in  Wessex  the  first  great  period  of  prose 
was  now  ushered  in. 

In  this  preface  from  the  king's  own  hand  we  have  a  comment  on 
the  state  of  learning  in  his  kingdom,  an  expression  of  his  theory  for 
the  education  of  youth,  and  an  account  of  his  aim  and  method  in 
supplying,  by  the  help  of  scholars  whom  he  had  gathered  around  him, 
vernacular  versions  of  celebrated  books. 

26,  1,  2.  —  Alfred  kining  hateff.  The  third  person  of  formal 
greeting;  hate  (first  pers.)  introduces  the  discourse  (cf.  107,  1,  2). 
The  meaning  of  hatan  is  here  also  merely  formal.  —  Waerferff,  bishop 
of  Worcester.  Alfred  intended  to  send  a  copy  of  this  work  to  each 
bishop  in  his  kingdom  (29,  5  f.),  and  accordingly  left  a  blank  space 
between  gretan  and  biscep  for  the  insertion  of  a  different  name  in 
each  copy.  The  Hatton  MS.  (of  the  text)  is  unique  in  having  the 
name  of  the  bishop  filled  in  ;  on  the  first  page  is  also  written  :  Deos 
boc  sceal  to  Wiogora  Ceastre. 

27,  26.  —  wundrade.  Notice  that  this  verb  governs  both  the  geni- 
tive (wiotona)  and  the  clause  introduced  by  tSset. 


VII.    FROM  THE  PASTORAL  CARE. 

Pope  Gregory  the  Great  was  born  about  540  and  died  in  604.  Many 
details  of  his  life  are  set  forth  in  ^Elfric's  homily  given  below  (XV.). 
His  work  on  the  duties  and  responsibilities  of  the  episcopal  office  was 
for  centuries  held  in  high  esteem,  and  was  often  at  Church  Councils 
"authoritatively  recognized  as  the  standard  of  life  and  doctrine  for 
bishops"  (Bramley).  A  convenient  summary  of  the  work  is  given  by 
J.  Barmby,  Gregory  the  Great  [The  Fathers  for  English  Readers j. 


206  NOTES. 

London,  1879.  The  text  of  the  original  is  edited  by  R.  H.  Bramley, 
Oxford  and  London,  1874.  The  Anglo-Saxon  version  is  edited  by 
Sweet  for  the  Early  English  Text  Society  (1871);  being  preserved  in 
two  manuscripts  (Hatton,  20,  Bodl.  Lib.,  and  Cotton  Tiberius,  B.  XI. 
Brit.  Mus.)  which  are  regarded  as  contemporary  with  Alfred,  "it 
affords  data  of  the  highest  value  for  fixing  the  grammatical  peculiari- 
ties of  the  West-Saxon  dialect  of  the  ninth  century  [Early  West- 
Saxon]  "  (Sweet). 

30,  1.  —  >u  leofusta  broffur.  The  work  is  addressed  to  John, 
Bishop  of  Ravenna ;  Gregory  justifies  his  reluctance  in  accepting  the 
popedom,  as  well  as  his  composition  of  this  work,  by  his  deep  sense 
of  the  responsibility  of  the  pastoral  office. 

30,  8.  —  ond  se  ffe  hi  etc.  :  et  qui  incaute  expetiit,  adeptum  se  esse 
pertimescat.  The  tense  of  underfenge  is  probably  not  due  to  the 
Latin,  but  is  rather  in  lively  anticipation  of  the  completed  act. 

31,  13. — crseft.  The  Latin  has  arcem,  which  was  possibly  "mis- 
read as  artem"  (Sweet). 

31,  16.  —  For  ffon  ffe  nan  craeft  etc.  'Since  no  art  is  for  him  to 
teach  who  has  not  first  diligently  learned  it.' 

32,  4.  —  '  Hi  secaff  '  etc.     Matt,  xxiii.  6,  7. 
32,  14.  — '  Hie  ricsedon '  etc.     Hosea  viii.  4. 

32,  21.  —  '  Hie  Sonne  etc. :  Quos  tamen  interims  judex  et  provehit, 
et  nescit :  quia  quos  permittendo  tolerat,  profecto  per  judicium  repro- 
bationis  ignorat.  The  translator  has  in  the  last  clause  deviated  from 
the  sense  of  the  original. 

32,  23.  —  Ac  ffeah  hi  etc.     Matt.  vii.  22,  23  ;  Luke  xiii.  27. 

32,  27.  —  '  Da  hierdas  '  etc. :  '  Ipsi  pastores  ignoraverunt  intelli- 
gentiam'1  (Isa.  lvi.  11).  Quos  rursum  Dominus  detestatur,  dicens, 
'  Et  tenentes  legem  nescierunt  me''  (Jer.  ii.  8). 

33,  1.  — '  Se  ffe  God'  etc.:  '  Si  qnis  autem  ignorat,  ignorabitur' 
(1  Cor.  xiv.  38). 

33,  7.  —  '  Gif  se  bllnda '  etc.     Matt.  xv.  14. 

33,  7.  — sien  hira  eagan  etc.  Ps.  lxviii.  24  (lxix.  23).  The  appli- 
cation of  these  words  is  representative  of  Gregory's  symbolic  interpre- 
tation of  Scripture ;  a  more  elaborate  example  is  given  in  the  next 
selection. 

33,  28.  —  '  Ge  fortr&don '  etc.     Ezek.  xxxiv.  18,  19. 

34,  9.  —  '  Yfle  preostas  '  etc.     Hosea  v.  1  ;  ix.  8. 
34,  18.—  '  Se  ffe  iSnigne '  etc.    Matt,  xviii.  6. 


NOTES.  207 

35,  4.  —  HO  9wiffe  etc.    Lib.  II.,  cap.  xi.  of  the  original. 
35,  23.  —  '  Donne  ic  cume  '  etc.     1  Tim.  iv.  13. 
35,  25.  —  '  Loca  Dryhten  '  etc.     Ps.  cxviii.  97  (cxix.  97). 
35,  28.  —  '  Wyre  feower  hringas  '  etc.     Exod.  xxv.  12  f. 
37,  15.  — l  Beoff  slmle  gearwe '  etc.     1  Peter  iii.  15. 


VIII.     THE    VOYAGES    OF    OHTHERE    AND    WCLFSTAN. 

The  Alfredian  version  of  Orosius's  Compendious  History  of  the 
World,  like  all  the  Alfredian  translations,  abounds  in  variations  from 
the  original,  in  contractions,  in  expansions,  and  in  original  insertions. 
Specially  important  passages  have  been  inserted  in  the  first  chapter  of 
the  first  book. 

"  They  consist  of  a  complete  description  of  all  the  countries  in  which  the 
Teutonic  tongue  prevailed  at  Alfred's  time,  and  a  full  narrative  of  the 
travels  of  two  voyagers,  which  the  king  wrote  down  from  their  own  lips. 
One  of  these,  a  Norwegian  named  Ohthere.  had  quite  circumnavigated  the 
coast  of  Scandinavia  in  his  travels,  and  had  even  penetrated  to  the  White 
Sea;  the  other,  named  Wulfstan,  had  sailed  from  Schleswigto  Frische  Haff. 
The  geographical  and  ethnographical  details  of  both  accounts  are  exceed- 
ingly interesting,  and  their  style  is  attractive,  clear,  and  concrete"  (ten 
Brink). 

Bosworth's  edition  of  these  voyages  (1855)  is  valuable  for  its  anno- 
tations, a  map,  and  R.  T.  Hampson's  "  Essay  on  the  Geography  of 
King  Alfred  the  Great."  The  entire  Anglo-Saxon  version,  with  the 
Latin  original,  has  been  edited  by  Sweet  for  the  Early  English  Text 
Society  (1883).  The  Lauderdale  MS.  (ninth  century)  belongs  to  the 
Early  West-Saxon  period  ;  the  Cotton  MS.  (Tiberius  B.  i.  Brit,  Mus. ), 
which  is  used  to  supply  a  gap  in  the  text,  belongs  to  the  tenth  century. 

Ohtiiere's  First  Voyage.  — Ohthere  set  out  from  his  home  on  the 
western  coast  of  Norway  in  the  northern  part  of  '  Helgoland '  (which 
corresponds  in  part  to  modern  Helgeland,  the  southern  district  of 
Nordland).  He  sailed  northward  along  the  coast,  and  on  the  sixth 
day  doubled  the  North  Cape ;  for  the  next  four  days  his  course  was 
eastward,  along  '  Terfinna  land,'  after  which  he  turned  south  into  the 
White  Sea  (Cwen  Sie),  and  in  five  days  more  reached  the  mouth  of 
the  river  Dwina  (an  micel  ea). 


208  NOTES. 

Ohthere's  Second  Voyage.  —  Ohthere  afterwards  sailed  from 
'  Helgoland '  on  a  southern  voyage ;  he  followed  the  west  and  south 
coast  of  Norway ;  entering  the  Skager  Rack,  he  first  landed  at 
'  Sciringesheal,'  a  'port'  on  the  Bay  of  Christiania.  Thence  he  sailed 
.southward,  through  the  Cattegat,  along  the  southern  coast  of  Sweden 
(De_iieinearc,  i.e.  the  provinces  of  Halland,  Scania  or  Schonen,  in 
the  south  of  Sweden),  through  The  Sound.  At  first  he  had  on  his 
right  Skager  Rack  (widsai),  then  Jutland  (Gotland),  then  Zealand 
(Sille,nde)  and  many  islands  (iglanda  fela)  to  the  south  and  south- 
west of  Zealand.  In  five  days  he  arrived  at  the  Danish  port  Haddehy 
(aet  Hiejnim,  at  or  near  the  present  site  of  Schleswig). 

Wllfstan's  Voyage. — Wulfstan  (perhaps  a  Dane)  sailed  in  the 
Baltic  Sea.  Setting  out  from  Schleswig  (HSJ»um),  he  coasted  to  the 
south  of  the  islands  Langeland  (Laugaland),  Laaland  (Lasland), 
Falster,  and  Sconey  (Sconeg)  ;  proceeding  in  the  main  arm  of  the 
Baltic  he  passed  south  of  Bornholm  (Burgenda  land),  leaving  also 
on  his  left  the  more  remote  Blekingen  and  More  (Blecinga-eg, 
Meore,  provinces  in  the  south  of  Sweden),  and  the  islands  Oeland 
(Eowland)  and  Gothland  (Gotland).  On  his  right  he  had  Meck- 
lenburg, Pomerania,  etc.  (Weonodland,  the  country  of  the  Wends), 
until  he  reached  the  Frische  Haff  (Estmere).  His  voyage  of  seven 
days  ended  at  the  Drausensea  (mere),  on  the  shore  of  which  stood 
'Truso.' 

39,  11. — Beormas.  The  country  of  the  Permians  (Biarmaland) 
was  on  the  eastern  coast  of  the  White  Sea,  north  and  east  of  the 
river  Dwina.  "In  the  middle  ages,  the  Scandinavian  pirates  gave 
the  name  Permia  to  the  whole  country  between  the  White  Sea  and 
the  Ural"  (Bosworth,  n.  42). 

39,  13. — Terfinna  land  extended  from  the  White  Sea  to  the 
North  Cape.  "Belonging  to  Sweden  is  the  tract  inhabited  by  Lap- 
landers called  Trennes  and  Pihinieni,  ...  In  the  Trennes  we  seem 
to  have  the  Terfinns  of  Alfred"  (Hampson). 

40,  19.  —  wilde  moras.  The  '  waste  lands  '  correspond  to  the 
present  province  of  Norrland. 

41,  1 .  —  Cwena  land.  "  The  country  east  and  west  of  the  Gulf  of 
Bothnia,  from  Norway  to  the  '  Cwen '  or  White  Sea,  including  Fin- 
mark  on  the  north"  (Bosworth,  n.  36). 

41,  15.  —  Iraland.  That  Ireland  can  here  be  meant,  is  highly 
improbable.      Some   editors  have  thought  that  the  text  should  be 


NOTES.  209 

emended  to  read  Isaland  (or  Iseland),  'Iceland';  then  ha  igland 
between  Iceland  and  bissum  lande  (i.e.  Britain)  would  be  the  islands 
of  Faroe,  Shetland,  and  Orkney.  This  is  the  simplest  solution  of  the 
difficulty,  but  it  has  not  removed  all  doubts.  Rieger  suggests  the 
Shetlands,  and  Brenner  {Englische  Studien,  IV .,  p.  457)  argues  in  favor 
of  Iaederen,  in  the  southwest  of  Norway,  and  understands  bissum 
lande  to  refer  to  the  home  of  Ohthere.  Brenner's  view  is  not  satis- 
factory. 

42,  13.  —  Wislemuffan.  An  eastern  branch  of  the  Vistula  (Wisle), 
the  Nogat,  on  its  way  to  the  Frische  Haff  (Estm^re)  is  joined, 
north  of  the  Drausensea  (me.re),  by  the  Elbing  (Ilfing)  which  then 
gives  up  its  name.  Wislemflafa  does  not  therefore  correspond  to  the 
Weichselmiinde  of  the  modern  map. 

42,  15.  — The  country  of  the  Estas,  or  Esthonians,  was  to  the  east 
of  the  Vistula  and  extended  north  to  the  coast  of  the  Baltic. 

43,  18.  — Ale_cga*T  hit  bonne  forhwaege  on  anre  mile  etc.  Bos- 
worth  has  designed  the  following  illustration  of  the  plan  of  these 
races : 

vi  v  iv  iii  ii  i    1    2  3  * « e 

I 1 I I I I  ••••• 

e  d  c    b  a 

Where  The  six  parts  of  the 

the  horsemen  property  placed 

assemble.  within  one  mile. 

"The  horsemen  assemble  five  or  six  miles  from  the  property,  aid 
or  e,  and  run  towards  c  ;  the  man  who  has  the  swiftest  horse,  coining 
first  to  1  or  c,  takes  the  first  and  largest  part.  The  man  who  has  the 
horse  coming  second,  takes  part  2  or  b,  and  so,  in  succession,  till  the 
least  part,  6  or  a,  is  taken." 


IX.     IT   IS    BETTER    TO    SUFFER   AN   INJURY   THAN 
TO    INFLICT   ONE. 

This  extract  is  from  the  fourth  book  of  the  Boethius ;  see  Notes  to 
'  Orpheus  and  Eurydice.' 

45,  2.  —  J»is  folc,  i.e.  the  vulgus,  just  spoken  of  as  indifferent  to 
such  reasoning  (At  vulgus  ista  non  respicit);  the  '  folc '  is  again  spoken 
of  in  this  manner  below  (46,  7). 


2IO  NOTES. 


X.     PROVIDENCE    AND    FATE. 

This  extract  is  also  from  the  fourth  book  of  the  Boethius.  It  is  a 
very  free  paraphrase  of  the  original. 

50,  9  f .  —  Swa  swa  on  waines  eaxe  etc.  The  passage  in  the 
original  corresponding  to  this  paragraph  contains  inerely  a  simple 
figure  of  concentric  spheres,  for  which  the  Anglo-Saxon  translator  has 
substituted  the  more  ingenious  and  elaborate  figure  of  the  wheel. 


XI.     THE    NATURE    OF    GOD. 

The  translator  has  here  constructed  a  brief  chapter  of  clear  and 
simple  statements  on  the  basis  of  the  much  fuller  and  somewhat 
involved  discussion  at  the  close  of  the  original. 


XII.     THE    CONVERSION    OF    EDWIN. 

Edwin  (585  ?-633),  son  of  JElla,  king  of  Deira,  was  the  first  Chris- 
tian king  of  Northumbria  (uniting  Bernicia  with  his  hereditary  Deira) , 
with  York  as  the  centre  of  his  government.  His  eventful  life  as  nar- 
rated by  Bede  embraces  legendary  incidents.  Soon  after  his  father's 
death  in  588,  Deira  was  conquered  and  governed  by  JEthelric,  king  of 
Bernicia ;  Edwin,  in  consequence,  was  compelled  to  live  in  exile  from 
the  third  year  of  his  age  until  the  East- Anglian  king,  Ra;dwald,  over- 
came TEthelfrith,  son  and  successor  of  iEthelric,  on  the  banks  of  the 
Idle  (017),  and  regained  for  him  his  father's  kingdom.  After  sub- 
duing Bernicia,  Edwin  extended  his  dominions  to  the  north  (Edin- 
burgh, i.e.  Eadwinesburh,  is  supposed  to  preserve  his  name),  to  the 
west  and  to  the  south,  and  within  nine  years  became  "overlord  of 
every  English  kingdom,  save  Kent  ;  and  Kent  was  knit  to  him  by  his 
marriage  with  iEthelburh"  (Green).  He  was  ranked  as  the  fifth 
Bretwalda. 

Edwin's  conversion  to  Christianity,  after  his  political  successes,  is 
made  to  turn  upon  a  promise  which  a  mysterious  visitor  had  exacted 


N0TB8.  211 

from  him  while  in  exile  at  the  court  of  Rsedwald.  This  visitor  came 
upon  him  while  sitting  at  night  meditating  upon  his  troubles.  Edwin 
was  brought  to  promise,  upon  condition  of  overcoming  his  enemies 
and  securing  his  father's  throne,  to  obey  in  all  things  the  injunctions 
of  his  deliverer;  whereupon  the  stranger  laid  his  right  hand  on  the 
head  of  Edwin,  and  said,  '  When  this  sign  shall  come  to  thee,  remem- 
ber this  hour  and  these  words,'  and  then  vanished  as  a  spirit. 

Edwin's  Christian  queen,  iEthelburh,  sister  of  Eadbald,  king  of 
Kent,  came  to  her  northern  residence  accompanied  by  Bishop  Pau- 
linus.  How  the  king  was  finally  persuaded  to  accept  the  doctrine 
observed  by  the  queen  and  taught  by  Paulinus,  is  described  in  the 
following  vivid  and  dramatic  selection  (Bede.  Lib.  II.,  cap.  xii.,  xiii.). 
See  further,  Green's  Making  of  England;  Ereeman's  Old  English 
History ;  and  Bright' s  Early  English  Church  History. 

62,  I*.  —  J»aet  tacen.  This  is  the  sign  which  was  to  remind  the 
king  of  the  promise  made  to  his  mysterious  visitor  while  in  exile  at  the 
East- Anglian  court. 

63,  13.  — J>uhte  Qnd  gesewen  wiere  :  vidprctur. 

64,  1.  — J»yslic  me  is  gesewen :  Talis  mihi  videtur.  This  thought- 
ful and  pathetic  simile,  in  striking  contrast  to  Cefi's  sentiments  of  self- 
interest,  is  reproduced  in  Wordsworth's  16th  Ecclesiastical  Sonnet. 

65,30. — Godmundingaham.  Goodmanham,  some  twenty-three 
miles  from  York,  was  an  important  seat  of  the  heathen  worship ;  it 
was  here  that  Edwin  had  assembled  his  '  witan '  to  deliberate  upon 
the  new  doctrine. 

66,  4. — Da  onfeug  Eadwine  etc.  "The  king  caused  a  little 
wooden  chapel  to  be  hastily  reared  at  York,  on  part  of  the  ground  now 
covered  by  the  glorious  Minster ;  and  within  its  walls  he  went  through 
the  training  of  a  catechumen,  and  received  baptism  on  Easter-eve, 
April  11,  627.  His  nobles  were  baptized  with  him  ;  and  among  the 
neophytes  was  his  grand-niece  Hilda,  the  future  abbess  of  Whitby. 
Many  people  followed  his  example.  It  was  the  birth-day  of  the 
Northumbrian  Church"  (Bright). 

66,  16.  —  mid  arleasre  cwale.  Edwin  was  defeated  and  slain  at 
the  battle  of  Hatfield  (633),  where  he  encountered  the  Welsh  king, 
Ceadwalla,  and  the  Mercian  king,  Penda,  who  had  combined  their 
forces  against  him.  The  consequences  of  this  defeat  were  disastrous 
to  the  Northumbrian  State.  Queen  TEthelburh  and  Bishop  Paulinus 
fled  back  to  Kent,  and  heathendom  revived  in  the  North. 


212  NOTES. 

66,  17.  —  Oswalde.  Oswald  restored  the  Northumbrian  state,  and 
reintroduced  Christianity.    See  '  vElfric's  Life  of  King  Oswald,''  below 

(xvi0-  o< 

XIII.     A  BLICKLING   HOMILY. 

A  collection  of  homilies  contained  in  a  unique  manuscript  at  Blick- 
ling  Hall,  Norfolk,  has  come  to  be  generally  known  as  the  Blickling 
Homilies,  the  title  under  which  it  was  published  by  Morris  foi 
the  Early  English  Text  Society  (1874-1880).  A  passage  in  the  text 
(Vol.  I.,  p.  119)  incidentally  fixes  the  date  of  the  manuscript  at  971. 
This  date  may,  however,  be  due  to  the  transcriber,  at  least  it  is  not 
safe  to  infer  that  all  the  homilies  belong  to  that  year,  though  they 
were  probably  composed  within  a  period  not  extending  far  back  from 
that  time;  "they  were  beyond  question  a  product  of  thought  created 
by  Dunstan,  iEthelwold,  and  their  adherents"  (ten  Brink). 

One  of  the  homilist's  favorite  themes  is  the  near  approach  of  the 
end  of  the  world,  a  subject  that  so  filled  the  mind  of  the  people  at  the 
close  of  the  tenth  century. 

The  student  is  now  introduced  to  the  prose  writings  of  the  late 
West- Saxon  period,  —  a  direct  continuation  of  the  literary  activity 
begun  by  Alfred  the  Great. 

69,  23.  —  on  urne  Drihten  etc.  The  text  should  probably  read 
on  God  and  on  nrne  Drihten  Haelende  Crist,  his  flfone  ac^ndan 
Sunu.     The  error  is  obviously  due  to  the  scribe. 


XIV.     CLERIC'S    HOMILY    ON    THE    ASSUMPTION    OF    ST. 
JOHN  THE   APOSTLE. 

^Elfric  is  altogether  the  most  important  writer  of  the  late  "West- 
Saxon  period.  He  was  born,  probably  in  Wessex,  about  the  year  955, 
At  the  age  of  sixteen  he  was  already  an  inmate  of  Bishop  iEthelwoid's 
monastery  at  Winchester,  where,  as  pupil,  deacon,  and  priest,  he  con- 
tinued to  the  year  987.  He  was  then  sent  to  Cernel  in  Dorsetshire  to 
instruct  in  the  Benedictine  Code  the  monks  of  the  monastery  lately 
founded  by  the  royal  thane  ^Ethelmaer.  During  this  mission  of  two 
years,  iElfric  formed  the  resolution  to  make  translations  from  the 
Latin  into  the  vernacular,  with  the  view  to  correct  and  improve  popu- 


NOTES.  213 

lar  Christian  teaching.  Returning  to  Winchester  (089  or  990),  he 
wrote  his  first  series  of  forty  homilies,  to  he  used  hy  the  clergy  in  the 
course  of  a  year's  administration ;  a  second  series  of  equal  scope 
followed  in  993-994.  As  an  aid  to  the  study  of  Latin,  he  wrote  an 
Anglo-Saxon  Latin  Grammar  (995),  a  topically  classified  glossary, 
and  an  interlinear  Colloquium  ;  he  also  compiled  physico-astronomical 
treatises.  The  "Lives  of  Saints"  was  written  about  the  year  996, 
and  then  (997-998)  followed  translations  of  portions  of  the  Old  Testa- 
ment. The  "Canons  of  ^Elfric,"  a  pastoral  and  liturgical  tract,  was 
also  written  about  this  time.  A  translation  of  Alcuin's  "Handbook 
upon  Genesis  "  may  be  assigned  to  the  year  1000. 

JSthelmser  afterwards  founded  a  Benedictine  monastery  at  Ensham 
(Oxfordshire),  and  it  was  here  that  vElfric,  in  1005,  was  installed  as 
abbot,  —  the  highest  office  attained  by  him  ;  he  held  the  abbacy  on  a 
life  tenure.  Henceforth  his  writings  were  of  an  occasional  nature,  but 
they  were  all  directed  to  the  same  end  of  strengthening  the  discipline 
of  the  Church  and  of  elevating  the  religious  culture  of  the  people. 
He  translated  the  De  Consuetudine  Monachorum  of  his  old  master 
uEthelwold,  and  the  Hexameron  of  St.  Basil.  A  homily  on  Judith 
and  a  translation  of  the  book  of  Esther  are  followed  by  a  treatise  on 
the  Old  and  New  Testaments  (before  1012).  The  entire  list  of  iElfric's 
writings,  in  Anglo-Saxon  and  in  Latin,  has  not  yet  been  accurately 
determined.  Treatises  on  the  celibacy  of  the  clergy,  pastoral  letters, 
separate  homilies,  a  Latin  Life  of  JEthelwold,  etc.,  augment  the  pro- 
ducts of  his  industrious  pen.  Two  pastoral  letters,  written  for  Wulfstan 
of  York,  about  the  year  1014,  are  the  last  of  his  works  that  can  be 
approximately  dated.  It  is  probable  that  he  was  still  alive  and  abbot 
at  Ensham  in  1020.     His  death  is  placed  between  1020  and  1025. 

.Elfric's  career  is  conspicuous  in  its  relation  to  the  reform  of  Dun- 
stan  and  iEthelwold,  and  his  writings  mark  a  culmination  in  prose 
style.  His  language  is  always  clear,  and  when  not  forced  into  an 
artificial  alliterative  mould,  it  is  flexible  and  forcible. 

The  double  cycle  of  iElfric's  Homilies  is  published  in  an  edition 
of  two  volumes  by  Thorpe  (London,  1843-1846).  The  homily  for 
St.  John's  Day,  Dec.  27th,  is  the  fourth  of  the  first  series. 

84,  10-11. — sunnanuhtan,  'early  Sunday  morning,'  just  before 
dawn.  —  haucrede,  ' cock-crowing ' ;  here  the  last  division  of  the 
night,  just  at  dawn.  —  undern,  at  the  third  hour  of  the  morning,  i.e. 
nine  o'clock  (mid-morning). 


214  NOTES. 


XV.    iELERIC'S    HOMILY    ON    ST.   GREGORY    THE    GREAT. 

This  homily  for  St.  Gregory's  Day,  March  12th,  has,  since  its  first 
publication  by  Miss  Elizabeth  Elstob  in  1709,  been  regarded  with 
special  interest.     It  is  the  ninth  homily  of  iElfric's  second  series. 

86,  1-2.  —  on  Sisuin  andwerdan  daege.  Pope  Gregory  died  on 
the  12th  of  March,  604.  The  death  of  a  saint  was  commemorated  by 
the  Church  as  his  true  birth,  his  entrance  into  the  life  of  bliss. 

86,  7.  —  '  Historia  Anglornm.'  The  History  of  Bede  is  the  homi- 
list's  chief  authority.  —  iElfric  bears  testimony  to  the  tradition  that 
Alfred  translated  Bede's  History. 

86,  15.  —  Gordianus,  and  Felix  etc.  Gregory's  father  was  a  rich 
Roman  of  senatorial  rank  ;  his  great-great-grandfather  (his  fifta  fee- 
der :  Lat.  atavus)  was  Pope  Felix  (526-530) ,  ' '  the  third  or  fourth  of 
that  name  according  to  different  computations  ;  probably,  therefore, 
the  word  atavus  [Bede,  Lib.  II.,  cap.  i.]  should  strictly  be  proavus, 
the  father  of  the  grandfather"  (Moberly). 

87,  6.  —  Gregorius  is  Greeisc  nama  etc.  The  name  is  derived 
from  the  root  of  iyeipu.  Paul  us  Diaconus  interpreted  it  by  viyilatur 
seu  vigilans  (Elstob).  '  Vigilantius '  is  curiously  translated  as  the 
neuter  comparative  by  '  Wacolre.' 

87,  21. — J>aet  seofoffe  etc.  The  seventh  monastery  founded  by 
Gregory  was  "dedicated  to  St.  Andrew,  on  the  site  of  his  own  house 
near  the  church  of  St.  John  and  St.  Paul  at  Rome  "  (Barmby).  Here 
he  himself  lived  as  a  Regular  (regollice,  according  to  the  Benedictine 
rule  of  the  institution)  in  submission  to  the  government  of  the  abbot. 

88,  3.  —  mid  paellenum  gyrlum  etc.  At  the  age  of  thirty,  Gregory 
held  the  high  office  of  prcetor  urbanus  ;  this  description  of  rich  apparel 
probably  refers  to  his  robe  of  state. 

88,  11. — singallice  untrumnyssa.  Gregory  speaks  of  bodily 
afflictions  "in  his  Epistle  to  Leander,  bishop  of  Sevil  "  (Elstob). 

88,  14.  —  J>a  undergeat  se  papa  etc.  In  577  Pope  Benedict  I. 
(574-578)  ordained  Gregory  one  of  the  seven  deacons  of  Rome. 
Under  Pope  Pelagius  (578-590)  he  served  as  papal  apocrisiarius  or 
resp>onsalis  at  Constantinople  ;  this  diplomatic  mission  kept  him  at 
the  imperial  court  from  578  (?)  to  585. 

88,  22.  — cypeenihtas.  William  Thorne,  monk  of  St.  Augustine's, 
Canterbury,   specifies  the  number  of  these  boys:    "  Vidit  in  foro 


NOTES.  215 

Romano  tres  pueros  Anglicos  lactei  candoris  venales."  X.  Script. 
p.  1757.  "  The  date  of  Gregory's  meeting  with  the  English  slaves  at 
Rome  is  fixed  between  585  and  588  by  the  fact  that  after  his  long  stay 
at  Constantinople  he  returned  to  Rome  in  585  or  586.  .  .  .  On  the 
other  hand,  ^Elia,  whom  the  slaves  owned  as  their  king,  died  in  588" 
(Green,  The  Making  of  England,  p.  216,  note  2). 

90,  8.  —  mauncwealm.  Miss  Elstob  noticed  that  Gregory  of  Tours 
( Hist.  Lib.  X.)  has  an  account  of  this  pestilence,  which  resulted  from 
the  overflowing  of  the  Tiber. 

90,  1<>.  —  Pelagium.     Pelagius  II.  died  Feb.  8,  500. 

90,  18. — gefaedera.  While  at  Constantinople,  Gregory  is  said  -to 
have  stood  sponsor  to  one  of  the  sons  of  the  Emperor  Maurice ;  he 
therefore  held  the  relation  of  compater  (cf.  20,  12)  to  the  Emperor 
himself.  The  homilist  is  also,  apparently,  indebted  for  this  detail  to 
Gregory  of  Tours. 

91,  3.  —  to  papan  gehalgod  wurde.  The  day  of  Gregory's  acces- 
sion was  Sept.  3,  500. 

92,  2.  —  '  uton  ah^bban '  etc.     Lamentations  iii.  41. 
92,  5.  —  '  Xylle  ic  '  etc.     Ezek.  xxxiii.  11. 

92,  20.  —  Clypa  me  etc.     Ps.  xlix.  15  (1.  15). 

93,  1.  —  seofonfealde  tetanias.  On  this  occasion  Gregory  insti- 
tuted the  'sevenfold  litanies'  (Litania  Major),  or  processions,  after- 
wards observed  by  the  Church  on  St.  Mark's  Day,  April  25. 

93,  20-21.  —  August  inns.  Mellitus,  etc.  Augustine  (died  in  604 
or  605)  became  the  first  Archbishop  of  Canterbury  (cf.  96,  2);  he  was 
succeeded  by  Laurentius,  who  was  succeeded  by  Mellitus  (Bishop 
of  London),  who  was  succeeded  by  Justus  (Bishop  of  Rochester). 
Petrus  became  the  first  Abbot  of  the  Monastery  of  St.  Peter  and 
St.  Paul  at  Canterbury,  and  Iohannes  succeeded  him. 

94,  15.  —  On  Jam  dagum  etc.  The  missionaries  arrived  at  the 
court  of  iEthelberht,  king  of  Kent,  in  597.  The  king,  as  afterwards 
in  the  case  of  Edwin,  had  a  Christian  queen  ;  Bertha,  daughter  of 
Chariberht,  king  of  Paris,  with  her  Frankish  chaplain,  Bishop  Liud- 
hard,  worshipped  at  Canterbury,  in  a  little  church  called  St.  Martin's. 

96,  2.  —  Ktherium.  It  is  supposed  that  the  homilist  here  follows 
Bede  (Lib.  I.,  cap.  xxvii.)  in  erroneously  naming  Etherius;  Augustine 
was  consecrated  '  Archbishop  of  the  English '  on  the  16th  of  Novem- 
ber (507  ?)  at  Aries,  by  the  archbishop  Vergilius,  not  by  Etherius,  it 
is  contended,  who  was  at  that  time  the  archbishop  of  Lyons. 


2l6  NOTES. 


XVI.    JELFRIC'S   LIFE  OF   KING  OSWALD. 

Oswald  (c.  604-642)  was  the  second  son  of  Edwin's  sister  and  oi 
King  iEthelfrith.  His  father  having  fallen  in  the  battle  of  the  Idle 
(617),  he  took  refuge  among  the  northern  Celts.  After  Edwin's 
death,  Osric,  a  son  of  ^Ella's  brother,  iElfric,  ruled  Deira,  and  Ean- 
frith,  Oswald's  older  brother,  was  placed  on  the  throne  of  Bernicia. 
Both  kings  threw  off  Christianity.  ' '  The  reigns  of  these  two  kings 
lasted  one  miserable  year,  a  year  whose  shame  was  never  forgotten 
among  the  Englishmen  of  the  north  "  (Green).  These  kings  fell  before 
Cead  walla,  and  Oswald  came  from  his  retreat  to  assume  the  leadership 
of  his  people.  He  at  once  collected  a  small  force,  with  which  he  met 
and  defeated  Cead  walla  at  Heavenfield  (635).  Ceadwalla  was  himself 
slain  in  this  battle,  "  and  the  fall  of  this  great  hero  of  the  British 
race  left  the  Englishmen  of  Bernicia  supreme  in  the  north"  (Green). 
Oswald  became  one  of  the  greatest  of  Northumbrian  kings,  ruling  over 
both  Bernicia  and  Deira,  and  in  large  measure  restoring  the  political 
work  of  Edwin.  Having  been  converted  to  Christianity  while  in  exile 
at  Hii,  off  the  western  coast  of  Scotland,  where  the  Irish  Columba  had 
set  up  a  mission,  the  king  at  once  began  to  labor  for  the  conversion 
of  his  people.  He  called  upon  the  mission  at  Hii  for  preachers,  and 
Aidan  came  and  "fixed  his  bishop's  stool  or  see  in  635  on  the  coast 
of  North umbria,  in  the  island  peninsula  of  Lindisfarne.  Thence,  from 
a  monastery  which  gave  to  the  spot  its  after  name  of  Holy  Island, 
preachers  poured  forth  over  the  heathen  realm"  (Green).  It  was 
thus  that  Christianity,  first  introduced  into  Northumbria  by  Paulinus 
of  Augustine's  mission  in  the  south,  was  now  reintroduced  by  way  of 
the  Irish-Scotch  mission  of  the  north.  The  beneficent  reign  of  Oswald 
is  in  many  of  its  features  a  striking  parallel  to  that  of  Edwin.  Both 
kings  became  the  nucleus  of  popular  legend.  Oswald  reigned  as  Bret- 
walda,  and  finally  fell  in  battle  against  Penda  at  Maserfield,  on  the 
oth  of  August,  642. 

TElfric's  chief  source  for  the  Life  of  King  Oswald  was  Bede's 
Ecclesiastical  History  (Lib.  III.).  The  text  is  obtained  from  Sweet's 
Anglo-Saxon  Header,  where  it  was  published  for  the  first  time  ;  it  has 
since  been  published,  with  readings  from  other  MSS.,  by  Skeat  in 
uEtfric's  Lives  of  Saints,  Part  III.  (Early  English  Text  Society, 
1890). 


NOTES.  217 

98,  1.  —  Aagustinus,  sent  by  Gregory  the  Great  on  his  mission 
to  England. 

98,  8. — and  twegen  his  sefterg^ngan,  namely  Osric  and  Ean- 
frith. 

98,  14.  —  Oswald  |>a  firairde  fine  rode  etc.  According  to  Bede, 
the  king  supported  the  cross  with  his  own  hands  while  his  men  fas- 
tened it  in  the  earth. 

99,  6.  —  sum  man  etc.  Bede  is  specific,  and  says  it  was  a  man 
named  Bothelm,  one  of  the  brethren  of  the  church  at  Hexham. 

99,  12.  —  Heofenfeld,  '  Heavenfield,'  is  the  name  afterwards  given 
to  the  place  where  this  battle  was  fought ;  it  was  near  Hexham,  but 
has  not  been  exactly  identified. 

101,  9.  —  He  fulworhte  on  Eferwic  etc.,  cf.  66,  17. 

101,  19. — On  ]>am  ylcan  timan  etc.  Soon  after  the  battle  of 
Heavenfield,  the  conversion  of  the  West-Saxons  was  begun  by  Birinus, 
who  was  sent  by  Pope  Honorius.  The  king,  Cynegils,  was  baptized 
in  the  presence  of  Oswald,  who  had  come  to  the  West-Saxon  court  to 
receive  the  daughter  of  Cynegils  in  marriage.  Birinus,  the  first  bishop 
of  the  West-Saxons,  was  afterwards  established  at  Dorchester  on  the 
Thames. 

102,  28.  —  Oswig,  'Oswiu,'  the  third  son  of  iEthelfrith,  in  642 
became  king  of  Bemicia  only  (Oswine,  the  son  of  Osric,  ascended  the 
the  throne  of  Deira);  after  some  years,  however,  he  too  gained  the 
sovereignty  of  the  entire  Northumbrian  realm. 

103,  7.  —  His  broj»or  dohtor.  This  was  Oswiu's  daughter  Osthryth, 
queen  of  Mercia. 

105,  33.  —  Eft  se  halga  CSffberht  etc.  This  vision  of  Cuthbert 
is  here  somewhat  abruptly  introduced,  though  the  historic  connection 
of  events  is  close  enough.  Aidan  was  grieved  at  his  favorite  king 
Oswine's  fall  before  Oswiu,  and  died  soon  after. 


XVII.    ^ELFRIC'S   PREFACE   TO   GENESIS. 

In  this  preface  we  catch  an  interesting  view  of  ^Elfric  as  the  earnest 
single-minded  teacher  of  the  people.  He  was  with  difficulty  persuaded 
to  translate  the  Genesis,  fearing  that  a  popular  knowledge  of  the  poly- 
gamy under  the  old  law  might  have  a  disturbing  influence. 


2l8  NOTES. 

JElfric's  Old- Testament  translations  are  edited  by  Grein :  Bibliothek 
der  Angelsdchsischen  Prosa,  Cassel  and  Gottingen,  1872. 

107,  1.  — iElfric  munuc  gret  ^Effelwaerd.  gret,  the  third  person 
of  formal  greeting  ;  cf.  note  to  26,  1,  2.  —  '  JESelweard'  was  a  noble 
ealdornian,  descended  from  the  house  of  Alfred  the  Great ;  he  was  a 
friend  and  patron  of  .(Elfric,  and  himself,  though  a  layman,  the  author 
of  a  Latin  chronicle. 

108,  7.  —  sum  offer  man.  Nothing  is  known  of  this  translator, 
whose  fragmentary  version,  it  is  assumed,  JElhic  touched  up  and 
joined  to  his  own.    See  ten  Brink. 


XVIII.    THE   LEGEND  OF  ST.  ANDREW. 

The  only  complete  copy  of  this  prose  legend  is  preserved  in  MS.  198 
of  Corpus  Christ!  College,  Cambridge  ;  the  introductory  portion  is  also 
found  in  the  Blickling  Homily  MS.  It  was  first  published  by  C.  W. 
Goodwin,  The  Anglo-Saxon  Legends  of  St.  Andrew  and  St.  Veronica, 
Cambridge,  1851,  and  afterwards  by  Morris,  The  Blickling  Homilies, 
Part  II.,  London,  1876.  There  is  also  an  Anglo-Saxon  poetic  version 
of  this  legend  (Grein,  Vol.  II.,  p.  9  f.  ;  Grein-Wulker,  Vol.  II.,  p.  1  f . ; 
Baskervill,  Andreas:  A  Legend  of  St.  Andrew,  Boston,  1885).  A 
common  source  establishes  a  relation  between  these  two  versions; 
this  source  is  a  Latin  original,  in  prose,  of  which  only  a  few  frag- 
ments have  been  found  (Zupitza,  Zeitschrift  fur  deutsches  Alterthum, 
Vol.  XXX.,  p.  175  f.,  and  Lipsius,  Ergdnzungsheft,  p.  20).  The 
Greek  version  of  the  legend  (from  which,  however,  the  An,2;lo-Saxon 
versions  vary  in  many  details)  is  published  in  Tischendorf's  Acta 
Apostolorum  Apocrypha,  Leipsic,  1851,  p.  104  f.  The  legends  of  the 
apostles  are  exhaustively  treated  by  Lipsius,  Die  apoknjphm  Apos- 
telgeschichten  und  Apostellegenden,  Braunschweig,  1883-1890.  The 
Anglo-Saxon  prose  version  is  assigned  to  the  tenth  century,  although 
MS.  C  probably  belongs  to  the  latter  part  of  the  eleventh. 

113,5.  —  Marmadnnla.  The  scene  of  the  principal  incidents  of 
this  legend,  '  Marmadoni'i '  (or  '  Mermedonia '),  a  city  among  the 
anthropophagi,  is  supposed  to  be  the  Mvp/mrjKiwv,  or  MvpfiriKla,  in  the 
Crimea  (Chersonesus  Taurica),  mentioned  by  Strabo  (Lipsius,  Vol.  I., 
p.  604). 


NOTES.  219 

115,  7.  —  Achilla  here  denotes  a  region  on  the  eastern  coast  of  the 
Black  Sea ;  in  swine  forms  of  the  legend  it  is  confounded  with  Achaia 
in  Greece  (Lipsius,  Vol.  I.,  p.  009  f.). 

116,  1.  —  Se  haliga  Andreas  etc.  Immediately  preceding  these 
words  in  MS.  B.,  the  following  fragment  of  the  Latin  original  is 
inserted :  Tunc  Sanctus  Andreas  surgens  mane  abiit  ad  mare  cum 
discipulis  aids,  el  uidit  nauiculam  in  litore,  et  intra  naue  sedentes  tres 
uiro8. 

121,  10.  —  eastd&le,  i.e.  of  the  Black  Sea,  although  the  local  tradi- 
tions of  Sinope  (on  the  southern  shore)  place  the  mount  (dune),  on 
which  Peter  is  found,  on  an  island  near  that  city  (Lipsius,  Vol.  I., 
p.  611). 

122,10.  —  strad.  The  poetic  version  (1.  1191)  has  J»u  deofles 
striel.  Zupitza  regards  s  trail  as  the  rendering  of  sagitta  (or  telum), 
which  in  the  Latin  copy  was  occasioned  by  erroneously  giving  to  Be\ia 
(Belial)  the  meaning  of  |3Aos. 

123,  30.  —  blieston.  It  may  be  better  to  read  rajsdon,  '  proceeded 
with  violence,  or  scoffingly  '  (Ilolthausen). 

127,  10. — bisceope.  In  the  poetic  version  (1.  1053)  this  bishop 
is  named  Platan,  i.e.,  llXdruv  of  the  legend  of  St.  Matthew. 


XIX.     THE    HARROWING   OF   HELL. 

Among  once  popular  literary  sources  the  apocryphal  Gospel  of 
Nicodemus  holds  an  important  place.  Christ's  Descent  into  Hell  was 
a  favorite  theme  in  Anglo-Saxon  poetry,  and  afterwards  in  the  Mystery 
Plays  of  the  early  drama.  A  sketch  of  the  relations  of  this  Gospel  to 
the  literature  of  western  Europe  is  given  by  Walker:  Das  Evangelium 
Nicodemi in der abendlandischen  Literatur,  Paderborn,  1x12.  The  Apoc- 
rypha] Gospels  (Latin  and  Greek)  are  edited  by  Teschendorf,  Leipsic, 
1853;  recent  English  translations  are  by  B.  Harris  Cowper,  London, 
1867,  and  Alex.  Walker  [Ante-Xicene  Christian  Lib.],  Edinburgh,  1870. 

The  Anglo-Saxon  prose  version  of  this  apocryphal  book  belongs, 
probably,  to  the  eleventh  century.  The  orthography  of  the  1  est  MS. 
(Camb.  Univ.  Lib.  Ii.  2.  11)  is  characteristic  of  the  Late  West-Saxon 
dialect  at.  least  half  a  century  after  yElfric's  time.  The  entire  version 
is  printed  in  Heptateuchus,  Liber  J<>f>,  et  Evangelium  Nicodemi; 
Anglo- Saxonice,  etc.,  edited  by  Thwaites.  Oxford,  1098. 


220  NOTES. 

The  substance  of  the  narrative  introductory  to  the  extract  here  given 
is  as  follows  :  Joseph  assures  the  high  priests  Annas  and  Caiaphas 
that  Jesus  did  not  only  rise  from  the  dead,  but  that  he  also  raised 
many  others  with  himself,  among  whom  are  the  two  sons  of  Simeon, 
named  Karinus  and  Leucius ;  these  can  now  be  seen  at  Arimathea. 
"  Then  the  chief  priests,  Annas  and  Caiaphas,  arose,  and  Joseph,  and 
Nicodemus,  and  Gamaliel,  and  others  with  them,  and  went  to  Arima- 
thea, and  found  those  whom  Joseph  had  said."  Karinus  and  Leucius 
are  brought  to  Jerusalem  and  led  into  the  temple,  where  they  are  ad- 
jured to  reveal  the  mysteries  they  have  seen  and  heard ;  in  compliance 
they  sit  down  and  write. 

129,  17.  —  J>a  ic  cwaeff  etc.     Isa.  ix.  1,  2. 

130,  5.  — J»one  >e  ic  baer  etc.     Luke  ii.  28  f. 

130,  13.  —  Ic  eom  Iohannes  etc.     Matt.  iii.  1  f. ;  Mark  i.  2  f. 

130,  17.  —  Gerece  )>ynum  bearnum  etc.  How  this  legend  of  Seth 
was  afterwards  connected  with  the  legends  of  the  cross  may  be  seen 
in  Legends  of  the  Holy  Rood,  edited  by  Morris  for  the  Early  English 
Text  Society,  1871,  p.  xii.  f. 

131,  17.  —  '  and  myn  savvl '  etc.     Mark  xiv.  34. 

132,  16.  — and  nu  aet  nextan  etc.,  et  in  proximo  est  eius  mors,  ut 
(var.  et)  perducam  eum  ad  te  etc.  (Tisch.  p.  375).  Holthausen  cor- 
rects the  text  as  follows :  and  du  aet  nextan  |_isj  hys  deaff,  and  Ic 
wylle  [nine]  to  9e  etc. 

133,  15.  —  "  Tollite  portas'1'1  etc.     Ps.  xxiii.  7  (xxiv.  7). 

133.  27.— and  >a  haeftlnga  gehealdaff  etc.  ;  cf.  ne  caplivemus 
tenentes  captivitatem  (Tisch.  p.  376),  and  Ps.  lxvii.  19  (lxviii.  18). 

134,  3.  — '  Andettaff '  etc.     Ps.  cvi.  15  f.  (cvii.  15  f.). 
134,  9.  —  )>aet  deade  men  etc.     Isa.  xxvi.  19. 

134,  25.  —  J>aet  se  sylfa  Drihten  etc.     Ps.  ci.  20,  21  (cii.  19,  20). 

137,  24.  —  SingaflF  Dryhtne  etc.     Ps.  xcvii.  1,  2  (xcviii.  1,  2). 

138,  15.  — ac  wyt  sceolon  etc.  1  Thess.  iv.  17;  Rev.  xi.  3-12; 
1  John  ii.  18,  iv.  3. 

139,  3.  —  Eala  Dryhten  etc.     Luke  xxiii.  42,  43. 

141,  1.  —  gret.     The  third  person  of  formal  greeting  (cf.  26,  1). 


XX.     CjEDMON'S   GENESIS:   THE   OFFERING   OF   ISAAC. 

Anglo-Saxon  literature  first  flourished  in  the  Anglian  territory  (north 
of  the  Thames).     In  this  first  period,  which  culminated   about  the 


NOTES.  221 

middle  of  the  eighth  century,  the  greater  part  of  Anglo-Saxon  poetry 
was  produced.  However,  these  Anglian  productions  (except  in  the  case 
of  a  few  fragments,  like  the  Hymn  of  Csedmon,  see  p.  201)  are  pre- 
served only  in  copies  made  in  the  south  during  the  tenth  and  eleventh 
centuries.  By  repeated  transcription  these  poems  were  brought  into 
ne ire  or  less  exact  conformity  with  the  later  language  of  the  south, 
and  therefore  now  represent  no  dialect  in  its  purity,  but  a  com- 
bination of  chiefly  Early  and  Late  West-Saxon  with  a  residuum  of 
Anglian  forms.  The  case  resembles  that  of  the  Homeric  poems, 
which  are  in  the  Ionic  dialect  with  an  admixture  of  Aeolic  forms  sur- 
viving, as  is  conjectured,  from  the  dialect  in  which  the  poems  were 
originally  composed.  An  almost  complete  collection  of  Anglo-Saxon 
poetry  is  contained  in  Grein's  Bibliothek  ih-.r  angelsachsischen  Poesie, 
Gottingen  and  Cassel,  1857  f.,  re-edited  by  Wiilker,  Cassel,  1881  f. 

Although  the  poems  preserved  in  MS.  Junius,  XL,  Bodl.  Lib.  corre- 
spond in  character  to  Bede's  description  (see  p.  11)  of  Csedmon's  coin- 
p  isitiona  and  were  therefore  once  all  attributed  to  Caedmon,  criticism 
has  shown  that  these  biblical  poems  are  the  work  of  different  authors. 
The  "Genesis"  alone  (after  eliminating  a  long  interpolation,  11.  235- 
851)  is  still  claimed  for  Csedmon  (see  ten  Brink,  Appendix  A). 

The  Episode  of  the  Offering  of  Isaac  has  the  additional  interest  of 
being  one  of  the  most  pathetic  and  best-handled  themes  in  the  Mystery 
Plays  of  the  early  drama. 

142,  10.  —  hrincg  >a?s  hean  landes,  '  the  (elevated)  border  of 
the  highland1  ;  Bouterwek's  emendation  hrycg  '  ridge  '  is  not  required. 

142,  11.  —  geg.crwan,  more  strictly  gegSrwan.     Anglian. 
14.3.  1.— Waldend  (Wnldend).     Anglian  ;  S.  158,  2. 

143,  17.  —  hea  dune.  Khythmically  the  contracted  form  hea  is 
here  dissyllabic. 

143,  18.  —  Aldor  (Aldor).     Anglian. 

144,  .'5.  — ged&de.     Anglian  ;  S.  429,  n.  1. 

144,  8.  —  hean  is  rhythmically  dissyllabic ;  cf.  143,  17. 

144,  16  f.  — fyre  sc^ncan  etc.  The  MS.  has  s^ncan,  which  the 
editors  have  attempted  to  justify;  however,  the  substitution  of 
scencan,  '  to  pour  out  liquor  for  drinking,'  releases  the  passage  of 
all  difficulties.  The  literal  translation  is :  'to  give  drink  to  the  fire 
with  (by  means  of)  kin's  blood.' 

145,  7.  — broffor  Arones.  The  name  of  Abraham's  brother  Ha- 
ran  (Gen.  xi.  26  f.)  is  here  strangely  obscured. 


fe^.  I 


222  NOTES. 

145,  10  f.  —  brynegield  onhread  etc.  This  disputed  passage  may 
be  translated,  '  He  adorned  (reddened)  the  sacrifice,  the  reeking  altar, 
with  the  rani's  blood.' 


XXI.     THE   BATTLE   OF   BRUNANBURH. 

iEthelstan,  grandson  of  Alfred  the  Great,  reigned  from  925  to  940. 
He  was  king  not  only  of  the  West-Saxons  and  of  Mercia,  but  by  a 
brilliant  execution  of  the  policy  of  his  father,  Eadweard,  he  added 
Northumbria  to  his  realm,  and  "thus  became  immediate  king  of  all 
the  Teutonic  races  in  Britain,  and  superior  lord  of  all  the  Celtic  prin- 
cipalities" (Freeman).  The  poem  on  the  Battle  of  Brunanburh  com- 
memorates the  most  famous  battle  of  his  reign.  In  the  year  937, 
Anlaf  (or  Olaf),  a  son  of  the  former  Northumbrian  Danish  king  Siht- 
ric,  came  again  from  Ireland  and  stirred  up  the  Northumbrian  Danes 
to  another  rebellion  against  their  West-Saxon  king.  "The  men  of 
the  northern  Danelaw  found  themselves  backed  not  only  by  their 
brethren  from  Ireland,  but  by  the  mass  of  states  around  them,  by  the 
English  of  Bernicia,  by  the  Scots  under  Constantine,  by  the  Welsh- 
men of  Cumbria  or  Strath- Clyde  "  (Green).  iEthelstan  and  his  brother 
Eadmund  inarched  with  their  forces  to  the  north,  and  in  a  victorious 
battle  ended  the  rebellion.  The  site  of  Brunanburh  has  not  been  cer- 
tainly determined  ;  Bosworth  locates  it  "about  five  miles  southwest 
of  Durham,  or  on  the  plain  between  the  river  Tyne  and  the  Browney  " 
(Bos worth-Toller,  Dictionary ;  for  other  opinions,  see  Green,  The  Con- 
quest of  England,  p.  254,  note  1). 

"  The  poem  does  not  seem  to  have  been  written  by  one  who  saw  the 
battle.  At  least  we  learn  from  it  no  more  in  substance  than  might  have 
been  put  down  in  a  short  entry  of  the  Chronicle.  The  poem  lacks  the  epic 
perception  and  direct  power  of  the  folk-song,  as  well  as  invention.  The 
patriotic  enthusiasm,  however,  upon  which  it  is  borne,  the  lyrical  strain 
which  pervades  it.  yield  their  true  effect.  The  rich  resources  derived  from 
the  national  epos  are  here  happily  utilised,  and  the  pure  versification  and 
brilliant  style  of  the  whole  stir  our  admiration  "  (ten  Brink). 

This  battle-piece  is  the  most  important  of  the  poetic  insertions  in 
the.  Anglo-Saxon  Chronicles.  The  manuscripts  furnish  many  variant 
readings  ;  the  text  here  given  represents  the  poem  in  its  generally 
accepted  form. 


NOTES.  223 

146,  12.  —  feld  dennode  etc.,  'the  field  became  slippery  with  the 
blood  of  warriors.'  This  interpretation  of  dennude  is  merely  conjec- 
tural.    Holthausen  suggests  dunnade,  '  became  darkened  (stained).' 

147,  1.  —  Myrce.  The  Mercians  belonged  to  the  forces  of  jEthel- 
stan. 

147,  SI.  — on  Dlnges  mere  has  not  been  satisfactorily  explained. 
Diiijves,  as  a  proper  name,  is  very  doubtful  ;  the  variant  readings  are 
dynges,  dyniges,  dinnes.     See  Glossary. 

148,  4  f .  —  Lit  on  him  behindan  etc.  In  a  conventional  figure  of 
the  poets  the  raven,  eagle  and  wolf  are  attendants  of  the  battle-field; 
cf.  152,  23-24. 


XXII.  THE  BATTLE  OF  MALDON. 

The  supremacy  of  the  West-Saxon  kings  was  broken  in  the  disastrous 
reign  of  JEthelred.  The  Northmen  invaded  England  anew,  and  ulti- 
mately placed  a  Danish  king  upon  the  English  throne.  The  invaders 
met  the  bravest  resistance  at  the  Battle  of  Maldon.  In  991  they 
attacked  the  eastern  coasts  of  England  "  seemingly  with  the  intention 
of  making  a  settlement.  This  seems  to  have  been  a  Norwegian  expe- 
dition ;  the  leaders  were  Justin  and  Guthmund,  sons  of  Steitan,  and 
there  seems  every  reason  to  believe  that  Olaf  Tryggvesson  himself  was 
present  also"  (Freeman).  They  first  plundered  Ipswich,  and  then 
proceeded  into  Essex  ;  the  East-Saxon  ealdorman  Brihtnoth  promptly 
collected  his  forces,  and  gave  the  invaders  battle  on  the  banks  of  the 
Blaekwater  (then  called  I'anta)  near  Maldon.  "The  town  lies  on  a 
hill ;  immediately  at  its  base  flows  pne  branch  of  the  river,  while 
another,  still  crossed  by  a  mediseval  bridge,  flows  at  a  little  distance 
to  the  north.  The  Danish  ships  seem  to  have  lain  in  the  branch 
nearest  to  the  town,  and  their  crews  must  have  occupied  the  space 
between  the  two  streams,  while  Brihtnoth  came  to  the  rescue  from 
the  north.  He  seems  to  have  halted  on  the  spot  now  occupied  by  the 
church  of  Heybridge,  having  both  streams  between  him  and  the  town  " 
(Freeman). 

The  poet  has  described  this  battle  with  the  fidelity  of  an  eye-witness. 
From  the  minuteness  of  details  it  is  to  be  inferred  that  the  poem  was 
composed  soon  after  the  event ;  these  details  relate  exclusively  to  the 
English  side,  even  the  names  of  those  in  command  of  the  enemy 


224  NOTES. 

being,  apparently,  unknown  to  the  poet.  In  dramatic  incident  and 
in  patriotic  fervor  this  poem  is  unsurpassed  in  Anglo-Saxon  litera- 
ture ;  it  also  furnishes  a  graphic  and  effective  picture  of  a  lord  and 
his  followers  united  by  the  spirit  of  the  comitatus. 

The  brave  ealdorman  Brihtnoth  was  also  distinguished  as  a  liberal 
patron  of  monastic  foundations,  especially  of  Ely  and  Ramsey.  After 
his  fall  at  Maldon,  the  enemy  having  carried  off  his  head  as  a  trophy, 
his  body  was  taken  to  Ely  and  there  buried,  with  a  ball  of  wax  to 
supply  the  loss  of  the  head.  His  widow  iEthelflted  is  said  to  have 
wrought  his  deeds  in  tapestry. 

The  only  manuscript  copy  of  this  poem  (Cotton  Otho,  A.  xii.)  was 
destroyed  by  fire  in  1731,  but  Hearne  had  transcribed  and  published 
it  in  1726  (Johannis  Glastoniensis  Chronica,  Oxford).  The  text  is 
incomplete  both  at  the  beginning  and  at  the  end,  but  it  is  probable 
that  not  more  than  a  few  lines  have  thus  been  lost. 

149,  2.  — hwtene  here  means  'a  certain  one,'  though  it  has  wrongly 
been  supposed  to  be  equivalent  to  gehwilcne,  'each'  (cf.  153,  15). 
lo^e^.  149,  4.  —  hicgan   to   handum   etc.,   '  to   be   active   and   of   good 

courage  '  (cf.  149,  13-14,  and  the  Finnsburg  Fragment,  1.  10  f.)'.'  ^■ee^>-f  <^ 

149,  5.  —  Offan  miEg,  the  'kinsman  of  Off  a,'  who  is  the  first  to  ■*MM~  ' 
respond  to  the  call  of  his  lord  ;  Offa  himself  is  also  mentioned  in  the 
poem. 

149,  6.  —  se  eorl,  i.e.  Brihtnoth  himself,  to  whom  alone  the  poet 
applies  the  title  eorl.  —  yrhffo,  '  cowardice  '  on  the  part  of  his  men  ; 
some  editors  prefer  to  read  yrmffo,  '  dishonor '  at  the  hands  of  the 
invaders. 

149,  7.  —  he  let  him  J>a  of  handen  etc.  he  (i.e.  Offan  mieg) 
abandons  the  sport  of  fowling  with  his  favorite  (leofne)  hawk  to  join 
the  campaign. 

149,11. — Eadric,  another  faithful  retainer.  Ettmiiller,  errone- 
ously, would  introduce  the  line  by  ac  (for  eac)  and  identify  Eadric 
with  Offan  nwg. 

149,  12-13. — forft  beran  gar  to  guj>e,  'to  go  armed  to  war.' 
beran  is  frequent  in  expressions  of  military  motion ;  cf.  151,  10,  15 ; 
152,  16,  etc. 

150,  7.  — )>air  he  on  ofre  stod.     he  refers  to  ar. 
150,  19.  — as.     Reflexive  dative  with  a  verb  of  motion. 

150,  25.  — hi  willaff  eow  to  gafole  garas  syllan.  There  is  a  close 
parallelism  to  this  reply  in  Marlowe's  Jew  of  Malta,  Act  II.  sc.  2: 


NOTES.  225 

Governor.    So  will  we  fight  it  out ;  come,  let's  away : 
Proud,  daring  Calymath,  instead  of  gold, 
We'll  send  thee  bullets  wrapt  in  smoke  and  fire: 
Claim  tribute  where  thou  wilt,  we  are  resolved, 
Honour  is  bought  with  blood  and  not  with  gold. 

In  the  very  year  of  this  battle,  however,  JEthelred  afterwards  began 
the  fatal  practice  of  buying  off  the  invaders  with  money. 

15t,  17. — se  jesch^re,  i.e.  the  forces  of  the  Northmen,  the  'ship- 
army  '  ;  this  unusual  epithet  was  apparently  occasioned  by  the  require- 
ment of  the  alliteration. 

151,  22. —  haeleffa  hleo,  i.e.  Brihtnoth. 

151,  27.  —  J>«r  stodon  mid  Wulfstane  etc.  Wulfstan  was  the 
efficient  leader  of  his  kin  (eafne  mid  his  eyune)  to  which,  appar- 
ently, .iElfhere  and  Maccus  belonged ;  his  son,  Wulfmajr,  is  men- 
tioned farther  on  (154,  11). 

152,  9.  —  Byrhtelmes  beam,  i.e.  Brihtnoth. 

152,  23-24.  —  hreiiiiuiis  wundon  etc.     Cf.  148,  4  f. 

152,  30.  —  Wulfmser,  the  son  of  Brihtnoth's  sister. 

153,  7.  — his  ffeoden,  i.e.  Brihtnoth  ;  cf.  154,  14. 

153,21. — suberne  gar,  'a  southern  dart,'  i.e.  a  dart  from  the 
south ;  the  enemy  were  to  the  south,  hence  this  epithet,  apparently 
coined  for  the  sake  of  the  alliteration. 

154,  28.  —  For  the  missing  half-line  Korner  suggests:  hleoffrode 
eorl. 

155,  11.  — Oddan  beam, '  the  sons  of  Odda,'  i.e.  Godric,  Godrinc 
(or,  as  some  editors  prefer,  Godwine),  and  Godwig. 

156,  2.  —  offer  twega,  '  one  of  two  things.' 

156,  4.  —  ^Elfrices.  It  is  possible  that  this  was  ^Elfric  the  ealdor- 
man  of  Mercia  (Freeman,  History  of  the  Norman  Conquest,  Vol.  I., 
p.  272,  note  4,  and  Green,  Conquest  of  England,  p.  372  f.). 

157,  13.  —  StQrmere,  "a  lake  or  fen  in  Essex"  (Freeman);  more 
probably  the  mouth  or  estuary  of  the  Stour  (Korner). 

158,  20.  —  Gaddes  ma>g,  i.e.  Offa.  Korner  believes  that  Gaddes 
is  a  Danish  name  and  that  the  poet  therefore  in  this  single  instance 
names  one  of  the  enemy.  This  opinion  is  not  to  be  accepted,  nor  is  it 
necessary,  as  Zerniel  suggests,  to  transpose  the  order  of  lines  20  and  21. 

159,3.  —  ajr  him  Wigelines  beam.  him,  reflexive  dative; 
Wigelines  beam,  i.e.  Wistan  (<"\Vigstan),  Wigelin  (or  perhaps 
Wigeling),  being  another  name  for  buratan. 


226  NOTES. 


XXIII.     THE   WANDERER. 

The  poem  entitled  the  "Wanderer"  is  representative  of  the  lyrics 
produced  in  the  first  (Anglian)  period  of  Anglo-Saxon  literature.  The 
dominant  note  is  that  of  sadness.  The  poet  is  full  of  the  sorrows  of 
bereavement  and  of  exile  ;  he  laments  the  death  of  protectors  and  of 
friends,  the  passing  away  of  the  joys  of  comradeship  ;  his  delusive 
dreams  of  past  happiness  deepen  by  contrast  the  gloom  of  the  desolate 
reality  wrought  by  death,  change  and  devastation.  But  although  a 
man  cannot  withstand  fate,  he  can  in  distress  practise  the  restraint 
and  resignation  of  the  true  hero.  In  the  "  Battle  of  Maldon  "  the 
relation  between  a  lord  and  his  men  is  seen  under  the  severest  test ; 
the  "  Wanderer,"  by  the  indirect  touches  of  longing  recollection,  draws 
a  picture  of  the  comitatus  in  the  joyous  hall  of  the  gift-dispensing 
lord. 

The  authorship  of  the  poem  is  undetermined ;  there  is  no  reason  for 
assigning  it  to  Cynewulf. 

160,  7.  —  hryre.  We  should  expect  hryres,  gen.  depending  on 
gemyndig  (Holthausen). 

161,  4.  —  minne  wisse  is  perhaps  best  translated  by  '  may  show 
(witau)  favor.'  There  is  difficulty  with  the  unusual  word  minne. 
Thorpe  first  suggested  minne  (for  MS.  mine),  and  Sievers,  on  metrical 
grounds,  has  accepted  it ;  Kluge,  however,  substitutes  mildse,  and 
Holthausen  suggests  mildne.  Sweet,  in  violation  of  metrical  require- 
ments, retains  mine  (or  myne),  to  which  he  gives  the  meaning 
'  memory,  love.'      CL^o^~  <**^  .    /v>j  •  -w~^voi_ 

132,  28.  —  fugel.  According  to  Thorpe  fugel  is  here  used  figura- 
tively to  denote  'ship'  ;  cf.  the  simile  in  the  Beowulf  (1.  218),  flota 
faniigheals  fugle  gelicost,  'the  foamy-necked  ship  most  like  to  a 
bird.'     But  see  Modern  Language  Notes,  Vol.  XIII.,  p.  176. 

163,  1.  — aelda  (aelda),  Anglian  ;  S.  159,  2. 


s>-       XXIV.     THE    PHCENIX. 

The  first  part  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  "Phoenix"  (11.  1-380)  is  an 
adaptation  or  paraphrase  of  a  Latin  poem  attributed  to  Lactantius 
Firmianus  (4th  century).     In  Teuffel's  History  of  Latin   Literature 


NOTES.  227 

(5th  ed.,  1890),  the  much  disputed  question  as  to  the  authorship  of 
the  Latin  poem  is  confidently  decided  in  favor  of  Lactantius.  The 
Anglo-Saxon  poet  has  added  a  second  part  (11.  381  to  the  end)  in 
which  the  myth  of  the  phoenix  (in  a  twofold  application,  to  the  right- 
eous and  then  to  Christ  himself)  is  made  to  symbolize  the  Christian 
doctrine  of  the  resurrection.  This  allegorical  portion  is  apparently 
not  based  on  any  literary  source,  though  there  is  some  resemblance 
to  passages  in  the  writings  of  Ambrosius,  and  in  one  instance  perhaps 
a  direct  influence  of  Bede's  Commentary  on  Job.  The  entire  poem 
therefore  affords  the  material  for  a  twofold  study  of  the  author's  work- 
manship: his  method  of  translation  and  adaptation  can  be  compared 
with  the  character  of  his  original  composition.  See  Gaebler,  Anglia, 
Vol.  III.,  p.  488  f.,  and  Ebert,  Allgemeine  Geachiehte  der  Literatur  des 
Mittelalters  im  Abendlande,  Vol.  III.,  p.  73  f. 

The  '"Phoenix'1  belongs  to  the  Anglian  period  of  poetry,  but  it  is 
almost  certainly  not  to  be  attributed  to  Cynewulf.  In  grace  and 
simplicity  of  style,  in  the  elaboration  and  clearness  of  figure,  in  lyric 
beauty  and  in  richness  of  description,  this  poem  must  be  classed  with 
the  best  poetic  productions  of  Anglo-Saxon  times.  The  originality 
and  the  feeling  of  the  poet  are  particularly  manifest  in  his  transfor- 
mation of  a  cold  and  artificial  prototype  into  a  poem  of  warmth  and 
beauty. 

165,  1-6.  —  Haebbe  ic  gefrugnen  etc.  The  opening  formula,  '  I 
have  heard,'  is  characteristic  of  Anglo-Saxon  poems.  Even  the  first 
few  lines  reveal  the  poet's  free  treatment  of  his  original  in  eliminating 
notions  foreign  to  the  Anglo-Saxon  mind,  and  in  recasting  the  poem 
in  a  Christian  mould. 

166,  4.  —  hleonaff.  The  metre  may  be  corrected  by  substituting 
an  Anglian  dissyllabic  form  of  the  personal  ending  (see  S.  §  414, 
n.  2). 

166,  12.  —  sunbearo  lixeff.  —  sunbearo,  'sunny  grove,'  corre- 
sponds to  solis  nemits  (Lact.  1.  11),  but  there  is  an  avoidance  of  the 
heathen  notion  of  the  Sun-god  (Gaebler).  —  lixeff.  It  is  a  mark  of 
the  Anglian  origin  of  the  poem  that  the  rhythm  requires  the  full  per- 
sonal ending  -eff  (so  also  at  lines  39,  61,  80,  89,  99,  110,  144,  187,  etc.); 
a  West-Saxon  poet  would  have  made  free  use  of  the  syncopated  forms. 
S.  358,  n.  1. 

166,  18-28.  —  ne  him  Hg  seejffeff  etc.  In  this  passage,  correspond- 
ing to  Lact.  11.  11-14,  the  final  destruction  of  the  world  and  Noah's 


228  NOTES. 

flood  are  substituted  for  the  adventure  of  Phaeton  and  the  flood  of 
Deucalion  (Gaebler). 

168,  4.  —  faeger.  The  rhythm  of  Anglo-Saxon  verse  often  requires 
faeger  (Sievers);  so  here  and  at  lines  125,  182,  232,  307. 

168,  5.  —  Fenix,  rhythmically  always  Fenix  (Sievers)  ;  see  lines 
218,  046. 

168,  11. — glsedum.  Sievers  has  observed  that  in  the  rhythm  of 
the  "  Phoenix  "  the  primary  syllable  of  this  adjective  is  always  long  ; 
see  lines  289,  303,  593. 

168,  15.  —  ahyded.  The  full  pp.  ending  -ed  with  verbs  in  -t,  -d,  is 
another  mark  of  the  Anglian  dialect;  see  lines  96,  181,  231,  418,  491, 
550.     S.  402. 

169,  27.  —  swanes  feffre.  In  attributing  music  not  to  the  '  dying 
swan'  (olor  moriens,  Lact.  1.  49),  but  to  the  'swan's  feathers,'  the 
poet  employs  a  form  of  the  myth  which  is  also  found  in  No.  viii.  of 
the  Anglo-Saxon  Riddles  (Dietrich). 

170,  26.  —  J»egn  and  )>eow  J^eodne  maerum.  In  characteristic 
variation  from  the  original,  the  Anglo-Saxon  poet  introduces  the 
relationship  of  the  comitatus. 

173,  15  f.  — sunies  onlice  etc.  (cf.  Lact.  1.  107  f.).  This  expanded 
figure  is  particularly  noteworthy,  since  similes  are  very  unusual  in 
Anglo-Saxon  poetry. 

174,  8.  —  nihte.  The  substitution  of  niht,  the  earlier  form  of  the 
dat.  (S.  284,  n.  1),  will  restore  the  true  rhythm  (Sievers). 

175,  6.  — sunnan  segn,  '  the  sign  of  the  sun '  =  '  the  sun,'  just  as 
the  sun  is  also  called  taeen  (1.  96)  and  beacen  (1.  107)  ;  the  same 
figure  is  merely  varied  in  expression  to  suit  the  alliteration. 

179,  8.  —  toff  as  idge.  It  is  highly  probable  that  toffas  (see  the 
variants)  is  here  correct,  but  idge  is  very  doubtful.  Mart,  on  the 
analogy  of  Idaeges  (or  igdaeges),  suggests  idaege,  'that  same  day.' 
It  is  also  possible  that  idge  is  the  remnant  of  an  adjective  like 
graedige,  'greedy.' 

184,  6  f. — lobes  gieddinga!  etc.  Job  xxix.  18:  In  nidulo  meo 
moriar,  et  sicut  palma  multiplicabo  dies.  Gaebler  notices  that  Bede, 
in  his  Commentary  on  Job,  follows  the  Jewish  tradition  in  interpre- 
tating  palma  as  denoting  the  phoenix.  It  may  therefore  perhaps  be 
inferred  that  the  poet  knew  Bede's  work. 

185,  20.  —  hremige,  rhythmically  hremge  (Sievers). 

186,  25.  —  sy.     Rhythmically  sie  (dissyllabic)  is  required  (Sievers). 


APPENDIX   II. 


ANGLO-SAXON    VERSIFICATION.1 

Anglo-Saxon  poetry  is  composed  in  a  kind  of  blank- verse,  in  long 
unrimed  (but  alliterative)  ami  ungrouped  (i.e.  stichic)  lines. 

A.    GENERAL   PRINCIPLES. 

1.  Every  line  consists  of  two  parts,  the  first  half-Hne,  and  the 
second  half-line;  these  half-lines  are  separated  by  a  caesura  and 
united  by  alliteration  (i.e.  initial  rime  ;  end-rime  occurs  occasionally, 
but  merely  as  an  incidental  ornament). 

2.  Every  half-line  has  two  rhythmical  stresses,  or  accents,  and 
consequently  two  rhythmical  measures,  or  "feet"  ;  it  is  a  structural 
unit  ami  has  a  scansion  of  its  own.  independent  of  that  of  its  comple- 
mentary half-line.  In  contrast  to  the  second  half-line,  the  first  half- 
line  is  usually  more  expanded  in  form. 

3.  Thei'/ooS"  (or  measure)  in  its  simplest  form  consists  of  two 
parts,  an  accented  and  an  unaccented  part  (aifoio  and  thesis).  How- 
ever, two  additional  forms  are  employed :  a  foot  of  one  part  only,  the 
arsis  ;  and  a  foot  of  three  parts,  of  which  one  is  the  arsis  (having  the 
chief  rhythmical  stress),  another  has  a  secondary  stress,  and  the  third 
is  unaccented,  being  the  true  thesis. 

4.  The  arsis  (or  rhythmical  stress)  requires  a  long  syllable,  or  the 
equivalent  of  along  syllable  ;  tHis  equivalent  is  called  a  resolved  stress, 
and  consists  of  two  syllables  of  which  the  first  is  short  and  the  second 
is  light  enough  to  combine  with  the  first  to  produce  with  it  the  metri- 
cal equivalent  of  a  long  syllable.  Under  certain  conditions  however 
the  arsis  consists  of  a  short  syllable.  - 

'  This  chapter  is  baied  on  the  re»earche«  of  Sievers,  published  in  Paul  and 
BrauoVt  Biitraye,  vols,  j,  and  xii. 

229 


X 


230  APPENDIX  II. 

5.  The  thesis  (or  unaccented  part  of  the  foot)  consists  of  a  varying 
number  of  unaccented  syllables  ;  in  the  thesis  no  distinction  is  made 
between  long  and  short  syllables. 

G.  Alliteration,  i.e.  the  riming  of  the  initial  sounds  of  words,  or 
syllables,  is  employed  to  unite  the  two  half-lines  into  the  larger  rhyth- 
mical unit  of  the  complete  line.  Alliteration  is  confined  to  rhythmi- 
cally accented  syllables  ;  any  alliteration  of  unaccented  syllables  is  to 
be  regarded  as  accidental,  and  therefore  without  significance  in  the 
structure  of  the  line.  Alliterating  syllables  have  the  same  initial 
consonant  (st,  sp,  and  sc  alliterate  each  with  itself  only),  or  they  have 
an  initial  vowel  sound,  any  vowel  or  diphthong  whatever  alliterating 
with  itself  or  with  any  other  vowel  sound. 

7.  The  rhythmical  accentuation  coincides  in  general  with  the_a,ccen1> 
nation  required  by  the  sense.  The  four  chief  stresses^  of  a  complete 
line  therefore  fall  upon  the  four  most  significant  words  or  syllables  of 
that  line.  The  secondary  stress  on  the  second  member  of  a  compound 
word  may,  however,  also  be  employed  as  an  arsis. 

8.  Alliteration  and  rhythmical  accentuation,  therefore,  conjointly 
give  prominence  to  the  logically  significant  elements  of  the  line,  but 
alliteration  does  not  attend  every  rhythmical  stress :  in  the  second 
half-line  alliteration  marks  the  first  stress ;  in  the  first  half-line  it 
marks  either  the  first  stress,  or  the  first  and  the  second,  or,  less 
frequently,  the  second  only. 


B.     RHYTHMICAL  TYPES. 

The  structure  of  the  half-line,  the  primary  structural  unit  in  Anglo- 
Saxon  versification,  is  represented  in  the  following  five  types  : 


Xjr^^L*    rv^vcu-Atv^ 


1.    Type  A.     i  x  |  L  : 

In  type  A  the  rhythm  is  trochaic  : 

stiftum  wordum,  Gen.1  2848a  i  x  |  L  x 

heorffgeneatas,  M.  204a,  jl  x  |   /  x 

1  In  this  chapter  Gen.  =  Genesis  (i.e.  The  Offering  of  Isaac) ;  Br.  =  The  Battle  of 
Brunanburh;  M.  =  The  Battle  of  Maldon;  W.  =  The  Wanderer;  Ph.  =  The  Pbcenix  ; 
B.  =  Beowulf.  The  numerals  refer  to  the  continuous  numbering  of  the  lines,  and 
the  superior  letters  a  and  b  denote  respectively  first  and  second  half-lines. 


ANGLO-SAXON    VERSIFICA TION. 


231 


With  resolved  stress : 

eaforan  binne,  (Jen.  2915a, 
feorh  gen^rede,  Br.  36b, 
hieleSa  inoiieguni,  Ph.  170b, 


\i        -•^rUi^J^\r^'  N+**-i*** 


UXx    I    UXX 


The  last  thesis  must  never  exceed  one  syllable  ;  but  no  such  restric- 
tion applies  to  the  first,  which  has  very  often  two  syllables,  and  may 
be  extended  to  three,  or  to  four,  or  even  to  more.  /  a^u^J^JLjlJU.  k**dCi& 

fysan  to  fore,  Gen.  2800°,  ^xx|  J         /  ' 


efste  ffa  swilje,  Gen.  2872", 
flotena  and  Scotta,  Br.  32a, 
yrmffu  aefter  iete,  Ph.  405a, 
sealcle  ham  he  he  wolde,  B.  305Gb, 


1    X    X   I 
(xx   x| 

:  x  x  x  I 


m 


—  Wu  - 


In  Anglo-Saxon  versification  some  use  is  made  of  anacrusis,  i.e.  an 
unaccented  syllable  or  two  (sometimes  more)  may  precede  the  regular 
structural  type : 

ne  sunnan  lnetu,  Ph.  17a,  x  | 

geslogon  aet  saecce,  Br.  4a,  x  | 

bibaUaff  in  bam  burnan,  Ph.  107a,  x  | 

gewiten  under  waffem  in,  Ph.  97a,  x  | 

abraegd  ba  mid  gfy  billc,  Gen.  2931a,         x  |  . 

Ne  forsaet  he  \>y  siffe,  Gen.  2859a,  x  x  I 

The  thesis  may  be  the  second  member  of  a  compound,  and  therefore 
have  a  secondary  stress  ;  when  the  first  thesis  with  secondary  stress  is 
long,  the  second  arsis  is  sometimes  short : 

glaedmod  gyrneff,  Ph.  462a,  s.  1 

fseges  feorhhHs,  M.  207a,  ±  x 

ferffloca  freorig,  W.  33a,  j.  k  x 

brimcald  breeaU,  Ph.  67a,  s.  1 

heahmod  he/eft,  Ph.  112*,  ±  \ 

edgeong  wesan,  Ph.  435a,  £.  1 


With  anacrusis : 
Her  JEffelstan  cyning,  Br.  la, 


x  I  \^l  I   6  x 


When,  in  the  first  half-line,  the  alliteration  is  on  the  second  arsis, 
the  first  arsis  has  the  lighter  stress,  for  alliteration  marks  the  stronger 


4-ow . aU>    h — y  .dvc 


/Vv^trVfl. 


X 


<— 


232 


APPENDIX  II. 


stresses.    It  is  here  that  the  first  thesis  is  usually  expanded  to  a  higher 

number  of  syllables : 

sindon  J>a  bearwas,  Ph.  71%  i  x  x  I   i  x 

haebbe  ic  gefrugnen,  Ph.  la,  S.  x  x  x  I  1  x 

nis  >aer  on  ham  londe,  Ph.  50a,  s.  x  x  x  I   j:  x 

nn  eow  is  gerymed,  M.  93a,  ^  x  x  x  |   ^  x 

off  haet  he  geseceff,  Ph.  166a,  i  x  x  x  I   ^  x 

Qtan  ymbe  aeffelne,  Ph.  164a,  *  x  x  x  |  ux  x 

swylce  ffair  eac  se  froda,  Br.  37a,  i  x  x  x  x  I   J  x 

to  rahe  nine  gelette,  M.  164a,  ^xxxxxl^x 

With  anacrusis : 
gewat  him  ha  se  aeffeling,  Gen.  2884a,    xU  x  : 


2.   Type  B. 


X    X    X   |uX    X 

3  C£L*-vUL   ^  VH 


In  type  B  the  rhythm  is  iambic : 

bin  agen  beam,  Gen.  2851a,  x  s.   I   x  i 

ne  winterscBr,  Ph.  18b,  x  s.   I   x  J. 

burh  meotudes  meant,  Ph.  6a,  x  ux  |   x  L 

ne  hrinies  dryre,  Ph.  16b,  x  :: 

ne  dene  ne  dalu,  Ph.  24a,  x  £x 

There  is  freedom  in  the  number  of  syllables  constituting  the  first 
thesis  ;  in  the  second  thesis  this  number  varies  between  one  and  two. 

With  one  syllable  in  the  second  thesis : 

bonne  sorg  and  slalp,  W.  39a,  x  x  ±   I   x  s 

nis  se  foldan  sceat,  Ph.  3b,  x  x  s.   |    x  l 

is  baet  aebele  lQnd,  Ph.  20b,  x  x  ux  I   x  s 

air  J>ses  beacnes  cyme,  Ph.  107b,  x  x  L   I   x  6$ 

swa  se  haswa  fugel,  Ph.  121b,  x  x  s  I   x  ux 

))onne  onwaecneff  eft,  W.  45a,  x  x  x 

on  >one  aeffelan  wong,  Ph.  281b,  x  x  x  ■- 

bara  )>e  ]>aer  guff  fornain,  B.  1124b,  x  x  x  x 

bonne  he  of  greote  his,  Ph.  267b,  x  x  x  x 

With  two  syllables  in  the  second  thesis : 

eald  enta  geweore,  W.  87a,  x 

and  hriwa  aseaeceS1,  Ph.  144b,  x  s  I  x  x  £x 

h wider  hre>ra  gehygd,  W.  72*,  x  x  S  I  x  x 


ANGLO-SAXON    VERSIFICATION.  233 

ofer  waj>ema  geblnd,  W.  57*,  x  x  $*,  |  x  x  1 

se  hit  on  frymbe  gescop,  Ph,  84b,  x  x  x  1   I  x  x  1 

)>set  bB  him  ondriedan  ne  |»earft,  B.  1675b,    xxxx^   |xx^ 
J'lira  be  hit  mid  muudum  bewan'l,  B.  1462b,  xxxxx^  |x  x  1 


Type  C.    x.  1  \  1  x 


CG^a\s*A~. 


The  juxtaposition  of  the  two  stresses  gives  to  the  rhythm  of  type  C 
a  peculiar  character.  The  alliteration,  when  single,  is  always  on  the 
first  stress : 

and  forS1  gangan,  M.  3b,  x  1  I  s  x 

to  scype  gangon,  M.  56b,  x  ^  I  s.  x 

The  first  thesis  admits  of  a  varying  number  of  syllables,  but  the 
final  thesis,  as  in  type  A,  never  exceeds  one  syllable : 

ba?t  hi  forff  eodon,  M.  229b,  x  x  1 

and  to  hige  god  um,  M.  4b,  x  x  uj 

be  hi  btet  gyfl  )»egun,  Ph.  410b,  x  x  x  ± 

bonne  iefre  byre  monnes,  Ph.  128b,  x  x  x  x  ux 

bara  )>e  he  him  mid  haefde,  B.  1626b,  x  x  x  x  x  z 

In  compensation  for  this  juxtaposition  of  the  two  stresses,  the  second 
stress  is  often  on  a  short  syllable : 

ofer  deop  waeter,  Gen.  2875b,  x  x  1  \  6  x 

het  ba  bord  beran,  M.  62a,  x  x  1  |ux 

baette  is  feor  heonan,  Ph.  lb,  x  x  x  1  \  6  x 

onbleot  J»aet  lac  Gode,  Gen.  2933»,  x  x  x  1  lux 

It  is  a  special  characteristic  of  this  type  that  the  two  accents  of  a 
compound  word  (the  primary  and  the  secondary  accent)  are  freely 

used   to  satisfy   the   conditions  of  the   two   rhythmical   stresses;    the 
secondary  accent  may  be  on  a  long  or  on  a  short  syllable. 

With  the  secondary  accent  (as  the  second  stress)  on  a  long  syllable  : 

eal  geondbejice,  W.  60b,  x  1 

his  winedryhtnes,  W.  37b,  x  ux 

ne  to  hraedwyrde,  W.  66b,  x  x  1 

on  bfim  vrillwonge,  Ph.  89»,  x  x  s 

under  heofunhrdfe,  Ph.  173a,  x  x  ux  |  *  x 

swfi  J>S  foregeugau,  Ph.  437b,  x  x \$  \  s  x 

- 


f^l 


\ 


2j4  APPENDIX  II. 


Present  participles  and  derivatives  in  -ing,  -He,  may  take  an  addi- 
tional (secondary)  accent: 

)>ajr  him  hettende,  Ph.  441b,  x  x  s   \  l  x 

hwile  >tes  aeffelinges,  Gen.  2847a,  x  x^x  \  i  x 

gewit  >u  ofestlice,  Gen.  2849a,  x  x  x  ux  |  i  x 

With  the  secondary  accent  on  a  short  syllable  : 

on  folestede,  Br.  41b,  x  i  |  6  x 

and  sincj>^ge,  W.  34b,  x  s.  |  6  x 

in  geardagum,  W.  44a,  x  ^  |  6  x 

J>onne  deaUraeced,  Ph.  48b,  x  x  i  \  6  x 

The  second  class  of  weak  verbs  and  derivatives  in  -ig,  -en,  may 
take  an  additional  (secondary)  accent : 

geseah  hlifigan  (=  hlifian),   Gen.  2877a,     x  x  i   \   u  x 

i   2.  \j  A    swS  sg  gesailiga,  Ph.  350a,  x  x  x  l   \   6  x 

gegrundene,  M.  109a,  x  i   ]   6  x 

unbefohtene,  M.  57a,  x  x  s  I   6  x 

4.   Type  D :  (a)  D*.  z  I  L  k  x ;    (6)  D*.  s  \  i  x  x 

In  type  D  the  first  foot  consists  of  an  arsis  only;  in  compensation 
for  this  brevity,  the  second  foot  has  three  parts :  an  arsis,  a  secondary 
stress,  and  a  thesis.  This  structural  requirement  of  a  secondary  stress 
is  met  by  the  frequent  introduction  of  compounds.  Double  alliteration 
(in  the  first  half-line)  is  here  very  frequent.  The  secondary  stress 
occurs  either  immediately  after  the  second  arsis,  or  on  the  final 
syllable. 

(«)  D1.     i\  ixx 

Here  the  secondary  stress  is  immediately  after  the  second  arsi;. 
Present  participles  and  derivatives  in  -ing,  -He,  -en,  -er,  -ig,  may  take 
an  additional  (secondary)  stress.    The  syllable  under  the  secondary 
■  stress  is  in  most  instances  long: 

geong  edniwe,  Ph.  268b,  i   \  s  l  x 

wadan  wrseclastas,  W.  5a,  $$  |  s.  i  x 

lie  leoftucraeftig,  Ph.  268a,  /   l^lx 

lucon  lagustreamas,  M.  66a,  &  I  &  -  * 

for»  foldwege,  Gen.  2873a,  s   \  i  u  x 

sSligrende,  B.  377b,  :Uik 


ANGLO-SAXON    VERSIFICATION.  235 

wine  Soyldinga,  B.  30b,  <£x  I   1  1  x 

bring  gyldenne,  B.  2810b,  1  \  x.  -1  x 

frean  Qserne,  B.  3003b,  ^   I   ^  l  x 

raid  ivnigne,  B.  3081b,  l  \  1  1  x 

With  anacrusis : 

aweaht  wrietlioe,  Ph.  367a,  x  U  1  .'.  i  x 

geweold  wigsigor,  B.  1555a,  x  |z   I   l  l>  x 

The  second  arsis  is  occasionally  short: 

heahcyuinges,  B.  1040b,  1.  \  6  l  x 

The  forms  of  the  second  conjugation  are  often  used  with  a  secondary 
stress : 

ham  siUie,  M.  2olb,  1   \  1  v  x. 

hand  wisode,  M.  141b,  1   I   s.  l>  x 

bord  hafenode,  M.  309b,  1   I  <$  u  x 

woruld  staftelode,  Ph.  130b,  \$  I  ^  u  x 

With  a  short  second  arsis : 

andswarode,  B.  258b,  l  I  u  0  x 

(&)  d3.   ^  \i  x  x  tXtC    OL^JU  fcL*o 

Here  the  secondary  stress  is  on  the  final  syllable': 

wis  ealdorman,  M.  219a,  1.  \  1  x  x 

flet  innauweard,  B.  1977b,  s   I   1  x  1 

wer  wintrimi  geong,  Gen.  2888*,  /   |   l  x  l 

fareff  feffrum  snell,  Ph.  123a,  ux  |    *  x  l 

duguff  ellor  seoe,  B.  2255b,  ux  |  1  x  l 

With  anacrusis: 

aris  rices  weard,  B.  1391a,  x  I  S.  I  £.  x  1 

In  a  succession  of  three  words  (as  in  the  last  four  examples)  the 

second  word  has  a  stronger  stress  than  the  third ;  for  these  two  being 

more  closely  united   logically  and   grammatically  than  the  first  and 

second,  the  third  is  somewhat  enclitically  related  to  the  second. 

earn  aises  georn,  ML  107a,  L   \  ±  x  1 

ufan,  ^ngla  Bum,  Cien.  2908a,  £x  |  _£  x  1 

earn  aeftan  hwit,  Br.  63a,  s.   I   1  x  1 

clufon  cellod  bord,  M.  283a,  ux  |    >  x  1 

blaed  wide  sprang,  B.  18b,  :   Ux: 


236  APPENDIX  II. 

Type  D  (both  D1  and  D2)  is  also  expanded  by  the  admission  of  an 
unaccented  syllable  after  the  first  arsis. 

Expanded  D1 : 

wrixleff  woffcraefte,  Ph.  127a,  1  x  \   s    1  x 

eaforan  Eadweardes,  Br.  7a,  ux  x  I   1    1  x 

heowon  heaUolinde,  Br.  6a,  1  x  I  ^x  1  x 

mecum  niylenscearpum,  Br.  24a,  s  x  |ux  1  x 

cniffra  ewidegiedda,  W.  55a,  ^  x  |  £x  1  x 

caldum  cylegicelum,  Ph.  59a,  1  x  |  uxuxx 

sunu  and  swaes  feeder,  Ph.  375a,  ujx  |   ^    i  x 

beorna  beahgifa,  Br.  2a,  _:  x  |    l    u  x 

greteU  gliwstafum,  W.  52a,  1  x  I   1    u  x 

sigora  soffcyning,  Ph.  493a,  ux  x  I   s    i«  x 

modge  maguj»egnas,  W.  62a,  s  x  I  £x.  X  x 

With  anacrusis : 

onbryrded  breostsefa,  Ph.  126a,  x  I  ±  x   \  1    u  x 

Expanded  D2 : 

werig  wiges  saed,  Br.  20a,  s.  x  I   /    x  1 

wod  )>a  wiges  heard,  M.  130a,  j.  x  |   s.    x  l 

fleogan  feffrum  snel,  Ph.  163%  s.  x  |   l    x  1 

dreorig  daroffa  laf,  Br.  54a,  ^  x  |uxx: 

halges  hleofforcwide,  Ph.  399a,  1.  x  I   s    x  ux 

With  anacrusis : 

offfleogeff  feoYum  snel,  Ph.  347a,  xUx   I  ^    x  1 

There  are  some  instances  of  an  apparent  expansion  of  the  thesis : 
ealdor  anra  gehwaes,  Ph.  487a,  s.  x   I   1.    x  x  1 

hleor  bolster  onfeng,  B.  689b,  -   I   -    x  x  1 

cynlng  ealdre  beneat,  B.  2397b,  ux  |   s.    x  x  1 

But  it  is  to  be  observed  that  a  syllable  in  r  may  be  slurred  so  as  not 
to  have  full  rhythmical  value  ;  e.g.  in  wod  wintereearig,  W.  24a, 
winter  (=  wlntr)  is  rhythmically  equivalent  to  a  monosyllable,  the 
scansion  being  therefore  regular :  s.  \  L  I  x.  So  in  the  preceding  exam- 
ples, bolster  (and  so  possibly  anra  and  ealdre)  has  perhaps  merely 
monosyllabic  value. 


ANGLO-SAXON    VERSIFICATION.  237 


5.   Type  E. 


In  type  E  the  foot  of  three  parts  precedes  the  foot  of  one  part. 
This  type  is  closely  related  to  type  D,  consisting  in  most  cases  of  the 
same  elements  in  the  inverse  order. 
With  compounds  in  the  first  foot : 

andlaugne  daeg,  Br.  21% 

gylpwordum  spraec,  M.  274b, 

hrinicealde  sie,  W.  4b, 

weataeen  nan,  Ph.  51b, 

eastda*ltnn   on,  Ph.  2a, 

heafforofes  hus,  Ph.  228a, 

wuduholtum  In,  Ph.  362b, 

ginfaestuin  gifum,  Gen.  2919a, 

Brlmmanna  boda,  M.  49a, 

winemiega  hryre,  W.  7b, 

wudubeama  wlite,  Ph.  75B, 

brynegield  onhread,  Gen.  2931b, 

sunbeorht  gesetu,  Ph.  278a,  iixl^j 

Occasionally  there  is  a  trisyllabic  compound  with  the  secondary 
stress  on  a  short  syllable : 

Syrwara  lond,  Ph.  166b,  l  I  x  \  s 

Suffde.na  folc,  B.  463»,  l  I  x  \  1 

With  the  secondary  stress  on  a  derivative  syllable : 

scyppendes  giefe,   Ph.  327b,  i  1  x  I  uj 

setterne  ord,  M.  146a,  1  1  x  I  s. 

agenne  eard,  Ph.  264a,  1  1  x  I  ^ 

dreorigne  fand,  B.  2790b,  :ix|  ^ 

ofstlice  seeat,  M.  143b,  s.  1  x  |  s. 

wurfflice  \vr«*c,  M.  279a,  ±  1  x  |  z 


M3-  * 

- 

UX1    X 

- 

-i    1    X 

UX 

-i    1    X 

<(5-  x 

±3 

^1    X 

*3 

"3-  X 

- 

With  anacrusis  : 

ongan  eeallian  J»a,  M.  91a, 


x  X  I  S  l>  x  I    S. 


In  a  succession  of  three  words  (cf.  D'2)  the  third  word  has  a  stronger 
stress  than  the  second,  for  the  second  is  somewhat  subordinate  logi- 
cally and  grammatically  either  to  the  first  or  to  the  third : 


238  APPENDIX  II. 

feorh  geong  onfon,  Ph.  192*,  £.  1  x  |   1 

twejf  siffum  hine,  Ph.  106b,  z  l  x  |  Jx 

daeges  J>riddan  up,  Gen.  2875*,  £x  1  x  |   1. 

l-anon  eft  gewfit,  B.  123b,  ujix|   i 

sweord  air  gemealt,  13.  1616b,  ±  1  x  I   L 

nefa  svviSe  hold,  13.  2171b,  £x  1  x  |   1 

Type  E  admits  of  an  expansion  of  the  thesis  to  two  syllables : 

drymendra  gedryht,  Ph.  348",  s  1  x  x  |   1. 

sellicran  gecynd,  Ph.  329b,  iix  x|  ± 

searolice  bes^ted,  Ph.  297a,  ux  1  x  x  |  ux 

eadigra  gehwylc,  Ph.  381 b,  iixx|   1 

sorgfulraii  gesetu,  Ph.  41 7a,  s.  1  x  x  |  «jx 

wifhades  J»e  weres,  Ph.  357a,  s  1  x  x  |  £x 

The  first  stress  is  occasionally  followed  by  a  thesis,  but  in  most 
cases  this  may  be  eliminated  by  slurring  a  syllable  in  1,  r,  or  u : 

fifelcynnes  eard,  B.  104b,  ±  (x)  i.  x  I   ± 

ealdorlangne  tir,  Br.  3b,  !i  (x)  i.  x  |   1 

irenbendum  faest,  B.  999b,  s.  (x)  i.  x  |   1 

Very  rarely  an  inversion  of  the  parts  of  D2  occurs,  producing  what 
should  strictly  be  called  E2 : 

morfforb<»d  stred,  B.  2437b,  1  x  \\   1 

In  some  instances  what  would  otherwise  conform  to  the  E  type  is 
converted  into  the  A  type  by  the  addition  of  a  final  thesis : 

guffmode  grummon,  B.  306a,  s.  x  x  I  ^  x 

^geslic  for  eorlum,  B.  1650a,  ujx  x|  1  x 

Beowulf  ivaes  breme,  B.  18*,  1  x  x  |  1  x 

morfforbealo  maga,  B.  1080*,  1  x  x  x  |  1  x 

cunnode  georne,  Gen.  2846b,  s.  x  x  I  1  x 

6.    Hypermetrical  Types. 

A  special  modification  of  the  preceding  types  is  occasioned  by  tlie 
introduction  of  an  additional  foot  at  the  beginning  of  a  half-line  other- 
wise rhythmically  normal.  These  hypermetrical  half-lines  occur  either 
singly  or  in  groups,  and  usually  add  dignity  to  the  sense  and  move- 
ment of  the  passage. 


ANGLOS  A  ACLV    VERSIFICA  TION. 


239 


For  the  hypermetrical  types  occurring  in  the  poems  given  in  this 
Reader,  the  scansion  given  below  may  be  adopted.  In  the  first  half- 
line  the  additional  foot  shares  the  alliteration  of  the  line  ;  in  the  sec- 
ond half-line  the  alliteration  usually  marks  the  second  stress,  seldom 
the  lirst : 

Gen.  2854-2858 : 


lor      s\ 

1    X 

1    1  xll 

.£  x  x 

&x 

^    X 

X     1 

1    -i  x|| 

1    X    X 

1    X 

1    ^  xll 

1    X    X 

^x 

^x 

-  x 

-    X 

1    ^  xll 

uxx 

1    X 

1    ^  xll 

.i    X    X 

^x 

i    X 

1    X 

S.  x 

1    ^  xjl 

.i    X 

^x 

IX 

Gen.  2865-2868 : 

1    X 

1    X 

1    S.  xll 

.i    X    X    X 

^x 

IX 

Vj$x  x 

^     X 

l&xll 

x  1  S  x  x 

UXX 

i.    X 

£xx 

.i    X 

1    ^  xll 

.£  x  x 

I    X 

i.    X 

- 

^  1 

ilxfl 

1    X    X 

1   ^x 

IX 

W.65»;  111-115: 

lor  *\ 

x  x  1 

<ux  1  j:  x 

X    X 

<ux  U  X 

1    X 

1    X 

X  1    L   X  II 

x     1     ^  x|. 

L    X    X 

IX 

1  x  x  x  x 

1    X 

x  1    L   x  II 

_i  x  x  x  x  1 

^    X 

yjcx 

1    X    X 

/     X 

x  1    ±  X  II 

1    X    X    x    x  1 

j:  x 

I    X 

1    X 

^    X 

x  1    ^   x  II 

1  x  x  x  x  1 

i    X 

1    X 

1    X    X 

UXX 

l&xll 

.1   X   x  x  1 

i    X 

IX 

Ph.  10,  630 : 

L  x 

.£  x 

1    L   xll 

^x| 

'.    X    X 

IX 

x  |  £x  x  x 

-i     X 

1    ^  xll 

t  x|fc       I- 

i    1    X 

The  rhythmical  movement  of  successive  lines  may  be  illustrated  by 
the  scansion  of  the  following  brief  passage : 

J>a  J>aes  rlnres      se  riea  ongan 
Cyning  eostigan,      cunnode  georne 
hwllc  J>a*s  teffelinges      tjllen  wiere, 
stiff  11 111  word  11111      sprsec  him  stefne  to: 


240 


APPENDIX  II. 


*Gewit  J>5  ofestlice,      Ab/aham,  feran, 
lastas  lecgan,      and  }>e  laide  mid 
J>in  age n  beam ;      J»u  scealt  Isaac  me 
onsecgan,  sunu  J»inne,      sylf  to  tibret 


A. 

1    X 

D. 

& 

C. 

X    X 

ux  1 

A. 

1    X 

C. 

X    X 

X  UX   | 

A. 

Ji    X 

B. 

X  L 

D. 

«l- 

X 

vj3  i-  x  ||  z 


II  x  L  x      x  L 

B. 

II  L   X    x  |  i   X 

A. 

II  -1    x        |  -   x 

A. 

II  x   x   1.  |  x  S. 

B. 

II  jC  x   x  |  S.  x 

A. 

II  X    x   i  |  x   i 

B. 

II   X    X    ^  |   X    1 

B. 

II  -  x       |  -  x 

A. 

GLOSSARY. 


The  vowels  a  and  as  have  the  same  position;  £f  (p)  follows  t;  otherwise  the  order 
is  strictly  alphabetic.  The  abbreviations  employed  (exclusive  of  the  most  obvious) 
are  the  following  :  The  numerals  in  parentheses,  (1),  (2),  etc.,  indicate  the  classes  of 
the  ablaut  verbs;  (\V.  I.),  (W.  II.),  (W.  III.),  those  of  the  weak  verbs;  (li.)  the 
reduplicating,  and  (PI1.)  the  protective  present  verbs. — ger.  (=geruud);  imp.  (= 
imperative);  pp.  (=  perfect  participle);  ptc.  (=  present  participle) ;  tJ.  (=Sievers' 
Grammar,  translated  by  Cook). 


A,   2E. 

a  (5),  adv.,  aye,  ever,  always. -39,10; 

7.!,  4;  85,1!);  6  (oo)  166, 4;  167, 21. 
Si  (»w),  t'.,  lair  :  ns.  28,  5 ;  107, 13 ; 

ds.  ffi  (S.  269,  li.  3  i.  107, 12;  as. 32, 

28  ;  86,  5 ;  35,  26.     [Ger.  Ehe.] 
abbod,  m.,  abbot :  gs.  abbodes  87, 

22.     [Lat.  abbatem.] 
abbudisse,  f.,  abbess  :  ns.  10,  25 ; 

gs.  abbudissan  8,  1  ;  ds.  10,  11. 

[Lat.  abbatissa.] 
a-beodan,    -bead  -budon  -boden 

(2),  enjoin,  announce  :  pret.3  sg. 

150,  6  ;  imp.  2  sg.  150,  28. 
a-beran,  -baer  -bajron  -boren  (4), 

bear,  endure :  inf.  54,  25. 
a-bidau,  -bad  -bidon  -biden  (1), 

abide,  remain :  inf.  105,  9. 
a-bisgian  (-bysgian)  (W.  II.),  en- 
gage, occupy  :  pp.  abisgod  20,  19  ; 

35,  5;  -ad  35,  16.     [bysig.] 
a  bisgung,f., occupation  :  ns.35,18. 
ab!e,udan    (W.  I.),    make   blind, 

darken:  pp.  ablend  136,  26;  pi. 

ablende  52,  24.     [Ger.  blendeu.] 


a-blinnan    (<be-linnan),    -blann 

-blunnon   -blunnen   (3),    cease: 

3  sg.  ablinS  80,  11.    [H5e.] 
a-breean,  -bnec  -briticon  -brocen 

(4),  break  down,  destroy:  pret. 

3sg.  20,  14;  3  pi.  18,  5;  19,  31. 
a-bregdan ,  -brsegd  -brugdon  -brog- 

den  (3):  1.  smite  (intr.);  pret.  3 

sg.  145,  10.— 2.  withdraw^  trans.); 

imp.  2  sg.  abregd  144,  24. 
a-breoffan,  -brea'S -brufion  -broSen 

(2):   1.  frustrate,  ruin  (trans.). 

—  2.  fail,  perish  (intr.);   opt.  3 

sg.  abreoSe  157,  6. 
a-bywan  (W.  I.),  prepare,  equip, 

adorn  :   pp.  pi.  abywde  184,  2. 

[buan.] 
ac  (ah),  conj.,  but:  2,  17;  3,  5; 

5,  13;  7,  11. 
a-c^nna  n  ( W.  I.), beget,  bring  forth: 

pp.  Scanned  81,  14;  s<>,  14;  sg. 

acendan  69,  24 ;  pi.  ac$nde  174, 

2. 
Achilla,  f.,  Achaia:  ds.  115,  7. 
a  colian    ;  \Y.  II.),    become  cool: 

pp.  acdlad  173,  1. 

241 


242 


GLOSSARY. 


acsian  (ahsian,  axian,  ascian)  (W. 

II.),  ask :  1  sg.  acsige  53, 9  ;  2  sg. 

ahsast  59,  13  ;  3  sg.  asca'5  37,  8  ; 

1  pi.  acsiaS  135,  13  ;  ahsiaS  136, 

5  ;  pret.  3  sg.  axode  89,  8  ;  ahsode 

62,  8  ;  3  pi.  axodon  2,  3  ;  acsedon 

138,  7. 
a-cw^ccan  (W.I.),  shake  (trans. 

and  intr.):   pret.  3  sg.  acwehte 

157,  19;  159,  13. 
a-cwelan  -cwsel  -cwielon  -cwolen 

(4),  die:   inf.  5,  10;  pret.  opt. 

3  sg.  acwsele  75,  10 ;  pp.  21,  7. 
a-cwellan  (W. I.),  kill:  inf.  115, 

4  ;  imp.  2  sg.  acwel  124,  7  ;  2 
pi.  acw^llac)  122,  6 ;  pret.  3  sg. 
acwselde  122,  2  ;  pp.  acweald  75, 
14.     [cwelan.] 

a-cweSan,  -cweeS  -cwaidon  -cwe- 
den  (5),  speak:  3  sg.  acwrS  163, 
7. 

a-cy>an  (W.  I.),  reveal, proclaim : 
inf.  164,  2.     [cu«.] 

ad,  m.,  fire,  funeral  pile :  ns.  145, 

I  ;  177,  24  ;  ds.  iide  43,  10  ;  173, 
3;  144,  24;  as.  ad  142,  11;  144, 

II  ;  is.  ade  182,  18.  [0.  H.  G. 
eit,  Gr.  alflos.] 

ad-leg,  m.,  flame  of  the  pyre :  ns. 

172,  25. 
a-dilegian    (-dylegian)   (W.  II.), 

blot  out,  obliterate:   pret.  3  sg. 

adilegode  92,  9  ;  pp.  pi.  -dylegode 

80,  15.     [Ger.  tilgen.] 
adl,  f.  (n.),  disease:   ns.  91,  14; 

gs.  adle  91,  15  ;  ap.  adla  63,  6. 
adlig,    adj.,    diseased,    sick:    ns. 

105,  25 ;  adliga  99,  9  ;  dp.  103, 

28. 
a-draifan    (W.  I.),    drive    away, 

expel:    inf.    14,    9;    pret.   3   sg. 

adriefde  14,  5;  3  pi.  -don  81,  5. 


a;dre,  adv.,  forthwith,  quickly: 
144,  14. 

S-dreogan,  -dreah  -drugon  -drogen 
(2) ,  endure,  experience,  practice : 
inf.  55,  24 ;  pret.  3  sg.  105,  4  ;  1 
pi.  91,  27. 

a-drifan,  -draf  -drifon  -drifen  (1), 
drive  away :  3  sg.  adrif-5  57,  22  ; 
pp.  pi.  iidrifene  31,  12. 

a-dwaiscan  (W.  I.),  quench,  ex- 
tinguish: pret.  3  sg.  adwaiscte 
98,  12 ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  81,  17. 

a-dydan  (W.  I.),  put  to  death: 
pret.  3  sg.  adydde  90,  10.  [dead.] 

a-dylegian,  see  a-dllegian. 

a-^bbian  (W.  II.),  ebb  away,  re- 
cede :  pp.  iihebbad  24,  23. 

a-fandian  (W.IL),  make  trial  of, 
experience :  pp.  sg.  afandode  91. 
9. 

a-faran,  -for  -f5ron  -faren  (6), 
go,  march:  pp.  19,  29. 

a-fairau  (W.  I.),  make  afraid,  ter- 
rify :  pp.  afsered  183,  11. 

ai-faestnes,  f.,  piety :  ns.  62, 5  ;  63, 
18  ;  ds.  Jefestnisse  8,  3  ;  9,  1. 

a-feallan,  -feoll  -feollon  -feallen 
(R.),  fall :  ptc.  afeallende  ;  3  sg. 
afielS  35,  20 ;  opt.  3  sg.  afealle 
82,  8  ;  pp.  28,  24  ;  155,  27. 

a-fedan  (W. J.),  feed,  sustain:  3 
sg.  afedeS  174,  9 ;  pret.  3  sg. 
afedde  75,  26  ;  85,  12. 

aefen,  n.,  evening:  ns.  3,  28;  ds. 
jefenne  12,  5  ;  125,  7. 

iefen-giefl,  n.,  evening  repast,  sup- 
per :  dp.  32,  6. 

aefest  (asfst),  f.  n.,  disfavor,  envy, 
malice:  ns.  179,  2.  [sef-est,  S. 
43,  n.  4;  O.  H.  G.  abunst.] 

ae-f^st,  see  aiw-faest. 

55-festues,  see  t"£  fsestues. 


G LOS  SAB  T. 


243 


5-fleou,-fleah  -flugon  -flogen  (2): 
l.Jly  (intr.):  inf.  133,  5.  —  2.  fly 
from  (trans.)  :  3  sg.  aflyhS  170, 
10. 

a-fligan  (W.  I.),  put  to  flight: 
pret.  2  pi.  afllgdon  78,  13  ;  pp. 
pi.  afllgde  103,  20.     [neon.] 

a-flymau  (W.  I.),  cause  to  flee, 
drive  out:  pret.  3  sg.  aflymde 
141,  9;  157,  7.     [fleam.] 

a-forhtlau  (W.  II.),  frighten :  pp. 
pi.  aforhtode  135,  8. 

aifre,  adv.,  ever:  28,  1  ;  31,  17. 

seftan,  adv.,  from  behind,  behind: 
148,  7. 

sefter,  prep.  (w.  dat.) :  1.  after 
(time  and  place):  7,  14;  8,  0 ;  8, 
11 ;  Eefter  $issuin,  after  this  (adv.) 
17,  7;  97,  2;  sefter  i5aem,  there- 
after (adv.)  18,  7.  —  2.  along 
(place):  18,  20.  —  3.  according 
to  :  87,  17  ;  —  prep.  adv.  33,  17  ; 
27,  22;  53,  4.-4.  adv.,  qfter- 
irards:  10,  4. 

tefter-fyligan  (W.  III.),  follow 
after:  ptc.  pi.  -fyligende  (\v. 
dat.)  138,  4  ;  ds.  -fylgendo.  suc- 
cessor, 06,  17  ;  opt.  3  sg.  -fylige 
(intr.)  64,  12. 

sefter-gejiga,  til,  successor:  np. 
-geugan  90,  27  ;  dp.  56,  3. 

a-fyllan  (W.  I.),  fill :  inf.  74,  11  ; 
75,  4  ;  pp.  afylled  85,  11.    [full.] 

a-fyllan  (W.  I.),  cause  to  fall, 
destroy  :  inf.  98,  18.     [feallan.] 

a-fyrhtan  (W.  \.),  frighten :  pp. 
(adj.)  pi.  afyrlite'  93,  24;  103, 
17  ;  129,  8. 

a-fyrran  (W.  I.),  remove,  take 
aicay  :  3  sg.  afyrJS  2,  13  ;  afyrrej* 
120,  11  ;  opt.  3  sg.  afyrre  56,  22 ; 
pp.  afyrred  105,  6.     [feorr.] 


a-fysan  (W.  I.),  1.  hasten  forth 
(intr.):  inf.  149,  3.-2.  incite 
to  go  (trans.):  pp.  alysed  174, 
20;  187,  25;  187,  28.    "  [fus.] 

»g>  "m  egg:  ds.  Sge  173,  6. 

agaii  (PP.),  possess :  inf.  152,  4; 
184,  16  ;  ger.  agenne  70,  10  ;  I 
sg.  ah  154,  31  ;  3  sg.  4(i,  14  ;  4>>, 
15  ;  opt.  3  sg.  age  102,  11  ;  pret. 
3  sg.  ante  71,  2  ;  155,  14.  [Mod. 
own.] 

a-gan,  -eode  -gan  (S.  430),  go: 
pp.  pi.  Sgane  24,  15  j  131,  5. 

age  11,  see  ongean. 

agen  (pp.),  adj.,  oirn  :  ds.  agnum 
32,  16  ;  as.  agen  27,  18  ;  agenne 
15,  13;  gp.  agenra  30,  21. 
[agan.] 

a-geotan,  -geat  -guton  -goten  (2), 
pour,  shed:  ptc.  ageotende  131, 
1  ;  pret.  1  sg.  79,  28 ;  pp.  103, 
24.     [Ger.  giessen.] 

a-getan  (W. L),  injure,  kill:  pp. 
ageted  140,  18. 

a-gifan  (-giefan  -gyfan),  -geaf 
-geafon  -gifen  (5),  give,  relin- 
quish, return:  inf.  7,  6;  pret. 
3  sg.  10,  23 ;  20,  5  ;  agef  20,  10  ; 
pret.  opt.  3  pi.  ageafen  6,  4  ;  pp. 
143,  23. 

ig-hwa,  pron.,  each,  every:  gs. 
aighwses,  adv.,  in  every  respect, 
entinJ,,:  166,  23;  175,  30. 

aeg-hwaer,  adv.,  everywhere:  00, 
29. 

aeg-hwaeSer  (;egSer,  aSer),  1. 
pron.,  each  (one  of  two  or  of 
more):  ns.  aigfier  33,  5  ;  40,  14  ; 
44,  8 ;  53,  8  ;  153,  20  ;  gs.  aegSres 
55,  17  ;  ds.  aigSrum  50,  23;  as. 
jegberne  18,  19.  — 2.  conj .,  aig- 
hwaeber  ge  .  .  .  ge,  both .  .  .  and, 


244 


GLOSSARY. 


63,  4 ;   aegSer  ge  .  .  .  ge,  both 

.  .  .  and;  5,  14;  22,  1;  24,  10; 

26,   4;   53,  9;   aSer  o««e  .    .   . 

o$Se,  either  .  .  .  or ;  40,  17. 
seg-hwilc,  pron.,  eacA:  ns.  40,  11  ; 

113,  8  ;  156,  29. 
5jg-hwQnan,  adv.,  from  all  sides, 

on  all  sides:  72,  23  ;  72,  25. 
aglaica    (iegl&ca),    m.,    monster, 

fiend:     np.    aglsecan    180,    17. 

[Goth,  aglaiti.] 
agnian  (W.  II.),  possess,  assume 

as  one's  own:  3  pi.  agniaS,  31, 

13.     [agen.] 
segiffer,  see  aig-hwaeS'er. 
a-gyldan  (-gieldan) ,  -geald  -guidon 

-golden  (3)  :    1.  repay,  requite  : 

inf.    70,   30.  —  2.  punish  :    pp. 

ageald  (?)  179,  9. 
fi-gyltan     (W.  I.),     offend,    sin: 

opt.  3  pi.  agylten  34,  13  ;  pret. 

1  pi.  agylton  80,  31  ;  91,  26  ;  pp. 

agylt  140,  21. 
ah  (ac),  conj.,  but:  69,  11. 
a-hejbbad,  see  a-ejbbian. 
a-hebban,  -hof  -hof on  -hafen  (6), 

heave,  lift,  raise,  exalt:  inf.  92, 

2;  2  pi.  ahebbe  61,  4;  imp.  2 

pi.  ahebba'5  133,  17  ;  opt.  3  pi. 

ahebben  55,  20  ;  pret.  3  sg.  02, 

18  ;  144,  13  ;  1  pi.  156,  8  ;  pp. 

31,  5 ;  96,  21 ;  152,  23. 
a-hon,    -heng     -hengon     -bangen 

(R.),  hang  (trans.):  inf.  25,  6; 

imp.  2  sg.  ahdh  35,  28  ;  pret.  2  sg. 

ahenge  136,  26;  3  sg.   104,   18; 

132,  16;  pp.  104,  24;  137,  10. 
a-hre_ddan  (W.  I.),  save,  deliver, 

rescue :  ger.  ahre_ddenne  98,  29  ; 

1    sg.   ahre,dde    92,   21  ;    opt.   3 

sg.  ahr^dde  98,  18 ;  pret.   3  sg. 

ahredde  110,  19  ;  3  pi.  -don  19,  5. 


a-hreosan,  -hreas  -bruron  -hrcw  en 

(2),  fall:  opt.  3  sg.  ahreose  32, 

18  ;  pret.  3  sg.  82,  21. 
ahsian,  see  acsian. 
aiht,  f.,  possession,  property:  ap. 

jebta  77,  7  ;  gp.  76,  6  ;  76,  10  ; 

dp.  39,  29.     [agan.] 
aiht-ge-streon,      n.,     possession, 

riches :  ap.  182,  21. 
a-hydan  (W.  I.),  hide :  pp.  ahyded 

168,  15. 
a-Tdligan  (W.  I.),  profane:   inf. 

65,  9.     [Idel.] 
a-liedan  (\V.  I.),   1.  lead,  conduct 

(trans.):  inf.  23,  5;  3  sg.  alsdeS 

114,  20  ;  alaH  120,  25  ;  imp.  2  sg. 

alsed   115,    8;     pp.    aliedd   138, 

12  ;     np.    aliedde    89,     13.  —  2. 

proceed,  grow  (intr.);  inf.  173, 

24 ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  altede,  173, 

6. 
SJlan  (W.  I.),  kindle,  burn  (trans. 

and  intr.):  3  sg.  aileft  172,  25; 

183,  12  ;  pp.  Sled  177,  25. 

ielo,  pron.subst.  andadj.,f«c/^,a?^?/.• 
ns.  4,  11 ;  45,  6  ;  gs.  iielces  6,  18  ; 
ds.  :"elcum6,  17;  19,  6;  ailcon  135, 
14;  138,3;  Ulcere  135,  14;  as.  ailc 
59,5;  is.  Sice  18,  23;  41,  13;  49,3. 

aelde  (ielde,  ylde),  m.  pi.  (S.  204), 
men:  gp.  ajlda  163,  1;  172,  1; 

184,  3;  dp.  182,24.     [eald.] 
aldor,  see  ealdor. 
aldor-niQim  (ealdor-),  m.,  chief, 

magistrate:  ns.  15,  9;  16,  3 ; 
gs.  -numnes,  15,  25 ;  as.  14,  3  ; 
14,  6  ;  np.  -me/i  64,  15. 
a-l^cgan  (W.  I.),  lay  down,  allay, 
overcome,  refute  :  inf.  75,  8  ;  3  pi. 
ale,cgaS  43,  13 ;  43,  31  ;  pret. 
3  sg.  alede  83,  24  ;  3  pi.  aledon 
98,  24  ;  pp.  filed  43, 15.    [licgau.] 


GLOSSARY. 


245 


Sled,   m.,  fire:   ns.    183,  8;   as. 

144,  11. 
a-lefan,  see  a-lyfan. 
a-leogan,  -leah  -lugon  -logen  ('J), 

lie,  deny  (w.  dat.  of  pers.  and 

ace.  of  thing):  3  sg.  alih'8  105,  20. 
ael-lr^ineci.  see  el-fremed. 
asl-gylden,  adj.,  of  pure  gold:  ap. 

-gyldene  33,  28. 
all,  see  eall. 
aelmes-goora,  adj.,  liberal  of  alms, 

charitable:  ns.  75,25;  100,  17; 

np.  -georne  68,  23. 
aelmesse,  f.,  alms:  ds.  almyssau 

100,  20;  as.  100,  25;  aelmessan 

180,   28.      [(Gr.)   Lat.   eleemo- 

syna.] 
ael-mihtig.  adj.,  almighty:  ns.  10, 

5  ;  82,  14  ;  aelmehtiga  Gl,  6  ;  gs. 

selmehtigan  57,  24  ;   ds.  selmiht- 

egum  27,  2. 
ael-peodig,  see  ^1-beodig. 
sel-heodise,  sec  el-}»eodisc. 
a-lybbau  (W.  III.),  liife:  inf.  131, 

18. 
alyfan  (-lefan)  (W.  I.),  allow,  p<  r- 

mit,  grant  (w.  dat.  of  pers.  and 

ace.  of  thing):  inf.   152,  7;  pp. 

alyfed  05,  17  ;  188,  0  ;  iilefed  57, 

17. 
a-lysan    (W.  I.),    loosen,    releast . 

ransom:  pret.  3  sg.  alysde  74, 

20  ;  alcsde  72,  4  ;  pp.  pi.  alysede 

85,  16. 
ainang,  see  on-ge-inQng. 
ambor,  in.,  measure:  gp.  ambra, 

40,  13.     [Ger.  £imer.] 
anibyre  (<and-byre),  adj., favor- 
able: as.  ambyrne  41,  13. 
a-meriaii  (W.  I.),  free  from  dross, 

purify,  refine :   pp.  pi.  amejede 

184,  1 ;  187,  4. 


a-metan  (5),  measure,  estimate: 

inf.  61,  1. 
a-myrran  (W.  I.),  mar,  destroy, 

hinder :  pret.  3  sg.  ainyrde  154, 

21. 
an,  see  imnan. 
an,  num.  adj.,    1.  one,  certain  one 

(indef.  art.),  a  (an) :  ns.  fin,  1,  15  ; 

14,  5;  17,  21  ;  ds.  anum  21,  3; 

15,  5  ;  anre  21,  19  ;  as.  senne  33, 
8  ;  anne  14,  9  ;  17,  12  ;  an  18,  5; 
26,  19  ;  on  tin,  right  on,  continu- 
ously, 144,  2  ;  gp.  aura  gehwses, 
of  each  one,  182,  2.  —  2.  alone: 
ns.  ana  2,  3  ;  35,  1  ;  62,  3  ;  62, 
7  ;  as.  anne  27,  9  ;  dp.  69,  1 ;  ap. 
ana  79,  11 ;  an  8,  17  ;  —  J>set  an, 
only  that,  114,  16. 

an-be-stingan  (3),  thrust  in,  in- 
sert :  pp.  pi.  -stungnan  36,  18. 

an-bidan,  see  on-bldan. 

and  (ond),  conj.,  and-. 

anda,  m.,  zeal,  indignation,  mal- 
ice, injury :  ds.  andan  57,  12 ; 
132,  12  ;  as.  5,  17.   [Ger.  ahnden.] 

and-bidian  (\V.  II.),  wait :  pret. 
opt.  1  sg.  -bidode  84,  20. 

an-defn,  f.,  fitting  amount,  pro- 
portion :  ns.  43,  13  ;  ds.  andefne 
46,23.     [dafenian.] 

andetnis,  i.,confession  :  as.  -nysse 
92,  1. 

andettan  (ondettan)  (W.  I.), 
confess,  acknowledge :  inf.  69, 
23  ;  ptc.  ondettende  65,  2  ;  1  sg. 
andette  G3,  16 ;  ondette  64,  24  ; 
imp.  2  pi.  andettaS  134, 3.  [and- 
hatan.] 

and-fenge,  adj.,  acceptable:  np. 
71,28.     [fon.] 

and-giet  (-git),  n.,  intelligence, 
reason,  sense,  meaning :  ns.  121, 


246 


GLOSSARY. 


2  ;  gs.  andgites  59,  6  ;  ds.  and- 

giete  28,  29 ;  as.  andgit  28,  29  ; 

108,  1 1  ;  ondgit  32,  27. 
and-gitfull,  adj.,  intelligent :  ns. 

53,  10. 
and-gitfullice,  adv.,  intelligibly : 

Supl. ,  -gitfullicost  29,  4. 
and-lang,  adj.,  continuous,  entire  : 

as.  -langne  146,  21. 
and-leofen  (-lifen),f.,  living,  food, 

sustenance:  ds.-leofne  173,  16. 
an-drajdaii,  see  on-draidan. 
Andred,  m.,  the  '  Weald' (the great 

forest  in  Kent  and  Sussex)  :  ns. 

17,  29;  as.  14,  4. 
and-swarian,  see  ond-swarian. 
and-swaru  (ond-),  f.,  answer :  as. 

-sware  9,  21 ;    150,  23 ;   dp.  96, 

14. 
and-weard,  adj.,  present:  ns.  60, 

12  ;  60,  14 ;  gs.  andweardan  55, 

25  ;   ds.  30,  6 ;   -werdan  86,  2  ; 

dp.  -werdum  88,   12  ;   ondwear- 

dum  10,  14. 
and-wlita,  m.,  countenance,  ap- 
pearance :  ns.  77, 18  ;  gs.  -wlitan 

88,  23;  as.  48,  6;  49,  7;  83,  13. 

[wlitan;  Ger.  Antlitz.] 
and-wyrdan     (W.  I.),    answer: 

pret.  1  sg.  andwyrde  27,  30 ;  3 

sg.  76,  22  ;  81,  1. 
an-faldnes  (-fealdnes),  f.,  unity, 

simplicity :  gs.  -nesse  48,  10. 
an-feald,    adj.,    one-fold,    single, 

unmixed,  superior :  ns.  49,  16  ; 

49,  25 ;  53,  7  ;  ds.  anfealdan  48, 

5;  50,  6.  [number:  110,  12. 

an-fealdlice,  adv.,  in  the  singular 
an-for-lajtan,    -let    -leton    -listen 

(R. ),  leave,  abandon:   1  pi.  -ab 

68,  12;  pret.  3  pi.  108,  13;  pret. 

opt.  3  sg.  anforlete  10,  27. 


Angel,  n.,  Anglen  (Denmark):  ds. 
Angle  41,  25. 

Angel-cynne  (Qngel-),  n.,  Angle 
kin,  English  people,  England: 
ds.  -cynne  26,  16;  89,  24;  as. 
-cynn  26,  4 ;  27,  14 ;  -cyn  23, 
15  ;  Ongelcyn  25,  13. 

an-ge-weald  (=an-weald), power, 
dominion :  as.  136,  16. 

an-ginn,  see  on-ginn. 

Angle,  m.  pi.,  the  Angles,  Angli- 
cans, English:  np.  89,  9;  101,  7. 

an-grisllc,  adj.,  grisly,  hideous, 
horrible:  ns.  131,  13. 

an-grysenlice  (-grisenllce),  adv., 
hideously :  132,  19. 

an-haga  (-hoga),  m.,  solitary,  re- 
cluse, wanderer :  ns.  160, 1 ;  168, 
6;  as.  anhagan  101,  17. 

anhangen,  see  on-hon. 

anig,  adj.,  only:  ns.  anga  179,24. 

ienlg,  pron.  adj.  (S.  348),  any  :  ns. 
38,9;  ds.ainegum 33,11;  as. ainig, 
12,14;  asnigne  18,19;  27,2;  34,18. 

an-lic,  see  on-lie. 

asn-lic,  adj.,  unique,  peerless,  ex- 
cellent: ns.  5,  4;  165,  9;  175, 
30 ;  183,  22. 

an-licnes,  see  on-licnes. 

an-lipig(Sn-lipig  an-lepe),  adj.,s?'n- 
gle,  individual :  ns.  17,18;  as.an- 
lepne  26,  21 ;  np.  alnlipige  91, 13. 

an-medla  (on-),  m.,  arrogance: 
np.  -median  70,  25.     [mod.] 

an-modllce,  adv.,  unanimously : 
75,  15 ;  80,  19  ;  90,  15. 

Sn-modnes,  f.,  unanimity:  as. 
-nesse  36,  17. 

an-nis,  f.,  unity:  ns.  110,  10;  as. 
-nysse  81,  30. 

an-ried  (on-),  adj.,  resolute:  ns. 
150,  23  ;  153,  19. 


GLOSSARY. 


247 


an-raMnis,     f.,     constancy:     ds. 

-nysse  93,  26. 
an-s^ttan  ( W.  I.),p«f  upon,  i'»i- 

pose  .'  inf.  54,  27. 
mi  streces   (gen.),  adv.,  continu- 
ously :  21,  18. 
aii-sunrf,  see  on-sund. 
an-sundnls,  see  on-sundnis. 
an-syu,  see  on-slcn. 
Ante-eryst,    m.,    Antichrist:    gs. 

-crystes  138,  16. 
an-ffrSce,  see  on-ffraice. 
au-weald,  see  on-weald. 
apostol,  m.,  apostle:  gs.  apostoles 

60,  9  ;  75,  7  ;  ds.  apostole  77,  8  ; 

as.  apostol  75,  11  ;  np.  apostoll 

113,  2;  gp.  apostola  11,  15;  ap. 

apostolas  108,  21. 
apostolic,     adj.,     apostolic:    ds. 

-lican  90,  28  ;  as.  -lice  88,  14. 
aeppel,  m.,  apple:  gs.  seples,  173, 

3  ;  as.  aeppel  55,  9  ;  179,  4. 
iopplian  (W.  II.),  make  into  the 

form  of  apples,  emboss:  pp.  sg. 

sepplede  182,  21. 
Apulder,   m.,  Appledore  (Kent): 

ds.  Apuldre  19,  27. 
ar,  f.  :  1.  honor,  faror,  mercy:  ns. 

188,  5  ;  gs.  are  160,  1  ;  ds.  32, 

9  ;  as.  6,  17  ;  33,  22  ;  55,  12  ;  62. 

18. — ^.property,  possessions:  ns. 

40,  7;  as.  are  76,  8.  [Ger.  Ehre.] 
ar,  m.,  messenger :  ns.  150,  5  ;  gs. 

ares  144,  20.     [Goth,  aims.] 
ar,  f.,  oar :  gp.  ara  24,  4. 
aer,  comp.  adj.,  former, preceding  : 

ap.    aerran   7,   24.  —  Supl.,  ns. 

aireste  11,  9. 
air,  1.  comp.  adv.  (S.  323),  earlu  r, 

formerly,  before:  7,  3;  11,28; 

15,   10.  — Comp.,    ieror  81,   12; 

140, 25.  —  Supl.,  ierest  3,  14  ;  10, 


1  ;  11,  7  ;  18,  28  ;  28,  5.  —  2.  conj. 
ere,  before  that)  usually  followed 
by  the  opt.)  :  14,  13  ;  ser  ier  49, 
12  ;  air  flaim  fte  27,  13;  air  San  fte 
91, 16. — 3.  prep.  (w.  dat.)  before 
(time):  28.  24;  60, 10;  88,  2;  91,4. 

a-raid,  adj.,  inexorable :  ns.  160,  5. 

a-raedan  (W.L),  read:  inf.  28, 
21  ;  28,  25. 

a-raefnan,  (-refnan)  (W.  I.),  per- 
form, endure :  inf.  120,  1  ;  imp. 

2  sg.  arasfna  120,  1  ;  iirefna  119, 
19;  pret.  1  sg.  arsefnede  119,  28. 

a-raefnian  (W.  II.;  S.  405,  5), 
endure;  1  sg.  araefnie  123,  15. 
[aefnari.] 

a-rieman  (W.  I.),  arise:  pret.  3 
sg.  arsem.de  143,  16. 

a-raeran  (W.  I.),  raise,  erect, 
build:  inf.  92,  4;  ptc.  arierende 
102,  4  ;  2  sg.  arsSrst  83,  17;  opt.  3 
sg.  arsere  75,  28;  80, 14;  pret.  3sg. 
arasrde  87,  20;  3  pi.  -don  83,  32; 
pret.  opt.  3  sg.  79,  18.     [risan.] 

aerce-bisceop  (arce-),  m. ,  arch- 
bishop:  ds.  -biscepe  29,  1. 

ajr-da?g,  111.,  former  day :  dp.  179, 
15. 

a-r^ccean  (W.  I.),  expound,  trans- 
late, recount :  inf.  26,  19  ;  29,  4  ; 
ar^ccan  57,  18. 

a-redian  (W.  II.),  arrange:  3  sg. 
aredaiS  35,  6. 

aeren.  adj.,  made  of  brass,  brazen  : 
as.  ajrne  121,  22  ;  ap.  art  nan  133, 
25;  134,  5.     [ar,  Goth,  ais.] 

alrende,  n.,  errand,  message :  as. 
116,  14  ;  143,  22  ;  150,  7. 

airend-faest,  adj.,  bound  on  an 
errand:  ns.  104,  14. 

eerend-gc-writ.  n..  message,  let- 
ter :  as.  26,  19 ;  arend-  140,  28. 


248 


GLOSSARY. 


iereiid-raea  (-wreca),  m.,  messen- 
ger :  ds.  -racan  90,  24 ;  dp.  -wre- 

cum  2(3,  7  ;  ap.  96,  5. 
ar-f;est,  honorable,  virtuous,  mer- 

ciful :  ns.  75,  17  ;  -fsesta  92,  17. 
ar-fsestnis,  f .,  virtue :  ds.  -nisse  8,4. 
ar-hwset,  adj.,   eager  for  glory: 

np.  -hwate  148,  17. 
arian   (W.   II.),   1.  honor,  show 

favor:  inf.  (w.  dat.)  80,  30;  3 

sg.    araS    (w.    ace.)    54,    4.  — 

2.  desist,  cease :  imp.  2  sg.  ara 

120,  14. 
a-rlsan,   -ras    -rison    -risen    (1), 

arise :  inf.  12,  28 ;  3  sg.  arisen 

68,  2;   imp.  2  sg.  aris   75,  28; 

2  pi.  arisaS  118,  17  ;  opt.  2  sg. 

arise  79,  29  ;  3  sg.  3, 12  ;  35,  22  ; 

2  pi.  arlson  83,  22 ;  pret.  3  sg. 

4,  6;  10,  6. 
airist,  m.  f.  n.,  resurrection:  gs. 

Jerlstes  69,  28 ;  84,  7 ;  as.  airlste 

182,  10. 
ar-leas,  adj.,  dishonorable,  wicked : 

ds.  -leasre  66,  16 ;   np.  -leasan 

133,  2. 
arn,  see  yrnan. 
aernan  (W.I.),  cause  to  run  ;  ride, 

gallop :  3  pi.  aerna«  43,  20 ;  43, 

31 ;  pret.  3  pi.  serndon  155,  16. 

[yrnan.]  [ing  ;  as.  92,  25. 

ierne-inerigen,    m.,   early   morn- 
arofllioe.     adv.,    quickly,    vigor- 

ously:  37,  11. 
scr-wncol,ad)..rarly  awake .-  84,10. 
arwurU  (-weorS),  worthy  of  honor, 

venerable  :  as.  arwunNne  99,  24. 
ar-wurlffian  (-weorftan)  (W.  II.), 

honor:   pret.   3  sg.    arwurSode 

102,  12. 
ar-wurfflice,      adv.,      honorably, 

reverentially :  99,  32  ;  103,  4. 


ar-wuriffnis,  f..  reverence,  honor: 

ds.  -nysse  102,  31  ;  103,  18.  - 
ies,   n.,  food,  prey,   carrion :  gs. 

ieses    148,    7;    152,   24.      [Ger. 

A  as.] 
a-sawan  (K.),  sow:  pp.  asawen 

2,  14  ;  3,  22. 
aesc,  ni. ,  1.  ash,  spear :  as.  150,  22  ; 

gp.  asca  163,  15.  —  2.  boat,  ship 

(of  Danish  ships) :  ap.  sescas  24, 

3;  dp.  24,  1. 
asce  (axe),  f.,  ashes:  ds.  173,  4; 

178,  3;  as.  175,  3;  185,  4. 
a-sceacan,  -scoc  (-sceoc)  -scocon 

(-sceocon)  -sceacen  (6),  shake: 

ptc.   asceacende   133,   4 ;    3  sg. 

ascseeeS  170,  5  ;  pret.  3  sg.  asceoc 

156,  25. 
sesc-h^re,  m.  (ash-),  spear-army, 

'ship-army:  ns.  151,  17. 
aesc-holt,  n.,  spear-shaft:  as.  156, 

25. 
ascian,  see  aosian. 
a-scinan,    -scan    -scinon    -scinen 

(1),  shine:  pret.  3  sg.  127,  18. 
a-scufan,   -sceaf   -scufon    -scofen 

(2),  shove,  push:  inf.  25,  2. 
a-seyran    (W.  T.),     make     clear, 

transparent :  pp.  ascyred  69,  17. 

[sclr.  ] 
a-s^cgan  (W.  III.),  say,  relate: 

pret.  3  pi.  asaidon  141,  17. 
a  seiulan  (W.  I.),  send :  pret.  2  sg. 

asejulest   84,    33 ;   3   sg.   asejide 

75,  8  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  asejxle  90, 

1;    130,  21;    pp.  ase^nd   75,   19; 

130,  28. 
a-s^ttan  (W.  I.),  set,  place,  trans- 
port   oneself,    go :    opt.    3    sg. 

as^tte  44,  6  ;  pret.  3  pi.  as^ttan 

17,    25;    pp.    asett   3,   2 ;   3,   3. 

[sittan.] 


GLOSSARY. 


249 


a-singan    (3),   sing:    pret.   3  sg. 

asong  10,  28, 
a-sittan,  -siet  -sieton  -seten  (5), 

sit  fast,  ground  (of  ships):  pret. 

3  pi.  24,  19;  pp.  24,  20. 
a-slean    (0),  strike,   cut  off:   inf. 

102,  26  ;  pp.  aslagen  103,  (5. 
a-smi)>iaii  (W.  II.),  forge,  work : 

pp.  asmi)>od  103,  1. 
a-sp^ndan  (W.  I. ) ,  spend,  expend  : 

pret.  3  sg.  aspende  87,  25 ;  pp. 

aspended  43,  27. 
aj-spring,    n.,    spring    of  water, 

fountain:  ds.  sespringe  168,  23. 
a-springan  (3),  spring  up,  spread  : 

pret.  3  sg.  asprang  104,  29  ;  3  pi. 

asprungan  81,  13. 
a  si  a  in  la  11  (0),  stand :  3  pi.  astand- 

a)>  69,  10. 
aestel,  m.,  book-mark:  ns.  29,  7; 

as.  29,  8.     [Lat.  hastula.] 
a  st  el  Ian  (\V.  I.),  set  up,  restore, 

establish :  3  sg.  astejleft  182,  26  ; 

pret.  3  sg.  astealde  110,  25. 
a-sterian,  see  a-styrian. 
a-stigan,  -stag(-stah)  -stigon  -sti- 

gen  (1),  ascend,  mount   (trans. 

and  intr.),  spring   7ip,  enter  or 

leave  a  ship,  go:  inf.  117,  6;  3 

sg.  astfirS  3,  22  ;  imp.  2  sg.  astig 

115,  22;    2  pi.  astlgaS  110,   10; 

pret.  3  sg.  astag  115,  25  ;  astah 

80,  3;   117,  1  ;  1  pi.  117,  20. 
a-stingan  (3),  pierce:  pret.  3  pi. 

astungon  113,  10;  113,  15. 
a-stre/'can  (W.  I.),  stretch,  extend, 

prostrate:  opt.  3  ag.  iistrecce  91, 

25  ;  pret.  3  sg.  astre_lite  79,  16 ; 

pp.  astreht  103,  14  ;  dp.  84,  16. 
a-styrian  (-sterian)  (W.  I.),  stir, 

agitate,    move    (trans.):    3    sg. 

astereS  52,  10 ;  pp.  pi.  Ssterede 


55,  1  ;  astyrode  (W.II.  ;  S.  400 
n.  2)  135,  21. 

a-sundrian  (W.  II.),  separate 
(trans):  pp.  asundrad  173,  15; 
pi.  asyndrode  52,  1. 

a-sundron  (-sundran),  adv.,  asun- 
der, apart,  privately  :  3,  27. 

a-swebban  (W.  I.),  put  to  sleep ; 
quiet :  pp.  iiswefed  171,  17  ;  pi. 
-ede  147,  7.     [swefan.] 

a-syndrode,  see  a-sundrian. 

aet,  prep.  (w.  dat.),  1.  at,  in  (time, 
place,  circumstance);  1, 1;  17, 2; 
75,  15;  90,  22;  146,  8;  — prep. 
adv., 3, 17;  9,14.-2.  of,  from (w. 
verbs  of  asking,  receiving,  tak- 
ing, buying);  11,6;  63,22;  90,23. 

5&t,m.i.,l.anythingtobeeaten,food: 
gs.aates  79,6;  as.  179,2.— 2.the  act 
of  eating  :  ds.  ate  179, 6.   [etan.] 

aet-bregdan,  -braegd  (-braid) 
-brugdon  (-brudon)  -brogden 
(-broden)(3),  take  away,  deprive, 
release :  pret.  3  sg.  aetbrsed  74, 
18  ;  86,  5  ;  pp.  setbrSden  3,  10 ; 
78,  15  ;  pi.  -brodene  91,  20. 

aet-eawcd,  see  aet-eowian. 

a-tellan  (W.  I.),  tell,  relate:  pret. 
3  pi.  atealdon  140,  23. 

a-teon,  -teah  -tugon  -togen  (2), 
draw:  inf.  130,  7;  3  sg.  atyh'S 

131,  22  ;  133,  12  ;  opt.  3  sg.  ateo 

132,  20;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  atuge 
11,  20  ;  pp.  30,  27  ;  131,  21. 

a-teorian  (W.  II.),  fail,  become 
exhausted :  pp.  ateorod  74,  10. 

aet-eowian  (W.II.,  -eowan,  W. 
I.),  appear  (intr.),  show,  ma  in- 
fest (trans.):  ger.  seteowenne 
119,  10;  pret.  1  sg.  seteowde 
1i;i,  s;  .",  sg.  seteowode  84,  2; 
118,   21;   pp.    aiteawed   05,   28; 


250 


GLOSSARY. 


pi.  a?teowde  67,  18  ;   seteowode 

85,  15.     [Goth,  at-augjan.] 
set-foran,  prep.  (w.  dat.),  before: 

82,  17  ;  83,  5 ;  149,  16. 
aet-gaedere,  adv.,  together:  12,  12  ; 

20,  21  ;  100,  21. 
aet-lntian   (W.  II.),   lurk  out   of 

sight,  hide :  pret.  3  sg.  -lfitode 

91,  2.     [cf.  Mod.  loiter.] 
a-tredan   (5),   tread:   pret.  3  sg. 

atraed  13(5,  14. 
aet-sQmne,  adv.,  together:  12,  4; 

63,  8. 

aet-standan  (6),  stand,  remain: 
pret.  3  sg.  aatstod  104,  24. 

Sttor  (ator),  n.,  poison:  as.  82, 
27  ;  82,  29 ;  113,  10 ;  is.  atre 
180,  24.     [Ger.  Eiter.] 

attor-baere,  adj.,  poisonous:  as. 
-bferan  83,  8. 

aitt,ren  (jetren),  adj.,  poisonous: 
ns.  setterne  154,  2  ;  ap.  aJttrynne 
150,  26. 

set-witan  (oft-) ,  -wat  -witon  -wit- 
en  (1),  twit,  reproach  (w.  dat.): 
inf.  156,  15;  157,  14.  [cf.  ed- 
wit.] 

aet-ywan  (-Iwan)  (W.  I.,  cf.  aet- 
eowian),  appear  (intr.),  show, 
manifest  (trans.):   3  sg.  astyweS 

64,  12  ;  imp.  2  sg.  setyw  139,  10 ; 
pret.  3  sg.  setywde  117,  20  ;  118, 
27  ;  atlwde  127,  19. 

aft,  in.,  oath :  ap.  a5as  18,  12 ;  20, 

8.     [Ger.  Eid.] 
aefrel-boren,   (pp.)  adj.,   of  noble 

birth  :  87,  2  ;  ds.  -borenre  86,  13. 
seffel-borennis,    f. ,    nobleness    of 

birth  :  as.  -nysse  87,  3;  88,  1. 
aeOVle.   adj.,  noble,  excellent:  ns. 

140,  16  ;  ds.  seSelum  74,  12  ;  as. 

feSelan  154,  7 ;    ap.   seSele  39, 


21.  —  Supl.,  ns.  feflelast  165,  2; 

dp.  180,  6.     [Ger.  edel.] 
aeftele,  adv.,  nobly:  181,  5. 
aeffeling,    in.,    noble,  prince:    gs. 

seSelinges  142,  3 ;  as.  14,  9 ;  dp. 

86,  4. 
aeftellice,  adv.,  nobly :  88,  24. 
aej»elnes,  f.,  nobility:  ns.  72,  16. 
aeJ»elo,  f.,  nobility:  as.  156,  11. 
aeffel-st^nc,    m.,    excellent     fra- 
grance: gp.  -stenca  171,  26. 
aeffel-tungol,  n.  m.,   noble  star: 

gp.  -tungla  175,  8. 
a-Hnian    (W.  II.;    S.  400  n.  2), 

stretch  out :  pret.  3  sg.  abenede 

125,  10  ;  137,  7.     [Ger.  dehneu.] 
after,  see  aig-hwaeS'er. 
a-frindan,  -'Sgnd  -tiundon  -Sunden 

(3),  sicell,  puff  up :  pp.  31,  5. 
a-ffistrian  (W.  II.),  become  dark, 

obscured:  3  pi.  aSistriaS  33,  17  ; 

pp.  pi.  aSIstrode  33,  9.     [Seos- 

tru.] 
AJmlfing    (=  ^Ebelwulnng),     m., 

son  of  JEthelwulf :  ns.  25,  12. 
a->wean   (6),  wash:   pret.   3   sg. 

5J>woh  103,  23. 
aew,  see  ae. 
a-waeenan  (S.  392,  n.  1),  awake 

(intr.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  awoc  104,  11. 
a-\vaegan    (W.    I.),    annul:    inf. 

105,  24. 
a-w^cean  (W.  I.),  awake,  arouse, 

incite :  opt.  3  sg.  aw^cce  127,  3 ; 

pret.  3  sg.  aweahte  118,  17  ;  pret. 

opt.  3  sg.  awehte  11,  21  ;  3  pi. 

awehton  4,   5;  pp.  aweaht  177, 

26  ;  awreht  (S.  407,  n.  3)  75,  30; 

pi.  awehte  132,  12. 
a-wedan  (W.  I.),  rage:  pret.  3 

sg.  awedde  93,  6.     [wod.] 
a-weg,  see  weg. 


GLOSSARY. 


25I 


a-wegan  (5),  carry:  inf.  84,  15. 

a-w^nrlan  (W.  I.),  turn,  direct, 
change,  translate:  inf.  92,  11; 
111,  20;  112,  10;  pret.  1  sg. 
awende  29,  5;  3  sg.  74,  13;  86, 
9 ;  88,  2  ;  pp.  awend  86,  12  ;  77, 
18. 

a-\veorpan  (-wurpan),  -wearp 
-wurpon  -worpen  (3),  cast,  over- 
throw, reject:  inf.  Ill,  27;  112, 
1 ;  pret.  3  sg.  4,  3 ;  65,  13 ;  99, 
26  ;  pp.  34,  20. 

a-westan  (W.  I.),  lay  icaste,  de- 
stroy :  pp.  pi.  aweste  90,  12. 

Sw-fBMt  (fi-fsest),  adj.,  laic-ob- 
serving,  pious:  ns.  jewfaesft  32, 
2;  Sfest  11,  22;  ap.  aifeste  8, 
12;  dp.  32,  1.  —  Supl.,  np.  aiw- 
fsestoste  32,  1. 

a-wiht,  pron.  (S.  344),  aught,  any- 
thing :  ns.  69,  17. 

aewisc-iiiod,  adj.,  ashamed, 
abashed :  np.  -mode  147,  33. 
[Goth,  aiwiski.] 

a- woe,  see  a-waeenan. 

a-wreht,  see  a-weecan. 

a-writau,  -wriit  -writon  -writen 
(1),  write,  compose  :  1  sg.  awrlte 
30,  5;  pret.  3  sg.  75,  13;  81,  9; 
3  pi.  129,  1 ;  pp.  pi.  awritene 
27,  18. 

a-wunian  (W.  II.),  abide,  con- 
tinue :  ptc.  68,  9. 

a-wyrdan  (W.  I.),  destroy:  opt. 
3  sg.  awyrde  173,  20. 

a  wyrgan  (W.  I.),  curse:  pp.  pi. 
awyrigedan  HO,  4.     [wearg.] 

axicin.  see  acsian. 

a-ydlian  (W.  II.),  anntd :  pp.  pi. 
aydlode  75,  16.     [Idel.] 


B. 

baec,  n.,  back  :  as.  under  usee,  back- 
wards, 7,  8  ;  7,  10;  7,  Id  ;  ofer 
baec,  backwards,  158,  9. 

baec-bord,  n.,  left  side  of  a  ship, 
larboard:  as.  38, 11 ;  39, 11;  41, 
17  ;  42,  6.  [Ger.  Backbord  ;  Fr. 
babord.] 

bael,  n.,  fire,  funeral  pyre :  ns.  172, 
19 ;  gs.  bseles  166,  26  ;  is.  bale 
172,  30 ;  175,  2  ;  as.  ball  144,  13. 
[O.  N.  bal.] 

biel-fyr,  n.,  bale-fire,  funeral  or 
sacrificial  fire  :  as.  142,  12. 

ball-J>racu,  f.,  violence  of  fire :  ds. 
-hraece  174,  16. 

bain,  see  begen. 

bsLii,n.,bone :  ds. bane 40,9;  as. ban 
44,2;  np.  ban  71,  16;  ap.  39,21; 
71,20;  102,7;  174,  16;  174,  17. 

bana,  m.,  murderer:  ns.  159,  2; 
banan  ds.  15,  17.     [Mod.  hane.] 

ban-fret,  n.,  {bone-vessel)  body: 
ns.  173,  2 ;  ap.  -fatu  183,  6. 

bier,  f.,  bier.  as.  bsere  75,  27. 
[beran.] 

Bardan-ig,  f.,  Bardney  (Lincoln- 
shire) :  gs.  -Ige  103,  9. 

baernan  (W.  I.),  burn  (trans.): 
inf.  46,  17. 

Basingas,  pi.  m.,  Basing  (Hants.) : 
dp.  -engum  16,  23. 

basti,  adj.,  purple  (crimson)  :  ns. 
17"),  14.     [Goth,  -basi  'berry.'] 

ha-taa  (W. I.),  bridle:  inf.  143,  6. 
[bltan.] 

baeff,  n.,  bath,  font :  ds.  bsefte  66, 
6  ;  75,  6  ;  gp.  baSa  168,  28. 

ba>lan(W.II.),6a«e:  inf.161,24. 

be  (bl,  big),  prep.  (w.  dat.  and 
inst.)  :  1.  (nearness)  by,  near, 
along,  on:  20,  22;  22,  18;  38, 


25: 


GLOSSARY. 


7  ;  38,  10  ;  39,  2 ;  76,  1 ;  bi  18, 
21  ;  39,  5  ;  —  prep,  adv.,  big  lfo, 
7  ;  —  be  eastan,  prep.  w.  dat., 
east  of,  20,  28 ;  be  westan  20, 
28  ;  be  nor)>an  20,  29 ;  38,  9  ; 
be  suSan  17,  17  ;  27,  1.  —  2. 
(metaph.  proximity)  by,  with, 
according  to  :  6,  17  ;  9,  7  ;  9,  15  ; 
60,  10;  —  prep,  adv.,  bi  write, 
copy,  29,  14  ;  big  36,  12  ;  —  be 
)>am,  by  that,  149,  9;  by  >y  48, 
16  ;  be  fullan,  fully,  perfectly, 
27,  28;  —  concerning,  5,  5;  11, 
7;  bi  11,  8;  11,  9;  be  68,  13; 
—  prep,  adv.,  big  68,  13;  —  be 
■5am,  concerning  this,  32,  3;  bi 
'5ys  ilcan,  35,  26. 

beacen,  n.,  beacon  {the  sun)  :  gs. 
beacnes  1(J8,  26. 

beacnian  (W.  II.),  typify,  indi- 
cate, show:  3  sg.  beacnaS  178, 
19  ;  185,  3  ;  187,  17. 

beadu,  f.,  battle:  ds.  beaduwe 
155,  10.     [O.  N.  bQS  bc/Svar.] 

beadu- craef tig,  adj.,  valiant:  ns. 
175,  4. 

beadu-ries,  m.,  rush  of  battle,  on- 
slaught: ns.  152,  28. 

beadu-weorc,  n.,  work  of  battle: 
gp.  -weorca  147,  25. 

be-aeftan  (bseftan),  prep.  adv. 
(w.  dat.),  behind:  15,  8;  15, 
10. 

beag  (beah),  m.,  ring,  bracelet, 
collar,  crown:  ns.  186,  4;  ap. 
beagas 150, 10; 154, 16.    [bugan.] 

beah-gifa  (beag-),  m. ,  ring-giver, 
lord,  king  :  ns.  146,  2  ;  ds.  -gifan 
158,  23. 

bealcettan  (W.  I.),  belch,  send 
forth,  utter :  pret.  3  sg.  -ette  87, 
16. 


beald  (bald),  adj.,  bold:  ns.  (w. 

gen.)  69,  8;  181,  3. 
bealdlice   (bald-),    adv.,   boldly: 

baldlice  159,  14.  —  Supl.,  baldllc- 

ost  151,  26. 
bealo  (bealu),  n.,  bale,  evil,  mis- 
chief: gs.  bealwes  69,  8. 
bealo-sorg,  f.,  baleful  sorrovj :  as. 

-sorge  179,  10. 
beam,  m.,  tree  :  ns.  180,  22  ;  ds. 

beame  169,  12  ;  as.  beam  169,  2  ; 

np.  beamas  166,  14  ;  gp.  beama 

171,  8. 
Beam-fleot,  m.,  Benfleet  (Essex): 

ds.  -fleote  19,  24  ;  19,  28  ;  20,  11. 
bearn,  n.,  child,  son:  ns.  152,  9; 

dp.  10,  1 ;  20,  1  ;  ap.  bearn  68, 

25;  84,  26.     [beran.] 
bearo,  m.,  grove,  wood:  ds.  bear- 

we   180,  7  ;   as.  bearo  167,   16 ; 

np.  bearwas  167,  20  ;  gp.  bearwa 

167,  29. 
beatan,  beot  beoton  beaten  (R.), 

beat :  ptc.  beatende  140,  20. 
be-baffian  (bi-),  (W.  II.),  bathe  : 

3  sg.  bibaflafi  168,  26. 
B^bban-burg,     f.,     Bamborough 

(Northumbria):  ds.  byrig  103,  5. 
be-beodan,  -bead  -budon  -boden 

(2),  1.  command,  bid  (w.  dat.): 

1  sg.  -blode  27,  3  ;  29,  7  ;  pret. 

3sg.  4,6;  7,7;  12,10;  35,  27  ; 

68,  24  ;  3  pi.  10, 19  ;  pp.  36,  22. 

—  2.  offer,  commit,  entrust :  inf. 

142,   14 ;    ptc.   bebeodende    13, 

12  ;  pp.  9,  12  ;  10,  23. 
be-bod,  n.,  command:  as.  bebod 

116,  20;  gp.   -boda  31,  27;  ap. 

-bodu  32,  29;   33,  25;  62,  17; 

-boda  105,  4.     [beodan.] 
be-byrgan    (W.  I.),    bury :    ger. 

-byrgenne  79,  14  ;  3  sg. -byrgeS 


^1-1 


GLOSS  ART. 


253 


175,  4  ;  pp.  -byrged  102,  6  ;  141, 

14. 
be-ceapian    (W.  II.),    sell:    inf. 

70,  10. 
be-clerran  (cirran  -cyrran)  (W. 

I.),  turn  (trans.):    pp.  -cierred 

34,  24. 
be-clyppan  (bi-)(W.  I.),  embrace, 

seize:   3  sg.  biclyppeS  174,  23. 

[Mod.  clip.] 
be-olysau    (W.  I.),   inclose,   shut 

in,  imprison:  pp.  beclysed  181, 

26  ;  pi.  -clysde  133,  10.     [cluse  ; 

Lat.  clausus.] 
be-cuman  (4),  come,  arrive:  3sg. 

-cym«  34,  26;   63,  7;   55,  14; 

3  pi.  -cumaX  32,  9  ;    opt  3  sg. 

•curae  30,  15  ;  pret.  3  sg.  cwom 

13,  9;  com  71,  5;  77,  10;  2  pi. 

-comon  151,  0  ;  3  pi.  27,  7  ;  pret. 

opt.  3  sg.  -come  46,  26. 
be-diBlan  (bi-),  separate,  deprive 

of:  pp.  bidseled  (w.  inst.)  100, 

20. 
bv<M,   n.,   bed:  ds.  be,dde   3,  2 ; 

99,  7. 
be-diglian     (-dyglian,     -deglian) 

(W.  II),  obscure,  bedim,  conceal, 

keep  secret :  pp.  -dTgled  69,  18  ; 

-dyglod  140,  25  ;  -deglad  168,  17. 

[dlgol.] 
be-ebbian  ( W.  IL),  leave  aground 

lii/  the  ebb,  strand:  pp.  pi.  bee,b- 

bade,  24,  25. 
be-faestan  (W.  I.), fasten,  fix  ;  put 

in  safe  keeping,  entrust :  inf.  27, 

6  ;  opt.  2  sg.  -fseste  27,  7  ;  3  sg. 

30,  21 ;  pret.  3  sg.  -teste  74,  19 ; 

3  pi.   -on   21,   17  ;    pp.   befaest 

23,  7. 
be  feallan  (R.),fall:  opt.  2  sg. 

-fealle  96,  23. 


be-feolan  (3),  apply  oneself  (w. 
dat.):  inf.  28,  18.  [Ger.  be- 
fehlen.  ] 

be-fon  (bi-)  (R.),  surround,  en- 
velop, clothe,  cover:  imp.  2  sg. 
-foh  36,  3;  pp.  -fangen  88,  6; 
pi.  -fQiigne  36,  23  ;  bifongen  174, 
5;  178,  10. 

be-foran,  prep.  (\v.  dat.),  before  : 
7,4;  31,4;  33,10;  61,16*;  117, 
2;  148,  11. 

be-forau,  adv.,  before:  33,  18; 
139,  26. 

be- fran,  see  be-frignan. 

be-frignan  (8),  ask:  pret.  3  sg. 
befran  (S.  389,  n.)  88,  25 ;  89, 
3. 

be-gan  (S.  430),  1.  practice,  per- 
form, serve,  occupy  oneself  with  : 
inf.  68,  12  ;  opt.  3  sg.  bega  (\v. 
reflex,  ace.)  30,  8  ;  pret.  1  sg. 
beeode  65,  11 ;  3  sg.  70,  29;  1 
pi.  -eodon  63, 19 ;  -eodan  64,  21 ; 
3  pi.  bieodon  65,  7.  —  2.  sur- 
round: pret.  3  sg.  14,  13. 

be-gang,  m.,  undertaking,  busi- 
ness: dp.  71,  30. 

begen  (bei^gen),  num.  adj.,  b,,th  .■ 
nom.  20,^  20;  33,  8  ;  83,  28  ;  hi 
bu  (S.  324,  n.  1)  179,  3;  hie 
butu  17,  3  ;  gyt  butu  137,  2  ;  unc 
bam  132,  27. 

be-geondan  (-giondan) ,  prep.  (w. 
dat.),  beyond:  65,  29;  -giondan 
26,  20. 

be-gietan  (-gitan,  -gytan)(5),  get, 
obtain,  find:  inf.  26,  15;  pret. 
2  pi.  -geaton  80,  8  ;  3  pi.  27,  20  ; 
148,  17  ;  -geton,  23,  13. 

be-glnnan  (?,),  begin:  pret.  3  sg. 
begann  80,  2  ;  pp.  begunnen  101, 
10. 


254 


GLOSSARY. 


be-gyrdan  ("W.  I.),  begird,  sur- 
round: pp.  begyi'dd  30,  10. 

be-taat,  n.,  promise:  ds.  -hate  84, 
9  ;  ap.  -hat  94,  24. 

be-hatan  (II.),  promise:  3  sg. 
-hiet  105,  24. 

be-healdan  (bi-)  (R.)  :  1.  hold,oc- 
cupy,  guard,  protect :  3  sg.  bi- 
healde-5  168, 6.  —  2.  behold,  look, 
observe  :  inf.  bi- 168, 9  ;  imp.  2  sg. 
beheald  114,  2  ;  114,  11 ;  pret.  3 
sg.  -heold  88,  24  ;  3  pi.  -on  83, 12. 

be-helan  (bi-)  (4),  conceal:  pp. 
sg.  biholene  171,  1.  [Ger. 
hehlen. ] 

be-heonan  (-hionan),  prep.  (w. 
dat.),  on  this  side  of:  -hionan 
26,  17. 

be-hindan,  adv.,  behind:  19,  12; 
123,  10. 

be-hindan,  prep.  (w.  dat.),  be- 
hind: 148,  4. 

be-hofian  (W.  II.),  behoove,  re- 
quire :  pret.  3  pi.  -hSfedon  95,  9. 

be-hreosan  (bi-),  -hreas  -hruron 
-hroren  (2),  (fall  upon)  cover: 
pp.  pi.  bihrorene  162,  24. 

be-hreowsian  (W.  II.),  rue,  re- 
pent of:  1  pi.  -hreowsiaS  81,  1  ; 
3  pi.  Ill,  9. 

be-hreowsung,  f.,  repentance  :  ns. 
92,  9  :  gs.  -unge  91,  17 ;  ds.  91,  6. 

be-hwyrfan  (W.  I.),  change,  con- 
vert: pret.  3  pi.  -hwyrfdon  76, 
8  ;  pp.  -hwyrfed  76,  3. 

be-hydan  (bi-),  hide,  conceal :  pp. 
-hydd  3,  4  ;  bihyded  179,  19  ;  sg. 
bihydde  171,  1. 

be-limpan  (3),  concern,  pertain, 
belong  (intr.):  3  sg.  -limp"5  4,  5; 
-limpe'5  42,  15  ;  pret.  3  pi.  -lum- 
pon  8,  4 ;  9,  1. 


be-lucan  (2),  lock,  lock  up,  shut 
in :  imp.  2  pi.  -lOcatf  133,  24  ; 
pp.  -locen  15,  12 ;  109,  8. 

ben,  f.,  prayer,  petition :  gs.  bene 
92,  3;  93,  10;  np.  bena  71,27; 
ap.  bena  67,  14.  [cf.  Mod.  boon.] 

b$nc,  f.,  bench:  ds.  bence  156,  8. 

b$nd,  m.  f.  n.,  bond,  fetter:  dp. 
133,  11  ;  136,  8. 

be-nlman  (bi-)  (4),  rob,  deprive 
of  (w.  ace.  of  pers.  and  gen.  or 
inst.  of  thing):  3  sg.  -nirrrS  42, 
21 ;  pret.  3  sg.  -nam  14,  1 ;  pp. 
pi.  -numene  22,  1 ;  182,  3. 

b$nn,  f.,  wound:  np.  be,nne  161, 
26.     [bana.j] 

beodan,  bead  budon  boden  (2), 
offer,  announce,  command :  3  sg. 
beodeS  182,  12  ;  pret.  3  pi.  15,  18. 

beon  (bion)  (S.  427),  be,  exist,  be- 
come :  inf.  24,.  8 ;  bion  5,  13 ;  6, 10 ; 
ger.  beonne  31,  9  ;  blonne  57,  15  ; 
2sg.byst  71,  23;  bist,  96,  24;  3  sg. 
br5  3,8;  31,19;  60,12;  1  pi.  beo 
we  117, 11;  3 pi.  beo«2, 17;  2,19; 
bio«31,  20;  imp.  2  sg.  beo  35,  23; 
2  pi.  beo$  78, 6 ;  opt.  3  sg.  beo  3, 
2;  bio  50,  24;  2  pi.  beo  ge  93,  24  ; 
3 pi.  bion 45,  3.  —  eom,  lam:  12, 
24 ;  71, 23  ;  earn  115,  15  ;  2  sg.  eart 
12,  17 ;  3  sg.  is  2,  12 ;  ys  2,  14 ; 
3 pi.  synd2,  21;  synt2,  5;  sindon 
31,  7 ;  siendon  29,  11 ;  syndon  63, 
21 ;  opt.  3  sg.  sie  27,  2 ;  29,  13 ; 
30,  18;  32,  3;  sy  3,  3;  sig  110, 
18;  131,25;  3  pi.  sien  28,13;  29, 
10;  31,27;  sin  2,  9;  syn2,8;  — 
(with  negative)  nis  (<ne  is)  3, 
3;  13,  1;  31,  16;  nys  105,28.— 
wesan  :  inf.  122,  1  ;  122,  23;  180, 
10  ;  3  sg.  wesefi  178,  3  ;  imp.  2  sg. 
wes  114,  14;  pret.  3  sg.  wses  1, 


0  LOSS  A  XT. 


255 


2;  1,3;  wesl41, 14  ;  Spl.wwron 
1,4;  weruii  14,  14;  wajran  15, 
6;  prct.  opt.  3  Bg.  ware,  (i,  12  ; 
7,9;  10,  15;  —  (with  negative) 
pret.  3  sg.  naes  (<ne  was)  60, 
26;  3  pi.  n»ron  24,  0;  27,  18; 
pret.  opt.  3  sg.  niere  15,  16 ;  60, 
20;  3  pi.  raeron  24,  6;  27,  18; 
pret.  opt.  3  sg.  nitre  15,  16;  00, 
20;  3  pi.  n:eren  20,  20;  31,  8; 
50,3. 

beorg  (beorh),  m.,  hill,  mountain  : 
np.  beorgas  105,21;  gp.  beorga 
166,  10. 

beorgan  (byrgan),  (\V.  I.),  taste, 
partake  of:  3  sg.  beorgetf  168,  28. 

beorgan,  bearg  burgon  borgen 
(S),  protect,  preserve  (w.  dat.)  : 
pret.  3  pi.  155, 10.    [Ger.  bergen.] 

beorh-st^de,  m.,  mound:  ds.  175, 2. 

beorht  (biorht),  adj.,  bright,  shin- 
ing, glorious:  ns.  114,  0;  140, 
15;  163, 10;  ds.  beorhtre  82,  17; 
is.  beorhtan  109,  18  ;  np.  beorhte 

166,  10.  —  Supl.,   QS.   beorhtast 

167,  29. 

beorhte  (biorhte),  adv.,  brightly: 

85,  4;  biorhte  36,  25. 
beorhtnis,  i,  brightness :  ns.  -nys 

129,  3  ;  ds.  -nysse  129,  12. 
Beormas,  in.  pi,   Permians:   np. 

39,  11. 
beorn,   m.,   man,    retainer,    hero, 

chief:  ns.  147,  22;   gs.   beornes 

153,"   18;    154,    10;    ds.    beorne 

154,  10;  np.  beornas  152,  9;  dp. 

152,  18;  ap.  149,  17;  151,10. 
beornan,  (born  barn),  beam  bur- 

non   bornen  (3),   burn   (intr.)  : 

3  sg.  byrnefl  172,  17;  182,  17; 

183,  17. 
beot  (<*bl-hat),  n.,  boast:  as. 


beot  149, 15 ;  on  beot,  boastfully, 

150,6;  ap.  beot  150,  8. 
beotian    (W.  II.),  boast:  pret.  3 

sg.  beotode  158,  23. 
be-pteean  (W.I.),  deceive, 'entice : 

pp.  bepaJht  90,  22.     [facen.  ] 
beran.  bssr  bjeron  boren  (4)  hi  ar  : 

inf.  35,  27;  36,  5;  149,  12;  gtr. 

beranne  36,  13;  37,  19;    2   sg. 

byrst  138,  27 ;  3  sg.  byrS  43,  27  ; 

50,  10;  bereS  3,  14;  bierffS  172, 

2  ;  imp.  2  pi.  beraS  12, 17  ;  81, 2  ; 

opt.  3  sg.  bere  30,  19  ;  pret.  1  sg. 

130,  5;  3  sg.  1,  13;  75,  23;  79, 

13;  3  pi.  151,  15. 
be-reaflan  (W.  II.),  bereave,  vol, 

despoil,  dispossess   (w.   ace.    of 

pers.  and  gen.  of  thing)  :  3  sg. 

-reafaS  55, 18. 
beren,  adj.,  of  a  bear:  as.  berenne 

40,  13  ;  beren  40,  13. 
be-rulan    (1),  pursue,   surround, 

overtake:  pret.  3  sg.  -rad  14,  12. 
be-rowan  (R.),  row  past  or  round 

(trans.)  :  inf.  25,  4. 
berstan,   bserst   burston    borsten 

(3),  burst:  pret.  3  sg.  158,  17. 
be-rypan  (W.  I.),  despoil  of, plun- 
der (w.  ace.  of  pers.  and  gen.  of 

thing)  :  3  sg.  berypS  79,  8. 
be-scufan  (2),  shove,  push:   inf. 

75,  5. 
be-seon    (-slon)    (5),    see,    look 

(intr.):  inf.  134,  26  ;  pret.  3  sg. 

-seah  76,  26 ;  —  (w.  .reflex,  ace.) 

opt.  3  sg.  besio  7,  19 ;  pret.  3  sg. 

7,  15;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  besawe 

7,9. 
be-settan  (bi-)  (W.  I.),  beset,  oc- 
cupy,   surround,    adorn:    3   sg. 

bise,te$  183,  16;  pp.  -seted  175, 

15  ;  bi-  176,  22. 


256 


GLOSS  ART. 


be-sittan,  -sset  -sstton  -seten  (5), 
besiege :  pret.  3  sg.  19,  7  ;  3  pi. 
21,  2;  pp.  20,  16;  22,  10. 

be-slean  (<i),  strike,  cut  off,  de- 
price:  pp.  beslsegen  147,  10. 

be-smitenuis,  f.,  defilement :  as. 
-nysse  84,  21. 

be-standan  (0),  stand  round,  sur- 
round, beset:  3  pi.  -standaS  91, 
21;  pret.  3  pi.  -stodon  151,  10. 

be-svvican  (bi-),  -swac  -svvicon 
-swicen  (1),  deceive,  betray,  of- 
fend, overcome:  3  sg.  besuTcS 
34,  19;  pret.  3  sg.  bi-  179,  14; 
pp.  pi.  beswicene  157,  2. 

be-swiciau  (W.  II.),  evade,  es- 
cape: pp.  sg.  beswlcade  62,  13. 

be-taican  (\V.  I.),  commit,  com- 
mend,  entrust:  1  sg.  -tSce  84, 
26 ;  pret.  3  sg.  -tiehte  102,  23. 

betan  (W.I.),  amend:  inf.  140, 
20.     [bot.] 

be-teldan  (bi-),  teald  tuldon  tolden 
(3),  cover,  hem  in,  surround:  3 
sg.  biteldeN  174,  19;  3  pi.  -teldaS 
176,  27  ;  pp.  bitolden  184,  12  ; 
186,  11.  [cf.  Mod.  tilt;  Ger. 
Zelt.] 

b^tera,  see  god. 

b^trung,  f.,  betterment,  improve- 
ment :  ns.  46,  28. 

betsta,  see  god. 

be-tweoh  (-twih,  -twuh,  -tuh, 
-tweohx,  -twux,  -tux),  prep.  (w. 
dat.),  between,  among:  60,  4; 
betwuh  18,  17;  57,  5;  betuh  41, 
25;  betweohx  107,  20;  betwux 
88,22;  96,8;  100,15;  betwux 
fiisum,  meanwhile,  96,  1 ;  betux 
41,  15. 

be-tweonum  (-tweonon,  -twynum, 
-twynan),   prep.   (w.  dat.),   be- 


tween; among:  113,3;  -tweonon 
42.  2ft ;  OS,  25  J  120,  15 ;  -twynum 
115,  3;  125,  8;  -twynan  135,  22. 

be-tyuan  (bi-)  (W.  I.),  close,  end; 
enclose,  imprison :  pret.  3  sg. 
-tynde  11,  26;  13,  13;  115,  1; 
3  pi.  -on  123,  20 ;  pp.  betyned 
126,  6;  bityned  179,  20.     [tun.] 

be-J>^coan  (bi-)  (\V.  I.),  cover: 
pp.  pi.  beR'ahte  186,  7  ;  bi-  182, 
5.     [Ger.  decken.] 

be-l>ringan  (bi-)  (3),  beset,  en- 
circle: pp.  bibrungen  176,  29. 
[Ger.  dringen.] 

be-urne,  see  be-yrnan. 

be-wawan,  -weow  -weowon  -wa- 
wen  (R.),  blow  upon:  pp.  pi. 
biwaune  162,  23.     [Ger.wehen.] 

be-weaxan  (bi-)  (R.),  over-grow  : 
pp.  -vveaxen  99,  9  ;   bi-  175,  28. 

be-wepan  (R.),  weep  over,  be- 
wail :  inf.  91,  19. 

be-windan  (bi-)  (3),  encircle,  sur- 
round :  pp.  biwunden,  188,  8. 

be-witan  (PP.),  oversee,  have 
charge  of,  administer :  pret.  3  sg. 
bewiste  100,  25. 

be-witigan  (-witian)  (W.  II.), 
observe:  inf.  168,  11. 

be-wlitan  (1)  look:  pret.  3  sg. 
-wlat  145,  4. 

be-yrnan,  -am  -urnon  -urnen  (3) 
run :  pret.  2  sg.  beurne  79,  27. 

bi-,  bi,  see  be-,  be. 

bidan,  bad  bidon  biden  (1)  :  1. 
abide,  remain :  3  sg.  bldeb  69, 12. 
—  2.  await,  expect  (w.  gen.)  :  inf. 
13,  2  ;   38,  19  ;  pret.  3  sg.  38,  16. 

biddan,  bsed  bjedon  beden  (5), 
ask,  request  (w.  ace.  of  pers.  and 
gen.  of  thing)  :  inf.  6,  4  ;  byddan 
130,  20;  ptc.  biddende  79,  17; 


GLOSSARY. 


257 


3  pi.  biddab  67,  15;   imp.  2  pi. 

biddaS  CI,  10  ;  80,  12  ;  opt.  3  sg. 

bidde  37,  10  ;    pret.  2  sg.  bsede 

107,  2;  ;;  sg.  0,  23;   12,  5;  65, 

14  ;    3  pi.   12,  22  ;    152,  4;  pret. 

opt.  3  Sg.  bSde  12,  8  ;  40,  12. 
bi-dreosan,  -dreas  -druron  -droren 

(2),   {cause   to  fall    away)   de- 
prive   (w.    instr.) :    pp.    pi.    bi- 

drorene  162,  26.    [cf.  Mod.  dross, 

dreary.]  m 

bilian  (beofian),  (W.  II.;  S.  416, 

n.    •")),  tracer,  tremble:   ptc.   pi. 

bifigendan   67,    12 ;    pret.  3  pi. 

bifedon  5,  15.     [Ger.  beben.] 
big-,  sco  bi-. 
bigan    (blegan,   bygan)    (VV.  I.), 

bend:  3  sg.  bigeS  181,4.     [bug- 

an.] 
bi-g^nga,  ra.,  inhabitant :  ns.  170, 

0. 
bi-gQng  (bi-gang,  big-geng),  m., 

WO rship  •  ns.  63,  14  ;  82,  20 ;  gs. 

blgonges  65,  26  ;  ds.  blgange  63, 

20 ;  04,  22. 
bl-leofa    (big-),   m.,    sustenance, 

food:  ns.   bigleofa  85,  13  ;   ds. 

bigleofan  87,  25  ;  as.  95,  1 ;  78, 

29.     [libban.] 
bile-wit     (bil-),     adj.,     innocent, 

/■"re,  simple:    ds.  -witre  13,  7. 

[cf.  Ger.  billig.] 
bile-witnes,  f.,  innocence,  purity : 

gs.   -nesse    48,   10 ;    -nysse    95, 

14. 
bill,  n.,  sword:   as.  bill  154,  18; 

is.    bille    145,    10;    dp.   153,    1. 

[Ger.  Bille.] 
bill  geslibt,      n.,      clashing      of 

swords :  gs.  -geslihtes  147,  22. 
binclan,  bond  bundon  bunden  (3), 

bind :  3  pi.  bindaS  160,  18 ;  opt. 


3  sg.  binde  160,  13 ;   pret.  3  sg. 

band  104,  12. 
bliinau   (binnon),  prep.  adv.  (w. 

dat.),  within  (time  and  place): 

23,  6  ;  36,  9  ;  98,  9  ;  binnon  85,  4  ; 

138,  18  ;  — adv.,  binnan  19,  31. 
bisceop     (biscop,     biscep),     m., 

bishop:  ns.  17,0;  23,20;  29,12; 

62,  1  ;  gs.  bisceopes  100,  3  ;  ds. 

biscepe  29,  1  ;  as.  bisceop  04,  18  ; 

np.  biscepas29,  10;  ap.  bisceopas 

97,  2.     [Lat.  episcopus.] 
bisceop  seftl  (-setl),  n.,  episcopal 

residence :  as.  biscop-  00,  1 1 . 
bisceop-stoi,   m.,   episcopal  seat, 

bishopric:  ils.  -stole  96,  4  ;  102,  2; 

biscepstole  29,  5 :  as.  -stol  03,  15. 
bismer  (bismor,  bysmer),  n.  in., 

mockery,    derision,    insult:    ds. 

bismre  123,  25. 
bismerian  (W.  II.),  mock,  deride  : 

ptc.  bismriende  123,  25. 
bi-sorgian    (\V.  II.),     care    for, 

fear:  3  sg.  bisorgaS  177,  27. 
bl-spell    (big-),    n.,   parable,   ex- 
ample, proverb :  ds.  bigspelle  3, 

19 ;  as.  -spell  50,  2  ;  53,  18 ;  big- 

2,  3;  2,  10;  ap.  bigspell  2,   L0  ; 

dp.  2,  6.     [Ger.  Beispiel.] 
biter  (bitter),  adj.,  bitter,  severe, 

disastrous,  fierce:    ns.   152,  28; 

bitter  179,  5  ;  as.  biterne  53,  22  ; 

ap.  bitere  152,  2.  —  Supl.,  as.  bit- 
terest an  114,  7. 
biternos,  f.,  bitterness,  grief:  ds. 

-nesse  72,  26. 
bi-wist  (big-),  f.,  sustenance  :  as. 

bigwiste  105,  31.     [wesan.] 
bi-wreon,  -wrab  (wreah)  -wrigon 

(-•wrugon)  wrigen  (wrogen)   (1., 

S.  383);  cover,  enwrap:  pret.  3 

sg.  biwrah  100,  23. 


258 


GLOSSARY. 


blac,  adj.,  shining,  bright :  do.  175, 

14.     [bllcan.] 
blacung,  f.,  turning  pale,  pallor  : 

ds.  blacunge  83,  13. 
blaid  (bled),  f.,  blossom,  fruit :  gs. 

blede  179,  3  ;  np.  blede  166,  14  ; 

dp.    bleduin   166,   17 ;    172,    10  ; 

ap.  bleda  137,  9.     [blowan.] 
bin!,    m.,   blast,  breath,  inspira- 
tion; prosperity,  riches,  glory, 

honor:  ns.  161,  10;  188,  4;  as. 

bl*d  178,  21  ;  184,  6.     [blawan.] 
blaid-daeg,    m.,  prosperous   day: 

gp.  -daga  188,  16. 
blandeu-feax,  adj.,  grizzly-haired : 

ns.  147,  22.     [blondan.] 
blaest,  in.,  blaze, flame:   ns.  165, 

15  ;  as.  180,  9. 
blaistan  (W.  I.),  blov)  (?)  :  pret. 

3  pi.  blieston  123,  30. 
Blecinga-eg,   f.,   Blekingen :    ns. 

42,  11. 
bled,  see  blaid. 
bleo-brygd,    n.  (?),  combination 

of  colors :  dp.  175, 10.  [bregdan  ; 

Mod.  blee.] 
bletsian    (W.  II.),   bless :    1    sg. 

bletsige  128,  2.     [bl5d.] 
bletsung,  f.,  blessing :   ds.  -unge 

74,  12. 
blican,  blac  blicon  blicen  (1),  glit- 
ter, shine:  3  sg.  bliceS  171,  1 7  ; 

opt.  3  sg.  blice  169.  5.     [Mod. 

blink ;  Ger.  bleichen.J 
blind,  adj.,  blind:  ns.  blinda  33, 

7  ;  as.  blindan  33,  7  ;  dp.  78,  14; 

ap.  blynde  131,  21. 
bliss  (<  blISs),  f.,  bliss,  joy  :  gs. 

blisse   9,  5 ;    ds.    blisse   2,    16 ; 

blysse  100,  31 ;  138,  5  ;  as.  blisse 

94,  9  ;  dp.  169,  16. 
blissian  (blissigan)   (W.  II.),  re- 


joice:  inf.  blissigan  96,  18  ;  ptc. 

blissigende  80,  5 ;   104,  19 ;   ds. 

blissigendum  96,  9  ;   pret.  3  sg. 

blissode  84,  9. 
bllfte,  adj.,  blithe,  glad,  friendly  : 

ns.  104,  13  ;  ds.  bliSum  100,  ;i  ; 

as.   blrSe  12,   19;    nf.  blltfe   U,    s 

23.  — Comp.,  ns.  bliSra  154,  2. 
bliffe-mod,  adj.,  blithe  of  mood, 

friendly :  ns.  12,  24  ;  up.  -mode 

12,  22. 
blod,  n.,  blood:  ns.  110,  14;  as. 

113,8;  is.  blode  145,  11. 
blodig,  adj.,  bloody  :  as.  blodigne 

154,  10. 
blQndan  (It.),  blend,  mix,  mingle: 

pp.  geblanden  113, 11  ;  geblQnden 

175,  12. 
blostma    (blostm),    m.,    blossom, 

bloom  ;  fruit :  np.  blSstman  167, 

23  ;  dp.  165,  21. 
blotan,  bleot  bleoton  blSten  (K.), 

sacrifice :  inf.  142,  12. 
blowan,   bleow   bleowon   blowen 

(It.),  bloom,  flourish :  inf.  69, 22  ; 

ptc.  blowende  72,  13  ;  78,  6  ;  pp. 

geblowen  165,  21;  166,  6;  173, 

13. 
boc,  f.,  book  :  ns.  11,  9  ;  86,  9 ;  gs. 

bee  31,  11  ;  60,6;  ds.  bee  29,  9; 

30,  6  ;  80,  15  ;  as.  boc  28,  27  ;  29, 

9  ;  np.  bee  86,  6  ;  gp.  boca  11, 12  ; 

27,  15  ;  dp.  bScum  33,  22  ;  ap.  bee 

27,  28  ;  28,  8. 
boeere,  m.,  learned  man,  scholar, 

scribe :  ap.  boceras  8,  5. 
boclic,  adj.,  relating  to  books :  dp. 

87,  8. 
boda,  in.,  messenger :  ns.  150,  28. 

[Ger.  Bote.] 
bodiau    (W.  II.),   proclaim,    an- 
nounce, preach  :   ptc.  bodiende 


GLOSSARY. 


259 


36,  16  ;  3  sg.  bodaf?  62,  20  ;  pret. 

3  sg.  bodade  02,  1  ;  04,  19 ;  pp. 

bodiid  88,  16. 
bodung,  f.,  preaching:  ns.  93, 18; 
■     as.  -unge  75,  7  ;  100,  3. 
bog    (boli),   m.    (arm,   shoulder), 

boiai/t,  branch:  ap.  bogus  3,  23. 
boga,  in.,  bow:  np.  bogan  152,  27. 
bolster,  m.  n.,  bolster,  pilloio  :  ds. 

bolstre  13,  4  ;  as.  4,  4. 
bord,    n.,     (board)    shield:     gs. 

bordes   158,  17  ;    as.  bord   149, 

15 ;    150,  21  ;    dp.  152,  18 ;   ap. 

bord  151,  10. 
bord-vveall,   m.,    icall  of  shields, 

testudo,   phalanx:    as.    140,   5; 

158,  10. 
bosm,  111.,  bosom:  ds.  bosme  147,4. 

bot,  f.,  boot,  advantage;  repara- 
tion, remedy :  ds.  bote  103,  25 ; 
as.  bote  164,  2. 

brad,  adj.,  broad:  ns.  18,  2;  40, 
23  ;  149,  15.  —  Conip.,  ns.  bradre 
40,  24  ;  bradre  40,  23.  —  Supl., 
ns.  bradost  40,  22. 

bried,  f.  (?),  young  bird  (?)  :  ns. 
173,  13.     [bregdan.] 

bril-dau  (W.  I.),  extend,  spread: 
inf.  101,  24.     [brad.] 

brastllan  (W.  II.),  crackle:  ptc. 
dp.  brastligendum  80,  9.  [Ger. 
prasseln.] 

breahtm,  in.,  noise,  revelry,  mu- 
sic: ds.  breahtme  169,  24;  gp. 
breahtma  163,  2.     [Ger.  Pracht.] 

brecan,  brsec  bnecon  brocen  (4), 
break,  destroy  ;  break  forth :  3 
sg.  bricetf  182,  19;  3  pi.  brecaS 
107,  16 ;  pp.  149,  1. 

bregd,  n.  (?),  trick,  fraud,  deceit: 
gp.  bregda  69,  8.     [bregdan.] 

bregdan,  brajgd   (braid)   brugdon 


(brudon)  brogden  (bregden)(3), 

1.    brandish,   draw:   opt.   2    pi. 

bregde  ge  37, 18  ;  pret.  3  sg.  br»d 

154,    10;     154,    18. —  2.    braid, 

weave :    pp.    bregden    175,    24 ; 

brogden  180,  4. 
brego  (breogo),  m.,  chief,  leader, 

lord,  king :  ns.  147,  10;  182,  12  ; 

as.  brego  184,  25. 
brember,  in.,  bramble  :  dp.  brem- 

bruin  145,  7. 
brengan     (VV.    I.,   cf.    bringan), 

bring  :  inf.  22,  27  ;  23,  1  ;  3  sg. 

br^ng.N  49,  17  ;  opt.  3  sg.  bi\nge 

51,  17  ;  64,  14. 
breost,  n.,  breast :  ds.  breoste  87, 

14;    dp.    143,   6;    153,   31  ;    ap. 

breost  149,  19;   145,  3;  175,  10. 
breost-eofa,   111.,    breast-chamber, 

heart,  mind:  ds.  -cofan  100,  18. 
breost-sefa,  ni.,  mind,  heart :  ns. 

169,  10. 
Bret-walas,  m.  pi.,  the  Britons  of 

Wales  :  dp.  14,  8. 
brice  (bryce),  in.,  fragment :  ap. 

bricas  70,  24  ;  70,  25.    [brecan  ] 
bricg-weard  (brycg),  in.,  bridge- 
guard:  ap.  -weardas  152,  2. 
bridd,  in.,  young   bird:    ns.  brid 

173,  8;  gs.  briddes  178,  2. 
brim,  11.,  ocean  :  ap.  briniu  148,  15. 
brim-cald,   (-ceald),   adj.    ocean- 
cold:  as.  108,  29  ;  np.  167,  10. 
brim-fugol,    in.,    sea-bird :     ap. 

-fuglas  161,24. 
briin-li ]>end,  ni.,  sea-forer,  pirate  : 

gp.  -llbendra  150,  6. 
brim-monn,  111.,  sea-man,  pirate  : 

np.   -men   158,  28  ;   gp.  -manna 

150,  28. 
bringan    (W.  I.,   cf.   brengan,   S. 

407,  n.  1),  bring :  3  sg.  bringS 

is 


26o 


GLOSSARY. 


35,  3  ;  3  pi.  bringaS  2,  25  ;  opt. 

3  sg.  bringe  112,  19;  pret.  3  sg. 

brohte  1,  15;  6,  13;  8,  8;  3  pi. 

brohton  20,  1 ;  39,  21. 
broc,  n.,  injury,  affliction,  disease  : 

ds.  broce   55,  21  ;  104,   12  ;  as. 

broc  54,  26.     [brecan.] 
brocian  (W.  II.),  oppress,  injure, 

afflict :  3  pi.  brociaft  56,  9. 
brohte,  see  bringan. 
brQiul,  m.,  brand;  burning,  fire : 

ns.  172,  19  ;  gs.  brondes  175,  1. 
brosniau  (W.  II.),  crumble,  waste 

away,     wither,     decay:     3     pi. 

brosniaS  166,  17  ;  pp.  gebrosnad 

174,   16  ;   pi.  -ode   71,   26.     [cf. 

Ger.  Brosam.] 
brosnung,    f.    decay:    ds.   -unge 

101, 2  ;  103,  3 
broftor,  m.,    brother:    ns.  8,    1; 

broSur  14,  11  ;  broker  108  1;  gs. 

broSor  102,  29  ;  ds.  breSer  119, 

12;   np.  br55or  12,  28;   broSru 

155,  10;  ap.  broSor  114,  17. 
brucan,  breac  brucon  brocen  (2), 

brook,  use,  enjoy,   possess    (w. 

gen.)  :  inf.  79,  6 ;  148,  7  ;  170,  9 ; 

3  sg.  brlcS  78,  27  ;  3  pi.  brucaS 

56,  26  ;  pret.  3  sg.  (w.  ace.   ?) 

161,  21. 
bran,  adj.,  broxon  :  ns.  175,  14. 
Brunan  -burh,    f.,    Brunanburh 

(Durham  ?)  :  as.  146,  5. 
brnn-^cg,  adj.,  brown  edged  (of  a 

sword)  :  as.  154,  19. 
brycg  (bricg),  f.,  bridge  :  as.  bricge 

151,  22;  151,26. 
bryd,  f.,  bride:  as.  bryde  74,  15. 
bryhtm,  m.,  glance,  twinkling:  ns. 

64,  9.     [cf.  breahtm.] 
bryne,  m.,  burning;  fire,  flame: 

ns.  173,  2  ;  183,  6. 


bryne-gleld,  n.,  burnt  offering, 
sacrifice :  ds.  -gielde  144,  1 ;  as. 
-gield,  145,  10.  [148,  15. 

Bryten,  f.,  Britain:  as.  Brytene 

brytta,  m.,  distributor,  dispenser : 
ns.  143,  7  ;  gs.  bryttan  161,  2. 
[breotan.]  [np.  101,  7. 

Bryttas  (Brittas),  pi.  m.,  Britons  : 
np.  101,  7. 

bryttigan  (bryttian)  (W.  II.),  di- 
vide, share :  inf.  148,  4. 

Bryttisc  (Brittisc),  adj.,  British: 
ds.  Bryttiscum  15,  6. 

bu,  see  begen. 

bnan,  (bugan)  (S.  396,  n.  2)  :  1. 
dwell  (intr.)  :  ptc.  dp.  bugigend- 
um  (inhabitants)  90,  13 ;  3  pi. 
bugeaS  19,  15  ;  pret.  3  sg.  bude 
38,  2;  41,  9.  —  2.  occupy,  culti- 
vate (trans.)  :  3  pi.  bugaS  170, 
18 ;  pp.  sg.  byne  40,  21  ;  bynum 
40, 20 ;  gebun  39, 6 ;  gebiid  39, 12. 

bufon  (bufan;  <be-ufan),  prep., 
1.  (w.  dat.)  above :  22, 18 ;  85, 3. 
—  2.  (w.  ace.)  on,  upon :  83,  19. 

bagan,  beag  bugon  bogen  (2), 
boic,   bend,   turn :   inf.    158,    9 ; 

1  sg.  bQge  82,  8 ;  pret.  3  sg.  38, 
14 ;  39,  1 ;  3  pi.  155,  10. 

bime,  f.,  cup:  ns.  163,  10. 
Bunne,  f.,  Bononia,  now  Boulogne 

(France):  ds.  Bunnan  17,  25. 
bur,  m.,  bower,  chamber:  as.  bur 

14,  13.     [buan.] 
burg    (burh),    f.,  fort,    borough, 

city :  ns.  burh  42,  25  ;  gs.  byrig 

22,  23  ;  ds.  byrig  15,  11  ;  22,23  ; 

as.  burg  20,  16  ;  burh  90,  6  ;  102, 

2  ;  dp.   18,  24  ;  97,  3 ;  178,   19  ; 
ap.  burga  18,  27. 

Burgenda,  gp.  m.,  Burgundians : 
Burgenda  land,  Bornholm,  42, 


GLOSSARY. 


:6i 


burg-leode  (burh-),pl.  m., burgh- 
ere,  citizen*:  dp.    burh-  123,  8. 

burg- ware  (burh-),  pi.  m.,  in- 
habitants of  a  '  burg  ' ;  burghers, 
citizens:  gp.  -wara  22,  19;  dp. 
19,  23;  t£p\  -ware  22,  11. 

burna  (burne,  f.),  ni.,  bourn, 
stream,  fountain:  ds.  burnan 
108,  20. 

burden  (-)>egn),  m.,  chamberlain  : 
ds.  -hene  153,  8. 

bate,  conj.,  but:  24,  7;  54,  1. 

baton  (butan),  prep.  (w.  dat.), 
1.  except :  14,  2  ;  15,  5  ;  17,  17  ; 
18,  26.-2.  icithout:2,  23;  3, 
26;  12,  19;  70,  2;  butan  128, 
14.  — 3.    outside:  21,  24. 

baton  (butan),  conj.,  1.  (w.  opt.), 
unless-:  7,  24;  29,  12;  35,  12. 
—  2.  (w.  indie),  except,  ex- 
cept that,  but  only :  38,  5 ;  38, 
10  ;  60,  10. 

baton,  adv.,  outside  :  21,  23. 

Buttiug  tun,  in.,  Buttinyton :  ds. 
-tune  21,  1. 

bfitn.  see  begen. 

byegan  (bicgan)  (W.  I.),  buy: 
imp.  2  pi.  bicgaS  78,  3. 

bydel,  m.,  beadle,  prod  aimer,  her- 
ald, minister:  gp.  bydela93,  18  ; 
ap.  bydelas  93,  16.     [beodan.] 

byden,  f .,  measure,  bushel :  ds. 
bydene  3,  2.  [L.  L.  *butina  < 

Gr.  jSuTivr;]. 

byldan  (W.  I.),  encourage:  opt. 

3  sg.  bylde  156,  29 ;  pret.  3  sg. 

bylde  154,  25  ;  156,  4.     [beald.] 
byme,    f.,    trumpet:    gs.    byraan 

182,  12  ;  np.  byman  169,  24. 
byne,  see  baan. 
byrde,  adj.,  of  high  birth,  rank : 

Supl.,  ns.  byrdesta  40,  11. 


byre,  in.,  favorable  opportunity : 
as.  153,  8. 

byre,  m.,  child,  son,  descendant  : 
ns.  169,  18  ;  np.  byre  179,  10. 
[beran.J 

byrgan  (\V.  I.),  taste,  eat:  prei. 
3  pi.  byxgdon  17'.».  •">. 

byrgan  (W.  I.),  bury:  ger.  byr- 
igenne  75,  24. 

byrgen,  f.,  grave,  tomb:  ns.  85, 
10;  ds.  byrgene  85,  4;  135,  1'.  ; 
as.  byrgenne  71,  14 ;  byrgene 
84,  14;  np.  byrgena  134,  in. 

byrne,  f.,  byrnie,  corselet,  <k<"it  of 
mail:  ns.  15:),  31  ;  158,  17;  as. 
byrnan  154,  19.     [Ger.  Briinne.] 

byrn-sweord,  n.,  flaming  sword: 
as.  69,  13. 

byrn-wiga,  m.,  mailed  warrior: 
ns.  163,  10. 

byrffen,  1,  burden:  ns.  31,  9;  as. 
byrftenne  30,  4  ;  34,  15  ;  bynNene 
77,  20  ;  gp.  byr Senna  30,  4  ;  dp. 
33,  19. 

bysen  (blsen),  f.,  example:  ds. 
bysene  65,  11  ;  bysne  112,  18; 
as.  bysene  72,  6  ;  dp.  bisnum  34, 
27  ;  bisenum  30,  21  ;  33,  18  ; 
ap.  blsne  54,  10.    [Goth,  -busns.] 

bysgian  (W.  II.),  busy,  occupy, 
disturb,  oppress:  pp.  gebysgad 
167,  11  ;  170,  23  ;  180,  3. 

bysig,  adj.,  busy:  np.  bysige  152, 
27. 

bysigo,  f.,  business,  concern,  occu- 
pation :  dp.  bisgum  28,  27. 

bysulan  (blsnian)  (W.  II.),  set 
an  example  for ;  instruct  by  ex- 
ample :  inf.  blsnian  109,  4 ;  3 
sg.  blsenat)  34,  5 ;  pret.  3  pi. 
bysnodon  56,  2. 


262 


GLOSSARY. 


O. 

caf,  bold,  brave :  as.  cafne  151,  24. 

[<>.  N.  a-kafr.] 
caflice,  adv.,  boldly :  154,  9. 
camp,  m.,  fight,  battle :  ds.  campe 

146,  8.     [Ger.  Kampf.] 
camp-stede,  m.,  battle-field:  ds. 

147,  6;  147,  26. 

candel  (condel),  f.,   candle:  ns. 

14(5,  15;  ds.  condelle  168,  10. 
eandel-staef,    m.,     (candle-staff) 

candlestick:  as.  3,  3. 
canon,    m.,    sacred    canon:    gs. 

canones   11,    12.     [Lat.    canon, 

Gr.  Kavdjv.  ] 
Cantwara-burg,  f.,  Canterbury  : 

ds.  -byrig  94,  15. 
carc-ern(cearc-ern,cf.cweart-ern), 

n.,  prison  :  gs.  carcernes  120,  7  ; 

ds.  carcerne  113,  16  ;  as.  carcern 

114,  9.     [Lat.  career;  -fsern.] 
car-full  (cear-),  adj.,  careful:  ns. 

75,  31. 
carian  (cearian)  (W.  II.),  care,  be 

concerned  for :  3  sg.  cara^  79,  6. 
carte,  f.,  chart,  card  (for  writing 

upon) :  as.  cartan  140,  1 ;  140, 

2;  ap.  139,  30.     [Lat.  charta.] 
casere,   m.,  emperor:  ns.  75,  2; 

gs.  caseres  90,  23 ;  187,  5 ;  ds. 

75,  17 ;  90,  17.     [Lat.  Caesar.] 
ceald  (cald),  adj.,  cold:  as.  cald 

152,  8 ;  dp.  caldum  167,  8. 
ceallian  (W.  II.),  call :  inf.  152,  8. 
ceap,  m.,  cattle :  gs.  ceapes  21,  23 ; 

22,  2  ;  23, 17.     [cf.  Mod.  cheap.] 
ceap-stow,  f.,  market-place:  dp. 

32,  5. 
cearu  (cearo,  caru),  f.,  care:  ns. 

cearo  162,  2 ;  as.  ceare  160,  9. 
ceaster,  t,  fort,  town,  city:  ds. 


ceastre  21,  19;  48,  10;  113,  5; 

as.  113,  14.     [Lat.  castrum.] 
ceaster-ge-ware,  m.  (pi.  tant.,  S. 

263,  n.  7),  citizen:  np.  -waran 

90,  5 ;  ap.  95,  20. 
cellod,   adj.,  curved,  hollow,   em- 
bossed :  as.  158,  16.     [Lat.  cela- 

tus.  ] 
cejinpa,  m.,  warrior:  ns.  153,  6; 

180,  27  ;  np.  cempan  181, 16 ;  gp. 

cejnpena  141,  15.  [camp.] 
cene,  adj.,  keen,  bold:  ns.  156,  10. 

—  Comp.,  ns.  cenre  159,  15. 
cenlice,  adv.,  boldly:  98,  12. 
ce^nnan  (  W.  I.),  beget,  bring  forth : 

pp.  canned  187,  10. 
C?nt,  f.  (S.  284),  Kent:  ds.  17,  28. 
ceorl,  m.,  (churl)  freeman  (of  the 

common  class),  man:   ns.  157, 

20 ;  ds.  ceorle  153,  19. 
ceosan,    ceas    curon    coren    (2), 

choose :  3  pi.   ceosaft  181,  24 ; 

opt.  1  sg.  ceose  184,  10. 
cepan  (W.  I.),  avail  oneself  of, 

take   to   (w.  gen.)  :   pret.   3  sg. 

cepte  91,  1. 
cidan  (W.  I.),  chide,  reproach  (w. 

dat.)  :  2  sg.  clddes«  (dial. )  30, 

3 ;  pret^sg.  cidde  32,  13. 
clgan  (ciegan,  cygan)  (W.  I.),  cry 

out,  call :  pret.  3  sg.  cigde  124, 14 ; 

cygde  144, 19;  1  pi.  cigdon  117,  24. 
cild,  n.,  child:  gs.  cildes  119,  1; 

127,20;  187,10;  ap.  cild  127,  23. 
cild-had,  m.,  childhood:  ds.-hade 

87,  9. 
ciriee  (cyrice,  cyrce),  f.,  church: 

ns.  cyrce  82,  8 ;  gs.  ciricean  37, 

14 ;  cyrcan  78,  23  ;  ds.  82,  7  ;  as. 

36,  7  ;  66,  10 ;  69,  26  ;  np.  27, 14. 
cirllsc,    adj.,    ' churlish,"1    rustic: 

np.  cjrligce  18,  6.    [ceorl.] 


GLOSSARY. 


263 


rirm,  see  cyrm. 

cirr  (cierr.  cyrr),  111.,  turn,  time, 
occasion:  ds.  cirre  24,  8;  38,  7. 
[Mod.  char.] 

Cissc-ceaster,  f.,  iCissa,s  f>rt,' 
Chichester:  ds.  -ceastre  22,  11. 

clam,  sec  clea. 

cla'iie,  adj.,  clean,  pure:  ns.  11, 
4  ;  74,  20  ;  170,  28  ;  gs.  clienan 
74,  21;  as.  c]«ne  77,  30;  dp. 
181,  4  ;  ap.  cliene  59,  15. 

cliene,  adv.,  entirely :  26,  16;  172, 
29. 

clainnes,  f.,  cleanness,  purity, 
chastity :  ds.  -nisse  108,  23. 

cl&nsung.  f.,  cleansing,  chasten- 
ing :  ns.  46,  28. 

cla>,  n.,  cloth:  ds.  clabe  104,  15. 

clea  (cleo),  f.,  claic :  dp.  clam  (S. 
259,  n.),  174,  23. 

eleofan,  cleaf  clufon  clofen  (2), 
<■/,  ave,  split  (trans.) :  pret.  3  pi. 
146,  5;  168,  16. 

oleoplan,  Bee  clipian. 

cleo.wen,  n.,  (clew),  ball,  globu- 
lar mass:  ds.  cleowne  172,  2!>. 
[Ger.  Kniiuel.] 

clipian  (clypian,  cleopian)  (W. 
II.)  1  1«  cry  out,  exclaim  :  3  sg. 
clypaiS  92,  5  ;  pret.  '■>  sg.  clypode 
64,  20;  cleopode  7,  5;  32,  4.— 
2.  cry  unto,  implore  (w.  dat.)  : 
ptc.  dp.  clypigendum  92,  23 ;  3 
pi.  cleopiafi  67,  15  ;  imp.  2  sg. 
clypa  92,  20 ;  2  pi.  elypiaS  82, 
7 ;  pret.  3  sg.  clipode  110,  14. 
[Mod.  obs.  cle.pe,  yclept.] 

clBdig,  adj.,  rocky:  ns.  40,  19. 
[cf.  Mod.  cloud.] 

clypian,  sec  clipian. 

olyppan  (W.  I.),  embrace,  accept: 
inf.  10,  25  ;  opt.  3  sg.  clyppe  161, 
19.     [Mod.  clip.] 


cnapa,  m.,  boy,  youth:  np.  cnapan 
89,  13;  gp.  cnapena  88,  25. 
[Ger.  Knabe.] 

cncarr,  m.,  ship,  galley :  ns.  cnear 
147,  12.     [().  N.  knorr.] 

cneo  (cneow),  n.,  knee:  ap. cneo 
161,19;  181,4;  182,29;  cneow 
137,  16. 

cneo-miBg,  m.,  kinsman :  dp. 
•miigum  146,  8. 

cneoriss,  f.,  generation,  family, 
tribe,  people:  as.  -isse  113,  20. 

cniht,  hi.,  boy,  youth,  young  war- 
rior, knight,  attendant,  disciple: 
ns.  149,  9;  154,  9;  gs.  cnihtes 
79,  23  ;  as.  cniht  20,  10  ;  35,  23  ; 
76,  17;  np.  cnihtas  77,  11; 
cnyhtas  141,  20. 

cnyssan  (W.  I.),  beat  (trans.)  :  3 
sg.  cnyseS  167,  8;  3  pi.  cnyssaS 
163,  17.     [cf.  Ger.  Knorre.] 

colian  (W.  II.),  cool :  3  sg.  colal> 
68,  10. 

collen-lerS1  (-ferhtf),  adj.,  proud- 
minded,  three:  ns.  162,  18. 
[*cwellan,  S.  387,  n.  3.] 

Coin,  f.,  the  river  Colne  (Essex)  : 
ds.  Colne  19,  0. 

corn,  n.,  corn,  grain :  gs.  comes  22, 
2;  173,25;  as.  corn  21, 25  ;  22,  23. 

corfror,  n.,  troop,  flock,  company : 
gp.  corSra  170,  28. 

costian  (costigan,  costnian)  (W. 
II.),  tempt,  try,  prove :  inf.  costi- 
gan (w.  gen.)  142,  2 ;  ger.  cos- 
tianne  117,  21;  costienne  118, 
21 ;  pret.  1  sg.  costnode  (w. 
gen.)  132,  10.     [Ger.  kosten.] 

costnian,  see  costian. 

costnung,  f.,  temptation :  ns.  2,  18. 

co>u,  f.,  disease:  dp.  103,  22. 

craeft,  m.,  strength,  might,  virtue, 
craft,  skill,  art,  pursuit,  know- 


264 


GLOSSARY. 


ledge:  ns.  81,  16;  ds.  crsefte  32, 

19;   83,   32;   as.   crseft   31,    13; 

53,  25;   gp.  crsefta  31,  19;   ap. 

craeftas  54,  1. 
craeftiga   (crseftega),   m.,    crafts- 
man,   workman,    artificer;    ns. 

crseftega  49,  11. 
craet,  n.,  cart,  chariot :  ds.  crsete 

138,  14. 
Crecas    (Creacas),     m.     pi.,   the 

Greeks :  np.  Creacas  28,  6  ;  gp. 

Creca  5,  2. 
creodon    (crQdan),  cread   crudon 

croden  (2),  crowd, press,  hasten  : 

pret.  3  sg.  cread  147,  12. 
cringan,  -crong  (-crone)  -crungon 

(-cruncon)  -crungen  (3),  cringe, 

yield,  fall,  die :  inf.  158,   25  ;  3 

pi.  146,  10 ;  cruncon  159,  5. 
Crist,  m.,  Christ:  ns.  Cris??  (dial.) 

32,  4  ;  33,  6  ;  gs.  Cristes  11,  12  ; 

ds.  Crlste  102,  5. 
cristeu,   adj.,    Christian :  ns.    89, 

3  ;  np.  crlstene  52,  19  ;  cristena 

28,  10  ;  eristnan  21,   9  ;  25,    1 ; 

gp.  cristenra  75,  3. 
cristen-doin,  in.,  Christianity  :  ds 

-dome  95,  21  ;  as.  -dom  96,  6. 
cucu,  see  cwic. 
cumbol-gehnast(gehnad),n.,<:Tm- 

flict  of  banners:  gs.  -gehnastes 

147,  26. 
cum-paeder,  m.,  godfather  in  his 

relation  to  the  father  :  ns.  20, 12. 

[Lat.  compater.] 
cuman,  c(w)6m  c(w)5mon  cumen 

(4) ,  come  ;  inf.  6,  5  ;  ger.  cum- 

anne  7,  18  ;  2  sg.  cymst  84,  7 ; 

cymest  139,  4  ;  3  sg.  cynr$  2, 13 ; 

cynieS  42,  17;  3 pi.  cuma'S  32,  24  ; 

opt.  3  sg.cume  132,30;  cyme  168, 

12  ;  1  pi.  60,  6  ;  imp.  2  sg.  cum  84, 


4  ;  2  pi.  137,  8 ;  pret.  2  sg.  come 
84,  29 ;  3  sg.  cwom  10,  22  ; 
cu5m  16,  1  ;  com  6,  5 ;  3  pi. 
comon  1,  7  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg. 
c5me  20,  8  ;  41,  29 ;  56,  21  ;  pp. 
cumen  10,  16  ;  19,  25. 

cunuan  (PP.),  can,  be  able,  know, 
understand  (trans,  and  intr.)  : 
1  sg.  con  9,  16  ;  2  sg.  canst  54, 
19;  3  sg.  can  53,  25;  1  pi. 
cunnon  27,  22  ;  52,  27  ;  cunnun 
64,  13  ;  3  pi.  cunnon  31,  10  ;  53, 
27  ;  opt.  3  sg.  cunne  162,  16  ; 
162,  18  ;  3  pi.  cunnen  28,  21 ; 
cunnan  31,  23;  cunnon  31,  26  ; 
pret.  1  sg.  cuiSe  9,  18  ;  2  sg. 
cuSest  79,  26  ;  3  sg.  cQSe  32,  15  ; 
100,  4  ;  pret.  opt.  2  sg.  cySe  79, 
30  ;  1  pi.  cu'Son  28,  4  ;  3  pi. 
cQSen  26,  18. 

cunnian  (W.  II.),  prove,  try,  ex- 
amine, experience :  (w.  ace.  or 
gen.):  inf.  156,  10;  3  sg.  cunnaS 
161,  6  ;  pret.  3  sg.  cunnode  142, 
2.     [cunnan.] 

cWS  (pp.  <  cunnan),  adj.,  known, 
familiar,  manifest  :  ns.  35,  17; 
49,  24  ;  86,  12  ;  as.  cu5e  137,  26  ; 
gp.  cuSra  162,  2.     [Ger.  kund.] 

cQS'lic,  adj.,  known,  certain: 
Comp.,  as.  cu'Slicre  64,  13. 

cflaciice,  adv.,  openly,  clearly,  cer- 
tainly :  62,  12  ;  03,  17. 

cwacian  (W.  II.),  quake  :  ptc.  as. 
cwacigendan  67,  12. 

cwalu,  f.,  killing,  murder,  death: 
ds.  cwale  66, 16  ;  110,  21.  [cwel- 
an.] 

Cwat-brycg,  f.,  Bridgenorth 
(Salop) :  ds.  -bryege  23,"  2  ;  23, 
9. 

cwealm,  m.  n.,  death,  destruction, 


GLOSSARY. 


26$ 


pestilence  :   ns.   90,   11  ;  93,   7  ; 

ds.  cwealme  91,  5 ;  as.   cwealm 

'.'::.  11.     [Mod.  qualm.] 
ewoaliii-baire,   adj.,  deadly:    as. 

-bseran  82,  28. 
(.•wcart-ern      (cf.     carc-ern),     n., 

prison :  ds.  cwearterne  83,  4  ; 

133,  10. 
cwelan,  cwael  cwailon  cwolen  (4), 

die  :  inf.  82,  31. 
cweHan  (\V.  I.),   kill:   inf.    144, 

l">.     [cwelan;  Mod.  quell.] 
ewe,llere,    in.,    executioner :    np. 

cwelleras  1 15,  2. 
cweman     (W.    I.),    please     (w. 

dat.):    ger.    cwemanne    55,    9. 

[cuman.] 
cwen,  f.,  queen :  ns.  103,  7. 
Cwenas,  m.  pi.    (a  tribe   of   the 

Fins):    np.    41,    2;    41,    4;    gp. 

Cwena  41,  1. 
cweorn,  f.,  quern,  mill. :  ns.  34, 24  ; 

34,    25  ;    as.    cweorne    34,    21. 

[Goth,  qairnus.] 
cwcffan,  cwseS  cwaklon    cweden 

(5),   say,  speak:    inf.    46,   26; 

1  sg.  cwefte  46,  19 ;  2  sg.  cwyst 

3,   1  ;   3  sg.  cwiS  32,  25  ;   3  pi. 

cwse'SaiS  (for  cweSaS)  108,  15 ; 

imp.  2  sg.  cweS  83,  20 ;  pret.  2 

sg.  cwiede  84,  20 ;  3  sg.  1,  5  ;  7, 

6 ;  3  pi.  4,  5  ;    pret.   opt.  3   sg. 

c\v;ede  37, 18  ;  3  pi.  cwaklen  27, 

19  ;  pp.  117, 15  (named)  :  gecue- 

den     36,    26;     37,    1.       [Mod. 

quoth.] 
cwlc  (cwicu,  cucu,  S.  303),  adj., 

1  quick,'  alive :  ns.  cucu  84,  15  ; 

as.    cwicne    144,    24 ;    145,    4 ; 

cwycne  132,  25  ;  gp.  cwicra  160, 

9. 
cwic-sfisl    (cwyc-),    n.,   hell-tor- 


ment:  gs.   cwycsGsles   132,   7; 

ds.  -susle  131,  10;   137,  19. 
cwide  (cwyde),  m. ,  saying,  utter- 
ance; ds.  cwyde  82,  15;  1>2,  10; 

as.  cuide  34,  18.     [cwe'San.] 
cwide-giedd,  n.,  word,  utteranct  : 

gp.  -giedda  162,  2. 
cwild  (cwyld),  m.  f.  n.,  destruc- 
tion,  pestilence,    murrain :    ds. 

cwilde  23,  17.     [cwelan.] 
cwi)>aii  (\V.  I.),  bewail  (trans.): 

inf.  160,  9. 
cwyc-sasl,  sec  cwic-susl. 
cyf,   f . ,   vessel :    as.    cyf e    75,  4. 

[Ger.  Kiibel.] 
cyle  (ciele),  m.  (chill)  cold:  as. 

44,  4  ;  44,  6. 
cyle-gicel,  m.,  icicle:  dp.  167,  8. 
cyme,  m.,  earning:  gs.  cymes  99, 

31;  ds.  cyme  11,  14;  as.  cyme 

166,  26.     [cuman.] 
cyne-dom,  m.,  government,  king- 
dom :  as.  102,  10. 
cyne-gold,  n.,  regal  gold,  diadem, 

crown  :  ns.  186,  7. 
cyne-hlaford,  m.,  royal  lord:  as. 

141,  1. 
cynelic,  adj.,  royal:  ap.  -lice  100, 

23. 
cyne-rice,  n.,  kingdom:  ns.  101, 

5 ;    gs.    kynerlces    28,    27 ;    is. 

-rice  17,  17. 
cyne-J>rymm,  m.,  kingly  majesty  : 

as.  -)>rym  187,  5. 
cyng  (cing),  m.,  king:  ns.   10,  9  ; 

gs.    cynges  23,    18;    cinges  20, 

26  ;  ds.  cynge  25,  6. 
cynlng,  m.,  king:  gs.  cyninges  7, 

2;  17,    18;   ds.   cyninge   (J,  21  ; 

as.  cyning  14,  11 ;  np.  cyningas 

16,  13  ;  cynegas  102, 1 ;  gp.  cyn,- 

inga  16,  15. 


266 


GLOSSARY. 


cynn,  n.,  kin,  race, family,  kind: 
ns.  17t>,  23;  gs.  cynnes  150,  12; 

182,  7  ;  d.s.  cynne  151,  24 ;  172, 

1 ;  as.  cynn  170,  20 ;  gp.  cinna 

111,9. 
c/pe-cullit,  m.,  boy  for  sale  as  a 

slave  :  ap.  -cnihtas  88,  22. 
cyp(e)-niQnn,  m.,  chapman,  mer- 

chant:  np.  -nie,n  88,  19. 
cyr(i)ce,  see  cirice. 
cynn     (cierm,     cinn),    m.,    cry, 

alarm :  ns.   152,  24  ;  cirm,  127, 

24. 
cyrran  (cierran,  cirran)   (W.  I.), 

turn,  go,  return:  3  pi.   cyrraS 

177,  11 ;  pret.  3  sg.  cyrde  96,  4  ; 

3  pi.  cirdon  39,  4.    [Ger.  kehren.] 
cyrtel,  m.,  kirtle,  coat,  tunic:  as. 

kyrtel  40,  13 ;  ap.  cyrtlas  78,  5. 
cyssan  (  W.  I.),  kiss  :  ptc.  cyssende 

120,  15  ;  137,  16  ;  opt,  3  sg.  cysse 

161,  19. 
cystig,  adj.,  virtuous,  charitable: 

ns.  100,  18  ;  ds.  cystigum  75,  25. 
cyffan  (W.  I.),  make  known  :  inf. 

26,  2 ;  70,  6  ;  3  pi.  cySaS  86,  6  ; 

166,  9  ;  pret.  3  sg.  cyMe  10,  12  ; 

cydde   81,   28;   83,  28;   90,  25; 

3  pi.  cyMon  15,  14.     [cQS.]        » 
cyffffu  (cySS,  S.  255,  3),  f.,  kith, 

kinship,    home,     country :     ds. 

cySSe  71,  10;  as.  cySSe  71,  13; 

147,  15  ;  148,  2  ;  cySSu  174,  23. 


D 


deed,   f.,   deed,  action :  gp.  dseda 

11,22;  ap.  dseda  68,  20  ;  dp.  14, 

2  ;  68,  3  ;  105,  8. 
dsed-betan  (W.  I.),  make  amends, 

repent :  ptc.  np.  daedbetende  80, 

21. 


da;d-b5t,  f. ,  repentance:  gs.  91, 
24;  as.  110,4;   111,  8. 

daeg,  in.,  day  :  ds.  d«ge  11, 15  ;  as. 
cheg  43,  9  ;  is.  da±ge  35,  8 ;  43, 
9;  gp.daga  18,  23;  dp.  dagnm  11, 
28;  38,  14;  dagan  41,  24;  ap. 
dagas21,22;  38,12.— Adverbial: 
gs.  dseges  and  nihtes,  by  day  and 
by  night:  3,  12;  5,  14;  21,  18; 
ds.  to  deege,  to-day .  65,  30 ;  as. 
longe  on  daeg,  far  on,  late  in  the 
day:  17,4;  17,  14. 

da'g-hwoinlic  (-liwamlic),  adj., 
daily:  ds.  -Ileum  87,  24. 

dag-hwoinlit-e  (-hwamlice),  adv., 
daily :  95,  24. 

daeg-red,  n.,  dawn  :  as.  168,  17. 

daegfferlic,  adj.,  daily,  present  : 
ds.  o'S  tfisum  dtegSerlicum  dage, 
to  this  present  day,  97,  4. 

daeg-weorc,  n.,  work  of  the  day  : 
gs.  -weorces  154,  4. 

dael,  n.,  dale:  np.  dalu  166,  3. 
[Ger.  Thai.] 

dail,m..  dirision, portion,  part :  ns. 
22,  19 ;  ds.  dasle  19,  21  ;  be 
senigum  dtele,  to  any  extent,  46, 
24  ;  be  Hem  daile,  to  that  extent, 
54,  11;  as.  diel  21,  G;  27,  29; 
43,  14  ;  162,  12  ;  gp.  dSla  30, 14. 

dailan  (W.  I.),  deal  out,  divide, 
separate,  distribute  :  inf.  76,  19  ; 
3  sg.  dielS  48,  10 ;  dalefi  180,  28  ; 
opt.  1  pi.;  deelon  150,  12  ;  pret.  3 
pi.  dfeldon  77,  8 ;  pp.  gedseled 
175,  13  ;  pi.  gedjelde  70,  20. 

dail-neomende  (dial.)  (ptc),  m., 
piartaker :  as.  63,  1. 

daroS1  (darafc),  m.,  dart,  spear: 
as.  154,  5 ;  157,  19 ;  gp.  daroSa 
laf,  the  leaving  of  spears,  those 
surviving  a  battle,  147,  31. 


GLOSSARY. 


267 


dead,  adj.,  dead:  ns.  43,  2  ;  deada 
43,  16  ;  as.  deadne  132,  24 ;  np. 
deade  120,  !> ;  deadan  44,  5. 

dead-biere,  adj.,  deadly:  ds.  -bse- 
nun  83,  1. 

doall.  adj.,  proud  :  ns.  deal  174, 12. 

dearr,  see  durran. 

deaff,  111.,  death:  ns.  83,  22  ;  gs. 
dea.Nes  71,  8j  92,  10  ;  ds.  dea«e 
83,  21  ;  is.  deaSe  13,  8;  95,  11; 
as.  deaS  92,  6  ;  ap.  deaSas  68,  1. 

deaff-dejnu,  f.,  mortal  vale:  as. 
179,  17. 

deaff-raeced  (-reced),  n.,  house  of 
death,  (/rave:  np.  166,  27. 

Defenas  (Defnas),  m.  pi.,  the  peo- 
ple  of  Devonshire ,  Devonshire: 
dp.  21,  4  ;  24,  10. 

Defena-seir  (Defna-)  f.,  Devon- 
sin  re :  ds.  -scire  19,  18. 

del  fan,  dealf  dulfon  dolfen  (3), 
delve,  dig  :  inf.  84,  14. 

dema,  m.,  judge  :  ns.  32,  22  ;  92, 
11  ;  gs.  deman  31,  4  ;  32,  17  ; 
91,  19. 

deman  (W.  I.),  deem,  judge,  de- 
termine :  inf.  45,  13  ;  3  sg.  demS 
52,  21  ;  52,  28  ;  pp.  gedemed  9, 
6;  170,8. 

demm,  adjudgment :  ns.  34,  23. 

Dene,  in.  pi.,  Danes  :  gp.  Dena  25, 
14;  dp.  Denon  153,  16;  ap. 
Dene  41,  26. 

D^ne-mearc  (Dena-;  -mearce),  f., 
Denmark:  ns.  Denamearc  41, 
27;  ds.  Denemearce  42,  2;  Dene- 
mearcan  42,  8. 

D^nlsc,  adj.,  Danish:  as.  on 
Denisc,  in  the  Danish  fashion, 
24,  7;  np.  Deniscan  19,  12  ;  22, 
24  ;  gp.  Dejiiscra  21,  11  ;  -ena 
24,  29  ;  -ana  22,  20  ;  dp.  25,  1. 


dennian  (W.  II.),  become  slippery 

(?)  :  pret.  3  sg.  dennode  146,  12. 

de^iii  (dene,  S.  §  268),  f.,  valley: 

np.  166,  3.  [77,  17. 

deoflic,  adj.,  devilish:   ap.  -llcan 
deofol,  in.  11.,  devil :   gs.  deotlea  z, 

18  ;    77,  14  ;    (Is.  de;>fle  131,  24  ; 

np.  deofla   123,  30;   dp.  78,  17  ; 

ap.  deofla  78,  14  ;  deoflo  123,  22. 
deofol-gyld,  n,  idol:  gp.  -gilda 

<>5,  7  ;  dp.  65,  3  ;  65,  21  ;  ap.  65, 

16;  82,  12. 
deofol  gylda,   m.,   idolater:    np. 

-gyldan  82,  3. 
deofol-seoc,   adj.,  possessed  of  a 

devil :  ap.  -seocan  78,  18. 
deofol  seoenis,  f.,  possession  by  a 

devil :  ap.  -nyssa  141,  8. 
deop,   n.,  the  deep,  the   sea:    gs. 

deopes  (dypan,  f.)  24,  20. 
deop.  adj.,  deep:  ns.  109,  5;  as. 

143,  15. 
deope,  adv.,  deeply,  profoundly: 

163,  5.  rill,  16. 

deoplice,  adv.,  deeply,  profoundly  : 
deopnis,    f.,    depth,    abyss:    ds. 

-nysse  129,  3. 
deor  (dlor),  n.,  wild  beast  or  ani- 
mal (of  any  sort)  :  as.  deor  148, 

8  ;  np.  dlor  5,  7  ;  gp.  dgora  40, 

1 ;  40,  9  ;  ap.  deor  40,  2. 
deorc,   adj.,    dark,  gloomy,   sad: 

ns.  deorca  182,  14 ;  deorce  168, 

17  ;  as.  deorce  163,  5. 
deorling,  see  dyrllng. 
deor-mod,    adj.,    bold    of  mind, 

brave  :  ns.  168,  7. 
Deorwente,  f.,  the  Derrrent:  ds. 

-wentan  65,  29. 
dgor-wurff  (-wirS,  -weorS),  adj., 

worthy  of  estimation,  precious, 

honored:  ds.  -wuiSaa  104,  16; 


ft 


** 


Win'' 


\'>^j 


u> 


268 


GLOSSARY. 


dp.    76,  3 ;    ap.  -wurSe   78,    1  ; 

-wirfte  111,  1  ;  -wurSan  7*3,  29. 
Dere,  m.  pi.,  the  Deirians,  inhabi- 
tants ofDeira  :  np.  89, 14;  89, 15. 
dorian  (W.  I.),  injure  (w.  dat.)  : 

inf.    151,  18;  3  sg.  de/eS  34,  10; 

deraS  (S.  400,  n.  2)  82,  30  ;  121, 

ID.     [daru.] 
diacon-had  (deacon-),  m.,  office  of 

a  deacon,  deaconship  :  ds.  -hade 

88,  17. 
diegol   (dlgol),  adj.,  secret:    ns. 

dlegla  32,  21;  digle  3,  4;    gs. 

dleglan  31,  4.  — Coinp.,  np.  di- 

gelran  31,  20. 
dimm   (dymm),  adj.,  dim,  dark, 

gloomy  :  dp.  dymmum  129,  20. 
dimnis     (dymnis),    f.,     dimness, 

gloom:   ds.  dymnysse    129,  4; 

130,  2. 
.  Dinges  (mere)  gs.,  (a  proper  name, 

or  the  sea  of  dashing  and  noise  : 

dinges)  :  147,  31. 
dior,  see  deor. 
disc,  m.,  dish:  ds.  disce  100,  24; 

as.  disc.  100,  28. 
discipul,   m.,  disciple :    ns.    117, 

15  ;  np.  discipull  (Lat.)  116, 19  ; 

discipulos  (for -T)    118,  16;  gp. 

discipula  118,  7;  dp.   115,  21; 

ap.  discipull  115,  7;  118,  9. 
dogor,  n.,  day :  gp.  d5gra  162,  10. 
dogor-rim,n.,  numbering  of  days, 

time  :  gs.  -rimes  181,  30. 
dohtor,  t,  daughter:  ns.  103,  7. 
•lorn,  m.,   1.  doom,  judgment,  de- 
cree, decision,  choice :  gs.  domes 

11,    16;    92,    15;    166,    27;    ds. 

dome  32,   16;   32,   23;    76,   14; 

141, 12  ;  as.dSm  (stipulation)  15, 

13;  150,  17;  is.  dome  10,  15. — 

2.  renown,  glory:  as.  153,  16. 


dom-e,rn,   n.,  judgment-hall:    ds. 
-^rne  140,  26. 

dom-georn,    adj.,    eager  for   re- 
nown :  np.  -georne  160,  17.  . 

domlic,   adj.,  famous,  glorious  : 
dp.  180,  20  ;  180,  27. 

don  (S.  429),  do,  act,  cause,  put, 
place  :  inf.  8,    13  ;   11,   24  ;    26, 
13  ;  28,  23 ;    ger.  donne  62,  5 
119,  9  ;  ptc.  donde  126,  6  ;  2  sg, 
dest  112,  9  ;  3  sg.  deS  34,  30 
35,  1  ;  49,  17  ;  2  pi.  d5«  61,  17 
3   pi.  do  5  34,  8;  imp.  2   sg.   do 
119,  19  ;  opt.  2  sg.  d5  27,  3  ;  3 
sg.   29,   9  ;  35,  2  ;  78,   8  ;  1  pi. 
d5n28,  15;  2  pi.  61,  16  ;  pret. 

2  sg.  dydest  122,  26  ;  3  sg.  dyde 
7,  20  ;  9,  10  ;  12,  9  ;  79,  18  ;  3  pi. 
dydon  46, 14  ;  103, 29  ;  pret.  opt. 

3  sg.  dyde  46,  13. 
Dorce-ceaster  (Dorcan-),  f.,  Dor- 
chester :  ds.  -ceastre  23,  23  ;  as. 
Dorcanceaster  102,  3. 

draca,  m.,  dragon  :  dp.  80,  8. 
dream,  m.,  joy,  mirth  :  is.  dreame 

162,  26  ;  gp.  dreama  {harmony) 

169,  28.     [Mod.  dream.] 
dreecan  (W.  1.),  vex,  trouble,  af- 
flict :  pret.  3  pi.  drehton,  23,  27. 
drenc,  m,  drink :  gs.  drejices  83, 

3  ;  ds.  drence  83,  1  ;   83,  7  ;  as. 

53,  21  ;  82,  28  ;  83,  8. 
dr^ng,   m.,   warrior :  gp.   dr^nga 

164,  5.     [O.  N.  drengr.] 
dreogan,    dreag    drugon    drogen 

(2),   endure,  perform,  fulfil :  3 

sg.  dreogeS  172,  13. 
dreor,  m.,  blood:  is.  dreore  144, 

17.     [dreosan.] 
dreorig,    adj.,    dreary,    sad:    ns. 

147,  31 ;  161 ,  2  ;  dreorige  79, 15  ; 

as.  dreorigue   (hyge)    160,   17; 


GLOSSARY. 


269 


np.    drgorige    75,    26 ;    77,    14. 
[dreosan.] 
dreorig-hleor,  adj.,  with  sad  face  : 

ns.  102,  30. 
dreorignis,  f .,  sadness  :  gs.  -nysse 

79,  20. 
dreosan,  dreas  druron  droren  (2), 

fall,  perish :  3  sg.  dreoseft  102, 

1U  ;  3  pi.  dreosaS  106,  13.     [cf. 

Mod.  dross.] 
drill  ten.  See  dry  lit  en 
drinea,  in.,  drink :  as.  drincan  132, 

13. 
drincan,  drone  druncon  druncen 

(3),  drink :  inf.  34,  7  ;  82,  31  ; 

3  pi.  drinca-5  34,  2  ;  42, 27  ;  pret. 

3  pi.   113,   7  ;    pret.   opt.  3  sg. 

drunce  82,  27  ;  2  pi.  druncen  34, 

1. 
drohtaff,  m.,  sojourn,  life :  as.  179, 

17. 
drohtian,  see  drohtnlan. 
drohtnian    (drohtian)     (W.  II.), 

lead  one's  life,  live :  ger.  droht- 

nigenne  96, 8  ;  3  sg.  drohtaS  168, 

7  ;  pret.  3  sg.  drohtnode  87,  23  ; 

88,  7.     [dreogan.] 
drohtnung    (drohtung),    f.,   con- 
duct, condition,  life  :  gs.  droht- 

unge  35,  11  ;  ds.  -nunge  88,  16  ; 

99,  25  ;  as.  86,  7. 
drohtung,  see  drohtnung. 
drusan    (W.  I.,   driisian   "W.  II.), 

droop,  drowse,    become  feeble  : 

ptc.  drusende   177,  27.     [dreo- 

san.] 
dry   (S.   266,   n.   3),  m.,   wizard, 

sorcerer:    ns.    141,    6.      [Celt. 

drui.] 
dryge  (drlge),  adj.,   dry:  ds.   on 

drygum,  on  dry  ground,  24,  14 ; 

ap.  dryge  71,  20. 


dryht,  f.,  body  of  retainers,  host, 

people  :  dp.  176, 22.     [dreogan.] 
dryli ten  (drihten), m., lord, prince, 

rider,  king  :  ns.  drihten  9,  28  ; 

dryhten  32,  13  ;  gs.  drihtnes  146, 

10  ;  ds.  drihtne  10,  17  ;  drihtene 

116,  26. 
dryman  (W.  I.),  rejoice  :  ptc.  gp. 

dryinendra  177,  7.     [dream] 
dryre,  m.,  fall,  deposit :  ns.    165, 

16.     [dreosan.] 
dugan  (PP.),   avail;  3  sg.  deah 

150,  27  ;  opt.  3  sg.  dyge  46,  20. 

[Ger.  taugen.] 
duguff   (dugofl),  f. :    1.    body  of 

retainers,  host :  ns.  162,  26  ;  ds. 

dugu*>e  163,  13  ;  gp.  duguSa  182, 

9  ;  dugutia  wyn,  the  flower,  the 

chief  of  retainers  (?),  177,  7. — 

2.    benefit,  honor,   riches :    ds. 

duguj>e  155,  22  ;  gp.  dugeSa  180, 

29.     [dugan  ;  Ger.  Tugend.] 
dun,  f.,  down,  hill,  mountain  :  as. 

dune  121,  16  ;   142,  9  ;   143,  17. 

[Celt,  dunum.] 
dun -sera* f,     n.,     hill-cave :     np. 

-scrafu  166,  3. 
durran  (PP.),  dare :  1  sg.  dearr 

112,  12;  3  sg.  dearr  34,  13  ;  1  pi. 

durron  111,  18:  opt.  1  sg.  durre 

160,  10  ;  pret.  3  pi.  dorston  39, 

5  ;  pret.  opt.  3  pi.  dorsten  56,  8. 
duru,  f .,  door  :  ns.  78,  23  ;  165,  12  ; 

ds.  dura  31,  11  ;  duru  120,  10; 

dyru  (S.  274,  n.  1)  120,  7  ;  as. 

duru  14,  15 ;  64,  7;  np.  dura  120, 

11. 
dust,  n.   dust :  ds.  duste   82,  22  ; 

104, 16  ;  as.  dust  71,  19;  104,  1». 
dust-sceawung,  f.,  contemplation 

of  the  dust:  ds.  -sceawunga  71, 

29. 


270 


GLOSSARY. 


1*0,7 


dwisescan  (W.  I.),  extinguish,  blot 

out :    3    sg.    dwsesce'S    181,    1. 

[dwsBS :  dysig.] 
dwejian   (dweUan,  S.  407,  n.  1) 

.(W.  I.),  lead  into  folly,  deceive; 

be  led  astray,  err :  ptc.  dwejigende 

91,  26.     [cf.  Mod.  dull.] 
Dyflin  (Dyflen,  Difelin),  Dublin: 

as.  147,  32. 
dym-hof,  n.,  place  of  concealment  : 

dp.  -hofon  91,  2. 
dyre    (diere,    deore),    adj.,  dear, 

costly  :  np.  dyre  40,  3  ;  43,  26. 
dyrling    (deorling),   rn.,  darling, 

favorite :  ns.    74,   1 ;  ap.    deor- 

lingas  55,  7. 
dyrstignes,  f.,  boldness,  audacity, 

arrogance :   ds.   -nysse  96,  22 ; 

as.  -nesse  81,  16. 
dysig,  adj.,  foolish:  ns.  107,10. — 

Supl.,  ns.  dysgosta  47,  2.    [Mod. 

dizzy.] 
dysig,  n.,  folly:  ds.  dysige  52,  26. 
dysignes,  f . ,  folly  :  ds.  -nesse  65, 

10;  as.  65,  14. 
dyslic    (dysigllc),    adj.,  foolish: 

ns.  76,  12  ;  dp.  105,  4. 

E. 

e,  see  ea. 

ea,  f.,  river:  ns.  18,  2 ;  gs.  e  21, 
4  ;  21,8;  eas  22,  28  ;  39,  7  ;  ds. 
ea  39,  5  ;  65,  30  ;  ese  22,  25 ;  as. 
ea  18,  3 ;  np.  ea  5,  15.  [Ger. 
Au.] 

eac  (ec),  conj.  adv.,  also,  more- 
over, likewise,  even :  8, 11 ;  ge  .  .  . 
ge  eac,  both  .  .  .  and  also,  18, 
24  ;  ne  .  .  .  ne  eac,  neither  .  .  . 
nor  even,  31,  24  ;  ond  eac  swa, 
and  also,  20,  9 ;  22,  19 ;  eac, 
swilce    (swylce,    swelce),    also, 


likewise,  8,  11  ;  13,  8 ;  13,  13 ; 
104,29;  eac  gelice  (-lyce),  like- 
wise, 135,  26.     [Ger.  auch.] 

eac,  prep.,  in  addition  to,  together 
with,  besides  (w.  dat.)  :  23,  26  ; 
149,  11. 

eaca,  m.,  addition,  increase:  ns. 
(reinforcements)  20,  22 ;  ds. 
eacan  108,  3  ;  to  eacan,  in  addi- 
tion to  (w.  dat.),  39,  19;  175, 
3. 

ead,  n.,  possession,  riches,  happi- 
ness, bliss :  gs.  eades  178,  28  ; 
187,  9  ;  as.  ead  176,  7.  [cf.  Mod. 
allodium.] 

eadig,  adj.,  rich,  blessed,  happy  : 
ns.  165,  20  ;  eadga  143,  2  ;  eadiga 
88,  15 ;  93,  22  ;  gs.  eadigan  75, 
7;  93,  5;  dp.  78,  25.  [Goth, 
audags.] 

eadignes,  f .,  happiness,  bliss :  gs. 
-nesse  64,  25. 

ead-mod,  see  eaiSF-mod. 

ead-wela,  m.,  generous  supply, 
riches  :  ns.  173,  24  ;  dp.  185,  14. 

eafora  (eafera),  m.,  son,  heir: 
ds.  eaforan  144,  7  ;  as.  144,  25 ; 
np.  146,  7;  dp.  179,  6.  [cf. 
Goth,  afar,  prep,  'after.'] 

eage,  n.,  eye  :  gs.  eagan  64,  9  ;  is. 
50,  21  ;  np.  33,  9  ;  dp.  31,  4  ;  ap. 
59,  15  ;  112,  4. 

eag-gebyrd,  f.,  eyeball  (?),  pupil 
of  the  eye  (?)  :  ns.  175,  19. 

eahta,  num.,  eight :  39,  25  ;  102, 
14;  121,  13. 

ea-la,  interj.,  oh!  alas!  71,  21; 
79,24;   163,  10. 

eald  (aid),  adj.,  old :  ns.  alda  16, 18  ; 
ealda  feeder,  grandfather  (an- 
cestor?), 156,  13;  ap.  ealde  (57, 
3 ;    ealdan  92,  8 ;   ealde,  tried, 


GLOSSARY. 


271 


honored,  150,  20;  dp.  7,  19.— 
Supl.,  as.  ieldesfte  (dial.),  most 
honored,  32,  7. 

Ealdan-mynster,  n.,  Ohl-Min- 
ster:  ds.  -mynstre  102,  8. 

eald-cy8'3'u  (-cyfrS),  f.,  old, 
former  home:  as.  -cy'8'Se  177, 
10 ;  -cyflflu  (S.  255,  3)  180,  10. 

eald-fa;der,  m.,  forefather:  ap. 
-feederas  135,  4. 

eald-feoud,  m.,  old  foe,  arch 
fiend,  devil :  gs.  -feondes  179, 
2  ;  gp.  -feonda  180,  24. 

ealdian  (VV.  II.),  become  old:  pp. 
geealdad  180,  2. 

ealdor,  in.,  life :  as.  182,  2 ;  t5 
ealdre,  adv.,  for  ever,  106,  19. 

ealdor  (aldor),  m.,  prince,  chief, 
lord:  ns.  129,  13;  aldor  143, 18; 
gs.  ealdres  151,  1 ;  ds.  ealdre  94, 
5;  149,  11. 

ealdor-bisceop,  m.,  chief  bishop: 
ns.  63,  15. 

ealdor-dom,  m.,  lordship,  sov- 
ereignty:  as.  170,  19. 

ealdor-lang,  adj.,  life-long,  last- 
ing :  as.  -langne  146,  3. 

ealdor-monn,  m.,  alderman,  chief, 
ruler,  magistrate,  chief  officer  of 
the  shire:  ns.  -mon  10,  10; 
-mann  63,  29 ;  gs.  -monnes  20, 
6  ;  np.  -meji  32,  15. 

ealgian  (W.  II.),  defend:  pret.  3 
pi.  ealgodon  146,  9. 

eall  (all),  adj.,  all:  ns.  1,  3;  18, 
27;  as.  alne  16,  11  ;  ealle  12, 
1  ;  is.  ealle  18,  14  ;  59,  1  ;  np. 
ealle  2,  6  ;  6,  20  ;  9,  6 ;  alle  14, 
18  ;  ealla  28,  10  ;  gp.  ealra  3,  21  ; 
10,  15  ;  eallra  47,  2  ;  dp.  eallum 
10,  16  ;  as.  ealle  2,  10  ;  10,  13  ; 
ealla  28,  9  ;  eall  3,  26  ;  eal  10,  6  ; 


11,2. — Adverbial:  gs.  ealles, 
altogether,  quite,  entirely,  l<s-">, 
9  ;  ealles,  ealra  swljost,  most  of 
all,  especially,  23,  17;  24,  1  ; 
ealles  for  swISe,  altogether,  ut- 
terly, 23,  15;  ds.  (or  dp.)  mid 
(myd)  eallum,  altogether,  en- 
tirely, 130,  24;  134,  15;  is. 
mid  ealle,  withal  (—  and  every- 
thing), 17,  26;  25,  10;  100,28; 
as.  ealne  weg,  all  the  way,  39, 
8;  41,  17;  always,  8fi,  12  ;  ealneg 
(=  ealne  weg)  2U,  11;  ealne  daeg, 
all  the  day,  35,  20 ;  eall  swfi, 
just  as,  136,  16. 

eallinga,  see  ealluuga. 

eallunga  (eallinga),  adv.,  alto- 
gether, entirely:  51,  3;  eallunge 
90,  (i  ;  eallinga  63,  17. 

Eall  wealdeud,  m.,  Elder  of  all : 
ns.  98,  23. 

ealo  (ealu),  n.,  ale:  ns.  42,  29; 
gs.  ealafi  (S.  281,  2)  44,  7. 

ea-lQn<l,n.,j.s7a>j(Z;ds.-londel75,5. 

earn,  m.,  uncle:  ns.  98,  7.  [Ger. 
Oheim.] 

ear,  11.,  ear  {of  corn)  :  ds.  eare  3, 
15  ;  as.  ear  3,  15. 

earc,  f.,  ark :  ns.  36,  7  ;  37, 19  ;  gs. 
earce  30,  1 ;  36,  4  ;  as.  earce  35, 
27;  36,  11. 

eard,  m.,  dwelling,  home,  country  : 
gs.  eardes  177,  20  ;  ds.  earde  71, 
10;  as.  eard  81,  8;  148,17;  151, 
1.     [eorSe.] 

eard-geard,  m.,  dwelling-place, 
earth  :  as.  103,  1. 

eardian  (W.  II.),  dwell :  inf.  3,  23  ; 
3  pi.  eardiaS  40, 21 ;  82, 19 ;  pret. 
3  pi.  eardodon  41,  30;  77,  11. 

earding  (eardung),  f.,  habitation: 
ap.  eardinga  188,  15. 


7-' 


GLOSSARY. 


eard-stapa,  m.,  land-stepper,  wan- 
derer :  ns.  160,6.  [ds.  171,26. 
eard-ste,de,  m.,  divelHna-place : 
eard-wic,  n.,  dwelling :  as.  180,  6. 
eare,  n.,  ear  :  dp.  34, 17;  ap.  earan 

2,  2  ;  3,  5. 
earfoff  (earfeS),  n.,  difficulty,  toil, 

hardship,  torture,  torment :  gp. 

earfoSa  51,  22  ;    dp.  62,  17;  ap. 

earfoftu  55,  11.     [Ger.  Arbeit,] 
earfoffe,  adj.,  difficult :  ns.  76,  27; 

gs.  earfoSes  59,  18. 
earfofflic,   adj.,   difficult,  full    of 

hardship  :  ns.  163,  22. 
earfoSnes,  f.,  hardship,  torture  : 

dp.  68,  14  ;  ap.  -nessa  119,  18. 
ear-gebland,   n.,    wave-mingling, 

ocean  :  as.  147,  3. 
earh  (earg),  adj.,  cowardly  :  ns.  157, 

2.  [Ger.  arg.]  [21;  dp.  130,  6. 
earm,  pa.,  arm :  ns.  99, 6  ;  as.  154, 
earm,  adj., poor, pitiable,  wretched, 

despicable :    as.  earmne  46,  4 ; 

np.  earme  45,  11  ;    180,  17;   dp. 

78,  25.  —  Comp.  ns.  earmra  46, 

1.     [Ger.  arm.] 
earm-cearlg,   adj.,  wretched,  full 

of  care  :  ns.  160,  20. 
earming,   m.,  poor   wretch :    np. 

earmingas  78,  16. 
earmlic,  adj.,  miserable,  wretched: 

gs.  -lices  138, 22;  ds.  -Ileum  105, 8. 
earn,  m.,  eagle:  ns.  133,  4;  152,  24; 

gs.  earnes  173,  8  ;  ds.  earne  173, 

11  ;  as.  earn  seftan  hwit  (cf.  Gr. 

irtiyapyos)  148,  7.     [Ger.  Aar.] 
earnian  (W.  II.),  earn  (w.  gen.): 
3  sg.  earnatf  181,  29 ;  3  pi.  ear- 

nia5  55,  17. 
eart,  see  beon. 

east,  adv.,  east,  in  an  easterly  di- 
rection :  19,  24  ;  38,  17;  65,  29. 


eastan,  adv.,  from  the  east :  42, 
19;  14S,  13;  176,  13;  estan  H»8, 
13  ;  wLS  eastan,  to  the  east :  40, 
19  ;  be  eastan,  to  the  east  of  (w. 
dat.),  20,  28. 

ea  staeU,  n.,  river-banlc  :  ds. 
-sta^'e  151,  11. 

east-dael,  m.,  eastern  quarter,  the 
east:  ds.  -daale  121, 16;  dp.  165,  2. 

east-ende,  m.,  east-end:  ds.  17, 
28. 

Kast-^ngle,  m.  pi.,  East-Angles, 
East-Anglia.    np.    18,   12;   gp. 

_-engla  22,  5  ;_dp.  19,  16  ;  21,  15. 

Easter-daeg  (Eastor-),  m.,  Easter 
Day :  ds.  -dsege  100,  22  ;  is. 
Eastordsege  66,  8. 

east-healf,  f.,  east  side  .-ds.  -healfe 
21,8. 

east-lang,  adj.,  extending  east  : 
ns.  17,  29. 

east-rice,  n.,  eastern  kingdom  :  ds. 
17,  24  ;_18,  11.  _ 

Eastro  (  Eastru,  Eastre  ;  Eastron 
pi.  tant. ),  f.  n.,  Easter:  ap. 
eastron  17,  9. 

east  ryhte,  adv.,  eastward  :  38, 
15. 

East-seaxe  (-seaxan),  m.  pi.,  East- 
Saxons,  Essex :  gp.  -seaxna  22, 
6  ;  dp.  20,  21 ;  ap.  -seaxe  19,  3  ; 
21,  14. 

east(e)-weard  (-werd),  adj.,  east- 
ward, easterly  :  ns.  40,  21  ;  -werd 
40,  22  ;  gs.  -weardes  (adv.)  19, 
21 ;  ds.  -weardre  17,  28  ;  as. 
-weard  22,  7. 

east-weg,  m.,  east-way,  path  in 
the  east :  dp.  169,  3. 

eaffe,  adv.,  easily  :  28,  15  ;  56,  24. 
—  Comp.  (leS)  eaS  65,  10.— 
Supl.  ySast  169,  3. 


GLOSSARY. 


273 


eaff-mod     (ead-),    adj.,    humble- 

minded,    humble:    ns.   eadinod 

100,  18  ;  is   -mode  30,  2  ;    ap. 

-m5dan  67,  11. 
eaff-modliee  (ead-), adv., humbly  • 

11,23;  61,  10;  cad-  94,4;  107, 

1. 
caff-modnes  (ead-),  f.,   humility, 

meekness,     condescension  :     gs. 

-nesse  32,   10  ;  as.  30,   18 ;  gp. 

-nessa  73,  2. 
eaw-faest  («w-,  £-,  S.  118,  n.  1), 

religioxis,  pious  :  ns.  -fsesta  87, 

1  ;  ds.  -fsestre  86,  14. 
eax,    f.,  axis,   axle-tree :  ns.    50, 

10  ;  ds.  eaxe  50,  9 ;  50,  12  ;  as. 

eaxe  52,  8. 
ebba,  in.,  ebb  :  ds.  ebban  151,  13. 
Ebreas,     m.    pi.,   Hebrews :    gp. 

Ebrea  144,  26. 
Ebrelsc,  adj.,  Hebrew  :  as.  28,  5  ; 

124,  30. 
ece,  adj.,  eternal,  everlasting :  ns. 

9,  28  ;  10,  4  ;  59,  9  ;  eca  32,  21  ; 

ecea  70, 22  ;  ds.  ecan  61,  16  ;  gp. 

ecra  63,  1. 
eced,  m.   n.,  vinegar :  ds.    ecede 

132,   14.      [Lat.   acetum  ;    Ger. 

Essig.] 
ecelice,   adv.,   eternally:   70,   11; 

78,  7  ;  81,  29. 
e.cg,  f.,  edge,  sword:  ns.    151,  8; 

ds.  ecge  142,  13  ;  dp.  146,  4  ;  148, 

12. 
ecnes,  f .,  eternity :  ns.  59,  12  ;  60, 

8  ;  as.  -nysse  74,   7  ;  as.  -nesse 

114,  18. 
ed-geong  (-giong),  adj.,  becoming 

(or  being)  young  again  :  ns.  178, 

3  ;  180,  10  ;  183,  22  ;  -giong  185, 

9. 
ed-lean,  n.,  reward:    gs.  -leanes 


56,  14  ;  94,  10 ;  ds.  -leane  94,  2  ; 

as .  -lean  58,  3. 
ed-niwe   (-neowe),  adj.,  renewed, 

restored:  ns.  174,  4  ;  167,  26. 
ed-niwinga,  adv.,  anew  :  183,  20. 
edor  (eodor),  in.,  enclosure,  dwell- 
ing .-  up.  ederas  162,  24. 
ed-w^uden,      f.,      overturn  inn, 

change :  ns.  166,  19. 
efen-ehU  (-neliS),  f.,  neighboring 

l>liiiit :  ds.  -ehSe  21,26.     [neah.] 
efen-hleoffor,    n.,    equal,   united 

harmony :  is.  -hleoiSre,  186,  23. 
efes,  f.,    eaves,  border,  side  (of  a 

forest)  :  ds.  efes   (for  efese  ?) 

18,21. 
efne  (cf.  emne),  adv.,  even,  only, 

just:  8,  17  ;  65,   9;  behold:  78, 

15;  91,  12;  129,2. 
efn-ece,  adv.,  co-eternally:  69,25. 
efstan    (W.  I.),    hasten     (intr.)  : 

inf.  68, 17  ;  95,  25  ;  ptc.  efstende 

128,  9  ;  imp.  2  pi.  efstaS  122,  9  ; 

pret.  3  sg.  efste  143,  12  ;   3  pi. 

-on  156,  1.     [*of-est.] 
eft,  adv.,  again,  back,  afterwards  : 

1,1;  6,  5;  6,  13;  7,19;  7,24;  17, 

24 ;  20,  5 ;   eft  ongean  (see  on- 

gean). 
£ge,  m.,  fear,  terror :  ns.  30,  20  ; 

78,  17;  ds.  4,  10;  35,7;  as.  117, 

18.     [Goth,  agis.] 
ejjesa,  m.,  terror,  fear  ;  ns.  143,  <! ; 

ds.  qgesan  181,  6. 
^geslic,  adj.,  terrible,  horrible  :  ns. 

6,  9  ;  183,  8. 
egeslice,  adv..  horribly  :  131,  23. 
ehta,n(W  A.) ,  pursue,  persecute  (w. 

gen.):  3  sg.  eht  60,  18.    [oht.] 
ehtere,  m.,  persecutor  :  ns.  75,  3. 
ehtnls,  f.,  persecution :  ns.  -nys  2, 

19  ;  as.  -nysse  95,  11. 


274 


GLOSSARY. 


e,kor  (telcor),  adv.,  otherwise  :  65, 

18. 
Hiluii  (ieldan,  yldan),  delay,  hesi- 
tate:   pret.    3    sg.    e.lde    02,   2. 

[ealcL]. 
ele,  m.,  oil  :  ds.  75,  4  ;  as.  130,  21. 

[Lat.  oleum.] 
e>frejned  («1-)   (pp.),  adj.,  sepa- 
rated, released,  extraneous :   ns. 

ajlfr^med  85,  9 ;   ap.  adfremede 

95,  8. 
$llen,  n.,  strength,  courage,  forti- 
tude, zeal :  ns.  142,  3  ;  ds.  mid 

elne  164,  3  ;  on  elne  181,  29  ;  as. 

on  ellen,  boldly,  156,  0.      [Goth. 

aljan.] 
§llen-wodnis,  f.,  zeal ,  fervor :  gs. 

-nisse  11,  25. 
§lles,  adv.,  else:  hw*t  .  .  .  elles, 

what  else,  36,  6  ;  56,  13  ;  70,  22  ; 

nan  'Sing  elles,  nothing  else,  85, 

14. 
^ln,  f.,  ell  (measure)  :  gp.  e,lna  39, 

24  ;  40,  15. 
^1-beodig   (sel-),  adj.,  of  another 

nation,    foreign,    strange :     as. 

Slpeodigne  122,  7. 
^l-J>eodisc     (sel-)>    adj.,  foreign, 

strange  :  ns.  tetyeodisc  113,  9. 
embe,  see  yinbe. 
embgangan  (R.),comp«ss(trans.) : 

opt.  3  sg.  -gange  125,  28. 
emne      (emu,    cf.      efne),     adv., 

equally  :  59,  12  ;  emn  50,  23. 
emn-lang  (efn-lang),  adj.,  equally 

long :    on    emnlange   prep.    (w. 

dat.),  along,  40,  20. 
$nde,  m.,  end:  ns.  34,  23  ;  50,  22  ; 

67,  1  ;  ds.  49,  17  ;  60,  4  ;  as.  20, 

12;  59,  18;  is.  11,  26. 
^nde-byrdlice,  adv.,  in  an  orderly 

manner :  49,  26. 


§nde-byrdnes,  f.,  order:  ns.  9, 
23 ;  ds.  -nesse  49,  5 ;  as.  9,  6  ; 
34,  11;  48,6;  -nisse  111,  19. 

endemes  (endemest).adv., equally, 
in  like  manner:  82,  6. 

(;ii<luui  (W.  II.),  end,  bring  to  an 
end  :  opt.  3  sg.  endige  168,  2. 

^ndlyfta  (S.  328),  num.,  eleventh  . 
is.  -lyftan  66,  6. 

enge,  adj.,  narrow,  oppressive, 
cruel :  ns.  enga,  167,  1. 

ejigel,  in.,  angel :  ds.  engle  144, 
20  ;  as.  engel  115, 14  ;  np.  englas 
60,  3;  gp.  engla  89,  11;  ap.  49, 
20.     [Lat.  angelus.] 

Engla-feld,  m.,  Englefield  (Berk- 
shire) :  ds.  -felda  16,  3. 

Engla-land,  n.,  country  of  the  An- 
gles, England  :  ds.  -lande  89,  1. 

Englisc,  adj.,  English:  gs.  Eng- 
liscre  86,  1  ;  as.  E nglisc  26,  18  ; 
28,  21  ;  81,  23  ;  107, 4  ;  gp.  fng- 
liscra  24,  29. 

Englisc-ge-reord,  n.,  English  lan- 
guage :  ds.  -reorde  8,  7. 

eno,  see  ono. 

$nt,  m.,  giant :  gp.  enta  163,  3. 

eode,  eorlon.  see  gaii. 

eortorcan  (cf.  ed-rocian,  ed-recan, 
roccettan),  ruminate  :  ptc.  eodor- 
cende  11,  4.     [Ger.  rauspern.] 

Eofer-wic  (Efer-),  n.,  York.  as. 
Eferwic  101,  9.     [cf.  Ger.  Eber.] 

Eofer-wie-eeaster,  f.,  York:  ds. 
-ceastre  65,  29. 

eoh,  m.  n.,  horse :  as.  155,  14. 
[Goth,  aihwa.] 

eom,  see  beon. 

eorcnan-stan  (eorclan-),  m.,  pre- 
cious stone:  dp.  186,  5.  [Goth, 
-airkns.] 

eored  (eorod),  n.,  company,  troop, 


GLOSSARY. 


275 


hot:  ap.  eoredu  135,   23;  135, 

26.     [•eoh-riUL] 
eored-ciest   (-cyst),   f.,   company, 

troop,  host :  dp.  170, 18;  -cystum 

140,  21. 
eorl,  in.,  earl,   1.   A  Danish  title 

corresponding    to    the     native 

ealdonnan :     ns.    16,     17 ;    up. 

eorlas  16,  14  ;  147,  8;  gp.  eorla 

16,  17.  —  2.  Applied  to  an  ealdor- 
inan :  ns.  149,  6  ;  ds.  eorle  150, 

7.  —  3.    warrior:   np.   148,   17; 

gp.  146,  1. 
eornoste,  adv.,  earnestly,  fiercely  : 

158,  14. 
eornostlice,    adv.,    earnestly,    in- 
deed: 91,23;  93,3. 
eorff-bfiend,    m.,    earth-dweller: 

np.  eorSbugigende  91,  20. 
eorffe,  f.,  earth  :  ns.  3, 14  ;  52, 12  ; 

gs.  eorSan  1,  10  ;  10,  1  ;  ds.  50, 

21  ;  as.  1,  9. 
eorUIie,  adj.,  earthly,  worldly  :  ns. 

-lica  36,  13;  gs.  -lican  35,   11; 

as.  -lice  50,  20  ;  dp.  34,  29. 
eorff  scraef,  n.,  earth-cave,  grave : 

ds.  -scraefe  162,  31  ;  -scrafe  (S. 

240,  n.  2)  69,  11. 
eorff-weg,  m.,  earth-way:  ds.  on 

eorSwege,  on  earth,  171,  9. 
eow,  eower,  eowie,  see  fSa. 
eower  (lower),  poss.  pron.,  your: 

gs.  eoweres  82,  13  ;  ds.  eowrum 

116,    25  ;    as.   eowerne   80,   13 ; 

116,    17  ;    eower    61,    11  ;     np. 

eowre  15,  21  ;  dp.  lowrum  34, 1  ; 

eowrum  61,12;  eowerum  80,  5  ; 
_  ap.  eowre  80, 14. 
Eow-land,   n.,    Oland  (island  in 

the  Baltic  Sea)  :  ns.  42,  11. 
erce-blsceop,  in.,  archbishop :  ds. 

-bisceope  96,  2 ;  96,  3. 


erce-had,  m.,  archiepiscopal  dig- 
nity :  as.  96,  28. 

erian  (W.  I.),  ear, plough  :  inf.  4(), 
17  ;  pret.  3  sg.  e,rede  40,  7. 

erinS1,  see  yrmlflC 

e,sne,  in.,  tenant,  man  :  ds.  e,sne 
7,  6.     [Goth,  asneis.] 

^sal  (eosol),  m.,  ass :  ap.  esolas 
143,  6.     [Goth,  asilus.] 

est,  f.,  favor,  grace :  as.  166,  25 ; 
179,  4.     [Ger.  Gunst.] 

est-full,  adj.,  devout:  ds.  -fullum 
92,  26. 

Est-land,  n.,  country  of  the  Estas 
(on  the  eastern  coast  of  the  Bal- 
tic Sea)  :  ns.  42,  24. 

Est-mere,  in.,  Frische  Haff :  ns. 
42,  17  ;  as.  42,  16. 

Estuiii.  dp.  m.,  the  people  of  Est- 
land:  42,15;  43,  1. 

^sul-cweorn,  f.,  millstone :  ns. 
34,  19. 

etan,  St  aiton  eten  (5),  eat :  inf. 
113,  16  ;  imp.  2  pi.  etaS  121,  5  ; 
opt.  3  sg.  ete  108,  8 ;  pret.  3  sg. 
125,  24  ;  3  pi.  113,  6. 

ettan  (W.  I.),  graze :  inf.  40, 
17. 

effel,  in.,  landed  property,  home, 
native  country,  territory:  ds. 
eSele  35,  15  ;  87,  18  ;  94,  9  ;  as. 
eSel  26,  9 ;  150,  31  ;  is.  eSle  160, 
20.     [cf.  Mod.  allodial.] 

effel-lQnd,   n.,    native    land:    as. 

174,  26. 
I  effel-turf,  f.,  native  turf,  country  : 
ds.  -tyrf  176,  9. 

Exan-ceaster  (-caster),  f.,  Ex- 
eter .  gs.  -ceastres  19,  20 ;  cen- 
tres 20,  16  ;  as.  -ceaster  22,  9  ; 
-caster  19,  19. 

e,xl  (eaxl),  f.,  shoulder:  as.  e,xle 


2y6 


GLOSSARY. 


145,  5;   dp.    138,  23;    138,   26. 
[cf.  Mod.  axle.] 

F. 

faec,  n.,  division,  space,  interval, 

portion  of  time :  ns.  64,  10  ;  ds. 

faece  8, 6  ;  64,  11 ;  71,  23  ;  138, 19 ; 

as.  fsec  13,  4 ;   127,  13.      [Ger. 

Fach.] 
facen  (facn),  n.,  deceit,  treachery, 

wickedness :  gs.  facnes  180,  25  ; 

is.  facne  185, 23  ;  ap.  facn  77,  17. 
faecne,  adj.,  guileful.-  as.  179,  16. 
faeder,  m.,  father :  gs.  fseder  168, 

14;  np.fsederas91,21;  dp.  129,2. 
faederlic,  adj.,  fatherly,  paternal  : 

ns.  -lice  129,  15. 
fag  (fan),  adj.,  colored,  variegated: 

ns.  175,  10  ;  fan  163,  14.    [Goth. 

-f  aihs.  ] 
faige,  ad].,  fated,  doomed  to  death: 

ns.  153,  6;    np.  faage  146,  12; 

147,  5  ;  152,  22  ;  ap.  fjegean  153, 

12.     [Ger.  feige.] 
faegen,  adj.,  fain,  glad,  rejoicing: 

ns.  162,  15;  (w.  gen.)  101,30. 
faeger,  adj.,  fair,  beautiful,  pleas- 
ant: ns.  68,  5;   168,4;   177,  19; 

gs.  fgegeres  88,  23  ;  is.  fgegre  11, 

25  ;   np.  fsegra  59,  10.  —  Comp., 

ap.  fsegerran   176,   18.  —  Supl., 

dp.  fsegrestum  165,  8. 
faegere  (ftegre),  adv.,  beautifully, 

well:    150,    1  ;    fsegre   174,    20; 

175,  13. 
faegernes,  f.,  fairness,  beauty:  gs. 

-nesse  72,  12  ;  as.  -nesse  72,  19  ; 

ap.  -nissa  111,  7. 
faegnian(W.  II.), rejoice  (w.  gen.): 

ptc.  fsegnigende  75,  20 ;  pret.  3 

sg.  fsegnode  99,  31 ;  104,  6. 


fan  (fag),  adj.,  hostile:  ns.  185, 

23.     [gefa'foe.'] 
f&hS',  i.,feud:  as.  faJhSe  156,  20. 

[Ger.  Fehde.] 
Falster,    Falster   (island    in    the 

Baltic  Sea)  :  ns.  42,  7. 
fandian  (W.  II.),  try,  tempt,  test, 

examine,  seek  to  know :  inf.  38, 

8  ;  59,  4  ;  imp.  2  pi.  fandiaft  (w. 
gen.)  77,  28.     [flndan.] 

fauduug,  f.,  temptation,  test, 
usage  :  ds.  -unge  111,  21. 

faer,  n.,  journey,  expedition :  ds. 
faere  19, 10. 

faran,  for  foron  faren  (6),  go,  pro- 
ceed, travel,  march  :  inf.  3,  29  ;  2 
sg.  fserest  117,  13  ;  3  sg.  fserS  33, 
15  ;  37,  6  ;  49,  13  ;  110,  2  ;  :i  pi. 
fara«  38,  13  ;  50,  15  ;  imp.  2  pi. 
fara'S  78,  3 ;  opt.  3  sg.  fare  52, 
26;  2  pi.  faren  116,  20;  pret.  3 
sg.  17,  23;  18,  16;  38,  9  ;  3  pi. 
18,  15  ;  19,  24  ;  pp.  gefaren  20, 
17. 

faerelt  (fsereld),  m.  n.,  going,  mo- 
tion, journey :  gs.  faereltes  50, 
1 1  ;  f  aareldes  93,  24  ;  ds.  f arelte 
51,9. 

faeringa,  adv.,  suddenly :  129,  5 ; 
183,  17.     [f»r  'fear.'] 

f&rlle,  adj.,  sudden :  ns.  fajrlica 
91,  24  ;  ds.  -Ileum  91,  13. 

fairlice,  adv.,  suddenly :  77,  1  ;  79, 

9  ;   129,  9. 

faer-seeat,  m.,  passage- money, 
fare:  as.  116,  17.  [cf.  Mod. 
scot-free.] 

faJr-scealdfa,  m.,  sudden  or  danger- 
ous enemy  :  ds.  -sceaftan  153,  29. 

faru,  f.,  journey  :  ds.  fare  93,  23  ; 
140,  25". 

f«st,  adj.,  fast,  firm,  secure:  ns. 


GLOSSARY. 


277 


48, 19  ;  50,  17;  as.  faestne  145,  7  ; 
np.  faeste  51,  1 ;  51,  10. 

faeste,  adv.,  fast, firmly,  securely: 
10,  7  ;  30,  1  ;   149,  21  ;   162,  20. 

faesten,  n. :  1.  fort,  fortress,  fast- 
ness :  ds.  fcestenne  18,  5  ;  21,  3  ; 
as.  fasten  165,  19.  —  2.  fast  (ab- 
stinence from  food):  ds.  festene 
81,  18;  as.  81,  17;  83,  30  j  dp. 
!>:.,  0. 

faest-hafol,  adj.,  retentive :  ds. 
-hafelum  87,  13. 

faestlice,  adv.,  firmly,  securely, 
resolutely,  bravely:  30,  12;  65, 
3;  151,"  30;  157,  18.  —  Comp., 
fsestlicor  50,  12. 

faestnlan  (W.  II.),  fasten,  con- 
firm: inf.  150,  14. 

faestnung,  f.,  security,  safety  :  ns. 
104,  4. 

faet,  n.,  vessel:  ap.  fatu  74,  11. 
[Mod.  vat.] 

faetels,  m.  n.,  vessel :  ap.  faitels  44, 
7. 

faeffm,  m.  f.,  embrace,  grasp :  as. 
182,  2  ;  184,  13. 

faeffm-rim,  n.  (fathom-number), 
fathom  measure  :  gs.  -rimes  166, 
8. 

feallan,  feoll  feollon  feallen  (R.), 
fall :  inf.  98,  17  ;  ptc.  feallende 
93,  8  ;  as.  feallendne  72,  26  ;  3 
Bg.  fyltS  (of  the  course  of  water) 
41,  18;  fealleS  162,  10;  3  pi. 
fealla«  33,  8 ;  pret.  3  sg.  1,7; 
62,  11;  77,  3;  99,  6;  3  pi.  98, 
20  ;  146,  12. 

feallenllc  (feallendllc),  adj.,  un- 
stable :  ns.  72,  9. 

fealo  hilte,  adj.,  fallow-kilted :  ns. 
154,  22. 

fealu    (fealo),  adj.,  fallow,  pale, 


yellow,  dusky,  dark:  ns.  fealo 
172,  21;  as.  fealone  147,  13  ;  np. 
fealwe  167,  23  ;  175,  29  ;  ap.  161, 
23. 

Fearn-hamm,  m.,  Farnham 
(Surrey)  :  ds.  -hamme  19,  4. 

feawe  (tea  ;  feawa,  due  to  asso- 
ciation with  tela),  adj.,  pi.  tant., 
few  :  nom.  27,  10  ;  feawa  18,  6  ; 
20,  17;  (W.  gen.)  26,  21;  dat. 
feawum  38,  5  ;  feaum  54,  11 ; 
ace.  feawa  81,  31. 

feccan  (fecgan,  fe_tian)  (W.  III.), 
fetch  :  inf.  97,  1  ;  ptc.  f^ccende 
104,  28  ;  imp.  2  pi.  fe,cca«  77,  24  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  fette  99,  8. 

fela  (feola,  feala,  faela),  n.  (in- 
decl.  S.  100,  n.,  275  ;  sometimes 
as  adj.  ;  rarely  inflected)  ;  much, 
many  (yr.  gen.):  nom.  16,  20; 
17,  7;  85,   16  ;  151,   21;  ace.   1, 

I  ;  21,  3  ;  32,  24;  39,  15;  81, 
28  ;  1">2,  7  ;  178,  17  ;  feala  71, 
10;  faela  131,20.     [Ger.  viel.] 

feld,  m.,  field,  battle-field:  ns. 
140,  12; 'as.  feld  18,  19  ;  103,31; 
104,  3. 

felg  (felge),  L,  felly  :  ds.  felge  50, 
18;  50,22;  np.  felga  51,2;  51, 
9;  51,  18;  felgea51,  11  ;  felgan 
50,  1:1;  dp.  51,  1.     [feolan.] 

fell,  n.,fell,  skin,  hide  :  as.  fel  40, 
13  ;  dp.  40,  9;  ap.  fell  40,  12. 

f^ng,  m.,  grasp  :  as.  172,  18. 
[fon.] 

feoh  (noh,  feo),  n. :  1.  cattle.  —  2. 
goods,  property,  money,  riches  : 
ns.  79,  7  ;  gs.  feos  15,  13  ;  43, 
12  ;  ds.  feo  20,  1  ;  43,  10  ;  as. 
feoh    15,  3;  20,   9;  21,   17;  43, 

II  ;  150,  18  ;  noh  55,  27.  [Mod. 
fee.] 


278 


GLOSSARY. 


feoh-gifre,  adj.,  greedy  of  posses- 
sions,   avaricious :  ns.    1(52,  15. 

feoh-leas,  adj.,  without  money  : 
up.  -lease  23,  12. 

feohtan,  feaht  fuhton  fohten  (3), 
fight :  inf.  149,  16  ;  157,  25  ; 
ptc.  feohtende  14,  18  ;  16,  5  ;  2 
sg.  fihtest   122,   11  ;  pret.   3   sg. 

14,  8  ;  157,  18  ;  158,  10. 

-,  *<  S.        feoht^,  f.,  fight,  battle :  ns.  152,  20. 

feolau,  fealh  fulgon  (fielon)  Men 

(3),  reach,  penetrate  :  pret.  3  pi. 

15,  24.     [Goth,  filhan.] 
feol-heard,  adj.,  hard  as  a  file  : 

ap.  -hearde  152,  25. 
feond,  m.,  fiend,  enemy  :  as.  feond 

79,  28  ;  gp.  feonda  02,    13  ;  98, 

14  ;  dp.   feondum    152,   20  ;  ap. 

fynd98,  24;  151,30. 
feorh  (fiorh),  m.  n.,  life  :  gs.  feores 

157,  24  ;  159,  20  ;  ds.  feore  155, 
19  ;  157,  23  ;  fiore  55,  27  ;  as. 
feorh  15,  3  ;  147,  13  ;  153,  12  ; 
171,  23. 

feorh-geong,  adj.,  young  in  life, 

youthful  :  ns.  180,  8. 
feorh-hord,  n.,  life-hoard,  spirit  : 

ns.  172,  24. 
feorh-hns,  n.,  life-house,  body :  as. 

158,  30. 

feorm  (form),  f.,  1.  food,  provis- 
ion, goods.  —  2.  use,  benefit  : 
as.  fiorme  27,  16.     [Mod.  farm.] 

feormian  (W.  II.),  consume:  3 
•sg.  feorma'S  172,  21. 

feorr,  adv.,  far  :  feor  13,  1  ;  38, 
12  ;  65,  29  ;  feorr  149,  3  ;  feor, 
far  hack  (time)  :  163,  6.  —  Supl., 
firrest  38,  13  ;  fyrrest  51,  11. 

feorr,  adj.,  far,  far  from  (w.  dat.)  : 
ns.  160,  21  ;  feor  J>am,  far  from 
that  (metaph.) ,  109,  9. 


feorran  (fiorran),  adv., from  afar: 
176,  14  ;  fiorran  48,  1. 

feorffa,  num.  adj.,  fourth  :  ns.  80, 
16  j  143,  9  ;  ds.  feorSan  92,  25  ; 
as.  feorSan  81,  10  ;  —  gs.  bynnan 
feorSan  healfes  daeges  fsece, 
within  three  and  a  half  dai/s, 
138,  19. 

feower,  num.,  four:  22,  21;  3D, 
14  ;  35,  28  ;  36,  8  ;  101,  6. 

feower-tig,  num.,  forty  :  85,  12 ; 
94,  12;  121,  13;  141,  15;  gen. 
-tiges  (S.  320)  39,  25. 

feower-tyne  (-tlene),  num.,  four- 
teen :  dat.  -tynum  11,  28. 

feran  (W.  I.),  go,  travel:  pret. 
3  sg.  ferde  65,  21  ;  83,  27  ;  94, 
12;  3  pi.  ferdon77,  15;  121,  11. 

ferhsy  (ferJS),  m.  n.,  mind,  spirit, 
heart :  ns.  ferS  162, 1  ;  ds.  fefhSe 
182,  19;  ferSe  163,  6;  as.  ferS 
179,  16. 

fej-ian  (W.  I.  II.),  carry,  trans- 
port :  inf.  19,  2;  19,  14;  (go?) 
155,  4 ;  ptc.  f^rigende  79,  11; 
pret.  3  sg.  fejode  102,  7  ;  fejede 
162,  28  ;  3  pi.  feredon  106,  1  ; 
pp.  geferod  138,  14. 

fers,  n.  m.,  verse:  ds.  ferse  109, 
22  ;  ap.  fers  9,  22.  [Lat.  ver- 
sus.] 

ferse,  adj.,  fresh :  np.  fersce  41,  4. 

ferft-loea  (fcrh'5-),  m.  (inclosvre 
of  the  spirit),  spirit,  heart, 
mind:  ns.  161,  10;  as.  -locan 
100,  13. 

fetor  (feotor),  f.,  fetter :  dp.  fet- 
erum  160,  21. 

felffa,  m.,  band  of  foot-soldiers, 
troop:  ap.  feSan  152,  5.  [fin- 
dan  ?] 

fefrer,  f.,  feather:  np.  feSre  169, 


GLOSSARY. 


279 


27  ;  gp.  feSra  40,  18 ;  dp.   feX- 

erum   40,   9 ;    feSrum   (icing?) 

168,  5 ;  168,  19. 
feffer-homa,      in.,     feather-garb, 

plumage:  ns.  174,  26. 
ffc-treow,  n.,  fig-tree:  as.  121,  5. 

[Lat.  ficus.] 
fiord  (fird,  fyrd),  f.,  I.  (military) 

expedition  :  ds.  fyrde  156,  16.  — 

2.  (the  national)  army :  ns.  19, 

3  ;  fird  21,  20  ;  22,  5  ;  ds.  fierde 

18,  24  ;  19,  21  ;  as.  fierd  16,  5  ; 

18,  16.     [faran.] 
fierdlan  (fyrdian)  (W.  II.),  be  on 

a  military  expedition  :  pret.  3  pi. 

fierdedon  ID,  10. 
fierd-leas,  adj.,  unprotected  by  the 

army :  18,  22. 
fif,    num.,  five:    39,   3;   40,   12; 

131,  4  ;   num.  fife    147,  5;   dat, 

flfum  24,  18. 
fifta,  num.  adj.,  fifth  :  ns.  87,  1. 
fiftig.  mini  ,  fifty:  gen.  fiftiges  (S. 

326)  •".;»,  26  ;  dat.  fiftegum  29,  7. 
fif  tyne  (tene),  num.,  fifteen  :  40, 

12  ;  -tene  42,  17. 
findan,  fond  fundon  f unden  (3), 

find,  come  upon,  supply:  3  sg. 

findeN  44,  2  ;  144,  4 ;  pret.  3  pi. 

152,  2 ;  pp.  28,  6. 
Finnas,  pi.  m.,  the  Fins:  np.  38, 

6  ;  39,  10  ;  dp.  40,  3. 
finta,  m.,    tail :  ns.  175,  13. 
flras,  pi.  m.,  men :  gp.  fira  178, 

28;    183,  21  ;   fyra   182,  7;   dp. 

flrum  10,  5  ;   165,  3. 
firgen  stream,      m.,      mountain- 
stream,    woodland- stream :     as. 

168,  19.     [Goth,  fairguni.] 
fiscal,  see  fisenaff. 
fiseere,    m.,  fisher:    np.   fisceras 

39,  14 ;  dp.  39,  9. 


fiscnaff      (fiscnotS,     flscaS),     m., 

fishing :  ns.  42,  26 ;  ds.  fiscaSe 

38,  6. 
fiUeru,   pi.   n.,   xoings :   np.   fiSru 

175, 15  ;  gp.  fiSra  55,  7  ;  ap.  ftBru 

187,  23. 
fla,  flan  (S.  278,  n.),  f.  m.,  arrow  : 

gs.  fliines  151,  19;  as.  (or  ap.) 

flan  77,  14  ;  158,  2. 
flil'sc,   n.,  flesh  :   ns.   70,   22  ;  gs. 

flil-.sces  79,  24  ;  ds.  fla^ce  103,  2  ; 

as.  flaisc  172,  24  ;  is.  fliusce  174, 

5. 
flaisc-hQina,     m.,     (covering     of 

flesh)  body  :  ns.  ()'.»,  16. 
flajselic,    adj.,  fleshly,  corporeal, 

carnal :  ns.  1 15, 10  ;  ds.  -Here  71, 

20  ;  dp.  74,  18. 
fleam,  m.,  flight :  gs.  fleames  91,  1  ; 

ds.  fleame  21,  13;  147,  14;  155, 

11  ;  as.  fleam  151,29;  157,  18. 
fleogan,  fleag   flugon  flogen  (2), 

fly  (intr.,  cf.  flcoii)  :  inf.   149,  7  ; 

152,    20  ;   3  sg.  fleoge*  176,  10. 
fleon  (flion),  fleah    flugon  flogen 

(2),  flee,    escape     (trans,    and 

intr.):    inf.  30,   3;   34,  15;   91, 

23;  157,  11;  flion  60,  19;   fleo- 
gan (S.  384  n.  2)  158,  8  ;   ger. 

fl'ionne  7,  17  ;  ptc.  ds.  fleondum 

72,  20  ;  3  sg.  flyhh  72,  25 ;  181, 

5  ;  3  pi.  fleoS  116,  12  ;  imp.  2  pi. 

fleoS  61,  14  ;   pret.  3  pi.  19,  5  ; 

104,  22  ;  124,  2  ;  155,  19. 
fleotan,    fleat    fluton    floten    (2), 

float:  ptc.  gp.  flcotendra  162,  1. 
fl^tt,  n.,  floor  of  the  hall;  as.  fl^t 

162,  8. 
flocc,  m.,  flock,  company,  troop: 

dp.  18,  22. 
floc-rad,  f.,    a    riding    company, 

troop:  dp.  18,  21. 


280 


GLOSSARY. 


flod,  m.   f.  n.,  flood,   wave,   tide, 

stream  :  ns.  25,  1  ;  151,  13  ;  151, 

20  ;  as.  flod  147,  13. 
flolan,  see  Pryfet. 
flod-wylm  (wielm),  m.  f.,  welling 

flood:  dp.  167,  13.     [weallan.] 
flot,  n.,  deep  water,  sea :  as.  on 

not    (>Mod.    afloat)    147,   12; 

150,  20. 
flota,  m.,  sailor,  seaman,  pirate  : 

as.  flotan  156,  22  ;  np.  flotan  151, 

20  ;  gp.  flotena  147,  9. 
115 wan,  fleow  fleowon flowen  (R.), 

flow  :  ptc.  flovvende  151,  13  ;  as. 

flowendan    87,  14  ;  3  sg.  flowS 

119,  16  ;  pret.  3  sg.  123,8. 
flyht,  m.,  flight,  escape  :  ds.  flyhte 

133,  5 ;  as.  flyht  151,  19  ;  is.  169, 

13;  176,28. 
flyht-hwaet,  adj.,  bold  or  swift  of 

flight :  gs.  -hwates  176,  23  ;  ap. 

-hwate  170,  6. 
fly  ma,   m.,  fugitive:  gp.   flymena 

136,  20.     [fleam.] 
fnaist,  m.,   blowing,   breath :    ns. 

165,  15. 
foddor  (fodor),  n.,  food:  as.  174, 

5. 
fodor-   J>egu,     f.,    partaking     of 

food,  repast :  gs.  -l>ege,  173,  21. 

[Hcgan.] 
folc,  n.,  folk, people,  nation,  army  : 

ns.  89J  3  ;  150,  24  ;  gs.  folces  11, 

10;  19,22;  22,20;  is.  folce  66, 

5. 
folc  ge  fcoht,  n.,  general  engage- 
ment,  pitched   battle  :    np.    17, 

16. 
fo^cisc,  adj.,  vulgar,  popxdar :  np. 

-isce  6,  15. 
folc-stede,  m.,  place  of  assembly ; 

battle-field :   ds.  -stede  147,  18. ' 


fold-agend,  m.,  {earth-possessor) 
earth-dweller :  gp.  -agendra  165, 
5. 

folde,  f.,  earth,  land,  country  :  ns. 
166,  8  ;  gs.  foldan  161,   10  ;  as. 

10,  5  ;  151,  2  ;  is.  182,  5.    [feld.] 
fold-wsestm,    m.,  fruit    of    the 

earth  :  dp.  187,  25. 

fold-weg,  m.,  way,  path  {on  the 
earth):  ds.  (is.)  -wege  143,  13. 

folgian  (fylgean)  (W.  II.  III.;  S. 
416,  n.  5),  follow,  serve,  observe, 
obey  (w.  dat.):  inf.  15,  17;  ptc. 
fylgende  114, 1 ;  fyliende  127, 24 ; 
1  pi.  fylgeaft  72,  26 ;  imp.  2  pi. 
folgiaft  61,  15 ;  opt.  1  pi.  fylgen 
64, 14  ;  fylgeon  69, 19  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
filgde  6,  26  ;  folgode  74, 16  ;  2  pi. 
fyligdon  77,  20 ;  3  pi.  folgodon 
75,   27  ;  108,  23  ;  filigdon  77,  8. 

folgoff,  m.,  service,  official  dignity, 
office :  as.  30,  14.     [folgian.] 

folme  (folm),  f.,  hand :  ds.  folman 
149, 21  ;  152,  25  ;  154,  6  ;  dp. 144, 
16.     [felan  '  feel.'] 

fon,  feng  fengon  fongen  (R.),  seize, 
grasp,  capture,  take,  receive  :  3 
pi.  f65  40,  3  ;  pret.  1  sg.  to  rice 
feng,  came  to  the  throne,  27,  1  ; 
3  sg.  17,  11  ;  102,  28  ;  to  J>*re 
spraice  feng  63,  30  ;  to  wiepnum 
feng  149,  10  ;  3  pi.  fengon 
togaedere,  engaged  in  battle,  102, 
19;  141,21. 

for,  prep.  (w.  dat. ,  instr. ;  and  ace.) : 
1.  (w.  dat.,  instr.)  before 
(place)  :    27,    7 ;   68,   21  ;    102, 

11.  — 2.  (w.  dat.,  instr.)  for,  on 
account  of,  because  of,  owing  to 
(cause,  condition,  remedy)  :  8, 
8;  14,  2;  28, 2;  39,  5;  55, 19;  131, 
3  ;  151,  12  ;  181,  6  ;  —  for  «5m 


GLOSSARY. 


28 1 


(•5am),  conj.,  for,  because,  since, 
1,  9;  3,  17  ;  6,  13  ;  7,  6 ;  7,  20  ; 

19,  13  ;  for  Son  8,  2  ;  8,  13  ;  for 
■San  33,  14  ;  for  Saim  (Sam)  fte 

20,  5  ;  27,  16  ;  for  tSy  \>e  22,  1  ; 
33,  11  ;  for  Son  >e  31,  10;  31, 
16;  31,28;  for  San  J>e  74,  17; 
—  for  ftyfor  this,  therefore,  24, 
18;  25,  2;  29,  11;  for  SI  79,  27; 
91,  18  ;  for  Hg  141,  23  ;  for  «on 
27,  3  ;  32,  2  ;  33,  3  ;  —  for  hwami, 
irhcrefore,  48,  7  ;  for  hwig  130, 
21;  forhwon  12,  8;  31,  17;  71, 
16.  —  3.  (w.  ace.)  for,  instead  of: 
145,  9. 

for,  adv.  (intensive),  very  :  23,  15, 
70,  12  ;  88,  19  ;  95,  13  ;  95,  24  ; 
157,  3, 

for,  conj.,  for,  because  :  3,  18. 

for,  f.,  journey :  ds.  f5re  142, 
10.     [faran.] 

foran,  adv.,  before,  in  front:  19, 
4  ;  21,  24  ;  24,  12  ;  175,  10  ; 
foran  t5,  109,  5  ;  t5  foran  133, 
25. 

for  baernan  (S.  89,  n.  2)  (W.  I.), 
cause  to  burn ;  burn  (trans.)  : 
inf.  65,  27  ;  104,  27  ;  142,  14  ;  3 
sg.  -barnieS  43, 28  ;  3  pi.  -baernaS 
43,  9  ;  opt.  1  pi.  -baerne  (S.  361) 
65,  1  ;  pret.  3  pi.  -baerndon  20, 
3  ;  21,  25  ;  pp.  -baerned  27,  13  ; 
44,2. 

for-beodan  (2),  forbid:  inf.  7, 
12  ;  pp.  pi.  forbodene  179,  5. 

for-beornan  (3),  burn  (intr.)  : 
pp.  -burnen  104,  -2'.). 

for-beran  (4),  suffer,  permit:  3 
Bg.  -bire-5  32,  23.  ' 

for-berstan  (3),  burst  asunder: 
vanish,  fail :  3  sg.  -birstefi  184, 
25. 


for-bagan  (2),  avoid,  escape :  pret. 
3  sg.  -beah  169,  28. 

ford,  m.,ford:  ds.  forda  (S.  273) 
19,  6  ;  151,  29  ;  as.  ford  152,  5. 

for-don  (S.  429),  destroy  :  pret.  3 
sg.  -dyde  66,  2. 

fore,  prep.  (w.  ace),  before  (place)  : 
182,  29  ;  186,  2. 

for-ealdian  (\V.  II.),  become  old  : 
pp.  forealdod  52,  15. 

fore-beacen  (-beacn),  n.,  fore- 
token :  dp.  138,  15. 

fore-g^nga,  m.,  predecessor,  an- 
cestor :  np.  -ge.ngan  180,  12. 

fore-gisel,  m.,  preliminary  host- 
age :  gp.  -glsla  18,  13.  [Ger. 
Geisel.] 

fore-mihtig,  adj.,  prepotent :  ns. 
170,  20. 

fore-sceawung,  f.,  foresight,  prov- 
idence :  ns.  48, 13 ;  as.  -sceawunga 
35,  10. 

fore-secgan  (W.  III.).  1.  toy  be- 
forehand :  pret.  1  pi.  -saidon  103, 
2  ;  104,  4  ;  pp.  sg.  -sJede,  afore- 
said, 86,  11  ;  pi.  -sSdan  77,  11. 
—  2.  foretell,  predict:  pret.  1 
sg.  -salde  129,  16  ;  134,  8. 

fore-spraec,  f.,  defence  :  ns.  46,  20. 

fore-sprecan  (5)  speak  or  mention 
beforehand:  pp.  sg.  -sprecena, 
aforesaid, 22,  17  ;  -sprecenau  Go, 
5. 

forc-stseppan  (-st^ppan) ,  -st5p 
-stopon  -stapen  (6),  precede  (w. 
dat):  3  sg.  -staepfl  91,  14  ;  3  pi. 
-staeppaS  91,  23. 

fore-tiohhung,  f.,  predestinatinu 
ns.  49,  19  ;  49,  24;  52,  20. 

fore-)>ingian  (W.  II.).  plead  for 
one;  defend:  3  sg.  -HngaS  46, 
21 ;  opt.  3  sg.  -Hngie  46,  18. 


282 


GLOSSARY. 


foregone,  m.,  forethought,  fore- 
knowledge: ns.  48,  13;  48,  18; 
49,  4  ;  ds.  -honce  40,  8. 

fore  witan  (PP.),  foreknow  :  3  sg. 
-wat40,  1. 

fore-witegian  (W.  II.) ,  prophesy : 
pret.  1  sg.  -wltegode  129,  17  ; 
134,  2. 

for-faran  (6),  get  in  front  of,  ob- 
struct :  pret.  3  pi.  -foron  24,  12. 

forgiefan  (-gifan,  -gyfan)  (5), 
give,  grant ;  forgive  :  ger.  -gief- 
anne  37,  15  ;  pret.  3  sg.  -geaf  66, 
11  ;  153,  26  ;  2  pi.  -geafon  78,  14  ; 
pp.  -gifen  10,  18  ;  pi.  -gifene  57, 
1 ;  -gyfene  2,  9. 

for-gifennis  (-gyfennis),  f.,  for- 
giveness :  ns.  -gyfennys  78,  23 ; 
as.  -nisse  110,  2  ;  -gifenysse  139, 
21. 

fore-gQngan  (R.),  go  before,  pre- 
cede :  opt.  3  sg.  -gange  64,  12. 

for-grindan,  -grynd  -grundon 
-grunden  (3),  grind  to  pieces, 
destroy,  consume :  pp.  147,  20 ; 
172,  30. 

for-gripan  (1),  seize,  snatch 
away  :  3  sg.  -gripeS  182,  22. 

for-gyldan  (gieldan)  (3),  re- 
pay, requite,  buy  off:  inf.  181, 
18  ;  3  sg.  -gilt  61,  18 ;  1  pi. 
-gyldaS  122,  27  ;  opt.  2  pi. 
-gyldon  150,  11. 

for-gytan  (-gietan,  -gitan)  (5),  for- 
get :  pret.  3  sg.  -geat  60,  16. 

for-gytol,  adj.,  forgetful:  ns.  87,13. 

for-haefednis,  1,  restraint,  absti- 
nence :  as.  -nysse  88,  9  ;  100, 10. 

for-heard,  adj.,  very  hard:  as. 
-heardne  154,  12. 

for  heawan  (R.),  hew,  cut  down: 
pp.  -heawen  153,  2  j  156,  18. 


for-helan  (4),  conceal:  inf.  141, 
18. 

for-h^rgian  (W.  II.),  harry,  dev- 
astate, lay  waste:  pp.  -h^rgod 
27,  13. 

for-hogdnis,  f-,  contempt:  ds. 
-nisse  8,  9. 

for-hogian  (cf.  for-hycgan)  (W. 
II.),  despise:  ptc.  -hogigende  95, 
8;  3  sg.  -hogaS  67,  13;  3  pi. 
-hogiaS  78,  12  ;  opt.  3  sg.  -hogige 
76,  13 ;  pret.  3  sg.  -hogode  157, 
18. 

for-hradian  (W.  II.),  hasten  be- 
fore, anticipate.,  prevent :  inf.  91, 
27  ;  3  sg.  -hradaS  91,  15. 

forht,  adj.,  afraid:  ns.  62,  10; 
162,  15  ;  np.  forhte  4,  9. 

forhtian  (W.  II.),  fear,  be  afraid 
(intr.):  ptc.  ap.  forhtgendan  67, 
12  ;  3  pi.  forhtigaS  125,  18  ;  opt. 
3  sg.  forhtige  83,  1  ;  pret.  opt.  3 
pi.  forhtedon  149,  21. 

forhtung,  f.,  fear:  ds.  -«nge  83, 
14  ;  92,  5. 

for-hwaega  (-hwega),  adv.,  at 
least,  about :  43,  13;  43,  18. 

for-hycgan  (S.  416,  n.  3  ;  cf.  for- 
hogian)  (W.  III.),  despise:  1  sg. 
-hycge  184,  9. 

for-lietan,  -let  -leton  -lajten  (R.), 
leave,  leave  off,  omit,  abandon, 
neglect,  lose :  inf.  7,  1  ;  7,  10  ; 
7,  23;  70,  10;  93,  16;  ptc. 
lsetende  3,  29 ;  13,  8  ;  3  sg.  -ltet 
57,  11 ;  opt.  3  sg.  -ltete  30,  18 ; 
56,  23  ;  3  pi.  laiten  54,  27  ;  pret. 
3  sg.  7,  22;  9,  10;  66,  18;  74, 
16;  147,  19;  3  pi.  23,  1;  28,3; 
95,  26  ;  pp.  27,  23. 

for-laetnes,  f.,  remission:  gs.  (or 
gp.)  -nessa  69,  28. 


GLOSSARY. 


283 


for-leosan.  -lgas  -luron  -lm-en  (2), 
lose,  abandon,  destroy  •  '•'>  sg.  -lyst 
7,  24  ;  opt.  3  Bg.  -lgoae  31,  0;  1 
pi.  -leosen  04,  28  ;  pret.  2  sg. 
-lure  7!),  25  ;  3  sg.  60,  18  ;  2  pi. 
78,  4;  80,  7;  3  pi.  70,  31. 

forma,  fyrmest  (S.  314),  supl. 
adj.,  first :  37,  13  ;  forme  74,  13  ; 
as.  forman  151,  25  ;  —  fyrmest : 
ns.  32,  (i;  159,  20;  firmest  109, 10. 

for  niman  (4),  take  off,  destroy: 
pret.  3  sg.  -116111  102,  27  ;  174, 
14  ;  3  pi.  -nomon  103,  15. 

for-ridan  (1),  intercept  by  riding 
Injure  (trans.):  inf.  21,  24; 
pret.  3  sg.  -rad  10,  3. 

for-rotian  (W.  II.),  rot  away,  de- 
rail ;  opt.  3  sg.  -rotige  101,  1 ; 
pp.  -rotad  30,  3. 

for-sacan  f  0),  oppose,  refuse  :  pret. 
:]  pi.  -socon  103,  18.  [Mod.  for- 
sake.] 

for-scrincan,  -scronc  -scruncon 
-scruncen  (3),  shrink,  wither 
(intr.):  pret.  3  sg.  1,  11. 

for-scyldigian  (  W. II.), condemn  : 
pp.  -scyldigod  70,  10. 

for-searian  ( W.  II.),  sear,  dry  up. 
wither:  pp.  -searod  52,  10. 

for-seon  (6),  overlook,  despise, 
reject:  3  sg.  -syhtS  07,  14  ;  -sih'5 
110,  4;  3pl. -seo>51,  15. 

for-sewennis,  f.,  contempt :  ds. 
-nysse  70,  5.     [scon.] 

for-sittan  (5),  delay  :  pret.  3  sg. 
forssBl  (\v.  inst.)  112, 15. 

for-spejidan  (\V.  I.), spend  utterly, 
squander:  3  pi.  -spendafi  43,  2'.'. 

for-spyllan  (-spillan)  (\V.  I.), 
spill,   waste,  lose,  destroy:  pp. 

-spy lied  130,  25. 
for  spyllednis,  f.,  spilling,  waste, 


destruction,  perdition  :  gs.  -nysse 

136,  18. 
forst,  m.,  frost:  ns.  167,  7;  173, 

21  ;  gs.  forstes  105,  15. 
for-standan      (0),      understand: 

pret.  1  sg.  -stod  20,  4. 
for-stelan  (4),  steal  away  (trans.): 

imt.  3  pi.  -stielon  141,  20. 
for-suwian     (-sugian  -swugian 

-swigian  ;  S.  416,  n.  5  ;  214,  6) 

(W.  III.),  keep  silent  (trans.)  : 

inf.  141,  22. 
for-swailan    (-swelan)    (\V.    I.), 

burn,  scorch  (trans,  and  intr.)  : 

3  sg.  -sweleS  183,  18  ;  pret.  3  sg. 

-swielde    1,    11.       [swol ;    Ger. 

schwiil.] 
for  swelgan    (3),    swallow    up: 

pret.  3  sg.  -swealh  126,  23. 
fo~-teogean  (W.  II.)  ordain:  pp. 

pi.  -teode  00,  22. 
for-tredan,  -traed  -triedon  -treden 

(5),  tread  down :  pret.  2  pi.  33, 

28. 
forff,    adv.,   forth,   forwards,   <>n- 

wards,  away  :  3,   16;    7,   14;  8, 

8;    19,   22;    39,  5  ;    henceforth, 

02,   19:    forS   mid   ealle,  forth- 
with,   80,    19  ;    and    swa   forS, 

0, n!  so  on,  81,  27. 
forff-feran  (W.  I.),   depart,  die: 

pret.  3  sg.  -ferde   25,    10  ;  3   pi. 

-ferdon  23,  19. 
forff-for,  f .,  departure,  death  :  ns. 

12,  0;  gs.  -fore  11,27  ;  13,   14  ; 

ds.  -fore  12,4;  12,  15. 
forft-georn,  adj.,  eager  to  advance  : 

ns.  158,  14. 
forff-g^ngo,  ailj.,  progressive,  sue- 

cessful:  ns.  93,  19. 
for->olian  (W.   II.),  ;/<<  without, 


284 


GLOSSARY. 


miss,   lack   (w.  dat.) :  inf.   161, 

15. 
for-ffrysinian  (  W.  II.),  choke  suf- 
focate :  pret.  3  pi.  forSrysmodon 

1, 13.      [|>rosm, '  smoke,  vapor.'] 
forS-sTiff,  m.,  departure,  death  :  ds. 

-8i*e  87,  20. 
forft-weard,  adj.,   enduring:   as. 

-weardne  184,  20. 
forfr-weg,  m.,  way  leading  forth: 

ds.  forSwege,  102,  28. 
for-}>ylman  (W.  1.),  envelop,  suffo- 
cate :  consume :  pret.  3  sg.  -bylinde 

175,  2. 
for-weard, adj. , forward, fore:  ns. 

175,  9 ;  ds.  -weardum  33,  14. 
for-wegan    (5),    overcome,    kill: 

pp.  forwegen  150,  23. 
for-weornian    (W.    II.),    wither 

(intr.) :  opt.  2  pi.  -weornion  78,  0. 
for-weoridfan  (-wurSan)  (3),  come 

to  grief,  perish:   1  pi.  -wurJ^aS 

4,  6  ;  opt.  1  pi.  -weor>on  120,  9 ; 

pret.  3  sg.  -wearS  25,  9. 
for-wiernan  (-wirnan,  -wyman) 

(W.  I.),  prohibit,  prevent,  refuse 

(w.  gen.)  :  inf.  22,  24  ;  opt.  3  sg. 

-wyrne  139,  9. 
for-wordenlic,   adj.,   perishable : 

72,  8.     [weorSan.] 
for-wundian  (W.IL),  woundseri- 

ously :  pp.  pi.  -wundode  25,  7. 
for-wurffan,  see  for-weorffan. 
for-wyrcan    (W.  I.),    barricade, 

obstruct :  inf.  22,  20. 
for-wyrd,  f.  n.,  fate,  destruction : 

ds.forwyrde  68, 19;  91,22;  137,2. 
for-wyrdan  (W.  I.),  perish:  3sg. 

-wyrS  124,  24. 
fot,  m.,  foot:  gs.  fotes  157,  11; 

dp.  fotum  34,  1 ;  02,  11 ;  ap.  fet 

112,  0. 


fot-majl,  n.,  foot-print,  space  of  a 

foot:  as.  158,  8. 
fot-swaeff,     n.,    foot-print:    dp. 

-swatfum  80,  18. 
fracod  (fraco'S,  fracuft)  adj.,  of  bad 

repute,  detestable,  vile,  wicked: 

dp.  105,8.     [*fra-cu8.] 
frain,  see  fr^ni. 
franca,  m.,  spear :  ds.  francan  151, 

25  ;  as.  153,  27. 
Francan,  pi.  m.,  the  Franks  :  gp. 

Francena  94,  18. 
Franc-land,  n.,  the  country  of  the 

Franks  :  ds.  -lande  104,  30. 
fraetwe,  pi.  f.,  ornaments,  decora- 
tions, equipments  :  np.  107,  22  ; 

174,  3  ;  gp.  fraetwa  170,  11  ;  dp. 

110,   20;    108,   14;    ap.    fratwe 

172,  3  ;  170,  18.     [*fra-tawe.] 
fraetwian  (W.  II.),  adorn:  pret. 

3  sg.  frsetwode  70,  28  ;  pp.   ge- 

frsetwad   109,   0  ;    173,    12  ;  ge- 

frsetewod  88,  4  ;    -ed   174,  20 ; 

185,  13  ;  pi.  gefrsetewode  77,  12. 
frea  (S.  277,  n.  2),m.,  lord     ns. 

10,   5  ;  143,    13  ;  gs.   frean    142, 

16;  ds.  frean  149,  12;  140,  10. 
frecednis,  f.,  danger,  harm:  dp. 

-nyssum  85,  10. 
frecennes,  f.,  danger,  harm:  ds. 

-nesse  114,  10. 
frecne,  adj.,  dangerous,  perilous  : 

as.   frecnan   178,   20;    180,   25; 

ap.    frecne   33,  27.      [cf.  Mod. 

freak.] 
freenes     (fraicnes),     f.,     danger, 

harm :  np.  frecnessa  67,  18  ;  dp. 

fraicnessum  68,  14. 
frefran  (\V.  I.),  comfort,  console, 

cheer:  inf.  161,  5. 
frefrend    (ptc),   m.,   comforter: 

ns.  179,  23. 


GLOSSARY. 


>8$ 


fr^inde  (fre,m$e),  adj.,  strange, 
foreign,  alien :  np.  fre,mdan  43, 
31;  fremde  117,  12.  [from  ; 
Ger.  fremd.] 

fi-vmiiiii  (W.  II.,  S.  400,  n.  2), 
benefit,  profit  (w.  dat.)  :  inf.  70, 
25 ;  3  sg.  frejnatf  94,  5.  [from 
'valiant';  Ger.  fronini.] 

fre_m-sumlice,  adv.,  kindly :  30, 
1. 

1rt,'m -sumnes,  f.,  kindness,  bene- 
fit :  gp.  -nessa  73,  2  ;  dp.  11,  18  ; 
ap.  -nesse  63,  22. 

freo,  see  frio. 

freod,  f. ,  good-will,  peace:  as. 
freode  150,  18. 

freolice,  adv.,  freely  :  94,  27. 

freo-majg,  to..,  free  kinsman:  dp. 
160,  21. 

freond,  m.,  friend:  ns.  71,  21; 
as.  freond  79,  27  ;  dp.  43,  3  ;  63, 
6  ;  ap.  frynd  156,  24. 

freond  leas,  adj.,  friendless  :  as. 
-leasne  161,  5. 

freondlice,  adv.,  in  friendly  man- 
ner: 26,2;  30,  1. 

freorig,  adj.,  cold,  chill:  ns.  161, 
10.     [freosan.] 

freoaru,  see  friff. 

Fresisc,  adj.,  Frisian :  as.  on 
Fresisc,  in  the  Frisian  manner, 
24,  6  ;  gp.  -iscra  24,  29. 

fretan  (<for-etan),  fnet  fraeton 
freten  (5),  devour,  eat:  pret.  3 
pi.  1,8;  pp.21,  6. 

fr^ttan  (W.  I.),  graze  :  pret  3  pi. 
fre.tton  21,  25. 

fricgean  (S.  391,  3)  (5),  ask,  in- 
quire: inf.  143,  27.  [Ger.  fra- 
gen.] 

Friesa  (Frisa,  Frysa)  (adj.),  m., 
a  Frisian  :  ns.  24,  27. 


|  frignan  (frinan ;  S.  389,  4,  n.), 
fragn  frugnon  frugnen  (3),  ask, 
inquire:  ptc.  frignende  63,  12; 
3  pi.  frlnaS  37,  6  ;  pret.  3  Bg.  1-', 
13;  12,27.     [Ger.  fragen.] 

frimdi  (frimdig),  adj.,  desirous, 
petitioning:  ns.  155,  4.  [fric- 
gean.] 

frio  (freo  ;  frloh  freoh,  S.  297,  2), 
free :  ns.  frloh  60,  27  ;  freoh  85, 
8;  135,22;  gp.  Mora  28,  17. 

friff,  m.  n.  (freoffu,  f.,  S.  271), 
peace,  security  protection :  gs. 
frizes  150,  20  ;  ds.  frrSe  155,  4  ; 
as.  fri5  17,  21  ;  150,  18  ;  freoftu 
185,  25.     [Ger.  Friede.] 

frod,  adj.,  toise,  prudent,  skilful, 
experienced,  old :  ns.  froda  147, 
14  ;  frod  153,  27  ;  159,  20  ;  163, 

6  ;  168,  3  ;  170,  15  ;  180,  1. 
frofor  (frofer),  f.,  comfort,  conso- 
lation :   ns.   frofer  130,  7 ;    as. 
frofre  164,  4. 

frQm  (fram),  prep.  (w.  dat., 
instr.):  1.  from  (origin,  de- 
parture, separation,  release,  dis- 
tance) :  8,  13  ;  10,  17  ;  24,  23  ; 
31,  11;  62,  17.— 2.  by,  on  the 
part  of  (agency)  .■  32,  29  ;  66,  7  ; 
98,  7;  135,  13. —  Adv.,  from, 
away:  15,  15;  15,  19;  159,20. 

fromlice,  adv.,  strenuously, 
promptly:  178,  1. 

fruma,  in.,  beginning,  creation; 
author,  creator,   chief:  ns.  17H, 

7  ;  ds.  frunian  11,  8  ;  50,  8  ;  ~ri, 
11;  as.  59,  17.     [from.] 

friim  seeaft,  f.,  creation:  as.  9,  21. 

frying,  f.  m.,  beginning,  origin, 
creation  :  ns.  187,  8  ;  ds.  frymfte 
81,  23;  168,  3;  173,  12;  gp. 
frynrSa  171,  28.     [fruma.] 


286 


GLOSSARY. 


fugelere,  m.,  fowler  .  np.  fugeleras 

39,  14;  dp."  39,  9. 
fugel-tiniber,  n.  (bird-structure), 

young-bird :  ns.  173,  9. 
fugol  (fugel),  m.,  bird:  ns.  fugel 
168,  5  ;  gs.  fugles  169,  15 ;    up. 
fugelas   1,  7  ;   3,  23  ;   gp.  fugela 

40,  9;    fugla    170,    16.      [Mod. 
fowl.] 

ful,  adj.,  foul:  Supl.,  ns.  (voe.) 
fuluste  134,  27. 

ful-gan  (S.  430),  perform,  carry 
out,  fulfil  (w.  dat.)  :  3  sg.  -gteS 
52,  23  ;  79,  9. 

fulian  (W.  II.),  decompose  :  3  pi. 
fulia*  44,  5.     [ful.] 

full  (ful),  a.d}.,full  (w.  gen.)  :  ns. 
69,  8;  72,  13;  174,  13;  ds.  be 
fullan,  adv.,  fully,  perfectly,  27, 
28  ;  as.  fullne  3,  15  ;  ap.  full  44, 
7  ;  ful  66,  19. 

full  (ful),  adv.,  fully,  perfectly, 
very  (intensive)  :  ful  neah,  very 
nearly,  almost,  24,  3  ;  107,  19  ; 
154,  9  ;  157,  17  ;  160,  5. 

full-craeftig,  adj .,  very  efficient,  vir- 
tuous (w. gen.):  np.-crseftige55,2. 

full-frernedlice  (ful-),  adv.,  per- 
fectly :  ful-  88,  7. 

ful  1-f  rem  man  (W.  I.),  do  fully, 
fulfil,  perfect:  3  sg.  -freme'S  7, 
22  ;  opt.  3  sg.  -fre,inme  7,  20  ;  pp. 
-fremed  48,  15  ;  76,  20. 

full-halig,  adj.,  very  holy:  np. 
-halige  55,  2. 

ful  lian  (fulwigan)  (W.  II.),  bap- 
tize :  pret.  3  sg.  fullode  77,  5. 

f ullice,  adv. ,  fully  :  7,  20. 

full u lit  (fulvviht),  m.  f.  n.,  bap- 
tism :  ns.  78,  23 ;  gs.  fulwihte 
66,  6  ;  ds.  fulluhte  82,  24.  [full ; 
wih,  •  sacred.'] 


fultiim,  m.,  help :  ds.  fultume  19, 

23  ;  83,  32  ;  fultome  66,  20  ;  as. 

fultum  94,  1.     [*  full-team.] 
fultumian  (VV.  1L),  help  (w.dat.)  : 

inf.  63,  25. 
fulwiht  had,  m.,  baptismal  rank, 

or  cow :  ap.  -hadas  69,  5. 
ful-vvyrean    (\V.  I.),     complete:" 

pret.  3  sg.  -worhte  101,  9. 
fu  u(  11a  n  (W.  II.),  strive  after,  in- 
tend, go  :  pret.  3  sg.  fuudode  104, 

17.      [findan.] 
fur-lang,  n.,  fin-long:  gp.  -langa 

24,  23.     [furh,  '  furrow.'] 
furfror     (furSur),  adv.,  further: 

6,  14  ;  6,20;  28,  22  ;  157,  11. 
fury' urn  (furfion),  adv.,  even,  just, 

quite  :  22,  29  ;  26,  18  ;  55,  4  ;  57, 

6  ;  59,  12  ;  60,  21  ;  furSon  77,  1  ; 

108,  7  ;  140,  13. 
fus,  adj.,  ready,    eager:  ns.    143, 

9;  158,  14.     [Mod.  fuss.] 
fyll   (fiell),  m.,  fall,    destruction, 

death  :  ds.  fylle  98,   11  ;  102,  24  ; 

178,  1  ;  as.  fyl  151,  19  ;  157,  28. 

[feallan.] 
fylstan    (W.  I.),  assist,  help  (w. 

dat.):    inf.  157,  29;   pret.  3  sg. 

fylste  93,  18;   102,  17.     [*  full- 
last  ;  ltestan.] 
fyr,   n.,  fire  :   ns.  52,  12  ;  64,  4  ; 

104,  26  ;  gs.   fyres  172,  18  ;  ds. 

fyre  104,  22  ;  125,  29  ;  144,  16  ; 

as.  fyr  104,  20  ;  is.  fyre  64,  28  ; 

183,  17. 
fyr-baeff,  n.,  fire-bath :  ds.   -baSe 

180,  12. 
fyrd-rinc,  m.,  toarrior :  ns.  153, 

27. 
|  fyren,  adj.,  of  fire,  fiery :  ns.  125, 

30;  ds.  fyrenum  125,  28;  138, 

13. 


GLOSSAUT 


287 


fyren-lust  (firen-),  in.,  sinful  lust  : 

np.  -lustas  70,  28. 
fyrhto,  f.,  fright,  fear,  terror  :  ds. 

fyrhtu  11,  10  ;  fyrhto  140,  19. 
fyrlen  (fierlen),  adj.,  distant :  as. 

90,  7  ;  dp.  101,  25.     [feorr.] 
fyrinest,  see  forma, 
fyrn-dagas,  pi.  m.,  days  of  long 

<f;/»>,  ancient  days:  dp.  184,  27. 

[Ger.  firn.] 
fyrn-gear,  pi.  n.,  years  of  long 

ago,  ancient  years:  dp.  172,  22. 
fyrn-ge-sceap,  n.,  ancient  decree : 

ns.  177,  19. 
fyrn-ge-set,   n.,   former   seat  or 

habitation  :  ap.  -gesetu  174,  9. 
fyrn-ge-weore,  n.,  ancient  loork  : 

ns.  168,  14  ;  as.  108,  3. 
fyrst   (S.   313),   supl.  adj.,  first, 

chief:  dp.  40,  4. 
fyrst  (first,  fierst),  m.,  division  of 

time,  time,  period,  respite :  gs. 

fyr.stes  105,  12  ;    ds.  fyrste  70, 

14  ;   75,  1  ;  87,  15 ;   102,  5  ;  as. 

first  28,  20.     [Ger.  Frist.] 
fyrst- inearc,  f.,  marked  period  of 

time,  interval:  ds.  -mearce  172, 

20. 
fysan    (W.  I.):   1.  hasten    (intr.): 

inf.  142, 16.  —  2.  send  forth,  impel 

(trans.):  pret.  3  sg.  fysde  158,  2. 

[fus.] 


gaedrian  (ge-gsedrian,  cf.  ge-gade- 
rian)  (W.  II.),  gather:  3  sg. 
gaedraS  171,  24  ;  gegaedraS  174, 
15  ;  pp.  gegsedrad  182,  27. 

gafol,  n.,  tax,  tribute,  profit,  inter- 
est: ns.  4(1.  8;  as.  151,  9;  gs. 
gafoles  79,  8 ;  ds.  gafole  40,  8 ; 
150,  11.     [cf.  Goth,  ga-baur.] 


gielan  (W.  I.),  delay,  hinder: 
pret.  opt.  3  sg.  gailde  37,  3. 

gamenian  (W.  II.),  play,  pun: 
pret.  3  sg.  gamenode  89,  20. 
[gamen  '  game.'] 

gamol-ferhff,  adj.,  aged:  ns.  143, 
7.     [*ga-mSL] 

gan,  eode  eodon  gegan  (S.  430), 
go,  come,  icalk,  advance:  inf. 
33,  18  ;  157,  11  ;  2  sg.  gSst  127, 
21  ;  3  sg.  gieS  33,  27  ;  3  pi.  gaS 
33,  16  ;  imp.  2  sg.  ga  119,  11  ;  2 
pi.  gaS  77,  20  ;  opt.  3  sg.  ga  139, 
15;  pret.  3  sg.  1,  3  ;  1,  6  ;  1,  9; 
3  pi.  15,  13  ;  pret.  opt.  3  pi.  eoden 
5,9. 

gar,  m.,  spear:  as.  149,  13;  153, 
21  ;  ap.  garas  150,  25  ;  151,  15; 
152,  20.  [Mod.  gore,  gar-h.sh, 
etc.] 

gar-berend,  m.,  spear-bearer,  war- 
rior :  np.  157,  26. 

gar-mitting,  f.,  meeting  of  spears 
or  javelins,  contest :  gs.-inittinge 
147,  27. 

gar-raes,  m.,  spear-encounter,  bat- 
tle :  as.  150,  11. 

gaers,  n.,  grass,  blade:  as.  3,  15; 
33,29. 

garsecg,  m.,  sea,  ocean:  as.  175,  7. 

gaist  (gast),  m.,  spirit :  ns.  70,  20  ; 
gs.  gastes  11,  14  ;  ds.  gaJsto  81, 
19  ;  as.  13,  12  ;  69, 25  ;  85,  6  ;  182, 
28. 

gast-cynlng,  m.,  spiritual  king  : 
ds.  -cyninge  143,  23. 

gtfstlic  (gastllc),  adj.  :  1.  spirit- 
ual :  gs.  gais'SlIces  (dial.)  37,  5  ; 
as.  gastlice  72,  2  ;  gp.  -lecena  31, 
27  ;  ap.  -lecan  33,  25.  —  2. 
ghastly,  terrible :  ns.  162,  20 ; 
gastllc  133,  14. 


288 


GLOSSARY. 


gSstlice  (gastlice),  adv.,  spirit- 
ually :  gastlice  61,  1 ;  109,  1. 

gate-hair,  n.,  hair  of  a  goat :  ns. 
Ill,  7;  as.  Ill,  2. 

ge,  conj.,  and :  43,  4 ;  ge  . . .  ge,  both 
. . .  and,  12, 1 ;  18, 24.  [cf.  segSer.] 

ge,  see  fffi. 

geador,  adv.,  together:  175,  3. 

geaful,  m.,  1.  fork.  —  2.  in  pi., 
jaws,  bird's  bill :  np.  geaflas  175, 
18.     [Ger.  Gabel.] 

ge-agan  (PP.),  own,  possess :  ger. 
-agenne  78,  11. 

ge-ahnian  (-agnian)  (W.  II.), 
claim  as  one's  own,  take  posses- 
sion of:  pp.  geahnod  135,  11. 

gealla,  m.,  gall :  ds.geallan  132, 14. 

ge-aimet(t)igian  (W.  II.),  free, 
disengage  from  (w.  ace.  of  pers. 
and  gen.  of  thing)  :  opt.  2  sg. 
gejemetige  27,  5.     [Jemet(t)ig.] 

ge-an-bidian  (W.  II.),  1.  wait, 
remain  (intr.) :  inf.  -bydian 
139,  14;  imp.  2  sg.  -byda  139, 
15.  —  2.  await  (w.  gen.):  inf. 
-bydian  138,  16. 

ge-and-wyrdan  (W.  I.),  ansioer: 
pp.  -andwyrd  89,  9. 

ge-an-laican  (W.  I.),  unite:  pret. 
3  sg.  -ltehte  101,  8. 

ge-an-lician  (W.H.),  liken :  pres. 

1  pi.  geanlicie  3,  18. 

gear  (ger),  n.,  year:  gs.  geares  17, 
16;  17,  20  r  24,  9;  ds.  geare  17, 
23  ;  gere  23,  1 1 ;  as.  gear  43,  6  ;  is. 
geare  17,  21 ;  gere  21,  28  ;  dp.  23, 
17  ;  ap.  gear  17,  10 ;  ger  66,  19. 

gearclan  (W.  II.),  prepare:  imp. 

2  sg.  gearca  75,  29.     [gearu.] 
geard,    m.,    enclosure,   dwelling : 

dp.  in  geardum,  at  home,  in  the 
world,  177,  14. 


gear-daeg,  m.,  day  of  yore :   dp. 

161,  21;  178,  14. 
geare  (gearwe),adv.,  readily,  well : 

3,  2 ;  7,  8  ;  45, 13 ;  64,  20  ;  98, 19. 
gearelice,  adv.,  readily :  67,  17. 
ge-arlan   (W.    II.),   show  mercy 

(w.  dat.)  :  opt.  3  sg.  -arige  93,  1. 
ge-aernan  (W.  I.),  run  (or  ride) 

for,  gain  by  running  (trans.)  : 

3  sg.  -serneS  43,  24.     [yrnan.] 
gearo-wita,     m.,     intellect :     as. 

-witan  52,  6. 
gearu  (gearo),  adj.,  yare,  ready: 

ns.   15,    2;    80,    6;    90,   2;    np. 

geanve  37,  12;  gearowe  95,  11; 

151,  20.     [Ger.  gar.] 
gearwian  (W.  II.),  prepare  :  pret. 

2  sg.  gearwodest  117,  12 ;  3  sg. 

-ode  126,  18. 
ge-ar-wurffian  (W.  II.),  honor: 

pret.  3  sg.  -wurSode  95,  20. 
ge-ascian  (-axian)  (W.  II.),  learn 

by  inquiry,  hear  of,  discover:  1 

pi.  -axia«  67,  20 ;  68,  6 ;  pret.  3 

sg.  -ascode  14,  11 ;  -axode  103, 

8 ;  pp.  -ascad  178,  23. 
ge-ascung,   f.,    inquiry:    ds.    ge- 

ascunge  60,  10. 
geat,  n.,  gate :  ds.  geate  130,  20 ; 

as.  geat  84,  30 ;  ap.  gatu  15,  12  ; 

15,  23  ;  122,  20  ;  133,  17. 
geat-weard,  in.,  gate-ward,  door- 
keeper: ns.  6,  9. 
ge-aeffele,     adj.,     befitting     noble 

descent:  ns.  146,  7. 
ge-axlan,  see  ge-ascian. 
ge-bSdan  (W.  I.),  compel,  force: 

pp.  gebaided  147,  10. 
ge-baire,    n.,    gesture,    behavior, 

cry :   np.   gebseru   169,   15 ;   dp. 

15,  1.     [beran.] 
ge-bed,  n.,  prayer :  is.  gebede  120, 


GLOSSARY. 


289 


29 ;  as.  gebed  114,  8 ;  dp.  88,  10 ; 
95,  5. 

ge-beodan  (2),  offer:  pret.  3  sg. 
-bead  15,  4  ;  15,  13. 

ge-beor,  m.  (beer-companion),  rev- 
ell  er :  dp.  gebeorum  104,20;  np. 
gebeoras  104,  22;  ap.  104,  17. 

ge-beorg  (-beorh),  n.,  protection, 
defence :  ds.  gebeorge  150,  10 ; 
157,  9. 

ge-beorgan  (3),  protect,  save:  pp. 
geborgen  (impers.)  33,  5. 

ge-beorsclpe,  in.,  banquet,  enter- 
tainment: gs.  -beorscipes  9,  10; 
ds.  -beorscipe  9,  17 ;  84,  5 ;  dp. 
-beorscipum  32,  6. 

gebetan  (W.  I.),  1.  make  amends 
for,  repent  of  (trans.)  :  inf.  44, 
3;  46,  25;  opt.  3  sg.  gebete  7, 
24;  3  pi.  gebeten  50,  8.-2.  re- 
pent (intr.)  :  inf.  105,  9.     [bot.] 

ge-bicnian  (cf.  beacnian)  (II.), 
betoken,  indicate:  pp.  gebicnod 
110,  9. 

ge-bidan,  -bad  -bidon  -biden  (1)  : 
1.  air  ait,  look  for  (w.  gen.)  :  3 
sg.  -bideS  160,  1 ;  pret.  3  sg.  144, 
19.  —  2.  endure,  experience :  pret. 
1  sg.  154,  30. 

ge-biddan  (5),  pray :  1.  (w.  reflex, 
ace.)  inf.  101,  14 ;  pret.  3  sg.  ge- 
baed  125, 12.  —  2.  (w.  reflex,  dat.) 
pret.  3  sg.  13,  3. 

ge-biegan  (-blgan  -bygan) (W.  I.). 
boio,  bend,  incline,  convert 
(trans.)  :  inf.  -blgan  100,  5 ;  -bl- 
gean  112,  11  ;  3  sg.  -bigS  33,  19  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  -blgde  81, 8 ;  86,  6 ;  pret. 
opt.3pl.-blgden90, 1 ;  pp.-bleged 
33.  10;  -blged92,  12;  pl.-bigede 
82, 23  ;  -bygede  131,21.  [bugan.] 

ge  blgan.  see  ge-biegan. 


ge-bilde,  adj.,  bold,  confident:  ds. 

gebildum83,  11.     [beald.] 
ge-bind,    11.,    combination,    com- 
mingling:  as.  161,  1  ;  162,  4. 
ge-bindan  (3),  bind :  3  pl.-binda5 

161,  17;   pret.  3  sg.  -band   186, 

15 ;  pp.-bunden  6,  23  ;  gp.-buud- 

enra  134,  27. 
ge-bisnung,  f.,  example :  dp.  87, 12. 
ge-bletsian  (W.  II.),  bless :  pret. 3 

sg.  -bletsode  77,  22  ;  pp.  -bletsod 

75,20;  117, 17;. sg. -bletsode  101, 2. 
ge-blissian   (-blyssian)  (W.  II.), 

1.  rejoice  (intr.)  :  inf.  -blyssian 

134,   11;  (w.  gen.)   130,  3;  ptc. 

-blyssigende   129,  4.  —  2.   make 

happy  (trans.) :  pp.  -blissad  145, 

3;  165,  7;  170,  1. 
ge-bod,  n.,  command :  ns.  1 16,  25  ; 

167,    17 ;    ds.    gebode    123,    15. 

[beodan.] 
ge-braec,  n.,  breaking,  crashing: 

ns.  158,  28.     [brecan.] 
ge-brSdan  (W.  I.),  broaden,  be- 

<-ninc  extended:  pp.  pi.  -briedda 

34.  14. 
ge-breadian,  see  ge-bredian. 
ge-bredian  (-breadian)  (W.  II.), 

(breed),  regenerate,  restore:  pp. 

gebreadad  178,  2  ;  pi.  gebredade 

is--.,  20. 
ge-bregd,  n.,  change,  vicissitude: 

ns.  167,  6.     [bregdan.] 
ge-breowan,      -breaw      -bruwon 

-browen  (2),  brew :  pp.  gebrowen 

43,  1. 
ge-bringan  (-br^ngan,  S.  407,  n. 

7)  (\V.  I.),  bring:  inf.  119,  18; 

3  sg.  -bringS  34,  28  ;  -brengM  52, 

14  ;  imp.  2  pi.  -bringaS  77.  31. 
ge-broHan   (W.  II.).   afflict:  pp. 

pbrnrod  23,  16;  99,  7;  104,  8; 

np.  gebrocede  23,  16. 


290 


GLOSSARY. 


ge-brosnodlie,  adj.,  corruptible: 
ns.  72,  9. 

gc-broffor  (-"Sru  -Sra),  m.,  pi. 
taut,,  brothers :  np.  148,  1 ;  ge- 
brob'ra  77,  6 ;  91,  7  ;  dp.  79,  30  ; 
ap.  gebro&'ru  76,  2;  80,  2;  np. 
159,  8. 

ge-bud,  see  baan. 

ge-bun,  see  baan. 

ge-bycgan  (W.  I.),  buy :  3  pi. 
-bycgatf  55,  24. 

ge-bygan,  see  ge-biegan. 

ge-byrd,  n.,  birth,  rank,  condition  : 
as.  -byrd  177,  19;  dp.  40,  11. 

ge-byrgan  (W.  I.),  taste :  opt.  3 
sg.  gebyrge  174,  7. 

ge-byrian  (W.  I.,  S.  400,  n.  2), 
1.  happen:  3  sg.  gebyreS  (irn- 
pers.)  54,  19;  54,  21.  —  2.  per- 
tain, behove  (impers.):  3  sg.  69, 
31.     [Ger.  gebiihren.] 

ge-bysnian  (W.  II.),  give  good 
example:  pret.  3  sg.  gebysnode 
100.  9. 

ge-bytle,n.,  building \  dwelling  :np. 
gebytlu  80,  6 ;  gp.  gebytla  79,  8. 

ge-camp,  m.,  fight,  battle :  ds. 
gecampe  154,  9 ;  as.  gecamp  78, 
10. 

ge-ceosan  (2),  choose,  elect :  pret. 
3  sg.  geceas  90,  15;  116,  19; 
152,  30;  pp.  gecoren  {decide) 
10,  15  ;  74,  6  ;  75,  17  ;  90,  25 ; 
np.  -corene  32,  19 :  dp.  178,  18. 

ge-ciegan  (-clgan -cygan)  (W.  I.), 
call,  name,  invoke:  3  sg.  -cygS 
180,  29 ;  pp.  -clged  (S.  408,  3) 
98,  8  ;  pi.  -clgede  93,  20  ;  -cygede 
89,  17. 

ge-cierran  (-cirran  -cyrran)  (W. 
I.),  1.  turn,  change,  convert, 
direct  ("trans.)  :  imp.  2  sg.  gecyr 


71,  27  ;  pp.  gecierred  31,  29  ;  sg. 
-cyrreda  92,  9;  pi.  -cyrrede  2, 
8;  81,  3.  —  2.  turn  (one's  self), 
go,  return  (intr.)  :    inf.  -cyrran 

91,  17  ;  imp.  2  sg.  -cyrr  75,  29 ; 
opt.  3  sg.  -cyrre  67,  7  ;  92,  6 ;  3 
pi.  -cyrran  67,  11  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
-cyrde  75,  18. 

ge-cigan  see  ge-ciegan. 

ge-clainsian  (W.  II.),  cleanse: 
pret.  3  sg.  -clahisode  141,  8  ;  pp. 
-clainsod  83,  17. 

ge-clingan,  -clong  -clungon 
-clungen  (3),  cling,  adhere,  com- 
press :  pp.  pi.  geclnngne  172,  29. 

ge-cnawan  (R.),  know,  under- 
stand: inf.  28,  15;  31,  23;  54, 
19  ;  72,  27;  3  sg.  -cneewS  32,  29; 
pret.  3  pi.  -cniowon  32,  28. 

ge-cneord-ltecan  (W.  I.),  be  zeal- 
ous, strive,  study  (intr.)  :  pret.  3 
sg.  -ljehte  87,  12. 

ge-cneordlice,  adv.,  diligently  : 
76,  7. 

ge-cnyrdnis,  f.,  diligence,  earnest- 
ness, study :  ds.  -nysse  97,  7;  as. 

92,  3  ;  dp.  86,  3. 
ge-cringan  (3),  cringe,  yield,  fall  : 

pret.  3  sg.  gecrong  162,  26 ;  ge- 
cranc  157,  14;  159,  27. 

ge-cristnian(W.  II.),  christianize, 
catechise:  pp.  -cristnad  66,  10. 

ge-cuman  (4),  come  together,  as- 
semble :  inf.  92,  24. 

ge-cweme,  adj.  (becoming),  ac- 
ceptable, pleasing:  ns.  92,  15. 
[Ger.  bequem.] 

ge-cygan,  see  ge  ciegan. 

ge-cynd,  f.  n.,  nature,  kind,  gener- 
ation :  ns.  gecynde  (S.  267,  n. 
4)  177,  15;  ds.  gecynde  71,  20; 
80,  23 ;  80,  26 ;  87,  17  ;  gecinde 


GLOSSARY. 


291 


109,  11  ;  as.  gecynd  5G,  17  ;  178, 
25. 
ge-cynd-boc,  f.,  ff<  nests :  ns.  109, 

1M. 

ge-cynde,  adj.,  natural:  ns.  55,  5. 
ge-ryrrau,  Bee  ge-cierran. 
ge-cyrreduis,  £.,  conversion:   gs. 

-nysse  88,  8;  102,  1  ;  ds.  88,  3j 
88,  6. 
ge-i-yffan  (W.  I.),  make  manifest, 
ghow  :  inf.  184,  4  ;  L66,  11 ;  imp. 
%.  -cyS  110,  24  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
-r\  .Nile  78,  3. 

ge-oyjiiis,  f.,  manifestation,  testn- 
ment:  ns.  108,  12;  10s,  14;  ds. 
-nis-H  109,  2  ;  ap,  -ni.ssa  112,  0. 

ge-dafen  (cf.  ge-def<  I,  adj.,  fit, 
becoming:  ns.  72.  22.  [Mod. 
deft,  daft,] 

ge-dafenian  (-dafnian)  (W.  II), 
befit,  suit  (impers.  w.  dat.)  :  3 
sg.  gedafeuaS  89,  11  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
gedafnode  108,  25  ;  gedeofanade 
(dial.  w.  ace.  ?)  9,  2.  [Goth, 
gadaban.] 

ge-dal,  n.,  division,  separation : 
as.  Hces  gedal,  dissolution, 
death,  187,  22. 

ge-(ltelan(W.  I.),  deal  out  (tear?)  : 
pret.  3  sg.  -dailde  102,  30. 

ge-defe  (cf.  ge-dafen),  ad]., fitting, 
gentle,  improved  in  condition  : 
Comp.  ap.  gedefran  127,  14. 
[Goth,  gadobs.] 

ge-deofenian,  see  ge-dafenian. 

ge-deorf,  n.,  labor,  hardship,  diffi- 
culty :  dp.  8f>,  2. 

ge-dihtan  (W.  I.),  1.  compose, 
dictate,  "-rite:  pret.  3  sg.  -dihte 
97, 6  ;  105, 27.  —  2.  direct,  order  : 
pret.  3  sg.  110,  24;  111,  18. 
[Ger.  dichten.] 


ge  don  (S.  429),  1-  do,  act:  pret. 
3  pi.  -dydon  24,  10  ;  pret  opt.  3 
sg.  -dSde  (S.  429,  11.  1)  144,  3. 
—  2.  cause  to  be  (trans.)  :  3  sg. 
-deS  46,  4;  52,  11;  55,  5;  63, 
1  ;  3  pi.  -doS  44,  7  (intr.).  —  3. 
put  into  such  a, id  such  a  condi- 
tion: inf.  115,  4. —  4.  reach, 
arrive  at:  pret.  3  pi.  -dydon  20, 
24;  21,  19;  23,  2. 

ge-dr^ccan  (W.  I.),  oppress,  afflict, 
vex,    trouble:   pp.  pi.  gedrehte 

lo:;,  27  ;   133,  2. 
ge-drefan    (W.  I.),    trouble,    dis- 
turb, afflict:  3  sg.  -drefS  35,  10; 

3   pi.  -drefatt   34,   4  ;    pret.  2    pi. 

-drefdon  33,  29  ;  pp.  -drefed  34, 

7  ;    79,    1  ;    pi.   -drefde    52,  2 ; 

-drefede  133,  2. 
ge-drefednis,     f.,     trouble:     gs. 

-nysse  92,  21. 
ge-dreosan  (2) ,  fall ,  fail  :  pret.  3 
heas  161,  13;  pp.  pi.  -dro- 

rene  71,  25. 
ge-drincan  (3),  drink  up:  pret.  3 

sg.  gedranc  83,  11. 
ge-drofenlic,  adj.,  troublous:  72, 

9. 
ge-dryht,  f.,  train  of  attendants, 

retinue,    company:   ns.    177,   7; 

186,  17. 
ge-drync,  n.,  drinking,  carousing  : 

43,8;  43,  11. 
ge-dwol-niQnu,  in.,   erring  man, 

heretic:  np.  -men  111,  26;  gp. 

-manna  81,  in. 
ge-dwolsum,     adj.,     misleading, 

erroneous :  ns.  Ill,  24. 
ge-dwyld,    11.,   folly,    error:    gs. 

-ilwyldes    82,   13 ;    ds.    -dwylde 

103,  10.     [dwol.] 
ge-dyrst-liiecan  (W.  I.),  dare, pre- 


292 


GLOSSARY. 


sume :  pret.  3  sg.  -laihtest  136, 

21. 
ge-ealgian  (W.  II.),  defend:  inf. 

150,  31. 
ge-earnian     (W.  II.),     earn,    de- 
serve :    inf.   69,    19 ;   imp.  2   sg. 

-earna  71, 27  ;  opt.  3  pi.  -earnien 

32,  21 ;  pret.  3  sg.  -ode  92,  10 ; 

3  pi.  -odon  79,  31 ;  pp.  geearnad 

7,7. 
ge-earuung,  f.,  desert,  merit :  ds. 

-unge  92,  3  ;  103,  21  ;  gp.  -unga 

104,  26  ;  dp.  99,  11  ;   ap.  -unga 

155,  21. 
ge-eaS-modian  (W.  II.),  humble, 

debase  (w.  refl.  ace.)  :  pret.  3  sg. 

-medde  118,  20. 
geeawan,  see  ge-eowan. 
ge-ed-cwycian  (-cwician  -cuican) 

(W.  II.),  quicken,   revive :   pp. 

pi.  -cwycode  138,  19. 
ge-ed-nrwian  (W.  II.),  renew;  3 

sg.  -niwaS   52,  14  ;   52,  16 ;   pp. 

-nlwad  35,  15. 
ge-ed-sta)>elian     (W.    II.),    re- 
establish,   restore :    imp.  2   sg. 

-statfela    76,    29 ;     pret.    2    sg. 

-staSelodest  76,  27. 
ge-efen-]jecan    (W.   I.),  imitate: 

ger.  geefenlsecenne  95,  4. 
ge-^nde-byrdan    (W.  I.),   set  in 

order,     ordain,     arrange :    pp. 

-endebyrd    111,    17 ;  as.  -ende- 

byrdne  88,  18. 
ge-^ndian  (W.  II),  1.  end,  finish 

(trans.) :    ger.    geendianne    66, 

18  ;  pret.  3  sg.  geendade  11,  26  ; 

13,  5  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  geendode 

34,  29  ;  pp.  geendod  34,  24  ;  34, 

26  ;  71,  5  ;  -ad  66,  16.  — 2.  come 

to  an  end,  die  :  inf.  105,  7  ;  3  sg. 

geendaS  60,  2. 


ge -§ndung,    f.,   ending,  end :  ds. 

geendunge  90,  11  ;  102,  22. 
ge-eowan    (-eawan    S.    408,    2), 

show  :  3  sg.  -eowft  52,   16 ;  opt. 

3  sg.  -eawe  176,  22. 
ge-faedera,   m.,   godfather  in   his 

relation  to   the  father :   ns.  90, 

18. 
ge-fadian  (W.  II.),  arrange  :  inf. 

111,23. 
ge-fagian  (W.  II.),  variegate,  em- 
broider:  pp.  gefagod  71,  19. 
ge-faer,  n.,  going,  journey  :  ns.  180, 

1. 
ge-faran  (6)  :  1.  go,  travel  (intr.)  : 

pret.  opt.  3  sg.  gefore  42,  3.  —  2. 

travel    (trans.):    inf.    115,    13; 

115,  15.  —  3.  depart  out  of  life, 

die  (intr.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  gefor  17, 

9  ;  25,  12. 
ge-faestnian  (W.  II.),  fasten,  fix: 

pret.  3  sg.  -faestnode  87,  13  ;  132, 

16  ;  pp.  pi.  -fsestnode  51,  8. 
ge-fea    (S.  277,    n.   2),    m.,  joy, 

delight,    gratification :    ns.  179, 

23;  is.  gefean   116,  4;   128,  5; 

as.  31,  3  ;  173,  21 ;  178,  19. 
ge-fealic,  adj.,  joyous,  pleasant  : 

ns.  182,  25. 
ge-f^ccan    (-fecgan   -fetian)    (W. 

III.),  fetch,  take  :  inf.  154,   10; 

pret.  3  pi.  -fetedon  23,  4. 
ge-fegan  (W.  I.),  join  :  imp.  2  sg. 

gefeg  76,  23  ;  pp.  gefeged  175, 

27. 
ge-feoht,  n.,  fight,  strife,  battle: 

ds.  gefeohte  17,  7  ;  19,  13 ;  102, 

19  ;  147,  5  ;  dp.  14,  7  ;  ap.  gefeoht 

68,  3. 
ge-feohtan,  -feaht  -fuhton  -fohten 

(3),  1.  fight:  pret.  3  sg.  16,  3; 

li),  4;  3  pi.  16,  6;    21,   8;    pp. 


GLOSSARY. 


2Q3 


17,  16. —  2.   gain  by  fighting, 
irin :  inf.  153,  10. 

ge-feon  (5),  rejoice  (w.  inst.  or 
gen.):  ptc.  gefeonde  12,  11  ;  65, 
25;  116,  4;  128,5;  imp.  2  Bg. 
-feoh  119,  1. 

ge-fera,  m.,  companion,  comrade: 
ds.  -feran  161,  7  ;  np. -feran  15, 
22  ;  dp.  16,  10;  ap.  -feran  65, 
26. 

go  feran  (W.  I.),  travel  (trans.)  : 
inf.  110,  8. 

ge-fero,  adj.,  accessible:  ns.  165, 
4.     [faran.]  [ns.  35,  13. 

ge-fer-scipe,  m..  companionship: 

ge-feterian  (W.  II.),  fetter,  bind  : 
pret.  '■>  Bg.  -feterode  144,  12. 

ge-fetlan,  set'  ge-feccan. 

ge-fexod  (-feaxod),  adj.,  haired, 
having  hair  •  np.  -fexode  88,  24. 

ge-filleduys,  f.,  completion,  fulfil- 
ment :  ns.  108,  13. 

ge-firnian  (\Y.  II.),  commit  " 
wrong, sin  (intr.)  :pret.  1  sg.  -fir- 
node  119,  4  ;  2  Bg.  -dest  119,6. 

ge-flieman  (-flyman)  (W.  I.),  put 
to  flight .-  pret.  8  sg.  -fliemde  17, 
14  ;  19,  5  ;  3  pi.  -don  17,  3  ;  19, 
30  ;  22,  11  ;  pp.  -flymed  147,  9  ; 
pi.  -fliemde  1(5,  20;  22,  21. 

ge-flyman,  see  ge-flieman. 

ge-flyt,  n.,  content  ion,  strife  :  ds. 
-flyte  135,  14.  [flltan ;  Ger. 
Fleiss.] 

ge-fon  (R.),  take,  seize:  3  sg. 
gefehfl    132,    5;     hlyst    geieS, 

list'iis,  170,  4. 
ge-forjnan  (W.  II.),  accomplish: 

pp.  gefoitod  158,  22. 
ge-frtege,  adj.,  famous :  ns.  165, 

3.     [fricgan.] 
ge-frajge,  n.,  report,  hearsay :  is. 


mine  gefrajge,  as  I  have  h<ar<l 
say,  171,  7. 
ge-freniian  (W.  II.,  S.  400, 11.  2  ; 

cf.  ge-fremman),  perform  :  3  sg. 

-fremaiV.Mi.  22. 
ge-fr^innian    (W.  I.),  perform: 

ger.  fremmenne  00,  2  ;  imp.  2  pi. 

-fre,mma(N    04,    1  ;     pret.    '■)    Sg. 

-fremede  67,   6 ;    70,   31  ;  3   pi. 

-don  81,  6  ;  pp.  -framed  48,  14. 
ge-freoge    (-frige),    n.,    informa- 
tion :  dp.  ICC,  8.     [fricgan.] 
ge-freolsian    (W.    II.),    set  free. 

deliver:  1  Bg.  -freolsige  114,  15; 

3  sg.  -freolse-5   123,   26  ;  opt.   3 

Bg.  -freolsige  124,  0. 
ge-freoffian     (-frioSian    -friSian) 

(W.  II.),  protect,  favor:  imp.  2 

sg.  gefreoSa  187,  1  ;  pret.  3  sg. 

-frrSode  ■  <■■,,  7. 
ge-frignan   (3),  learn  by  inquiry, 

hear:  pp.  irifrugnen  165,  1. 
ge-fullian  (cf.  gefulwian)(W.  II.), 

baptize :  pret.  3  sg.  gefullode  83, 

30;     pp.    gefullod    95,    10;    pi. 

gefullode  95,  14. 
ge-fultumian  (W.  II.),  help  :  pp. 

-fultumod  8,  15. 
ge-fulwian(cf.  gefullian)  (W.  II.), 

baptize:  pp.  gefulwad  66,  7  ;  66, 

12. 
ge-fylce,  n.,  army,  troop,  division  : 

dp.   gefylcium    17,  3  ;   gefylcum 

16,  12.     [folc] 
ge-fylgan    ( AY.  III.),  follow    (w. 

dat.):  inf.  177,  6. 
ge-fyllan  (W.L),/eK,  cut  down: 

pp.  gefylled  148,  11  ;  deprice  of 

(w.  gen.),  147,  18.     [feallan.] 
ge-fyllan  (W.  I.)  :  1.  fill  (w.  gen.): 

pp.  pi.  gefylda  27,  15.  —  2.  fulfil, 

complete,  perform :  2  pi.  -fyllaS 


294 


GLOSSARY. 


94,6;  opt.  2  sg.  -fylle  117,  7  ;  1 

pi.  -fyllon  116,  15;   pret.  3  sg. 

-felde  115,  5  ;  pp.  -fylled  103,  1  ; 

pi.  -fyllede  128,  8.     [full.] 
ge-fylsta,  m.,  helper :  ds.  -fylstan 

88,  17. 
ge- fylstan  (W.  I.),  help  (w.  dat.)  : 

pret.  3  sg.  -fylstc  98,  14. 
ge-fyrn,  adv.,  formerly :   17,   24; 

93,  13  ;    130,  2  ;  gefyrn  air  101, 

13. 
ge-gaderian     ("W.   II.),      gather, 

collect,     assemble     (trans,     and 

intrans.)  :  3  sg.  -gaderaS  79,  2  ; 

pret.    3  sg.  -gaderode    76,   25  j 

-gaderade  18,  16;   21,  15;   3  pi. 

-gaderodon  19,  15;  pp.  -gaderod 

1,2;  pi.  -gaderode  20,  20. 
ge-gaedrian,  see  gaedrian. 
ge-gan  (cf.  gan),  happen:  pret.  3 

sg.  geeode  101,  3. 
ge-gangan  (R.),  obtain  (trans.)  : 

inf.  151,  7. 
ge-gaerwan,  see  ge-gearwian. 
ge-gearwian    (W.  II.),    prepare: 

inf.    130,    14;    -gaerwan    (dial.) 

142,  11  ;  imp.  2  sg.  -gearwa  131, 

15  ;  pret.  3  sg.  -ode  12,  27  ;  132, 

15 ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  -gearwode  12, 7. 
ge-gl^ngan  (W.  I.),  adorn:  pret. 

3  sg.  geglengde  8,  7  ;  87,  4  ;  pp. 

-ganged  10,  23. 
ge-godiau  (W.  II.),  endow  :  pret. 

3  sg.  -godode  87,  25.     [god.] 
ge-gre,mian  (W.  II.),  enrage  :  pp. 

-gremod    153,  25  ;   pi.  -gre,mode 

158,29.     [grom.] 
ge-gripan,   -grap  -gripon  -gripen 

(1),  seize:  pret.  3  sg.  136,  15; 

144,  14  ;  pp.  91,  16. 
gf-gyddiaa  ("W.  II.),  sing,  utter: 

pret.  1  sg.  -gyddode  134,  24. 


ge-gyrela,  m.,  robe,  dress,  gar- 
ment: np.  gegyrelan  70,  27. 

ge-hadian  (W.  II.),  ordain:  inf. 
91,  1 ;  pret.  3  sg.  gehadode  96, 
2  ;  pp.  gehadod  96,  4. 

ge-hal,  adj.,  whole:  ns.  Ill,  12. 

ge-hielan  (W.  I.),  heal    (trans.) 
inf.  76,  15  ;  3  sg.  -hielS  76,  16 
opt.  3  sg.  -kiele  105,  28  ;  pret. 
sg.  -hardest  84,  32  ;  2  pi.  -don  78, 
13  ;  pp.  pi.  -haalde  85,  16. 

ge-halgian  (W.  II.),  hallow,  con- 
secrate: pp.  gehalgod  91,  3:  pi. 
-ade  63,  8  ;  -ode  82,  24. 

ge-hatan,  -net  -heton  -haten  (R), 
1.  promise  :  1  sg.  -hate  157,  10  ; 
pret.  2  sg.  -hete  62,  16 ;  3  sg.  6, 
13.  —  2.  name:  pp.  gehaten  21, 
20  ;  60,  8  ;  89,  18  ;  pi.  gehatene 
89,  10. 

ge-hat-land,  n.,  promised  land  : 
gs.  -landes  11,  11. 

ge-hawian  (W.  II.),  look  at,  re- 
connoitre :  pret.  3  sg.  -hawade  22, 
26. 

ge-healdan,  -heold  -heoldon 
-healden  (R.),  hold,  protect, 
maintain,  observe:  3  sg.  gehelt 
52,  15;  opt.  3  sg.  -healde  70,  1 ;  3 
pi.  -dan  69,  5;  pret.  3  pi.  -liioldon 
26,  9;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  -heolde  101, 
12  ;  pp.  gehealden  79,  7. 

ge-healtsumnis,  f.,  captivity :  Is. 
-nysse  136,  29. 

ge-h^flgian  (W.  II.),  weigh  down, 
oppress  :  pp.  geh^fgad  1 70,  14. 

ge-hegan  (W.  I.),  effect,  hold  (an 
assembly)  :  inf.  182,  8. 

ge-helpan  (3),  help  (w.  dat.)  :  inf. 
105,  30. 

ge-h^nde  (adv.),  prep.,  near  (rvith 
dat.)-  158,27. 


GLOSSARY. 


295 


ge-heran,  sec  ge-hieran. 

ge-hergian  (W.  II.).  capture  (by 
harrying) :  pp.  gehergod  22,  2. 

ge-hieran  (-hyran  -hiran  -heran) 
(W.  I.),  hear:  inf.  S,  25;  34, 
17  ;  04, 18  ;  71, 1 ;  ger.  -hyrauue 
■_',  2;  :'-,  c> ;  11,6;  ptc.' -hyrende 
2,  7  ;  2  sg.  -hyrst  160,  24  ;  3  Bg. 
-hyre*  07,  14  ;  3  pi.  -hyra*  2,  L3  ; 
2,  16;  imp.  2  sg.  -her  115,  19; 
-Mere  (S.  410,  n.  4)  120, 1 ;  2  pi. 
-hyratS  1,  6;  opt.  3  sg.  -hyre  2. 

2  ;  3,  5  ;  1  pi.  -hyron  70,  4  ;  2  pi. 
-hyran  3,  7  ;  •')  pi.  -hyren  2,  7  ; 
pret.  2  sg.  -hyrdest  120,  19  ;  3 
Bg.  -hyrde  9,  23. 

ge-hilt,  11.,  hilt:  dp.  144,  15. 

ge-hiran,  see  ge-hieran. 

ge -hiwian  (W.  II.),  farm,  fash- 
ion :  3  s,ur.  -hlwaX  49,  20. 

ge  hleapan  (R.)i  leaP  (upon  a 
horse),  mount :  pret.  3  sg.  -hleop 
156,  14. 

ge-hleotan  (2),  cast  or  draw  lots: 
pret.  3  Bg.  -blest  118,  4. 

ge-hlystan   (W.  I.),  listen:  pret. 

3  pi.  -hlyston  152,  9. 
ge-hniegan  (W.  I.),  humble,  cast 

doicn:  pret.  3  sg.  gehnakle  122, 
12.     [hnlgan.] 

ge-hola,  m.,  protector:  gp.  ge- 
holena  161,  8.     [helan.] 

ge-hreosan  (2),  fall,  perish  :  3  sg. 
gehrist  88,  28. 

ge-hroden,  see  hreodan. 

ge-hwfi,  pron.,  each  (S.  347)  :  gs. 
-gehwfes  9,  27  ;  171,  28  ;  ds.  ge- 
hwam  162,  10  ;  167,  15  ;  172,  9  ; 
180,  20;  181,  14;  as.  gehwoiie 
171,  20  ;  186,  8  ;  gehwane  181,  9. 

g»-hwauon,  adv.,  from  every  quar- 
ter :  100,  26. 


ge-hwair,  adv.,  <  verywhere  :  90, 12. 

ge  hweeVer,  pron.,  both,  either: 
ns.  178,  4  ;  as.  -hwaej>re  16,  7  ; 
-hw»J>ere  17,  5  ;  152,  29. 

ge-hwele,  see  gehwilc. 

ge-liwerfan,  see  ge-hwyrfan. 

ge-h\vile  (ge-hwylc,  ge-hwelc), 
each,  ever;/  (pi.,  all):  ns.  aura 
gehwyle,  each  one,  67,  5  ;  ds. 
aura  gehwilcum  119,  10;  heora 
freonda  gehwilcum  104,  28 ; 
hiera  .  .  .  gehwelcum  15,  3  ;  as. 
gehwylcne  7,  16 ;  anra  manna 
gehwylcne  07,  2  ;  is.  Qhtna  ge- 
hwylce  160,  8  ;  np.  gehwilce  91, 
13  ;  91,  20. 

ge-hwyrfan  (-hwierfan,-hwerfan) , 
turn,  change,  convert :  2  sg. 
-hwyrfest  128,  3 ;  pret.  :;  Bg. 
-hwyrfde  11,  4;  pret.  opt.  3  Bg. 
10,  20  ;  pp.  pi.  gehwyrfede  77, 
27  ;  110,  7  ;  gehwerfede  126,  13. 

ge-hydan  (W.  I.),  hide,  conceal, 
guard:  3  sg.  gehyt  52,  15  ;  pret. 
3  sg.  gehydde  102,  31. 

ge-hygd,f.  n.,  mind,  thought,  pur- 
pose :  ns.  102,  19  ;  dp.  181',  4. 

ge-hyhtan  (W.  I.),  have  hope, 
trust :  inf.  09,  26. 

ge-hyran,  see  ge-hieran. 

ge-hyrdan  (W.I.),  oppress:  pret. 
3  sg.  gehyrde  71,  12.     [heard.] 

ge-hyrnes  (-hlernes).  f.,  hearing. 
ds.  -nesse  11,  2. 

ge-hyrsumian  (W.  II.),  hear,  obey 
(w.  dat.):  imp.  2  pi.  -hyrsumiaS 
94,4. 

ge-ican,  see  ge-iecan. 

ge-ict,  see  ge-iecan. 

ge-ieean  (-lean  -y"can)  (W.  I.),  in- 
crease, add  to  :  inf.  -ican  130, 15  ; 
pp.  gelct  3,  8.     [eac.J 


296 


GLOSSARY. 


ge-laeccan  (W.  I.),  seize,  catch, 
take :  pret.  3  sg.  gelsehte  90,  23  ; 
91,2. 

ge-lsedan  (W.I.),  lend:  3  sg.  ge- 
lset  131,  7  ;  opt.  3  sg.  -lsede  30, 
21  ;  pret.  3  sg.  -l«dde  10,  11  ;  3 
pi.  -ljeddon  16,  6. 

ge-laired  (pp.),  adj.,  learned:  rip. 
gelierede  29,  10  ;  -edan  33,  21.— 
Supl.  ap.  gelieredestan  10,  13. 

ge-laJstan  (W.  I.)  :  1.  perform, 
carry  out  (trans.)  :  2  sg.  -laistest 
62,  16  ;  opt.  3  sg.  -ISste  70,  1  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  -lseste  149,  15. — 
2.  help,  stand  by  (intr.  w.  dat.)  : 
inf.  149,  11.     [Ger.  leisten.] 

ge-laftian  (W.  II.),  invite,  sum- 
mon :  pret.  2  sg.  -laftodest  84, 
17;  pp.  -laSod  74,  9;  84,  13. 
[Ger.  ein-laden.] 

ge-laftung,  f.,  (invitation),  church, 
congregation :  ns.  84,  26 ;  gs. 
-laSunge  97,  1 ;  ds.  95,  27 ;  81, 
13. 

ge-leafa,  m.,  belief,  faith:  ns.  69, 
31  ;  ds.  -leaf an  36,  22  ;  as.  4,  9  ; 
62,16;  is.  181,  24. 

ge-leaffull,  adj.,  believing:  ns. 
-leaffula  100, 1 ;  gp.  -leaffulra  77, 
9  ;  dp.  68,  31  ;  76,  28. 

ge-leaflfulnes,  f.,  belief,  faith :  as. 
-nes.se  69,  23. 

ge-lecgan  (W.I.),  lay :  pp.  geled 
103,  4. 

ge-lefan,  see  ge-liefan. 

ge-l^ndan  (W.  I.),  1.  come  to 
land,  come,  go  :  pp.  gelend  20, 
14.  —  2.  endow  with  lands  :  pret. 
3  sg.  gelende  87,  23.     [land.] 

ge-leofan,  see  ge-liefan. 

ge-leornian  (-liornian)  (W.  II.), 
learn:    inf,   11,   3;   pret.  1   sg. 


-liornode  28,  30  ;  3  sg.  -leornode 
8,  5  ;  -leornade  9,  4  ;  3  pi.  -don 
28,  6  ;  31,  14  ;  pp.  -liornod  27, 
28;  -leornad63,  17. 

ge-lettan  (  W.  I.),  hinder, prevent  : 
pret.  3  sg.  gel^tte  154,  20. 

ge-lic,  adj.,  like,  resembling ,  same  : 
1.  ns.  45,  16  ;  as.  gelican  60,  21. 
—  2.  (w.  dat.)  ns.  173,  10  ;  np. 
gellce  186,3  (or  adv.  ?).  — Supl., 
ns.  gelicost  104,  2  ;  gellcast  175, 
20;   (w.  inst.)  179,  25. 

ge-lic,  n.,  similarity  :  gs.  gellces 
178,  17. 

ge-lica,  m.,  equal :  ns.  87,  11. 

ge-lice,  adv.,  in  like  manner:  2, 
15  ;  8,  13  ;  60,  25  ;  140,  2. 

ge-lician  (W.  II.),  please  (w. 
dat.)  :  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  -licode  90, 
3. 

gelicnes,  f.,  likeness :  ns.  173,  3  ; 
as.  gelycnysse  135,  2  ;  137,  8. 

ge-liefan  (-lyfan  -lefan  -leofan) 
(W.  I.),  believe  (w.  ace,  dat.,  or 
gen.)  :  inf.  -lyfan  45,  2  ;  -lefan 
69,  29;  -leofan  120,  3;  ger. 
-lyfanne  62,  2  ;  ptc.  -lyfende  77, 
4  ;  1  sg.  -Hefe  27,  4  ;  -lefe  46,  2  ; 
opt.  2  pi.  -leofon  126,  31  ;  3  pi. 
-Hefen  30,  22;  Hefon  127,  4; 
-lyfon  76,  31  ;  pret.  1  sg.  -lyfde 
139,  1 ;  141,  10  ;  pp.  -lyfed  75, 
25  ;  pp.  -gelyfed,  filled  with  be- 
lief, believing,  adj.,  75,  25  ;  98, 
3  ;  98,  7. 

ge-llf-faestan  (W.  J.), make  alive, 
quicken :  pret.  3  sg.  gellffeste 
109,  25. 

ge-limpan,  -lomp  -lumpon  -lumpen 
(3),  happen:  inf.  121,23;  pret. 
-lamp  3  sg.  5,  1;  71,  4;  74,  9. 

ge-limplic,  adj.,  fitting,  suitable  : 


GLOSSARY. 


29; 


as.  -limpllce  0,  12  ;  dp.  gelimpli- 
cuin,  adv.,  by  chance,  62,  8. 
ge-loglau  (W.  II.),  lay,  deposit: 

pret.  3  sg,  -logode  102,  8  ;  3  pi. 

-dun  103,20. 
ge-lome,  adv.,  often,  repeatedly: 

68,  4. 
ge-lomliclan    (W.   II.),    become 

frequent :  inf.  68,  8. 
ge-lustfullian    (W.  II.),   please 

( w.  dat.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  -fullode  95, 

Hi. 
ge-lustfullice,    adv.,    willingly  : 

Comp.,  gelustfullicor  63,  19. 
ge-lyfan,  see  ge-Hefan. 
ge-lyfed  (-lefed,  pp.),  adj.,  weak, 

infirm :  gs.  gelyfdre  9,  4.     [lef  ; 

Mod.  left  (hand).] 
ge-lyhtan  (W.  I.),  illumine,  give 

tight  to :  pret.  3  sg.  -lyhte  141, 8. 
ge-lysan   (W.  I.),  release,  break, 

tear  :  pp.  gelysed  123,  11. 
ge-maglle,  adj.,  importunate  :  dp. 

92,  13  ;  (.)2,  18. 
ge-magnys,   f.,   importunity :  ns. 

92,  15. 
ge-niah  (ge-mag),  adj.,  malicious, 

wicked  :  ns.  185,  23. 
g«>- in  tela  11  (W.  I.),  speak  :  pret.  3 

Bg.  -nul-lde  156,  25  ;  157,  8. 
geman,  see  gieinan. 
ge-mana,  m.,  intercourse  ;  joining 

(of  weapons):  gs.gemanan  147,17. 
ge-insene,  adj.,  common :  78,  20 ; 

7«,  22  ;  78,  24.     [Ger.  gemein.] 
ge-maiiielice,    adv.,    in   common, 

generally:  81,  17.  [7,  13. 

ge-msere,  n.,  boundary,  border:  as. 

ge-maffel,  n.,  talking,  interview, 

harangue  :  gs.  -ma'Seles  136.  13. 

ge-mearc,  n.,  boundary,  limit :  gs. 

-mearces  143,  25. 


ge-mearcian  (W.  II.),  mark,  des- 
ignate :  3  sg.  -mearcaS  170,  7  ; 
pp.  -mearead  176,  6. 

ge-met,  n.,  measure:  is.  geraete, 
degree,  Hi),  23;  as.  gemet, 
metre,  10,  8. 

ge-met,  adj.,  meet,  fit :  ns.  144,  5. 

ge-metan  ( W.  I.),  meet  with,  find  : 
2  sg.  -metest  115, 21 ;  2  pi.  -meta'S 
121,  4;  opt.  3  pi.  -meton  84,  30; 
pret.  3  sg.  mette  6, 15  ;  16,  2  ;  104, 
17  ;  3  pi. -on  78, 1 ;  120,  7  ;  -myt- 
ton  138,  6;  pp.  gemett  85,  13; 
gemet85,  10 ;  94,  9 ;  120,  16. 

ge-meteng  (gemeting),  f.,  meet- 
ing,  assembly :  dp.  32,  8. 

ge-metgian  (W.  II.),  moderate, 
temper,  restrain,  regtdate :  3  sg. 
-metga-8  52,  11;  opt.  3  sg. 
-metgige  30,  20;  31,  2. 

ge-metgung,  f.,  measure,  regu- 
lation,   order:     as.    -metgunge 

48,  6;    ap.    -metgunga  48,   11; 

49,  7. 

ge-metlice,  adv.,  moderately :  12, 

1. 
ge-miltsian  (W.  II.),  show  mercy 

(w.  dat.)  :  imp.  2  sg.   gemiltsa 

102,  25  ;  126,  20. 
ge-molsnian   (W.  II.),    moulder, 

decay:  3  sg.   -molsnab    69,    12; 

pp.  pi.  -molsnode  71,  26. 
ge-mong,  n.,  crowd,  throng :  ds. 

in    gennjnge    (prep.    w.    dat.), 

among,  174,  11. 
ge-mot,    n.,     meeting,    assembly, 

council,    concourse,    encounter: 

ns.  159,  4  ;  gs.  gemotes  147,  27  ; 

as.  155,  24  ;  182,  6. 
ge-munan  (PP.),    remember,  call 

to    mind,    be    mindful    of:    1. 

(w.  ace.):  int  70,  4;  91,  25;  1 


29<C 


GLOSSARY. 


sg.    geman  30,    5;  3  sg.  gemon 

101,    11  ;    11k!,    6 ;    imp.    2    sg. 

gemyne  62,  15  ;  71,  22  ;  gemune 

1H>,  20;  2  pi.  gemunaS  156,  7; 

pret.  1  sg.  gemunde  27,  12  ;  28, 

5  ;  3  sg.  93,    13  ;  pret.  opt.  3  pi. 

gemundon     155,    21.  —  2.    (w. 

gen.)  :  imp.  2  sg.  gemun  139,  3 ; 

opt.  3  sg.  gemyne  31,  1  ;  pret.  3 

sg.  gemunde  156,  20. 
ge-mundbyrdan  (W.  I."), protect : 

pret.  opt.  3  sg.  gemundbyrde  6, 

12. 
ge-mynd,    f.    n.,    memory:     ds. 

-mynde  10,  7;  60,  10;   87,  14; 

as.  -mynd  26,  3  ;  dp.  72,  5. 
ge-myndgian     (-myngian)     (W. 

II.),  keep  in  mind,   remember: 

pret.  3  sg.  -myndgade  11,  3. 
ge-myndig,  adj.,  mindful  of  (w. 

gen.)  :  us.  1(50,  6. 
ge-myntan  (W.  I.),  have  in  mind, 

intend:    pret.  3  sg.   -mynte   93, 

13  J  PP-  gemynt  104,  7. 
gen  (gena,  glen,  glena),  adv.,  yet, 

still,  even  :  64,  17  ;  65,  30. 
ge-neadian  (W.  I.),  compel:  inf. 

82,  5  ;  95,  22  ;  pp.  geneadad  95, 

23 ;  geneded  60,  28. 
ge-neahhe       (ge-nehe),       adv., 

enough,  frequently,  often:  162, 

3  ;  genehe  158,  2. 
ge-nea-liecan  (W.  I.),   approach 

(w.    dat.)  :    inf.   102,    22  ;    (w. 

ace.)  124,  1 ;  ptc.  -laecende  130, 

25  ;  -lecende  137,  12  ;  pret.  3  pi. 

-Ijehton  102,  21. 
ge-neat,  m.,  companion :  ns.  159, 

13  ;  ns.  24,  28  ;  159,  13.     [Ger. 

Genosse.] 
ge-nehe,  see  ge-neahhe. 
ge-neosian    (W.   II.),   visit,   ap- 


proach, (trans.)  :  inf.  125,  29  ;  3 

sg.  -neosaft  177,  10 ;  pret.  3  sg. 

-ode  135,  5. 
ge-nejrian    (W.  I.),  save,    rescue, 

preserve:   3    sg.   -nereS  63,   1  ; 

pret.  3  sg.  -ne,rede  15,  26  ;  21, 

13;   62,    18;    147,    13;   pp.   pi. 

generode  (S.  400,  n.  2)  89,  16. 
ge-nihtsum,        adj.,       sufficient, 

abounding :  ap.  -sume  78,  9. 
ge-nihtsumian    (W.  II.),   suffice 

(w.  dat.)  :  3  sg.  genihtsumaS  78, 

26;  3  pi.  -ia3  124,  15. 
ge-nihtsumllce,    adv.,    sufficient- 
ly :  82,  1  ;  87,  24. 
ge-nihtsumnes,  f.,  sufficiency :  ns. 

72,  16  ;  gs.  -nysse  78,  27. 
ge-niman,     nom    (nam)    nomon 

(namon)  numen  (4),  take :  imp. 

2  pi.  gemma^  118,  9  ;  opt.  3  sg. 
genime  (reflex.,  collect  oneself) 
35,  21  ;  pret.  3  sg.  83,  4  ;  3  pi. 
19,  31  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  gename 
90,  7  ;  pp.  22,  4. 

ge-nip,  n.,  mist,  cloud,  darkness: 

ap.  genypu  138,  20. 
ge-nipan  (1),  become  dark:  pret. 

3  sg.  genap  163,  12. 
ge-nilfferian  (-nySerian)  (W.  II.), 

cast  down,  abase,  condemn :  pp. 

genrSerod    76,    14 ;    genySerod 

135,  16. 
ge-nifferung     (-nySerung),     de- 
basement, wickedness :  ap.  -ny- 

•Serunga  141,  3. 
ge-niwian    (W.  II.),   renew:   pp. 

geniwad  161,  27  ;  185,  8. 
ge-noh    (ge-nog),    adj.,   enough: 

ns.  43,  1  ;  as.  57,  19  ;  —  adv.,  86, 

9  ;  genog  45,  7. 
ge-notian  (W.  II.),  use,  consume: 

pp.  as.  genotudne  19,  9. 


GLOSSARY. 


299 


geofon,  n.,  sea,  ocean:  gs.  geof- 
onea  169,  8. 

ge-ofrian  (-offrian)(W.  II.),  offer : 
pret.  opt.  3  pi.  geofrodon  HO,  22. 

geogoff  (giogoS,  iugoS),  f.,  youth: 
ns.  87,  17 ;  gioguS  (young  i><r- 
sons,  collect.)  28,  17  ;  ds.  geo- 
<ru*e  K51,  12;  iugoSe  98,  3. 

geomor,  adj.,  sad:  ns.  71,  28;  as. 
geomran  109,  20;  183,3.  [Ger. 
Jammer.] 

geomor-mod,  adj.,  of  sorrowful 
mood:  np.  -mode  177,  12;  179, 
13. 

geomrung,  f.,  lamentation,  moan- 
ing :  ds.  -unga  71,  8 ;  as.  -unge 

134,  26. 

geond  (giond),  prep.  (w.  ace), 
throughout  (place  and  time)  : 
giond  26,  3  ;  26,  5  ;  geond  41,  4  ; 
68,  1  ;  85,  1 ;  88,  3  ;  160,  3. 

geond-faran  (6),  traverse:  3  pi. 
-faraS  167,  16. 

geond- hweorfan  (3),  pass  over, 
traverse:  3  sg.  -hweorfe'S  161, 
28. 

geond-lacan,  leolc  lee  lecon,  lacen 
(R.),  play  over,  traverse:  opt. 
3  sg.  -lace  167,  19. 

geond-lyhtan  (W.  I.),  1.  illu- 
mine (trans.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  -lyhte 

135,  3  ;  pp.  pi.  -lyhte  129,  4.  — 
2.  shine  over  or  upon  (intr. ): 
pret.  opt.  3  sg.  -lyhte  129,  7. 

geond-sceawian  (W.  II.),  over- 
look,  survey :    3    sg.    -sceawaS 

161,  29. 

geond-s^ndan  (W.  I.),  send 
abroad :  pp.  -se,nd  135,  24. 

geond-S^ncean  (W.  I.),  think 
over,  reflect  upon :   1  sg.  -J?^nce 

162,  7  ;  3  sg.  -SenceS  163,  6. 


geoud-wlltau     (1),     look     ovei 

(trans.) :  3  sg.  -wlTte«  172,  14. 
geong  (giong,  iung),  adj.,  young. 

ns.    143,    28;    giong    177,     14, 

gioncga  16,  18;   ap.  geonge  07, 

3;  hinge  100,  11. 
geouglie,  adj.,  youthful :  dp.  87, 

16. 
ge-openian  (W.  II.),  open :  imp 

2  sg.    -opena   84,   29 ;    pp.    pi. 

-openede  115,  2. 
georn  (giorn),  adj.,  eager,  earnest, 

desirous:  np.  giorne  26,  11  ;  (w. 

gen.)  ns.  georn  69,  7  ;  152,  24  ; 

162,  16  ;  np.  georne  151,  21. 
georne,   adv.,  eagerly,   willingly, 

certainly,  surely :  55, 10;  152,  1. 

— Comp.,  geomor  185, 1. — Supl., 

geornost  70,  4. 
geornfull,  adj.,   eager,  desirous: 

ns.  158,  7  ;  np.  geornfulle   132, 

21;  (w.  gen.)  68,  18. 
geornfullice,  adv.,   eagerly,   ear- 
nestly:   35,  8.  —  Comp.,  georn- 

fulllcor  88,  13. 
geornfulnes,  f.,  eagerness,  zeal: 

ds.  -nesse  11,  21 ;  36,  30  ;  -nysse 

100,  20. 
geomllce,  adv.,  eagerly,  earnestly, 

attentively:  31,  17;  34,  17;  62, 

4  ;   79,  29.  —  Comp.,  geornllcoi 

63,  25  ;  64,  18. 
ge-or-truwian  (W.H.), despair  of, 

distrust:  opt.  3  sg.  geortruwige 

92,  7. 
ge-riecan  (W.  I.),  reach,  obtain : 

inf.    18,  19;   22,  6;   pret.  3   sg. 

153,29;  154,,  14. 
ge-rad,  adj.,  trained,  prudent :  as. 

-radne  56,  18. 
ge-raidan  (R.  and  W.  I.),  counsel, 

advise :  2  sg.  -r*dest  150,  lp, 


3oo 


GLOSSARY. 


ge-raede,   n.,  trappings:  dp.  155, 

15. 
ge-reafian  (W.  II.),  seize:  3  pi. 

gereafiaS  32,  20. 
ge-r^ccaa  (W.  I.),  relate,  explain, 

count :  inf.  86,  11  ;  ger.  -re,ccenne 

104,  9  ;  imp.  2  sg.  -rece  130,  17  ; 

pret.  3  sg.  -re,hte   100,  2  ;   pret. 

opt.  2  sg.  -reahte  45,  4 ;  pp.  pi. 

-rehte  94,  12. 
ge-r^cednis,    f.,    narration:    ds. 

-nisse  109,  8  ;  as.  109,  7. 
ge-refa,  m.,  reeve  :  ns.  24,  26. 
ge-renian    (geregnian)   (W.  II.), 

arrange,  adorn:  pp.  gerenod  154, 

17. 
ge-reord,    n.,   speech,    language: 

ds.  -reorde  100,  2. 
ge-reordung,  f.,  refection,  meal: 

as.  -reordunge  75,  29. 
ge-r§stan  (W.  I.),  rest:    inf.  12, 

7. 
ge-rihtan   (W.  I.),  correct:  inf. 

112,  21 ;  opt.  3  sg.  gerihte  112, 

18. 
ge-rihte,  n. ,  law  :  ap.  gerihta  84, 

11. 
ge-riht-laJcan  (W.  1.),  direct,  cor- 
rect :  ptc.  -laicende  102,  4 ;  pp. 

pi.  -lsehte  92,  13. 
ge-rlpan  (S.  382,  n.  3)  (1),  reap: 

pret.  3  pi.  gerypon  22,  24. 
ge-risenlic,  adj., proper,  suitable: 

ap.  -lice  8,  3.  —  Comp.,  as.  -Here 

64,  14. 
ge-rlsenlice,     adv.    suitably,   fit- 
tingly :  Comp.  -lecor  65,  11. 
ge-ryman   (W.  I.),  1.  widen,  ex- 
tend (trans.)  :  pret.  3  pi.  -rym- 

don  26,  10 ;  pp.  -rymed  101,  5. 

—  2.   open  a  way  (intr.):   pp. 

-rymed  152,  10.     [rum.] 


ge-ryne,  n.,  seen  t,  mystery :  up. 
gerynu  139,  24 ;  ap.  2,  5.    [run.] 

ge-sailig,  adj.,  happy,  prosperous, 
blessed:  ns.  -sieliga  177,  9;  np. 
-sailige  55,  19.  —  Comp.,  np. 
-sailigran  45,  3.  [sSl ;  Ger. 
selig.] 

ge-sailiglic,  adj.,  happy,  blessed: 
np.  -steligllca  26,  5. 

ge-s3bliglice,  adv.,  happily :  86,  3 ; 
87,  10. 

ge-sfeelU,  f.,  happiness,  fortune, 
prosperity :  gp.  gesailfta  52,  18 ; 
dp.  55,  19 ;  ap.  gesielSa  56,  16. 

ge-sargian  (W.  II.),  trouble, 
afflict:  pp.  as.  -sargodne  47,  6; 
pi.  -sargode  25,  3. 

ge-sceadlice,  adv.,  discriminat- 
ingly, wisely :  36,  25. 

ge-sceadwis,  adj.,  discriminating, 
intelligent,  rational,  wise :  ns. 
59,  8  ;  -sceadwisa  54,  8. 

ge-seeadwisnes,  f.,  discretion,  rea- 
son, toisdom  :  ns.  48,  19  ;  52,  5  ; 
54,  12  ;  ds.  -nysse  100,  16. 

ge-sceaft,  f.,  1.  creature,  creation  : 
ns.  50,  5 ;  59,  7  ;  ds.  gesceafte 
59,  10 ;  np.  gesceafta  48,  3  ;  59, 
9;  gp.  49,  21;  50,  7;  dp.  48, 
11  ;  ap.  49,  5.  —  2.  destiny,  de- 
cree (of  fate)  :  ns.  163,  23. 
[scieppan.] 

ge-sceap,  n.,  1.  creation:  ds.  ge- 
sceape  11,  8.  —  2.  destiny:  ap. 
gesceapu  172,  13.     [scieppan.] 

ge-sceapenis,  f.,  creation :  ds. 
-nisse  109,  12. 

ge-sc^ndan  (-scindan)  (W.  I.), 
put  to  shame,  confound :  pret.  3 
sg.  -scende  123,  29 ;  pp.  -scinded 
32,  11.     [sceond.] 

ge-sc^fftfan  (6),  harm,  injure  (y) 


GLOSSARY. 


301 


dat.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  -scod  179,  1 ; 
3  pi.  -scodan  180,  17.  [Ger. 
schaden.] 
ge-scieppau  (-scippan  -scyppan) 
-scop  (-sceop)  -scopon  (-sceo- 
pon)  -sceapen  (-scepen  -scsepen) 
(0),  create,  make:  pret.  3  sg. 
-scop  109,  28  ;  171,  28  ;  -sceop 
48,  8  ;  64,  4  ;  pp.  -sceapen  48,  7; 
72, 12  ;  81, 27;  pi.  -scsepene  24,  7. 
ge-scinan  (1), illuminate  (trans.)  : 

3  sg.  10i>,  8. 
ge-scinrian,  see  ge-sce,ndan. 
ge-seipian  (\V.  II.),  provide  icith 
ships:  pp.  pi.  gescipode  17,  25. 
ge-scyldan    (W.  I.),  sihidd,  pro- 
tect :  opt.   3  sg.  -scylde  94,   7  ; 
pp.  -scylded  171,  11. 
ge-seyldnls,    f.,    protection:    as. 

-nysse  75,  5. 
ge-scyrpan  (W.I.),  clothe,  equip: 
pp.     as.     -scyrpedne     65,     22. 
[sceorp.] 
ge-scyrpla,     m.,    garment:     np. 

-scyrplan  70,  26. 
ge-secan  (W.  I.),  seek:  inf.  6,  3  ; 

46,  29. 
ge-secgan    (W.    III.),  say,    tell: 
pret.  3   sg.  -sSde   153,   7 ;    pp. 
-said  105,  13. 
ge-seglian  (W.  II.),  sail :  inf.  41, 

12. 
ge-segnlan    (W.  II.),   cross    one- 
self: pret.  3  sg.  -segnode  13,  3. 
[segn.] 
ge-selda,  m.,  hall-companion,  com- 
rade, retainer:  ap.  geseldan  161, 
30. 
geseUan  (W.  I.),  give  up,  yield: 

pret.  3  pi.  -sealdon  155,  9. 
ge-semau  (W.I.),  reconcile:  inf. 
151,  8.     [Mod.  seem.] 


ge-seon     (-slon),     -seah    -sawon 
(-saegon)  -sewen  (-sawen  -segen) 
(5),  see,  observe,  consider:  inf. 
-slon  27,  21 ;   imp.  2  sg.  -seoh 
63,  15;   2  pi.  -seoS  122,  17;    1 
sg. -seo77,  17;  2  sg.  -sihst  122,  16 
3  sg.  -sih 5  54,  6  ;  1  pi.  -seo5  49 
3  ;  opt.  2  sg.  -seo  63,  20  ;  3  pi 
-seon  2,  7  ;  pret.  2  sg.  -sawe  71 
18 ;  3  sg.  9,  7  ;  3  pi.  77,  12  ;  pp 
gesegen  10,  16  ;  13,  13 ;  gesawen 
63,  13;  gesewen  64,  1. 
ge-set,    n.,   seat,    habitation:   np. 
gesetu  103,  9;  ap.  174,  24;  ITU, 
18  ;  180,  11. 
ge-se.tnis,  i .,  foundation,  composi- 
tion, narrative,  decree :  ds.  -nysse 
81,  28;  as.  81,  21  ;  dp.  112,  10; 
ap.  -nyssa  75,  16  ;  100,  20. 
ge-settan  (W.   I.),   1.  set,  place, 
appoint:  pret.   3  sg.  gesette  9, 
13  ;  88,  17  ;  97,  2 ;  pp.  geseted 
9,    3;    pi.    -sette    36,   28.-2. 
compose,  icrite :  pret.  3  sg.  13, 10 ; 
pret.  opt.  3  sg.  -sette  81,  16. 
ge-seffan    (W.   I.),   confirm 
pi.  -geseSde  95,  18.     [so«.] 
ge-sewenlic,     adj.,    visible: 

-Ilea  48,  3. 
ge-slclian   (W.  II.),  sicken,*  pp. 

gesicclod  104,  1.     [seoc] 
ge-slglan  (W.  I.),  sail:  inf.  38, 

14;  38,  18;  39,  3. 
ge-sihff  (-sylvS),  f.,  seeing,  sight, 
presence:  ns.  85,  5;  ds.   -snYSe 
13,  9 ;  91,   18  ;  -syhSe  137,  27  ; 
as.  -sih5e76,  5;  78,  14;  121,  1; 
-syhSe  68,  22. 
ge-singan  (3),   sing:  pret.  3  sg. 
gesang  84,  12  ;  pp.  gesungen  89, 
21. 
i  ge-sion,  see  ge-seon. 


pp. 


np. 


302 


GLOSSARY. 


ge-sittan  (5),   occupy:    inf.    188, 

13  ;    pret.   3  sg.    gesset  88,   15 ; 

pp.  as.  -setenne  (sit  out)  19,  9. 
ge-sleau    (6),   gain    by  fighting, 

win  :    pret.  3  pi.  geslogon  146, 

4. 
ge-smyrian  (W, II.),  anoint:  inf. 

130,  23. 
ge-SQinnian  (-samnian)  (W.  II.), 

collect,   assemble    (trans.) :    inf. 

10,  12  ;  pp.  -samnod  18,  29 ;  pi. 

-ode  43,  17. 
ge-sQmnung,  f.,  collection,  assem- 
bly:  gs.  -unga  36,  17  ;  ds.  -unge 

10,  29  ;  34,  10 ;  as.  36,  20. 
ge-sprec,   n.,  interview,  counsel: 

as.  63,  6. 
ge-standan    (6),   1.    stand:    inf. 

154,  27  ;  opt.  3  sg.  -stonde  30, 

12.  —  2.  come  upon  :  pret.  3  sg. 

gestod  90,  10. 
ge-staj»elian  (W.  II.),  establish, 

build,     confirm:    pret.      1     sg. 

-staJ>elode  115,  20  ;  pp.  -staSelad 

181,  19. 
ge-stae3'S'ig,    adj.,   steadfast:  ds. 

-sUeSSegan  48,  5  ;  50,  6. 
ge-steall,  n.,  establishment,founda- 

tion :  ns.  163,  26. 
ge-stigan  (1),   ascend  (trans)  :  2 

sg.  -stlgest   142,    9 ;  pret.   3  sg. 

-stah  144,  6. 
ge-stillan  (W.I.),  1.  be  still,  cease, 

(intr.)  :    imp.    2   sg.    gestille  4, 

7  ;    pret.  3  sg.  gestilde   7,  1 ;  3 

pi.  gestildon  7,  3.  —  2.  restrain, 

stop    (trans.)  :    pret.   opt.   3   sg. 

gestilde  93,  11. 
ge-stiran  (-stleran   -styran)    (W. 

I.),  direct,  restrain    (w.   dat.)  : 

pret.  opt.  3  pi.  gestirden  56,  7. 

[steor.] 


ge-strangian  (W.  II.),  strengthen  : 

imp.  2  sg.  -stranga  124,  28  ;  opt. 

2  sg.  -strangie    127,   26  ;  pret.  2 

sg.    -strangodest    124,   22 ;    pp. 

-strangi  >d  114,  14. 
ge-streon,    n.,    possession,  prop- 
erty:    np.   -streon  43,   27;    ap. 

70,  14;  71,  3;  76,  3. 
ge-strynan     (-strienan)     ("W.  I.) 

(beget) ,  acquire,  win,  gain  :  3  pi. 

gestryna'S  178,  22  ;  pret.  opt.  1  sg. 

gestrynde  84,  20.     [ge-streon.] 
ge-sund,  adj.,  sound,  whole,  safe: 

ns.  51,  17;  84,  15;  as.  -sundne 

6,  12  ;  np.  -sunde  15,  18  ;  67, 10. 
ge-sundfull,  adj.,  sound,  whole : 

ns.  -ful  101,4. 
ge-sundfullice,  adv.,  safely :  94, 

13. 
ge-sundlice,  adv.,  safely:   Supl., 

-licost  51,  13. 
ge-swaes,  adj.,  gentle:  dp.  82,  15. 
ge-sweorcan    (3j,    become    dark. 

sad :    opt.    3    sg.  -sweorce   162, 

6. 
ge-swican,  -swac  -swicon  -swicen 

(1)    cease,  leave  off  (w.  gen.)  : 

inf.  57,  8  ;  opt.  2  pi.  -swycon  82, 

13 ;  pret.  3  sg.  4,8;  93,  9  ;  pret. 

opt.  3  pi.  -swicon  93,  10. 
ge-swinc,  n.,toil,  effort,  hardship  : 

gs.  -suinces  34,  22  ;  -swinces  94, 

8 ;  ds.  -swince  55,  22  ;  93,  24. 
ge-swlns,   n.,  harmony,  melody: 

ns.  169,  27. 
ge-swustor  (-tru  -tra),  f.,  pi.  tant., 

sisters :  ap.  geswustra  107,  18. 
ge-swutelian    (-sweotolian)    (W. 

II.),  show,  make  manifest:  3  sg. 

-swutela-5  96,    17 ;    pret.   3    sg. 

-swutelode   75,    11 ;   87,   9 ;   pp. 

-swutelod  3,  4 ;  137,  25. 


GLOSSARY. 


303 


ge-synto,  f.,  prosperity :  as.  63,  23. 

get,  see  giet. 

ge-taeean  (\V.  I.),  teach,  show :  1 
sg.  get&ce  142,  10. 

ge-tacuian  (W.  II.),  betoken,  gig- 
n  ify :  pret.  3  sg.  -tacnode  111, 
3  ;  3  pi.  -don  111,6;  pp.  -tacnod 
34,  21. 

ge-tacnung,  f .,  signification,  token, 
type :  ns.  108,  12  ;  ds.  -tacnunge 
111,  13;  as.  110,  20. 

ge-tael,  11.,  number,  order,  narra- 
tive :  ds.  gete_le  88,  9 ;  as.  getael 
11,  1. 

ge-teld,  n.,  tent,  tabernacle :  ns. 
110,  22  ;  ds.  getelde  111,  10 ;  as. 
103,  11. 

ge-teUan  (W.  I.),  tell,  count, 
reckon :  pp.  geteald  81,  9. 

ge-tengan  (W.  I.),  hasten:  pret. 
3  sg.  gete.ngde  83,  3. 

ge-teon,  -teah  -tugon  -togen  (2), 
draw,  3  sg.  -tyhft  69,  14  ;  pret.  2 
sg.  -tuge  131,  28  ;  3  sg.  -ten  137, 
22  ;  pp.  pi.  getogene  96,  20  ;  (in- 
structed) 90,  5. 

ge-teorian  (W.  II.),  diminish,  fail, 
become  exhausted:  pret.  3  sg. 
geteorode  71,  11;  pp.  geteorod 
124,  16. 

ge-timbre,  n.,  structure,  build- 
ing :  ap.  -tinibro  65,  27. 

ge-timbrian  (W.  II.),  build:  inf. 
127,6;  3  sg.  -timbreS  (S.  400,  n. 
2)  172,  5  ;  pret.  3  sg.  -timbrode 
(10,  10;  87,22. 

ge-timian  (W.  II.),  happen  :  pret. 
3  sg.  -timode  104,  9. 

ge-tiffian  (W.  II.),  grant  (w.  dat. 
of  pers.  and  gen.  of  thing)  :  3 
sg.  -tlftaft  85, 17  ;  pret.  opt.  3  pi. 
-t!J>odon  99,  21 ;  pp.  -tiJ>od  99,  23. 


ge-toht,  n.,   battle:    ds.   getohte 

152,  21. 
ge-truma,    m.,   troop,    (military) 

division:    as.   -truman    10,    15; 

16,  17. 
ge-trymman     (W.  I.),    prepare, 

strengthen,  confirm :  ptc.  -tryni- 

mende  12,  26;   pret.  1  sg.  -try- 

mede    115,  20;    3    sg.  -trymde 

98,  13. 
ge-tyn  (W.  I.,  S.  408,  4),  instruct  : 

pp.  getyd  87,  10. 
ge-ffaef,  adj.  (with  gen.) ,  favoring ; 

confessing:  30,  17. 
ge-bafian  (W.  II.),  permit,  allow, 

consent  to :   inf.   6S,   7  ;   90,  4  ; 

ptc.  -'Sanende  32,  22  ;  3  sg.  -}>afn5 

54,  9;  opt.  2  sg.  -)>afige  132,  29; 

pret.  opt.  3  sg.  -'Safode  90,  19. 
ge-bafung,  f .,  permission,  assent 

ds.  -J-afunge  75,  17  ;  as.  63,  29. 
ge-banc,  m.  n.,  thought,  purpose : 

as.  136,  22  ;  149,  13. 
ge-bancian    (W.  II.),    thank    (w. 

dat.  of  pers.  and  gen.  of  thing)  : 

1  sg.  -}>ancie  154,  29. 
ge-beaht,  f.  n.,  1.   thought,  pur- 
pose :  ds.  ge^eahte   49,  14.  —  2. 

council,  deliberation:  as.  63,  7; 

63,  11. 
ge-beahtere,  m.,  councilor :    np. 

-)>eahteras  64,  16. 
ge-ff^ncean    (W.  I.),  think,  take 

thought :  inf.  70,  9  ;  72,  29. 
ge-ffeodan   (W.  I.),  join,   associ- 
ate :    inf.    87,    18 ;    pret.  3    sg. 

-'Seodde   10,    29;    77,   9 ;    3   pi. 

-don  95,  26. 
ge-Seode  (-Siode),  n. ,  language: 

pv  -Seodes  (nation)  44,  1  ;  as. 

-•Seode    39,  19;    -«!ode   27,  18; 

28,  7;  gp.  -5eoda-28,  4. 


304 


GLOSSARY. 


ge-)>eodnis,  f.,  association:  ds. 
-nisse  8,  10. 

ge-J>icgean  (5),  take,  receive :  inf. 
15,  4. 

ge-Jdngian  (W.  II.),  plead  for: 
pret.  opt.  3  sg.  -Mngode  80,  20. 

ge-ffingff  (ge-'SingSu),  f. ,  dignity, 
rank,  office :  ds.  -•Single  90,  15 ; 
as.  -ftinc'Su  101,  13.     [Singan.] 

ge-J>oht,  m.,  thought:  ds.  -J^ohte 
69,  6  ;  is.  163,  4. 

ge-J>olian  (W.  II.),  permit,  allow : 
inf.  149,  6. 

ge-}>rang,  n.,  press,  tumult:  ds. 
ge^range  159,  2. 

ge-J»ryffan  (W.  I.),  strengthen, 
arm :  pp.  ge^rySed  182,  1. 
[KyS.] 

ge-ffungen  (pp.),  adj.,  grown, 
thriven,  perfected,  competent,  ex- 
cellent, distinguished:  ns.  90, 
6  ;  170,  21  ;  187,  20  ;  ap.  -«ung- 
ene  93,  16.  —  Supl.,  ap.  -ftung- 
nestan  23,  26.     [fteon.] 

ge-J>wiere,  adj.,  concordant,  at 
peace:  ns.  57,  10. 

ge-ffwaei-ian  (W.  II.),  make  con- 
cordant: 3  sg.  -ftwajraft  52,  12. 

ge-lflfwasr-laican  (W.  I.),  agree  to, 
allow  (w.  dat.)  :  pret.  3  pi. 
-l&hton  82,  15. 

ge-J>wiernes,  f.,  agreement,  con- 
cord, peace :  as.  -nesse  68,  25. 

ge-ffyld,  n.  f.,  patience :  gs.  -ftylde 
32,  23;  as.  (?)  55,  22.  [Ger. 
Geduld.] 

ge-J>yldig,  adj.,  patient :  ns.  162, 
12. 

ge-J>yldlice,  adv.,  patiently:  54, 
25. 

ge-uferian  (W.  II.),  exalt:  pp. 
geuferod  90, 20. 


ge-unnan  (PP.),  grant  (w.  dat. 
of  pers.  and  gen.  of  thing)  :  opt. 

2  sg.  -unne  155,  1 ;  3  sg.  94,  7. 
ge-un-trumian  (W.  II.),  weaken, 

make  ill :  pp.  geuntruinod  105, 
5. 
ge-wadan  (6),  go,  advance:  pret. 

3  sg.  -wod  154,  13. 

ge-w segan  (W.  I.),  weigh  down, 
distress  :  pp.  pi.  gewsegde  21,  5. 

ge-wald  (-weald),  n., power,  con- 
trol: as.  16,9;  17,  6;  17,  15. 

ge-wajpuian  (W.  II.),  arm:  pret. 
3  sg.-wajpnode  83,  9. 

ge-wealdan  (R.),  wield,  control 
(w.  gen.) :  pret.  3  sg.  -weold  97, 9; 
99,  18;  pp.  ds.  gewaldenum,  con- 
trollable, inconsiderable,  small  : 
adj.,  19,  21. 

ge-weman  (W.  I.),  entice,  bring 
over:  inf.  99,  22. 

ge-w^mman  (W.  I.),  defile,  im- 
pair, destroy :  pret.  3  sg.  -wemde 
141,  6;  pp.  pi.  -wejnmede  125, 
20. 

ge-w^mmednis,  f.,  defilement  : 
ds.  -nysse  85,  9. 

ge-wejnming,  f.,  defilement:  ds. 
-w^mminge  135,  15. 

ge-w^ndan  (W.  I.),  return,  go  : 
pret.  3  sg.  -w^nde  75,  31 ;  84,  8. 

ge-weorc,  n.,  1.  work,  labor:  np. 
163,  3;  is.  -weorce  66,  9.-2. 
military  work,  fortification :  ds. 
-weorce  21,  14  ;  as.  18,  5  ;  19, 18  ; 
dp.  20,  27. 

ge-weorffan  (-wurSan),  -wearS 
-wurdon  -worden  (3),  1.  happen, 
come  to  pass,  become,  be  :  inf.  33, 
12  ;  49,  1 ;  3  sg.  gewyrS  53,  6  ;  3 
pi.  gewurj>a"5  2,  6;  opt.  3  sg. 
geweorSe  49,  1 ;  53,  6  ;  gewurSe 


GLOSSARY. 


305 


)*j  and  hym,    let  it  be   between 

you,  183,23;  pret.  3sg.  102,  15; 

pp.  2,  23;  3,4;  4,3;  13,6.-2. 

(impers.  w.  reflex,  ace.)  sw§  swS 

liine  silfne  gewyrS,  according  /<> 

his  own  decree,  112,  8. 
ge-weorffiau    (W.    II.),    honor: 

pp.  -weorSad  8,  2  ;  pi.  -weorSade 

34,  14. 
ge-wlcian     (W.     II.),     encamp, 

dwell  :  3  sg.  -wica'S  172,  6  ;  pret. 

3  sg,  -wlcode  18,  17  ;  pp.  -wlcod 

22,  30. 
ge-wilnian   (W.    II),  desire    (w. 

gen.  and  ace.)  :  opt.  3  sg.  -wil- 

nige  30,  9 ;  pret.  3  sg.  -wilnode 

76,  17  ;  88,  13. 
ge-wilnuug,  f.,  wish,  desire:  ds. 

-unge  32,   19 ;  np.   -unga  2,  22  ; 

dp.  87,  19. 
ge-win-daeg,  in.,  day  of  strife:  np. 

-dagaa  186, 14. 
ge-winn,     n.,     struggle,     strife, 

battle :  ns.  42,  29  ;  167,  4  ;  gs. 

-winnes  127,  22  ;  ds.  -winne  98, 

16  ;  159,  5  ;  as.  -winn  156,  0. 
ge-winuan  (3),  obtain  by  fighting, 

icin,  gain :  inf.  153,   12  ;  pret.  3 

pi.  -wunnon  98,  22. 
ge-wiss,  adj.,  certain  o/(w.  gen.)  : 

ns.  gewis  13,  13. 
ge-wissian   (W.    II.),  1.  inform, 

instruct,  enjoin  (w.  dat.):  pret. 

3  sg.  -wissode  96,  3.  —  2.  guide, 

direct  (w.  ace.),  pret.  3  sg.  97, 

8. 
ge-wlsslice,  adv.,  certainly. 
ge-wita,  m.,  witness ;  ns.  92,  22. 
ge-witan,  -wat  -witon  -witen  (1), 

1.  depart,  sweme,fail :  1  pi.  -wita'S 

117,    11;  3  pi.    125,    1  ;  -wytaX 

132,  22  ;  imp.  2  sg.  gewlt  142, 


5  ;  2  pi.  -witaS,  32,  25  ;  opt.  8 
sg.  gewlte  64,  7  ;  3  pi.  -ten  36, 
29;  pret.  3  sg.  71,  29;  3  pi.  147, 
30  ;  pp.  pi.  gewitene  71,  25.  — 
2.  depart  (from  the  world),  die  : 
3  sg.  gewltt  79,  10  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
85,  7 ;  3  pi.  83,  7  ;  93,  8. 

ge-witenlic,  adj.,  transitory:  72, 
10. 

ge-witennis,  f.,  departure,  death  : 
gs.  -witenesse  11,  27. 

ge-witnlan  (W.  II.),  punish,  chas- 
tise :  inf.  91,  20  ;  pp.  pi.  -witimde 
50,6. 

gc-witt,  n.,  intelligence,  under- 
stuniling  :  gs.  -wittes  171,  22; 
ds.  -witte  49,  8. 

ge-wlitigian  (W.  II.),  beautify, 
adorn  :  pp.  gewlitigad  169,  7. 

ge-\vrecan  (4),  avenge:  inf.  156, 
3  ;  157,  27. 

ge-writ,  n.,  writing,  letter,  scrip- 
ture: gs.  -writes  11,  12;  as. 
gewrit  28,  21 ;  gp.  -writa  35,  8  ; 
dp.  96,  7  ;  166,  9  ;  -ton  140,  24  ; 
ap.  -writu  37,  10  ;  96,  13. 

ge-wrifran  (1),  bind:  pp.  pi. 
gewryUene  133,  11. 

ge-wuldrian  (W.  II.),  glorify  : 
pp.  gewuldrod  131,  16. 

geAvuna,  m.,  habit,  custom  :  ns. 
35,  11  ;  57,  16  ;  as.  -wunan  94, 
26. 

ge-wundian  (W.  II.),  wound: 
pret.  3  sg.  -wundode  14,  17  ;  pp. 
-wundod  19,  13  ;  -ad  15,  6  ;  15, 
27. 

ge-wunelic,  adj.,  customary  :  70, 
6. 

ge-tvunian  (W.  II.),  1.  dwell,  re- 
nin in.  lice  :  inf.  71.  9  ;  opt.  3  pi. 
-wunien  (cogn.  ace)   181,  20. — 


305 


GLOSSARY. 


2.  wont,  be  accustomed :  pret.  3 

sg.  -wunade  8,  3. 
gewyldau    (W.  I.),    bring    into 

one's  power,  subdue :  pp.  gewyld 

131, 21.     [ge-weald.] 
ge-wyrc(e)an     (W.  I.),     work, 

make,  create:  inf.  44,  4  ;  09,  13  ; 

151,  29  ;  pret.  1  sg.  -worhte  115, 

19;3sg.  11,17;  74,  14;  pp.  ge- 

worht  8,  8  ;  18,  11  ;  geworct  20, 

11. 
ge-wyrdan    (W.  I.),   injure,    de- 
stroy:  inf.  165,  19. 
ge-wyrdelic,  adj.,  historical:  dp. 

74,  8. 
ge-wyrht,  f.    n.,  work,  deed,  de- 
sert :  dp.  6,  17  ;  47,  5 ;  54,  7. 
ge-wyrman  (W.    I.),  warm:  pp. 

gewyrmed  64,  5. 
ge-wyrpan  (W.  I.),  recover  (from 

injury  or  disease)  :  pret.  3  sg. 

gewyrpte  105,  20. 
ge-wyrtian  (W.  II.),  season  with 

herbs,  spice,  perfume :    pp.   ge- 

wyrtad  183,  29. 
ge-yrsian  (W.  II.),  be  angry  with 

(w.  dat.)  :  inf.  92,  19. 
gleddlan  (gyddian)(\V.II.),  recite, 

speak :  pret.  3  sg.  gieddade  184, 

28. 
gleddlng,  f . ,  utterance :   ap.  gied- 

dinga  184,  6. 
giefan      (gifan,      gyfan),      geaf 

geafon    giefen   (5),    give:    ptc. 

gifende  60,  21  ;  3  sg.  gifS  59,  4  ; 

pret.  3  pi.  102,  1  ;  141,  19. 
gief-stol,  m.,  seat  of  a  lord  (giving 

gifts),  throne:  ap.  giefstolas  161, 

21. 
giefu    (gifu,    gyfu),   f.,   gift:    ns. 

gifu  10,  18  ;  ds.  gife  8,  2  ;  giefe 

187,29;   as.  gife  8,  15;    10,  10; 


giefe  184,  14  ;  gyfe  64,  25 ;  gp. 

gifena  145,  14;   gyfena  1 8*'.,  20; 

geofena  73,  1 ;  geofona  174,  13; 

178,  14. 
gielp  (gilp,  gylp)vm.  n.,  boastinj, 

arrogance,  pride :  ns.  gilp  1::.J, 

27;  gs.  gielpes  162,  16;  ds.  gylpe 

76,  23. 
gielpan   (gylpan)  (3),  boast  (w. 

gen.):  inf.  gylpan  147,  21. 
glelt  (gilt,  gylt),  m.,  guilt,  offencet 

sin:  ds.  gylte  179,  9  ;  dp.  07,  (i ; 

ap.  gieltas  181,  6 ;  gyltas  92,  8 ; 

93,2. 
gieman  (gyman,  geman)  (W.  I.), 

care  for,   observe,  regard    (w. 

gen.)  :  3sg.  gym 5  79,  7  ;  pret.  3 

sg.  gemde  11,  20  ;  gymde  105,  2; 

3  pi.   gymdon  80,  4 ;    155,    17  ; 

pret.  opt.  3  sg.  gymde  74.  21. 
giemen   (gymen),  f.,  care,   over- 
sight,   responsibility :    gs.    gle- 

menne  30,  4  ;  32,  9  ;  35,  9. 
giet  (git,  gyt,  get,  glta,  gyta),  adv., 

yet,  besides,  further,  still:  giet  27, 

21;  38,  13;  git  54,  10;  115,  10; 

gyt  4,  9  ;  12,  27  ;  get  50,  8  ;  57, 

22  ;  £fre  gyta  148,  10. 
gif,  conj.,  if:  3,  5;  7,  10;  10,  19; 

26,  15;  31,  23. 
glfernes,  f . ,  greediness  :  gs.  -nesse 

7,  1. 
gifre,  adj.,  greedy :  ns.  6,  26  ;  182, 

22. 
gifu,  see  giefu. 
gilp,  see  gielp. 
gilt,  see  gielt. 
gimm  (gymm),  m.,  gem:  ns.  gim 

169,  7;  ds.  gimme  168,  11 ;  175, 

21;  gp.  gimma  175,  7;  dp.  77,  27. 
gim-stan    (gym-),    m.,    precious 

stone,  gem  :  np.  -stanas  76,  22  ; 


GLOSSARY. 


307 


111,  6;  gp.  -stana  76,  26;  dp. 

76,  4  ;  ap.  -stanas  111,  1. 
gln-faest      (ginn-),    adj.,    ample, 

liberal :  dp.  144,  29. 
gio  (geo,  giu,  gyu,  Tu,  10),  adv., 

formerly,  before,  of  old :  5, 1 ;  27, 

27  ;  56,  1 ;  lu  Jer  77,  11  ;  $a  gyu, 

already,  88,  8  ;  gyt  .  .  .  gii,  yet  of 

old,  65,  28;  10  71,  23;  71,  24. 
giond,  see  geond. 
gisel    (gysel),    m.,    hostage:    ns. 

gysel  167,  29;   ds.  glsle  15,  6; 

ap.  glslas  20,  8.    [Ger.  Geisel.] 
git,  see  ffn. 
git,  see  giet. 
gitslan     (W.    II.),    desire:    ptc. 

dp.  gltsigendum  80,  31. 
gl<ed,   adj.,   glad,    happy,    bright, 

shining:    ds.   glseduui  168,  11; 

gladum  175,  21  ;  as.  glsedne  83, 

13.  —  Supl.  ns.  gladost  175,  7. 
glaedlice,  adv.,  gladly:  12,  16. 
glied-mod,  adj.,  glad-hearted :  ns. 

181,  7;  np.  -mode  183,  5. 
gl.T'in.  m.,  gleam,  splendor:    ns. 

173,  26. 
glies.  n.,  glass:  ns.  175,  18. 
gleaw,  adj.,   wise,  prudent:   ns. 

162,  20 ;  (w.  gen.)   170,  5 ;   np. 

gleawe  166,  8. 
Gleaw-ceaster,  f.,  Gloucester:  ds. 

-ceastre  106,  5. 
gleaw-mod,  adj.,  wise,  sagacious  : 

ns.  184,  28. 
gleng,    m.    (f.),    ornament :    np. 

gle_ngeas  70,  26  ;  ap.  glengas  72, 

7. 
gl^ngan    (W.  I.),    adorn:    3   sg. 

gl^nge'5  186,  8. 
gleowian  (W.  II.),  be  merry,  jest  : 

ptc.  gleowiende  12,  12. 
glidan,   glad    glidon    gliden   (1), 


glide:  inf.  168,  21;  pret.  3  sg. 
146,  15. 

gliw  (glig,  gleo),  n.,  glee,  mirth: 
ds.  gllwe  169,  29. 

gliw-staef,  TO,,  joy  :  dp.  gliwstafum, 
161,  29. 

gnornian(W.II.),  mourn,  lament  : 
inf.  169,  18;  ptc.  gnorngende 
71,  29. 

God,  m.,  God:  gs.  Godes  2,  5; 
ds.  Gode  10,  8;  — pi.  n.,  gods, 
np.  godo  63,  24  ;  gp.  goda  63,  20  ; 
ap.  godu  6,  3. 

god,  adj.,  good:  ns.  good  5,  3  ;  as. 
god  1,  14  ;  3,  12  ;  gode,  2,  24  ; 
godan  47,  2 ;  np.  goode  53,  2  ; 
gp.  gSdra  11,  22  ;  17,  7  ;  godena 
27, 27.  —  Comp.,  be_tera  (b^ttera), 
ns.  54,  3  ;  b^tra  53,  12  ;  be,tere 
34,  19  ;  bette  34,  28.  —Supl.,  ns. 
be.tsta  39,  25  ;  is.  be,tstan  10,  22  ; 
np.  be,tstan  51,  5  ;  dp.  51,  5. 

god,  n.,  1.  benefit:  ds.  goode  53, 
1  ;  as.  good  7,  24 ;  gp.  gooda  53, 
3;  goda  85,  1.  —  2.  goods,  pos- 
sessions :  dp.  10,  29. 

God-bearn,  n.,  Son  of  God:  gs. 
-bearnes  187,  18. 

god-cund,  adj.,  divine :  gs.  -cundre 

10,  19  ;  ds.  -cundre  8,  2 ;  np. 
-cundan  26,  11  ;  gp.  -cundra  26, 
4  ;  dp.  8,  5 ;  -cundan  (S.  304,  2) 

11,  18. 

god-cundllc,     adj.,    divine:     gs. 

-Hcan  32,  18  ;  as.  -lice  60,  20. 
god-cundlice,  a.dv.,  divinely:  8, 15. 
god-cundnis,    f.,   divine    nature, 

divinity:  gs.  -nesse  03,  13;   ds. 

-nysse  81,  28  ;  132,  4  ;  as.  81,  11  ; 

-nesse  54,  12. 
god-dsed,  f .,  good  deed :  dp.  188, 

11. 


308 


GLOSSARY. 


Godmundinga-ham,  m.,  Good- 
manham  (Bernicia):  ns.  65,  30. 

god-spell,  n.,  gospel :  ds.  -spelle 
33,  7  ;  as.  -spel  108,  20  ;  11(3,  21  ; 
dp.  36,  11. 

god-spellere,  m.,  evangelist:  ns. 
-spellere  74,  1 ;  as.  75,  5 ;  np. 
-spelleras  81,  11. 

god-spellic,  adj.,  evangelical :  ds. 
-spelllcan  81,  27. 

god-sunu,  m.,  god-son :  ns.  15, 
26 ;  20,  6. 

god-webb,  n.,  purple  (cloth)  :  as. 
godweb  71, 19  ;  ds.-webbe  77,  12. 

gold,  n.,  gold :  gs.  goldes  77,  28 ; 
ds.  golde  36,  4  ;  77,  23. 

gold-faet,  n.,  golden  vessel:  ds. 
-fate  175,  21. 

gold-hord,  n.  in.,  treasure:  as. 
76,  20. 

gold-smiff,  m.,  goldsmith:  np. 
-smrSas  77,  30. 

gold- wine,  m.  (gold-friend),  treas- 
ure giver,  lord:  ns.  161,  12  ;  as. 
160,  22. 

gomol,  adj.,  old:  ns.  170,  15; 
gQinel  174,  4.     [*ga-msel.] 

gQng  (gang) ,  m.,  path,  course  :  as. 
gang  68,  27  ;  gong  169,  8. 

gongan  (gangan,  gengan)  (R. ,  S. 
396,  n.  1),  go,  walk,  advance, 
march:  inf.  12,  2;  149,  3;  150, 
19  ;  151, 10  ;  ptc.  gongende  9,  1 1  ; 
12,  6  ;  gangsende  104,  13  ;  imp.  2 
sg.  gang  115,  8 ;  127,  27  ;  opt.  2 
pi.  gangon  151,  4. 

Gotland,  n.,  1.  Jutland:  ns.  41, 
20;  41,  29.-2.  Gothland  (isl- 
and in  the  Baltic  sea):  ns.  42,  11. 

graidelice,  see  graidiglice. 

griedig,  adj.,  greedy  :  ns.  182,  22  ; 
as.  graidigue  148,  8. 


grjedlglice,  adv.,  greedily :  graide- 
lice 79,  7. 

graig,  adj.,  gray :  is.  graigan  143, 
5 ;  as.  graige  148,  8. 

gram,  adj.,  grim,  angry,  fierce, 
cruel:  np.  grame  157,  26;  dp. 
152,  17  ;  ap.  graman  6,  15. 

grama,  m.,  anger,  wrath :  gs.  gra- 
man 91,  12  ;  ds.  89,  16. 

grauung,  f.,  groaning  :  ns.  80,  11. 

graes-wQng,  m.,  grassy  plain :  ds. 
-wonge  167,  27. 

Grecisc,  adj.,  Greek :  ns.  87,  4. 

grene,  adj.,  green  :  np.  grene  165, 
13  ;  167,  27  ;  ap.  grenan  77,  22. 

greot,  n.,  gravel,  sand,  earth:  gs. 
greotes  184,  13  ;  ds.  greote  159, 
18;  174,  13;  as.  greot  84,  14. 

gretan  (W.  I.),  greet:  inf.  26,  1; 
3  sg.  greteS  161,  29;  gret  107, 
1  ;  141,  1  ;  opt.  3  sg.  grete  32, 
5  ;  pret.  3  sg.  grette  9,  14. 

grimm,  adj.,  fierce,  cruel:  ns.  151, 
9  ;  ap.  grimme  181,  6. 

grimme,  adv.,  grimly:  grymme 
131,  23. 

griudan  (3),  grind,  sharpen:  pp. 
pi.  gegrundene  152,  26. 

griff,  n.,  peace  :  as.  150,  14.  [O.  N. 
gri5.] 

growan,  greow  greowon  growen 
(R.),  grow:  opt.  3  sg.  growe  3, 13. 

grund,  m.,  ground,  bottom,  earth, 
country,  world:  ds.  grunde  34, 
20  ;  as.  grund  169, 8  ;  ap.  grundas 
146,  15. 

grundlunga,  adv.,  from  the 
foundation,  completely  :  82,  21. 

gryre-leoff,  n.,  song  of  terror: 
gp.  -leoSa  158,  18. 

gn-daid  (lu-dfed),  1,  former  deed: 
gp.  -d£da  184,  13.  ' 


GLOSSARY. 


309 


giima,  m.,  man,  hero :  ns.  146,  18  ; 

161,  22  ;  np.  guman  152,  11  ;  gp. 

gumena  147,  27. 
guff,  f.,  battle :  gs.  gu>e  155,  17 ; 

ds.  147,  21;  149,    13;  155,   12; 

as.  159, 28.  [cf.  Mod.  gon-falon.] 
gnff-freea,   m.,    warrior,   valiant 

OTU  :  ds.  -frecan  177,  12. 
giiff-hafoc,  m.,  war-hawk :  as.  148, 

8. 
gnff-plega,  m.,  toar-play,  battle.- 

ns.  151,  9. 
guff-rinc,  m.,  warrior:  ns.  153,  25. 
gydeu,  f.,  goddess :  ap.  gydena  6, 

15.     [god.] 
gyft  (gift,  gieft),  f.,  1.  (technically) 

marriage  payment,  dowry.  —  2. 

(in  the  pi.)  marriage  :  dp.  74,  9 ; 

74,  10.     [Mod.  gift.] 
gyfl,  n.,food:  as.  179,  11. 
gyfu,  see  glefu. 

gylrtan    (gielclnn)    (3),    pay,    re- 
quite:  inf.  40,   12  ;    144,   30  ;  3 

sg.  gylt40,  11;  gilt  61,  7;  3  pi. 

gyldaS  40,  8. 
gylden,  adj.,  golden:  ns.  129,  6; 

ds.  gyklenum  70,  9 ;  dp.  gyldnum 

37,  2. 
gylp.  gylpan,  see  gielp,  gielpan. 
gylp-word,  n.,  boastful  v:ord  :  dp. 

-worduui  158,  7. 
gylt,  see  gielt. 
gyman,  see  gleman. 
gyme-least   (gieme-least,    -ITest), 

f.,  neglect:  ds.  -leaste  75,  11. 
gym-stan,  see  gim-stan. 
gym-wyrhta,   in.,     (gem-wright), 

jeweller;  np.  -wyrhtan77,  31. 
gyrd,  f.,  rod,  twig:  gp.  gyrda  77, 

21  ;  ap.  gyrda  77,  22. 
gyrdan  (W.  1),  gird:  pret.  3  sg. 

gyrde  65,  19  ;  143,  5.  " 


gyrela.  m.,  robe,  dress,  garment: 

dp.  88,  3. 
gym,  in.  I.,  sorrow,  misfortune: 

is.  gyrne  179,  11. 
gyman  (W.  I.),  yearn,  desire  !><■ 

eager,  strive:  3  sg.  gyrnefi  181, 

7.     [georn.] 
gyst  (giest),  m.,  guest,  stranger: 

np.  gystas  152,  3. 
gyt,  see  ffu. 

gyt,  gyta,  see  gict.  [27. 

gytsere,  in.,  miser  :  ns.  78,  25  ;  78, 
gytsung,  f.,  avarice:  gs.  gytsunge 

78,  30.     [gitsian.] 

H. 

habban  (W.  III.),  have  :  inf.  6,  7  ; 
20,  15;  ger.  habbanne  5">.  12; 
hsebbenne  70,  17;  1  sg.  haBbbe 
105,  1(5 ;  2  sg.  hafast  62,  12  ;  150, 
26 ;  hsefst  105,  15  ;  ::  sg.  hafaiS  63, 
18;  haefS  3,  9 ;  7,  7  ;  1  pi.  hab- 
ba5  27,  3;  2  pi.  61,  1  •"> ;  opt.  1  sg. 
hsebbe  03, 17 ;  3  sg.  2,  2  ;  3,  6  ;  31, 
2;  3  pi.  haebben  28,  \£  ;  prfit.  3 
sg.  haef de  5,  4  ;  6, 10 ;  3  pi.  hsefdon 

14,  19  (see  naebban). 

had,  m.,  condition,  rani:,  office: 
gs.  hades  34,  12  ;  ds.  hade  28, 
23;  32,  24;  as.  had  90,  21  ;  np. 
hadas  20,  11;  gp.  hada  26,  4. 
[Mod.  -hood.] 

hador,  adj.,  bright,  clear:  as.  172, 

15.  [Ger.  heiter.] 

hiedre,    adv.,    clearly    (light    or 

sound)  :  109,  5  ;  186,  21. 
hadung,  f.,  ordination  :  ds.  -unge 

91,4. 
hafenian  (W.  II.),  raise,  lift  up: 

pret.  3  sg.  hafenode  150,  21  ;  159, 

12.     [hebban.] 


3io 


GLOSSARY. 


hafoc,  m.,  hawk  :  as.  149,  8. 

haeftan  (W.  I.),  seize,  bind,  make 
captive  :  pp.  pi.  gehsefte  133,  28. 

ha"fiing,  f.,  captivity:  as.  hsei- 
tinga  133,  27. 

haegel  (haegl,  hagol),  m.,  hail :  ns. 
hfegl  167,  9  ;  gs.  hsegles  165,  16  ; 
is.  hagle  161,  25. 

haegl-faru,  f.,  hail-storm  :  as.  -fare 
163,  21. 

hal,  adj.,  hale,  whole,  sound,  un- 
injured: ns.  72,  15  ;  103,  2  ;  104, 
5;  ds.  halum   53,   21  ;  np.  hale 

67,  10  ;  158,  25. 

hail  (halor,  S.  289,  n.  2),  n.,  wel- 
fare, salvation:  ns.  134,  12. 
Hailend    (S.    286),  m.,   Saviour, 
Christ:  ns.  113,  1 ;  ds.  Hailende 

68,  11  ;  Habendum  117,  24;  as. 
ffielende  69,  24. 

halcttan  (W.    I.),  greet,  salute: 

pret.  3  sg.  halette  9,  14. 
haeleff    (hsele),    m.,    man,    hero, 

warrior:  ns.  hsele  162,  20;  184, 

11  ;  np.haeleS  (S.281,  n.  2)  156, 

9  ;  157,  13  ;  gp.  hseleSa  147,  2 ; 

151,  22.     [Ger.  Held.] 
halga,  m.,  sa int :  np.  halgan  130, 

11 ;  gp.  halgena  88,  9  ;  130,  9. 
halgian  (W.  II.),  hallow,  conse- 
crate :  pret.   1   pi.  halgodon  64, 

28. 
Halgo-land,  n.,  Halgoland  (a  dist. 

of  ancient  Norway):  ns.  41,  8. 
hal  ig,  adj.,  holy  :  ns.  10,  2  ;  haliga 

115,  11  ;  gs.  halgan  34,  12  ;  ds. 

halgan  34,  10  ;  as.  halig  10,  18  ; 

gp.    haligra     (saints)    25,    13  ; 

halegra  35,  8.  —  Supl.,  is.  halge- 

stan  66,  8. 
halignes,    f.,    holiness,    religion: 

gs.  -nesse  65,  6 ;  65,  17. 


hselo    (hselu),    f.,    salvation:    ns. 

54,    1 ;    gs.   hsele    95,    23 ;    ds. 

hsele  68,  12 ;  as.  hsele  130,  15 ; 

hselo  64,  26. 
hals  (heals),  m.,  neck:   ns.  175, 

16;  as.  153,  28.     [Ger.  Hals.] 
halsian   (W.  II.),  greet,  address, 

entreat,  implore :    1  sg.  halsige 

132,  28 ;  pret.  3  sg.  halsode  83, 

10  ;  90,  18.     [hal.] 
halsung,  f.,  entreaty:    ds.  -unge 

137,  17. 
halw^nde,  adj.,  salutary :  ns.  72, 

15;  ap.  13,  10. 
ham,  m.,  home  :  ds.  name  168, 25 ; 

ham  (S.  237;   n.  2)  39,  8 ;  186, 

1;    ap.  hamas  146,  10;  —  adv., 

ham  9,  9  ;  10,  21  ;  75,  29. 
hamor,  m.,  hammer:'  gp.  hamora 

146,  6. 

Ham-tnn-scir  (-scyr),  f.,  Hamp- 
shire :  ds.  -scire  14,  2  ;  23,  22. 

ham-weard,  adv.,  homewards: 
22,  9. 

ham-weardes,  adv.,  homewards: 
19,  12. 

han-cred,  m.,  cock-crowing  (a  di- 
vision of  the  night):  ds.  -crede, 
84,  11. 

hand,  see  hond. 

hand-bred,  n.,  palm  of  the  hand : 
dp.  101,  17. 

hand-ge-weorc,  n.,  handhoork  : 
ds.  -weorce  80,  30. 

hand-plega,  m.,  hand-play  or  en- 
counter;fighting:gs.-ip\ega,Til47,2. 

har,  adj.,  hoary,  gray,  old:   ns. 

147,  16  ;  154,  25  ;  hara  162,  29. 
hara,  m.,  hare:  ns.  5,  16. 
ha^rfest,    m. ,    harvest,    autumn  : 

ds.  -feste  22,  22  ;  173,  17.    [Ger. 
Herbst.] 


GLOSSARY. 


3" 


hies,  f.,  behest,  command:  gs. 
hiese  143,  4 ;  ds.  75,  31 ;  77,  22  ; 
93,  5.     [hatan.] 

haso,  adj.,  (hcrk,  dusky :  ns.  haswa 
169,  11. 

haso-pad  (hasu-),  adj.,  having  a 
gray  coat  (of  an  eagle):  as. 
-padan  148,  6. 

haswig-feffre,  adj.,  dusky-feath- 
ered:  ns.  -feSra  170,  14. 

hat,  adj.,  hot,  fervid:  ds.  hatan 
75,  (i  ;  np.  liate  181,  22. 

hatan,  heht  het  (hatte)  heton 
haten  (R.),  1.  order,  command  : 
1  sg.  hate  26,  2;  3  sg.  hateS 
26,  1 ;  pret.  3  sg.  heht  10, 12  ;  11, 
1;  65,  26;  143,  7;  het  10,  14; 
64,  19.  —2.  name :  3  sg.  h*t  41, 
24  ;  42,  22  ;  1  pi.  hiitaS  17,  29 ; 
48,  12  ;  3  pi.  6,  16  ;  40,  2.  — Pas- 
sive hatte  (S.  367,  n.),  be  called, 
'hight'  :  3  sg.  5,  2;  41,  8;  86, 
15;  — pp.  5,  4;  14,  10;  22,  8; 
36,  2  ;  pi.  hatene  42,  10. 

hate,  adv.,  hotly:  Supl.,  hatost 
172,  12. 

hat-heort,  adj. ,  hot  of  heart,  pas- 
sionate: ns.  162,  13. 

hat-heorte,  f..  hot  heart ;  anger  : 
ds.  -heortan  128,  4. 

hatian  (W.  II.),  hate:  inf.  47,  1 ;  3 
sg.  hataS  47, 1 ;  imp.  2  pi.  hatia'S 
61,  13  ;  opt.  3  sg.  hatige  47,  3. 

hStu  (hxbo),  t,  heat:  ns.  165,17. 

hjeffen,  adj.,  heathen:  ns.  101,  21  ; 
hSbena  102,  2");  np.  hatene  89, 
4;  151,  3;  luehnan  16,  13;  gp. 
-enra  82,  23;  dp.  101,  24. 

hieffen-gylil.  n.. idolatry:  ns.82,20. 

hiedVn-gylda,  in.,  idolater:  118.82, 
•J.".;  82,  SO;  np.  -gyldan  82,  14; 
dp.  -gylduin  82,  6. 


hajffen-seipe,  m.,  heathendom, 
idolatry :  ds.  82,  5  ;  82,  9 ;  as. 
95,  26. 

H.Ttftini  (set  IhT'iun),  Haddeby 
(n<>\v  Schleswig):  ns.  ast  Ihu6"um 
41,  24;  dat.  (of)  HseSum  42,  3; 
(to)  41,  29. 

he,  heo,  hit,  3d  pers.  pron.  (S. 
333,  334),  he,  she,  it;  pi.  they  : 
Masc.  ns.  he  1,  1  ;  gs.  his  1,  5  ; 
ds.  him  1,  1  ;  as.  nine  2,3;  6,  2  ; 
refl.  3,  16  ;  7,  8  ;  12,  26.  —  Fem., 
ns.  heo  10,  12;  hio  7,  16;  ds.  l 
hire  10,  12.  —  Neut.,  ns.  hit  1,  8  ; 
his  3,  24.  —  Plural,  nom.  hie  14, 
18 ;  hi  30,  6  ;  hy  12,  20 ;  heo  9 
6  ;  gp.  hiera  15,  3  ;  hira  21,  17  ; 
hyra  2,  9;  heora  2,  14;  hiora 
18,  3;  dp.  him  (refl.)  2,  17; 
heom  98,  23  ;  as.  hie  15,  21  ;  hi, 
1,1;  (refl.)  hi  55,  20  ;  heo  65,  8. 

heaf,  in.  f.  n.,  mourning,  lamenta- 
tion :  ns.  72,  23. 

heafela  (heafola),  m.,  head:  np. 
heafclan  186,  6. 

heafod,  n.,  head:  gs.  heafdes  124, 
25  ;  ds.  heafde  124,  23  ;  as.  hea- 
fod 13,  4;  62,  8;  161,  20;  is. 
heafde  170,  4  ;  ap.  heafdu  6,  7. 

heafod-burh,  f.,  chief  city,  me- 
tropolis :  ns.  95,  2. 

heafod-mgnn,  m.,  chief  man:  ap. 
-menu  99,  20. 

heah  (S.  295,  n.  1),  adj.,  high :  ns. 
163,  14 ;  hea  180,  22 ;  heah  (adv.?) 
166,  2  ;  hea  (adv.?)  166,  11 ;  gs. 
hean  142,  10  ;  144,  8 ;  ds.  hean 
48,9;  53,8;  54,6;  57,23;  61,6; 
as.  heahne  104,  18;  heanne  162, 
i".i;  169,  2;  178,  21;  heane  32, 
20;  61,4;  hea  143.  17.  —  C«  m;., 
1     OS,  herra  166,  7  ;  ds.  hlerran  28, 


3*2 


GLOSSARY. 


23  ;  as.  hyrran  66,  13 ;  np.  hler- 
ran  24,  6.  —  Supl.,  ns.  hehste  50, 
14  ;  gs.  hlehstan  32,  17  ;  hehstan 
130,  13  ;  ds.  53,  1. 

heah-cyning,  in. ,  high  king  ;  God  : 
us.  109,  19  ;  180,  21. 

heah-diacon,  m.,  archdeacon  :  np. 
-diaconas  09,  3. 

heah-^ngel,   m.,   archangel:    ns. 

130,  28 ;  ds.  -engle  130,  19. 
heah-faeder,   m.,  patriarch :    ds. 

-fsedere    107,    17  ;    np.   -fgederas 

131,  9;  dp.  129,  11. 
heah-ge-refa,  m.,  high  reeve,  chief 

officer :  ns.  90,  23 ;  ds.  -gerefan 

83,  4  ;  83,  27. 

heah-mod,  adj., proud:  ns.  169,2. 

heah-seld  (-setl),  n. ,  high  seat, 
throne :  ds.  -setle  183,  1  ;  as. 
-seld  186,  21. 

heah-setl,  see  heah-seld. 

heah-ffungen  (S.  383,  n.  3),  (pp.) 
adj.,  highly  prospered ;  of  high 
rank :  np.  -ftungene  43,  5. 

healdan,  heold  heoldon  healden 
(R.),  hold,  possess,  preserve,  re- 
gard, observe :  inf.  20,  13  ;  18, 
27;  149,  14;  (w.  gen.)  150,  20; 
161,  22  ;  178,  29  ;  ger.  healdanne 
62,  6  ;  -enne  112,  3  ;  opt.  2  sg. 
healde  62,  17;  3  sg.  160,  14; 
pret.  1  sg.  132,  24  ;  2  sg.  heolde 

84,  21  ;  3  sg.  25,  14  ;  3  pi.  hlol- 
don  27,  20  ;  pret.  opt.  1  pi.  heol- 
dan  68,  24  ;  3  pi.  heoldon  149,  20. 

healf,  f.,  half,  part,  side:  as.  healfe 
24,  20  ;  is.  healfe  21, 3  ;  ap.  healfe 
21,  4  ;  22,  28  ;  ds.  on  heora 
healfe,  on  their  own  part  only, 
18,  15 ;  gp.  on  healfa  gehwam, 
on  every  side,  172,  9  ;  176,  24. 

healf,  adj.,  half:  ds.  healfum  81, 


9  ;  np.  healfe  18,  26  ;  —  as.  healf 
gear  43,  6 ;  ds.  5$rum  healfum 
lies  >e,  a  year  and  a  half  less 
than,2o,  15;  gs.  bynnan  feorSan 
healfes  dseges  fsece  (see  feorSan) 
138,  19. 

healic,  adj.,  high,  exalted,  glori- 
ous: ns.  103,  14;  ds.  -Ileum  81, 
20. 

heall,  f.,  hall:  ns.  64,  5;  ds. 
healle  156,  9. 

healt,  adj.,  halt,  lame:  ap.  healte 
131,  21. 

hean,  adj.,  low,  mean,  abject,  de- 
pressed, humbled :  ns.  160,  23  ; 
184, 11 ;  ds.  heanan  78,  22.  [Ger. 
Hohn.] 

heanlic,  adj.,  ignominious :  ns. 
151,  3. 

heannis,  f.,  height;  highness,  ex- 
cellence :  ns.  66,  15  ;  as.  -nesse 
187,  2. 

heap,  m.,  heap,  croicd,  multitude  : 
dp.  176,  24. 

heard,  adj.,  hard,  severe,  cruel, 
intrepid,  brave :  ns.  (w.  gen.) 
153,  17  ;  gs.  heardes  147,  2  ; 
157,  30;  ds.  heardum  55,  21. — 
Comp.,  ns.  heardra  159,  15. 

heardllce,  adv.,  stoutly,  bravely: 
157,  25. 

hearclnis,  f  ,  hardness :  as.  -nysse 
91,  11. 

hearm,  m.,  harm,  injury,  grief: 
gp.  hearma  156,  18. 

hearm,  adj.,  harmful,  hostile:  gp. 
hearmra  180,  16. 

hearpe,  f ,  harp :  ds.  hearpan  6, 
4  ;  9,  7;  as.  9,  7. 

hearpere,  m.,  harper:  ns.  5,  1  ; 
gs.  hearperes  5,  10  ;  ds.  hearpere 
5,  5;  6,  L 


GLOSSARY. 


3*3 


hearpian  (W.  II.),  harp:  inf.  5, 

6  ;   pret.  3  sg.  hearpode  5,  14  ; 

7,  4. 
hearpung.  f.,  harping :  ds.  -unga 

6,  8  ;  15,  24  ;  7,  7. 
hearra,    111.,    lord:    ns.    156,    29. 

[Ger.  Hi'i-r.] 
hearsum  (hyrsum),  adj.,  obedient 

(w.  dat.):  62,  19. 
head'erian  (W.  II.),  restrain  :  3sg. 

heaSeraS  40,  4. 
heaffo-lind,  f.,  irar-linden,  shield: 

ap.  -linde  140,  G. 
heaffo-rof,  adj.,  famed  in  battle, 

valiant:  gs.  -roles  173,  1. 
heawan,   heow   heowon    heawen 

(R.),  hew,  cut,  cut  down,  kill 

(trans,   and   intr.):    imp.    2   pi. 

heawati  77,  20  ;  pret.  3  sg.  159, 

27;  3  pi.  140,  0;  140,2:5;  165,6. 
hebban,  hof  hSfon  hafen  (haefen) 

(6),  heave,  raise,  lift  up :   -'5  sg. 

hefeS  109,  2;   3  pi.  hebbaS  37, 

11  ;  imp.  2  pi.  hebbafl  61,  11 ; 

pret.  3  sg.  62,  11. 
hefig,  adj.,  heavy,  oppressive:  dp. 

hefegum    33,    19.  — Comp.,    np. 

hefigran  161,  26. 
hefigian    (W.  II.),    oppress:    pp. 

hqfgad  11,  29. 
h^fignes,    f.,    heaviness,    weight: 

as.  -nesse  30,  5. 
iNjGg-time,   adj.,  oppressive,  irk- 

some:  ns.  107,  3. 
hehui    (4),  conceal  :    inf.    59,   15. 

[Ger.  behlen.] 
hell,  f,  hell :  ns.  131,  22  ;  gs.  heUe 

6,  8;  7,  17;  181,  18;  ds.  5,   11  ; 

85,  1  ;  105,  8;  131,  14. 
hQUe-sfisl,    n.,    hell-torment:    ds. 

-susle  110,  22. 
hellic,  adj.,  hellish:  ds.  -an  129,  3. 


hell-sceaffa,   m.,    hell-fiend:    np. 

helsceaftan  155,  5. 
heU-waran    (-ware,    -waras  ;    S. 
263,  n.  7),  m.,  pi.  tant.,  inhabi- 
tants  of  hell:    np.   6,   20;    gp. 
-wara  7,3;  7,  5. 
help,  f.,  help :  as.  helpe  160,  16. 
helpan,  healp  hulpon  holpen  (3), 
help  (w.  gen.  or  dat.)  :   inf.  45, 
16 ;  opt.  3  sg.  helpe  46,  18. 
heo,  see  he. 

heofon  (heofone,  f.),  m.,  heaven  : 
ns.  124,  30 ;  gs.  heofenes  3,  23 ; 
heofones  49,  22  ;  keofenan  74, 2  ; 
80,  5 ;  heofonan  101,  11  ;  as. 
heofon  10,  2  ;  (or  pi.)  heofenan 
109,  14 ;  gp.  heofena  3,  18 ;  dp. 
50,  21 ;  ap.  heofonas  11,  14 ; 
115,  25. 
heofon -cyning,     m.,     King     of 

heaven:  gs.  -cyninges  144,  27. 
Heofon  -  f eld ,      m . ,      Heave  nfield 

(Bernicia)  :  ns.  99,  12. 

heofon-hrof,  n.,  roof  or  vault  of 

heaven:  ds.  heofunhrofe  171,  4. 

heofonlic,  adj.,  heavenly :  ns.  10, 

17;   heofenlic  85,  3;   heofenlica 

136,  12  ;  gs.  -Hcan  8,  10  ;  35,  10  ; 

-lecan  11,  17  ;  ds.  -Hcan  .0»-">,  1">  ; 

as.  -lice  69,  29  ;  is.  -lecan  12,  26. 

heofon -rice,      n.,     kingdom      of 

heaven:  gs.  -rices  9,25;  166,  12. 

heofon -tungol,    n.    m.,    star    of 

heaven  :  dp.  166,  11. 
heofung,    f.,    lamentation,   griev- 
ing: ds. -nnge  91,  23  ;  dp.  91,17. 
heolstor  (heolster),  m..  darkness, 
concealment,  cover:  ns.  heolster 
160,  24  ;  is.  heolstre  179,  19. 
heolstor-cofa,    m.,     chamber    of 
darkness,  tomb  •  np.  -cofan  166, 
28. 


3H 


GLOSSARY. 


heonon,  adv.,  hence:  157, 10. 
heonon-weard,  adj.,  hence-ward, 

passing  away  :  ns.  72,  28. 
heord,  1,  guardianship,  keeping, 

care:  ns.  9, 11;  as.  heorde  31, 18. 
heoro-dreorig,      adj.,     dejected, 

crestfallen,  sad  unto  death:  gs. 

-dreoriges     172,      20.       [heoro 

'sword';  dreosan.]  [5,  15. 

heort  (heorot),  m.,  hart,  stag :  ns. 
heorte,  f.,  heart:  gs.  heortan  31, 

28  ;  34,  16  ;  161,  26  ;  ds.  80,  12. 
beorff-ge-neat,  m.,  hearth-compan- 

fow;retaJ>ier.np.-geneatasl55,29. 
heorff-werod,  n.,  body  of  hearth- 
companions;  retainers :  as.  150, 3. 
heow,  n.  (?),  haw,  enclosure:  dp. 

65,  8.     [haga.] 
her,  adv.,  1.  here :  27,  21 ;  28,  3. 

—  2.  in  this  year :  14,  1 ;  16,  1. 
h^re,  m.,  army  (the  Danish  army): 

ns.  16, 1;  gs.herges  147,  8;  ds.  her- 

ige  23, 3 ;  as.  here  16, 6 ;  is.  herige 

18, 14  ;  np.  hergas  18,14 ;  20, 20  ; 

dp.  18, 17;  ap.  16, 19.  [Ger.  Heerj 
here-flyma,  m.,  fugitive  from  the 

army  or  from  battle :  ap.  -flyman 

146,  23. 
here-geatu,     f . ,     xoar-equipment, 

arms:    as.    150,  27.     [cf.   Mod. 

heriot.] 
here-hyff,  1,  war-spoil,  booty :  as. 

-hy«  19,  2  ;  ds.  -hy$e  22,  3  ;  ap. 

-hy$a  19,  5. 
here-laf,  f.,  remainder  of  an  army : 

dp.  147,  24. 
herenls,   f.,  praise:  ds.  -nesse  9, 

22;  -nisse  13,  11. 
here-toga,  m.,  leader  of  an  army; 

chief:  ns.  131, 14.  [Ger.  Herzog.] 
here-wfc,  f.  n.,  dioelling :  np.  71, 

25. 


h^rgaff,  m.,  harrying,  plundering : 

as.  19,  29 ;  20,  13. 
hergian  (W.  II.),  harry,  ravage, 

plunder :  3  pi.  hergiaS  41,  2 ;  41, 

5  ;  pret.  3  sg.  h^rgode  20,  11;  3 

pi.  -on  22,  10;  pp.  gehergod  22, 

2.     [here.] 
herian  (herigean)  (W.  I.), praise: 

inf.  herigean  9,  25 ;  1  sg.  herige 

137,  18;  1  pi.  heria-5  84,  33;  3 

pi.    he/ga$    183,    27  ;    186,    18. 

[Goth,  hasjan.] 
herig    (hearh),    m.,    (idolatrous) 

temple,  sanctuary :  ds.  herige  65, 

25 ;  as.  herig  65,  27  ;  ap.  hergas 

65,7. 
h^rlgendlice,   adv.,  praiseworth- 

ily  :  87,  7. 
heriung  (h^rung),  t, praise:  ds. 

herunge  76,  13. 
hersumian,  see  hyrsumian. 
h^ttend  (S.  286),  in.,  enemy :  np. 

hettend  146, 10;  hettende  180, 16. 
hicgan,  see  hycgan. 
hider  (hieder),  adv.,  hither :  9,  17; 

21,  27;   148,  13;  hieder  26,   14; 

hidres  'Sidres,  hither  and  thither, 

35,  19. 
hider-cyme,   m.,  coming   hither, 

advent :  as.  179, 22. 
hieran  (hiran,  hyran,  heran)  (W. 

I.),  1.  hear:  pret.  3  sg.  hierde 

19,  20  ;  1  pi.  hyrdon  13,  14.  —  2. 

hear,  obey  (w.  dat. ) :  inf.  hyran 

72,  30  ;  pret.  1  sg.  hyrde  63,  25. 

—  3.  belong :  3  sg.  hyrS  41,  25; 

3  pi.  hyraS  42,  2;  42,  8  ;  42,  12. 
hierde (hirde,  hyrde),  m.,  shepherd, 

pastor,  guardian,  guard:  ns.  37, 

13  ;  hirde  33,  27  ;  hyrde  139,  9  ; 

np.  hierdas  32,  27  ;  hyrdas  141, 

17;  dp.  hirdum  33,  28 ;  hyrdon 


GLOSSARY. 


315 


141,  19;  ap.  hierdas  37,  14  ;  hyr- 

das  120,  8.     [heord.] 
hierde-boc,  f.,  pastoral  treatise  : 

11s.  28,  28. 
hiere-niQnn,  m., follower,  subject: 

np.  -ine,nn  33,  4;  33,  14  ;  37,  5; 

dp.  33,  5.     [hieran.] 
hlge,  see  hyge. 
higian    (W.    II.),    hie,     hasten, 

strive :  inf.  35, 14. 
hild,  f .,  battle,  tear :  ds.  hilde  149, 

8 ;  150,  27 ;  as.  150,  12. 
hilde-rinc,  m.,  icarrior:  ns.  147, 

16  ;  154,  25. 
hindan,  adv.,  from  behind,  behind: 

21,  1;  21,  21;  146,  23;  175,  11. 
hiudan-weard,    adj.,    hindward : 

np.  175,  16. 
hinder-weard,     adj.,     backward, 

slow :  ns.  176,  2. 
hiord  (heord),  f.,  herd,  flock:  ns. 

33,  27. 
hirde-,  see  hierde-. 
hierde-Hc    (hirde-,   hyrde-),   adj., 

pastoral:  gs.  hirdelecan,  30,  4; 

32,  9. 
hired  (<hlw  -f  ried) ,  m.  n.,  family, 

household:  ds.  hirede  77,  5.  [Ger. 

Heirat.] 
hired-monn,    m.,    retainer:    np. 

-men  157,  25. 
hit,  see  heo. 
hiw  (heo;  S.  250,  n.  3),  n.,  hue, 

appearance :   gs.    hlwes  89,   6 

hywes  138,  22  ;  ds.  hiwe  52,  13 

119,  1;  175,  29;  hywe  135,  18 

is.  hiwe  175,  9  ;  175,  20. 
hladan,  hlod  hlodon  hladen  (6), 

load ;  draw  water,  'lade,'1  imbibe  : 

inf.  144,  11;  pret.  3  sg.  87,  14. 
hlieder,  f.,  ladder :  as.  hlaidre  30, 

11. 


hlaf,  m.,  loaf,  bread:  as.  113,  6; 
116,  21. 

hlaford  (<hlaf  +  weard),  m.,  lord, 
master,  ruler :  ns.  15,  17  ;  156, 
19 ;  ds.  hlaforde  38,  1  ;  101,  6 ; 
159,  21. 

hlaford-leas,  adj.,  icithout  a  lord: 
ns.  157,  15. 

hl«w,  m.  n.,  mound,  hill,  moun- 
tain :  np.  hlajwas,  166,  4. 

hleapan  (R.),  leap:  pret.  3  sg. 
hleop  65,  20. 

hleo  (hleow)  :  1.  n.,  protection, 
shelter:  as.  178,  4;  180,  4.-2. 
m., protector,  lord:  ns.  151,  22. 

hleonian  (hlinian,  hlynian)  (W. 
II.),  lean,  incline,  slope:  3  sg. 
hleonaS  166,  4  ;  opt.  3  pi.  hlyn- 
igen,  recline  (at  a  feast),  32,  6. 

hleoiffor,  n.,  sound,  harmony,  song  .• 
ns.  187,  27  ;  gs.  hleoSres  169,  21 ; 
169,  27  ;  gp.  hleohra  165,  12. 

hleolffor-cwide,  m.,  (audible)  ut- 
terance, command:  as.  178,  29. 

hleoffrian  (W.  II.),  cry  aloud, 
proclaim,  sing:  3  pi.  hleoSriaS 
183,  25. 

hlifigan  (W.  II.),  tower,  rise  high: 
inf.  143,  17  ;  3  pi.  hllfiaS  166,  2  ; 
166,  11. 

hlihhan  (hliehhan,  hlyhhan)  (6), 
laugh :  inf.  147,  24 ;  pret.  3  sg. 
h)5h  154,  3. 

hlinc,  m.,  declivity,  hill:  np. 
hlincas  166,  4. 

hlisa,  m.,  fame,  renoion:  ns.  104, 
20  ;  gs.  lillsan  56,  27  ;  as.  55, 12. 

hlisfullice,  adv.,  xcith  renown,  fa- 
mously :  102,  10. 

hlot,  n.,  lot:  as.  113,  3. 

hlo3\  f.,  band,  troop:  dp.  18,  21. 

hlud,  adj.,  loud:  ns.  133,  14;  ds. 


3i6 


GLOSSARY. 


hluddre83,27  ;  is.hlude  (or  adv.) 

144,  18. 
hi n tor  (hluttor),  adj.,  clear,  pure: 

ns.  hluttor  171,  14;  ds.  hlQttruin 

74,11;  as.  hluter  34,  2  ;  is.  hlut- 

tre  13,  6  ;  ap.  hlutor,  59, 15.  [Ger. 

lauter.  ] 
hlyn,  m.,  sound :  ns.  169,  25. 
hlynian,  see  hleonian. 
hlyst,  f.,  listening:  as.  170,  4. 
hnseppan  (  W.I.),  rest  upon,  strike : 

opt.  3  pi.  hnseppen  51,  18. 
hof,  n.,  court;  dwelling:  ds.  hofe 

143,  10.     [Ger.  Hof.] 

hogian  (S.  416,  n.  3)  (W.  II.), 
think,  reflect,  resolve :  imp.  2  pi. 
hogia'S  91, 17  ;  pret.  3  sg.  hogode 
87,  8  ;  101, 12  ;  (w.  gen.)  153,  20 ; 
3  pi.  -on  153,  10  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg. 
hogode    153,    15 ;    pp.   gehogod 

144,  2. 

hold,  adj.,  gracious,  favorable, 
faithful:  ns.  180,  21.  —  Supl., 
as.  holdost  150,  3.     [Ger.  hold.] 

holm,  m.,  sea,  ocean:  as.  162,  29. 

holm-J>racu,  f.,  wave-tumult;  sea: 
as.  -)?rsece  169,  5. 

holt,  n.,  holt,  grove,  forest,  wood  : 
gs.  holtes  149,  8  ;  167,  22  ;  180,  4. 

holt-wudu,  m.,  forest,  grove:  ds. 
-wuda  171,  2. 

hon,  heng  hengon  hongen  (R.), 
hang  (trans.):  pp.  gehongen, 
laden,  166,  17 ;  pi.  gehongene 
167,  20. 

hond  (hand),  f.,  hand:  ns.  hand 
101,  2  ;  ds.  honda  12,  18  ;  13, 12 ; 
handa  154,  5  ;  as.  hond  62,  8 ; 
hand  137,  6 ;  on  gehwaef>re  hond, 
on  both  sides,  16,  7  ;  17,  5  ;  152, 
29  ;  dp.  61,  12  ;  handum  79,  22  ; 
149,  4  ;  handon,  149,  7. 


hongian   (W.  II.),   hang  (intr.)  : 

inf.  hangian  36,  8  ;  3  pi.  hongiaft 

51,2. 
hopian  (W.  II.),  hope:  opt.  1  pi. 

hopien  61,  9. 
hord,  n.  m.,  hoard,  treasure  :  as. 

146,  10. 
hord-cofa,  m.  (treasure-chamber), 

breast,  heart;  as.  -cofan  160,  14. 
hordian  (W.   II.),  hoard:  3    sg. 

hordaS  78,  31  ;  79, 1. 
horn,  m.,  horn:  np.  hornas  169, 24. 
hors,  n.,  horse:  ns.  103,  31  ;  as. 

149,   2 ;    gp.    horsa    21,   6  ;  dp. 

21,  25;  horsan  40,  7;   ap.  hors 

43,  18. 
hors-hwael,  m.,  icalrus:  dp.  39,20. 
hors-J>egn,   m.,    horse-thane ;    an 

officer  of  the  royal  household: 

ns.  23,25;  25,  11." 
hosp,   m. ,   contempt,    insult :  ds. 

hospe  75,  19. 
hra  (hraw,  hrce,hrcew),  m.,  corpse  : 

ns.    173,    1  ;    ap.    hra    148,    4. 

[Goth,  hraiw.] 
hraed,    adj.,    rapid,     quick :    ds. 

hrsedurn  133,  5  ;  is.  hrsede  66,  9. 

[Ger.  hurtig,  rasch.] 
hraedlice  (hradllce),  adv.,  quickly, 

soon:  2,  19;  37,  12;  64,  6;  67, 

7;  78,  6  ;  115,  16;  hradllce  92, 

11.  —  Comp.,  hraedllcor  115,  14. 
hraed- wyrde,  adj.,  quick,  hasty  of 

speech  :  ns.  162,  13. 
hrsefn  (hremm),   m.,   raven:  as. 

148,  5;  np.  hremmas  152,  23. 
hraegel  (hraagl),  n.,  garment:  ds. 

hraegle  43,  28  ;  as.hraegl  116,  22. 

[Mod.  obs.  rail.] 
hran,  m.,  reindeer :  gs.  hranes  40, 

12  ;  ap.  hranas  40,  4. 
hraffe  (hrade,  hraeSe,  ra'Se),  adv., 


GLOSSARY. 


317 


quickly,  soon  :  55,  18 ;  rafte  120, 

9;     137,    12;     150,    9.— Supl., 

radost  15,  3. 
hra-werig,   adj.,  iceary  in  body: 

ns.  184,  11. 
hream,   m.,   cry,    noise,    clamor, 

lamentation  :  ns.  72, 23  ;  133, 14  ; 

152,  23. 
hreman,  see  hryman. 
hreinig,  adj.,  exultant  (w.  gen.  or 

dat.)  :  ns.  hreinig   169,  16  ;  np. 

hreniige  185,  20 ;  hreinge  148,  3. 
hit,' m in,  see  hraefn. 
Infill  man    (W.  I.),    hinder:  opt. 

pret.  3  sg.  hre,mde  76,  11. 
hreo  (hreoh) ,  adj.,  rough,  rude,  sav- 
age, fierce,  severe  :   ns.  160,  16  ; 

hreoh  167,  7;  172,  20;  as.  hreoge 

117,  21  ;  gp.  hreora  166,  24. 
hreodan  hread,  hrudon  gehroden 

(2),  adorn:  pp.  167,28. 
hreofla,  m.,   leper:   ap.  hreoflan 

131,  22  ;  141,  8.   [hreof, '  rough.'] 
hreohnes,  f .,  roughness  :  ds.  -nesse 

117,  5. 
hreosan,  hreas  hruron  hroren  (2), 

fall :  inf.  161,  25 ;  ptc.  hreosende 

163,  18  ;  3  pi.  hreosatf  167,  9. 
hreowan  (2),  rue,  repent  of:  inf. 

57,9. 
hreowsung,   f.,   repentance:    ds. 

-unge  80,  21. 
hrepian  (W.  II.),  touch,  treat :  3 

sg.  hr^paS  81,    10;  pret.   3  sg. 

hrqpode  104,  5. 
hreran  (W.  I.),  stir :  inf.  160,  4. 

[Ger.  riihren.] 
hreffer,  m.  n.v  heart,  thought :  gp. 

hreora  162,  19. 
brim,  m.,  rime,  hoarfrost :  ns.  167, 

9 ;  gs.  hrlmes  165,  16  ;  as.  hrlm 

161,  25  ;  is.  hrinie  162,  24. 


hrim-ceald,  adj.,   rime-cold:  as. 

-cealde  16U,  4. 
hrinan,  hran  hrinon  hrinen  (1), 

touch,  smite:  pp.  64,  8. 
hring,  m.,  ring,  circle  :  ds.  (or  is.) 

hringe  176,  27  ;  as.  hrincg,  bor- 
der,   142,  10  ;    dp.    36,   12  ;  ap. 

hringas  35,  28  ;  ornaments,  164, 

17. 
hriug-loca,  m.,  corslet  (formed  of 

rings)  :  ap.  -locan  154,  1. 
hrltf,f.(?), snoic-storm:  ns.  163,18. 
hrof,  m.,  roof :  gs.  hrofes  104,  21  ; 

ds.  hrof e  10, 2 ;  53,  3 ;  54, 6 ;  144, 8. 
Hrofes-ceaster,  f.,  Rochester:  ds. 

-ceastre  20,  3 ;  23,  20. 
hruse,  f.,  earth  :  gs.  hriisan  160, 

24  ;  as.  163,  18. 
hrycg,    m.,  ridge,   back:   ns.    33, 

10  ;  33,  13  ;  as.  33,  19. 
hryman  (hrleman,  hreman)   (W. 

I.),  cry  out,  lament,  exult,  boast 

(w.  gen.)  :  inf.  hreman  147,  16  ; 

ptc.  hrymende  127,  17. 
hryre,  m.,  fall,  death:  ns.  34,  9; 

165,  16  ;  gs.  hryres  (?)   160,  7  ; 

ds.  187,  16.     [hreosan.] 
hryffer  (hrlSer,  hrv5),  n.,  cattle: 

gp.  hrytfera  40,  5.    [Mod.  rother 

beasts  ;  Ger.  Rind.] 
hrySig,    adj.,    storm-beaten    (?), 

tottering  (?):  np.  hryftge  162,24. 
ho,  adv.,  how:  2,  10;  12,  28  ;  26, 

5;  51,  16. 
Humbre,  f.,  the  H umber :  ds.  26, 

17;  26,  20. 
hund,   m.,   dog :    as.    5,   16 ;    np. 

hundas  5,  9. 
hund,  num.,  hundred:  19, 16;  40, 1 ; 

41,  21;  121,  13;  ap.  hunde  17,27. 
hund-feald,  adj.,  hundredfold:  as. 

-fealdne  2,  1 ;  2,  26. 


3i8 


GLOSSARY: 


hund-eahtatig,  num.,  eighty:  93, 7. 

hund-nigontig,num.,  ninety.- 84, 1. 

hund-tw^lftig,  num.,  hundred  and 
twenty:  gs.  -twe,lftiges  (S.  326) 
18,  1. 

hungor  (hunger),  m.,  hunger, 
famine :  ns.  186, 15  ;  gs.  hungres 
75,  9;  ds.  hungre  110,  22;  as. 
hunger  110,  20;  is.  hungre  21, 
7  ;  ap.  hungras  68,  7. 

huaig,  n.,  honey:  ns.  42,  26. 

hunig-swete,  adj.,  honey-sweet, 
mellifluous  :  ds.  -swettre  87,  15. 

hunta,  m.,  hunter:  np.  huntan  39, 
13  ;  dp.  39,  10. 

huntoff  (huntafl),  m.,  hunting.- 
ds.  huntoSe  38,  6. 

hum,  adv.,  certainly,  indeed,  espe- 
cially, perhaps,  about:  31,  23; 
42,  17;  70,  11 ;  83,  1 ;  91,  9. 

has,  n.,  house :  ds.  huse  9,  9 ;  12, 
6  ;  75,  30  ;  as.  hus  9,  10  ;  64,  6  ; 
np.  hus  90,  12  ;  dp.  43,  7. 

hfisl,  n.,  housle,  eucharist:  gs. 
husles  12,  15 ;  as.  husl  12,  14  ; 
12, 17. 

husl-gang,  m.,  attendance  upon, 
or  partaking  of,  the  eucharist: 
ns.  78,  24. 

hwa,  hwaet  (S.  341),  pron.,  1. 
(interr.)  who,  what:  ns.  hwa 
54,  3 ;  65,  10 ;  hua  31,  20 ;  152, 
12;  153,  11;  hwaet  4,  11;  10, 
15  ;  32,  25  ;  gs.  hwaes  54,  5  ;  ds. 
hwam  3,  18  ;  78,  31  ;  79,  2  ;  as. 
hwaet  3,  7;  9,  20;  33,  6;  39,  17; 
—  ds.  to  hwaem,  wherefore,  116, 
12;  for  hwaem  48,  7;  is.  hwl, 
why,  wherefore,  4,  9  ;  108,  16  ; 
hwy  48,  7;'  60,  9;  for  hwl  53, 
25 ;  for  hwy  53,  20 ;  60,  8  ;  for 
hwon  124, 18  ;  for  hwan  127,  21 ; 


162,  6; — hwaet,  interj.,  what! 
lo!  behold!  7,  12;  62,  12;  64, 
8;  67,  1;  72,  27.-2.  (indef.) 
anyone,  anything :  ns.  hwa  3,  5  ; 
29,  13;  76,12;  112,  17;  151,  19; 
hwaet  54,  16 ;  swa  hwa  swa, 
ichosoever,  7,  20 ;  ds.  hwaem  30, 
6 ;  54,  16 ;  as.  hwaene,  some 
one,  149,  2  ;  hwaet  54,  9  ;  swa 
hwaet  swa,  whatsoever,  8,  4  ;  49, 
10 ;  67,  5  ;  to  ftaes  hwon,  how- 
ever, 93,  14. 

hwael,  m.,  whale :  ns.  39,  23 ;  gs. 
hwales  40,  9 ;  hwaeles  40,  10 ; 
40,  15 ;  np.  hwalas  39,  23. 

hwael-hunta,  m.,  whale-fisher: 
np.  huntan  38,  12. 

hwael-huntaff,  m.,  whale-fishing: 
ns.  39,  25. 

hwanan,  see  hwonan. 

hwaenne,  see  hwQnne. 

hwaer  (hwar),  adv.,  1.  (interr.) 
where,  wherever :  22,  26  ;  70,  24  ; 
161,  3. — 2.  (indef.)  everywhere, 
anywhere :  29,  13 ;  wel  hwair, 
nearly  everywhere,  29,  11 ;  swa 
hwasr  swa,  wheresoever,  101,  16. 

hwaet,  see  hwa. 

hwaete,  m.,  wheat:  as.  3,  15. 

hwaet-hwugu  (-hwegu),  1.  pron., 
something:  as.  9,  15;  37,  5. — 
2.  adv.,  somewhat :  51,  19. 

hwaeffer,  pron.  adj.  (S.  342),  1. 
(interr.)  whether,  which  of  two  : 
as.  hwaefterne  45,  13 ;  hwaeSer 
39,  2.-2.  (indef.)  ds.  bi  swa 
hwa)>erre  efes  swa,  on  xchichever 
side:  18,21. 

hwaeffer,  conj.  adv.,  whether :  12, 
13  ;  38,  8  ;  45,  5  ;  53,  10  ;  62,  8  ; 
117,5. 

hwaeffre   (hwaeftere),   adv.,   how- 


GLOSSARY. 


319 


ever,  nevertheless :  8,  12  ;  9,  19  ; 
11,  29  ;  172,  25;  hwae^ere  63,  5  ; 
119,  19. 

hwearflan  (W.  II.),  turn,  revolve, 
move  (intr.):  ptc.  hwearfiende 
50,  6 ;  3  sg.  hwearfaS  50,  5 ;  3 
pi.  hwearfiaS  50,  9. 

hwelc,  see  hwilc. 

hwene,  see  hwon. 

hweol,  n.,  wheel :  ns.  6,  23  ;  50, 
11 ;  gs.  hweoles  51,  9 ;  up.  hweol 
50,9. 

hweorfan,  hwearf  hwurfon  hwor- 
fen  (3),  turn,  return,  move,  go, 
come  (intr.):  inf.  162,  19;  3  sg. 
hwerfS  60,  11 ;  3  pi.  hweorfaS 
182,  15 ;  imp.  2  pi.  hweorfaft 
118,  11. 

h wider  (hwseder),  adv.,  whither: 
116,  5;  162,  19;  swahwiderswa, 
whithersoever,  100,  13  ;  105,  22. 

hwierfan  (hwirfan,  hwyrfan)  (W. 
I.),  turn,  return  (intr.):  ptc. 
hwyrfende  128,  1  ;  2  sg.  hwyrf- 
est  117,  8  ;  imp.  2  sg.  hwyrf  127, 
25;  pret.  3  sg.  hwirfde  121,  3; 
3  pi.  hwirfdon  121,  27. 

hwil,  f.,  while,  time  :  ds.  hwile  78, 
5 ;  "8a  hwile  "5e,  the  while  that, 
while,  6, 12;  7,  4  ;  19,7;  28,19; 
ealle  hwile,  all  the  while,  159,  7  ; 
ealle  8a  hwile  )>e,  all  the  while 
that,  43,  7  ;  6>>re  hwile  .  .  .  oSre 
hwile,  at  one  time  .  .  .  at  another 
time,  50,  19  ;  dp.  hwllum,  some- 
times, 43,  4  ;  46,  9  ;  53,  6  ;  hwll- 
um .  .  .  hwllum  28,  29  ;  41,2; 
49,  23;  hwllon  31,  25;  (once) 
107,  14  ;  108,  1. 

hwilc  (hwylc,  hwelc),  pron.  adj. 
(S.342),which,what,l.  (interr.) : 
91,  18  ;  hwylc  12,  16  ;  53,  6  ;  53, 


11 ;  59,  3 ;  ds.  hwilcere  88,  25  ; 
hwylcum  3,  19 ;  as.  hwylc  10, 
10 ;  np.  hwilce  50,  3 ;  hwylce  50, 
4  ;  hwelce  26,  3  ;  hwelc  27,  7.  — 
2.  (indef.)  :  ns.  swa  hwelc  swa, 
whosoever,  15,  2. 

hwil-w^ndc,  adj.,  temporary, 
transitory:  ap.  -we,ndan  78,  12. 

hwil-weiidlie  (wll-,  -endllc),  adj., 
temporary,  transitory:  ns.  hv.il- 
endllc  59,  17  ;  gs.  wllw^ndllces 
62,  18 ;  as.  -Hcan  101,  12  ;  dp. 
wllwendlecum  62,  17. 

hwylc,  see  hwilc. 

hwil-w$ndlice,  adv.,  temporarily: 
78,7. 

hwirfan,  see  hwierfan. 

hwit,  adj.,  white:  gs.  hwites  88, 
23;  as.  hwit  148,  7;  np.  175,  16. 

hwon,  n.,  trifle  :  adv.  hwon 
(ace),  hwene  (instr.),  a  little, 
somewhat :  hwon  38,  17  ;  hwene 
40,  23. 

lnvonan  (hwanan),  adv.,  i^hence : 
10,  15  ;  56,  20  ;  hwanan  136,  1. 

hwonlice,  adv.,  moderately,  slight- 
ly :  101,  13. 

hwonne  (hwanne,  hwsenne),  adv., 
when,  1.  (interr.) :  69, 12 ;  168, 12 ; 
hwsenne  151,  15.  —  2.  (indef.): 
nu  hwanne,  just  now,  63,  4  ; 
hwaenne,  at  any  time,  2,  8. 

hwopan  (R.)  (boast),  threaten  . 
inf.  185,  10. 

hwylc,  see  hwilc. 

hwyrfan,  see  hwierfan. 

hyegan  (hicgan  ;  S.  416,  11.  :1>) 
(W.  III.),  think,  resolve:  inf. 
hicgan  149,  4 ;  opt.  3  sg.  hyege 
160,  14. 

hyd,  f.,  hide  :  ns.  39,  22  ;  ds.  hyde 
40,  10. 


320 


GLOSSARY. 


hyge  (hige),  m.,  mind,  heart:  ns. 

hige  159,  15  ;  ds.  hige  149,  4  ;  is. 

hige  181,  22. 
hyge-gaels,  adj.,  hesitating,  slow, 

sluggish:    ns.    -gielsa     170,    2. 

[gSlan.] 
hyht   (hiht),   m.,   hope:  ns.    179, 

24  ;  hiht  123,  28. 
hyhtlice,  adv.,  joyfully :  167,28. 
hyldo,  f.,  grace,  favor:  ns.    144, 

31.     [hold.] 
hynan  (hienan,  henan)   (W.  I.), 

treat  with  insult,  despise,  injure, 

lay  low,  fell :  inf.  155,  5  ;  henan 

45,  17  ;  pret.  3  sg.  hynde  159,  27. 

[hean. J 
hyran,  see  hieran. 
hyrde,  see  hierde. 
hyrne,  f.,  comer  :  ds.  hyrnan  103, 

2-i  ;    np.  hyrnan  36,  9  ;  dp.   36, 

8  ;  ap.  36,  1.     [horn.] 
hyrned-nebb.adj.,  having  a  horny 

beak  :  as.  -nebban  148,  0. 
hyrsumian  (hersumian)  (W.  II.), 

obey  (w.  dat.)  :  1  pi.  hersumiaiS 

124,  8  ;  3  pi.  hyrsumiaS  4,  12  ; 

pret.  3  pi.  hersumedon  26,  7. 
hyse,  m.,  young  man,  warrior :  ns. 

154,8;  gs.  hysses  153,  28;  np. 

hyssas    152,   29;    153,    10;    gp. 

hyssa  149,  2  ;  153,  15. 


I. 


ic,  first  pers.  pron.  (S.  332),  7:  ns. 
9,16;  9,17  ;  gs.  min  30,  3;  117, 
10;  ds.  me  9,  15;  9,  19;  26,  2  ; 
as.  mec  (me)  ;  mec  161,  5  ;  me 
114,  4.  —  Dual,  nom.  wit  60,  5; 
60,  6  ;  138,  14  ;  143,  21  ;  wyt 
131,  26  ;  gen.  uncer  (twega)  143, 


22;    dat.    unc    (bam)    132,  27, 

ace.  unc.  132,  2.  —  Plural,  nom. 

we  3,  18  ;  13,  2  ;  gen.  Ore  27,  19  ; 

27,  24  ;   dat.  us  27,    7  ;  60,    10 ; 

60,  11 ;  ace.  usic  187,  1  ;  us  72, 

30. 
idel  (ydel),  adj.,  idle,  vain,  useless, 

empty,   desolate :    ns.     163,   26 ; 

ydel  76,  14  ;  gs.  idles  8,  17  ;  ds. 

idelum  96,  23  ;  as.  Idlan  65,  14 ; 

np.  Idlan    70,  26 ;   Idlu  163,  3 ; 

on  idel,  adv.,  in  vain,  79,  1. 
idig    (?),  adj.,  greedy   (?) :    np. 

idge  179,  8. 
ieldra,  see  yldra. 
ierming     (earming),     m.,    poor, 

wretched  one:  gp.  ierminga  34, 

18. 
ieffian    (ySian)  (W.  II.),  fluctu- 
ate :  ptc.  leSegende  35,  16. 
iggaff    (IgaS,    IgeoK    Igott),    m., 

eyot,  small  island :  ds.  Igeofte  75, 

9  ;  as.  iggaS  19,  7. 
Ig-lynd,    n.,   island:  ns.    165,   9; 

ds.   iglande   93,    17;  as.    Igland 

22,  7  ;  np.  Igland  41,  15 ;  42,  1  ; 

gp.  -landa  41,  30. 
ilea  (ylca),  pron.  (S.  339),  the  same: 

ns.  ylca  132,  27  ;  ilea  6, 26;  gs.il- 

can  24, 9;  ds.  ilean  33,  «;  as.ilcan 

20, 12 ;  ilee  1 5, 19 ;  20, 14 ;  is.  ilean 

35,  27;  ylcan  22,  13;  22,  17. 
Ilfing,  the  Elbing :  ns.  42,  19;  as. 

42,  21. 
in,  prep.,  in,  into  :  1.  (w.  dat.):  8, 1 ; 

160,18;  161,21;  162,28;  162,31  — 

2.  (w.  ace):  11, 13 ;  62,18.— Adv., 

in  (on):  21,29;  38,  15;  inn  36. 12. 
in-bryrdnis,  t'..  inspiration, ardor  : 

as.  -ni.sse  8,  7  ;  -nesse  (jG,  1. 
inea,  m.,  scruple,  offence,  ill-will: 

ds.  incan  12,  19 ;  as.  12,  21. 


GLOSSARY. 


321 


Incer,   dual   poss.   pron.,   of  you 

two  :  as.  inert-  77.  20. 
Iu-cund,    adj.,   inward:    ds.    in- 

candan  96,  20. 
In-dryhten,  adj.,  very  noble:  ns. 

LOO,  12. 
In-dryhto,  f.,  honor,  glory:  dp. 

172,  1.  [94,  23. 

in-f;i'r.  ]).,  entrance:   as.  91,  10; 
In-ge-hid     (-hygd),    f.,    thought, 

purpose  :  as.  Ill,  4. 
In-ge-Vqnc,  m.  n.,  thought,  mind: 

as.  30,  11  ;  is.  -Sonce  30,  2. 
tn-gQng,  in.,  entrants:  gs. -gauges 

189,   !> ;    ds.   -gonge   11,   10;    as. 

-g?ng  12,  27. 
in-gongan  (K.),  go  in :  ptc.  -ggng- 

ende  02,  7. 
imian,  1.  prep.  (w.  dat.,  ace),  in, 

within  :  w.  ace.  23,  7.  —  2.  adv. : 

172, .;. 

lnnan-bordes,  (gen.)  adv.,  icithin 

borders,  at  home :  26,  9. 
inne,  adv.,  within,  inside,  in:  12, 

12;    12,  14  ;   18,6;  43,3. 
iutinga,  m.,  cause,  sake,  occasion  : 

ns.  9,  6. 
Into  (cf.  in  and   to),  prep.    (w. 

dat.  and  ace),  into,  to,  against  : 

84,  15  ;  106,  5. 
in-iveard,  adj.,   inward,  earnest  : 

ds.     -weardre    80,    12  ;  —  adv., 

within,  138,6. 
in-weardllce,      adv.,      inwardly, 

deeply ;  74,  17. 
ln-\vit  (in-wid),  n.,  guile,  wicked- 
ness: ns.  69,  8. 
in-wit     (in-widd),    adj.,    hateful, 

malign  :  ns.  inwitta  147,  23. 
10,  see  gio. 
iowan    (cowan,    lewan)    (W.I.), 

show,  expound:  inf.  37,  7. 


Ira-land  (Ir-land),  n.,  1.  Ireland  : 
ds.  Lrlande  104,30.  —  2.  (proba- 
bly an  error  for  Iceland):  ns.  41, 
15;  ds.  41,  15. 

iren  (isen,  isern),  n.,  iron :  157, 
17. 

irnan,  see  yrnan. 

Is  (ys),  see  beon. 

is,  n.,  ice :  d.s.  Ise  99,  6. 

Isen  (ysen,  isern,  iren),  adj.,  iron, 
made  of  iron  :  ap.  ysenan  133, 
26 ;  134,  5. 

Hi,  Bee  gio. 

Indeas,  n.  pi.,  the  Jews:  dp.  119, 
21. 

IGdeisc  adj.,  Jewish  :  np.  Jadeis- 
can  112,  1  ;  dp.  109,  18. 

iugoff,  see  geogoff. 

iung,  see  geong. 


la,  interj.,  lot  behold!   136,    18; 

hwaet  la  78,  7  ;  wei  la  wei,  alas  .' 

7,  12. 
lac.  11.,  present,  offering,  sacrifice  : 

ds.  lace  111,-  10  ;  as.  lac  142.  14  ; 

145,  12;  dp.  96,  13;  ap.  lac  96, 

25.     [cf.  Mod.  vved-lock.] 
lacan,  leolc  lee  lecon  lacen  (R.), 

leap,  play,   sport :    3  pi.   liicaS 

176,  4. 
laice,  m.,  leech,  physician:  ns.  53, 

21  ;  ds.  liece  46,  15 ;   np.  liecas 

31,  28;   lSceas  31,  25;  53,  26; 

ap.  liecas  31,  21. 
laice-dom,  ni.,  medicine,  remedy: 

ns.  76,  14. 
lacnian  (W.II.),  treat  with  medi- 
cal skill ;  cure  :  inf.  31,  22  ;  3  sg. 

lacnaS  56,  19. 


322 


GLOSSARY. 


li»dan  ("W. I.),  lead, conduct, bring: 
inf.  6,  11  ;  12,  4  ;  47,  7  ;  2  sg. 
laidest  133,  9  ;  3  sg.  lait  33,  8  ; 
opt.  3  sg.  laide  46,  14  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
laMde  7,  12;  25,  5;  3  pi.  -on  6,  21. 

Lieden  (Leden,  Lyden),  adj.,  Latin: 
ns.  Leden  111,  19;  gs.  Ledenes 
111,  25  ;  ds.  Laidene  26, 19  ;  Le- 
denum  87,  5 ;  Ledene  86,  8 ;  107, 
2  ;  as.  Lseden  28,  28  ;  Lyden  107, 
17. 

Liaiden-boc  (Lyden-),  f.,  Latin 
book  :  dp.  108,  9. 

Lasden-ge-idfeode  (-ftiode),  n., 
Latin  language :  gs.  -'Siodes  28, 
24  ;  as.  -tfiode  28,  22. 

LSden-ware,  pi.  m.,  Latin  peo- 
ple; Romans:  np.  28,  8. 

laf,  f.,  remnant,  remainder :  ns. 
21,  15  ;  70,  23;  darofta  laf,  leav- 
ings of  darts,  sxirvivors  of  battle, 
147,  31 ;  gs.  lafe,  inheritance,  178, 
6;  ds.  to  lafe,  remaining,  43, 11; 
115,  3 ;  115, 10  ;  as.  wyrmes  lafe 
71,  18 ;  swoles  lafe,  survival  of 
the  burning,  174,  15 ;  ades  lafe 
174,  18 ;  fyres  lafe  174,  22  ;  dp. 
hamora  lafum,  leavings  of  ham- 
mers ;  swords,  146,  6. 

laifaii  (W.  I.),  leave:  pret.  3  sg. 
laifde  15,  10  ;  3  pi.  -don  27,  21. 

lagu  (lago),  m.,  sea,  lake,  water: 
as.  168,  20.     [Ger.  Lache.] 

lagu-flod,  m.,  ocean-flood,  sea :  gp. 
-flSda  167,  19. 

lagu-lad,  f.,  ocean-way,  sea:  as. 
-lade  160,  3. 

lagu-stream,  m. ,  ocean-stream, 
sea,  river:  np.  -streamas  151, 14; 
167,  11. 

Lie-land,  n.,  Laaland  (Denmark) : 
ns.  42,  7. 


lam,  m.,  loam,  clay:  is.  lame  184, 

12. 
lain,  n.,  loan  :    ds.  lame  29,  13. 

[Ger.  Lehen.] 
land,  see  loud. 
land-ar,  f.,  possessions   in  land  : 

ap.  -are  78,  3. 
KBne,  adj.,  granted  as  a  loan,  tem- 
porary,   transitory,  perishable  : 

ns.    163,  24 ;    gs.   lainan  71,   5 ; 

181,  1  ;   as.  Inline  172,  23 ;  np. 

laine  52,  6. 
lane  (lo,ne,  Iqiiu),  f.,  lane,  street: 

ap.  lonan  119,  15;  lanan  123,  1  ; 

123,  6. 
Langa-land,  n.,  Langeland  (Den- 
mark) :  ns.  42,  6. 
langian    (W.  II.),  cause    longing 

(impers.  w.  ace.  of  pers.):   inf. 

71,  13. 
langsum,  adj.,  long,  lasting  a  long 

time :    gs.   -suman   93,  24 ;    ds. 

-sumum  79,  21. 
langung,   f.,  longing,  grief:  ns. 

71,  11 ;  ds.  -unga  71,  8. 
lar,   f.,   lore,    teaching,    learning, 

doctrine,  advice  :  ns.  63,  13  ;  76, 

15  ;  gs.  lare  10,  19  ;  ds.  lare  1,  5  ; 
11,  15  ;  64,  24  ;  as.  lare  26,  12  ; 
30,  22  ;  ap.  lara  111,  5. 

lar-cwide,  m.,  precept,  instruc- 
tion: dp.  161,  15. 

laeran  (W.  I.),  teach,  advise,  ex- 
hort: inf.  1,  1  ;  11,  1  ;  28,  22; 
ger.  lieranne  31,  16  ;  37,  12 ; 
ptc.  lairende  36,  20 ;  1  sg.  laire 
30,  7  ;  64,  26  ;  3  sg.  lserfi  32,  12  ; 
lsereS  62.  20  ;  3  pi.  Igeratf  7,  16  ; 
33,  25 ;  opt.  3  sg.  laire  28, 21 ;  30, 

16  ;  pret.  3  sg.  1,  5  ;  10,  26  ;  02,  2  ; 
pp.  laired  03,  14  ;  geliered  8,  11. 

lareow       [O.  N,      lero,      leceo], 


GLOSSARY. 


323 


m.,  teacher :  ns.  32,  2  ;  76,  17  ; 
117,  1G  ;  gs.  lareowes  33,  3  ;  as. 
lareow  80,  13  ;  np.  lareowas  11, 
6  ;  31,  8  ;  gp.  lareowa  27,  3  ;  dp. 

33,  17  ;  ap.  lareowas  93,  21. 
lareow-dom    (larlow-),    m.,    in- 
struction ;    gs.   -dSmes   31,    10 ; 
larlow-  31,  18 ;  ds.  lariowdome 
32,  12  ;  as.  -ddm  31,  15. 

lierig,  in.,  edge,  border  (of  a 
shield)  :  ns.  158,  17. 

lies,  comp.  adv.,  less:  25,  9;  25, 
15  ;  64,  23  ;  J>e  lses,  the  less,  51, 
20 ;  \>e  (hy,  H)  l*s,  conj.,  lest 
(w.  opt.)  2,  8;  \>y  lais  30,  6  ; 
115,  1  ;  J>IUes  76,  10. 

liessa,  comp.  adj.,  less:  ns.  39, 
23  ;    laisse   140,  12 ;  ds.  lSssan 

34,  28  ;  59,  10  ;  as.  laisse  35,  1  ; 
ktissan  46,  9. — Supl.,  laist  ns. 
3, 21 ;  lsesta  43, 16 ;  lsesste  64, 10. 

laist,  see  liessa. 

last,  m.,  track,  footprint:  ds.  on 

laste,  behind,  103,  13;  180,  15; 

as.  on  last  lecgan,  follow,  146, 22  ; 

ap.  lastas  lecgan,  go,  142,  6. 
lie  tun.  leort  let  leton  listen  (R.), 

let,  allow,  leave :  inf.  46,  29 ;  '■'> sg. 

lset  55,  21 ;   3  pi.  lstaS  (place) 

51,   14;   imp.  2  sg.  lset  36,  25; 

119,  12  ;  pret.  3  pi.  152,  25. 
late,   adv.,  late,   tardily,   slowly  : 

60,  6;  176,  4.  fl^es  167,2. 

1SJ>,    n.,   injury,    misfortune:    gs. 
laff,  adj.,  loathly,  hateful,  hostile : 

ds.  latere  152,  7 ;  up.  lafle  152, 

3 ;  gp.  laSra  146,  9  ;  dp.  140,  22. 

—  Comp.,  as.  laSre  150,  29. 
laff-ge-niffla,  m.,  (hostile)  perse- 
cutor, foe :  ns.  166,  29. 
laff-Ho,  adj.,  loathsome :  ns.  -lico 

70,  21. 


lSffff  (ISStSu),  f.,  injury,  offence, 

malice :  dp.  185,  10. 
laiwede,  adj.,  unlearned,  lay:  ns. 

93,  4  ;  ds.  lsewedan  100, 15  ;  -um 

(for -an)  108,  25.     [Mod.  lewd.] 
leaf,  n.,  leaf:  np.  166,  18. 
leaf-scead,   n.,  leafy  shade:   ds. 

-sceade  172,  8. 
leahtor,  m.,  moral  defect,  offence, 

crime  :   ds.  leahtre  136,  4  ;   ap. 

leahtras  76,  16 ;  181,  1.     [lean, 

*  to  blame.'] 
lean,  m.  n.,  reward,  gift,  favor: 

ds.  leane  178,  16;  gp.  leana  57, 

8 ;  145,  12.     [Ger.  Lohn.] 
leanlan  (W.  II.),  reward,  recom- 
pense (w.  dat.  of  pers.  and  ace. 

of  thing):  inf.  57,  2. 
leas,  adj.,  1.  loose,  free  from,  bereft 

of  (w.  gen.) :  np.  lease  163,  2  ; 

dp.  180,  29.  —  2.  false,  deceptive . 

ns.  112,  15  ;  ap.  lease  112,  19. 
leasung,  f.,  deception,  falsehood  : 

gs.  -unge  8, 16  ;  ap.  -unga  141,  24. 
leccan  (W.  I.),  irrigate,  lave :  3  pi. 

le.ccaf>    167,    13.      [liccian,    « to 

lick.'] 
lecgan    (W.  I.),   lay,  put:    imp. 

2  sg.  le.ge  83,  19 ;  opt.  3  sg.  lecge 

161,  19  ;  —  inf.  lastas  lecgan,  go, 

journey,  142,  6 ;    pret.  3  pi.  on 

last  le,gdon,  follow  (w.  dat.),  146, 

22.     [licgan.] 
lefan,  see  liefan. 
Lega-ceaster,  f.,  Chester:  ns.  21, 

20. 
leger,  n.,  lying;  illness:  ns.   167, 

5  ;  ds.  legere  43,  29.     [licgan.] 
l§ncten,  m.,  spring :  ds.  lenctenne 

173,27.     [Mod.  lent.] 
leo,  m.,  lion :  ace.  sg.  leon  5,  16. 

[Lat.  leo.] 


324 


GLOSSARY. 


leod,  f.,  1.  a  people,  nation:  ds. 
leode  90, 9.  —  2.  pi.  leode  (leoda) 
(S.  264),  people:  np.  leoda  103, 
15  ;  dp.  150,  29  ;  ap.  leoda  99, 19  ; 
150,  16.     [Ger.  Leute.] 

leod-bisceop,  m.,  bishop  (of  a  dis- 
trict) :  np.  -bisceopas  81,  15. 

leod-fruma,  in.,  first  among  a 
people,  prince,  king :  as.  -Iranian 
177,  4. 

leod-scipe,  m.,  people,  nation, 
country :  ds.  -scipe  185,  10. 

leof,  adj.,  lief,  pleasing,  dear,  be- 
loved :  us.  68,  5;  69,  8 ;  70, 17;  72, 
15 ;  gs.  leofes  142,  14  ;  ds.  leofan 
74, 18 ;  as.  leofne  149,7  j  np.  (voc.) 
leofan  12,  24.  —  Comp.,  ns.leofra 
15, 16;  leofre  (or  -ra)  144,  30.— 
Supl.,  ns.  leofost  70,  16  ;  150,  2  ; 
ns.  (voc.)  leof usta  30, 1 ;  np.  (voc.) 
leofostan  G7,  2  ;  -estan  72,  5. 

leofllc,  adj.,  pleasant :  as.  180,  15. 

leogan,  leag  lugon  logen  (2),  lie, 
'titter  falsely :  pret.  3  pi.  141,  5. 

leoht,  adj.,  light,  not  heavy;  easy : 
ns.  31,  9;  176,  5;  np.  leohte  30, 
6;  ap.  41,  7. 

leoht,  adj.,  light,  bright,  clear:  is. 
leohte  181,  24. 

leoht  (lloht),  n.,  light,  brightness: 
ns.  78,  21 ;  85,  3 ;  gs.  leohtes  7, 
13;  ds.  llohte  7,  18;  leohte  80, 
7;  as.  leoht  7,  15.  ("3,  1. 

leoht-faet,  n.,  lantern,  lamp:  ns. 

leohtlic,  adj.,  light,  of  little  weight 
or  importance  :  dp.  110,  18. 

leoma,  m.,  light,  radiance;  ray  or 
beam  of  light:  ns.  168,  22  ;  169, 
6  ;  ap.  leoman  85,  5. 
leornere,  m.,  learner,  disciple, 
scholar:  gs.  leorneres  30,  11  ; 
np.  leorneras  179, 25  ;  ap.  10,  13. 
leornian  (lioruian)  (  W. II. ) ,  learn  : 


'6  pi.   leorniaft  34,  3  ;  opt.  3  Bg. 

leornige  30,  13 ;  3  pi.  -en  55,  21 ; 

pret.  3  sg.  leornode  31,  17  ;  -ade 

8,    14;    liomode   32,   12;   3   pi. 

-odon  11,  7  ;  33,  22. 
leoraing-ciiiht,  m.,  disciple:  ds. 

-cnihte  74, 19 ;  np.  -cnihtas  31,  8  , 

dp.  3,  26. 
leornung  (liornung),  f.,  learning  : 

gs.  -unge  36,  30 ;  ds.  liornunga 

28,  19;  -unge  35,  21;  as.  lior- 
nunga 26,  12. 
leoff,  n.,  song :  gs.  leottes  8, 17;  as. 

leoS  9,  4;  10,  14;  is.  leoSe  10,  23; 

np.  leoS  11,  5;  ap.  8,  3 ;  8,  12. 
leoS-craeft,  m.,  poetic  skill  or  art  : 

as.  8,  14. 
leoJ>  song,    n.,    song,    poem:    gs. 

-songes  10,  20 ;  dp.  8,  8. 
leoffu-craeftig,     adj.,     skilful    of 

limb  :.  ns.  174,  14. 
letania   (laitania),   m.  f.,  litany.- 

dp.  letanium  93,  6  ;  ap.  letanias 

93,  1  ;  93,  9.     [Lat.  litanla.] 
Levita  (Lauita),  gp.  the  Lapithae: 

6,  24. 
libban  (lybban,  lifgan)  (W.  III., 

S.  415),  live :  inf.  33, 21 ;  lybban 

107,   11  ;    lifgan   188,   14 ;    ptc. 

lybbende  95,  10  ;  lyfigende  134, 

2  ;  gs.  lifigendan  84,  31  ;  ds.  99, 
19  ;  3  sg.  leofaS  73,  4  ;  97,  12  ; 
105,  29  ;  3  pi.  libbafi  33,  26  ;  55, 
13  ;  126,  30  ;  lifgaS  185,  24  ;  opt. 

3  sg.  libbe  30,  15  ;  lybbe  92,  6  ; 
lifge  68,  21 ;  pret.  3  sg.  lifde  71  ; 

4  ;  leofode  (S.  416,  n.  2)  87,  7  ; 
100, 9  ;  3  pi.  leofodon  107,  12. 

He,  n.,  body,  corpse:  ns.  17,  10; 
43,  8  ;  ds.  lice  75,  26  ;  as.  lie  75, 
23  ;  ap.  lie  83, 20.  [Ger.  Leiche.] 

licettan  (W.  I.),  profess  falsely, 
pretend ;  3  sg.  licet  32,  2. 


GLOSSARY. 


325 


licgan,  laeg    lJegon  (logon)  legen 

(5),  1.  lie,  lie  dead:  inf.  159,  22  ; 

ptc.  licgende  104,  8  ;  118,  15  ;  3 

sg.   h>   17,   10;  43,   2;    103,   6; 

ligeS  156,  17  ;  3  pi.  licgaS  44,  5  ; 

pret,   2  sg.  lege  135,  19;   3  sg. 

15,   12;    3  pi.    15,   5;    152,   29; 

hlgon  147,  5;  155,8.  —  2.  extend, 

run  (of  land  and  stream)  :  3  sg. 

IIS   18,   2;  40,    18;  41,   21;  42, 

16 ;  3  pi.  licgaS  40,  19 ;  pret.  3 

sg.  39,  3  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg.  l«ge 

38,  8. 
lic-homa  (-hama),  m.,  bod;/ :  ns. 

-hama  69,  10  ;  gs.   -hanian  31, 

21  ;  88,  23  ;  ds.  -homan  33,  14  ; 

52,    3 ;    as.  lychaman  130,  23. 

[Ger.  Leichnam.] 
lic-hQmlic  (-hamllc),adj.,  bodily : 

ds.    -Here   11,  29 ;   lichamlicere 

85,9. 
lic-homlice,  adv.,  corporally:  61, 1. 
lician  (W.  II.),   like,  please  (w. 

dat.;  personal  and  impers.):  inf. 

183,3;  3sg.  HcaS  119,11  ;  3  pi. 

HciaS  7,  23  ;  opt.  3  sg.  llcige  122, 

30  ;  1  pi.  lician  68,  30  ;  pret.  3 

sg.  llcode  123,  4. 
lic-mQnn,  m.,  pall-bearer  :  gp.  11c- 

inanna  79, 19  ;  dp.  -mannum  79, 

16. 
lie-rest,   f.,   sepulchre :  ds.   -reste 

103,  12. 
lid,  n.,  ship  :  gs.  lides  147,  4  ;  147, 

11.     [H5an.] 
lid-monn,  m.,  sailor,  pirate:  np. 

-men  152, 16  ;  gp.  -manna  154, 20. 
liefan  (llfan  lefan)  (W.I.),  allow, 

permit :  pret.  1  pi.  lefdon  27,  9. 

[leaf.] 
lif,  n.,  life  :  ns.  30,  18  ;  gs.  Hfes  8, 

10;  12,27;  as.  lif  11,26;  34,29. 


lifer,  f.,  liver:  as.  lif  re  7,  2. 
liflic,  adj.,  pertaining  to  life  :  ds. 

80,  15. 
Hg  (leg),  m., flame,  fire:  ns.   166, 

18;  172,  21*;   174,   14;  182,  20; 

is.  llge  142,  13  ;  dp.  80,  9.    [Ger. 

Lone.] 
lig-bryne,  m.,  burning  of  flames, 

burning  :  ds.  185,  5. 
Hg-bracu,  f.,  violence  of  flames 

ds.  -brace  172,  28  ;   177,  2'.). 
lihtan    (W.   I.),    alight    (from    a 

horse)  :  pret.  3  sg.  lihte  15'.),  2. 
lihtan  (lyhtan)  (W.  I.),  shine:  3 

sg.   lyhteS  171,  18;  llhte^i   185, 

15.     [leoht.] 
lim,  n.,  limb,  bodily  member  :  dp. 

104,   6  ;    leomum    187,   20  ;  ap. 

leomu  9,  13  ;  71,  21  ;  182,  28. 
Linien,   f.,    the   Limen   (river  or 

estuary  in   Kent)  :    gs.   Limene 

17,  27  ;  19,  27  ;  23,  10. 
lind,  f.,  (linden),  shield :  as.  linde 

157,  8  ;  ap.  linde  152,  16. 
Lindes-ig,    f.,   Lindesey    (dist.  in 

Lincolnshire)  :  ds.  -Ige  103,  8. 
Lindis-farn-ea    (-farena-ea) ,    f., 

Lindisfarne Island,  Lindisfarne  : 

gs.  103,  1. 
liss  (<  118s),  i.,  favor,  delight :  gp. 

lissa  170, 11;  184,  20;  dp.  144,  30. 
litel,  see  lytel. 
Ht-hwon,  adv.,  little  :  105,  3. 
llffe,  adj.,  mild,  gentle:  as.  HSne 

53,  23.      [Ger.  gelinde ;    Mod. 

lithe.] 
ITxan  (W.  I.),  shine,  glitter:  inf. 

168,  13  ;  3  sg.  HxeS  166,  12  ;  175, 

8;  175,  17  ;  3  pL  Kxsri  186,6. 
locc,  m.,  lock  (of  hair)  :  ns.  loc 

124,  23;   np.  loccas  124,  25  ;  ap. 

125,  2. 


326 


GLOSSARY. 


locian  (W.  II.),  look:  ptc.  15ci- 

ende  60,  24  ;  114,  12  ;  imp.  2  sg. 

loca  35,  25  ;  opt.  3  sg.  locie  50, 

20  ;  pret.  3  sg.  locode  118,  22  ; 

locude  14,  17. 
lof,   m.,   praise,    glory,    song    of 

praise  :  ds.  lofe  89,  22  ;  as.  lof 

12,   29;  13,  10;  72,   1;  102,  3; 

114,  23.     [Ger.  Lob.] 
lofian  (  W.  II.) ,  praise  :  3  pi.  lofiaS 

170,  25. 
lof-sang,  m.,  song  of  praise:  as. 

137,  24. 
lQnd  (land),  n.,  land,  country  :  ns. 

land  38,   4 ;  gs.  londes  15,    14  ; 

ds.  londe  11,  10 ;  18,  29 ;  lande 

1,  4  ;  as.  land  1,  14  ;  3,  12  ;  lond 

22,  5  ;  np.  land  42,  10  ;  gp.  londa 

165,  2. 
lQnd-wela,  m.,  earthly  possessions  : 

ap.  -welan  182,  20. 
lQng  (lang) ,  adj.,  long :  ns.  lang 

18,    1  ;    38,  4  ;  ds.  langum  102, 

5  ;  np.  lange   24,  4  ;    39,  26.  — 

Comp.,  ns.  le,ngra  18,  1  ;  39,  24. 
lQnge  (lange) ,  adv.,  long:  7,  5  ;  17, 

4  ;  29,  10  ;  lange  104,  8.  — Comp., 

leng  51,  20;  71,  8;  lencg  43,  5. 

—  Supl.,  lengest  14,  4  ;  19,  8. 
lQngllce  (lang-) ,  adv.,  long :  lang- 

lice  79,  22. 
losian    (W.  IT.),   be  lost,  escape: 

opt.  3  sg.  losige  105,  26  ;  pret.  3 

sg.  losade  7,  16. 
lot-wr^nc,   m.,   deception,  fraud, 

wile :     ap.     -wrejicas     49,    23. 

[liitan.] 
lnean.  leac  lucon  locen  (2)  lock, 

interlock,  close  up  (trans,   and 

intrans):    inf.  172,  28;   pret.  3 

pi.  151,  14. 
lufian    (lufigean)  (W,  II.),  love: 


inf.   56,   10;  70,  10;    -igean  10, 

25 ;  1  sg.  lunge   35,    25  ;  3    sg. 

lufaS  70,  19;    imp.  2  pi.  lufiaS 

61,  14  ;  127,  8  ;  pret.  3  sg.  lufode 

71,  7;  95,  21 ;   1  pi.  lufodon  27, 

8  ;  pp.  gelufod  74,  17  ;  as.  geluf- 

edan  75,  11. 
luflice,  adv.,  lovingly :  26,  2. 
luf-tyme,  adj.,  benevolent :  as.  93, 

14. 
lufu,  f.,  love:  ds.  lufan  (S.  279,  n. 

1)  11,20;  70,  2;  as.  lufe  7,  11; 

35,  13  ;  51,  6  ;  dp.  35,  7. 
Lunden-burg,    f.,    London:    ds. 

-byrg  19,  23 ;  -byrig  20,  2 ;  22, 

18 ;  23,  4. 
lust,  m.,  lust,  desire,  pleasure :  dp. 

74,  18;  79,9;  112,  12. 
lustlice,  adv.,  willingly :  46,  29. 
lyb-craeft,  m.,  skill  in  the  use  of 

drugs  and  of  poison:  ds.  -crsefte 

113,  11. 
lyft,  m.  1.  n.,  the  air:  ns.  52,  12 ; 

ds.  under  lyfte  166, 18 ;  on  lyfte, 

on  high,  aloft,  109,  13;  176,  28; 

under  lyft  168,  20 ;  is.  lyfte  167, 

11.     [Ger.  Luft.] 
Iiyge,  f.,  the  Lea :  ds.  Lygan  22, 18; 

as.  22,  15. 
lyge-word,   n.,   lying  word,   lie: 

dp.  184,  4. 
lyre,  m.,  loss :  ns.  167, 2.  [leosan.] 
lysan  ("W.  I.),  release,  deliver :  inf. 

150,  16.     [leas.] 
lystan  (W.I.),  list;  cause  pleas- 
ure or  desire  (impers.  w.  ace.  of 

pers.  and  gen.  of  thing):  pret.  3 

sg.  lyste  6,  2. 
lyt  n.,  little,  small  number,  few: 

as.  161,  8. 
lytegian      (W.  II.),      dissemble, 

feign  :  inf.  152,  3. 


GLOSSARY. 


327 


lytel  (Htel),  adj.,  little,  small:  ns. 

135,  17;  ds.  litlum  110,  1G  ;  as. 

lytel  60,  9  ;  lytle  27,  16  ;  is.  lytle 

14,    11;    17,    13;    147,    11;    ap. 

lytle  41,  6.     (Seeliessa.) 
lytlian  (W.  II.),  lessen,  diminish  : 

3  sg.  lytlaS  159,  16. 


M. 

ma  (mi),  comp.  adv.,  more:  63, 
24  ;  K>n  ma  J>e,  any  more  than, 
15,  21  ;  51,  8  ;  — noun  (adj.) 
indecl.,  norn.  155,  20  ;  ace.  24,  5  ; 
28,  4 ;  40,  5 ;  43,  12. 
maiden  (msegden),  n.,  maiden: 
ns.  84,  27  ;  104,  8  ;  gs.  nnedenes 
74,  21 ;  as.  mJeden  104,  10. 
mSg,  m.,  kinsman:  ns.  15,  16; 
71,  21;  101,  10;  (son)  143,  8; 
ds.  m&ge  145,  2  ;  np.  ma-gas  15, 
15;  magas  (S.  240)  86,  15;  gp. 
niaga  83,  32;  147,  17;  161,  28; 
dp.  mjeguin  15,  18 ;  magum  43, 

iv^  i.        3;  98,  4. 

iw*;^     magan  (PP.,    S.  424),   may;   be 

^^c       able :   1  sg.  mseg  27,  1 ;   50,  2  ; 

H"j  -Lb'  2  SS-  meant  9, 19  ;  50,  3  ;  61,  20  ; 
3  sg.  maeg  7,  11 ;  1  pi.  magon  28, 
16 ;  2  pi.  61,  5 ;  mage  ge  2,  10 ; 
3  pi.  3,  24  ;  31,  23  ;  opt.  2  sg. 
maege  27,  5  ;  3  s^.  36,  5  ;  41,  20  ; 
46,  16;  1  pi.  msegen  28,  15  ;  3  pi. 
28,  19  ;  53,  20  ;  55,  24 ;  pret.  1 
sg.  meahte  29,  5  ;  3  sg.  meahte 
5,  5;  5,  12;  11,  3;  mehte  39,  3  ; 
3  pi.  meahton  27,  17;  me.li ton  19, 
14  ;  mihton  3,  25  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg. 
meahte  8,  13  ;  10,  20  ;  12,  7  ;  38, 
14 ;  45, 5 ;  mehte  18, 19 ;  mihte  40, 
25 ;  3  pi.  meahten  24,  8  ;  46,  25. 


maegen,  n.,  main,  strength,  might, 
valor,  virtue :  ns.  159,  16 ;  gs. 
ma^genes  32,  18 ;  63,  17 ;  ds. 
nuegne  90,  16;  as.  msegen  31, 
10  ;  72,  2  ;  is.  maegene  59,  1  ;  68, 
17;  nuegne  181,  16;  dp.  88,  15; 
(miracles)  117,  16. 

maegen ->rymm,  m.,  great 
strength,  majesty,  glory :  gs. 
-)>rymmes  188,  7  ;  ds.  -}>rymme 
77,  26  ;  135,  15  ;  136,  3. 

magister,  m.,  master:  ns.  107,  15. 
[Lat.] 

niteglic,  adj.-,  belonging  to  kins- 
men :  74,  4. 

mago  (magu),  m.,  son,  man:  ns. 
(voc.)  144,  26;  163,  8. 

maigff,  f.,  kin,  tribe,  province, 
nation  :  ns.  44,  4  ;  ds.  mJegSe  66, 
20  ;  86,  14. 

maegS'-had,  m.,  virginity,  purity : 
gs.  -hades  74,  5 ;  ds.  -hade  74, 
6  ;  74,  7  ;  74,  16. 

magu-J>egn,  m.,  kin  vassal,  re- 
tainer :  ns.  -f>egnas  162,  9. 

iniT'l.  n.,  time,  occasion:  ap.  maila 
156,  7.     [cf.  Mod.  meal.] 

nuT'lda n  ( W.  I.),  speak,  announce : 
pret.  3  sg.  imelde  144,  22 ;  150, 
5  ;  150,  22. 

man,  n.,  evil,  sin:  gs.  manes  187, 
4.     [cf.  Ger.  mein-eid.] 

niil'iian  (W.  I.),  mean,  intend: 
pret.  3  sg.  masnde  48,  2. 

mancus,  m.,  mancus  (the  eighth 
of  a  pound,  the  sum  of  thirty 
pence)  :  gp.  mancessa  29,  7. 

maii-dSd,  f. ,  evil  deed:  gp.  -djeda 
11,  21  ;  ap.  -dsede  181,  2. 

man-fr^mmend  (ptc),  m.,  evil- 
doer :  dp.  -fr^mmendum  165,  6.. 

manfullice,  adv.,  sinfully:  91,  27. 


328 


GLOSSARY. 


manian  (monian)  (W.  II.),  ad- 
monish, exhort,  warn :  inf.  156, 
23  ;  ger.  manigenne  93,  10  ;  1  sg. 
manige  68,  20 ;  3  sg.  manaS  92, 1 ; 
pret.  3  sg.  manode  37,  14 ;  96, 
15;  monade  10,  26  ;  manade  35, 
22  ;  pp.  pi.  geinanode  156,  26. 

manig,  see  monig. 

maenigeo,  see  m^nigu. 

manig -feald,  see  niQnig-feald. 

mann,  see  monn. 

manna,  m.  (?),  manna:  ns. 85, 11  ; 
ds.  mannan  85,  11.     [Lat.] 

mann-cwealm,  in.,  mortality,  pes- 
tilence :  ns.  90,  8. 

mara,  see  micel. 

mairan  (W.  I.),  make  famous,  glo- 
rify, honor:  3  pi.  maira'S  176, 
26  ;  177,  3  ;  pp.  gemcered  8,  2. 

mSre,  adj.,  famous,  glorious :  ns. 
99,  15;  146,  14;  gs.  mseres  99,  25; 
as.  mieran  75, 4 ;  np.  maire  78, 16. 
— Supl.,  ns.  mierost  169, 9.  [Goth, 
-mers  ;  Ger.  Mare,  Marchen.] 

mairsian  (W.  II.),  make  famous, 
celebrate,  glorify:  2  sg.  mairsast 
92,  21  ;  3  pi.  miersia'3  186,  19. 

martyr,  m.,  martyr:  gp.  martyra 
96,  20.     [Lat.] 

maerff,  f .,  fame,  glory,  honor :  ns. 
137,  29;'  gp.  mserSa  181,  17;  ap. 
ma:rj>a  (famous  things)  111,  2. 

Maser-feld,  m.,  Maserfelcl,  Oswes- 
try :  ds.  -felda  102,  i9. 

maesse,  f.,  1.  mass:  as.  msessan 
84,  12.  —  2.  festival  day:  ds. 
msessan  25,  13.    [L.  Lat.  missa.] 

maisse-preost,  n.,  mass-priest :  ns. 
105,  1  ;  ds.  -preoste  29,  2 ;  np. 
-preostas  69,  2. 

maesse-reaf,  f.,  mass-robe ,"  dp. 
-reafum  96,  25, 


maest,  see  micel. 

maite,  adj.,  intermediate,  inferior : 
Comp.,  np.  mietran  50,  26. — 
Supl.,  np.  maitestan  51,  4  ;  51,6. 

majfif,  f.,  measure,  degree,  condi- 
tion, fitness,  right,  honor :  ns.  59, 
3;  155,  20;  ds.  mieSe  59,  4. 

maeffel,  n.,  popular  assembly :  ds. 
maeSle  183,  24. 

ma}>elian  (W.  II.),  address,  ha- 
rangue, speak:  pret.  3  sg.  ma- 
Mode  144,  2  ;  150,  21  ;   159,  12. 

maeftel-stede,  in.,  place  of  assem- 
bly; battle-field:  ds.  155,  24. 

ma)>J»um-gyfa  (mahum-),  m.,  giver 
of  treasure,  lord:  ns.  163,  8. 

m a i?u m  (mal'Kim),  m.,  gift,  treas- 
ure :  gp.  mabma  27,  15. 

me,  see  ic. 

meagol,  adj.,  mighty,  emphatic: 
dp.  176,  26.     [magan.] 

meant,  meahte,  see  magan. 

meaht  (miht),  f.,  might,  power: 
as.  meaht  165,  6  ;  ap.  meahte  9, 
26  ;  mihte  63,  24  ;  82,  8  ;  82,  11. 

meahtig  (mihtig,  myhtig),  mighty, 
powerful :  ns.  183,  24  ;  myhtig 
131,  25;  meahtal78,  7. 

mearcian  (W.  II.),  mark,  repre- 
sent; mark  out,  design:  3  sg. 
mearcaft  49,  11  ;  3  pi.  -ia$  176, 
21. 

mearh  (mearg),  m.,  horse:  ns. 
mearg  163,  8  ;  ds.  meare  157.  3  ; 
as.  mear  155,  13. 

mearm-stan  (marm-),  m.,  marble- 
stone  :  ds.  -stane  176,  21.  [Lat. 
marmor.] 

mear>,  m.,  marten :  gs.  mearSes 
40,  12. 

mec,  see  1c. 

jaece,  m.,  sword:   as.   154,  23; 


GLOSSARY. 


329 


156,  31 ;  gp.  meca  147,  17  ;  dp. 

147,  1. 
med  (meord),  f.,  meed,  reward: 

ns.  94,  2  ;  gs.  mede  53,  14  ;  as. 

mede  92, 10  ;  meorde  (dial.)  181, 

17  ;  dp.  144,  26. 
med-micel  (-mycel),  adj.,  moder- 
ately great:  limited,  small:  ds. 

-iniclum  8,  6  ;  64,  11  ;  as.  -mycel 

13,  4 ;    116,  14 ;   dp.  -mycclum 

(17,  6. 
medo  (medu,  meodo),  m.,  mead: 

ns.  43,  1 ;  ds.  meodo  156,  7  ;  as. 

medo  42,  28. 
medomlice     (medumlice),    adv., 

moderately,  worthily :  32,  10. 
med-trymues  (-trumnes),  f.,  in- 

jirmity,  illness,  disease :  as.  -nesse 

31,  24  ;  53,  28. 
mele-deaw,  m.  n.,  honey-dew  (?), 

mildew:  gs.  -deawes  174,  6. 
men,  see  monn. 

mengan  ( W.  I.),  mingle,  mix,  com- 
bine ;    disturb,    lacerate:    pret. 

3  sg.  mengde  132,  14 ;   pp.  ge- 

menged  53,  8;   55,  17;   123,  7; 

161,  25  ;  pi.  gemengde  124,  26. 
m^nig,  see  monig. 
m^nigu  (meniu,  menigeo,  msenig- 

eo),  f.,  multitude:    ns.  menegu 

1,2;  82,  20  ;  93,  3  ;  menigeo  27, 

15  ;  msenigeo  133,  28  ;  as.  menigu 

3,  29  ;  mengu  179,  21. 
mennisc,  n.,  folk,  race,  people  :  ns. 

89,  2. 
mennisc,  adj.,  human :    ns.  -isce 

54,  11  ;  ds.  -iscum  103,  10;  ap. 

-isce  130,  29. 
mejnniscnes,  f.,  human  condition; 

incarnation:  ds.  -nesse  11,  12; 

-nisse,   108,  13  ;   -nysse  74,  14 ; 

81,  12  ;  132,  2. 


meodo,  see  medo. 
meodu-heall    (medu-),   f.,  mead- 
hall:  ds.  -healle  161,  4. 
meolc,  f.,  milk:  as.  42,  27. 
meord,  see  med. 
Meore,  More  (dist.   in  Sweden)  : 

ns.  42,  11. 
meos,  n. ,  moss :  gs.  meoses  99,  9. 
Meotod.  see  Metod. 
Me,ran-tun,  m.,  Merton  (Surrey)  : 

ds.  -tune  14,  12. 
mere,   m.,   mere,   lake,  sea:    ds. 

m^re  42,  22  ;  as.  mere  147,  31 ; 

np.  meras  41,  4  ;  ap.  41,  5.    [Ger. 

Meer.] 
mere-flod,  m.,  sea-flood,  sea:  ns. 

166,21. 
Mere- tan,  m.,  Merton  (?),  or  Mar- 
den  (?)  (Wilts.)-,  ds.  -tune  17,  2. 
31eres-Ig,  f.,  Mersea  (Essex)  :  ns. 

22,  8  ;  as.  -Ige  22,  14. 
mergU,  see  myrgU. 
metan  (W.  I.),  meet,  find:  3  pi. 

metaS  173,  20  ;  pret.  1  sg.  mette 

64, 23 ;  3  sg.  39,  7 ;  3  pi.  -on  15, 1 1 . 
metan,   mset   maiton   meten    (5), 

mete,    measure,   compare :    ger. 

metanne  52,  6  ;  2  pi.  metaS,  3,  7; 

pp.  gemeten  3,  8. 
mete,  m.,  meat,  food :  ns.  70,  24  ; 

85,  11;  ds.  114,  25;  as.  19,  8; 

dp.  mettum  88,  10. 
m^te-liest  (lyst),  f.,  want  of  food : 

ds.  -Heste  21,  5. 
metgian   (W.  II.),  assign  in  due 

measure :  3  sg.  metgaS,  54,  7. 
Metod    (Meotod),    m.,    Creator, 

Lord:  ns.  143,  11  ;  gs.  Meotcdes 

9,    26 ;    Metodes    144,    17  ;    ds. 

Metode  154,  3. 
met-trum    (med-),    adj.,    infirm, 

ill :  np.  -trurne  103",  22. 


33Q 


GLOSSARY. 


meffe,  adj.,  weary :  gp.  meftra  179, 
23.     [Ger.  miide.] 

inicel  (my eel,  miccel,  myecel), 
great:  ns.  17,  4;  mycel  1,  2; 
4,  2;  inicla  17,  23;  19,  26;  gs. 
iniclan  17,  28;  micelre  11,  25; 
ds.  lnycelum  140,  19 ;  micclum 
4,  10 ;  as.  miclne  21,  6 ;  micle 
16,  5  ;  19,  1 ;  mycele  1,  9 ;  is.  (w. 
comp.)  adv.  {much),  micle  23, 16; 
39,  23;  50,  12;  51,  20;  micele 
80,  29;  micele  94,  2;  150,  29; 
np.  micla  59,  10 ;  dp.  mycclum 
67,  6;  adv.  (greatly),  miclum 
14,  17 ;  44,  3 ;  ap.  mycele  3,  23. 
—  Comp.,  miira,  ns.  28,  3;  mare 
46,  11;  53,  5;  94,  2 ;  as.  maran 
63,  21 ;  ap.  maran  43,  5.  —  Supl., 
malst,  ns.  3,  22  ;  40,  7  ;  156,  18 ; 
as.  maist  181,  7 ;  msestan  8,  6 ; 
43, 14  ;  majste  154,  31 ;  is.  mseste 
186,  20 ;  np.  msestan  39,  26 ;  gp. 
mjestra  18,  23. 

mlcelnes,  greatness :  gs.  -nesse  31, 
11;  ds.  -nysse  92,  8;  as.  -nesse 
60,  29. 

mid,  prep,  (with  dat.,  instr.,  and 
ace),  with  (association,  means, 
condition)  :  1.  (w.  dat.  and  in- 
str.) 2,  4;  2,  16;  4,  2;  6,  20; 
10,  29;  among,  40,  4;  43,  1; 
44,  1 ;  prep,  adv.,  15,  15 ;  15, 
25;  36,  13;  40,  4;  65,  19;  70, 
27  ;  instr.  7,  3  ;  12,  26 ;  18,  14 ; 
30,  2 ;  57,  12  ;  myd  eallum,  al- 
together, entirely,  130,  24 ;  mid 
ealle,  with  all  else,  withal,  17, 
26  (see  ealle)  ;  mid  )>y,  when, 
12,  10 ;  mid  J»i  126,  12 ;  mid  l>y 
J>e,  when,  65,  5;  113,  11  ;  mid 
J>am,  with  that,  thereupon,  140, 
20 ;  mid  >am  J>aet,  from  the  fact 


that,  because,  23,  18 ;   mid  bam 

\>e  110,  8;  when,  75,  22.  — 2.  (w. 

ace.)  8,  6;    11,   3;    17,  27;    77, 

13. 
midd,   adj.,    middle:   ds.   middre 

174,  8;  as.  midde  121,  20;  dp. 

125,    14;    176,    28.  — Supl.,    np. 

midmestan  50,  16;  50,  25;  51, 

4  ;  dp.  51,  4. 
middan-geard  (-eard),  in.,  earth, 

world:  gs.  -geardes  11,  7;   36, 

9 ;  -eardes  81,  9  ;  as.  -geard  10, 

3 ;  13,  8 ;  is.  -gearde  58,  2 ;  59, 

10. 
middan-geardlie  (-eardlic),  adj., 

worldly :  ap.  -eardlice  95,  7. 
middel,   adj.,   middle :    Supl.,  dp. 

midlestan  (S.  293,  n.  2)  50,  18. 
middel  (midel),  n.,  middle:   ds. 

midle  167,  14. 
Middel-tun,    in.,    Milton    Royal 

(Kent):  ds.  -tune  18,  8;  19,  25. 
midde-neaht(-niht),  f.,  midnight : 

as.  12,  13. 
midde-weard,     adj.,     mid-ward, 

middle  of:  ns.  40,  24;  50,  23. 
miht,  see  meant. 
mihte,  see  magan. 
mil,  f.,  mile :  ds.  mile  43,  13 ;  gp. 

mila  18,   1;   dp.  43,   19.     [Lat. 

mllia.] 
milde,   adj.,   mild,   merciful :  ns. 

milde  112,   16 ;  ds.  mildan  187, 

28 ;  as.  mildne  67,  9. 
mild-heort,     adj.,     mild-hearted, 

merciful:  ns.61, 11 ;  -heorta  92, 

17.  —  Supl.,   ns.    myldheortesta 

131,  6. 
mild-heortnis,    f.,    mild-hearted- 

ness,  mercy :  gs.  -nysse  130,  22  ; 

ds.  -nesse  54,  26  ;  as.  -nysse  80, 

28;  92,  18;  -nesse  116,  22. 


GLOSSARY. 


33* 


milts,  f.,  mercy :  gs.  miltse  6,  19  ; 
160,  2  ;  gp.  miltsa  68,  18  ;  73,  2. 

miltsian  (W.  II.),  show  mercy, 
pity  (w.  dat.)  :  inf.  80,  30  ;  92, 
22  ;  3  sg.  miltsaS  80,  29  ;  opt.  3 
sg.  miltsige  47,  4  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
miltsode  80,  28. 

miltsung  (mildsung),  f.,  mercy: 
11s.  93,  11  ;  mildsung  47,  4  ;  gs. 
-unge  83,  29 ;  ds.  80,  16. 

mln,  poss.  pron.,  my,  mine:  gs. 
mines  151,  1  ;  mines  Nonces, 
adv.,  by  my  will,  32,  15  ;  ds. 
mlnum  28,  30 ;  159, 21 ;  is.  mine 
171,  7  ;  up.  mine  12,  24. 

mine,  m.,  mind,  purpose,  re- 
membrance, favor:    as.  minne 

161,  4.      [Goth,    muns ;    Ger. 
Minne.] 

mirce  (myrce),  adj.,  murky,  dark, 
evil  :  ap.  181,  2. 

miscian  (W.  II.),  mix,  apportion  : 
3  sg.  miscaS  54,  7. 

mis-died,  f.,  misdeed:  np.  -dieda 
110, 15. 

mis-faran  (6),  go  astray,  trans- 
gress :  3  pi.  -faraS  33,  4. 

mislic,  adj.,  various:  dp.  28,  26  ; 
103,  22  ;  ap.  misllce  68,  6  ;  mis- 
leca48,  11. 

missenlic,  adj.,  various:  np.  -lice 

162,  22. 

mis-w^ndan    (W.    I.),   pervert  : 

pp.  pi.  misw^nde  80, 2. 
miSaii,    maS  miSon  mrSen   (1), 

conceal  (with  gen.)  :  pret.  1  sg. 

30,  3.  [Ger.  meiden.] 
mod,    n.,   mood,    mind,  courage, 

pride  :  gs.  modes  30,  13  ;  31,  20  ; 

ds.   m5de  27,   25  ;    50,  19 ;  as. 

mod  7,  21 ;  12,  19  ;  is.  mode  12, 

11 ;  13i  6 ;  181,  16  ;  np.  mod  8, 9. 


mod-cearig,    adj.,    sorrowful    of 

heart :  ns.  160,  2. 
modelic,  adj.,    proud,    splendid: 

ap. -llco  70,  13  ;  71,3. 
mod-ge-J>anc,     m.,    purpose     of 

mind :  as.  9,  26. 
modig,  adj.,  resolute  brave,proud, 
haughty :  ns.  69,  7  ;  modi  154, 
3 ;    as.    modigan    98,    18 ;    np. 
mSdige  151,  28. 
modignis,  f.,  pride,  haughtiness: 

gs.  -nysse  136,  21. 
modor  (moder),  f.,  mother:  ns. 
79,  15  ;  moder  84,  27 ;  gs.  meder 
(S.  285,  n.  2)  79,  19 ;  as.  modor 
74,  19;  np.  modru  91,  21. 
modrige,  f.,  maternal  aunt:  gs. 

m5ddrian  74,  3.     [mSdor.] 
mod-sefa,  m.,  mind,  heart :  ns.  162, 

6  ;  as.  -sefan  160,  10 ;  160,  19. 
mold-eera,  n.,  grave:   ds.   -serne 

184,  21. 
molde,  f .,  mould,  earth,  land,  world, 
country :  gs.  moldan  71,  18  ;  ds. 
69, 11 ;  174,  6 ;  as.  104,  26  ;  165, 
10. 
mold-graef,  n.,  grave :  dp.  183, 10. 
molsnian   (W.  II.),  moulder,  de- 
cay :  pp.  molsnad  184,  21. 
mona,  m. ,  moon :  gs.  mSnan  78, 

21. 
monaff,  m.,  month:  ds.  monfie 
41,  12  ;  as.  mona^S  17, 12  ;  43, 3  : 
gp.  monSa  167,  15 ;  ap.  monaS 
(S.  281,  n.  2)  17,1;  18,10;  21, 
26  ;  monflas  97,  10. 
mQn-dryhten,  m.,  liege  lord:  as. 

161,  18. 
monig  (manig.maenig), adj.,  j/icm?/, 
many  a  :  ns.  146,  17  ;  moni  157, 
3 ;    as.  manigne  157,  7 ;    monig 
10, 8  ;  11, 17  J  ^  10  i  22, 12;  np. 


332 


GLOSSARY. 


monige  8, 11 ;  21, 10  ;  menige  95, 
13  ;  manega  59,  9  ;  86,  6  ;  gp. 
monigra  8,  9  ;  dp.  monegum  11, 
11 ;  manegum  3,  24  ;  msenegum 
56,  16  ;  ap.  manega  48,  11. 

monig-feald  (manig-,  menig-, 
-fald),  manifold,  various :  dp. 
manig-  28,  26  ;  me,nig-  86,  2  ; 
110,  25  ;  ap.  manigfeald  55,  10  ; 
mejiigfealde  78,  28. 

m<mig-fealdian  (W.H.),  multiply: 
pp.  pi.  gemonigfealdode  67,  19. 

monig-fealdlie  (manig-,  me^nig-, 
-fald),  adj.,  various:  ns.  manig- 
faldllc  49,  15. 

monig-fealdliee  (menig-),  adv.,  in 
the  plural  number:  m^nig- 1 10, 1 1. 

mon n  (mon,  mann,  man),  m., 
man :  ns.  mon  9,  14  ;  mqnn  34, 
13;  gs.  inonnes  35, 18;  mannes  6, 
18;  ds.  m^n  10,26;  33,11;  53,21; 
as.  mon  7, 17;  8,  14;  monnan  (S. 
281,  n.  1)  47,  6  ;  mannan  47,  1  ; 
np.  m^nn  28,  1 ;  m^n  5,  8 ;  gp. 
monna  8,  9;  28,  18;  dp.  5,  13; 
ap.  men  10,  13  ;  21,  23.  — Indef., 
one,  5,  5;  7,  11;  18,  22;  20,  4. 

monn-eynn  (mann-),  n.,  man- 
kind :  gs.  -cynnes  10,  3  ;  179,  23  ; 
mon- 11,8 ;  144, 5 ;  as.  manncynn 
74,  20. 

mon->waire,  adj.,  gentle,  gra- 
cious :  60,  25. 

mor,  m.,  moor :  ns.  40,  26  ;  gs. 
mSres  40,  31  ;  ds.  m5re  40,  26  ; 
as.  mor  41,  2;  dp.  40,  21;  ap. 
moras  41,  4. 

niorgen  (mergen),  m.,  morning: 
ns.  mergen  118,  14  ;  ds.  on  mor- 
genne  10,  9  ;  10,  22  ;  15,  7  ;  as. 
on  mergen  103,  17  ;  116,  1 ;  124, 
13  j  ou  56erue  mergen  98,  22. 


morgen-tid,  f.,  morning-time  :  as. 

146,  14. 
mot  an   (PP.),  may,   have   oppor- 
tunity, must:  2  sg.  most  150,  9.; 

3  sg.  mot  170,  9 ;    1  pi.  moton 

72,  29  ;  3  pi.  36,  27  ;  49,  5  ;  opt. 

1  sg.  mote  94,  8 ;  3  sg.  69,  10 ; 

152,  12  ;  155,  2  ;  171,  21 ;   pret. 

3  pi.  moston  151,  31 ;  pret.  opt. 

1  sg.  moste  65, 17  ;  84,  19  ;  2  sg. 

45,  13 ;  3  pi.  moston  152,  4. 
lmiiid,  i,  hand:  dp.  176,  21.     [cf. 

Ger.  Vor-mund.] 
munt,  m.,  mountain :  np.  muntas 

165,  21  ;  dp.  5,  14.    [Lat.  mons.] 
munuc,   m.,    monk :    ns.  107,  1 ; 

dp.    munecum   69,    4 ;     93,   22. 

[Lat.  monachus.] 
munuc-had,  m.,  monkhood,  mo- 
nastic rank :   gs.  -hades  93,  4  ; 

as.  -had  10,  27. 
mu u nolle,    adj.,    monastic:    ds. 

-Here  99,  25  ;  -Mean  88,  16. 
munuclice,    adv.,    monastically : 

100,  15. 
munuc-lif,     n.,     monastic    life; 

monastery  :  ap.  87,  20. 
imirnan,    mearn    murnon  —  (3), 

mourn,  have  anxiety  or  fear  (w. 

prep,  for)  :  inf.  157,  23  ;  pret.  3 

pi.  152,  13. 
muff,  m.,  mouth  :  ds.  mQSe  11,  6  ; 

84,  23  ;  as.  mu«  83,  9. 
muff  a,    m.,    mouth    of   a    river, 

estuary:  ns.  17,  28;  ds.  mu>an 

18,    4  ;  24,   14  ;  as.   24,    12  ;  on 

Lymene     mQ>an     17,    27 ;    on 

T^mese  muSan  18,  7. 
mycel,  see  mieel. 
mylen-scearp,adj.,  ground  sharp  : 

dp.  -scearpum   147,   1.    [mylen 

'  null. 'J 


GLOSSARY. 


333 


myndgung,   f.,    admonition:  na. 

35,  12. 
mynegung,    f.,    admonition:    ds. 

-unge  94,  6. 
inyugean  (mynegian)  (II.),  admon- 
ish, exhort :  1  sg.  myngie  67,  3. 
mynster,    n.,    1.   monastery:   ds. 

mynstre  8, 1 ;  29,  9  ;  as.  mynster 

10,  28;  ap.  mynstru  87,  23.-2. 

minster,  cathedral:  as.  101,  10. 

[Lat.  monasterium.] 
mynsterlic,    adj.,    monastic:   ap. 

-lice  100,  19. 
mynster-mQnn,    m.,    monk:    np. 

-men  103,  9. 
Myrce  (Mierce,  Merce),  m.  pi.,  the 

Mercians,  Mercia :   np.  147,  1 ; 

gp.  Myrcena  102, 15  ;  106,  5  ;  dp. 

Myrcon  156,  12  ;  Myrcan  103,  7. 
myreels,  m.,  mark:  ds.  myrcelse 

102,  27.     [mearc] 
myre,  f.,  mare :  gs.  myran  42,  27  ; 

ds.  65,  18.     [mearh.] 
myrgff  (myrhft,  mergS),  f.,  mirth, 

joy:  ds.mergSe6, 1;  myrh5e74,2. 


N. 


na  (no),  adv.  (adv.  con j.),  no,  not, 
not  at  all,  nor  (usually 
strengthens  ne)  :  2,  7  ;  3,  26  ; 
5,  9;  7, 11  ;  17,19;  46,  17;  no 
25,  9  ;  45,  12  ;  54,  17  ;  61,  8. 

naebban  (<  ne  habban)  (W.  III.), 
not  to  have :  3  sg.  ngefS  3,  9 ; 
nafa«  70,  13;  2  pi.  nabbe  ge 
(S.  360,  2)  4,  9  ;  3  pi.  nabbaS  2, 
17  ;  opt.  3  pi.  nsebben  55,  26  ; 
nabbe  ge  116,  21 ;  pret.  3  sg. 
nsefde  1,  9  ;  3  pi.  nsefdon  32,  27. 

naeod,  adj.,  naked,  bare:  as.  na- 
cedan  109,  6  ;  np.  nacode  78,  20. 


n  aid  re,  f.,  adder,  serpent :  gs. 
naidran  179,  14. 

nsefde,  naefdon,  see  naebban. 

njefre,  adv.,  never :  7,  8  ;  8,  16  ; 
9,  4  ;  15,  17. 

nafu,  f.,  nave  :  ns.  50, 12  ;  51, 12  ; 
ds.  nafe  50,  18  ;  50,  23. 

usegel,  m.,  nail:  dp.  naeglum  132, 
16. 

naegled-cnearr,  m.,  nailed  ship: 
dp.  147,  30. 

nah  «  ne  ah,  S.  420,  2)  (PP.), 
1  sg.  have  not :  112,  18. 

naht,  see  na-wiht. 

na-hwir,  adv.,  nowhere;  in  no 
case  :  84,  22. 

na-hwaeffer  (no-hwse'Ser,  naw6er, 
nowSer,  na'Ser),  1.  pron.,  nei- 
ther :  ns.  naber  140,  12 ;  as. 
n5u§er  31,  23.  —  2.  Conj.,  nei- 
ther :  nohwarSer  ne  .  .  .  ne, 
neither  .  .  .  nor,  27,  8 ;  nawSer 
ne  .  .  .  ne  24,  6  ;  53,  12  ;  nauSer 
ne  .  .  .  ne  46,  20  ;  59, 19 ;  na)>er 
ne  .  .  .  ne  132,  2. 

nalaes  (nales,  nalles,  nals,  <na 
ealles),  adv.,  not  at  all:  8,  13; 
161,  10;  nales  161,  9;  nalles 
143,  3  ;  nals  34,  5. 

nama  (noma),  m.,  name :  ns.  5,  3 ; 
ds.  noman  9,  15  ;  as.  naman  27, 
9 ;  noman  34,  11 ;  np.  naman 
48,  17. 

nan  (<  ne  an),  pron.  adj.,  not  one, 
none :  ns.  3,  3 ;  5,  15 ;  24,  22  ; 
gs.  nanes  6,  2  ;  ds.  nanum  6,  16 ; 
nanre  28,  20  ;  as.  ninne  5,  16  •, 
27,  29  ;  nane  6,  17. 

naJnig  (<ne  amig),  pron.,  no  one, 
none:  ns.  8,  12;  15,  4;  gs. 
nainges  178,  27  ;  as.  nainigne  12, 
21 ;  nainig  9,  4. 


334 


GLOSSARY. 


nan-wuht  (-wiht;  S.  348),  n., 
nothing :  as.  27,  17  ;  60, 15. 

niere,  nairon,  see  beon. 

naes,  see  beon. 

naes,  adv.,  not,  not  at  all :  32,  14  ; 
32,  16  ;  52,  20  ;  68,  31. 

na)»er,  see  na-bwaeffer. 

nauht,  see  na-wlht. 

na-wiht  (no-whit,  nauht,  naht, 
noht,  S.  348),  n.,  not  a  whit, 
nought,  nothing :  ds.  nauhte  51, 
7;  as.  nauht  59,  15 ;  60,  16 ;  61, 
5  ;  naht  9,  18  ;  noht  8,  16  ;  9,  16. 
—  Adverbial:  not,  not  at  all: 
noht  26,  20 ;  65,  29  ;  noht  J>on 
lses  63,  21. 

nfiwffer,  see  na-hwaeS'er. 

ne,  adv.,  not:  2,  7;  2,  8. 

ne,  adv.  conj.,  and  not,  nor:  5,  16 ; 
8,  17;  33,21 ;  ne  .  .  .  ne,  neither 
.  .  .  nor,  27,  8  ;  31,  23. 

nead,  see  neod. 

neah  (neh),  near:  1.  adv.,  12,  9  ; 
67,  1;  161,  3;  171,  23;  (of  de- 
gree :  nearly,  almost)  39,  19.  — 
Comp.,  nSar  (S.  321)  50,  26; 
near  and  near,  nearer  and  nearer, 
30,  12.  —2.  adv.  prep.  (w.  dat.) 
22,  10 ;  50,  23  ;  neh  152,  20.  — 
Supl.,  nyhst  43,  16  ;  nehst  50, 
12 ;  nehste  50, 15  ;  neahst  50, 16  ; 
neaxst  51,  12.  —  3.  adj.,  Supl. 
as.  nlehst  18,  17;  set  nextan, 
next,  finally,  79, 21 ;  95,  16  ;  132, 
16. 

neaht,  see  niht. 

nea-lScan  (-lecan)  (W.  I.),  draw 
near,  approach  (w.  dat.)  :  inf. 
-lecan  9,  8  ;  3  sg.  -hlcl>  68,  19  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  -lajcte  11,  27;  -lehte 
65,  23. 

nean,  adv.,  from  near :  176,  14. 


near,  see  neah. 

nearolice,  adv.,  narrowly,  accu- 
rately:  111,  15. 

near  we,  adj.,  narrowly,  artfully: 
179,  14. 

neat  (cf.  nyten),  n.,  neat,  cattle: 
gp.  neata  9,  11. 

nea-wist  (-west),  f.,  being  near; 
proximity,  presence,  neighbor- 
hood :  ns.  -wist  70,  21 ;  ds.  -weste 
12,  2  ;  22,  23.     [neah,  wesan.] 

nebb,  n.,  bill,  beak :  ns.  175,  17. 

ned,  see  neod. 

ned-ffearf,  see  nied-ffearf. 

neh,  see  neah. 

neh-majg  (neah-),  m.,  near  kins- 
man:  gp.  -maga  71,  6;  dp. 
-magum  70,  18. 

nQinnan  (W.  I.),  name :  1  pi.  nem- 
naft  50,  14 ;  pret.  1  sg.  nemde 
23,  26 ;  3  sg.  neninde  9,  15  ;  pp. 
nemned  65,  30 ;  genemned  28, 
28  ;  130,  17  ;  pi.  genemnode  (S. 
405,  5)  89,  9. 

nemne  (nefne),  conj.,  unless,  ex- 
cept :  174,  6. 

nem]>e  (nimj>e,  nymj^e),  conj.,  un- 
less, except:  164,  2. 

neo-bedd,  n.,  bed  for  a  corpse: 
as.  184,  10.     [Goth,  naus.] 

neod  (nead,  nied,  nyd,  ned),  f.f 
need,  necessity,  compulsion, 
force:  ns.  171,  20;  180,  7;  is. 
neade,  necessarily,  147,  10  ;  nede 
60,  7. 

neodlice,  adv.,  zealously:  Comp., 
neodlicor  63,  19.  [neod, '  desire.'] 

neorxna-wong  (neorxena-),  m., 
paradise :  gs.  -wanges  130,  20  ; 
139,  9  ;  ds.  -wange  138,  10  ;  as. 
-wang  131,  7  ;  -wong  178,  27 ; 
neorxena-  138,  5.     [ne  wyicaiij 


GLOSSARY. 


335 


niosung,  f .,  visitation  :  ns.  78, 24  ; 
as.  -unge  74,  2. 

neotan  (2),  enjoy,  use,  employ  (w. 
gen.):  inf.  169, 11;  170,10;  177, 
20  ;  178, 14.     [Ger.  geniessen.] 

ueoffan  (niSan),  adv.,  below,  be- 
neath, down  :  175,  25. 

nergend,  m.,  Savior  (Christ,  God): 
ns.  182,  13;  gs.  -es  143,  3. 
[nerian.] 

nest,  n.,  nest :  ds.  neste  172,  18  ; 
as.  nest  171,  20  ;  180,  7. 

neten,  see  nyteii. 

nied-be-ffearf,  adj.,  necessary : 
Supl.,  np.  niedbeftearfosta  28,  13. 

nied-ffearf  (ned-),  f.,  need,  neces- 
sity .-  ns.  36,  28 ;  ned-  60,  24  ; 
as.  nedSearfe  61,  15  ;  69,  18. 

nieff-flfearf  (ned-),  adj.,  necessary  : 
ns.  ned-  69,  4. 

nlg-hworfen  (pp.),  adj.,  newly 
converted:  ds.  -hworfenum  96,  8. 

nlgon,  num.,  nine :  nom.  121,  13  ; 
dat.  nigonum  (S.  325)  24,  11. 

nigotfa,  num.,  ninth  :  ds.  nigo'San 
102,  13. 

niht  (neaht),  f.,  night;  in  reckon- 
ing time,  the  equivalent  of  Mod. 
day  (cf.  sennight,  fortnight)  : 
gs.  neahte  12,  5  ;  nihtes  (adv., 
masc.  form  due  to  association 
with  dseges  ;  S.  284,  n.  1  ;  320) 
3,  13  ;  6,  14  ;  21,  18  ;  79,  7  ;  ds. 
neahte  9,  12  ;  gp.  nihta  114,  18  ; 
dp.  25,  12  ;  42,  4  ;  ap.  16,  2  ;  16, 
4  ;  nyht  132,  25. 

niht  helm,  m.,  cover  or  shade  of 
the  night :  as.  163,  12. 

nlht-r^st,  f.,  nighfs  rest,  couch: 
as.  -re,ste  143,  3. 

nlht-scaa,  m.,  shadow  of  night  : 
ns.  163,  20. 


nlman,  n5m  (nam)  nOmon  (nam- 

on)  numen  (4),  take,  seize  :  inf. 

167,   16 ;    3  pi.  niinaS  43,   31  ; 

imp.  2   sg.   nim   83,    19  ;    2    pi. 

nima'S  78,  2  ;  pret.  3  sg.  05,  19 ; 

nam  16,  4 ;  3  pi.  namon  16,  24. 
Nlnlueisc,   adj.,    Ninevitish  :    gs. 

Niniueiscre  92,  8. 
nioffo-weard,  adj.,  beneath:  ns. 

175,  17. 
nipan,  nap  nipon  nipen  (1),  grow 

dark  :  3  sg.  nipeft  163,  20. 
«is,  see  beon. 
niff,  m.,  hatred,   envy,  malignity: 

ns.    179,    1  ;    as.   179,   14  ;    gp. 

nISa  69,  7  ;  180,  26  ;  181,  14. 
uihera  (nij>erra,   S.  314),   comp., 

adj.,  lower:  ap.  ni^eran  121,  4. 
nlwan    (nywan,    nlwane,    niwe, 

neowan,  neon),  adv.,  newly,  re- 
cently:  63,27  ;  nywan  141,  2. 
niwe  (nywe,  neowe),  adj.,  new, 

fresh  :  ns.  63,  13.;   174,  13 ;   as. 

nywne  137,  24  ;  gp.  nlwena  24, 

12  ;  ap.  nlwan  36,  20. 
no,  see  na. 
noht,  see  na-wlht. 
iio-hwaiffer,  see  na-hwaefter. 
nolde,  noldon,  see  ny Han. 
norff,  adv.,  north,  northwards,  in 

the   north :    38,   4 ;    38,    12.  — 

Comp.,  norSor  40,  22.  —  Supl., 

norl'inest  38,  2. 
norffan,  adv. ,  from  the  north:  38, 

17  ;    176,  12  ;    be  nor  San,  prep. 

w.  dat.,  north  of,  38,  9  ;  41,  9. 
Norfferne,    adj.,    Northern:    ns. 

NorSerna  146, 18. 
norSe-weard,    adj.,     northward  : 

ns.  40,  24  ;  ds.  -weardum  41,  1  ; 

as.  -weard  40,  31. 
Norff-hymbre,  pi.  m.,  the  North- 
umbrians, Northumbria :  np.  18, 


336 


GLOSSARY. 


11  ;  gp.  -hymbra  22,  5  ;  dp.  19, 
15;  21,  16  ;  -hymbron  157,  30. 

Xorff  hyinbrisc,  adj.,  Northum- 
brian :  ds.  -iscum  100,  5. 

Norff-monn,  m.,  Norwegian :  np. 
-ni^n  41,  3  ;  gp.  -manna  40,  16. 

norff-ryhte,  adv.,  northward:  38, 8. 

Nor>-sie,  f.,  North  Sea  :  d.s.  19, 18. 

NorS-wealas,  pi.  m.,  the  (North) 
Welsh,  (North)  Wales  (as  op- 
posed to  West  Wales,  i.e.  Corn- 
wall) :  c'p  22,  3  ;  as.  21,  29. 

Norff-weal-cynn,  n.,  the  (North) 
Welsh  :  gs.  -cynnes  20,  30. 

norff-weard,  adj.,  northward  : 
gs.  -weardes,  adv.,  19,  2 ;  ds. 
-weardum  38,  3. 

NorSffweg,  Norway:  ns.  41, 17. 

nos-J>yrel,  n.,  nostril:  ap.  nos- 
tfrlu  112,  5. 

notu,  1,  office,  employment:  ds. 
note  28,  20.     [neotan.] 

nouUer,  see  na-hwseffer. 

nu,  1.  adv.,  now  :  9,  25  ;  27,  23.  — 
2.  conj.,  now  that,  since  :  12,16. 

nyliau  (nillan,  <  ne  willan  ;  S.  428, 
n.  2),  not  to  will,  be  unwilling  : 
1  sg.  nylle  92,  5  ;  nelle  157,  10  ; 
3  sg.  nele  45,  2;  61,  13;  3  pi. 
nyllaS  33,  21;  54,  23;  nellaS 
108,  17  ;  pret.  3  sg.  nolde  15,  4  ; 
149,  G  ;  1  pi.  noldon  27,  24  ;  3  pi. 
(verb  of  motion  omitted)  15,  15; 
27,  29;  pret.  opt.  3  pi.  noldon 
46,  26. 

nytan  (nitan  <  ne  witan  ;  S.  420), 
not  to  know :  1  sg.  nat  32,  25 ; 
3  sg.  nat  3,  13;  31,  20  ;  2  pi. 
nyton  2,  10  ;  3  pi.  53,  27  ;  opt. 
3  sg.  nyte  32,  22  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
nyste  5,  17  ;  39, 17 ;  nysse  38, 16  ; 
39,2. 


nyten,  adj.,  ignorant :  np.  nytenan 

76,  30.     [ne  witan.] 
nyten   (nleten,  neten,  cf.  neat), 

n.,  neat,  domestic  animal,  cattle, 

beast:  ns.  neten  11,  4;  ds.  ny- 

tene  111,  12  ;  gp.  nytena  99,  5 ; 

ap.  nytenu  125,  25. 
nyteunis,  f.,  ignorance  :  ds.  -nysse 

79,  28. 
nytlic,  adj.,  useful, profitable :  ns. 

69,  5.     [Ger.  niitzlich.] 
nyttnes  (nytnes),  f.,  use,  benefit: 

gs.  -nesse  63, 18  ;  nytnisse  64,  28. 
nyt-wyrffe,  adj.,  useful :  Supl.,  np. 

-wyrSoste  24,  8. 
nyffer  (nrSer),  adv.,  down:   136, 

14 ;  137,  16. 
nyfferllc   (nrSerlic),   adj.,   loioly: 

ns.  135,  17. 
nywan,  «ywe,  see  niwan,  niwe. 


O. 

o  (oo),  see  a. 

of,  prep.  (w.  dat.),  of,  from  (place 
and  material),  from,  among,  con- 
cerning :  17,  24  ;  18,  27  ;  21,  15  ; 
22,3;  23,4;  39,16;  66,  18;  97,2; 
154,  5  ;  —  prep,  adv.,  89,  8  ;  89, 
13 ;  —  adv.  off,  36,  6 ;  70,  22. 

of-axian  (W.  II.),  learn  by  asking  : 
pret.  3  sg.  ofaxode  95,  22. 

ofer,  prep.  (w.  ace.),  over,  across, 
after,  above,  upon,  superior  to, 
contrary  to,  against:  1.  (place) 
1,  8  ;  3,  3  ;  4,  4  ;  23,  1  ;  41,  5 ; 
103,  11.— 2.  (time)  12,  13;  17, 
9.-3.  (metapb.)  18, 13;  179,  4  ; 
179,  12  ;  181,  25.— adv.  17,  26; 
41,  19 ;  ofer  ba?c  (cf.  under  btec), 
backwards,  168,  9. 


GLOSSARY. 


337 


ofar,  m.,  shore,  bank :  ds.  ofre  150, 

7.     [Ger.  Ufer.] 
ofer-cuinan  (4),  overcome:  pret. 

3  pi.  -comon  148,  16. 
ofer-drifaa    (1),   overcome:   ger. 

-dryfenne  135,  18. 
ofer-eaca,  m.,  surplus :  as.  -eacan 

87,  25. 
ofer-feran  (W.  I.),  traverse:  inf. 

40,  27  ;  40,  29. 
ofer-freosan  (2),  freeze  over  :  pp. 

oferfroren  44,  8. 
ofer-gletan  (5),  forget,  disregard  : 

opt.  3  pi.  -gieton  117,  17. 
ofer-gyldan  (W.  L),  cover  with 

gold,  gild :   pp.  np.  ofergyldan 

37,1. 
ofer-hllfian  (W. II.),  over-tower: 

3  sg.  -hlifa'S  109,  11. 
ofer-maegen,    n.,    over-mastering 

might:  ds.  -msegne  173,  22. 
ofer-metto,  f .,  pride :  dp.  -mettum 

31,  5;  32,  8;  55,  20. 
ofer-mod,  n.,  overweening  cour- 
age, confidence :  ds.  -mode  152, 

6. 
ofer-roodigian  (W.  II.),  be  proud, 

arrogate:    2  pi.   -mddie  01,  3; 

3  pi.  -modigaS  56,  25. 
ofer-stigan  (1),  rise  above,  sur- 
pass :    pret.  3  sg.  -stall  81,  20  ; 

87,  2. 
ofer-swiffan    (W.  I.),   overcome  : 

inf.    56,   2  ;    -swySan    137,   11  ; 

pret.  opt.   -swISde   82,  28  ;   pp. 

-swyfted  134,    16 ;    pi.   -swvSde 

56,3. 
ofer-winnan  (3),  overcome:  pret. 

3  sg.  -wann  99,  14. 
ofestlice  (ofostlice,  ofstllce) ,  adv., 

hastily,  quickly  :  142,  6  ;  ofstllce 

153,  30. 


ofestum  (of stum),  adv.,  hastily, 

quickly  :  145,  9  ;  171,  21  ;  of  stum 

144,  21.     [*of-est.]*    <*_<^,  ^^ 
ofett  (ofet),  n.,  fruit:  ns.  107,  26. 

[Ger.  Obst.] 
of-faran  (6),  overtake,  intercept: 

inf.  21,  21 ;   pret.  3  pi.  -foron 

21,1. 
offrian  (W.  II.),  offer,  sacrifice: 

inf.   Ill,  4  ;   pret.  3  sg.  off  rode 

111,    9;    pp.   geoffrod    111,    14. 

[Lat.  offerre.] 
offrung,  f.,  offering,  sacrifice  :  ds. 

-unge  111,  12. 
of-gan    (S.  430),    demand,   seek, 

implore :    opt.  1   pi.    ofgan  92, 

18. 
of-giefan  (-gifan,  -gyfan)  (5),  give 

up,  quit,  desert :   inf.    179,  13 ; 

3  sg.  -giefeS  180,  1  ;  pret.  3  sg. 

-geaf  143,  3  ;  3  pi.  -geafon  162,  8. 
of-hreowan  (2),  pity  (w.  gen.): 

pret.  3  sg.  -hreow  (S.  384,  n.  2) 

79,  19  ;  105,  18. 
of-liniian  (3),  cease :  pret.  3  sg. 

oflan  126,  16. 
of-lystan  (  W.  I. ) ,  fill  with  desire, 

please :  pp.  oflyst  6,  14. 
of-munan  (PP.)>  recollect:  3  sg. 

of  man  60,  15. 
of-sceotan  (2),  shoot  doion  :  pret. 

3  sg.  151,  25. 
of-seon  (5),  see :  pret.  3  sg.  ofseah 

76,2. 
of-s^ttan   (W.  I.),  beset,  oppress, 

afflict :  pp.  -s^tt  88, 12  ;  ap.  -s^t- 

tan  78,  18. 
of-slean,  -sl5g -slogon -slsegen  (6), 

strike,  slay :  pret.  3  sg.  1 4,  3  ;  3 

pi.  15,  24  ;  21,  24  ;  22,  12  ;  pret. 

opt.  3  sg.  sloge  39,  27;  pp.  15,  8  ; 

17, 6;  21, 10;  -sl^gen  66, 16;  91, 13; 


338 


GLOSSARY. 


as.  -slsegenne  14,  19 ;  np.  -slseg- 
ene  15,  22  ;  gp.  -slsegenra  16,  20. 

of  stingan  (3),  stab  to  death  : 
pret.  3  sg.  -stang  14,  6. 

oft,  adv.,  often  :  8,  9  ;  14,  7  ;  15, 
27.  — Comp.,  oftor  18,  27.— 
Supl.,  oftost  27,  5  ;  101,  14. 

of-J>rysinian  ("W.  II.),  choke :  3 
pi.  ->rysrnia"S  2,  23.  [>rosm, 
•smoke,  vapor.'] 

6-le_ccan  (W.  I.),  subdue,  flatter, 
soothe,  please :  inf.  6,  4 ;  opt. 
3  sg.  olecce  56,  21.  [leccan, 
'moisten.'] 

Qinbiht,  m.,  servant:  dp.  143,  19. 
[Ger.  Amt.] 

on,  prep,  (with  dat.,  instr.,  ace), 
on,  at,  during,  in,  into,  among, 
against  (time,  place,  manner, 
circumstance,  and  condition)  : 
1,  2;  1,  3;  1,  4 ;  1,  5  ;  1,12; 
1,14;  2,6;  2,  14;  2,  17,  etc.;  — 
prep,  adv.,  43, 17  ;  44,  6  ;  46,  26  ; 
65,  16;  71,  5;  on  tu,  into  two 
parts,  18,  25 ;  on  dseg,  on  niht, 
17,  14;  18,23;  41,  12;  on  riht, 
adv.,  rightly,  53,  3  ;  54,  19  ;  on 
ier,  adv.,  formerly,  91,  8;  on 
uppan,  upon,  138,  23  ;  138,  20  ; 
on  emnlange,  along,  40,  20. 

on-ailan  (W.  I.),  kindle,  set  on 
fire,  consume  by  fire:  pp.  onailed 
64,4;  129,  6;  145,  1;  172,  19; 
182,  18. 

on-baernan  (W.  I.),  kindle,  in- 
spire, incite  :  pp.  -bserned  11, 25  ; 
pi.  -baernde  8, 10 ;  -baernede  32, 20. 

on-bidan  (an-)  -bad  -bidon  -biden 
(1),  1.  abide,  tarry  :  inf.  117,  6  ; 
imp.  2  sg.  onbid  114, 18 ;  120,  24. 
—  2.  await:  (w.  gen.)  inf.  117, 
10  ;  ptc.  121,  23. 


on-blotan,  -bleot  -bleoton  -bloten 
(R.),  sacrifice:  pret.  3  sg.  145, 
12. 

on-bregdan  (3),  move,  bow  (intr.y. 
3  sg.  -brygde-S  170,  4. 

on-bryrdan  (W.  I. ),  inspire,  ex- 
alt :  opt.  3  sg.  onbryrde  35,  12  ; 
pp.  onbryrd  35,  15  ;  74,  15 ;  on- 
bryrded 169, 10  ;  184,  7.  [brord, 
'prick,  point.'] 

on-bryrdnis,  f.,  inspiration,  ar- 
dor :  ds.  -nysse  101,  16. 

on-byrigan  (-byrgan)  (W.  I.), 
taste  (w.  gen.)  :  pret.  1  pi.  on- 
byrigdon  138,  14. 

on-cnawan,  -cneow  -cneowon 
-cnawen  (R.),  recognize,  acknowl- 
edge, understand,  know  :  inf.  53, 
28;  149,  9;  1  sg.  oncnawe  1:14, 
23  ;  imp.  2  sg.  oncnaw  71,  24  ; 
136,  27  ;  opt.  3  sg.  oncnawe  83, 
22  ;  3  pi.  oncnawon  76,  31 ;  pret. 
3  sg.  62,  9  ;  pp.  32,  29. 

on-cweSan  (5),  address,  answer: 
pret.  3  sg.  -cwarS  144,  20 ;  157, 9. 

on  cyrran  (W.  I.),  turn:  opt.  3 
pi.  oncyrron  68,  30. 

Qnd  (and),  conj.,  and. 

ondettan,  see  andettau. 

Qnd-git,  see  and-giet. 

on-driedan,  -dreord  -dred  -dredon 
-drSden  (R.),  fear  (trans.  ;  and 
w.  reflex,  dat.  of  pers.  and  ace. 
of  thing)  :  ptc.  pi.  -dreedendan 
67,  13;  2  sg.  -drietst  132,  8; 
3  sg.  -drSt  60,  20  ;  132,  3  ;  2  pi. 
-draMafl  78, 19  ;  3  pi.  55,  23  ;  imp. 
2  sg.  -dreed  96,  21  ;  114,  14  ;  2  pi. 
-dryeda'5  118,  4  ;  opt.  3  sg.-dreede 
30,  9  ;  pret.  2  sg.  -drede  62,  14  ; 
1  pi.  andredon  117,  23 ;  3  pi.  4, 
10;  118,3. 


GLOSSARY. 


339 


on-drysne,  adj.,  awful,  exciting 
reverence  :  ns.  143,  1. 

ond-swarian  (W.  II.),  ansicer  : 
pret.  3  sg.  -swarade  12,  23  ;  -ode 
63,  3  ;  -ede  9, 16  ;  3  pi.  -odon  12, 
14  ;  -edon  12,  20. 

ond-weard,  see  and-weard. 

on-emn  (on-efn),  prep.  (w.  dat.), 
near,  alongside  of:  155,  9. 

onettan  (W.  I.)  (incite),  hasten, 
be  active  :  3  sg.  6nette«  172,  20  ; 
180,  30 ;  pret.  3  sg.  onette  143, 
12.     [*  on-hatjan.  ] 

on-faegnian  (W.  II.),  show  glad- 
ness :  inf.  6,  7. 

on-feohtan  (3),  fight:  ptc.  on- 
feohtende  16,  20. 

on -findan  (3),  find,  find  out,  dis- 
cover, learn:  pret.  3  sg.  -funde 
(S.  386,  n.  2)  149,  5  ;  3  pi.  -fund- 
on  15,  1  ;  pret.  opt.  3  pi.  -funden 
14,  13. 

on-fon,  -feng  -f engon -f angen  (R.), 
receive  (w.  gen.,  dat.,  ace.)  : 
inf.  (w.  dat.)  63,  5  ;  144,  28  ;  (w. 
ace.)  171,  23  ;  ger.  onfonne  132, 
9 ;  1  sg.  (w.  gen.,  partake)  onf5 
83,  3;  3  pi.  onfo«  2,  17;  48,  4; 
imp.  2  sg.  onf5h  84,  28 ;  116,  10 ; 
opt.  2  sg.  onf5  62, 16  ;  1  pi.  onfon 
63,  28  ;  pret.  3  sg.  8, 16 ;  9,  21 ;  3 
pi.  3, 29;  (w.  gen.,  stand  sponsor) 
pp.  20,  7 ;  as.  onfongne  10,  21. 

on-foran,  prep.  (w.  ace),  before 
(time)  :  21,  16  ;  22,  13. 

on-gean  (an-gean,  on-gen,  agen), 
prep.  (w. dat.,  and  ace),  towards, 
against:  6,  6;  19,  3;  84,  29; 
92,  14 ;  131,  20 ;  ongen  24,  3 ; 
24,  13;  —  prep,  adv.,  6,  21  ;  75, 
19; — adv.,  opposite,  in  the  op- 
posite direction,   back,  41,  20; 


75,  18  ;  153,  24  ;  agen  8,  29  ;  eft 
ongean,  back  again,  96,  11 ;  150, 
28;  154,  12. 

ongel-cynn,  see  Angel-cynn. 

Qngel-J>eod,  f.,  the  Anglian,  Eng- 
lish people  or  nation :  ds.  ->eode 
8,  11. 

on-ge-niQng  (on-ge-mang,  on- 
mang,  a-mang),  prep.  (w.  dat.), 
among  :  5,  12  ;  28,  26  ;  —  on- 
mang  barn,  adv.,  while,  138,  21 ; 
amang  f>am  133,  13. 

on-gietan  (-gitan,  -gytan)  -geat 
-geaton  -gieten  (-giten,  -gyten) 
(5),  perceive,  understand:  inf. 
27,  17;  30,  16;  31,  26;  50,  3; 
62,  9 ;  ongeotan  67,  17  ;  ger. 
-gitanne  57,  19  ;  1  sg.  ongite  45, 

8  ;  2  sg.  ongitst  46,  8  ;  57,  24 ; 
3  sg.  ongit  33,  1  ;  33,  2  ;  54,  14  ; 
3  pi.  ongita'S  54,  20  ;  imp.  2  pi. 
ongita'S  118, 17  ;  opt.  3  pi.  ongiten 
56,  20  ;  ongyten  2,  8  ;  pret.  1  sg. 
64,  21  ;  3  sg.  14,  15  ;  onget  22, 
30  ;  3  pi.  152,  1 ;  pret.  opt.  3  pi. 
ongeaten  46,  24. 

on-ginn  (an-ginn),n.,  beginning  : 
ns.  56,  14  ;  109,  17  ;  ongyn  187, 

9  ;  ds.  onginne  31,  12  ;  anginne 
60,  4  ;  88,  7  ;  angynne  81,  29. 

on  ginnan,  -gonn  (-gann)  -gunnon 
-gunnen  (3),  begin,  attempt  :  inf. 
6,  3  ;  3  sg.  ongin-5  60,  2  ;  109, 
12  ;  onginnefl  171,  19  ;  3  pi.  -a« 
114,  4  ;  opt.  3  pi.  onginnen  31, 
22 ;  pret.  3  sg.  ongan  1,  1  ; 
ongon  6,  5  ;  6,  11 ;  3  pi.  6,  19  ;  8, 
12  ;  pp.  22,  29  ;  ap.  -gunnenan 
93,  26. 

on-gyldan  (3),  repay,  suffer  the 
penalty  for  (w.  gen.)  :  pret.  3  pi. 
onguldon  179,  11. 


340 


GLOSSARY. 


on-gytenes,  f.,  knowledge :  gs.  on- 

gytenesse  65,  25. 
ou-haetan  (W.  I.),  heat :  pp.  on- 

liaited  172,  15. 
on-hejbban  (G),  raise  up:  pp.  pi. 

onhafene  138,  20. 
on-blidan  (1),  uncover,  open,  re- 
veal: pp.  onhliden  165,  12  ;  166, 

28. 
on  hon  (R.),  hang :  pp.  anhangen 

139,  11. 
on-hreodan  (2),  adorn  :  pret.  3 

sg.  onhread  1-15,  10. 
on-hyldan  (W.  I.),  incline:  pret. 

3  sg.  onhylde  13, 4. 
on-leohtan     (W.    I.),   light     up, 

illuminate  :  pret.  3  sg.  onleohte 

114,  9. 
on-lic  (an-Hc),  adj.,  like,  similar 

(w.  dat.) :   ns.  anllc  46,  6  ;   np. 

-lice   31,   7, —  Supl.,   ns.   -llcost 

175,  30. 
on-lice,  adv.,  similarly  :  smneson- 

llce,  somewhat  like,  173,  15. 
on-licnes  (an-),  f.,  likeness,  image  : 

ns.  (voc.)  anllcnes  125,  18  ;   ds. 

-nisse   110,    8  ;    -nysse   122,   4 ; 

-nesse  12G,  13  ;  as.  -nesse  121,  22  ; 

dp.  82,  22. 
on-lutan,  -leat  -luton  -loten   (2), 

bow,  incline  (intr.)  :  inf.  27,  25. 

[Mod.  lout.] 
on-lyhtan     (YV.    I.),     enlighten, 

illuminate:  3  sg.  onlyht  130,  1  ; 

pret.  2  sg.  onlihtest  84,  22. 
on-niang,  see  on-gc-inrmg. 
on-mkblan,  prep.  (w.  dat.),  amid, 

at  the  middle  of:  50,  25. 
on-munan  (PP.),  consider  worthy 

of  or  entitled  to  (w.  ace.  of  pers. 

and  gen.  of  worth)  :    pret.  opt. 

3  pi.  onmunden  15,  21. 


ono  (one,  eno;,  interj.,  lo  !  behold] 
ono  hwset,  behold  I  62,  12  ;  one 
124,  26;  eno  119,  13;  122,  10. 

on-ridan  (1),  ride  (on  a  raid)  : 
pret.  3  pi.  onridon  17,  19. 

on-sawan  (R.),  sow  :  pp.  onsawen 
173,26. 

on-scunian  (W.  II.),  shun,  avoid, 
detest,  fear :  ptc.  onscungend  70, 
19 ;  pret.  3  sg.  -scunede  5,  10  ; 
3  pi.  -scunedon  5,  9  ;  pret.  opt.  3 
sg.  -scunode  57,  13. 

on-s^egan  ( W.  III.),  offer,  sacrifice 
(trans.):  inf.  142,8. 

on-sejidan  (W.  I.),  send:  inf. 
29,  6;  opt.  2  sg.  -s^nde  115, 
14. 

on-sien  (an-,  -sin,  -syn),  f.,  ap- 
pearance, face,  sight,  presence: 
ns.  ansyn  138,  25 ;  ds.  anslne 
127,  20  ;  as.  onslene  124,  1  ;  124, 
5;  onsyne  118,  27;  186,  2;  an- 
92,  1. 

on-sigan,  -sfdi  -sigon  -sigen  (1), 
descend :  ptc.  ds.  onslgendum  91, 
5 ;  92,  14. 

on-slaipaii  (R. ),fall  asleep,  sleep  : 
rjret.  3  sg.  onslep  118,  7  ;  onslepte 
(S.  395  n.  2)  9,  13  ;  13,  5. 

on-springan  (3),  spring  forth  :  3 
pi.  -i -pringa'8  167,  12. 

ou-stal,    m.,   institution,   supply 
as.  27,  2. 

on-st^llan  (W.I.), place,  establish, 
create:  pret.  3  sg.  onstealde  9, 
28. 

on-sund  (an-sund),  adj.,  sound, 
whole,  healthy:  ns.  165,  20; 
ansund  103,  0  ;  gs.  ansundan  74, 
5  ;  np.  ansunde  77,  1  ;  83,  25. 

on  sundnis  (an-),  f.,  soundness  : 
ds.  ansundnysse  76,  24. 


0-«-»-^> 


-*-**—«-  .1  ■n.^-w^*,   ?  ^    jji  w£**  gtl^o^ 


GX,OS6\4flF. 


341 


on-syn,    f.,    lack,    deficiency:    ns. 

107,  4  ;   178,  28.     [seon,  'sift.'] 
ou  teuu,  -teah  -tugou  -togen  (2), 

assume,  take  upon  oneself:  3  pi. 

onteoS  31,  27. 
on-tynaii  (W.  I.),  open  (trans,  and 

iutr.) :  pret.  3  sg.  ontynde  126, 

22;    179,  24;   pp.  pi.   ontynede 

120,  11.     [tun.] 

on-ffriece   (an-),    adj.,    dreadful: 

dp.  anSnecum  80,  10. 
on-wsecnan  (W.  I.,  S.  392,  n.  1), 

awaki  :  3  sg.  onwsecneS  161,  22  ; 

187.  10. 
on-weald  (an-,  -wald),  m.,  power, 

authority :  ns.  an  wald  55,  7  ;  on- 

wald  188,  5 ;  gs.  anwealdea  57. 

16  ;  -waldes  61,6;  ds.  -walde  25, 

14  ;  as.  -wald  26,  6. 
on-w^ndan  (W.I.),  turn,  change, 

amend,    pervert,    overturn,    end 

(trans.)  :  3  sg.  -wendeS  163,  23  ; 

imp.  2  sg.  -wend  7 1 ,  26  ;  pret.  3  sg. 

-wende  71,30;  pp. -winded  113,13; 

113,18;  168,1;  pi. -wende  68,  29. 
on-\vreon    (1),    uncover,  reveal: 

pp.  onwrigen  137,  27. 
on-wrigennis,    f. ,     (uncovering) 

revelation :   as.  -wrigenysse  75, 

12.     [wreon.] 
on-wunigan  (-wunian)  (W.  II.), 

dwell,  remain:  inf.  51,  7. 
on-wunung,  f.,  habitation,  dwell- 
ing :  ds.  unge  133,  20. 
on-ywan  (W.  I.),  show,  manifest: 

opt.  2  sg.  onywe  118,  26. 
open,  adj.,  open :  ns.  165,  11 ;  as. 

121,  28  ;  openan  182,  24. 
openliee,  adv.,  openly:  3,  5;  35, 

17;  37,  17;  40,24;  64,23. 
or  (cf.  ord),n.,  beginning  :  as.  0, 28. 
ord,    n.,    1.    point,    spear-point, 

spear :    ns.  151,  8  ;   154,  2 ;   ds. 


orde  153,  11 ;  156,  21  ;  as.  152, 
27;  ap.  150,  26.  —  2.  beginning, 
ns.   (voc.)  136,  19  ;  ns.  143,  16. 

—  3.  front  of  an  army,  line  of 
battle  (cf.  Lat.  acies)  :  ns.  151, 
17  ;  ds.  158,  6. 

ord-fruma,  m.,  beginning,  author, 

chief:  ns.  (voc.)  136,  21. 
or-eald,    adj.,    very    old:    6,    11. 

[Ger.  uralt.] 
orf,  n.,  cattle:  as.  Ill,  9.     [weorf, 

weoruf .  ] 
organa,   f.,   organ :    gs.    organan 

169,  26.     [Lat.  organum.] 
or-sorgllce,  adv.,  without  care  or 

hindrance:    Comp.,    orsorgllcor 

50,  13. 
or-sorh,  adj.,  free  from  care :  ns. 

78, 27.  —  Comp.,  np.  orsorgran  51, 

15.  —  Supl.  np.  orsorgoste  51,  22. 
orJ>ian  (oreJ>ian)(W.IL),  breathe, 

aspire :  inf.  87,  19.     [oroS.] 
or-J>Qnc,  m.,  skilful  device  or  icork  : 

dp.  175,  22. 
off,  1.  prep.  (w.  ace),  up  to,  as  far 

as,  until  (time  and  place)  :  9,  3 ; 

16,  21  ;  28,  20  ;  40,  31  ;  —  oS  Se, 
conj.,  until  that,  until,  7,  13  ;  19, 
22  ;  o5  Sat  15,  23 ;  22,  6  ;  30. 
12  ;  oS  Sis  63.  18  ;  oS  nu  136,  5. 

—  2.  conj.,  until,  6,  15;  14,  3; 
14,  16. 

oJ»-beran  (4),  bear  away:  pret.  3 
sg.  -bser  162,  28. 

off-eawian  (W.I.),  appear,  be- 
come visible,  show  oneself:  3  sg. 
-eaweS  176,  10. 

offer  (&5or),  other,  the  other  (one 
of  two)  ;  another;  the  second; 
the  next :  ns.  71,  7  ;  oSeru  19, 
11  ;  gs.  oSrea  12,  27  ;  ds.  otfrum 
4.  1 1 ;  16,  12  ;  5Sre  11,  24  ;  oNerre 
28,  20 ;  as.  6Ser  11, 18 ;  6Sre  20, 


342 


GLOSSARY. 


13  ;   o Kerne  35,  2  ;   is.  65re  20, 

13 ;    63,  8  ;    gp.  oSerra  24,  19  ; 

49,   21;   dp.   5,   13;    11,   11;  — 

correl.,  the   one  .  .  .  the  other, 

ns.  oSer  .  .  .  65er  20,  6  ;  50,  22  ; 

ds.  5'Srum  .  .  .  55rum  16,  12 ;  as. 

oSre  .  .  .  65re  33,  26  ;    50,  21  ; 

o^er  .  .  .  68er  32,  12;   is.  6>re 

sl)>e  .  .  .  5J?re  sT>e  18,  28. 
off-fsestan  (W.  I.),  set  to  (a  task): 

pp.  pi.  -fseste  28,  19. 
off-feallan  (P.),  fall  off,  decline: 

inf.  28,  2  ;  pp.  sg.  ffSfeallenu  26, 

16. 
oft-fleogan   (2),  fly  away :    3  sg. 

-fleoge-3  177, 6. 
ofr-rowan  (R.),  row  away  :  pret. 

3  pi.  -reowon  25,  2. 
oft-sciifan   (2),  ptish  away,  move 

off,  hasten  (intr.):   3  sg.  -scuiuS 

170,  29. 
oflf-standan  (6),  stand  fixed:  pret. 

3  sg.  -stod  6,  24. 
oSffe,  conj.,  or  :  3,  2  ;  3,  19  ;  5,  0  ; 

18,  1 ;  cSSe  .  .  .  oftSe,  either  .  .  . 

or,  18,  15  ;  18,  23. 
off-windan  (3),  escape  :  pret.  3  sg. 

-wand  24,  17. 
oS'-'\vitan,  -wat  -witon  -witen  (1), 

reproach,   lay  to  one's  charge  : 

pret.  3  sg.  oSwat  32,  14.     [Mod. 

twit,] 
o-Aviht  (S.  344),  pron.,  anything  : 

as.  64,  13. 


paellen,  adj.,  of  purple :  dp.  psel- 
lenum  88,  3  ;  ap.  paellene  78,  5. 
[poell  <  Lat.  pallium.] 

pallium,  m.,  pallium  :  as.  96,  28. 
[Lat.] 

Panta,  m.,  the  Panta  or  Blackwater 


(Essex)  :    as.  Pantan  151,  16 ; 

152,  14. 
papa,  m.,  pope  :  ns.  86,  1  ;  88, 14  ; 

gs.  papan  90,  11 ;  ds.  89,  23  ;  as. 

90,  9.     [Lat.] 
papau-had,  m..,  papal  dignity  :  as. 

93,  12. 
papol-stau,  m.,  pebble-stone  :  ap. 

-stanas  77,  25.     [Lat.  papula.] 
paralysis,  f.   (?),  paralysis:    as. 

paralysin  104,  8.  [Gr.  Lat.] 
PaUmas,  Patmos  :  ns.  75,  9. 
pea  (pawa),  m.,  peacock :  ds.  pean 

175,  30.    [Lat.  pavo.] 
Pedride  (Pedrede),  f.,  the  Parret 

(Somerset):  ds.  Pedredan  20,  28. 
Peobtas,   pi.  m.,   the  Picts :    np. 

101,6. 
pistol,  m.,  epistle,  letter:  as.  90, 

17  ;  90,  23.     [Lat.  epistola,] 
plcga,  m.,  pi  ay,  festivity,  pleasure  : 

ns.   43,   8 ;    ds.   plegan   43,   12 ; 

79,  9. 
plogian  (W.  II.),   1.   play:    inf. 

6,  8.  —  2.  contend,  fight:   pret. 

3  pi.  plegodon  147,  29. 
pleoh,  n., peril:  ns.  112,  20. 
pleolic,  adj.,  perilous,  harmful: 

ns.  107,  9.     [pleoh.] 
port,  m.,  port,  harbor  :  41, 10  ;  ds. 

porte  41,  24.     [Lat.  portus.] 
post,  m.,  post  :  ns.   104,  24;    ds. 

poste  104,  24  ;   as.  post  104,  18. 

[Lat.  postis.] 
prass,  m.(?),  tumult  (  ?), pomp  (?).• 

ds.  prasse  151,  16. 
preost,  m.,  priest:   np.   preostas 

34,  9  ;  108,  24.    [Lat.  presbyter.] 
preost-had,  m.,  priest-hood:   gs. 

-liades  93,  3. 
prica,  m.,  point,  dot:  ds.  prican 

140, 13. 


GLOSSARY. 


343 


Pryfetes  floda,  m.,  Privet' s  flood, 
Privet  (Hampshire)  :  ds.  -flodan 
14,6. 

pytt,  m.,  pit:  as.  33,  8.  [Lat. 
puteus.] 

R. 

racu,  f.,  narrative,  account,  obser- 
vation :  ns.  46,  5  ;  as.   race  45, 

1  ;  dp.  74,  8. 
rad,  f.,   ride,  journey,   raid:  ds. 

rade  104,  9  ;  ap.  rade  17,  19. 
reed,  m.,  rede,  counsel,  advice :  ds. 

raide  71,  27;  101,  23;  as.  rad 

86,  5. 
raklan,  1.  counsel,  advise,  decide 

(R.,   and   TV.   I.):    pret.   3   sg. 

raidde  149,  18  ;  3  pi.  raiddon  75, 

15.  —  2.  read,  explain  (TV.  I.): 

inf.  70,  5  ;  ger.  raklenne  111,  2-3  ; 

3  sg.   rait   107,    10  ;  pret.   3  pi. 

raiddon  140,  10  ;  pp.  gersed  74, 

8  ;  pi.  geraidde  140,  14. 
raid-bora,  w.,councillor:  as.-boran 

112,  8. 
raiding,  f.,  reading  :  gs.  -inge  36, 

30;  as.  35,  21;  100,  11. 
radost,  see  hraflFe. 
raefnan  (<  *ar-aefnan)   (TV.   I.), 

perform,  undergo:  inf.  187,  14. 
rand,  m.,  border,  shield  :  ap.  ran- 

das  149,  20. 
rap,  m.,  rope  :  as.  122,  30  ;  123,  5. 
rairan  (TV.  I.),  raise  :  inf.  12,  29. 

[rlsan.] 
rarian  (TV.  II.),  cry,  mourn:  ptc. 

rarigende  79,  16. 
rtesan  (TV.  I.),  rush,  hasten:  ptc. 

rtesende  133,  0  ;  pret.  3  sg.  riasde 

14, 17. 
raj»e,  see  hraffe. 


read,   adj.,  red:  ds.  readum  77, 

23;  as.  read  77,  31. 
Readiugas,  pi.  m.,  Reading:  dp. 

16,  1 ;  16,  5. 
reaf,  n.,  dress,  armor  :  as.  154,  17. 
recan  (reccan)  (TV.  I.),  reck,  care 

(w.  gen.)  :  3  pi.  reccaS  51,   10  ; 

ronton  157,  24. 
reccan  (r^ccean)  (TV. I.),  narrate, 

tell,  interpret :  inf.  45,  1  ;  53,  18  ; 

reccean  70,  5  ;  2  sg.  recst  46,  5  ; 

pret.  2  sg.  reahtes  40,  6  ;  3  s^. 

rehte  3,  27  ;  99,  6  ;  3  pi.  r^lit*  -n 

10,  18. 
re,ccere,   m.,   ruler,  teacher:    ns. 

35,  4  ;  35,  6. 
rec(c)eleaa,   adj.,   reckless,   care- 
less :  np.  -lease  28,  1. 
regollic,  adj.,  according  to  rules, 

regular  :  dp.  regollecum  11,  23. 
regollice,  adv.,  according  to  rules  : 

87,  22. 
reliquias    (Lat.),  ap.,   relics:  90, 

27  ;  dp.  reliquium  105,  15. 
ren   (regen),   m.,   rain:  ns.  165, 

14  ;  gs.  renes  173,  19. 
renian     (TV.   II.),  prepare  :    ger. 

renigenne  69,  9. 
ren-scur  (regen-),  m.,   shower   of 

rain  :  np.  -sctiras  78,  23. 
reocan,    reac    rucon    rocen    (2), 

reek,  smoke :  ptc.  as.  reocendne 

145,  11. 
reord,  n.,  speech,  voice  :  is.  reorde 

109,  18  ;  dp.  176,  26. 
reordian    (TV.  II.),   speak:  3   pi. 

reordiafl    187,    3;     pret.    3    sg. 

reordade  184,  7. 
r$st,  f.,  rest :  ds.  reste  9,  13 ;  12, 

11. 
r^stan  (TV.  I.),   rest:  imp.  2   pL 

re.sta5  143,  20. 


344 


GLOSSARY. 


r^ste-daeg,  m.,  day  of  rest,  sabbath  : 

as.  141,  6  ;  dp.  141,  7. 
reffe,  adj.,  fierce,  cruel:  ns.  129, 

7  ;  as.  re  San  93,  11 ;  98,  20. 
rice,  adj.,  powerful,  of  high  rank 

and    authority,    rich :    ns.  rica 

142,    1;    ds.   rican   78,   22;  gp. 

rlcra  99,  28  ;  dp.  46, 12  ;  46,  16  ; 

ap.  rican  46,  29  ;  rice  78,  9. — 

Comp.,    as.    ricran     60,    21. — 

Supl.,   ns.  ricost  150,  15 ;    np. 

ricostan  42,  27. 
lice,    n.,    kingdom,     sovereignty, 

authority :  ns.  3,  11 ;  gs.  rices  2, 

5;  11,17;  14,  1;  62,  18;  ds.  rice 

5,  2  ;  17,  12  ;  25,  16  ;  57,  23. 
ricene    (ricone,   rycene,   recene), 

adv.,  quickly,  hastily,  instantly  : 

1.32,  10  ;  rycene  164,  1. 
ricllee,  adv.,  powerfully  :  94,  16. 
riesian    (rixian)    (W.   II.),   rule, 

reign  :  3  sg.  rlxaS  73,  4  ;  81,  30  ; 

106,  7  ;  3  pi.  ricsiaS  32, 16  ;  pret. 

3  sg.  ricsode  17,  10 ;   rixode  75, 

1  ;  3  pi.  ricsedon  32,  14. 
ridan,  rad  ridon  riden  (1),  ride: 

inf.  65,  18  ;  pret.  3  sg.  22,  25 ; 

23,  3  ;  3  pi.  15,  9  ;  16,  2. 
ridda,  m.,  rider:  ns.  104,  6;  104, 14. 
riht  (ryht),  adj.,  right,  just,  cor- 
rect :  ns.  46,  5 ;  58,  2  ;  as.  rihte 

45,  1.  —  Comp.,  ns.  rihtre  47,  3. 
riht  (ryht),  n.,  right:  ns.  47,  2; 

as.  on  riht,  aright,  rightly,  53, 11 ; 

54,  19. 
rihte  (ryhte),  adv.,  rightly,  justly: 

35,  6  ;  52,  21 ;  57,  21  ;  flair  rihte, 

thereupon,  straightioay,  74,  15  ; 

32,  31  ;  83,  6  ;  93,  13. ' 
riht-fre^nmende    (ryht-),    (ptc.) 

adj.,  right-doing,  righteous:  np. 

187,  3. 


riht-ge-lyfed  (-lefed),  (pp.)  adj., 
having  the  right  faith,  right- 
believing  :  ap.  -lefedan  69,  27. 

rihtlic,  adj.,  right :  ns.  82,  12. 

rihtlice  (ryht-),  adv.,  rightly  :  37, 
10  ;  68,  21. 

riht-nor>an-wind  (ryht-),  m.,  di- 
rect north  wind:  gs.-windes  38, 19. 

rihtwi9,  adj.,  righteous  :  ns.  -wise 
55,  3. 

rihtwisnes  (ryht-),  f.,  righteous- 
ness :  ns.  54,  2  ;  61,  2  ;  as.  ryht- 
wysnysse  137,  27. 

riman  (W.  I.),  count,  number: 
pret.  3  sg.  rimde  17,  20.  [Mod. 
rime.] 

rinan  (S.  382,  n.  2),  rain :  opt. 
3  sg.  rine  64,  5. 

rinc,  in.,  man,  warrior:  gs.  rinces 
142,  1  ;  dp.  149,  18. 

rip  (ryp),  n., reaping,  harvest:  ns.  3, 
17 ;  gs.  ripes  22, 24 ;  rypes  173, 19. 

rixian,  see  riesian. 

rod,  i.,  rood,  cross  :  ns.  99,  3 ;  gs. 
r5de  76,  29  (cf.  rode-tacn);  ds. 
r5de  98, 17  ;  as.  rode  98, 15  ;  132, 
15  ;  136,  25. 

rode-h^ngen,  f.,  crucifixion:  ds 
-hengene  74,  20. 

rode-tacn  (-tacen),  n.,  sign  of  the 
cross  (in  many  cases  not  a  com- 
pound): ds.  -tacne  13,  3  ;  83,  9  ; 
as.  r5deta.cn  137 ,  20 ;  r5de  tacn 
120,  11  ;  123,  31  ;  124,  4  ;  125, 
17;  tacn  Here  rode  76,  29  ;  ainre 
r6de  tacn  138,  23  ;  )>ysse  r5de 
tacen  139,  7;  139,  10. 

rodor,  m.,  sky,  heavens :  as.  rodor 
52,  10  ;  dp.  144,  21  ;  165,  14. 

Roman  a,  gp.  m.,  Romans,  Rome  : 
Komana  rice  75,  2. 

Romana-burh,  f .,  city  of  Borne  : 


GLOSSARY. 


345 


ns.  00,  13  ;  ds.  -byrig  87,  11 ;  87, 

21;  88,  20. 
Romanise,  adj.,  Roman  :  np.  -isce 

8(i,  14  ;  -iscan  90,  5. 
Rome,  ds.,  city  of  Rome  :  101,  23. 
romm,  m.,  ram  :  as.  rom  145,  5 ; 

gs.  romnies  145,  11. 
rose,  f.,  rose  :  ns.  78,  6. 
rotian  (W.  II.),  rot:  3  sg.  rota"$ 

3(i,  14. 
rotlice,  adv.,  cheerfully:  12,  16. 
ram,   adj.,  roomy,  spacious :    np. 

riime  105,  14. 
rum-mod,     adj.,     magnanimous, 

bountiful,   liberal:   ns.   61,  11; 

np.  -mode  68,  22. 
ran,  f.  (rune),  secret  meditation  : 

ds.  rune  163,  27. 
rycene,  see  ricene. 
rymet,  n.,  room,  space :  as.  18,  18. 


S. 

sic,  m.  f.,  sea  :  ns.  38,  15  ;  gs.  sees 

34,  20;   115,  20;  siewe  (S.  266, 

n.  3;  269,  n.  3)  117,  5;  117,18; 

S£§  77,  24  ;  ds.  sse  1,  1  ;  4,  7  ;  as. 

see  21,  27  ;  40,  18. 
sacerd,  m.,  priest :  ns.  93,  9 ;  gp. 

sacerda  121,  30.  [Lat.  sacerdos.] 
saeu,  f.,  strife,  war,   battle:    ns. 

107,  3;   ds.  ssecce  146,  4;    147, 

19.     [sacan.] 
said,  n.,  seed :  ns.  3,  13 ;  as.  1,  6 ; 

3,  12  ;  gp.  sJeda  3,  21. 
saed,  adj.,  sad,  sated  with,  weary  of 

(w.  gen.) :  ns.  146, 20.  [Ger.  aatt.] 
saidere,  m.,  sower :  ns.  1,  6. 
Saifern,  f.,  the  Severn :   gs.  R;ef- 

erne  21,  2  ;  ds.  Sreferne  20,  24  ; 

SSfern  20,  29  ;  23,  2. 


siegan  (W.  I.),  cause  to  sink;  set- 
tle :  pp.  sieged  170,  3.     [slgan.] 

sagol,  m. ,  club,  staff,  pole :  np. 
saglas  36,  11  ;  36,  18  ;  dp.  36,  19  ; 
36,  25. 

saJ-grund,  in.,  sea-bottom  :  as.  34, 
23. 

sail,  m.  f.,  1.  prosperity,  happiness, 
joy:  dp.  170,  1.  —  2.  time,  occa- 
sion :  ds.  stele  77,  10  ;  82,  3  ;  88, 
18  ;  as.  siel  100,  21.  [Cf.  ge- 
sSlig.] 

sailan  (W.I.),  bind:  inf.  160,  21. 
[sal ;  Ger.  Seil.] 

sie-lida,  in.,  sea-farer,  pirate  :  ns. 
150,  24  ;  as.  -lidan  158,  19. 

salowig-pad  (saluwig-,  salu-) , 
adj.,  having  a  dark,  dusky  coat 
(of  a  raven):  as.  -padan  148,  5. 

sajlo1,  1,  happiness,  blessing :  gp. 
sselSa  145,  13. 

sam,  conj.,  sam  .  .  .  sam,  xohether 
..  .or  :  44,  8. 

same,  adv.,  similarly  :  swje  same, 
in  like  manner,  28,  8. 

samod,  see  somod. 

sS-mQnn,  m.,  seaman  :  np.  -m^n 
150,  8  ;  dp.  -mannum  150,  17. 

sam-worht  (pp.),  adj.,  half- 
icrought,  unfinished:  ns.  18,  6. 
[cf.  Lat.  semi-.] 

sanct,  m.,  saint:  ns.  103,  13  ;  as. 
103,  10.     [Lat.  sanctus.] 

sand,  f.,  1.  mission :  as.  sande  86, 
5.  —  2.  service  (of  food),  course, 
repast:  ds.  sande  100,  28. 
[Soudan.] 

sar,  adj.,  sore,  grievous :  np.  sare 
101,  27. 

sar,  m.,  soreness,  disease,  pain : 
ds.  sare  131,  3. 

sarig,  adj.,  sorry,  sad :  ns.  5,  12. 


346 


GLOSSARY. 


saj-rima,  m.,  sea-shore,  coast :  ds. 
-riman  24, 11. 

saj-rinc,  m.,  sea-man,  pirate :  ns. 
153,  21. 

earlic,  adj.,  sorrowful,  sad:  ns. 
179,  7  ;  ds.  -Here  105,  7. 

sarnis,  i.,  affliction,  distress,  suffer- 
ing :  ns.  sarnys  91, 10  ;  ds.  -nysse 
85,8. 

sar-wracu,  f.,  sorrowful  perse- 
cution or  tribulation :  ns.  167, 
3 ;  ds.  -wraece  178,  12. 

sis-strand,  m.,  sea-strand :  ds. 
-strande  81,  2. 

Satanas  (Satan),  m.,  Satan  :  ns.  2, 
13  ;  ds.  Satanase  131,  23 ;  Satane 
133,  19.     [Lat.  Satanas,  Satan.] 

sawan  (siewan),  seow  seowon 
sawen  (li.),  sow:  ger.  sawenne 
1,6;  3  sg.  saiw'5  2, 11 ;  pret.  3  sg. 
1)7;  pp.  gesawen  2,  12 ;  pi.  ge- 
sawene  2,  24. 

sawol  (sawl),  f.,  soul:  ns.  sawel 
183,  9  ;  sawl  70,  23  ;  131,  17;  gs. 
sawle  54,  3  ;  105, 3 ;  ds.  saule  70, 
30;  as.  saule  5,  11  ;  sawle  79, 
25 ;  np.  saula  60,  3 ;  sawla  96, 
19  ;  gp.  sawla  54,  1 ;  ap.  49,  21. 

scafau,  scof  sc5fon  scafen  (6), 
shave,  scrape :  pret.  3  sg.  105,  19. 

scanca,  m.,  shank,  leg:  np.  scancan 
175,  28. 

scand  (sceand,  scond,  sceond),  f., 
shame:  ns.  37,6.  [Ger.  Schande.] 

sceadu  (scead,  n.,  S.  271),  f., 
shadow,  shade  :  ds.  sceade  55,  8  ; 
173, 7  ;  scade  170,  29  ;  ap.  sceadu 
172,  13. 

sceaft,  m.,  shaft:  ns.  153,  23. 

6cealc,  m.,  servant,  man,  rogue  : 
np.  scealcas  155, 6.  [Ger.  Schalk ; 
cf.  Mod.  marshal.] 


Bceamian(scomianXW.II.),  shame 

(impers.  w.  ace.   of  pers.   and 

gen.  of  thing)  :  3  sg.  scouiaS  31, 

22  ;  31,  25. 
sceainu  (scamu,  scomu,  sceomu), 

f.,  shame,  dishonor:  ds.  sceaine 

98,  10;  scQme9,  8;  182,  17. 
sceap,  n.,  sheep :  gp.  sceapa  33, 29 ; 

40,  6  ;  ap.  sceap  120,  20. 
sceard,  adj.,   (broken),  bereft  of 

(w.  gen.)  :   ns.  147,  17.     [Mod. 

shard.] 
scearplice,  adv.,  sharply,  quickly : 

170,  29. 
scearpnis,  f., sharpness:  as.  -nysse 

75,  10. 
sceat,  m.,  comer,  lap  ;  district  or 

quarter  (of  the  earth)  :  ns.  165, 

3;   gp.  sceata  178,  26.      [Ger. 

Schooss.] 
sceatt,  m.,  money,  treasure,  pay- 
ment, tribute  :  dp.  150,  19  ;  151, 

4.     [cf.  Mod.  scot-free.] 
sceaff  (scai8),f.,  sheath:  ds.  sceaSe 

154,  18. 
sceaffa,  m.,  enemy,  fiend,  crimi- 
nal:  ns.   92,   10;    138,  28;   gs. 

sceaSan    138,   25;    ap.    83,    16. 

[sce^Sftan.] 
sceawlan   (W.  II.),   see,   behold, 

examine  (trans.):   inf.   71,   14; 

85,  0 ;  ger.  sceawigenne  71,  17 ; 

ptc.  sceawigende  88,   21 ;   3  pi. 

sceawia'5  176,    15 ;    imp.  2  sg. 

sceawa  71,  19 ;  opt.  3  sg.  sceaw- 

ige  67,  5. 
sceawung,  1,  seeing,  surveying : 

ds.  -unge  39,  20. 
Sceo-burh,  f.,  Shoebury  (Essex): 

ds.  -byrig  20,  20. 
sceocca  (scucca),  m.,  evil  spirit, 

demon,  devil:  gp.  scuccena  49, 


GLOSSARY. 


347 


22 ;  ap. sceoccan  80,  4.  [sceoh  ; 
cf.  Mori,  shy.] 

Bceorian  (W.  I.),  refuse:  pret. 
3  sg.  sceorede  82,  25. 

sceotan,  sceat  scuton  scoten  (2), 
1.  shoot  (trans,  and  intr.)  : 
pret  3  sg.  153,  30;  158,  3; 
pp.  146,  19.  — 2.  push,  thrust 
(trans.)  :  imp.  2  pi.  sceotaft  133, 
20. 

sceppend,  see  scieppend. 

seeffffan,  scod  (sceod)  scodon 
(sceodon)  scaoen  (G ;  S.  392, 
n.  4),  scathe,  injure  (w.  dat.) : 
inf.  171,  11;  180,  24;  3  sg. 
sce$e-5  160,  18  ;  168,  7. 

scleppan  (scippan,  scyppan,  scep- 
pan),  scop  (sceop)  scopon 
(sceopon)  scepen  (sceapen) 
(6),  create:  pret.  3  sg.  sceop 
10,  1. 

scieppend  (scippend,  scyppend, 
sceppend),  m.,  creator :  ns.  Bcip- 
pend  57,  20  ;  scyppend  10,  2  ; 
gs.  scyppendes  9,  22  ;  ds.  sce.p- 
pende  48, 19 ;  as.  scyppend  67, 13. 

scildan  (W.  I.),  shield,  protect: 
pret.  3  sg.  scilde  55,  8. 

scinan,  scan  scinon  scinen  (1), 
shine  :  inf.  78, 10  ;  ptc.  sclnende 

77,  13;  3  sg.  scmeS  64,  24; 
scyneS  129,  9  ;  opt.  2  pi.  scinon 

78,  5  ;  3  pi.  scinen  36,  25. 

sclp  (scyp),  n.,  ship :  ns.  42,  4; 
gs.  scipes  117,  3  ;  ds.  scipe  4,  1  ; 
scype  150,  19  ;  as.  scip  1,  2  ;  4, 
3  ;  np.  scipn  4,  1  ;  gp.  scipa  17, 
27  ;  18,  7  ;  dp.  20,  18  ;  ap.  scipu 
18,  3  ;  scypu  41,  5  ;  scypa  41,  6. 

scipen  (scypen,  scepen),  n.,  stall, 
shed  for  cattle :  ds.  scipene  9, 11. 
[cf.  Mod.  shop  ;  Ger.  Schuppen.] 


scip-flota,   m.,  sailor,    sea-man: 

np.  -flotan  146,  11. 
scip-he,re,    m.,  fleet,    squadron: 

as.  (of  the  Danes)  21,  5. 
scippend,  see  scieppend. 
scip-rap,  ui.,  ship-rope,  cable :  dp. 

39,  23  ;  40, 10  ;  ap.  -rapas  40, 14. 
scir,  adj.,  sheer,  bright,  clear :  ns 

173,  7  ;  175,  20  ;  as.  152,  15. 
scir,   f.,  shire,   district,   division: 

ns.  41,  8  ;   gs.  scire  89,  13  ;   ds. 

scire  (military  division)  19,  10 ; 

as.  scire  103,  15. 
Sciringes  heal,  m.,  Sciringesheal 

(Norway) :    ds.  -heale   41,    17 ; 

as.  -heal  41,  11 ;  41,  18. 
scir-mQnn,    m.,    shire-man :    np. 

-men  89,  14. 
scofettan   (W.  I.),    shove,   push 

(trans.)  :  3  sg.  scofett  35,  19. 
seolu,  f .,  shoal,  multitude :  ns.  184, 

17. 
scomian,  see  sceamian. 
scomu,  see  sceamu. 
Scon-eg,  f .,  Skaane  (southernmost 

district  of  the  Scandinavian  pe- 
ninsula) :  ns.  42,  7. 
scop-ge-reord   (sceop-),  n.,  lan- 
guage of  poetry :  ds.  -reorrle  8,  fi. 
scortlice  (sceortlice),  adv.,  shortly, 

briefly :  86,  10. 
Scottas    (Sceottas),    m.    pi.,   the 
Scots:  np.  101,  7;  gp.  Scotta  146, 

11  ;  147,  9. 
serin,  n.,  shrine,  chest:  ds.  serine 
103,  4  ;  103,  20.  [Lat.  scrinium.] 
sernd,  n.,  shroud ;  garment,  cloth- 
ing :  ap.  78,  28. 
sencca,  see  sceocoa. 
seufan,  sceaf  scufon  scofen   (2). 

shove,  push  (intr.)  :  pret.  3  sg. 
153,  23. 


348 


GLOSSARY. 


sculan  (sceolan)  (FP.)>  shall, 
ought,  be  necessary:  1  sg.  sceal 
9,  20  ;  2  sg.  scealt  59,  14 ;  82, 
30;  142,  7  ;  3  sg.  sceall  40,  12  ; 
1  pi.  sculon  9,  25 ;  2  pi.  sceole 
ge  151,  7  ;  3  pi.  sculon  (without 
inf.)  31,  24  ;  opt.  3  sg.  scyle  37, 
7  ;  46,  30  ;  47,  5  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
sceolde  38, 19  ;  {according  to  re- 
port ;  cf .  Ger.  sollte)  5,  10 ;  6, 
5;  7,  1;  —  3  pi.  sceoldon  12,  4; 
scoldon  26,  13  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg. 
sceolde  7,  10 ;  1  pi.  sceoldon  20, 
15  ;  3  pi.  sceolden  9,  6  ;  12,  28  ; 
28,  1  ;  37,  2 ;  scolden  18,  27. 

scur,  m.,  shoiver :  ns.  173,  19. 

scyld  (scield,  scild),  m.,  shield, pro- 
tection :  ns.  (portion  of  a  bird's 
plumage)  175,  26  ;  181,  8  ;  ds. 
scylde  153,  23;  as.  scyld  146, 
19 ;  ap.  scyldas  152,  15. 

scyld,  f. ,  guilt,  offense,  sin:  gs. 
scylde  34, 1 5 ;  ds.  6, 24 ;  gp.  scylda 
52,  24;  dp. 171, 1 1 ;  ap. scylda  46, 
25.     [sculan  ;  Ger.  Schuld.] 

scyld-barh,  f.,  shield-defense  ; pha- 
lanx :  ns.  157,  6. 

scyldig,  adj.,  guilty :  ds.  scyldgan 
46,  21  ;  as.  46,  20  ;  np.  46,  23. 

seyld-wyrcende  (ptc),  adj.,  evil- 
doing,  siyifiil :  ns.  182,  17. 

seyll  (scell),  f.,  shell,  scale:  ds. 
scylle  173,  7  ;  dp.  175,  28. 

scyndan  (W.  I.),  hasten  (intr.)  : 
ptc.  scyndende  72,  28. 

scyne  (sclene),  adj.,  sheen,  bright, 
beautiful :  ns.  175,  26  ;  np.  175, 
18  ;  185,  19.     [Ger.  schon.] 

scyppend,  see  scieppend. 

scyttel  (scyttels),  m.,  shot,  missile ; 
bolt,  bar :  ap.  scyttelas  134,  5  ; 
scyttelsae  133,  26.     [sceotan.] 


Scyttisc,  adj.,  Scottish:  ns.  146, 
19  ;  as.  Scyttysc  100,  4. 

se,  seo,  J»a;t  (S.  337),  dem.  pron., 
del',  art.,  this,  that,  the  (he,  she, 
it):  Masc,  ns.  se  1,  6;  6,  6  ;  gs. 
)>ses  5,  3  ;  5,  10  ;  46,  3  ;  ds.  Siem 
6,  1  ;  Him  5,  5  ;  as.  l>one  1,  7  ;  — 
Fern. ,  ns.  seo  1,3;  slo  5,  2  ;  gs. 
baire  6,  5 ;  ds.  J>are  1,  1 ;  as.  )>a 
1,  4  ;  —  Neut.,  ns.  l>set  3,  1  ;  gs. 
}>aes  7,  15;  ds.  >am  2,  19;  as. 
>aet  1,  13 ;  is.  (masc.  and  neut.) 
■Sy  (M,  -Sig,  «e,  Son)  7,  3 ;  10, 
22  ;  22,  13  ;  'Son  13,  1  ;  —  Plural 
(all  genders),  np.  )<a  2,  12;  gp. 
J>ara  (f>aera)  10,  29 ;  11,  14  ;  dp. 
flam  (Mm)  5,  13 ;  ap.  Sa.  9,  22. 
—  All  forms  are  frequent  as  an- 
tecedents to  the  relative  particle 
ffe,  thus  forming  the  usual  rela- 
tive pron.  (S.  340);  the  particle 
is  sometimes  omitted.  —  gs.  Sges, 
adv.,  from  that  point  of  time, 
afterwards,  16,  2  ;  16,  4  ;  17,  9  : 
23,  11  ;  'Sses  Se,  from  the  time 
that,  14,  8  ;  18,  10  ;  Sses  «e,  with 
what,  43,  30  ;  tfses  Se,  according 
to  what,  as  far  as,  as,  148,  12  ; 
179,  25  ;  fises,  for  this  cause,  137, 
28 1 ;  to  Sees,  to  that  extent  or  de- 
gree, 70,  13;  70,  18;  is.  (w. 
comp.)  \>y  sweotolor,  the  more 
clearly,  50,  3  ;  )<y  .  .  .  hy  28,  3  ; 
56,  18;  be  154,  2;  159,  15;  J»e 
lais,  lest,  2,  8  ;  bon  ma  \>e,  any 
more  thai),  15,  21  ;  51,  8  ;  to  'Son, 
to  that  degree,  55,  10;  — be  J>y, 
hereby,  51,  19.  See  further,  be, 
for,  lies,  mid,  to. 

sealm,  m.,  psalm :  ap.  sealmas 
100,  12.     [Lat.  psalmus.] 

sealm-Bcop,  m.,psalmist:  ns.  33, 9. 


GLOSSARY. 


349 


sealt,  adj.,  salt  ■  ap.  sealte  169, 10. 

Seal-wudu,  m.,  Selwood  Forest 
(Wessex):  ds.  -wuda  20,  28. 

searolice,  adv.,  artistically:  175, 
15. 

searu  (searo),  n.,  art,  trick,  snare  : 
ap.  (or  as.)  searo  69,  9  ;  179,  20  ; 
dp.  searwum,  adv.,  skilfully,  1 74, 
15. 

Seaxe,  m.  pi.,  Saxons,  Saxony: 
dp.  41,  25. 

seean  (W.I.),  seek,  strive  after: 
inf.  18,  20;  147,  32;  ger.  se- 
ceanne  36,  14 ;  ptc.  secende  37, 
7  ;  3  sg.  secS  60,  16 ;  3  pi.  secatf 
32,  4  ;  32,  7  ;  t5  him  secaft,  seek 
to  them  for,  37,  5 ;  pret.  1  sg. 
sohte  64,  23  ;  3  sg.  26,  14  ;  40,  1 ; 
(w.  dat.)  18,  23. 

s^cg,  m.,  man,  warrior:  ns.  146, 
17  ;  154,  15;  gp.  se,cga  146,  13  ; 
161,  30;  ap.  senegas  159,  1. 

slogan  (se_cgean)  ( W.  III.),  say,  ut- 
ter, tell,  discuss:  inf.  5,  5;  10, 
14  ;  50,  3  ;  se_cggan  68,  4  ;  secg- 
gean  70,  5 ;  1  sg.  secge  46,  20 ; 
130,  30  ;  2  sg  saegst  45,  10  ;  3  sg. 
s^g5  (hnpers.)  113,  1  ;  se,ge8  150, 
24  ;  3  pi.  secga3  6,  16  ;  77,  30 ; 
imp.  2  sg.  saga  116,  23;  s$ge 
139,  10;  150,  29;  pret.  1  sg. 
saegde  68,  13  ;  sakle  20,  16 ;  3  sg. 
saegde  10,  10  ;  10.  12  ;  s£de  2,  4  ; 
7,  9  ;  38,  1  ;  3  pi.  sa-gdon  10,  18  ; 
sSdon  5,  10;  39,  15. 

sefa,  m.,  mind,  mood,  spirit :  as. 
sefan  162,  4. 

sefte,  adj.,  soft,  pleasant:  as. 
seftne  53,  21.  —  Couvp.,  as.  seft- 
ran  55,  5. 

segel,  m.  n.,  sail :  ds.  segle  42,  5. 

segen  (segn),  m.  n.,  sign,  ensign, 


mark,  token  :  ns.  175,  6.  [Lat. 
slgnum.] 

seglian  (W.II.),  sail :  inf.  41,  14  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  seglode  41,  23. 

segnian  (senian)  (W.II.),  make 
the  sign  of  the  cross,  cross  one- 
self: ptc.  segniende  13,  12. 

seldan  (seldon),  adv.,  seldom  :  se\- 
don  100,  14. 

seld-cuff,  adj.,  seldom  known,  un- 
usual, rare  :  gs.  -cuSan  6,  14. 

sete,  m.,  hall :  as.  161,  2.  [Ger. 
Saal.] 

s^le-dream,  m.,  joy  of  the  hall, 
revelry,  festivity  :  np.  -dreamas 
163,  9. 

s^le-s^cg,  m.,  hero  of  the  hall,  re- 
tainer:  ap.  -se,cgas  161,  11. 

self  (seolf,  sielf,  silf,  sylf),  pron. 
adj.  (S.  339),  self,  selfsame  :  ns. 
selfa  32,  4;  self  33,  6  ;  61,  3; 
silf  108,  24  ;  gs.  seolfes  13,  14; 
ds.  selfum  24,  7  ;  27,  30  ;  selfre 
31,  11  ;  seolf  um  62,  4  ;  sylf  urn 
10,  17  ;  as.  seolfne  13,  12  ;  np. 
selfe  34,  15;  selfan  117,  22; 
seolf  an  11,  6. 

selflice,  n.,  pride,  vanity  (=  adj., 
selfish,  vain,  puffed  «i?)  :  as.  31, 
6." 

self-willes  (sylf-)  (gen.),  adv., 
voluntarily  :  sylf-  3,  14  ;  95,  24  ; 
105,  24. 

sella,  comp.  adj.  (S.  312),  better: 
ns.  selle  179,  18.  —  Supl.,  ns. 
selest  62,  5  ;  np.  selestan  50,  15  ; 
51,  13;  gp.  selestena  23,  18. 

sejlan  (syllan)  (W.  I.),  sell,  give, 
yield:  inf.  37,  7  ;  syllan  64,  25  ; 
150,  17  ;  150,  25  ;  ptc.  syllende 
138,  2  ;  3  sg.  seteS  55,  16  ;  silS 
110,  2;  sylS  110,  5;  imp.  2  sg. 


35Q 


GLOSSARY. 


se>  114,  6;  syle   105,  15;  2  pi. 

s^llaS  110, 10  ;  opt.  3  sg.  seUe  53, 

21  ;  pret.  3  sg.  sealde  1,  14  ;  20, 

9;   27,   0;  03,  30  ;  83,  5;  3  pi. 

sealdon  77,   7  ;  pret.   opt.   3  sg. 

sealde  05,  15  ;  pp.  geseald  2,  5  ; 

3,  9  ;  18,  13  ;  20,  8  ;  110,  18. 
sellic    (<  seld-llc),    adj.,   seldom, 

choice,  wonderful :  ns.  180,  8. 
sellie,  adj.,  better,  superior.-  as. 

selllcran  170,  17. 
se^iean,  should  be  sc^ncau  ;  see 

Note  144,  10. 
simian  (\V.  I.),  send:  inf.  150,  9; 

3  sg.  sent  3,  10 ;  imp.  2  sg.  send 
125,20;  pret.  3  pi.  sendon  150,8; 
pp.  sended  117,  7 ;  se,nd  120,  27. 

senep,  m.  n.,  mustard:  gs. senepes 
.3,  20.     [Lat.  sinapi ;  Ger.  Senf.] 
seo,  see  se. 
seoc  (sloe),  adj.,  sick:   ns.  sioca 

40,  14  ;  as.  slocne  47,  0. 
seofon  (syfen),  num.,  seven :  83, 

29;  87,  23;  114,  18;  syfan  39, 

24  ;  42,  4  ;  np.  seofone  147,  7. 
seofon-feald,  adj.,  seven-fold :  dp. 

93,  0 ;  ap.  -fealde  93,  1. 
seofoffa,  num.,  seventh :  as.  seof- 

ofie  87,  21. 
seolfor,  n.,  silver :  ds.  seolfre  103, 

4  ;  as.  seolfor  111,  1. 

seolh  (siolh),  m.,  seal:  gs.  seoles 
(S.  242)  40,  11 ;  sioles  40,  15. 

seoniian  (W.  II.),  tarry,  abide,  con- 
tinue (intr.):  3sg.seomaS105, 19. 

seon,  seah  sawon  (ssgon)  sewen 
(sawen)  (5),  see,  look:  ger. 
seonne  71,  21. 

seonaff,  m.,  synod,  assembly:  as. 
182,  8.     [Lat.  synodus.] 

set,  n.,  seat,  entrenchment :  dp.  18, 
28;  19,  1. 


setl,  n.,  seat,  throne :  gs.  setles  89, 

24;  97,  9;  ds.  setle  01,  0;  90,  28; 

146,  17;  as.  setl  32,  7;  88,  15. 
Bettan   (W.  I.),  1.  set,  place:  inf. 

75,  27  ;  pret.  2  sg.  settest  84,  23  ; 

3  sg.  sette  02,   7.  —  2.  compose, 

write :  pret.  3  pi.  setton  82,  2. 

[sittan.] 
si,  sie,  sig,  see  beon. 
sibb,   f.,   relationship,  friendship, 

peace:  ns.  144,  31  ;  sib  114,  22  ; 

gs.  sibbe  72,  24  ;  ds.  74,  5 ;  as. 

sibbe  20,   8 ;  08,   24  ;  gp.  sibba 

72,  10.     [Ger.  Sippe.] 
sib-ge  dryht,  f., peaceful  host :  ns. 

18«,  20. 
sibllr.  adj.,  peaceable:  ap.  sible- 

can  09,  20. 
sibling,  m.,  relative:  dp.  108,  4. 
siecetiing,  f.,  sighing,  sigh:  as. 

-unge  89,  5. 
Sicilia-land,  n.,  Sicily:  ds. -lande 

87,21. 
sicol,  m.,  sickle:  as.  3,  17. 
sid,  adj.,  vride,  extensive :  as.  sldne 

108,  22  ;  side  170,  17  ;  sldan  182, 

13.     [cf.  Mod.  side.] 
side,  adv.,  xcidely  :  181,  12. 
side,  f.,  side :  ds.  sldan  30,  4. 
sido,  see  siodu. 

sld-weg,  m.,  wide  ivay :  dp.  170, 25. 
siendon,  see  beon. 
slgan,  sag  (sah)  sigon  sigen  (1), 

sink,  settle  down,  approach  :  3  pi. 

slgaft  170,  25 ;    pret.  3  sg.  sah 

140,17.     [seon, 'sift.'] 
slge,  m.,  victory  :  as.  10,  4  ;  17,  4  ; 

21,9;  98,23. 
Sigen,   f.,  the  Seine :   ds.  Sigene 

23,  14. 
sige-wQng,  m.,  plain  of  victory  : 

ns.  100,  12. 


GLOSSARY. 


351 


•iglan  (W.  I.),  sail.-  inf.  39,  5; 

pret.  3  sg.    siglde  (S.  405,  n.) 

38,  17  ;  39,  2. 
sigor,  n.  m.,  victory :   gp.  sigora 

181,  9. 
sigor- faest,   adj.,  victorious:    ns. 

174,  28. 
slgor-lean,  m.,  reward  of  victory  : 

dp.  144,  28. 
Slllende,   Zealand:    ns.    41,   21; 

41,  30. 
simle,  see  symble. 
sin,  reflex,  poss.  pron.  (S.   335), 

his  :  dp.  144,  16. 
sin,  sind,  sindon,  see  beon. 
sine,  n.,  treasure  :  gs.  sinces  161,  2; 

as.  sine.  151,  7. 
sin-caldu,  f.,  perpetual  cold:  ns. 

165,  17.     [symble  ;  cf.  Ger.  Sin- 

griin.] 
sinc-gyfa,  m.,  giver  of  treasure, 

lord:  as.  158,  11. 
slnc-]>3gu,  f.,  receiving  of  treas- 
ure: as.  ->ejje  161,  11.   [)>icgan.] 
sin-dream,    m.,   everlasting  joy: 

dp.  178,  15. 
sin-gal,  adj.,  constant,  continual  : 

ds.  -galan  57,  9  ;  dp.  101,  11. 
sin-gallice,  adv.,  continually :  35, 

11  ;  37,  9  ;  88,  11. 
slngan,  song  sungon  sungen  (3), 

sing,  compose  poetry :  inf.  9,  2  ; 

12,  29;    ptc.  singende  114,  23; 

imp.  2  sg.  sing  9, 15  ;  9,  20  ;  pret. 

3  sg.  10,  7  ;  11,  7  ;  pret.  3  pi.  93. 9. 
sloe,  see  seoc. 
siodu   (siodo,  sido),  m.,  custom, 

morals :  ns.  sido  53,  14 ;  as.  (or 

ap.)  siodo  26,  8.     [Ger.  Sitte.] 
siolh,  see  seolh. 
sittan,  sset  saeton  seten  (5),  sit, 

take  one' s  position,  remain  :  inf. 


21,  29  ;  ptc.  slttende  116,  3  ;  3  sg. 

sit  61,  6  ;  imp.  2  pi.  sittaft  121,  5  ; 

opt.  2  sg.  sitte  64,  3 ;  pret.  3  sg. 

5, 13  ;  62,  4  ;  129, 19  ;  3  pi.  18,  5  ; 

19,  12  ;  21,  3  ;  100,  21. 
siff,  comp.  adv.   (S.   323),   later: 

srS  and  air  145,  13.     [Ger.  Beit.] 
siff,  m.,  1.  journey,  going,  motion  ; 

gs.  sISes  172,  11  ;   ds.  siSe  172, 

23  ;  as.  sIS  17,  26  ;  115, 19  ;  169, 

4;    is.  si5e  142,  15.  —  2.    time, 

occasion:  ds.  20,  13;  oSre  sTSe 

.  .  .  oSre  si&e,  on  one  occasion 

...  o»  another,  18, 28.  [sendan.] 
siffe-mest,  supl.  adj.  (S.  314),  latest, 

last :  ns.  -mesfta  (dial.)  34,  23. 
siff-faet,  m.,  journey  :  ns.  115,  17. 
siflfian  (W.  II.),  travel,  go  (intr.)  : 

inf.  143,  8  ;    155,  2  ;.  opt.  1  sg. 

siSie  157,  15 ;  pret.  3  sg.  sISode 

100,  14;  102,  5;  3  pi.  -edon  98, 

6. 
siffffan  (syft-San,  seoSSan  ;  <  sIS- 

"Son),  adv.  (conj.),  since,  after 

that,  afterwards,  when  :  7,  9  ;  18, 

20  ;  39,  7  ;  48,  15 ;  syj>)>an  2,  18 ; 

3,  15  ;  74,  16  ;  seoSSan  70,  22. 
sliep,  m.,  sleep :  ns.  161,  16  ;   ds. 

sltepe  10, 6  ;  75,  30  ;  on  slsepe  99, 

10  ;  104,  11. 
sltepan  (slapan),  slep  slepon  slSpen 

(R.)  »sleep  :  ptc.  slaipende  10,  6  ; 

117,  21  ;  118,  16  ;  slapende  4,  4  ; 

3  sg.  sliepS  60,  25  ;    opt.  3  sg. 

slape  3,  12. 
slean,  sloh  (slog)   slogon  slagen 

(slaegen,   sle,gen)  (6),   1.   strike, 

smite,  slay  :  imp.  2  sg.  sleah  144, 

23 ;   pret.  3  sg.  98,  9  ;   158,  18 ; 

pret.  opt.  3  sg.  sl5ge  153,  4  ;  pp. 

geslajgen  16,  7  ;  gesl^gen  21,  12  ; 

sg.    geslagena    (smite    icith    an 


352 


GLOSSARY. 


affliction)  91, 16.  —  2.  construct  : 

pret.  3  sg.  103,  11. 
sledge,  m.,  stroke,  bloic,  slaughter, 

death:  ns.  91,  25;  130,  11  ;  133, 

14;    ds.   sledge  98,  14;    102,  16. 

[slean.] 
sliht  (slielit),  m.,  slaughter,  de- 
struction:   ds.    slihte    91,    14. 

[slean.] 
slltan,  slat  sliton  sliten  (1),  slit, 

tear  (trans.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  7,  2. 
sli}>en  (su>e),  adj.,  perilous,  grim  : 

ns.  161,  7. 
smsel,  adj.,  small,  narrow :  ns.  40, 

17.  —  Comp.,  ns.  smselre  40,22. 

—  Supl.,  ns.  smalost  40,  25. 
smeagan  (smean)  (W.  III.),  think, 

reflect  upon,  consider  (trans,  and 

intr.)  :  3  sg.  smea'5  35,  8  ;  50, 19 ; 

60,  17 ;    3  pi.  smeaga-S  37,  10 ; 

opt.  3  sg.  smeage  68,  21  ;  pret. 

3  sg.  smeade  62,  4. 
smeaung  (smeagung),  i.,  contem- 
plation, reflection :   ns.  35,  26  ; 

52,  5  ;  76,  10  ;  ds.  -unga  35,  4. 
suns',  m.,  smith :  gp.  smrSa  175, 22. 
smiffffe,  i.,  smithy :  ds.  smiSSan 

77,  28. 
smolt,  adj.,  mild,  peaceable :   as. 

12,  19. 

smylte,  adj.,  mild,  tranquil,  peace- 
able :  ns.  166,   12  ;    ds..  smyltre 

13,  7 ;  is.  smylte  13,  8.    [smolt.] 
smyltnes,    f.,    smoothness,   quiet, 

calm:  ns.  4,  8;   72,  15;  118,  2. 

[smolt.] 
smyrian  (smerian,  smyrwan)  (W. 

I.),  anoint:  inf.  131,  3.  [smeoru.] 
snaw,  m.,  snoio :  ns.  165,  14  ;  173, 

21;  as.  161,  25. 
snell,  adj.,  quick,  active,  keen,  bold  : 

ns.  169,  13 ;  snel  170,  24 ;  176, 


5  ;    np.   snelle  150,   8.       [Ger. 

schnell.  ] 
sniffan,  snatS  snidon-  sniden  (1), 

cw£.-inf.46, 17.  [Ger.  schneiden.] 
sniwan  (W.  I.),  snoio:  opt.  3  sg. 

snlwe  64,  5. 
snotor  (snottor),  adj.,  discerning, 

wise :   ns.  snottor  163,  27  ;   np. 

snottre  67,  4.  [sckleunig.] 

anode,  adv.,  quickly :  182,  3.  [Ger. 
snytro  (snyttru),  f.,  discernment, 

wisdom  :  as.  65,  12.     [snotor.  ] 
snyttru -craeft,  m.,  discerning  skill 

or  might :  ns.  186,  24. 
softe,  adv.,  so/if /?/,  easily,  pleasantly: 

151,  7.  —  Comp.,  softor  55,  13. 
solor   (solere),  m.,    soler,    upper 

floor  or  chamber  :  ds.  solore  30, 

13  ;  solere  172,  7.     [Lat.  s51ar- 

ium ;  Ger.  Soller.] 
somniau      (W.    II.),    1.    collect, 

gather  together  (trans.)  :    3  sg. 

SQmnaS  171,  24;  174,  15;  181, 

12.  —  2.  assemble   (intr.)   3  sg. 

(for  3  pi.  ?)    somnaS   176,   12. 

[Ger.  sammeln.] 
somnunga  (semninga),  suddenly, 

forthwith :  122,  2. 
somod   (samod),  adv.,  together: 

SQmod  setga?dere  161,  16  ;  samod 

42,  19;  77,  3;  94,9. 
son,  m.,  sound:  gs.  sones  6,  1  ;  6, 

14.     [Lat.  sonus.] 
sona,  adv.,  soon  :  1,  9  ;  7,   16  ;  9, 

22;  21,  28. 
song  (sang),  m.  n.,  song,  poem: 

gs.  songes  10,  8 ;  is.  songe  1 76, 

25  ;  np.  song  11,  5. 
SQng-craeft,  m.,  art  of  song  and 

poetry  :  as.  8,  16  ;  dp.  169,  22. 
sorg  (sorh),  f.,  sorrow  :  ns.  161,  7  ; 

sorh  141,  25;  ds.  sorge  186,  13. 


GLOSSARY. 


353 


sorg-full.  adv.,  sorrowful :  Comp., 

ap.  -fulran  179,  18. 
soft,  adj.,  sooth,  true :  ns.  76,  23 ; 

gs.  s5San  7,  18;  ds.  05,  12;  np. 

s65e  140,  15 ;  —  ds.  to  s5b'e,  adv., 

in  truth,  truly,  160,  11 ;  dp.  to 

soSon  132,  1 ;  t5  soSon  139,  25. 
soS1,  n.,  truth :  ns.  64,  24 ;  gs.  softes 

39,  17 ;  as.  soS  64,  23  ;  138,  27. 
soff-cyning,  m.,  true  King,  God: 

ns.  144,  4;  176,  17. 
soft-faest,  adj.,  true,  faithful:  ns. 

183,  9. 
soJ>-fa>stnis,  f.,  truth:  gs.  -nysse 

84,23;  as.  141,  22. 
sofflice,  adv.,  verily,  truly,  indeed: 

2,  11  ;  3,3;  33,  12;  117,  15. 
spaec,  see  sprecan. 
spaca,  in.,  spoke  :  ns.  50,  23  ;  gs. 

spacan  50,   17  ;  ds.  50,  25  ;  np. 

spacan  50,  17  ;  51, 10  ;  dp.  51,  2. 
spietan  (W.  I.),  spit:  pret.  3  pi. 

spstton  119,  22. 
spearca,  m.,  spark:  as.  spearcan 

46,23;  np.  104,  21. 
spearwa,  m.,  sparroxi} :  ns.  64,  6. 
sped,    f.,    speed,    success,    riches, 

power:  ns.  187,  11  ;  as.  sped  178, 

24  ;  np.  speda  39,  30  ;  ap.  28, 18  ; 

43,  5 ;  43,  29  ;  76,  13  ;  78,  4. 
spedan  (W.  I.),  accede  (w.  dat.): 

2  pi.  spedaS  150,  13.    [sped.] 
spedig,     adj.,    prosperous,    rich, 

powerful :  ns.  39,  29  ;  165,  10. 
spel-boda,  m.,  messenger :  ns.  184, 

28.     [beodan.] 
spell,  n.,  saying,  story,  narrative, 

message:  gs.  spelles  11,  2;  as. 

spell  10,  19;  150,  29;  np.  spell  7, 

10  ;  gp.  spella  39,  15  ;  dp.  11, 11. 
spere,  n.,  spear:  ns.  153,24;  ds.  132, 

13;  as.  65,  20;  ap.  speru  152,  25. 


splllan  (W.  I.),  spill,  destroy  :  inf. 
150,  13. 

splott,  n.,  splotch,  blot,  spot:  dp. 
175,  14. 

spor,  n.,  track,  footprint:  ds. 
spore,  27,  24.     [Ger.  Spur.] 

spowan,  speow  speowon  spowfcu 
(R.),  succeed  (impers.  w.  dat.): 
pret.  3  sg.  26, 10.  [cf.Ger.sputen.] 

spriec,  f.,  speech,  language,  saying, 
discourse  :  ns.  30,  10  ;  gs.  spriece 
31,  12;  111,21;  144,20;  ds.  63, 
30  ;  as.  spriece  48,  2  ;  100,  5  ;  ap. 
spraica  111,  5. 

spreean  (specan),  spraec  spraicon 
sprecen  (5),  speak :  inf.  6,  22  ; 
48,  1  ;  ptc.  sprecende  9,  19 ;  12, 
12  ;  3  sg.  spricS  109,  11  ;  spricefl 
162,  17;  sprecfl  80,  9  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
3,  25  ;  spsec  3,  26  ;  1  pi.  17,  24  ; 
3  pi.  39,  18  ;  spriecan  64,  16. 

spr^ngan  (W.I.),  fly  into  pieces, 
burst,  break  (intr.):  pret.  3  sg. 
spr^ngde  153,  24.     [springan.] 

springan,  sprong  sprungon 
sprungen"  (3),  spring  (intr.)  : 
pret.  3  sg.  sprang  153,  24. 

spyrian  (spyrigean)(W.  I.,  II.;  S. 
400,  n.  2),  follow),  search,  in- 
quire (intr.):  inf.  57,  23;  59,  1  ; 
spyrigean  27,  22  ;  3  pi.  spyriaS 
53,  1 ;  53,  3.     [spor.] 

staca,  in.,  stake :  ds.  stacan  102,  30. 

staede-faest,  see  st^de-faest. 

staef,  m.,  staff,  rod;  letter,  writing  : 
ds.  stafe  140,  13  ;  dp.  8,  5.  [cf. 
Ger.  Buchstabe.] 

stacl-here,  m.,  predatory,  maraud- 
ing army  or  band :  dp.  -hergum 
24,  1. 

stael-hran,  m.,  decoy-reindeer  :  np. 
-hranas  40,  2. 


354 


GLOSSARY. 


stsel-wyrffe,  adj.,  stalwart,  service- 
able :  np.  23,  6. 

stan,  in.,  stone,  rock:  ds.  stane  175, 
20  ;  np.  stanas  5,  6  ;  ap.  81,  2. 

stan-clif,  EL,  stony  cliff :  np.  -clifu 
166,  1. 

standan,  see  stQndan. 

stainen,  adj.,  of  stone:  ns.  stainene 
125,  22  ;  ds.  stainenan  126,  13  ; 
as.  stSnenne  66,  13 ;  125,  15 ; 
ap.  stienene  74,  11.     [stan.] 

stan-hleo>  (-hh»,  n.,  stony  de- 
clivity, cliff:  ap.  -hleo>u  163,  17. 

stan-scylig,  adj.,  stone- shelly, 
stony :  ap.  -scyligean  1,  8  ;  2,  15. 
[scyll.] 

staep-maelum,  (dp.)  adv.,  step,  by 
step:  30,  11. 

stair,  n.,  story,  history,  narrative  : 
gs.  stieres  11,  2;  as.  steer  11,  8. 
[Lat.  historia.] 

staiS,  n.,  shore  :  ds.  stse'Se  150,  4  ; 
sta(?e  21,  2.  [standan ;  Ger. 
Gestade.] 

staiffelian  (W.  II.),  establish  :  inf. 
69,  21 ;  72,  6 ;  pret.  3  sg.  sta- 
Selode  169,  20.  [staSol,  'foun- 
dation.'] 

steap,  adj.,  steep,  lofty,  precipi- 
tous: as.  steape  142, 9;  np.  166, 1. 

stearc,  adj.,  stark;  strong:  ns. 
175,  20. 

steda,  m.,  steed,  stallion:  as. 
stedan  65,  20. 

ste/le,  m.,  stead,  place  :  as.  104, 27; 
149,  19. 

st^de-faest  (stsede-),  adj.,  stead- 
fast: np.  -fseste  157,  13  ;  stsede- 
163,  14. 

stefn  (stemn),  f.,  1.  voice,  sound: 
ds.  stefne  144,  19 ;  stemne  82, 
17  ;   83,  28  ;   105,  7  ;    is.  stefne 


182, 12.  —  2.  m.,  summons,  term 

of  military  service :    as.  stemn 

19,  8.     [Ger.  Stimme.] 
stefn  (stsefn),  m.,  stem,  prow  of  a 

ship:  ds.  stefne  147,  11. 
stemn,  see  stefn. 
stemnettan   (W.  I.),  stem,  resist, 

stand  firm   (intr.)  :    pret.  3  pi. 

stemnetton  153,  9. 
st<jnc,  m.,  stench,  odor,  fragrance  : 

ns.  167,  30  ;  as.  ste,nc  188, 1 ;  dp. 

80,  10  ;  165,  8. 
st$ng,  m.,  stang,  pole,  rod,  bar: 

ap.     stengas    36,     2 ;    37,    18. 

[stingan.] 
steor-bord,   n.,   starboard,    right 

side  of  a  ship :  as.  38,  11 ;  39,  9 ; 

41,  14;  42,  6. 
steor-reJ»ra,  m.,  steersman:   ns. 

116,6;  118,20;  ds.  -re>ran  117,2. 
steort,  m.,  tail :  ds.  steorte  6,  8. 

[cf.  Mod.  start.] 
st^ppan  (stseppan),  stop  stopon 

stapen   (6),  step,   advance,  go: 

pret.  3  sg.  75,  22;  149,  8;   151, 

26 ;  153,  18, 
stician    (W.  II.),    1.     stick,   stab 

(trans.):  pp.  gesticod  132,  13. — 

2.  stick,  remain  (intr.)  :  inf.  36, 

5  ;  36,  26  ;  37,  2  ;  3  pi.  sticiaS  36, 

12  ;  37,  8  ;  50,  22. 
stigan,  stag(stah)  stigon  stigen(l), 

ascend,  rise,  springup:  3  sg.  stige"S 

183,  6  ;  opt.  3  sg.  stigge  30,  10  ; 

pret.  3  pi.  1,  12.    [cf.  Mod.  sty.] 
stilt  tan  (W.  I.),  incite  :  pret.  3  sg. 

stihte  153,  14.     [Ger.  stiften.] 
stille,  adj.,  still,  fixed:  ns.  50,  10; 

ds.  stillan  48,  4  ;  np.  stille  5,  8  ; 

171,  16  ;  stillu  48,  4. 
stilnes,    f . ,    stillness,    quiet :    ds. 

-nesse  13,  5 ;  as.  28,  16. 


GLOSSARY. 


355 


stinccnde  (ptc.)  adj.,  stinking, 
of  offensive  smell :  Supl,  ns. 
stincendiste  134,  28.     [stincan.] 

stingan,  stong  stungon  stungen 
(•'»),  sting,  stab,  jmsh  through 
(trans.):  imp.  2  sg.  sting  36,  4  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  Btang  15-I,  2-3. 

stiff,  adj.,  stiff,  Jinn,  stem,  resolute, 
brave:  ns.  30,  19;  159,  4;  a.s 
stISan  111,8;  dp.  142,4. 

stiff- hyegende  (ptc.)  adj.,^ra  of 
purpose,  resolute,  brave  ■  up.  153, 
9. 

stiff-hydig  (<  -hygdig),  adj.,  firm 
of  purpose,  resolute:  ns.  144,  0. 

stiff  lice,  adv.,  stoutly,  boldly,  se- 
verely :  150,  4. — Comp.,  stIMicor 
88,  12. 

stocc,  m.,  stock,  stake  :  ds.  stocce 
105,  16. 

stod-hors,  n.,  stallion  :  as.  65,  15. 

stondan  (standan),  stod  stodon 
standen  (6),  stand,  occupy  a 
place,  arise  (intr.):  inf.  5,  8; 
standan  92,  13 ;  149,  19 ;  3  sg. 
stent  41,  24  ;  50,  10;  stynt  109, 
22  ;  150,  30  ;  st^ndeS  162,  21  ; 
3  pi.  stondaiS  162,  23 ;  pret.  3  sg. 

9,  13;  78,  17;  99,  4;  105,  17: 
pret.  3  pi.  5,  15  ;  24,  14  ;  27,  14  ; 
151,  11. 

storm,  m.,  storm  :  is.  storme  64,  9  ; 
np.  stormas  163,  17 ;  gp.  storma 
171,  16. 

stow,  f.,  place :  ns.  65,  28  ;  99,  12  ; 
ds.  stowe  29,  12 ;  as.  stowe  12, 
7  ;  dp.  38,  5  ;  40,  19  ;  ap.  st5wa 
27,  19  ;  49,  7.     [Mod.  stow.] 

strasl,  m.  f.,  arroio,  dart:  ns.  122, 

10.  [Ger.  Strahl.] 

strand,  m.,  strand:    ds.  strande 

77,  24;   103,6. 
8trang,  see  strong. 


strangiau  (W.  II.),  strengthen: 
ptc.  strangende  128,6.    [strong.] 

strauglic,  adj.,  strong:  ds.  -licre 
137,  23. 

stranglice,  adv.,  strongly  :  133,  26. 

strait,  f.,  street,  road :  ds.  strict  76, 
1;  88,21;  as.  100,26.  [Lat.  strata.] 

stream,  m.,  stream:  as.  151,  16; 
ap.  streamas  169,  10. 

strec  (strsec),  adj.,  stern,  seven- : 
ns.streca93, 1 ;  gs.strecan91, 18. 
[streccan.]  j  ns.  186,  27. 

strengffu  (strengS),  f.,  strength  : 

strong  (Strang),  adj.,  strong  :  168, 
5 ;  168, 18  ;  Strang  69,  7  ;  131,  26  ; 
as.  strangno  53,  22  ;  np.  stronge 
36,  15;  strange  78,  17.  —  Comp., 
ap.  strangran  63,  27. 

stand,  f.,  brief  period  of  time  :  as. 
158,  4.     [Ger.  Stunde.] 

Star-mere,  m.,  estuary  of  the  Stour 
(Essex):  as.  157,  13. 

stycce-mailum,  (dp.)  adv.,  piece- 
meal :  here  and  there :  38,  5. 

styreian  (W.  I.),  steam  (intr.): 
3  sg.  stymeS  172,  16.     [steam.] 

styrman  (W.  I.),  storm  (intr.)  : 
opt.  3  sg.  styrme  64,  6.    [storm.] 

styrian  (W.  I.  S.  400,  n.  1),  stir, 
move  (trans,  and  intr.):  pret.  3 
sg.  styredon  (w.  rerl.  ace.)  5,  6. 

sua,  see  swa. 

sub-diacon  (-deacon),  m.,  sub- 
deacon  :  dp.  69,  3. 

suelc,  see  swilc. 

suff-staeff,  n.,  soxith  coast  :  ds. 
-stse«e  23,  28. 

sum,  pron.  adj.  (S.  343),  some, 
certain,  some  one,  certain  one  : 
ns.  1,  7;  8,  1;  9,  13;  23,  20; 
(w.  gen.)  154,  5  ;  154,  20  ;  sum 
.  .  .  sum,  a  part  .  .  .  the  rest, 
23,  12  ;  175, 14  ;  gs.  sumes,  adv., 


356 


GLOSSARY. 


somewhat,  173,  15 ;  ds.  sumum 
82, 3  ;  sumum  .  .  .  sumum  53, 23 ; 
sumre  9,  9;  as.  sumne  28,  11  ; 
is.  sume  dajge,  one  day,  22,  25  ; 
62,  6  ;  up.  sume  22,  21  ;  49,  27  ; 
sumu  49,  26;  ap.  sume  21,  22; 
39,22;  suma  28,  13;  sumu  12, 
11  ;  22,  12  ; —  (with  numerals), 
ns.  sum  hund,  about  a  hundred, 
19,  16  ;  syxa  sum,  one  of  six 
(with  five  others),  39,  27. 

sumor  (sumer),  m.,  summer.'  ns. 
44,  8 ;  gs.  (adv.)  sumeres  166, 16 ; 
ds.  sumera  22, 19 ;  23,  11 ;  38, 6 ; 
is.  25,  9. 

suinor-lida,  m.,  summer-army  (one 
that  does  not  winter  in  the  coun- 
try; Sweet):  ns.  17,8.     [USan.] 

sun-bearo,  m.,  sunny  grove ;  ns. 
166,  12. 

sun-beortat,  adj.,  sun-bright:  ap. 
174,24;  180,  11. 

sundor,  adv.,  apart:  163,  27. 

sund-plega,  m.,  sporting  in  the 
waves,  bathing :  ds.  -plegan  169, 1. 

sunnan-daeg,  m.,  Sunday:  as.  84, 7. 

sunnan  Shta,  m.  (S.  280,  1),  Sun- 
day morning :  ds.  -uhtan  84,  10. 

sunn-beam,  m.,  sunbeam:  ns. 
103,  14. 

sunne,  f.,  sun :  ns.  1, 10  ;  146,  13  ; 
sunna  (?),  m.  129,  6  ;  gs.  sunnan 
78,21;  101,15;  165,17;  175,6. 

sunn,  m.,  son:  ns.  25,  16;  gs. 
suna  74,  22 ;  79,  14  ;  as.  sunu 
79,  17  ;  147,  19 ;  suna  69,  24  ; 
ap.  suna  20,  4. 

snpan,  seap  supon  sopen  (2),  sup, 
drink :  ger.  supenne  105,  20. 

busI,  n.,  torment:  ap.  suslo  136,  28. 

sniff,  adv.,  south,  southwards:  19, 
16  ;  19,  18. 


suffan,  adv.,  from  the  south:  42, 
20;  171,  17;  176,  12  ;  be  suj>an, 
prep.  (w.  dat.),  south  of,  17,  17  ; 

27,  1;  wi5  suban  (w.  ace.)  41,  18. 
su J>erne,  adj.,  southern  ;  as.  153, 21. 
sufre-weard,  adj.,  southward :  dp. 

40,  30  ;  41,  10. 

suff-riina,  m.,  south  coast :  ds. 
•riman  25,  10. 

sQd'-rodor,  m.,  southern  sky  :  as. 
170,  2. 

suj»-ryhte,  adv.,  southwards:  39, 
1  :  39,  2. 

suS-sae,  m.  f.,  south-sea  (the  sea 
south  of   England)  :   as.  94,  17. 

Suff-seaxe,  pi.  in.,  South  Saxons ; 
Sussex :  gp.  -seaxna  25,  3  ;  dp. 
22,  10  ;  23,  24. 

simian,  see  swigian. 

swa  (swa;),  adv.  (dem.  and  rel.), 
so,  as  (manner,  degree)  :  12,  25 
13,  10 ;  sua  32,  8 ;  swge  26,  16 
29,  4  ;  swa  for5,  so  forth,  81,  27 
sw£§  same,  in  like  manner,  28 
8  ;  swa  fteah,  however,  90,  13 
eac  swa,  also,  20,  9 ;  swa.  swa, 
so  as,  just  as,  11,  3  ;  swa;  swa; 

28,  30  ;  29,  3  ;  30,  11  ;  swa  .  . 
swa,  as  .  .  .  as,  38,  12  ;  swai  .  . 
swa;  swa;,  so  .  .  .  (Just)  as,  29 
10 ;    swa.  swa,   so  that,  22,  5 
swa  .  .  .  swa,  (w.  comp.),  the  .  . 
the,  40,  22 ;  swa  oft  swa,  when 
ever,    18,    14 ;    swa.  hwjer  swa 
wherever,  101,  16  ;  swa  hwider 
swa,  whithersoever,  100,  13  ;  105, 
22 ;  swa,  hwa,  swa,  tvhosoever,  7, 
20  ;  swa  hwaet  swa,  whatsoever, 
8,  4  ;  bi  swa  hwaberre  efes  swa, 
on  whichever  side,  18,  21. 

swaecc,  m.,  odor,  fragrance  :  dp. 
172,  17. 


GLOSSARY. 


357 


swalice,  adv.,  so,  thus :  126,  7. 
swan,  m.,swan:  gs.  swanes  169,27. 
swan,  in.,  swain,  peasant,  young 

man  :  ns.  14,  5. 
swar  (switir),  adj.,  heavy,  griev- 
ous :  ns.   107,  5  ;  176,  3.     [Ger. 

schwer.] 
swies,  adj.,  beloved,  own :  ns.  178, 

5  ;  as.  swaisne  161,  27. 
swiesendn,  pi.  n.,  dainties,  ban- 

quet :  dp.  64,  3. 
swat,  m.,  siceat,  blood :  is.  swate 

146,  13. 
swaefif,  n.,  swath,  track,  footprint : 

as.  27,  22.     [swa«u.] 
sweart,  adj.,  swart,  black,  tawny : 

ds.  sweartan  89,  7 ;  as.  148,  5 ; 

is.  142,  13. 
swefn  (swefen)  n.,  sleep,  dream  : 

as.  9,  14  ;  10,  14.     [swebban.] 
sweg,   m.,   sound,  harmony :    ns. 

169,  li  1  ;  169,  26  ;  is.    swege  5, 

7  ;  gp.  swega  186,  20. 
swegan    (W.    I.),    sound;    have 

sound  or  import   (intr.)  :  3  sg. 

swegS  87,  5.     [cf.  Mod.  swoon.] 
swegel  (swegl),  n.,  sky,  heavens: 

gs.  swegles   143,   18 ;    168,   22 ; 

169,  4  ;  ds.  swegle  169,  14  ;  171, 

17  ;  181,  12  ;  as.  swegel  172,  15. 
swegel-CQndel,  f.,  candle  or  lumi- 
nary of   heaven :   gs.  -condelle 

168,  27. 
swelc,  swelce,  see  swilc,  swilce. 
swelgan,  swealg  swulgon  swolgen 

(3),  swallow  (trans.):  3  sg.  swel- 

ge$  182,  22. 
sweltan,  swealt  swulton  swolten 

(3),  die  :  inf.  95,  11  ;  158,  26  ;  3 

sg.  swelt  125,  9  ;  opt.  3  sg.  swelte 

123,  2  ;  pret.  3  sg.  102,  23. 
sw^ncan  (W.  I.),  trouble,  molest, 


afflict,  torment :  inf.  47,  6  ;  3  sg. 

swe,nceS    121,    11  ;    opt.   3   sg. 

sw^nce  55,  4  ;  pp.  pi.  gescwe,ncte 

52,  2  ;  55,  1  ;  geswencede  117,  5. 

[swincan.] 
sw^ng,    m.,     stroke,     bloio :    gs. 

swinges  153,  5.     [swingan.] 
Sweo-land,  n.,  Sweden:  ns.  40,  31. 
Sweom,  dp.  in.,  the  Swedes  :  42, 12. 
sweora  (swfua,  swlra,  swyra),  ra., 

neck :    ds.     sulran   34,   20 ;    as. 

sweoran  123,  5  ;  175,  23  ;  swiiran 

126,  3  ;  swyran  122,  30. 
sweord  (swurd,  svvyrd),  n. , sword: 

ds.  swurde  91,   12  ;  92,   14  ;  as. 

sweord  65,  19  ;  swurd  149,  15  ; 

is.  sweorde  143,  5  ;  gp.  sweorda 

146,  4. 
sweotol   (swiotol,    swutol),   adj., 

clear,  manifest,  distinct :  ns.  56, 

4  ;  36,  9.     [cf.  Goth,  swikunhs.] 
sweotole,   adv.,   clearly :    45,   7  ; 

62,    10.  —  Comp.,  sweotolor  50, 

3  ;  53,  19. 
sweotolian  (W.  II.),  make  mani- 
fest :  3  sg.  sweotolaS  59,  8. 
sweotolice       (swutellce),      adv., 

clearly  :  swutellce  86,  9. 
swer,  m. ,  pillar,  column :  ds.  swere 

121,  22 ;  as.  swer  121,  21 ;  125,  15. 
swete,  adj.,  sweet .'  as.  swetne  53, 

22.  — Comp.,  ns.  swetra  169,  22. 

—  Supl.,  as.  sweteste  11,  4  ;  ap. 

swetestan  171,  24. 
swetnis,  f.,  sweetness:  gs.  -nysse 

95,    15;  ds.   -nesse   11,    16;  as. 

-nisse  8,  7. 
swefrrian  (W.  II.),  diminish,  sub- 
side (intr.)  :  3  sg.  sweftraft  173, 

2  ;  186,  10. 
swic-dom,  in.,  deception:  ns.  2,  22. 
swift,  adj.,  swift:  ns.    176,  5. — 


358 


GLOSSARY. 


Comp.,  np.  swiftran  24,  5.  — 
Supl.,  ap.  swyftoste  43,  18. 

8wigian  (swugian,  sugian,  suwian ; 
S.  416,  n.5)  (W.  III.),  be  silent: 
3  sg.  swlaft  170,  3  ;  imp.  2  sg. 
suwa  4,  7  ;  pp.  geswiged  170,  6. 
[Ger.  schweigen.] 

swilc  (swylc,  swelc),  pror..  adj., 
such  :  ns.  52,  4  ;  ds.  swylcere 
139,  22  ;  as.  swylc  swylce,  such 
as,  59,  7  ;  swylce  139,  21  :  suelc 
32,  14  ;  dp.  swylcum  3,  24 ; 
swilcuin  89,  11 ;  suelcum  32, 12  ; 
o3,  28. 

swilce  (swylce,  swelce),  adv.  conj., 

I.  (w.indic.)  in  such  manner,thus, 
likewise:  52,  7;  swylce  52,  5;  eac 
swylce  13,  8  ;   eac  swelce  8,  11  ; 

II,  18;  13,  11.  — 2.  (w.  opt.),  as 
if,  as  though :  5,  8  ;  50,  20  ;  75, 
30  ;  swylce  3,  11 ;  suelce  32,  22  ; 
37,  17. 

Bwimman,      swomm      swummon 

swummen    (3),    swim :    3    pi. 

swimma'S  161,  30. 
swin  (swyn),  u.,  swine,  hog:  gp. 

swyna  40,  6. 
swincan,  swonc  swuncon  swuncen 

(3),   swink,    labor,    toil,    strive 

(intr.):  inf.  130,30;  94,10;  3  sg. 

swinc'5  57,  13  ;  2  pi.  swinca'S  94, 

3;  pret.  3  sg.  101, 11.  [swingan.] 
swingan,  swong  swungon  swungen 

(3),  whip,  swinge,  scourge,  strike, 

beat:   inf.  141,  11;   imp.   2  pi. 

swingaft    123,    19  ;    pret.    3   pi. 

119,  22. 
swingel,    f.,   whip,   scourge:    as. 

swingle  91,  8.     [swingan.] 
swinsian   (W.  II.),  sound,  make 

melody,  sing  :  3  sg.  swlnsa^  169, 
-   14;  170,  1;  186,20, 


swinsung,  f .,  melody,  harmony . 
ds.  -unge  10,  20. 

swira,  see  sweora. 

swiff  (swyS),  adj.,  strong,  active, 
severe:  Comp.,  ns.  swi<Sre  liand 
101,  3  ;  swyiSre  101,2  ;  ds.  swyS- 
ran  137,  21  ;  as.  swISran  62,  7. 
[Ger.  geschwind.] 

swiSe  (swy'Se),  adv.,  very,  exceed- 
ingly, severely:  5,  3;  21,  11 
30,  1 ;  swySe  39,  29 ;  for  swrSe 
very  severely,  23,  16.  —  Comp. 
swi)>or  23,  16;  suISor  34,  10 
swyjjor  71,  7 ;  suISor  >onne 
rather  than,  32,  20.  —  Supl. 
swiSost  57,  14;  61,  14;  et 
dally,  39,  19 ;  almost,  43,  28 
ealles  swlhost,  most  of  all,  23, 18 
eallra  swi^ust  24,  1. 

swISlic,  adj.,  intense,  excessive 
ds.  -Here  100,  31  ;  101,  15. 

swol,  n.,  heat,  burning :  gs.  swoles 
174,  15;  ds.  swole  172,  17. 
[swelan,  '  sweal.'] 

swQngor,  adj.,  heavy,  inert:  ns. 
176,  3.     [Ger.  schwanger.] 

swara,  see  sweora. 

swurd,  see  sweord. 

swuster  (sweostor),  f.,  sister:  gs. 
swyster  74, 22  ;  as.  swuster  108, 1. 

swutelice,  see  sweotollce. 

swylc,  swylce,  see  swilc,  swilce. 

swylt-cwalu,  f .,  agony  of  death  : 
as.  -cwale  177,  28. 

swylt-hwil,  f.,  hour  of  death:  ds. 
-hwile  177,  9. 

swyn,  see  swin. 

swyra,  see  sweora. 

sylen,  f.,  gift:  as.  sylene  62,  14. 
[seHan.] 

sylf,  see  self. 

sylfren,  adj.,  of  silver :   ds.   syl- 


GLOSSARY. 


359 


frenan    100,   23 ;    as.    100,   27. 

[seolfor.  ] 
syll,  f.,  sill,  base,  support :  ds.  sylle 

82,  17. 
symbel,   n.,  feast,   banquet :    ns. 

l/'J,  7;    ds.    symble  9,  8;   gp. 

syinbla  183,  9. 
■symble  (symle,  simle),  adv.,  ever, 

always :  symle  48,  It ;  simle  15,  5  ; 

18,25;  38,  10.         [sin  +  mail.] 
symle,  see  symble. 
syn-b^ntl,  m.  f.  n.,  fetter  of  sin  or 

of  hell :  ap.  -bendas  135,  4. 
syn-byrj>en,  f.,  burden  of  sin  :  ap. 

-byri'enna  69,  11. 
synd,  see  beon. 
synderlice,  adv.,  specially  :  74,  4. 

[sundor.] 
syndrlg,    adj.,   separate,  private: 

dp.  88,  10;  101,  15. 
syndrigllce,  adv.,  separately,  spe- 
cially :  8,  1 ;  63,  12. 
syn-full,  adj.,  sinful :   gs.  -fullan 

92,  6. 
syniic,  adj.,  sinful :  ap.  -lieu  68, 10. 
synn,  f.,  si7i :  ns.  110,  5  ;  np.  synna 

2,  9 ;  34,  14  ;  gp.  synna  11,  20 ; 

78,23;  dp.  33,  3;  ap.  79,  11. 
synnig,  adj.,  sinful :  ns.  183,  9. 
syrwan  (sierwan)  (W.  I.),  1.  plot, 

machinate.  —  2.  put  on  armor  : 

pp.  gesyrwed  154,  15.     [searu.] 
Syr-ware  (S.  263,  n.  7),  pi.  m., 

Syrians :  gp.  -wara  170,  27. 
syijafan,  see  siffffan. 
syx  (siex,  six,  sex),  num.,  six:  25, 

12;  40,1;  66,  19;  six  74,  11;  97, 

10  ;  sex  24,  9  ;  gp.  syxa  39,  27. 
syxtig,  num.,  sixty:  39,  27;  40,  14. 
syxtig-feald,  adj.,  sixty  fold :   as. 

-fealdne  2,  1 ;  2,  26. 


tiecan  (tjecean)  (W.  I.),  teach,  di- 
rect: 3  sg.  tajeft  111,  22;  opt. 
3  pi.  taicean  68,  26 ;  pret.  2  sg. 
tightest  80,  28  ;  3  sg.  Uehte  109, 
2;  149,  18;  3  pi.  -on  05,  <>; 
112,  2. 

tacen,  n.,  token,  symbol,  sign,  mir- 
acle :  ns.  56,  9  ;  74,  13  ;  168,  K> ; 
as.  tacen  62,  9 ;  is.  tacne  180,  25 ; 
np.  tacno  68,  13 ;  tacna  85,  15 ; 
dp.  95,  18. 

tacnlan  (W.  II.),  symbolize,  sig- 
nify, represent:  inf.  36,  7. 

taegel,  m.,  tail:  ns.  Ill,  11;  111, 
14. 

tielan  (W.  I.),  reprove,  blame  :  inf. 
57, 12  ;  pret.  2  sg.  taildesS  (dial.) 
30,  2  ;  pp.  pi.  getSlde  31,  12. 

tam,  adj.,  tame:  np.  tama  5,  8; 
gp.  tamra  40,  1. 

tan,  m.  (ta,  f.),  twig :  dp.  180,  5. 
[cf.  mistel-tan  'mistletoe.'] 

tapur  (tapor),  m.,  taper :  ns.  169, 4. 

ta>san  (W.  I.),  lacerate,  pierce: 
pret.  3  sg.  tSsde  158,  3.  [Mod. 
tease.] 

teala,  see  teola. 

tear,  m.,  tear:  dp.  92,  26;  ap. 
tearas  79,  28  ;  131,  1. 

tear-geotende  (ptc.),  adj.,  tear- 
shedding,  tearful :  ds.  -geoternlrtr 
137,  17. 

telga,  m.,  branch:  np.  telgan  167, 
25;  dp.  171,  19. 

Te,mes,  f.,  the  Thames  :  ds.  T^mese 
20,  22  ;  27,  1 ;  as.  19.  2. 

tempel,  n.,  temple:  ds.  tempi  82, 
17  ;  as.  tempi  64,  26.  [Lat. 
Templum.] 

teohhian  (tiohhian)  (W.  II.),  or- 


36o 


GLOSSARY. 


range,  appoint,  direct,  destine  : 
3  sg.  tiohha'S  49,  14 ;  1  pi.  tioli- 
hiaS  54, 14  ;  pret.  3  sg.  teohhode 
48,  2  ;  pp.  tiohhod  56,  15 ;  ge- 
tiohhod  50,  8  ;  57,  18.  [teoh  ; 
Ger.  Zeche.] 

teola  (teala,  tela),  adv.,  properly, 
well :  65,  22 ;  teala  13,  2.    [til.] 

teolian,  teolung,  see  tilian,  til- 
ling. 

teon  (tlon),  teah  tugon  togen  (2), 
draw ;  betake  Oneself,  go :  3  sg. 
tiehS  35,  13  ;  opt.  3  sg.  tlo  36,  6  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  5,  13;  72,  18;  89,6; 
91,  3  ;  3  pi.  18,  3  ;  22,  14  ;  123,  5  ; 
180,  15  ;  pp.  123,  6. 

teon  (teogan  ;  S.  408,  n.  10),  ar- 
range, create :  pret.  3  sg.  teode 
10,  4.     [cf.  teohhian.] 

teonliee,  adj.,  grievously :  179,  8. 
[teon,  'accuse'  ;  Mod.  teen.] 

Ter-finna,  gp.  the  Terfins  :  39,  13. 

tiber,  n.,  offering,  sacrifice:  ns. 
143,  30;  ds.  tlbre  142,  8.  [cf. 
Ger.  Ungeziefer.] 

tid,  f .,  tide,  time,  hour :  ns.  60,  26 
ds.  tide  9,  9;  11,  27;  117,  19 
as.  12,  1 ;  85,  4 ;  is.  tide  9,  12 
np.  tlda  26,  5  ;  ap.  49,  7  ;  83,  12 
170,  7. 

tigan  (W.  I.),  tie:  pp.  getlged  34, 
20. 

till  tan,  see  tyhtan. 

til,  adj.,  good:  ns.  164,  1.  [Ger. 
Ziel] 

tilian  (teolian)  (W.  II.),  1.  endea- 
vor, strive  after:  inf.  teolian  70, 
7  ;  3  sg.  tiolaS  57,  14  ;  3  pi.  tilia« 
65,  9.  —  2.  provide,  treat,  gain 
(w.  gen.):  3  pi.  tilgaS  181,  17  ; 
opt.  3  sg.  tilige  46,  15;  47,  7. 
[Mod.  till.} 


tilung  (teolung),  f.,  tillage,  hus- 
bandry :  gs.  teolunge  79,  8. 

tima,  m.,  time :  ns.  84,  4 ;  ds. 
tlman  76,  7. 

timbran  (W.  I.),  build,  construct: 
inf.  24,  3  ;  66,  13  ;  171,  19 ;  pret. 
3  pi.  timbredon  (S.  405,  5)  24,  2. 

tin-treg,  n.,  torment:  np.  tintrega 
124,  16  ;  dp.  tinttregum  62,  20 ; 
ap.  -trega  119,  14  ;  tyntrega  136, 
28  ;  -trego  111,  5  ;  -tregu  121,  8. 

tin-treglic,  adj.,  full  of  torment  : 
gs.  -ITcan  11,  16. 

tiohhian,  see  teohhian. 

tir,  in.,  fame,  glory,  honor:  ns. 
152,  21 ;  as.  146, 3.     [Ger.  Zier.] 

tir-eadig,  adj.,  glorious:  ns.  168,25. 

tir-faest,  adj.,  famous,  glorious:  as.  • 
-fseste  167,  18 ;  as.  -fsest  185,  2. 

tir-meahtig,  adj.,  of  glorious 
might :  ns.  171,  6. 

tiffian  (W.  II.),  grant  (w.  dat.  of 
pers.  and  gen.  of  thing) :  ger. 
trSienne  107,  5. 

to,  prep.  1.  (w.  dat.,  instr.),  to,  at, 
for  (place,  time,  indirect  relation, 
condition)  :  3,  25  ;  5,  13 ;  16,  1 ; 
17,  11 ;  99,  32  ;  149,  12  ;  conduc- 
ing to,  for,  as,  10, 2 ;  39, 22;  76, 5 ; 
101,6;  178, 16;— sign  of  gerund, 
1,  6 ;  2,  5 ;  w.  verbs  to  inquire, 
seek,  learn,  37,  5 ;  37, 8  ;  —  prep, 
adv.,  1,  2;  1,  5;  6,  23;  15,  12; 
20,  22  ;  43,  31 ;— to  'Sjem,  adv.,  to 
such  an  extent  or  degree,  so,  25, 
3 ;  27,  5 ;  t5  '5am  93,  6 ;  to  Son  55, 
10 ;  70, 17 ;  t5  J>on,  to  that  (time), 
13,  1 ;  to  sS'Son,  truly,  139,  5 ;  td 
dseg,  to-day,  139,  6 ;  to  dsege  65, 
30  ;  to  ftearfe,  according  to  what 
is  needed,  156,  27  (cf.  for  benefit, 
99,  32");  —  to  Saer,  to  where,  102, 


GLOSSARY. 


36l 


29 ;  belonging  thereto,  108,  1 1  ; 
"Sier  to  caean,  in  addition  thereto, 
76,  21;  79,  4;  88,  11.  — 2.  (w. 
gen.)  143,  25  ;  t5  5ses,  adv.  (=  to 
*«m),  70,  13;  70,  18;  (hwon) 
moreover,  however,  93,  14. 

to,  adv.,  too.-  30,  19;  50,  10;  G9, 
<> ;   154,  6. 

to-aet-ycan  (W.I.),  add:  pret.  3 
sg.  -cBtyhte  04,  17.     [eac] 

to-berstan  (3),  burst,  break  asun- 
der :  pret.  3  sg.  -bserst  99,  7  ; 
153,23;  153,31. 

to-braklan  (W.  I.),  spread  out: 
pp.  -britkld  36,  10. 

to-brecan  (4),  break  in  pieces, 
destroy,  break  through  :  inf.  134, 
5  ;  opt.  3  sg.  -brece  91,  11  ;  pret. 
3  sg.  -bi'iec  135,  4  ;  3  pi.  -braicon 
20,  2  ;  23,  5  ;  76,  9  ;  pp.  -brocen 
157,  6  ;  sg.  -brocenan  76,  28. 

to  ceorfan,  -cearf  -curfon  -corf en 
(3),  carve,  cut:  inf.  100,  28. 

to-cleofan  (2),  cleave  asunder:  3 
sg.  -cleofeS  69,  15. 

to-ciiawan  (R.),  know,  acknow- 
ledge :  opt.  3  sg.  -cnawe  82,  20. 

toe u man  (4),  come,  arrive:  pp. 
•cumen  130,  1. 

to-cwysan  ("W.  I.),  crush :  inf.  76, 
4;  1  sg.  -cwyse  82,  11;  pp.  pi. 
-cwysede  76, 22.  [Mod.  squeeze.] 

to-cwysednis,  f.,  crushed  condi- 
tion :  gs.  -nysse  77,  2. 

to-cyme,  m.,  arrival,  advent:  ds. 
_108,  5.  fns.  107,  20. 

to-dal,  n.,  separation,  difference: 

to-dielan  (W.  I.),  divide,  separate  : 
1  sg.  -dsele  30,  14  ;  3  pi.  -dtelaS 
43,  10;  pp. -daeled  51,  19. 

to-emnes.  prep.  (w.  dat.),  along- 
side: 40,  31;  41,  1. 


to-faran    (6),  separate,    disperse 

(intr.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  -for  23,  11. 
to-foran,  prep.   (w.  dat.),  before 

(time  and  place):  130,14;  137,26. 
to-guedere,    adv.,   together :    151, 

15;   172,  28. 
to-geaues,  prep.  (w.  dat.),  toward, 

before:  75,  23  ;  165,  11 ;  169,  14. 
to  ge-ffeodan  (\V.  I.),  join:  pret. 

3  sg.  -heodde  10,  8. 
to  hopa,  m.,  hope  :  as.  -hopan  37, 

17. 
to-lesan,  see  to-lysan. 
to-lesnes,  f.,  dissolution,  violation, 

breach:  ns.  72,  24. 
to-llcgan  (5),  lie  between,  sepa- 
rate :  3  sg.  -118  42,  14. 
to-lysan  (-lesan)   ( W.  I.),  loosen, 

relax,  unhinge  :  pp.  tolesed  113s 

12  ;  113,  17. 
to-middes,  prep.  (w.  dat.),  amidst, 

among  :  104,  20. 
t o  11  i man  (4),  take  apart,  separate, 

open,  lift  up  :  imp.  2  pi.  -nymaS 

133,  17  ;  134,   18 ;    pp.  -numen 

18,  25. 
torht,  adj.,  bright,   glorious:  ns. 

143,  30 ;  168,  15  ;  torhte  166,  7  ; 

ap.  172,  3. 
torn,  n.,  anger;  indignation :  \s. 

164,  1.     [Ger.  Zorn.] 
to-scead,    n.,    distinction,    differ* 

ence  :  ns.  60,  5. 
to  slSpan  (2),  slip  aicay :  inf.  49,  5. 
to-smeagean  (-smeagan)  (  W.  III.), 

think  over  in  detail,  inquire  into, 

consider  :  inf.  -smeagian  60,  6. 
to-steni  an  (W.  I.),  scatter,  drag 

along:  3  pi.  -stencab   119,   15. 

[stincan.] 
to-teran  (4),  tear  in  pieces  :  pret. 

3  sg.  -taw  90,  24, 


362 


GLOSSARY. 


to-twieman  ( W.  I.) ,  separate  :  pp. 
-twsemed  157,  5.     [twegen.] 

toff,  m.,  tooth.-  np.  t58as  (S.  281, 
n.  1),  179,  8  ;  dp.  tobum  39,  21  ; 
ap.  te8  39,  21. 

to-weard,  adj.,  toward,  approach- 
ing, imminent,  future :  gs. 
-weardan  11,  15;  51,  23;  as. 
75,  12 ;  -wearde  91,  8  ;  gp. 
-weardra  108,  12. 

to-weard,  prep.  (w.  dat.),  toicard: 
43,  20. 

to-wearde,  adv.,  in  advance,  be- 
forehand: 108,  14. 

to-wegan  (5) ,  disperse :  pp.-wegen 
171,  15. 

to-weorpan  (-wurpan),  -wearp 
-wurpon  -worpen  (3),  overthrow, 
destroy:  inf.  35,  11;  65,  9; 
-wurpan  82,   10  ;    1  sg.   -wurpe 

82,  10 ;   pret.  3  sg.  66,  2  ;   3  pi. 

83,  31 ;  pp.  55,  16. 
to-wurpan,  see  to-weorpan. 
traht-boc,   i.,   treatise :    ap.  -bee 

97,  6.    [trahtian  ;  Ger.  trachten.] 
treo  (treow),  n.,  tree,  wood:  gs. 

treowes  137, 9  ;  ds.  treowe  36, 2  ; 

105,19;  171,  6;  treo  66,9;  as. 

treow  137,  10  ;  tryw  136,  24. 
treow,  i., faith, pledge,  agreement: 

as.  treowe   164,   1 ;    ap.  treowa 

18,  14. 
treowen,  adj.,  of  a  tree,  wooden: 

ds.  treowenre  141,  13  ;  as.  treow- 

ene  132,  15. 
Traso,  an  ancient  city  on  the  Drau- 

sensea  :  ns.  42,  18  ;  as.  42,  4. 
trOwa,  m.,  confidence  :  as.  truwan 

92,  4. 
trymm    (tremm),    n.,    short   dis- 
tance, step :  as.  trym  157,  11. 
trymman  (W.  li ;  trymian,;S.  400, 


n.  2),  confirm,  exhort :  inf.  trym- 

ian  149,  17  ;  pret.  3  pi.  trymedon 

159,  8  ;    pp.  getrymmed  150,  1. 

[Mod.  trim.] 
tu,  see  twegen. 
tucian  (\V.  II.),  ill-treat,  torment, 

punish  :   inf.  46,  30  ;   pret.  3  sg. 

tucode  98,  10. 
tudor  (tuddor),  n.,  offspring,  issue: 

gs.  tuddres  72, 16;  as.  tudor  52, 14. 
tun,  m.,  (enclosure),  town,  village, 

homestead :  ds.  tune  43,  14 ;  43, 

24.     [Ger.  Zaun.] 
tunece,  f.,  tunic,  coat :  as.  tunecan 

83,  19 ;  83,  24.     [Lat.  tunica.] 
tunge,  f.,  tongue:  ns.  13,  9;  32, 

11 ;  as.  tungan  9,  1. 
tnn-ge-refa,  m.,  town-reeve,  bailiff  ,* 

steward  of  a  manor :  ds.  -gerefan 

10,  9. 
tungol,  n.  (m.),  luminary,  star :  ns. 

146,  14  ;  np.  168, 15  ;  tungla  135, 

21;  gp.  tungla  78,  22;  168,12;  ap. 

tunglu52, 10.  [15;  111,8. 

turf,  f.,  turf:  ds.  tyrf  (S.  284)  167, 
towa  (tuwwa,  twuwa,  twiwa  ;  S. 

331), adv., twice:  134,21;  tuwwa 

18,  28. 
twa,  see  twegen. 
twegen  (S. 324, 2),  num. m.,  twain, 

two  :  nom.  48,  17  ;  151,  28 ;  ace. 

20,4;  21,22;  36,2;  83,5;  112,5; 

143,7. — Neut.tu  (twa):  nom.  twa 

48,  17  ;  ace.  tu  22,  28  ;  25, 4  ;  187, 

23 ;  twa,  112,  4 ;  on  tu,  in  two,  18, 

25 ;  —  adv.,  tu  swa  lange,  twice  as 

long,  24,  4.  —  Fem.  twa :  ace.  2 1 1 

4 ;  22,  28  ;  107, 19 ;  112,  6  ;— gen. 

(of  all  genders)  twega  143,  22; 

156,2;  dat.twgem  16,12;  twam  18, 

17;  39,27;  40,27;  79,30;  98,9. 
twetf,  num.,  twelve:  18,  10;  21, 


GLOSSARY. 


363 


26  ;  82,  23  ;  108,  21  ;  nom.  twejfe 
(S.  325)  2, 4  ;  dat.  twejfum  166,  7. 

twentig,  num.,  twenty  :  40,  5  ;  114, 
18. 

tweonian  (twynian)  (W.  II.), 
doubt  (impers.)  :  3  sg.  tweonaS 
83,  16  ;  twynaS  132,  8. 

tweonung  (twynung),  f.,  doubt: 
ds.  twynunge  83,  18. 

twi -feald,  adj.,  two-fold:  as.  116, 
22. 

tydernis  (tyddernis),  f.,  weakness: 
as.  tyddernysse  124, 20.    [tiklor.] 

tyilran  (W.  I.),  beget,  bring  forth  : 
3  sg.  tydreS  52,  14.     [tudor.] 

tyht  (tiht),  m.,  1.  training,  in- 
struction. —  2.  motion,  progress: 
ds.  tyhte  183,  11.     [teon.] 

tyhtan  (tihtan)  (W.  I.),  instigate, 
urge,  persuade,  exhort :  pret.  3 
sg.  tihte  82,  16;  91,  0;  03,  23. 
[teon.] 

tyhting  (tihting),  f.,  instruc- 
tion, advice:  dp.  tihtingum  93, 
18. 

tyman  (W.  I.),  beget,  engender: 
pret.  3  sg.  tymde  108,  2.  [team.] 

tyn  (tien),  num.,  ten:  40,  13  ;  97, 
10. 

W  (JO- 

>a,  adv.  conj.  (dem.  and  rel.), 
then,  when  :  1,  6  ;  1,  10  ;  2,  3  ;  — 
ba  ha,  then  when,  27, 1  ;  75,  7;  93, 
3 ;  HL  he  NL  .  .  .  ba,  when  he  then 
.  .  .  then,  9,  12 ;  22,  3.  [Ger.  da,] 

J>fi,  see  se. 

Jjafian  (W.  II.),  consent  to,  per- 
mit; endure,  suffer:  3  sg.  bafaS 
46,  2  ;    opt.   3  sg.   hafige  53,  6 ; 

-  .pret.  3sg.>afode  10,28. 


>iem  (ham),  see  se. 

ffanc  (Sonc),  m.,  grace,  mercy, 
thanks :  ns.  tfonc  27,  2  ;  29,  11  ; 
31,  29;  gs.  Godcs  bonces,  through 
the  mercy  of  Cod,  23,  15  ;  mines 
'Sonces,  by  my  favor,  32,  15  ;  as. 
banc  145,  12  ;  153,  7  ;  154,  3  ; 
ap.  fianeas  ~'-),  1 ;  125,  13. 

ffancian  (W.  II.),  thank  (w.  dat. 
of  pers.  and  gen.  of  thing):  1  sg. 
bancige  84,  17  ;  1  pi.  banciao  84, 
33  ;  pret.  3  sg.  Sancode  90,  26 ; 
90,  9. 

ffanon,  see  ffonan. 

User  (3ar),  adv.  (dem.  and  rel.), 
there,  where  :  5,  7 ;  9,  5  ;  104,  3  ; 
bar  1,  8  ;  2,  12  ;  —  bier  }>ser,  there 
where,  18,  17  ;  27,  6  ;  99,  13  ; 
135,  5 ;  —  to  >fer,  to  where,  102, 
29  ;  flier  inne  15,  23  ;  'Sffir  on  30, 
15;  36,  5;  39,  12;  75,  5;  132, 
15  ;  15ter  to  108, 11  ;  flair  to  eacan 
88,  11  ;  136,  6  ;  flfer  utan  19,  7  ; 
flJerwiS31,24;  54,  1. 

J»sere,  J>sera  (bara),  see  se. 

ffas,  see  ffes. 

J>aes,  see  se. 

J>aeslice  (cf.  byslic),  adv.,  suitably: 
87,  16. 

>a?t  (bsette,  <  J>aet  be),  conj.,  that, 
so  that :  2,  6 ;  3,  1 ;  4,  11  ;  b^ette 
5,  1  ;  11,  6  ;  26,  20  ;  —  swa  bset, 
so  that,  1,  2. 

ffe,  rel.  particle  (S.  340):  2,  14  ;  6, 
12;  39,16;  32, 1;42,  18;  se  be,  he 
that,  that,  2,  2  ;  bam  be  2,  5  (see 
se);  for  fljem  Se,  etc.  (see  for); 
ofl  fle  (see  off),  etc.  —  conj.,  be- 
cause, 32,  3  ;  or,  5e  .  .  .  fie, 
whether  .  .  .  or,  45, 14  ;  hwsefler 
.  .  .  be  89,  3  ;  —  w.  comp.,  than, 
15,  21 ;  25,  15  (cf.  25,  9),       - 


364 


GLOSSARY. 


)>e,  see  ffa  and  se. 

ffeah  (Seh),  conj.  adv.,  though, 
however,  nevertheless  :  5,  8  ;  15, 
26;  21,  22;  31,  8;  32,  14;  40, 
18  ;  48,  2  ;  Seah  Se  31,  7;  31,  26  ; 
92,  10;  Sen  18,  13;  23,  26;  25, 
1  ;  116,  15. 

iffcarf,  f.,  need,  behoof,  require- 
ment, benefit :  ns.  12,  15  ;  35, 
20;  37,  13;  46,  11;  61,  13;  156, 
28  ;  ds.  bearfe  99,  32  ;  155,  26 ; 
156,  27  ;  as.  bearfe  46,  9  ;  105, 
3  ;  154,  31.     |>urfan.] 

ffearfa,  m.,  poor  man :  ns.  88,  6  ; 
np.  Searfan  75,  25  ;  100,  25  ;  dp. 
76,  19  ;  88,  1  ;  ap.  67,  4. 

J»earfeiide  (ptc),  adj.,  being  in 
want :  dp.  68,  23. 

ffearle,  adv.,  severely :  99,  7  ;  146, 
23  ;   154,  14. 

J>earlic,  adj.,  severe,  cruel :  as.  187, 
15. 

)>eaw,  m.,  habit,  custom,  practice, 
behavior  :  ns.  12,  3  ;  43,  2  ;  160, 
12  ;  dp.  33,  24  ;  87,  3  ;  110,  26  ; 
ap.  Seawas  27,  11;  56,  23. 
[Mod.  thews.] 

)>^ccan  (W.I.),  cover:  3  sg,  be.ce8 

172,  19  ;    177,  24  ;   3  pi.  beccaS 

173,  22;  pret.  3  sg.  beahte  166,  21. 
[cf.  Mod.  thatch  ;  Ger.  decken.] 

>egen  (begn,  ben),  m.,  servant, 
thane,  officer,  retainer,  warrior  : 
ns.  begn  12,  8  ;  15,  10 ;  21,  10  ; 
144,  17  ;  as.  begen  154,  7  ;  begn 
12,  5  ;  np.  begnas  15,  1  ;  20,  26  ; 
begenas  155,  30  ;  benas  133,  2  ; 
gp.  begna  100,  24  ;  bena  23,  18  ; 
dp.  133,  24.     [Ger.  Degen.] 

JJegenlice,  adv.,  in  a  manner  be- 
coming a  'degen,'  faithfully: 
158,  27. 


ffegnian  (Senian)  (W.  II.),  1. 
serve  (w.  dat.):  inf.  12,  5  ;  pret.  3 
sg.  fienode  88,  5.  —  2.  perform 
(a  service)  ;  supply  another  with 
anything :  inf.  Senian  32,  10  ; 
95,  1. 

ffeh,  see  ffeah. 

)»en,  see  J?egen. 

ffe.ncan  (W.  I.),  think,  consider, 
resolve,  intend  :  1  sg.  Se,nce  159, 
22  ;  2  sg.  Sencest  144,  1  ;  3  sg. 
iSenO  49,  11  ;  53,  17  ;  <b'euce<5  7, 
23 ;  157,  22  ;  159,  19  ;  pret.  3 
sg.  Sohte  6,  2  ;  62,  4. 

)>enden,  conj.  adv.,  while,  as  long 
as  :  168,  8  ;  171,  12. 

ffeniau,  see  ffegnian. 

Ueuig-mQnn,  serving-man:  ap. 
-men  74,  11. 

>enung  (bening),  f.,  service,  minis- 
tration, office  :  ds.  benunga  30, 
19  ;  36,  28  ;  as.  benunge  117,  7  ; 
np.  benunga,  attendants,  135,  7  ; 
dp.  74,  22  ;  ap.  Senunga  32,  10  ; 
service  of  a  meal,  100,  23  ;  Sen- 
inga,  book  of  service,  26,  18. 

J>eod  (biod),  f., people,  nation  :  gs. 
^eode  66,  5  ;  86,  1  ;  ds.  Seode 
152,  7  ;  Slode  5,  1 ;  as.  Seode  68, 
2  ;  np.  Seoda  176,  29  ;  Sioda  28, 
11  ;  gp.  Seoda  87,8  ;  154,  29  ; 
dp.  146,  22.     [Ger.  deutsch.] 

>eoden,  m.,  chief,  lord,  prince, 
king :  ns.  153,  7  ;  ds.  Seodne 
158,  27  ;  as.  beoden  154,  14. 

beort  land,  n.,  inhabited  country  : 
as.  68,  1. 

J»eod-scipe,  m.,  service,  discipline  : 
as.  -scipe  68,  26  ;  dp.  11,  23. 

ffeof,  m.,  thief :  ap.  Seofas,  83,  5. 

Seon,  Sah  Sigon  Sigen  (S.  383, 
n.  3)   (1),  thrive,  prosper,  sue- 


GLOSSARY. 


365 


ceed :  ptc.  -Seonde  88,  16  ;  97,  4  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  Seah  87,  10.     [Mod. 
obs.  thee  ;  Ger.  gedeihen.] 
ffeos,  see  ffes. 

ffeoster-full,   adj.,  full   of  dark- 
ness:  ap.  -fulle  80,  8. 
ffeostro    (STostro,   'Systro),  f.   n., 
darkness:  gs.  "Siostro  7,  14;  as. 
(or  ap.)    Siostro  7,   17  ;    Systro 
135,  3 ;  gp.  "Seostra  84,  30  ;  120, 
4  ;  dp.  Jnostruin  52,  24  ;  'Systrum 
120,  19. 
Seow   (Slow),   m.,   servant:   ds. 
beowe  114,  3  ;  gp.  Seowa  11,  1  j 
Slowa  27,  16.     [cf.  begen.] 
Seowa,  m.,  servant:  ns.  126,  28; 

np.  fceowan  77.  16;  ap.  77,  12. 
ffeow-dom,  m.,  service :  ns.  95,  23. 
ffeowian  ( W.  II.),  serve  (w.  dat.) : 
ptc.  Seowigende  95,  6 ;  3  sg. 
beowaS  79,  4  ;  3  pi.  beowiaS  83, 
22  ;  pret.  1  sg.  beodde  (S.  412, 
n.  2)  03,  25 ;  3  sg.  beode  13,  7. 
ffes  (Seos,  Sis),  dem.  pron.  (S. 338), 
this :  Masc,  ns.  Ses  4,  11 ;  162,  9: 
ds.  }>eossuin  9,  17  ;  as.  flisne  85, 
14;  bysne  150,  31.  —  Fem.,  ns. 
•Seos  30, 10  ;  101,  2  ;  bios  49, 12  ; 
gs.  ftisse  31,  11  ;  ds.  Sisse  6,  2  ; 
30,  5  ;  Seosse  8, 1  ;  as.  has  9,  21 ; 
162,  5. —Neut.,  ns.  Sis  9,  24; 
41, 16  ;  ds.  "Sissum  41,  16  ;  bysum 
17,  23  ;  ger  flissum  28,  24  ;  as. 
tfs  2,10;  35,6;  08  Sis  101,  4; 
is.  (masc.  and  neut.)  Sys  18,  10  ; 
21,  28  ;  35,  26  ;  58,  2  ;  59,  16  ; 
116,  5;  148,  10;  159,  19.  — PI. 
(all  genders),  noin.  Sas  7,16;  gen, 
•Sissa  34,  18  ;  Sissera  77,  28  ;  dat. 
ftiosum  35,  22  ;  beossum  64,  1  .j. 
Jdccnes,  f.,  thickness:   as.  -nessf 

1,  10. 
Slogan   (S.   391,  3)  (5),  receive, 


take,  consume,  pat :  ger.  \  icgenne 

103,    29;    3    sg.    Hge$  172,  22; 

174,    6;    182,   20;    pret.    3    pi. 

begun  179,  3;   179,  11. 
fflder  (Syder,  Sidres),  thither:  6, 

5;  15,  2;  35,  2;   115,  17;   <vyder 

41, 11  ;  Sidres  35,  19.  [41,  26. 
J>lder-weard,  adv.,  thither-ward : 
Jdder-weardes,      adv.,      thither- 

wards :  19,  10  ;  48,  2. 
>in,    poss.  pron.,  thine:    ns.   bin 

117,   16;    ds.   Mnre  12,  15;    ds. 

binum  123,  14  ;  as.  )  Time  114,  19 ; 

gp.  binra  62,  13;    dp.   115,  21  ; 

ap.  bine  114,  16. 
Jnnen,  f,  handmaid:    ap.  binena 

107,  19.     [begen.] 
tSlng,    n.,    thing:    ns.    3,   4;    gs. 

Singes  6,  2  ;  49,  25  ;  99,  27  ;  ds. 

binge  58,  1  ;   as.  Sincg  105,  14  ; 

np.  fling  2,  6  ;   48,  18  ;   49,  26  ; 

59,  16 ;  dp.  for  fiiosum  "Singum, 

for  this  reason,  35,  22  ;  ap.  12,  11. 
ffingere,   m.,    one  that  pleads  a 

cause,  advocate  :  as.  46,  29  ;  np. 

bingeras  46,  8. 
ffingian  (W.  II.),  plead  a  cause, 

intercede  for  another  (w.  dat.)  : 

3  pi.  HngiaS  46,   9  ;    opt.  3  sg. 

)>ingie  105,  12;    pret.  opt.  3  sg. 

Mngode  46,  12. 
ffingung,   f.,   advocacy,    interces- 
sion, mediation  :  as.  -unge  85, 17. 
)>iod,  see  J>eod. 
ffiostro,  see  ffeostro. 
ffiow,  see  ffeow. 
ffiowot-dom  (Seowot-),   m.,  ser- 
vice :  ap.  -domas  26,  13. 
ffis,  see  ffes. 
J>olian  (W.  II.),  1.  suffer,  endure. 

undergo :   ger.    bolianne  55,  5  ; 

"Soligenne  95,    11  ;    pret.   3  sg. 


366 


GLOSSARY. 


bolade  45,  15.  —  2.  endure,  hold 

out  (intr.)  :  inf.  155,  26  ;  159,  10. 

[Ger.  dulden.] 
]>on,  see  se. 
ffijuan      (Sonon,     'Sanon),    adv., 

thence  :  6,  13  ;  38,  4  ;  39,  2  ;  48, 

10  ;  Sonon  96,  23  ;  Sanon  115,  8  ; 
145,  6. 

UFQnan-Aveard,   adj.,    on   the  way 

thence  :  ns.  7,  9. 
)>one,  see  se. 
J>onne   (bsenne),  adv.    (dem.   and 

rel.),  then,  when  :  2,  13  ;  7,  22  ; 

9,    5;    31,   6  ;    fcenne   2,    16;  — 

bonne  bonne,  tfien  when,  52,  16; 

J>onne   bonne  .  .  .  bonne   37,  4  ; 

bonne   .  .  .  bonne     9,    7; — w. 

comp.,  than,  15,  17;  25,  9;  31, 

20  ;  32,  21. 
born,  m.,  thorn  :  np.  >ornas  1, 13  ; 

dp.  2,  20 ;  ap.  1,  12. 
)>oterung,  f.,  lamentation  :  ns.  80, 

11. 
J>rag    (brilh),   f.,   time :   ns.    163, 

11  ;  as.  brage,  adv.,/o?'  a  time, 
170,  21  ;  dp.  at  times,  sometimes, 
107,  17. 

ffreagean  (Sreagan,  Srean)   (W. 

III.),  rebuke,  reprove,  oppress: 

inf.  34,  13  ;  breagan  55,  21  ;  ger. 

Sreagenne    80,   2 ;    pret.    3   sg. 

■Sreade  32,  26  ;  71,  12. 
)>reat,  m.,  crowd,  troop,  flock  :  dp. 

176,  29  ;  182,  16. 
8ri    (5rie,    "Sry,    'Sreow,    'Sriow), 

num.,  three:  nom.  110,  12;  >ry 

81,  11  ;  115,  3;  )>reo  24,  14;  59, 

16  ;  gen.  breora  24,  16;  40,  25  ; 

81,  17  ;  92,  9 ;  dat.  brim  23,  17  ; 

38,   14  ;    60,    5;   110,   13;    ace. 

brie  38,  11 ;  Sry  41,  28  ;  brio  6, 7. 
J>ridda,  num.  adj.,  third:  ns.  30, 


15  ;    143,   8  ;   bridde   60,   3;  gs. 

briddan   143,   15  ;    ds.    bryddan 

141,  16;  as.  bridde  62,  15;  -an 

43,  15. 
J>ringaii,  brong   brungon  brungen 

(3),  throng,  press  or  crowd  to- 
gether :  3  pi.  bringaS    170,   24  ; 

170,  24  ;  182,  16.    [Ger.  dringen.] 
J»rlnnis,    f.,    trinity:  ns.    110,   6; 

110,  9  ;  ds.  brynnysse  128,  13. 
Jurist  (briste),  adj.,  bold,  confident, 

resolute,    rash,   presumptuous  : 

ns.  30,   19  ;  170,   5  ;  np.    Arlste 

31,  17.     [Ger.  dreist.] 
Iffri-tene     ('Sreo-,    -tyne),    num., 

thirteen:  -Sreottyne  97,  9. 
Sri  tig  (tfrittig),  num.,  thirty:  40, 

24  ;  80,  21  ;  brittig  102,   14  ;  gs. 

britiges  (S.  326)  18, 1;  gen.  Sritig- 

ra  80,  24  ;  dat.  79,  15. 
>rltig-feald,  adj.,  thirty-fold  :  as. 

-fealdne  1,  15;  2,  26. 
ffriwa,  adv.,  thrice:  79,  22;  170,  5. 
>rotu   (S.    279),  £.,   throat:    ds. 

brotan  87,  16. 
UFrowian    (W.   II.),    suffer:   inf. 

79,  12  ;  ger.  'SrSwianne  55,  11  ; 

ptc.  browiende  119,  21 ;  br5wig- 

ende  136,  29 ;   3  sg.  «r5wa«  35, 

1 ;  pret.  2  sg.  browodest  124, 17  ; 

3  sg.  -ade  88,  11. 
ffrowung,  f.,  suffering  :  ds.  -unge 

11,  13  ;  94,  21. 
J>ryccan  (W.  I.),  oppress,  afflict: 

pp.     bryeced     11,     29.       [Ger. 

driicken.] 
}>rymlice,   adv.,    gloriously:  167, 

17  ;  182,  29. 
Jrymm,      m.,      multitude,     host, 

strength,  force,  renown,  glory: 

ns.  bryin  163,  11  ;  166,  20  ;  186, 

3) ;  gp.  brymma  186,  30. 


GLOSSARY. 


367 


J»rym-sittende  (ptc.)  adj.,  sitting 

in  glory :  ds.  -sittendum  186,  25. 
J>ry3'  (>ryffo),  f.,  might,  majesty, 

copiousness:  np.  l>ry>e  103,  15; 

171,  15;  dp.  multitude,  170,  14. 
ffu,  second  pers.  pron.   (S.  332), 

thou  :  ns.  3,  1  ;  12,  1(5 ;  gs.  "Sin 

117,  6;  ds.  Be  4,  5;   12,  15;  as. 

Sec  63,  1  ;   Be  114,  15.  —Dual, 

nom.  git  (gyt) ;  gyt  butu  137,  2  ; 

gen.  incer  ;   dat.  inc ;  ace.  incit 

(inc)  ;    incit   143,   20.  —  Plural, 

nom.   ge  2,    10 ;    32,   25 ;    gen. 

gower  80,  3;  dat.  eow  2,  4;  3,  8; 

low  28,   12  ;  ace.   eowic  (eow)  ; 

eow  61,  4  ;  low  37,  16. 
)>unor,   m.,   thunder:   gs.   Jninres 

130,  11;  133,  14. 
Jmrfan  (PP.),  need,  be  required, 

have  occasion :  2  sg.  bearft  130, 

30;  3  sg.  )>earf  69,  9;    112,  9;  1 

pi.  )>urfe  we  150,  13  ;  opt.  2  sg. 

Jrnrfe  131,  1  ;  3  pi.  J>yrfen  55,  23 ; 

pret.  3  sg.  Sorfte  147,  16  ;  3  pi. 

Sorfton  95,  12  ;   147,  24.     [Ger. 

diirfen.] 
ffurh,  prep.  (w.  ace),  through,  1. 

(time,  place)  9,  14  ;  62,  3  ;  153, 

28.  —  2.  (condition,  agency):  8, 

5;   9,  6;    28,  9 ;    31,  6;  32,  13; 

49,  20;   62,  19;   166,  25;   Surh 

^set  \>e  136,  26. 
Jmrh-fleon  (2),  fly  (S.  384,  n.  2), 

fly  tli  rough  :  opt.  3  sg.  -fleo  64,  7. 
)>urh-sceotan  (2),  shoot  through, 

pierce :  3  sg.  -sceoteS  69, 15  ;  pp. 

pi.  -scotene  77,  14. 
J>urh-slean    (6) ,  smite   through  : 

3  sg.  -slyhb  69,  14. 
Jmrh-teon    (2)    {draw    through), 

fulfil,  accomplish  :  inf.  78,  8. 
J>urh-\vadan,  -wod  -w5don  waden 


(6),  go  through, penetrate :  pret. 

3  sg.  158,  29. 
ffurh-wunian  (W.  II.),  continue, 

be  steadfast:  ptc.  -wuniende  36, 

15  ;  114,  22  ;  pret.  3  sg.  -wunode 

74,  7;  3  pi.  -odon97,  4. 
J>urst,  in.,  thirst :  ns.  186,  15. 
ffurstig,  adj.,  thirsty:  ds.  Surstigurn 

87,  14. 
ffus,  adv.,  thus :  12,  16  ;  32,  4  ;  79, 

22. 
ffasend    (S.  327),   n.,   thousand: 

gp.  t>usenda  16,  20  ;  ap.  busende 

170,   12  ;  —  uninfected,  78,  29; 

82,  23  ;  131,  4. 
J>wean,    "Swoh    fiwSgon   Swsegen 

S.  392,  2)  (6),  wash :  pret.  3  sg. 

•Swoh  103,  19. 
J>wy7rni8    (l>weorhnis),  f.,  perver- 
sity :    ds.    -nysse    82,    26  ;    dp. 

-nyssum  92,  12.     ['Sweorh.] 
>y  (M),  see  se. 
J»ydan  (W.  L),  submit :  opt.  1  pi. 

J.ydon  72,  30.     [Seod.] 
ffyncan  (W. I.),  seem,  appear:  3 

sg.  •Synce'S31, 9;  opt.  3  pi.  Syncen 

30,  6  ;   pret.  3  sg.  buhte  68,  5  ; 

pret.  opt.  3  sg.  Jnihte  63,  13  ;  pp. 

ge-Suht  82,  12  ;  87,  11  ;  —  impers. 

3  sg.  me  SyncS,  methinks,  28, 12 ; 

SynceS  63,  26  ;  «incS  46,  1  ;  46, 

7  ;   opt.  3  sg.  Since  49,  15  ;  52, 

22;  58,  1  ;  pret.  3  sg.  Mihte  6,  1  ; 

12,  8  ;  24,  7  ;  39,  18  ;  151,  14. 
ffyrstan   (W.I.),  thirst  after  (w. 

gen.)  :    opt.   3  sg.  Syrste  34,  6. 

[■Burst.] 
>yslic  (husllc,    haesllc)    (S.  349), 

pron.  adj.,  such :  ns.  64,  1 ;  np. 

hysllco  68,  13. 
ffystro,  see  ffeostro. 


368 


GLOSSARY. 


ufau,  adv.,  %  'on 
18 ;  144,  ll  ; 


U. 

'om  above,  above :  144, 
175,  26. 

ufe-weard,  adj.,  upward,  upper, 
higher  up :  ns.  175,  17  ;  ds. 
-wearduin  24,  14  ;  33,  15. 

ufor,  adv.,  further  away :  82,  16. 

uhta  (S.  280,  n.  2),  m.,  dawn  :  gp. 
uhtna  160,  8. 

uht-sQiig,  in.,  morning  song ;  ma- 
tins :  ds.  -songe  101, 14  ;  as.  -song 
12,  29. 

un-a-berendlic,  adj.,  intolerable : 
as.  -lice  54,  26. 

un-a-s§cgendlic,  adj.,  unspeak- 
able :  ds.  -Ileum  49,  9  ;  dp.  80, 
9. 

un-a-ffroten  (pp.),  adj.,  unwearied, 
indefatigable :  np.  -Srotene  36, 
15.     [Sreotan.] 

un-a-w$ndendllc,  adj.,  unchange- 
able :  ns.  49,  25. 

un-be-boht,  adj.  (ptc),  unsold: 
gp.  unbebohtra  40, 1.  [bebyegan.] 

un-be-fohten  (pp.),  adj.,  unop- 
posed :  np.  -fohtene  151,  5. 

un-bryce,  adj.,  imperishable  :  ns. 
187,  13.     [brecan.] 

uncer,  see  ic. 

uncoJMi,  f.,  disease :  as.  uncoSe 
78,  14. 

un-ciift,  adj.,  unknown,  uncertain  : 
ns.  29,  9  ;  64,  2. 

un-eyst,  f.,  vice,  icickedness  :  ds. 
-cyste  78,  30 ;  ap.  -cyste  183,  12. 

under,  prep.  (w.  dat.  and  ace), 
1.  under  (w.  dat.)  :  3,  2  ;  3,  24. 
—  2.  (w.  ace.)  under  bjec  (cf. 
ofer  baec),  adv.,  backwards:  7, 
8  ;  7,  10  ;  7,  15. 

u*dep-be  glnnan,  -gonn  -gunnon 


-gunnen    (3),    undertake:    ger. 

-ginnene  107,  9. 
under-fe^nge,  m.,  undertaking :  is. 

30,  17  ;  30,  19.  * 

under-fon,  -feng  -fengon  -fangen 

(R.),  undertake,  receive,  assume  : 

inf.  31,    15  ;  ger.   -fonne  30,  6  ; 

ptc.  -fonde  95,  9  ;  3  pi.  -f55  34, 

11  ;  opt.  3  pi.  -£6n  31,    18  ;  33, 

22  ;  pret.  3  sg   93,  12  ;  3  pi.  81, 

4  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg  -fenge  30,  9. 
under-gietan  (-gitan  -gytan)  (5), 

perceive :  pret.  3  sg.  -geat  77, 

16. 
undern,  m.,  mid-morning,  morn- 
ing:  as.  84,  11. 
under-sceotan,      -sceat     -scuton 

-scoten    (2),   support:    pp.    pi. 

-scotene  32,  17. 
under-stQndan   (6),   understand: 

inf.    26,  18:   -standan    52,    27; 

107,  17 ;  3  sg.  -stent  52,  25. 
under-ffeodan.see  under-ffledan. 
under- Sledan    (-fiydan,  -fieodan, 

-ftlodan)   (W.  I.),  subject  to  (w. 

reflex,  ace.  and  dat)  :  pret.  opt. 

3  pi.  -Slodden  59,  10  ;  pret.  3  sg. 

-Seodde  63,  20 ;  pp.  -Med  49,  27  ; 

50,   1  ;   -«eod   132,   18 ;  136,   5 ; 

-■Seoded  11,  23  ;  pi.  -Seodde  09, 

1  ;  89,  7. 
under-Uiodan,  see  under-ffiedan. 
un-drefed  (pp.),  adj.,  untroubled, 

undisturbed,        undefiled        (of 

water)  :  as.  34,  1. 
un-earg    (-earh),    adj.,   not  cow- 
ardly, brave:  np.  -earge  156,  1. 
un-eaUe,    adv.,   not    easily,    with 

difficulty  :  7,  11. 
un-eafrelice    (-y'Selice,    eftelice), 

adv.,  with  difficulty  :  -eftelice  24, 

19. 


GLOSSARY. 


369 


1111-  -ger,  adj.,  notfair,  unsightly, 
foal :  ns.  70,  21. 

un-feor,  adv.,  not  far,  near :  145, 6. 

un-for-beerned  (pp.),  adj.,  un- 
hurried; ns.  43, 3;  44,2. 

un-for-cuff,  adj.,  reputable,  excel- 
lent, brave  :  ns.  150,  30. 

un-forht,  adj.,  fearless,  undaunted: 
ns.  136,  6 ;  np.  -forhte  151,  27. 

un-forht-inod,  adj.,  fearless :  ns. 
83,  3. 

un  frl)»,  ra.,  hostility :  ds.  unfrij>e 
39,6. 

un-gearo,  adj.,  unprepared,  un- 
ready:  ns.  37,19;  gs.  -gearowes 
37,3. 

un-ge-cyndelic,  adj.,  unnatural, 
terrible :  ap.  -cyndelice  68,  1 ; 
-cyndelico  67,  20. 

un-ge-^ndod  (pp.),  adj.,  endless  : 
as.  -e,ndode  85,  1  ;  ap.  -endodan 
136, 28. 

un-ge-foge,  adv.,  excessively:  43, 26. 

un-ge-frseglice,  adv.  (to  an  un- 
heard of  degree),  unquestionably, 
incredibly  :  6,  3. 

un-ge-fullod  (pp.),  adj.,  unbap- 
tized :  102,  18. 

un-ge-hirsum,  adj.,  disobedient  : 
ns.  112,  15. 

un-ge-lasred  (pp.),  adj.,  un- 
learned, ignorant :  np.  -lairedan 

31,  18  ;  108,  8. 
un-ge-lairednes,  f.,  want  of  learn- 
ing, ignorance  :  ds.  -ncsse  31,  7; 

32,  27. 

un-ge-leaffull,  adj.,  unbelieving: 
np.  -fulle  82,  4  ;  ap.  -fullan  36,  21. 

un-ge-leafulnes,  f.,  unbelief:  ds. 
-nesse  119,  20  ;  123,  16. 

un-ge-lic,  adj.,  unlike  (w.  dat.)  : 
ns.  30,  18  ;  57,  14. 


un-ge-limplic,  adj.,  unfitting, 
shameful :  ap.  -Hco  68,  2. 

un-ge-metlice,  adv.,  immoder- 
ately :  6,  26 ;  56,  10 ;  56,  26. 

un-ge-rad,  adj.,  at  variance,  dis- 
cordant :  np.  -gerade  57,  5. 

un-ge-redelice  (-rjedellce  -ryde- 
lice),  adv.,  insecurely:  —  Supl. 
-licost  51,  12. 

un-ge-sailig,  adj.,  unhappy:  ns. 
-sSliga  78,  25 ;  np.  -sielige  45. 11. 

un-ge-sielff,  f.,  misfortune:  gp. 
-s&lSa  52,  18. 

un-ge-Bcesidvns,&d].,undiscerning, 
unintelligent,  irrational:  ns.59,8; 
ds.-wlsum52,21;  np. -wise  53, 20. 

un-ge-sewenlic,  adj.,  invisible : 
ns.  49,  4 ;  np.  -Ilea  48,  4. 

un-ge-trum,  adj.,  weak,  infirm; 
np.  -trume  54,  21. 

un-ge-J>waire,  adj.,  at  variance, 
discordant :  ns.  57,  6  ;  np.  57,  4. 

un-ge->yldig,  adj.,  impatient :  np. 
-byldige  54,  24. 

un-ge-w^mmed  (pp.),  adj.,  unde- 
filed,  pure :  dp.  74,  7. 

un-ge-wuna,  m.,  evil  habit:  gs. 
-wunan  35,  14. 

un-ge-wyrded  (pp.),  adj.,  unin- 
jured: ns.  171,  12. 

un-gleawnes,  f.,  want  of  discern- 
ment :  ns.  54, 18.  |"um  53, 23. 

un-hal,  adj.,  not  hale,  ill :  dp.  -hal- 

un-heanllce,  adv.,  not  ignomini- 
ously,  nobly:  14, 16.  [Ger.  Hohn.] 

un-laired  (pp.),  adj.,  unlearned, 
ignorant:  np.  -lairde  31,  15. 

un-lybba,  m.,  poisonous  drug  :  as. 
unlybban83,5;  83,10.      [186,27. 

un-miete,  adj.,  immeasurable :  ns. 

un-mihtig,  adj.,  without  might, 
weak :  ns.  -myhtig  134,  15. 


370 


GL088ART. 


un-myltsiendlic,  adj.,  unpardon- 
able :  ns.  110,  5. 

unnan  (PP.),  grant,  favor  (w.  dat. 
of  pers.  and  gen.  of  thing) :  3  sg. 
an  144,  25;  pret.  3  sg.  Q5e  98, 
23  ;  pret.  opt.  3  pi.  uJ>on  15,  14. 

un-nedig,  adj.,  without  compulsion 
or  restraint;  of  one'' s  own  voli- 
tion :  np.  -nedige  54,  23.    [nead.] 

un-nytt  (-nett),  useless :  ns.  -nyt 
48,  8  ;  -net  61,  8.     [neotan.} 

uu-ofer-swiS'edlic,  adj.,  uncon- 
querable: np.  -lice  56,  1. 

un-orne,  adj.,  old :  ns.  157,  20. 

un-ried,  m.,  evil  counsel,  folly  .■ 
dp.  (adv.)  -raMum  179,  4. 

uu-riht,  adj.,  wrong,  wicked,  un- 
just :  ns.  46,  3  ;  np.  -rihte  121, 
23  ;  -rihtan  114,  24  ;  dp.  -ryhtum 
14,2. 

un-riht,  n.,  wrong,  sin,  injustice  : 
ns.  53,  5 ;  dp.  68,  29. 

un-rihtlice,  adv.,  wrongfully:  30,9. 

un-rihtnes,  f.,  wrong,  unright- 
eousness: ds.  -nesse  122,  11. 

un-rlht-wisnes,  f. ,  unrighteous- 
ness, injustice  :  ns.  54,  17 ;  gs. 
-ryhtwysnysse  134,  6. 

un-riht-wyrhta,  m.,  evildoer:  np. 
(voc.)  -wyrhtan  32,  25. 

un-rlm,  n.,  countless  number :  ns. 
147,  8. 

un  rot,  adj.,  sad,  disconsolate :  ns. 
131,  18. 

un-rot-niod,  adj.,  sadhearted :  ns. 
71,9. 

un-rotnes,  f. ,  sadness,  contrition: 
ns.  31,2. 

un-scaeSfffig,  adj.,  innocent :  gs. 
-an  95,  15. 

un-sceafffulnes,  f .,  innocence :  as. 
-nease  64,  27. 


un-scyldig,  adj.,  guiltless,  inno- 
cent :  ns.  45,  17  ;  gs.  -scyldgan 
46,  18  ;  as.  -scyldigan  45,  9 ;  ap. 
-scyldge  46,  11. 

un-smej^e,  adj.,  not  smooth,  un- 
even, rough:  gs.  -smells  166,  5. 

un-spedig,  adj.,  poor:  np.  un- 
spedigan  42,  27. 

un-staffol-faest,  adj.,  unstable,  un- 
enduring :  np.  -fseste  2,  18. 

un-stille,  adj.,  moving  :  ns.  6,  23; 
50,  5  ;  np.  unstillu  48,  4. 

un-stilnes,  f.,  disturbance :  as. 
-nesse  15,  1. 

un-tela,  adv.,  improperly,  wrongly: 
57,  7. 

un-treowsian  (W.  II.),  deceive: 
pp.  pi.  geuntreowsode  2,  20. 

un-trum,  adj.,  weak,  infirm,  ill:  ns. 
130, 24 ;  134,  15  ;  as.'-truman  76, 
15 ;  gp.  -trumra  12, 2  ;  ap.  -trume 
85,  16  ;  -truman  12,  3  ;  78,  13. 

un-trum  iqs  (-try-),  f.,  weakness, 
illness:  ns.  54,2;  ds.  -nesse  11, 
29 ;  np.  -nyssa  79,  5 ;  dp.  -nya- 
sum  88,  12  ;  ap.  -nyssa  88,  11. 

iin-ffanc-wurgFe,  adj.,  ungrateful, 
unacceptable:  ns.  92,  16. 

un-ffeaw,  m.,  evil  practice,  vice : 
np.  -Seawas  54,  2 ;  gp.  -'Seawa 
30,  21 ;  dp.  34,  4 ;  ap.  -Seawas 
30,  16  ;  46,  17  ;  56,  23  ;  76,  16. 

un-waclice,  adv.,  unwaveringly  : 
159,  11. 

un-wser,  adj.,  unwary :  np.  -waran 
31,12.— Comp.,  ns.  -W£erre33,27. 

un-waerlice,  adv.,  unwarily, 
rashly :  30,  8. 

un-waerseipe,  m. ,  carelessness, 
folly :  as.  80,  7. 

un-wealt,  adj.,  not '  realty,'  steady : 
Comp.,  np.  imwealtran  24,  5. 


GLOSSARY. 


371 


un-weaxen  (pp.).  adj.,  not  grown, 
young:  ns.  154,  8;  as.  143,  11. 

un-w§mme,  adj.,  undefiled,  pure  : 
ns.  166,  20. 

un-wlerffe  (-wyrSe),  adj.,  un- 
worthy of  (w.  gen.)  :  np.  34,  lf'». 

un-windan,  -wond  -wundon 
-wunden  (3),  unwind,  uncover: 
inf.  79,  23. 

un-wis,  adj.,  unwise:  ns.  33,  6; 
np.  -wise  33,  2  ;  dp.  33,  5  ;  ap. 
-wise  67,  4. 

un-wis-dom,  m.,  unwisdom,  igno- 
rance :  ds.  -dome  33,  3. 

un-\vit-weorc,  n.,  foolish  icork  : 
dp.  -weorcum  60,  19. 

un-wiff-ineteullce,  adv.,  incom- 
parably :  78,  10. 

un-wlitiglan  (W.  II.),  change  the 
appearance  or  beauty  of  any- 
thing :  3  sg.  -wlitegaS  52,  13. 

un-wrecen  (pp.),  adj.,  unpun- 
ished: ns.  46,  22.     [wrecan.] 

un-writere,  in.,  incorrect  writer: 
ns.  112,  21. 

Op  (upp),  adv.,  up,  upwards :  1,  0; 
16,  2  ;  55,  20;  upp  146,  13  ;  wi« 
upp,  above,  upwards,  40,  20. 

fip-a-hafenes,  f.,  exaltation :  ds. 
-nesse  32,  8. 

up-a-h^bban  (6),  exalt,  lift  up: 
3  sg.  -h^fe«  32,  22  ;  pp.  dp. 
-hafenum  79,  21. 

fip-a-raired  (pp.),  adj.,  exalted: 
ns.  upp-  35,  9. 

iip-a-stignes,  f.,  ascension :  ds. 
-nesse  11,  13. 

fip-a-w^nd,  pp.,  directed  upward: 
dp.  -w^nduin  101,  17. 

ap-gang,  in.,  1.  rising  (of  the  sun): 
ds.  -gange  101,  15.  —  2.  icay  up, 
approach :  as.  -gang  152,  4. 


up-liedend  (ptc.)  adj.,  toxcering : 

gp.  -liedendra  171,  9. 
fip-lic,  adj.,  upper,  heavenly:  gs. 

uppllcan  87,  19  ;  upliean  178, 22. 
uppe,  adv.,  up,  above :   uppe  on 

lande,  up  into  the  land,  24,  15. 
uppon,  prep.  (w.  dat.),  upon:  83, 

24  ;  on  uppan  138,  23  ;  138,  26. 
upp-stigan  (1),  rise,  spring  up: 

ptc.  as.  -stigendne  1,  14. 
fip-stige,  ni.,  ascension :   ds.  up- 

stige  75,  1. 
fire,   poss.    pron.,    our:    gs.   fires 

111,  14;  ds.  urum  68,  11  ;  117, 

19;    as.   Sine   69,   23;    111,    3; 

ure  111,  3;  np.  fire  63,  24;  gp. 

ura  63,  20. 
11  r ii' mi,  see  yrnan. 
us,  see  ic. 
fiser,  poss.   pron.,  our:  np.  usse 

180,  13  ;  ap.  179,  15. 
Qsic,  see  1c. 
fit,  adv.,  out:   1,  6  ;  9,  10  ;    21,  7  ; 

without,  20,  9. 
utau,  adv.,  from  ivithout,  outside  : 

14,  13  ;  19,  7  ;  21,  2  ;  25,  14 ;  36, 

3  ;  39,  16  ;  66,  4. 
fitan-bordes  (gen.),  adv.,  abroad  : 

26,  14. 
fite,   adv.,  out,  oxitside,  without: 

2,  5  ;  18,  26  ;  64,  6. 
fiter-me_re,   ni.,  outer,  open  sea : 

as.  24,  13. 
fitera  (uterra,  ytra,  yttra),  comp. 

adj.,  outer :    ns.  uterre  35,  18 ; 

ap.  yttran  96,  20.  —  Supl.,  utter- 
most, extreme,  last :  ap.  y tmsestan 

13,  11. 
ute-weard,  adj.,  outward,  outside: 

ds.  -weardum  18,  4  ;  24,  16. 
ut-gong,   m.,  departure,   exodus: 

ds.  -gonge  11,  9. 


372 


GLOSSARY. 


uton,  see  wuton. 

fiff-wita,  m.,  wise  man,  philoso- 
pher :  ns.  76,  2  ;  76, 22  ;  as.  -witan 
76,11;  np.  148,13;  -wiotan52, 17. 


W. 

wa  (cf.  wea),  m.,  1.  woe:  ns.  132, 

6.-2.  interj.  :  126,  4  ;  126,  25  ; 

waliiwa,  alas,  89,  6  ;  wei  la  wei 

7,12. 
wac,  adj.,  weak,  pliant,  insignifi- 
cant,   mean :    ns.    162,   14  ;    ds. 

wacura  88,  6  ;  as.  wacne  150,  22. 
wiecce,  f.,  watch,  waking :  dp.  95, 

6  ;  ap.  wseccan  88,  10. 
wacian    (W.  II.),   become    weak, 

waver  :  inf.  149,  10. 
waclic,  adj.,    weak;    mean:    ds. 

-Ileum  77,  15. 
wacnis,    f.,    weakness;  insignifi- 
cance :  ds.  -nysse  80,  24. 
wacol,  adj.,  awake,  vigilant:  87, 

6.  —  Comp.,  ns.  wacolre  87,  6. 
wacollice,  adv.,  vigilantly :  87,  7. 
wadan,   wod  w5don   waden  (6), 

wade;  advance,  go,  travel:  inf. 

143,  26  ;  153,  27;  160,  5  ;  pret.  3 

sg.  153,  17;  157,  17;  3  pi.  152,  13. 
wiidl  (wai'Sl,  weSel),  i.,  poverty, 

want :    ns.   weSel   186,  14 ;   gs. 

wa§dlel67,  4. 
wiedla,  m.,  poor  man :  dp.  77,  8 ; 

99,  29. 
wjedlian  (W.  II.),  be  poor,  beg : 

ptc.  waidligende  77,  15 ;  opt.  2 

pi.  waidlion  78,  7. 
wiefels,  m.  n.,  covering,  dress  :  ds. 

wafelse  77,  15  ;  88,  6. 
waifer-syn,  f .,  spectacle,  display  : 

ds.  -syne  76,  5. 


wafian  (W.  II.),  be  agitated  or 
astonished :  3  pi.  wafia'S  177, 1. 

wig  (weg),  m.,  wave  :  gp.  wiega 
166,  24;  ap.  wsgas  161,  23. 
[wegan  ;  Ger.  Woge.] 

wagia.il  (W.  II.),  wag,  move 
(intr.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  wagode  5,  6, 

wael,  n.,  1.  body  of  the  slain;  slaugh 
ter,  carnage :  ns.  16,  7  ;  21,  12 
148,  9;  153,  13.  — 2.  battle-field 
158,12;  159,3.  [wol' pestilence' 
cf.  Mod.  Valhalla.] 

wael-feld,  m.,  field  of  slaughter: 
ds.  -felda  147,  28. 

wael-gifre,  adj.,  greedy  for  slaugh- 
ter :  ns.  182, 1  ;  np.  -glf ru  163,  16. 

wael-hreow,  adj.,  slaughterous, 
murderous,  cruel :  ns.  76,  2  ; 
-hreowa  75,  13  ;  ds.  -hreowan 
133,  10  ;  as.  99,  14. 

wael-reaf,  n.,  spoil  of  the  slain, 
of  the  destroyed :  as.  174,  19. 

wael-r^st  (-rsest),  f.,  bed  of  slaugh- 
ter: as.  -rseste  152,  30. 

wa?l-sleaht  (-sliht),  m.,  slaugh- 
ter: ns.  -sliht  17,  4  ;  gp.  -sleahta 
160,  7  ;  163,  7. 

wael-spere,  n.,  deadly  spear:  as. 
159,  25. 

wael-stow,  f.,  place  of  slaughter, 
battle-field :  gs.  -st5we  17,  5  ; 
17,  14 ;  152,  12  ;  ds.  -stowe  147, 
20.     [cf.  Ger.  Wahlstatt.]' 

wsel-wulf,  m.,  slaughter-wolf, 
warrior :  np.  -wulfas  152,  13. 

wamb,  see  WQmb. 

wain  (wsegn),  m.,  wain,  wagon: 
ns.  51,  20  ;  gs.  wanes  50,  9  ;  62, 
9  ;  as.  wien  50,  10. 

wandian  ( W.  II),  waver,  hesitate : 
inf.  157,  22  ;  pret.  3  sg.  wandode 
158,  1.     [windan.] 


GLOSSARY. 


373 


wandrlan  (  W.  II.),  wander,  vary, 
change :  ptc.  wandriende  49,  13  ; 
opt.  3  sg.  wandrige  51,  16. 

wsiii- hiil  (wann-),  adj.,  unhealthy, 
weak,  ill :  dp.  103,  29  ;  wann- 
105,  30. 

wan-hydig,  adj.,  heedless,  rash : 
ns.  1G2,  14. 

wiin Ian  (W.  II.),  wane,  diminish, 
fade,  perish  (intr.)  :  3  sg.  wanaft 
60,  15 ;  60,  22  ;  3  pi.  waniaS  167, 
21. 

wan-spedig,  adj.,  destitute,  poor: 
ap.  -spedigan  79,  8. 

wajpen,  n.,  weapon :  ds.  wsepne 
156,  23  ;  as.  weepen  65,  15  ;  np. 
wiepen  163,  16  ;  gp.  wajpna  161, 
31  ;  dp.  43,  28  ;  149,  10. 

wajpen-ge-wrixl,  n.,  conflict  (ex- 
change) of  weapons :  gs.  -wrixles 
147,  28. 

w«r,  f.,  security,  covenant,  trust  : 
ap.  wiera  69,  20. 

wiere,  wjeron,  see  beon. 

waer-faest,  adj.,  covenant-keeping, 
faithful :  ns.  144,  10. 

warian  (W.  II.),  guard,  protect, 
attend:  3  sg.  waraS  161,  9. 

warnian  (wearnian)  (W.  II.), 
take  warning,  take  heed  :  imp.  2 
pi.  warnia'8  3,  6. 

wai-oS1  (waruS,  wearoS),  in., 
shore  :  ds.  warcSe  115,  20  ;  115, 
22.     [Ger.  Werder.] 

warn,  f .,  defence  :  ds.  ware  102, 13. 

warn,  f.,  ware,  article  of  merchan- 
dise :  dp.  88,  22  ;  as.  ware  88, 20. 

waes,  see  beon. 

waestm,  m.  (n.) ,  growth, fruit,  pro- 
duct, result,  benefit :  ns.  3,  16  : 
ds.  waestme  2,  23  ;  as.  wsestm  1, 
IS ;  94,  8 ;  np.  wwstmas  166,  IS  ; 


ap.  waestma  176,  20  ;  dp.  64,  27  ; 
71,  15.     [weaxan.] 

waestm-biere,  adj.,  fruit-bearing, 
fruitful :  ns.  93,  19. 

wifstniia.il  (W.  II.),  grow,  in- 
crease :  inf.  68,  9. 

wait,  n.,  drink :  gs.  waites  79,  6. 

wseter,  n.,  water:  ns.24, 23;  gs.wae- 
teres44,7;ds.wgetere74, 12;  151," 

12  ;  as.  wseter  33,  29 ;  84,  27  ;  np. 
waeter  167, 14;  ap.waeterul09,24. 

waeter-fsesten,  n.,  water-fastness, 

place  protected  by  water:    ds. 

-faestenne  18,  18. 
waff,  i.,  motion,  going,  flight :  dp. 

168,  18  ;  170,  22. 
waff  uin,  m.,  wave:  gp.waftema  161, 

1 ;  162,  4 ;  dp.  waSeman  168,  16. 
we,  see  ic. 
weald,    m.,    weald,   forest:    ds. 

wealda  18,  3  ;   18,  20  ;   148,  9  ; 

as.  weald  18,  4  ;  np.  wealdas  165, 

13  ;  ap.  143,  26. 

wealdan,  weold  weoldon  wealden 
(R.),  wield,  control,  direct,  gov- 
ern (w.  gen.)  :  inf.  151,  31 ;  152, 
12  ;  3  sg.  welt  48, 12  ;  49,  25  ;  60, 
7;  52, 9  ;  57,20  ;  opt.  3  sg.wealde 
52,  18  ;  3  pi.  wealden  6,  18. 

wealdend  (waldend),  m.,  ruler, 
lord:  ns.  78,  8  ;  121,  7  ;  waldend 
57, 20 ;  np.  waldend  (S.  286)  162, 
25. 

Wealh-ge-fera  (or -ge-ref a) ,  m., 
commander  of  the  troops  on  the 
Welsh  border  (or,  reeve  of  the 
King's  Welsh  serfs)  :  ns.  25,  11. 

wealh-st5d,  m.,  interpreter,  trans- 
lator :  ns.  100,  4  ;  gp.  -stoda  94, 
19  ;  ap.  -st5das  28,  9  ;  94,  18. 

weall,  ra.,  wall,  rampart :  ns.  weal 
168,  14  ;  ge.  wealles  66,  15  ;  ds. 


374 


GLOSSARY. 


wealle  162,  27  ;  as.  weall  99,  13  ; 

np.  weallas  162,  23. 
weallan,  weoll   weollon   "weallen 

(R.),  be  agitated,  well,  boil :  ptc. 

weallende  181,  22  ;  ds.    -enduin 

75,  4. 
weal-steall,  m.,  wall-place,  foun- 
dation :  as.  -steal  103,  4. 
wealwian  (W.  II.),  wallow,  roll  : 

ptc.  wealwigende  104,  1 ;  opt.  3 

pi.  -wealowigen  51,  3  ;  pret.  3  sg. 

wealwode  104,  2. 
weard,  m  ,ward,  guard,  keeper:  ns. 

10,3  ;  gs.  weardes  143, 5  ;  as.  9, 25. 
weardian  (W.  II.),  guard,  keep, 

occupy:  3  sg.  weardao  168,  4; 

170,  22  ;  3  pi.  weardiaS  180,  23. 
wearm,  adj.,  warm  :  ns.  165,  18  ; 

171,  18. 
wearmian(\V".IL),  become  warm: 

3  pi.  wearniiaS  172,  16. 

wea-tacen,  n.,  token  of  woe:  ns. 
166,  30. 

weaxan  (wexan),  tvox  (weox) 
woxon  (w§oxon}weaxen  (6  and 
R.;  S.  392), way, grow,  increase: 
ptc.  as.  wexendne  1,  15 ;  3  sg. 
wexft  60,  14  ;  weaxeS  173,  5  ;  3 
pi.  weaxaft  79, 5  ;  opt.  3  sg.  wexe 
3,  13  ;  pret.  3  sg.  weox  126,  2. 

webbian  (W.  II.).  weave;  con- 
trive :  ger.  we^bgenne  69,  9. 

weccan  (W.  I.),  wake,  arouse 
(trans.) :  inf.  144,  11  ;  3  sg. 
•w^cce'S  174, 1. 

we,eg,  m.,  wedge  :  ds.  wecge  76,  9. 

wgdan  (W.  I.),  be  mad,  rage: 
pret.  3  sg.  wedde  65,  23.    [wod.] 

weder.  n.,  weather :  ns.  165,  18; 
171.  13. 

weder-condel,  f.,  {weather  can- 
dle), sun:  ns.  171,  18. 


weg,  m.,  way :  as.  weg  1, 7  ;  2,  12  •, 
68,  27  ;  dp.  43,  30 ;  ap.  wegas 
33,  27  ;  143,  14  ;  — adverbial,  gs. 
his  weges,  his  way,  43,  24  ;  as, 
on  weg,  away,  24,  18;  161.  30; 
aweg  «  on  weg)  21,  12  ;  104, 
23  ;  ealne  weg,  always,  see  call. 

weg,  see  wig. 

wegan,  waeg  wsegon  wegen  (5), 
carry:  inf.  65, 18  ;  pret.  3  pi.  152, 
15. 

weg-farende  (ptc.)  adj.,  wayfar- 
ing :  ns.  103,  31. 

weg-nest,  n.  m.,  provisions  for  a 
journey ;  viaticum :  is.  -neste  12, 
26. 

wel,  adv.,  icell :  8,  8  ;  10,  28  ;  28, 
20  ;  34,  30 ;  46,  8  ;  eac  wel, 
likewise  abundantly,  20,  9 ;  wel 
hwJer,  almost  everywhere,  24,  10  ; 
29,  11. 

wela,  m.,  xoeal,  prosperity,  riches: 
ns.  56,  21  ;  60,  14  ;  162,  21  ;  gs. 
welan  55,  18  ;  167,  4  ;  170,  10  ; 
ds.  56,  12  ;  as.  27,  21. 

wel-d  aed,  f.,  good  deed :  dp.  183, 29. 

weler,  m.,  lip:  ap.  weleras  112,  5. 

Avelig,  adj.,  wealthy,  prosperous, 
rich  :  np.  welige,  78,  7  ;  dp.  wel- 
egum  71,  1 ;  ap.  welegan  67,  4. 

wel-willende  (ptc.)  adj.,  well- 
willing,  benevolent :  ds.  -willen- 
dum  99,  29. 

wen,  f.,  hope,  expectation,  supposi- 
tion :  ns.  115,  14;  119,  4;  121, 
8 ;  124,  8 ;  126,  8  ;  136,  8.  [Ger. 
Wahn.] 

wenan  (W.  I.),  ween,  hope,  expect, 
suppose,  imagine,  think  :  inf.  69, 
10  ;  ger.  wenanne  61,  1  ;  1  sg. 
wene  26,  20 ;  45,  12  ;  2  sg.  wenst 
4,  1)  ;  3  sg.  wenS  57,  7  ;  1   pi. 


GLOSSARY. 


375 


wSnaS  54,  10  ;  3  pi.  52,  22  ;  opt. 
2  sg.  wene  45,  11  ;  53,  10  ;  3.  sg. 
53,  12  ;  pret.  3  pi.  wendon  28,  1  ; 
65,  22. 

wejidan  (W.  I.),  1.  wend  one's 
way,  turn,  go,  change  (intr.)  :  3 
sg.  went  61,  9  ;  opt.  3  sg.  wendo 
A<**r  -I5L-16  ;  pret  3  sg.  wende  22,  9  ; 
(refl.  ace.)  19,  20  ;  3  pi.  wendon 
22, 3.  —  2.  turn,  change,  translate 
(trans.) :  inf.  27, 29  ;  171,22  ;  3  sg. 
went  7,  21  ;  opt.  3  sg.  we^ade  56, 
22 ;  1  pi.  wenden  28,  14  ;  3  pi. 
51,  6 ;  pret.  3  pi.  wendon  28,  6. 
[windan.] 

wennan  (W.  I.,  wejiian,  W.  II.), 
accustom,  entertain  (trans.)  : 
inf.  we^nian  mid  wynnum,  enter- 
tain joyfully,  161,  6  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
wenede  to  wiste,  feast,  161,  13. 

weofod,  see  wig-bed. 

Weonod-land  (Weonoft-),  n., 
Wendland:  ns.  42,  12  ;  WeonoS 
42,  5  ;  ds.  -lande  42,  16. 

weorc,  n.,  work,  action,  deed:  ns. 
49,  2  ;  as.  9,  27  ;  31,  1  ;  gp. 
weorca  34,  27  ;  dp.  31,  2  ;  34, 29 ; 
ap.  weorc  31,  6;  68,  11. 

weorold,  see  woruld. 

weorpan  (wurpan),wearp  wurpon 
worpen  (3),  throw,  cast:  opt.  3 
sg.  wurpe  3, 1 1 ;  pret.  3  sg.  25,  5. 

wcor}>  (wint),  n.,  worth,  value: 
ns.  wur|>  76,  24  ;  as.  wurj>  76, 19. 

weorffe  (weorS,  wyrSe),  worthy 
(w.  gen.  or  dat.)  :  ns.  64,  14 ; 
wyrSe  45,  7;  53,  15;  105,  11  ; 
gs.  wyiUes  (w.  dat.)  10,  8. — 
Comp.,  as.  wyrBran  45,  14. — 
Supl.,  np.  weorSoste  32,  1. 

weorffan  (wur^an),  weartf  wurd- 
on  worden   (3),   become  (pass. 


aux.),  happen  (intr.)  :  inf.  5, 12 ; 
28,  1  ;  2  sg.  wurj>est  105,  1 7  ;  3 
sg.  wyrS  36,  3 ;  60,  27  ;  3  pi. 
weorSaS  51,  7  ;  55,  19 ;  opt.  3 
sg.  weorSe  35,  15  ;  48,  15  ;  55, 
16  ;  3  pi.  weorSen  55,  20  ;  pret. 
3sg.  3,  28;  15,  2;  16,8;  21,9; 
3  pi.  17,  16  ;  21,  12  ;  pret.  opt.  3 
sg.  wurde  90,  22.  [Ger.  werden.] 

weorffian  (wunSian)  (W.  II.), 
honor,  worship:  3  sg.  wur^aN 
83,  15 ;  102,  9  ;  3  pi.  weorSiaS 
177,  2 ;  opt.  3  sg.  weorSige  32,  5  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  wurSode  101,  9. 

weorfrlic,  adj.,  worthy,  honorable  : 
as.  -licne  55,  25. 

weorffllce  (wurSHce),  adv.,  wor- 
thily, honorably  :  wur5-  158,  12. 

weorff-mynd  (wurS-mynt) ,  f.  m., 
honor,  reverence,  glory :  ns.  187, 
7  ;  wurSmynt  85,  18  ;  130,  8  ; 
gs.  wurSmyntes  90,  20 ;  ds. 
wurSmynte  75,  18 ;  83,  33 ;  as. 
wurSmynt  105,  31. 

■weorff-scipe,  m.,  honor,  dignity: 
ns.  31,  28;  ds.  31,  29;  as.  55, 
12. 

wepan,  weop  weopon  (E-), 

weep  :  inf.  6,  19  ;  80,  4  ;  ptc.  dp. 
wependum  81,  1. 

wer,  m.,  man :  ns.  62,  6  ;  gs. 
weres  177,  16  ;  ds.  were  86,  10  ; 
as.  wer  103,  30  ;  np.  weras  56,  3  ; 
gp.  wera  94,  12  ;  120,  30  ;  ap.  67, 
3;  116,  3.  [Goth,  wair :'  i 
Lat.  vir  ;  cf.  Mod.  Wt  rwolf.] 

•werian  (W.  I.),  1.  defend  (w. 
refl.  ace.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  werede  14, 
16  ;  3  pi.  weredon  161,  30  ;  158, 
16. — 2.  clothe:  pp.  pi.  werede 
185,24.     [Mod.  wear.] 

werig,  adj.,    weary,  dejected:  ns. 


376 


GLOSSARY. 


146,  20  ;   160,  15  ;   as.  werigne 
162,  4  ;  np.  werige  169,  6. 

werig-mod,  adj.,  spirit-weary :  ns. 

180,  3. 
werod  (wered,  weorod),  n.,  band 

of  men,  army,  host:  ns.  151,  12  ; 

ds.  werode  150,  30 ;  is.  werode 

14,  11 ;  werede  17,  13  ;  weorode 

147,  11;  gp.  weoruda  181,  10; 
dp.  weorodum  171,  18.     [wer.] 

wesan,  see  beon. 

west,  adv.,  west ;  west,  westicards  : 
19,  20  ;  20,  15  ;  42,  22. 

westan,  adv.,  from  the  west :  19, 
24  ;  176,  13. 

westan-wind,  m.,  west-wind  :  gs. 
-windes  38,  16. 

weste,  adj.,  waste,  desolate :  ns.  38, 
5  ;  39,  8  ;  162,  21  ;  as.  38,  10. 

westen,  n.,  icaste,  desert :  ds.  west- 
enne  38,  9 ;  172,  4 ;  westene 
(S.  246)  85,  12;  110,  23;  as. 
westen  170,  22. 

west-daJl,  m.,  west  quarter  or  re- 
gion :  ap.  -dailas  168,  16. 

west-lang,  adj.,  extending  west: 
ns.  18,  1. 

West-sai,  m.  f.,  West-sea  (the  sea 
west  of  Norway  in  opposition  to 
the  East-sea  i.e.  the  Baltic  Sea) : 
as.  38,  3. 

West-seaxe,  pi.  m.,  the  West- 
Saxons ;  Wessex:  gp.  -seaxua 
14,  2  ;  23,  28  ;  -seaxena  101,  20  ; 
dp.  -seaxan  101,  26. 

weffel,  see  wakll. 

wic,  m.  f.  n. ,  wick,  dwelling-place, 
camp  :  as.  180,  23  ;  dp.  143,  21. 

wleg,  n.,  horse:  ds.  wicge  157,  4. 

wlc-ge-fera  (or  better,  -gerefa), 
m.,  bailiff,  or  reeve,  of  a  wick  or 
vill :  ns.  23,  24. 


wiclan  (W.  II.),  dwell,  lodge,  en- 
camp :  3  pi.  wlcia$  38,  5  ;  pret. 

3  sg.  wlcode  22,  22  ;  41,  12  ;  3  pi. 

-odon  21,  8. 
wicing,   m.,   viking,  pirate :    as. 

153,  26 ;  gp.  wicinga  150,  5  ;  151, 

21 ;  dp.  153,  3 ;  ap.  wicingas  159, 

25. 
wic-stow,  f.,  dwelling-place  •  ds. 

-stowe  181,  13. 
wide,  adv. ,  widely :  104,  29  ;  side 

and  wide,  far  and  wide,  181,  12. 
wid-gill,   adj.,  broad,   extensive : 

as.  -gillan  104,  3. 
wid-sai,  f.,  open  sea  :  ns.  39,  11 ; 

41,28;  as.  38,  11. 
wif,  n.  wife;  woman:  ns.  5,  10 ; 

7,  14  ;  gs.  wlfes  7,  15  ;  14,  19  ; 

ds.  wife  108,  1 ;  as.  wif  6,  5  ;  7, 

6  ;   gp.  wlfa  108,  3  ;  dp.  20,  1 ; 

ap.  wif  21,  17  ;  67,  3. 
wif-eyj>)»,  f.,  (home  or)  company 

of  a  icoma7i :  ds.  -cybbe  14,  12. 
wif-had,    m.,    woman-hood:    gs- 

-hades  177,  16. 
wifian    (W.  II.),  marry  (intr.)  : 

inf.  74,  8  ;  108,  4  ;  pp.  gewlfod 

79,  14. 
wig,  m.  n.,  war,  battle:  ns.   162, 

27  ;  gs.  wlges  146,  20  ;  151,  21 ; 

153, 17  ;  ds.  wlge  26, 10  ;  149, 10  ; 

163,  15. 
wig  (wlh,  weg), m.,  altar  .■  as.  weg 

145,  11.     [cf.  Ger.  weihen.] 
wiga,  m.,  warrior  :  ns.  156,  5  ;  as. 

wigan  151,  23  ;  np.  153,  13  ;  gp. 

wigena  163,  22. 
wig-bed  (wlh-bed,  weobed,  weo- 

fod),  n.,  altar:  as.  weofod  84, 

14  ;    ap.  wlgbed  65,  7  ;    66,  2  ; 

wlgbedo  64,  27.     [-bed  <  beod 

'  table.' j 


GLOSSARY. 


377 


wigend,  m.,  warrior:  np.  159,  5. 

[Ger.  Weigand.] 
wig-haga  (wlh-),  in.  {war-hedge), 

line  of  battle,  phalanx :  as.  wl- 

hagan  152,  19. 
wig-heard,  adj.,  resolute  in  battle : 

as.  -heardne  151,  23. 
wig-plega,  m.  {war-play),  battle: 

ds.  -plegan  158,  1  ;  is.  159,  19. 
wig-siniff,   in.  (icar-smith) ,  war- 
rim-  :  np.  -smiSas  148,  16. 
wlht  (wuht),  f.  n.,  wight,  person, 

creature ;  whit,  thing,  anything  : 

ns.  48,  8  ;   160,  5  ;   wuht  37,  3  ; 

59,  18;   gs.  wuhte  60,  19;   ds. 

wuhte  33,  16  ;  as.  wihte  165,  19  ; 

wuht  31,  26;  60, 17 ;  nainig  wuht, 

adv.,  not  at  all,  119,  6. 
Witat,  f.,  Isle  of  Wight:  ds.  24,  9. 
wilde,  adj.,  wild:  ns.  wilda  172,  4; 

np.  wilde  40, 19  ;  wildu  6,  7 ;  ap. 

wildan  40,  4. 
wildor,  n.,  wild  beast  or  animal: 

dp.,  reindeer,  39,  30. 
wll-ge-dryht,  f. ,  xcilling  retinue: 

ns.  177,  1. 
wll-glefa,  m.,  gracious  giver,  lord: 

ns.  181,  10. 
will  a,  m.,  will,  determination,  pur- 
pose, desire,  pleasure :  ds.  willan 

35,  20  ;  46,  30  ;  52,  23  ;  56,  16  ; 

94,  3  ;  is.  7,  21  ;  np.  70,  28. 
willan  (S.  428),  will,  be  willing, 

wish,  be  about  to:   1  sg.  wille 

29,6;  92,  6;  157,  11;  2^sg.  wilt 

57,  24  ;  69,  14  ;  wylt  83,  2  ;  1  pi. 

willaS  150,  14  ;  3  pi.  wylla*  43, 

10  ;  opt.  2  sg.  wille  27,  4  ;  3  sg. 

28,  22  ;  29,  13  ;  wile  49,  10  ;  pret. 

1  sg.  wolde  29,  11  ;  45,  1  ;  2  sg. 

woldes  45,  14 ;  S  sg.  wolde  14, 9 ; 

3  pi.  woldon  5, 7  ;  pret.  opt.  3  sg. 


wolde  6,  3  ;  3  pi.  wolden  18,  20  ; 
woldon  34,  15;  34,  17;  woldan 
63, 8  ;  —  w.  neg.  see  nyllan  (=  ne- 
willan). 

will-s^le,  m.,  delightful  dwelling  : 
ns.  172,  16. 

wlll-wQng,  m.,  plain  of  delight: 
ds.  -wynge  168,  8. 

wllnlan  (VV.  II.),  desire,  wish  (w. 
gen.  or  ace):  ptc.  wilnigende 99, 
27  ;  1  sg.  wilnige  30,  10 ;  3  sg. 
wilnaS  7, 17  ;  32,  3  ;  3  pi.  wilniafl 
31,  8  ;  46,  22  ;  55,  10 ;  opt.  3  sg. 
wilnie  30,  7  ;  pret.  2  sg.  wilnad- 
est  62,  15  ;  3  sg.  wilnode  33,  11. 

wilnung,  f .,  wish,  desire :  ds.  -unga 
28,2. 

wil-sum,  adj.,  desirable,  delight- 
ful :  dp.  -suman  168,  28. 

wil-sumnes,  f.,  willingness :  ds. 
-nesse  13,  7. 

Wil-tan,  m.,  Wilton  (Wiltshire): 
ds  -tune  17,  13. 

wil-wendlic,  see  hwil-wendlic. 

win,  n.,  wine :  ns.  74, 10  ;  ds.  wine 
74,  13. 

Win-burne,  f.,  Wimborne  (Dor- 
setshire): ds.  -burnan  17,  10. 

wind,  m.,  wind :  gs.  windes  4,  2  ; 
ds.  winde  4,  6  ;  as.  wind  41,  13  ; 
np.  windas  4,  12. 

win  dan,  wond  wundon  wunden 
(3),  1.  wind,  twist,  brandish 
(trans.)  :  pret.  3  sg.  wand  150, 
22;  pp.  161,  9.-2.  turn,  go, 
fly  (intr.) :  inf.  159,  25 ;  pret.  3 
pi.  104,  21 ;  162,  23. 

wlndlg,  adj.,  windy:  ns.  167  10. 

wine,  m.,  friend,  lord :  ns.  157, 14  ; 
ap.  winas  156,  23.     [wynn.] 

Wincdas,  pi.  m.,  Wends;  country 
of  the  Wends :  dp.  41,  25. 


378 


GLOSSARY. 


winc-dryhten  (-drihten),  m., 
friendly  lord:  gs.  -dryhtnes  161, 
14;  as.  -drihten  157,  12;  157, 
27. 

wine-leas,  adj.,  friendless:  ns. 
161,  22. 

wine-majg,  in.,  friendly  kinsman  : 
gp.  -msjga  160,  7  ;  ap.  -magas 
159,  9. 

winnan,  wonn  wunnon  wunnen 
(3),  fight,  strive  (intr.)  :  1  pi. 
winnaS  98, 19  ;  3  pi.  33,  24  ;  imp. 
2  sg.  wyn  133,  22  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
wann  102,  15. 

win-sael,  n.,  wine-hall :  np.  -salo 
102,  25. 

Wintan-ceaster  (Winte-),f.,  Win- 
chester: ds.  -ceastre  102,  7  ;  Win- 
teceastre  23,  24  ;  25,  5. 

winter,  m.  (S.  273,  n.  3),  winter: 
in  reckoning  time,  the  equivalent 
of  Mod.  year :  ns.  44,  8 ;  gs. 
wintres  64,  9  ;  adv.  166,  16  ;  ds. 
wintra  38,  6  ;  64,  10  ;  as.  winter 
21,  10  ;  22,  13  ;  23,  8  ;  gp.  wintra 
14,  8 ;  25,  15  ;  dp.  156,  5. 

winter-cearig,  adj.,  full  of  the 
care  of  years:  ns.  101,  1. 

winter-ge-waide,  n.,  weed,  gar- 
ment or  covering  of  winter :  dp. 
173,  23. 

wiuter-ge-weorp,  n.,  winter  storm: 
107,  0. 

wlnter-scflr,  m.,  winter  shower: 
ns.  165,  18. 

winter-tld,  f .,  winter-tide  :  ds.  -tide 
04,  4. 

wiota,  see  wita. 

wiotan,  see  witan. 

WIr-heal,  m.,  Wirral  (Cheshire)  : 
ds.  Wirheale  21,  29;  dp.  21,  19. 

•wis,   adj.,   wise-'   ns.   47,   1;    ds. 


wisan  56,  9 ;  is.  wise  163,  4  ;  np. 

wise  33,  24  ;  ap.  28,  9. 
wis-dom,  m.,   wisdom,  learning  : 

ns.  01,  2  ;  gs.  -domes  40,  24  ;  ds. 

-dome  26,  11  ;  33,  4 ;  as.  -dom 

26,  14. 
■wise,  1,  wise,  manner,  condition, 

idiom :  as.  wisan,  matter,  10, 21 ; 

11,24;  33,  26;  64,  13;  111,21; 

np.  177,  18. 
wisian    (W.  II.),  direct,    guide  : 

pret.  3  sg.  wisode  153,  28. 
Wisle,  f.,  the  Vistula :  ns.  42,  14  ; 

42,  21. 
Wisle-mO$a,  m.,  the  mouth  of  the 

Vistula  :  ns.  42, 22  ;  as.  -muftan 

42,  13. 
wislic,  adj.,  wise :  ns.  63,  26. 
wis-mojun,    m.,   wise  man:    ns. 

-mon  55,  6. 
wisnian    (W.  II.),  wither,  waste 

away :  pret.  3  sg.  wisnode  72, 21. 

[weornian.] 
wissian   (W.    II.),  direct,    guide 

(w.  dat.)  :  inf.  109,  3. 
wist,  f.,  food,  provision,  feast :  ds. 

wiste  161,  13  ;  np.  wista  70,  24  ; 

dp.  80,  6  ;  84,  18  ;  ap.  wiste  173, 

18.     [wesan.] 
wist-f  ullian  (  W.  II.),  feast  (intr.) : 

opt.  2  sg.  -fullige  84,  5. 
wit  (wyt),  see  ic. 
wita  (wiota),  m.,  wise  man,  coun- 
cilor.-ns.  63, 29;  162,12;  np.witan 

86,  14 ;  wiotan  14,  2  ;  26,  3 ;  dp. 

63,  11  ;  wytum  63,  6  ;  gp.  witena 

75,  15  ;  wiotona  27,  27.  [witan.] 
witan  (wiotan)  (PP.),  know  :  inf. 

2,  11  ;  48,  17  ;  67,  17  ;  ger.  wit- 

anne  2,6;  1 1 1,  26  ;  wiotonne  28, 

14  ;  1  sg.  wat  45,  2  ;  46,  23  ;  2 

sg.  wast   59,  16  ;  84,  18 ;  3  sg. 


GLOSSARY. 


379 


wat  98,  19  ;  1  pi.  witon  118,  19  ; 
3  pi.  63,  27;  imp.  2  sg.  wite  3,  2  ; 
opt.  1  pi.  witen  69,  3  ;  2  pi.  wite 
ge  94,  1  ;  pret.  1  sg.  wiste  107, 
15.;  3  sg.  150,  3  ;  wisse  38,  16  ;  3 
pi.  wiston  12,  21  ;  27,  16  ;  pret. 
opt.  3  sg.  wisse  7,  8 ;  1  pi.  wissen 
59,  2  ;  —  w.  neg.,  see  ny tan  (= 
ne-witan). 

wite,  n.,  punishment,  torment,  in- 
jury: gs.  wiites  11,  16;  45,  7; 
53,  15  ;  as.  wite  45,  15  ;  46,  13  ; 
np.  witu  7,  3  ;  27,  7  ;  66,  7  ;  dp. 
56, 3  ;  ap.  67, 20.  [Ger.  Verweis.] 

wite-dom,  m., prophecy :  as.  184,  5. 

witega  (witiga,  wytega,  witga), 
m.,  seer,  prophet :  ns.  78,  31 ;  92, 
1 ;  wytega  129,  16  ;  witga  33,  28 ; 
as.  witegan  92,  5  ;  witgan  32,  1-'!; 
np.  witgan  166,  9  ;  dp.  wytegum 
129,  11.     [cf.  Mod.  wiseacre.] 

witegian  (W.  U.), prophesy  :  pret. 
1  sg.  wltegode  129,  20  ;  3  sg.  wit- 
gode  33,  12. 

Wit-land,  n.,  Witland  (in  Prussia, 
on  the  Baltic  Sea)  :  ns.  42,  15 ; 
as.  42,  14. 

witnian  (W.  II.), punish,  torment, 
injure  :  3  sg.  wltnaS  45,  3  ;  3  pi. 
witniaS  45, 3  ;  54,  5  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
wltnode  7,  3  ;  45,  15.  [wite,  cf . 
Mod.  twit.] 

witnung,  f.,  torment,  punishment  : 
ns.  46,  3. 

wltodlice,  adv.,  truly,  indeed:  74, 
18  ;  78,  29. 

wYS,  prep.  (w.  gen.,  dat.,  ace.) 
with:  1.  (w.  gen.)  toward,  to 
(motion,  direction)  :  7,  15  ;  19, 
20;  20,  15  ;  84,  6;  104,21;  149, 
8 ;  153, 18.  —  2.  (w.  dat.)  toward, 
for,  against  (direction,  exchange, 


opposition)  :  150,  10  ;  150,  14  ; 
—  prep,  adv.,  6,9;  16,  8  ;  19, 
4;  21,  8.  —  3.  (w.  ace.)  toward, 
along,  with,  against  (motion,  di- 
rection, location,  extension)  :  2, 
12  ;  38,  3  ;  40,  18  ;  84,  14  ;  99, 12  ; 
103, 31 ;  —  (association,  contrast, 
opposition)  ;  9, 19  ;  16,  6  ;  17, 21 ; 
21,  5;  52,  6;  61,  4;  138,  29; 
151,  30; — wrS  eastan,  adv.,  to 
the  east,  40,  19 ;  wrS  upp,  up- 
wards, above,  40,  20  ;  wiS  eastan 
prep.  (w.  ace),  east  of,  41,  18. 

wij>erian  (W.  II.),  oppose:  pres. 
ptc.  wi^erigende  90,  16. 

■wij^er-lean,  n.,  requital,  reward  : 
ns.  153,  3.     [cf.  Mod.  guerdon.] 

wi>er-saec,  n.,  hostility,  opposi- 
tion :  ds.  -saece  99,  33.     [sacan.] 

wiffer-weardliee  (wySer-werd- 
lice),  adv.,  in  a  hostile  manner: 
wyfterwerdllce  136,  27. 

Tvi59'er-winna(wytSer-wynna),  m., 
adversary :  ns.  wyft'erwynna  181, 
19  ;  as.  wySerwynnan  132,  9. 

wlff-hogian  (W.II.),  disregard(\v. 
gen.):  pret.  3  sg.  -hogode  143,  4. 

wiff-iDuan,  adv.,  from  within; 
within :  90,  23. 

wiff-metan, -msetmaitonmeten(5), 
measure  or  compare  with  (trans. ) : 
1  pi.  -mete  we  (S.  360,  2)  3,  19. 

wiff-metenes,  f.,  comparison:  ds. 
-nesse  64,  2. 

wi8f -sacan  (6),  strive  against,  re- 
nounce (w.  dat.):  inf.  65,  3. 

wiff-stondan  (-standan)  (6),  with- 
stand, resist  (w.  dat.)  :  inf.  160, 
15  ;  -standan  99,  2  ;  wySatandan 
132,  4. 

witf-ntan,  adv.,  from  without; 
without :  96,  24. 


38o 


GLOSSARY. 


wlanc,  see  wlgnc. 

wlencu  (S.  279),  f.,  pride:  np. 
wlencea  70,  25.     [wlonc] 

wlitan,  wlat  wliton  wliten  (1), 
look  (intr.) :  3  pi.  wlltaS  176,  29 ; 
pret.  3  sg.  154,  28. 

wlite,  m.,  appearance,  countenance, 
beauty :  ns.  167,  24 ;  as.  176,  20 ; 
ds.  71,  15;  as.  72,  18;  88,  25. 
[wlitan ;  cf.  Ger.  Antlitz.] 

wlitig,  adj.,  beautiful,  fair,  pleas- 
ing :  ns.  68,  5 ;  89,  2 ;  165,  7.  — 
Comp.,  ns.  wlitigra  169,  22. 

wlitlg-faest,  adj.,  of  enduring 
beauty :  ns.  168,  24. 

wlitigian  (  W.II.) ,  beautify,  adorn : 
3  sg.  wlitegaS  52,  13. 

wlonc  (wlanc),  adj.,  proud:  ns. 
162,  27 ;  (w.  instr.)  168,  19 ;  ds. 
wlancan  157,  4 ;  as.  wlancne  153, 
26  ;  np.  wlance  148,  16  ;  155,  30. 

wod,  adj.,  mad,  raging :  dp.  104, 2. 
[Mod.  obs.  wood ;  Ger.  Wut.] 

Wodnes-dseg,  m.,  Wednesday :  as. 
93,  5.  [103,  26. 

wodnis,   f.,  madness:   ds.  -nysse 

won  (wog,  w5),  adj.,  crooked, 
wrong  ;  as  noun,  wrong,  perver- 
sion: ds.  to  woge  112,  19;  as. 
woh  112, 21 ;  on  w5h  34, 12  ;  52, 
26 ;  on  won  34,  28  ;  53,  14. 

woh-daid,  f.,  tcrong  deed:  np. 
-djeda  67, 19.         [wollcum  68,  3. 

wohlic  (wolic),  adj., wrongful :  dp. 

wOhlice  (wolice),  adv.,  wrongly, 
amiss  :  wolice  68,  28. 

w5hneB  (wSnes),  f.,  wrong,  error, 
wickedness :  np.  wonessa  67,  19 ; 
dp.  wonessum  68,  29. 

wolcen,  n.,  cloud :  ns.  125, 30  ;  167, 
10;  ds.  wolcne  125, 28  ;»np.  wolcen 
171,15;  dp.  166, 6.  [Mod.  welkin.] 


w51ic  (-lice),  see  wohlic  (-lice), 
woma,  m.,  noise,  alarm,  terror : 

ns.  163,  19. 
womb  (wamb),  f.,  belly :  ns.  175, 

25  ;  as.  wambe  78,  29.  [Mod. 
womb.] 

wo  mm  (wamm),  m.,  stain,  defile- 
ment, sin  :  dp.  70,  31. 

wones,  see  wohnes. 

wQiig  (wang),  m.,  plain,  field :  ns. 
165,  7;  gs.  WQnges  170,  10. 

wQnn  (wann),  adj.,  dark :  ns.  wgn 
163,  19  ;  168,  18. 

■wop,  m.,  weeping,  lamentation  : 
ns.  72,  23  ;  ds.  wope  75,  26  ;  80, 
27;  91,  26  ;  113,  19.     [wepan.] 

word,  n.,  word :  ns.  2, 12  ;  81,  24  ; 
ds.  worde  2,  19  ;  as.  word  2,  11  ; 
np.  word  124,  21  ;  gp.  worda  34, 
27;  dp.  10,  7;  ap.  9,  23  ;  63,  3. 

worian  (W.  II.),  move,  totter, 
crumble  to  pieces :  3  pi.  woriaft 

162,  25, 

worn,  m.,  large  number,  multitude: 
ns.  177,  2  ;  as.  163,  7. 

woruld  (worold,  weoruld,  world), 
f.,  1.  world:  ns.  weorld  34,  25; 
world  72,  8 ;  gs.  worulde  8,  9 ; 
worolde  31,  29  ;  34,  21 ;  ds.  wor- 
ulde 6,  2 ;    12,  6  ;   weorulde  46, 

26  ;  as.  woruld  162,  5  ;   weoruld 

163,  23.  —  2.  long  period  of  time, 
cycle,  eternity :  ds.  td  worulde 
106,  8  ;  141,  25  ;  in  worulde  178, 
16 ;  as.  and  gp.  on  worlda  world 
73,4. 

woruld-iir  (worold-),  f.,  worldly 
honor :  as.  woroldare  32,  3. 

woruld-caru,  f .,  worldly  care :  ap. 
-cara  99,  26. 

woruld-cund,  adj.,  worldly,  secu- 
lar :  gp.  -cundra  26,  4. 


GLOSSARY. 


38l 


woruld-freond  (world-),  m., 
worldly  friend :  gp.  worldfreonda 
71,  6  ;  dp.  70,  18. 

woruld-ge-saelig,  adj.,  worldly 
prosperous :  ns.  156,  14. 

woruld-ge-saelff  (weoruld-),  f. , 
worldly  fortune  :  np.  weoruldge- 
sselSa  57,  1 ;  ap.  56,  10. 

woruld-ge-streon,  n.,  worldly 
riches :  ap.  174,  1. 

woruld-had  (weoruld-),  m.,  secu- 
lar life :  ds.  weoruldbade  9,  3  ; 
as.  -had  10,  27. 

woruldlic  (worold-,  world-),  adj., 
worldly :  ap.  woroldlecan  31, 21 ; 
gp.  -Hera  76,  6 ;  ap.  worldllcu 
68,  9. 

woruld-rice  (world-),  n.,kingdom 
of  the  world,  world :  ds.  world- 
rice  69,  6. 

woruld-rice  (world-),  adj.,  having 
worldly  power  or  riches :  gp. 
worldricra  68,  4  ;  dp.  71,  2. 

woruld-9ing  (worold-),  n.,  icorldly 
thing  or  affair  :  gp.  -Singa  27,  4 ; 
worold-  35,  18  ;  ap.  -fling  87,  17. 

woruld-wela  (worold-),  m.,  world- 
ly weal,  prosperity,  riches:  gp. 
woroldwelena  2,  22  ;  ap.  -welan 
181,  25. 

woruld- wisdom,  m.,  worldly  wis- 
dom :  as.  76,  7. 

woflf-craeft,  m.,  art  of  song:  is. 
-craefte  169,  17  ;  184,"  5.     [w5d.] 

wraec-hwil,  f .,  period  of  exile  or  of 
distress :  ds.  -hwlle  183,  13. 

wraec-last,  m.,  track  or  path  of 
exile,  exile:  ns.  161,  9;  ap. 
-lastas  160,  5. 

wraec-siff,  m.,  journey  of  exile  or 
of  peril,  exile:  ds.  -sf5e  75,  12  ; 
75,  19  ;  as.  -sl«  75,  8  ;  90,  7. 


wracu,  t.,  persecution,  cruelty,  dis- 
tress:  ns.  166,  30.     [wrecan.] 

wraetlic,  adj.,  ornamental,  splen- 
did, wondrous:  ns.  175,25;  np. 
-lice  167  12.  [wrjett,  'ornament.'] 

wraetlice,  adv.,  splendidly,  10071- 
drously  :  167,  24  ;  175,  12  ;  177, 
26  ;  178,  8. 

wraff,  adj.,  wroth,  angry,  hostile: 
gp.  wra',>ra  160,  7. 

wraffu,  f . ,  support,  sustenance  : 
as.  wraSe  173,  20. 

wrecan,  wrsec  wraacon  wrecen  (5), 
banish,persec  ute;  icreak,  avenge; 
punish :  inf.  157,  12  ;  157,  22  ;  1 
pi.  wrecaS  93,  2  ;  opt.  3  sg.  wrece 
47,  4 ;  3  pi.  wrecen  (w.  dat.)  6, 
17;  pret.  3  sg.  14,  6;  158,  12; 
pret.  opt.  3  sg.  wriece  157,  21. 

wregan  (W.  I.),  accuse:  3  pi. 
wregafl  110,  15  ;  opt.  3  sg.  wrege 
46,  19 ;  pret.  3  pi.  wregdon  141, 
5.     [wroht.] 

wrenc,  in.,  rcrench,  bending,  twist, 
trick,  deceit :  gp.  wre,uca,  modu- 
lation, 169,  23.     [Ger.  Rank.] 

wridan  (S.  382)  (1),  grow:  3  sg. 
wrideS  173,  10. 

wridlan  (W.  II.),  grow,  flourish  : 
3  sg.  wridaS  166,  6. 

writ,  n.,  writ,  writing:  np.  writu 
179,  26. 

writan,  wrat  writon  writen  (1), 
write :  1  pi.  writafl  109,  6 ;  opt. 
3  sg.  write  29,  14;  pret.  3  pi. 
wreoton  11,  6 ;  pp.  ge  wry  ten 
139,  29. 

writere,  in.,  writer:  ds.  wrltere 
111,  18  ;  ap.  writeras  112,  19. 

wrixendlice,  adv.,  in  turn :  12, 22. 

wrixlan(  W.  I. ),  change,  exchange  : 
3  sg.  wrixleS  (of   the  play  of 


382 


GLOSSARY. 


colors)  175,  12.      [wrixl ;    Ger. 

Wechsel.  ] 
wroht,  m.  f.,  persecution,  accusa- 
tion, strife,  enmity:  ns.  186,  14; 

ap.  wrohtas  69,  9.    [Goth,  wrohs; 

Ger.  Kiige.] 
vrucu  (wice,  weoce),  f.,  week  :  gs. 

wucan  92,  25 ;  gp.  wucena  21,3; 

dp.  40,  27. 
wud.u,  m.,  wood ;  forest :  ns.  5, 6  ; 

17,  29  ;  166,  16  ;  gs.  wuda  17,  28  ; 

ds.   wuda,   5,    13  ;    77,  20  ;    as. 

wudu  143,  26  ;  np.  wudas  (S.  271, 

n.)  5,  15. 
wudu-beam,  m.,  tree  of  the  forest 

or  grove :  gp.  -beama  167,  24. 
wudu-bearo,    in.,  forest,   grove: 

gs.  -bearwes  170,  13  ;  ds.  -bearwe 

170,  30. 
wudu-blied  (bled),  f.,  blossom  of 

the  grove :  ap.  -bleda  171,  25. 
tvudu-faesten,  n.,  forest-fastness, 

place  protected  by  woods :    ds. 

-ftestenne  18,  18. 
wudu-holt,  m.  n.,  forest,  grove  : 

ns.  166,  13  ;  dp.  177,  21. 
wuduwe  (widuwe,  wydewe),  f., 

widow :  ns.  79,  14  ;  gs.  wydewan 

75,  23  ;  as.  wydewan  79,  18. 
Avutat,  see  vpiht. 
woldor,  n.,  glory,  honor,  dignity : 

ns.  85,  18  ;   ds.  wuldre  77,  13  ; 

90, 20 ;  as.  wuldor  79,  31 ;  96,  23. 
wuldor-cyning,m.,(/7orooMsA'in<7.- 

ns.  171,  27  ;  183,  23. 
wuldor-faeder,   m.,  glorious  Fa- 
ther:  gs.  9,  27. 
wuldor-faest,  adj.,  immutable  in 

glory :  ns.  -faesta  136,  12. 
wuldor-full,    adj.,   glorious :    ns. 

-fulla  135,  1 ;  137,  6  ;  ds.  -fulre 

138,  6. 


wuldor-fullice,  adv.,  gloriously: 

97,  y. 

wuldor-gSst,  in.,  glorious  Spirit : 

ns.  144,  22. 
wuldor-torht,      adj.,     gloriously 

bright  :  ns.  143,  14. 
wuIdor-J>rymin,      m.,      glorious 

might  or  excellence  :  ap.  -J>rym- 

mas  70,  6. 
wuldrian  (VV.  II.),  glorify:  ptc. 

wuldrigende  131,  11  ;  imp.  2  pi. 

wuldriaS  130,  4. 
wulf,  m.,  wolf:  ns.   162,  29 ;  as. 

148,  9  ;  dp.  120,  21. 
wund,  f.,  icound  :  as.  wunde  153, 

26  ;    158,  4  ;   np.  wunda  31,  20  ; 

dp.  147,  20;  ap.  wunda  31,  22. 
wund,  adj.,  wounded :  ns.  152,  30 ; 

153,  31. 
wundor,  n.,  wonder,  marvel :  ns. 

52,  23  ;  54,  6  ;  gp.  wundra  9,  27  ; 

32,  24  ;  dp.  (adv.)  163,  14  ;  177, 

1 ;  ap.  wundra  83,  27  ;  105,  23  ; 

137,  25. 
wundorlic,  adj.,  iconderful,  won- 
drous :  ns.  135,  18 ;   ds.  -Ileum 

110,  23. 
wundorlice,    adv.,    v:ondrously : 

Comp.,  wundorlicor  169,  17. 
wundrian  (W.  II.),  wonder  at  a 

thing   (w.   gen.):    inf.    53,    25; 

ptc.  wundrigende  95,  14 ;   3  pi. 

wundria-5  53,  26;  (w.  ace)  176, 

19 ;  pret.  1  sg.  wundrode  45,  4 ; 

-ade  27,  26 ;   3  sg.  -ode  12,  7 ; 

3  pi.  -odon  104,  25. 
wimian    (W.  II.),  dwell,  remain, 

continue,  live   (intr.)  :    inf.  69, 

21  ;  90,  14 ;  132,  21 ;  pte.  wuni- 

gende  135,  6  ;  3  sg.  wuna'5   48, 

9  ;    103,  2  ;  168,   1  ;    imp.  2  sg. 

wuna  127, 13  ;  pret.  3  sg.  wunode 


GLOSSARY. 


3*3 


14,  4  ;  71,  U  ;  74,  22  ;  121,  17  ; 
143,  7  ;  -ade  14,  6 ;  —  (w.  local 
ace.)  3  sg.  wuna'S  108,  24  ;  171,  3. 

wunung,  t,  dwelling,  abode,  '  lic- 
ing\-  as.  -unge  95,  1  ;  ap.  -iinga 
80,8. 

wurma,  in.,  (murex  ?),  phenicine, 
purple  red,  or  crimson :  dp. 
wurman  175,  12. 

win-pan,  see  weorpan. 

wurS,  wurSian,  see  weorlff, 
weorftlan. 

wurff-mynt,  see  weorff-mynd. 

wuton  (uton),  opt.  1  pi.  of  witan 
go ;  used  to  introduce  an  impera- 
tive or  an  adhortative  clause, 
let  us :  7,  6  ;  13,  2  ;  uton  3,  28  ; 
68,  17. 

wylla  (wiella,  willa),  m.,  well, 
spring,  fountain  :  as.  willan  63, 
8  ;  np.  wyllan  167, 12.  [weallan.] 

wylle-ge-spryng,  m.  n.,  well- 
spring  :  dp.  168,  28. 

wylle-stream,  m.,  fountain- 
stream  :  gp.  -streama  177,  21 ; 
ap.  -streamas  168,  24. 

wylm  (wielm,  welm),  m.  i.,  well- 
ing, boiling,  surging,  fervor :  ns. 
175,  1 ;  ds.wylme  93,26  ;  welme 
11,  24;  as.  wylm  171,  22. 
[weallan.] 

wynlic,  adj.,  joyful,  pleasant :  ns. 
166,  13. 

wyn-lQnd,  n.,  land  of  joy  :  as. 
108,  1. 

wynn,  f.,  joy,  delight:  ns.  wyn 
161,  13  ;  w.  gen.,  crowning  joy, 
the  best,  wynn  167,  19  ;  wyn  1<>5, 
12  ;  170,  16  ;  175,  8  ;  177,  7  ;  gs. 
wynne  181,  26;  gp.  wynna  154, 
30  ;  dp.  161,  6.     [Ger.  Wonne.] 

wyn-sum,  adj.,  winsome,  delight- 


ful :  ns.  72,  21  ;  np.  wynsumu 
11,  5;  gp.  -sumra  171,  27  ;  ap. 
-suine  171,  25.  —  Comp.,  ns. 
-sumra  169,  23. 

wyn-sumlic,  adj.,  icinsome :  ns. 
68,  6  ;  70,  16  ;  72,  18. 

wyn-sumnes,  f.,  winsomeness  :  ds. 
-nesse  71,  4  ;  72,  14  ;  as.  72,  19. 

wyrcau  (wyrcean)  (W.  I.),  work, 
make,  perform,  do  :  inf.  8,  3  ;  84, 
25  ;  wyrcean  36,  2  ;  3  sg.  wyrcS 
49,  3  ;  wircS  57,  16  ;  imp.  2  sg. 
wyrc  35,  28  ;  opt.  3  sg.  wyrce  31, 
1 ;  49,  12  ;  3  pi.  wyrcen  32,  24  ; 
pret.  3  sg.  worhte  18,  8 ;  22,  17  ; 
31,  1  ;  3  pi.  worhtun  20,  21. 

wyrd,  1,  weird,  fate,  destiny :  ns. 
48,  16  ;  160,  5  ;  gs.  wyrde  6,  18  ; 
ds.  wyrde  49,  27;  160,  15;  as. 
wyrd  49,  20  ;  gp.  wyrda  163,  23. 
[weorSan.] 

wyrhta,  m.,  vjright,  icorker, 
maker :  ns.  70,  1  ;  165,  9  ;  169, 
20  ;  np.  wyrhtan  69,  30. 

wyrm,  m.,  worm,  serpent :  ns.  173, 
5  ;  gs.  wyrmes  71, 18  ;  gp.  wyrma 
70,  23. 

wyrm-lica,  m.,  figure  of  a  drag- 
on (?)  ;   serpentine   ornamenta- 

■    tion  (?):  dp.  163,  14. 

wyrnan  ( W.  I.),  deny,  refuse,  with- 
hold (w.  dat.  of  pers.  and  gen. 
of  thing) :  inf.  61,  13  ;  pret.  3  sg. 
wyrnde  153,  6  ;  3  pi.  -don  147,  1. 
[wearn  '  refusal' ;  Mod.  warn.] 

wyrsa,  wyrrest,  see  yfel. 

wyrt,  f.,  wort,  root,  plant,  herb: 
np.  wyrta  172,  16 ;  gp.  wyrta  3, 
22;  171,27;  dp.  180,5;  ap.  171, 
25.     [Ger.  Wurz.] 

wyrt-trunia,  m.,  root:  as.  wyrt- 
ruman  (S.  22»,  3)  1,  11 ;  2,  17. 


4»*~-4-ft-|-<-i>-J) 


384 


GLOSSARY. 


wyrffe,  see  weorffe. 

wyscan  (W.  I.),  wish  (w.  dat.  of 
pers.  and  gen.  of  thing)  :  pret.  3 
sg.  wyscte  33,  11. 


Srdel,  see  idel. 

yfel,  adj. ,  evil,  bad :  as.  yflan  47,  3  ; 

np.  yfle  34,  9  ;  yflan  53,  2 ;  gp. 

yflena  65,  15 ;   dp.  56,  6 ;   yflan 

31,  2.  —  Comp.,  ns.  wyrsa  53,  12; 

np.  wyrsan  66,  19.  —  Supl.,  dp. 

wyrrestum  66,  11  ;  ap.  weorstan 

114,  5  ;  wyrstan  121,  8. 
yfel,  n.,  evil,  wickedness,  mischief: 

ns.  6,  26  ;  53,  7;  gs.  yfeles  31,  1 ; 

153,  20;   as.  24,  10;    ap.  yfelu 

138,  28 ;  dp.  yflum  7,  19 ;  7,  21. 
yfele,  adv.,  badly,  miserably :  126, 

9. 
yfelnls,  f.,  wickedness :  as.  -nysse 

98,  11. 
yfel-willende  (ptc.)  adj.,  willing 

evil,  evil-minded :  ns.  45, 6  ;  45,  8. 
yfel-wyrcende   (ptc.)    adj.,  evil- 
doing  :  ns.  45,  6  ;  45,  9. 
yflian  (W.  II.),  wrong,  injure:  3 

sg.  yfla«  46,  10  ;  46,  11 ;  pret.  3 

sg.  yflode  45,  17. 
ylca,  see  ilea, 
yldlng,    f.,   tarrying,    delay:    ds. 

yldinge  90,  10  ;  91,  15.     [eald.] 
yldo  (yldu,  yld,   ieldu,   ield),  f., 

age :    ns.  167,  1 ;    186,  16 ;    gs. 

ylde  9,  4  ;  as.  ylde  102,  14  ;  yldu 

171,  21.     [Mod.  eld.] 
yldra  (ieldra),  m.,  ancestor,  par- 
ent :   np.  ieldran  27,  19  ;  yldran 

180,   13  ;   gp.  yldrena  76,  3  ;  ap. 

yldran  179,  15.     [eald.J 


ymbe  (ymb,  embe),  prep.,  w.  ace, 
around,  about,  1.  (place)  1,  3  •, 
15,  23;  39,  16;  66,  14.— 2. 
(time)  about,  after :  16,  4  ;  16, 
10  ;  16,  22  ;  21,  26 ;  22,  15  ;  23, 
9;  104,3. — 3.  (notional  limita- 
tion, metaph.)  concerning:  26, 
12  ;  35,  5  ;  35,  10  ;  50,  19  ;  81, 
10  ;  87,  8  ;  105,  3  ;  156,  9.  — 
prep,  adv.,  17,  24  ;  18,  2  ;  136,  9. 

ymbe-spraec,.f.,  comment,  remark, 
criticism :  as.  -spriece  93,  26. 

ymb-fon  (R.),  grasp,  seize :  3  sg. 
-feh«  174,  22. 

ymb-hwyrft,  m.,  circuit:  ns.  34, 
21 ;  as.  166,  22. 

ymb-hydignis  (-hygdignis),  t,  re- 
flection, anxiety :  ds.  -nysse  140, 
18. 

ymb-sellan  (W.  I.),  encompass: 
pret.  3  sg.  -sealde  126,  1. 

ymb-settan  (W.  L),  surround :  3 
sg.  seteft  172,  7  ;  pp.  pi.  -sette 
65,  8. 

ymb-sittan  (5),  besiege:  pret.  3 
pi.  -sseton  19,  17;  19,  19. 

ymb-utan,  adv.,  about,  around: 
19,  16  ;  48,  1  ;  50,  11. 

yrfe-numa,  m.,  heir:  np.  yrfe- 
numan  91,  22. 

yrfe-weard,  m.,  heir:  ns.  178,  6. 

yrhffu  (-yrhfto),  f.,  cowardice:  as. 
yrlvSo  149,  6.     [earh.] 

yrmff,  yrmffo  (iermft,  ermS)  (S. 
255,  3),  f.,  poverty,  care,  hard- 
ship, misery :  ns.  yrm"Su  167,  1  ; 
179,  6  ;  186,  16  ;  np.  yrmSa  2, 
21  ;  dp.  56,  18  ;  56,  24.    [earm.] 

yrnan  (iernan,  iman),  am  urnon 
urnen  (3) ,  run :  inf.  irnan  5,  7 
ptc.  yrnende  (of  a  ship)  42,  5 
pret.  3  sg.  122,  25 ;  3  pi.  6,  20 


0  LOSS  ART. 


3S5 


75,  19  ;   122,  19  ;   pp.  (of  years) 

177,  23. 
yrre  (ierre),  n.,  anger:    da.  132, 

11  ;  as.  179,  9. 
yrre   (ierre,   eorre),   adj.,    angry, 

enraged:  us.  150,23;  157,  17. 
ys  (is),  see  beon. 
ysen,  see  Isen. 
ysle,  f.,  ashes :    np.  yslan  172,  27  ; 

ap.  174,  17;  175,  4. 
yst,  f .,  storm :  ns.  4,  2. 


yteren,    adj.,    of   an    otter:    as. 

yterenne  40.  14.     [otor.] 
ytmsest,  see  utera. 
yttra,  see  utera. 

y<Y.  L,wave:  np.  y"8a  1 17,23;  ap.4,3. 
yftan    (W.I.),  hvj  KOSte  (trails.): 

pret.  3  sg.  ySde  163,  1. 
yft-faru.    f..    wave-course,   flood: 

ds.  -fare  166.  23. 
yff-mere,  m.,  ocean  of  waves:  as. 

168,  13. 


■ 


'h  tf^**X^»  ^^  ^\^»  »  >- ui«  A^J^  to  **^   ^^, 


^*X  :  *  (*r*  o^a.  o^t^u^-O  .    G*&*.    i^p^^  Wi^  ivCc^ 

"VUV  $$H^"   :    ^^    <i^S*   ^°^     -^t|4-     ^t-^UL     (^A^Jk    O^o^Ljl-,  .  "h^v^ 

l-CTU    t^A>—      **~l9-*>      l~\fJtr+^     t^Ly^  •     "        U<fL^       riiufUS^  s^jlJ^   ^    ^Ajoo  "C 
»Tr«-»^»    •      Lo-v_<.    '^      (X.   ^-t^X^,      Co^aT     kx^X*      Ct>vft-tf .     LaJL^.  «-i«.  J 
4-  tL*.    W^*.       ?►— ^^L~    ^      /La lf^„ iO^i/^. L^~J&±± 


4 


pj- 


" 


iUvv.* 


1    <r^-i  v-w^-o    dLsL^jJs.t,, 


*-  £A^-e/\_ 


tw.    V«-^»-^     -L^^_a^  ij-v^er-v^-      '[yUM^U*/'     dLL; 


t^JLo-a-*-    l^JLo    ^jejL»<JJ  --w»*j-^«_*LA*^     *W--' 


&*H*-r.( 


9 


£>v~tfw 


*&j 


"Unl 


■v 


c^ 


>*>-~v\4Xt ) 


!&*** 


